From deea0ae734015286460d4c4f98a4d34f915f1af6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Corbin Anderson Date: Tue, 1 Jul 2025 16:20:39 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 01/10] Image Script Fixes from IdentityManager to Privilegesecure folders --- .../11.0/administration/history_rule.md | 2 +- .../11.0/administration/messages.md | 2 +- .../11.0/administration/policy_properties.md | 2 +- .../administration/password_reset_client.md | 10 +- .../administration/using_password_reset.md | 4 +- .../administration/using_the_data_console.md | 20 +- .../working_with_the_database.md | 4 +- .../3.23/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md | 2 +- .../administration/rules.md | 2 +- .../configuring_password_reset.md | 2 +- .../3.3/administration/general_tab.md | 2 +- .../administration/using_password_reset.md | 4 +- .../configuration/basic_view/basic_view.md | 2 +- .../checklist/checklist_of_the_basic_view.md | 2 +- .../9.1/enduser/createnewentry.md | 8 +- .../9.1/enduser/organizepasswords.md | 4 +- .../9.2/enduser/createnewentry.md | 8 +- .../9.2/enduser/organizepasswords.md | 4 +- .../tech_debt/tech_debt_change_monitoring.md | 2 +- .../admin/access/myactivities.md | 2 +- .../admin/auditreporting/interface.md | 2 +- .../page/accesscertification.md | 2 +- .../admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md | 2 +- .../admin/configuration/interface.md | 2 +- .../admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md | 2 +- .../admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/credentials.md | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/overview.md | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/resources.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/interface.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md | 2 +- .../policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md | 2 +- .../policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md | 2 +- .../policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md | 2 +- .../policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md | 2 +- .../policy/window/activities/addaction.md | 2 +- .../window/credentials/addcredentials.md | 2 +- .../enduser/dashboard/historical.md | 2 +- .../accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md | 10 +- .../accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md | 4 +- .../accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md | 4 +- .../accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md | 4 +- .../install/schedulerservice.md | 2 +- .../accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md | 10 +- .../admin/access/myactivities.md | 2 +- .../admin/auditreporting/interface.md | 2 +- .../page/accesscertification.md | 2 +- .../admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md | 2 +- .../admin/configuration/interface.md | 2 +- .../admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md | 2 +- .../admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md | 2 +- .../configuration/servicetype/scheduler.md | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/credentials.md | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/overview.md | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/resources.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/interface.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md | 2 +- .../policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md | 2 +- .../policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md | 2 +- .../policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md | 2 +- .../policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md | 2 +- .../admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md | 2 +- .../window/accesspolicy/addcredentials.md | 2 +- .../policy/window/activities/addaction.md | 2 +- .../enduser/dashboard/historical.md | 2 +- .../accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md | 14 +- .../accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md | 4 +- .../accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md | 4 +- .../accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md | 4 +- .../install/schedulerservice.md | 2 +- .../accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md | 10 +- .../4.2/remoteaccessgateway/overview.md | 2 +- .../6.2/skipped-image-links.txt | 12145 ++++++++++++++++ .../10.2/skipped-image-links.txt | 64 + .../11.0/skipped-image-links.txt | 63 + .../3.23/skipped-image-links.txt | 818 ++ .../passwordreset/3.3/skipped-image-links.txt | 673 + .../9.1/skipped-image-links.txt | 38 + .../9.2/skipped-image-links.txt | 38 + .../platgovnetsuite/skipped-image-links.txt | 284 + .../platgovsalesforce/skipped-image-links.txt | 179 + .../skipped-image-links.txt | 246 + .../4.1/skipped-image-links.txt | 1533 ++ .../4.2/skipped-image-links.txt | 1793 +++ 105 files changed, 18015 insertions(+), 141 deletions(-) create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/identitymanager/6.2/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforceflashlight/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/skipped-image-links.txt create mode 100644 static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/skipped-image-links.txt diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md index d2cbf72d1b..72c1c19c6d 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ should be avoided because it defeats the purpose of regular password changes. Pa Enforcer can stop users from reusing passwords for a specified number of password changes or a number of days. -![History rule](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/history.webp) +![History rule](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history.webp) Select the **History** check box to enable the History rule. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md index 409d4c9318..3c1749c495 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Double click the **PPE Configuration** desktop shortcut. **Step 3 –** Open the **Messages** tab. -![Set up messages](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/jobs/messages.webp) +![Set up messages](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.webp) **Step 4 –** Select the message language from the drop-down list. You can set messages for multiple languages. You do not have to create a Password Policy Enforcer policy for each language. To set diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md index 5975ea53c7..e5354bf346 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Double click the **PPE Configuration** desktop shortcut. **Step 3 –** Open the **Properties** tab. -![Set the Policy Properties](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/properties.webp) +![Set the Policy Properties](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/properties.webp) Each policy must have a unique name. To change the name of a policy, type the new name in the text box. diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/password_reset_client.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/password_reset_client.md index 4f71830ee0..7a88494530 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/password_reset_client.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/password_reset_client.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Password Reset Client allows users to securely reset their password or unloc the Windows Logon and Unlock Computer screens. Users click **Reset Password** to access the Password Reset system. -![the_password_reset_client](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/the_password_reset_client_1.webp) +![the_password_reset_client](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/the_password_reset_client_1.webp) **NOTE:** The Password Reset Client does not modify any Windows system files. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ this domain, and Link it here...** **Step 4 –** Enter **Password Reset Client**, then press **ENTER**. -![the_password_reset_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/the_password_reset_client_1.webp) +![the_password_reset_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/the_password_reset_client_1.webp) ### Edit the Group Policy Object @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ installation folder. (`\Program Files\ANIXIS Password Reset\` by default). **Step 7 –** Select **APRClt.adm**, and then click **Open**. -![the_password_reset_client_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/the_password_reset_client_2.webp) +![the_password_reset_client_2](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/the_password_reset_client_2.webp) **Step 8 –** Click **Close**. @@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ Reset Client** items. **Step 4 –** Double-click the **Browser settings** item in the right pane of the Group Policy Management Editor. -![the_password_reset_client_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/the_password_reset_client_3.webp) +![the_password_reset_client_3](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/the_password_reset_client_3.webp) **Step 5 –** Select the **Enabled** option. -![the_password_reset_client_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/the_password_reset_client_4.webp) +![the_password_reset_client_4](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/the_password_reset_client_4.webp) **Step 6 –** Enter the desired **Width** and **Height** of the PRC browser window. diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_password_reset.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_password_reset.md index 67508105cf..47f09c351d 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_password_reset.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_password_reset.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ example: `http://[server]/pwreset/apr.dll? cmd=enroll&username=maryjones&domain= Where [server] is the name or IP address of the server hosting the Web Interface. -![using_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/using_apr_1.webp) +![using_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_apr_1.webp) Users access the Enroll, Reset, Unlock, and Change features from the menu. These features are explained on the following pages. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Follow the steps below to reset an account password. **Step 2 –** Type a **Username** and **Domain**, and then click **Next**. -![using_apr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/using_apr_1.webp) +![using_apr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_apr_1.webp) **Step 3 –** Type the **Answer** to the first question, and then click **Next**. Repeat until all questions are answered correctly. diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console.md index 74b5d1cebc..689fa39a15 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console.md @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ with the [Custom Filters](#custom-filters)and [The Filter Editor](#the-filter-ed The top row in the **Audit Log** and **Users** tabs is called the Filter Row. You can type filter values directly into this row. -![using_the_data_console_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_3.webp) +![using_the_data_console_3](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_3.webp) The Filter Row is empty when you first open the Data Console. To create a filter, click the **Filter Row** in the column you wish to filter. A cursor will appear. Type a value, and then press **ENTER** @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ You may see a button to the right of the cursor. Click the button to shown an ed that helps you enter a value. Values can include wildcard characters. Use a ? to match any single character, or a \* to match more than one character. -![using_the_data_console_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_4.webp) +![using_the_data_console_4](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_4.webp) The image above shows a filter on the Date, Source, and Source IP columns. Only password reset events on 2/5/2015 originating from IP addresses starting with 192.168.115 are shown. The small blue @@ -87,19 +87,19 @@ or the filter editor windows for a logical OR filter. You can also create a filter by selecting values from a list in the column headers. -![using_the_data_console_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_5.webp) +![using_the_data_console_5](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_5.webp) Hover the mouse pointer over a column header until a small button appears on the right side of the header. -![using_the_data_console_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_6.webp) +![using_the_data_console_6](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_6.webp) Click the button to show a list of values in the column. Select one or more values from the list. Rows that do not match one of the selected values are hidden. -![using_the_data_console_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_7.webp) +![using_the_data_console_7](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_7.webp) The list of values for date and date/time columns also includes date ranges such as **Last 7 days**, **Today**, **Yesterday**, etc. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ filter. Use custom filters to search for partial matches, find a range of values, or to create more complex filters. Click **(Custom...)** in a column header's value list to create a custom filter. -![using_the_data_console_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_8.webp) +![using_the_data_console_8](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_8.webp) Custom filters can contain one or two conditions for each column. Select an operator for the first condition from the drop-down list below the column name. Only relevant operators are shown for each @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Some columns are hidden in the Data Console. You can use the Filter Editor to cr these columns. For example, the filter in the image below shows all users with an APR v1 enrollment record. -![using_the_data_console_10](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_10.webp) +![using_the_data_console_10](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_10.webp) ### The Filter and Status Bars @@ -173,16 +173,16 @@ The Status Bar appears at the very bottom of the Data Console. It shows the numb records and the total record count. The Filter Bar appears above the Status Bar, and it shows the active filter. The button on the right side of the Filter Bar opens the Filter Editor. -![using_the_data_console_11](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_11.webp) +![using_the_data_console_11](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_11.webp) A button and a check box appear on the left side of the Filter Bar when a filter is active. Click the button to clear the filter. Toggle the check box to disable or enable the filter. -![using_the_data_console_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_12.webp) +![using_the_data_console_12](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_12.webp) A drop-down button appears to the right of the filter. Click it to select a recently used filter. -![using_the_data_console_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_13.webp) +![using_the_data_console_13](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/using_the_data_console_13.webp) ## Exporting Data diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/working_with_the_database.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/working_with_the_database.md index eee143d31e..9086e40c5f 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/working_with_the_database.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/working_with_the_database.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Windows authentication. To identify the service account, open services.msc, doub Password Reset service, and then click the Log On tab. Password Reset logs on to SQL Server with this account. -![working_with_the_database](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/working_with_the_database.webp) +![working_with_the_database](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/working_with_the_database.webp) **Step 3 –** Create an SQL Server user, and map it to the service account login. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ information, and **Trust server certificate** must be selected if SQL Server is certificate. SQL Server uses a self-signed certificate if a trusted certificate is not installed. The SQL Server Native Client must be installed if **Trust server certificate** is selected. -![working_with_the_database_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/working_with_the_database_1.webp) +![working_with_the_database_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/administration/working_with_the_database_1.webp) **Step 8 –** Click **Next**. diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md index 1fad9c5b17..bd7b0a16ee 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ the first time. Please contact Netwrix support[ ](mailto:support@anixis.com)if you have any questions, or if you encounter any problems during your evaluation. -![introduction_1_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/evaluation/introduction_1_1.webp) +![introduction_1_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/introduction_1_1.webp) The Password Reset Administrator's Guide contains additional installation and configuration information. Refer to the Administrator's Guide for more detailed coverage of the topics discussed diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/password_policy_enforcer/administration/rules.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/password_policy_enforcer/administration/rules.md index d49452ba6c..37d357d519 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.23/password_policy_enforcer/administration/rules.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.23/password_policy_enforcer/administration/rules.md @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The Maximum Age rule forces users to change their passwords regularly. This decr of an attacker discovering a password before it changes. This rule can only be enforced by domain policies. -![ppe_rules](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules.webp) +![ppe_rules](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/password_policy_enforcer/administration/ppe_rules_6.webp) Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Maximum Age rule. diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/configuring_password_reset.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/configuring_password_reset.md index bb9a31870e..0018a1cd5b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/configuring_password_reset.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/configuring_password_reset.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Configuration Console to edit the configuration settings. Click **Start** > **Ne Reset** > **NPR Configuration Console**on the Password Reset Server computer to open the Configuration Console. -![configuring_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr.webp) +![configuring_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/configuring_npr_3.webp) Information about the configuration console tabs can be found in the following topics: diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/general_tab.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/general_tab.md index 9cd6e0f36f..27acf91695 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/general_tab.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/general_tab.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Use the General tab to maintain the list of managed domains, set the database op the Password Policy Enforcer integration. See the Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer topic for additional information. -![configuring_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr.webp) +![configuring_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/configuring_npr_3.webp) ### Domain List diff --git a/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/using_password_reset.md b/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/using_password_reset.md index c97fbeebd0..d86619c950 100644 --- a/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/using_password_reset.md +++ b/docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/using_password_reset.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ example: `http://[server]/pwreset/apr.dll? cmd=enroll&username=johnsmith&domain= Where [server] is the name or IP address of the server hosting the Web Interface. -![using_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/using_npr_1.webp) +![using_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/using_npr_1.webp) Users access the Enroll, Reset, Unlock, and Change features from the menu. These features are explained on the following pages. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Follow the steps below to reset an account password. **Step 1 –** Click the **Reset** item in the menu. -![using_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/using_npr_1.webp) +![using_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/administration/using_npr_1.webp) **Step 2 –** Type a **Username** and **Domain**, and then click **Next**. diff --git a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/basic_view.md b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/basic_view.md index e735b4a681..2d6d1dae3d 100644 --- a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/basic_view.md +++ b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/basic_view.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ intuitively and without previous knowledge or training by any user. The Basic vi up to 50 passwords. The Basic view introduces to professional password management. It is also the ideal tool for the daily handling of passwords. -![image1](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.0/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/image1.webp) +![image1](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/image1.webp) ## Requirements & required rights diff --git a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/checklist/checklist_of_the_basic_view.md b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/checklist/checklist_of_the_basic_view.md index 992b4093f8..83aaaacf9e 100644 --- a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/checklist/checklist_of_the_basic_view.md +++ b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/checklist/checklist_of_the_basic_view.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ You can either define the user directly as Basic view user. This works by changi accordingly. Alternatively, you can activate the setting **Start Basic view at next login.** This will prompt the user to log in to the Basic view. -![image2](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.0/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/image2.webp) +![image2](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/basic_view/checklist/image2.webp) 5. Add default applications (optional) diff --git a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/createnewentry.md b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/createnewentry.md index dfbf067b04..15c0140b79 100644 --- a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/createnewentry.md +++ b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/createnewentry.md @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ Step 3 – Let`s fill out the website form in this example. - Set a description for your stored password. -![description](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/action/servicenow/description.webp) +![description](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/description.webp) - Enter the username or email address needed for login. -![username](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/eperestsite/username.webp) +![username](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/username.webp) - Enter the password manually or use the password generator by clicking on the button in the middle (high number). The password generator will open. @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ password. - Enter the website URL that leads to the login. -![websiteurl](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/settings/websiteurl.webp) +![websiteurl](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/websiteurl.webp) - Add one or more tags to categorize your password and find it easier (i.e., "HR" or "Internet"). -![tags](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/tags/tags.webp) +![tags](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/tags.webp) Step 4 – Click **Save**, and you are done! diff --git a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/organizepasswords.md b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/organizepasswords.md index c16aa77e00..7387736822 100644 --- a/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/organizepasswords.md +++ b/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/organizepasswords.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Step 1 – Click on the **Plus** sign and a form will open. Step 2 – You can now search for a specific organizational unit by clicking on the tree on the left or use the search field to find the unit you need. -![search](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/report/interactivegrids/search.webp) +![search](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/search.webp) Step 3 – Click **OK** to close the form and your new team tab will open automatically. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ To find a password, just use the search field and enter a tag like the departmen are in (i.e., "Marketing"). Netwrix Password Secure now not only is searching for tags, but also for “Marketing” in all Netwrix Password Secure fields (i.e., Content Marketing). -![searchresults](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/search/results/searchresults.webp) +![searchresults](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/enduser/searchresults.webp) NOTE: Optimize your search results by using the **minus sign (-)** to exclude terms: Only results in which this word does not appear will be displayed (i.e., all social media accounts that are used diff --git a/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/createnewentry.md b/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/createnewentry.md index e179063cc1..14df01ede4 100644 --- a/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/createnewentry.md +++ b/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/createnewentry.md @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ Step 3 – Let`s fill out the website form in this example. - Set a description for your stored password. -![description](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/action/servicenow/description.webp) +![description](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/description.webp) - Enter the username or email address needed for login. -![username](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/username.webp) +![username](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/username.webp) - Enter the password manually or use the password generator by clicking on the button in the middle (high number). The password generator will open. @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ password. - Enter the website URL that leads to the login. -![websiteurl](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/settings/websiteurl.webp) +![websiteurl](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/websiteurl.webp) - Add one or more tags to categorize your password and find it easier (i.e., "HR" or "Internet"). -![tags](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tags/tags.webp) +![tags](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/tags.webp) Step 4 – Click **Save**, and you are done! diff --git a/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/organizepasswords.md b/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/organizepasswords.md index 7f52d6f56b..5929885488 100644 --- a/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/organizepasswords.md +++ b/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/organizepasswords.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Step 1 – Click on the **Plus** sign and a form will open. Step 2 – You can now search for a specific organizational unit by clicking on the tree on the left or use the search field to find the unit you need. -![search](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/search.webp) +![search](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/search.webp) Step 3 – Click **OK** to close the form and your new team tab will open automatically. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ To find a password, just use the search field and enter a tag like the departmen are in (i.e., "Marketing"). Netwrix Password Secure now not only is searching for tags, but also for “Marketing” in all Netwrix Password Secure fields (i.e., Content Marketing). -![searchresults](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/search/results/searchresults.webp) +![searchresults](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/enduser/searchresults.webp) NOTE: Optimize your search results by using the **minus sign (-)** to exclude terms: Only results in which this word does not appear will be displayed (i.e., all social media accounts that are used diff --git a/docs/platgovsalesforce/tech_debt/tech_debt_change_monitoring.md b/docs/platgovsalesforce/tech_debt/tech_debt_change_monitoring.md index 0a34e0780e..cdb536192a 100644 --- a/docs/platgovsalesforce/tech_debt/tech_debt_change_monitoring.md +++ b/docs/platgovsalesforce/tech_debt/tech_debt_change_monitoring.md @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ the policy. 1. Open **Customizations**. 2. Search for **Customizations** **CustomObject**. - ![Search for Customizations > CustomObject](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/search.webp) + ![Search for Customizations > CustomObject](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tech_debt/search.webp) 3. Open the Customization to add to a policy. 4. Click **Set Policy**. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md index 373492967f..9c52f26c82 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Access > My Activities page displays activities mapped to the user as individual cards, organized alphabetically or by Access Policy. -![My Activities Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) +![My Activities Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.webp) To access the My Activities page, open the Access interface. If there is only a single activity card present on this page that activity will open automatically. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md index 7cd901cd85..96d53b8584 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Audit and Reporting interface provides auditing and reporting tools to inter activity data in the Privilege Secure Console. This chapter explains the interface features and how to use them. -![interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.webp) Click Audit and Reporting to expand the menu. Settings can be configured for: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md index 779e759220..568c0bd731 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ user access. Only User(s) / group member(s) assigned the Admin Role can create a tasks. User(s) / group member(s) with the Reviewer role will see the access certification task(s) assigned to them here. -![Access Certification Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Access Certification Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/page.webp) On the left of the page, the Access Certification Task list shows the different access certification tasks and has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md index b90f281eb8..21a66574e0 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Users tab shows the users and groups in the selected access certification task for which the reviewer must certify access entitlement. -![userstab](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/userstab.webp) +![userstab](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/userstab.webp) The Users table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md index ed111b0d12..0c8222536c 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Configuration interface provides information and management options for advanced configuration settings. -![Configuration Interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![Configuration Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.webp) Expand the Configuration menu in the Navigation pane for related pages: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md index 7d686aeb0f..5e75dd276d 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Two out of the box templates are provided for most common use cases, CEF and LEE be configured according to the requirements of the target SIEM solution, and the specific event data that needs to be sent. -![SIEM Templates Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/systemalerting/siemtemplates.webp) +![SIEM Templates Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.webp) ## Custom SIEM Templates diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md index 6d36e4cb1a..dc87a52d98 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Proxy Service page shows the details of the selected service on the host. -![Proxy Service Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Proxy Service Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/page_1.webp) The Proxy Service page lists the properties for the selected proxy service: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md index 3bff2afcd5..17b335b339 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ the application. This includes managed user accounts created by activity session dashboard displays the same information as the [Credentials Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/credentials.md). -![Credentials Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) +![Credentials Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.webp) The dashboard has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md index 6096185290..50918ed7ba 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Dashboard interface displays an overview of activity sessions, users, resources and related information. -![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/interface.webp) The overview section shows information for the following: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md index f237f17080..31a15b84ca 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ sessions, policies, and service accounts for the host resources and domain resou added to the console. The Resources dashboard displays the same information as the [Resources Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/resources.md). -![Resources Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) +![Resources Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.webp) The Resources table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md index 04c075c20a..752789c28a 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ topic for detailed descriptions of the fields. **Step 2 –** In the Connection Profiles list, click the **Plus** icon. -![Add Connection Profile](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/settings/connection/profile/addconnectionprofile.webp) +![Add Connection Profile](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/addconnectionprofile.webp) **Step 3 –** Enter the desired information to configure a new connection profile. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md index 3e2b1fd3eb..b53c64cfd9 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Policy interface provides users with options for creating access policies, i activity sessions, onboarding and managing users, groups, resources, and credentials. This topic explains the interface features and how to use them. -![Admin Policy Interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![Admin Policy Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.webp) Select the Policy interface for related pages: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md index 2fe619223f..fbe94106af 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Access Policies page is accessible from the Navigation pane underPolicyPolic configured access policies, which are used to control which users can complete which activities on which resources. -![Access Policy Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Access Policy Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured access policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md index 51a25181cc..bd1179cbd8 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Activity Token Complexity Policy page is accessible from the Navigation pane underPolicyPolicies>Activity Token ComplexityAccess Policies. It shows the configuration options for managing the complexity of activity tokens for connection profiles. -![Activity Token Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Activity Token Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_1.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured activity token complexity policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md index c2b15ca7cb..24ad45ad7d 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Profile. It shows the configuration options for managing the session of the sele An approval workflow can be configured so that the session must be approved before the requestor of the session can log in. -![Connection Profiles Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Connection Profiles Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_2.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured connection profiles. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md index a4a6dd15ed..354280120b 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ fail. Create password policies and configure the password complexity requirements on this page. The password policy only applies to managed accounts created by Privilege Secure. -![Password Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Password Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_5.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured password complexity policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md index 8472546b6f..e7b40c6d2b 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Active Directory menu displays the configuration options for Active Directory platforms. -![Active Directory Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/wizard/activedirectory.webp) +![Active Directory Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for an Active Directory Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md index d7eb0050aa..a580d297dd 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Microsoft Entra ID (formerly Azure AD) menu displays the configuration options for Microsoft Entra ID platforms. -![Azure AD Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/outputs/azuread.webp) +![Azure AD Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/azuread.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for an Microsoft Entra ID Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md index 0f73d30f48..0a5cfd3f3c 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Linux menu displays the configuration options for Linux platforms. -![Linux Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/outputs/linux.webp) +![Linux Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for a Linux Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md index 424931bb63..08bacb170f 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Oracle menu displays the configuration options for Oracle platforms. -![Oracle Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/settings/connection/profile/oracle.webp) +![Oracle Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for an Oracle Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md index 68d81f7bc7..2ccc5584b0 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Platforms page is accessible from the Navigation pane under Policies. The me displays all the supported platform types and previously configured platforms. This allows administrators to apply default configurations across all resources defined by that platform type. -![Platforms Page](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/wizard/activedirectory.webp) +![Platforms Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured platforms. The pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md index 7801fa373d..e18be82f2e 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Windows menu displays the configuration options for Windows platforms. -![Windows Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoredhosts/properties/windows.webp) +![Windows Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for a Windows Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md index 31714c8766..7cd35a430a 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ the session completes, instead of waiting for the scheduled sync. See the [Activities Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activities.md) topic for additional information. -![Protection policies page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Protection policies page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_4.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured protection policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md index f378fbfcaf..065af7f691 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Schedules can be applied: - Verification — Check that the passwords for managed accounts match the credentials set by Privilege Secure -![Schedule Policies Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Schedule Policies Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_3.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured schedule policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md index d313ee7321..299a74a190 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Resources tab shows the resources associated with the selected protection policy. -![Protection policy resources tab](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) +![Protection policy resources tab](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.webp) The Resources table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md index 45af3587d3..782c0feeea 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Schedule tab shows the schedule tasks for the resources in the selected prot protection policy schedule is run based on the platform type configuration on the [Platforms Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md). -![schedule](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/settings/schedule.webp) +![schedule](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.webp) The Schedule tab has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md index e0a42dc111..9ee780f158 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Users tab shows the users and groups associated with the selected access policy. -![Resource based policy users tab](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/userstab.webp) +![Resource based policy users tab](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/userstab.webp) The Users tab has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md index f031deb9b1..d6bdca4bef 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ part. Follow the instructions to add actions to the activity. These actions may be paired with a corresponding Pre-Session action. -![addactionwindow](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/policies/actions/addactionwindow.webp) +![addactionwindow](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addactionwindow.webp) **Step 4 –** Complete the following fields: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/credentials/addcredentials.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/credentials/addcredentials.md index dd791bb04c..a90fb162ce 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/credentials/addcredentials.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/credentials/addcredentials.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Add Credentials window provides a list of Credentials that have been onboard already present in the collection.. Credentials are onboarded in the [Credentials Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/credentials.md). -![Add Credentials Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/accesspolicy/addcredentials.webp) +![Add Credentials Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/credentials/addcredentials.webp) The window has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md index 34f8f08fd0..630cdb28d2 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Historical sessions dashboard shows all created sessions and their status. -![Historical Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) +![Historical Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historicaldashboard.webp) The Historical Sessions table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md index d5087ccf4c..9df18b47a9 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ Interface Icons | Icon | Interface | | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | -| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | | ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | -| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | -| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/users.webp) | Users & Groups | | ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | -| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | -| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activities.webp) | Activities | | ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | | ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | | ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md index 6710fbb5ac..206780fc2d 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md @@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ server. **Step 3 –** Open the NPS.ActionService.exe and the Netwrix Privilege Secure Action Service Setup wizard will open. -![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_3.webp) **Step 4 –** To install the Action Service in an alternate location, click **Options**. -![installlocation](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/installlocation.webp) +![installlocation](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/installlocation.webp) **Step 5 –** Enter the destination folder for installation and click OK. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md index e6932690d3..ea626e88c7 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Symantec VIP, etc.) ready to setup for this account through the wizard. There are two methods for launching the Setup Wizard: -![Netwrix Privilege Secure desktop icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/install/desktopicon.webp) +![Netwrix Privilege Secure desktop icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/desktopicon.webp) - Double-click the desktop icon. Your default browser opens to the Setup Wizard. - Open a supported browser window and navigate to the following URL, which opens the Setup Wizard: @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Follow the steps to walk through the Setup Wizard. **Step 1 –** Launch the  Setup Wizard. -![Setup Wizard on the Welcome page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/welcome.webp) +![Setup Wizard on the Welcome page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/welcome.webp) **Step 2 –** Click **Let's get started**. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md index 19e36a453d..098b817b28 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ knowledge base article. **Step 2 –** Right-click on the installer and select Run as administrator. The Netwrix Privilege Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard opens. -![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the EULA page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the EULA page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_2.webp) **Step 3 –** On the End User License Agreement page, check the I agree to the license terms and conditions box and click Options. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ C:\Program Files\Netwrix\Netwrix Privilege Secure Proxy Service **NOTE:** The installation process begins and the wizard displays the its Progress. This may take a few moments. -![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the Successfully Completed page](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/install/sensitivedatadiscovery/completed.webp) +![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the Successfully Completed page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/completed_2.webp) **Step 6 –** When installation is complete, click Close. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md index c4d988265f..e33cf9de7d 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ server. **Step 3 –** Open the NPS.SchedulerService.exe and thePrivilege Secure Scheduler Service Setup wizard will open. -![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_4.webp) **Step 4 –** To install the Scheduler Service in an alternate location, click **Options**. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md index bf98c9ac52..9c607ba2d4 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ wizard opens. **NOTE:** If PostgreSQL v12 is already installed, a green checkmark is displayed to the left of the Install PostgreSQL 12 button and you can install the Privilege Secure application. -![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Install page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/install/upgrade/install.webp) +![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Install page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/install.webp) **Step 2 –** On the Install page, click **Install**. -![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement.webp) **Step 3 –** On the End User License Agreement page, check the **I accept the license agreement** box and click **Next**. @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ C:\Program Files\Stealthbits\Postgres12 **NOTE:** The installation process begins and the Setup wizard displays the its Progress. This may take a few moments. -![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/install/sensitivedatadiscovery/completed.webp) +![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/completed.webp) **Step 5 –** When installation is complete, click **Exit**. The Stealthbits PostgeSQL v12 Setup wizard closes. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PostgreSQL Setup. Click Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup. **NOTE:** This window remains open in the background while the database is installed. -![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_1.webp) **Step 2 –** On the End User License Agreement page, check the **I agree to the license terms and conditions** box and click **Options**. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ C:\Program Files\Stealthbits\PAM **NOTE:** The installation process begins and the wizard displays the its Progress. This may take a few moments. -![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/install/sensitivedatadiscovery/completed.webp) +![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/completed_1.webp) **Step 5 –** When installation is complete, click **Close**. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md index 85b805e558..ae598d5a1d 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Access > My Activities page displays activities mapped to the user as individual cards, organized alphabetically or by Access Policy. -![My Activities Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) +![My Activities Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/access/myactivities.webp) To access the My Activities page, open the Access interface. If there is only a single activity card present on this page that activity will open automatically. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md index 88585dc327..400336dca0 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Audit and Reporting interface provides auditing and reporting tools to inter activity data in the Privilege Secure Console. This chapter explains the interface features and how to use them. -![interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/interface.webp) Click Audit and Reporting to expand the menu. Settings can be configured for: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md index 08690cc2f7..5be9310364 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/accesscertification.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ user access. Only User(s) / group member(s) assigned the Admin Role can create a tasks. User(s) / group member(s) with the Reviewer role will see the access certification task(s) assigned to them here. -![Access Certification Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Access Certification Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/page/page.webp) On the left of the page, the Access Certification Task list shows the different access certification tasks and has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md index 50e8628a15..4b6a1742f1 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/users.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Users tab shows the users and groups in the selected access certification task for which the reviewer must certify access entitlement. -![userstab](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/userstab.webp) +![userstab](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/auditreporting/tab/userstab.webp) The Users table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md index 1dc0231408..b73d1b9017 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Configuration interface provides information and management options for advanced configuration settings. -![Configuration Interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![Configuration Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/interface.webp) Expand the Configuration menu in the Navigation pane for related pages: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md index 2a20392f96..9a909f642a 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Two out of the box templates are provided for most common use cases, CEF and LEE be configured according to the requirements of the target SIEM solution, and the specific event data that needs to be sent. Privilege Secure supports 1.0 versions of CEF and LEEF. -![SIEM Templates Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/siemtemplates.webp) +![SIEM Templates Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/siemtemplates.webp) ## Custom SIEM Templates diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md index 7e99984da4..547d2e30a4 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/proxy.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Proxy Service page shows the details of the selected service on the host. -![Proxy Service Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Proxy Service Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/page_1.webp) The Proxy Service page lists the properties for the selected proxy service: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/scheduler.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/scheduler.md index 01376f1ea9..7c7199c993 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/scheduler.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/scheduler.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ On the Scheduler Service page, view information for scheduled services. -![Scheduler service Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Scheduler service Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/servicetype/page.webp) The Scheduler Service page shows details of the selected service and has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md index d9291b4951..42c4a758a4 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ domain account, or Privilege Secure application local account that has its crede the application. This includes managed user accounts created by activity sessions. The Credentials dashboard displays the same information as the [Credentials Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/credentials.md). -![Credentials Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) +![Credentials Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.webp) The dashboard has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md index 2c48f9ea4f..0f5d467073 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/overview.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Dashboard interface displays an overview of activity sessions, users, resources and related information. -![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/interface.webp) The overview section shows information for the following: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md index 9a75888b87..ebcb767c49 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ sessions, policies, and service accounts for the host resources and domain resou added to the console. The Resources dashboard displays the same information as the [Resources Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/resources.md). -![Resources Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) +![Resources Dashboard Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/resources.webp) The Resources table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md index 792dc80283..97a91c8b30 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/connectionprofile.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ fields. **Step 2 –** In the Connection Profiles list, click the **Plus** icon. -![Add Connection Profile](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/settings/connection/profile/addconnectionprofile.webp) +![Add Connection Profile](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/addconnectionprofile.webp) **Step 3 –** Enter the desired information to configure a new connection profile. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md index 57f69f6d22..cc7e7a848e 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Policy interface provides users with options for creating access policies, i activity sessions, onboarding and managing users, groups, resources, and credentials. This topic explains the interface features and how to use them. -![Admin Policy Interface](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/interface.webp) +![Admin Policy Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/interface.webp) Select the Policy interface for related pages: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md index 147e3b5ea7..9ed4736d4a 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/accesspolicy.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Access Policies page is accessible from the Navigation pane underPolicyPolic configured access policies, which are used to control which users can complete which activities on which resources. -![Access Policy Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Access Policy Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured access policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md index ac7384f315..c934b8f6bb 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activitytokencomplexity.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Activity Token Complexity Policy page is accessible from the Navigation pane underPolicyPolicies>Activity Token ComplexityAccess Policies. It shows the configuration options for managing the complexity of activity tokens for connection profiles. -![Activity Token Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Activity Token Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_1.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured activity token complexity policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md index dfd3f8cc9d..7418528c0d 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/connectionprofiles.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Policy** > **Connection Profiles**. It shows the configuration options for manag the selected access policy. An approval workflow can be configured so that the session must be approved before the requester of the session can log in. -![Connection Profiles Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Connection Profiles Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_2.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured connection profiles. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md index 5e167ea7ba..2cd14db2ac 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/passwordcomplexity.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ fail. Create password policies and configure the password complexity requirements on this page. The password policy only applies to managed accounts created by Privilege Secure. -![Password Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Password Complexity Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_5.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured password complexity policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md index 065e115c06..b529c873b7 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Active Directory menu displays the configuration options for Active Directory platforms. -![Active Directory Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/wizard/activedirectory.webp) +![Active Directory Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for an Active Directory Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md index c1ce992244..f80d06f2c0 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/entraid.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Microsoft Entra ID (formerly Azure AD) menu displays the configuration options for Microsoft Entra ID platforms. -![Azure AD Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/outputs/azuread.webp) +![Azure AD Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/azuread.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for an Microsoft Entra ID Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md index 540b0dae5a..02a2e50794 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Linux menu displays the configuration options for Linux platforms. -![Linux Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/outputs/linux.webp) +![Linux Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/linux.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for a Linux Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md index eb54164583..c7faab6b7a 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Oracle menu displays the configuration options for Oracle platforms. -![Oracle Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/settings/connection/profile/oracle.webp) +![Oracle Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/oracle.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for an Oracle Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md index 126eced487..69545e5811 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Platforms page is accessible from the Navigation pane under Policies. The me displays all the supported platform types and previously configured platforms. This allows administrators to apply default configurations across all resources defined by that platform type. -![Platforms Page](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/wizard/activedirectory.webp) +![Platforms Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/activedirectory.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured platforms. The pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md index cea33cfc56..fbb5f45bab 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Windows menu displays the configuration options for Windows platforms. -![Windows Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoredhosts/properties/windows.webp) +![Windows Platform Configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/windows.webp) Details for the selected platform are displayed on the right side of the page. Below are the configuration options for a Windows Platform. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md index 0aacb9274b..80d1ae1330 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/protectionpolicies.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ activity. This will proactively run all protection policies that apply to the ta the session completes, instead of waiting for the scheduled sync. See the [Activities Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activities.md) topic for additional information. -![Protection policies page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Protection policies page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_4.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured protection policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md index b86648109c..bcfefdf492 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/schedulepolicies.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Schedules can be applied: - Verification — Check that the passwords for managed accounts match the credentials set by Privilege Secure -![Schedule Policies Page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/page.webp) +![Schedule Policies Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/page_3.webp) The pane on the left side of the page displays a list of the configured schedule policies. This pane has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md index 5af347dc9a..6c67fb461f 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Resources tab shows the resources associated with the selected protection policy. -![Protection policy resources tab](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) +![Protection policy resources tab](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/resources.webp) The Resources table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md index d34c268f22..b6542963a6 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Schedule tab shows the schedule tasks for the resources in the selected prot protection policy schedule is run based on the platform type configuration on the [Platforms Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/platforms/overview.md). -![schedule](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/schedule.webp) +![schedule](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyprotection/schedule.webp) The Schedule tab has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md index b965d7fb93..7afb5df91a 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/users.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Users tab shows the users and groups associated with the selected access policy. -![Resource based policy users tab](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/userstab.webp) +![Resource based policy users tab](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/tab/policyresource/userstab.webp) The Users tab has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/accesspolicy/addcredentials.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/accesspolicy/addcredentials.md index 3410e4c341..4923e80d40 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/accesspolicy/addcredentials.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/accesspolicy/addcredentials.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The Add Credentials window provides a list of Credentials that have been onboarded. Credentials are onboarded in the [Credentials Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/credentials.md). -![Add credentials window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/addcredentials.webp) +![Add credentials window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/accesspolicy/addcredentials.webp) The window has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md index 95bd0a7cc5..09e3956049 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addaction.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ part. Follow the instructions to add actions to the activity. These actions may be paired with a corresponding Pre-Session action. -![addactionwindow](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/addactionwindow.webp) +![addactionwindow](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/activities/addactionwindow.webp) **Step 4 –** Complete the following fields: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md index 12bb883f02..901baa0f84 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historical.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ The Historical sessions dashboard shows all created sessions and their status. -![Historical Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) +![Historical Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/historicaldashboard.webp) The Historical Sessions table has the following features: diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md index 2f4de542b4..b2b1450249 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Interface Icons | Icon | Interface | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | -| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | -| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | -| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | -| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | -| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | -| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | -| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activities.webp) | Activities | | ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | | ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | | ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md index 7276468548..f28087a852 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/actionservice.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ server. **Step 3 –** Open the NPS.ActionService.exe and the Netwrix Privilege Secure Action Service Setup wizard will open. -![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_3.webp) **Step 4 –** To install the Action Service in an alternate location, click **Options**. -![installlocation](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/installlocation.webp) +![installlocation](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/installlocation.webp) **Step 5 –** Enter the destination folder for installation and click OK. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md index 4699c4aafd..e9bdf4b7c4 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/firstlaunch.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Symantec VIP, etc.) ready to setup for this account through the wizard. There are two methods for launching the Setup Wizard: -![Netwrix Privilege Secure desktop icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/desktopicon.webp) +![Netwrix Privilege Secure desktop icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/desktopicon.webp) - Double-click the desktop icon. Your default browser opens to the Setup Wizard. - Open a supported browser window and navigate to the following URL, which opens the Setup Wizard: @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Follow the steps to walk through the Setup Wizard. **Step 1 –** Launch the  Setup Wizard. -![Setup Wizard on the Welcome page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/welcome.webp) +![Setup Wizard on the Welcome page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/welcome.webp) **Step 2 –** Click **Let's get started**. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md index 47468b7a1e..79eed5b63d 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/proxyservice.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ knowledge base article. **Step 2 –** Right-click on the installer and select Run as administrator. The Netwrix Privilege Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard opens. -![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the EULA page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the EULA page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_2.webp) **Step 3 –** On the End User License Agreement page, check the I agree to the license terms and conditions box and click Options. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ _Remember,_ it is a best practice to read the agreement before accepting it. **NOTE:** The installation process begins and the wizard displays the its Progress. This may take a few moments. -![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the Successfully Completed page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/completed.webp) +![Netwrix Privileged Secure Proxy Service Setup wizard on the Successfully Completed page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/completed_2.webp) **Step 6 –** When installation is complete, click Close. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md index a77a968d41..c8b4be72f8 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/schedulerservice.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ server. **Step 3 –** Open the NPS.SchedulerService.exe and thePrivilege Secure Scheduler Service Setup wizard will open. -![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![licenseagreement](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_4.webp) **Step 4 –** To install the Scheduler Service in an alternate location, click **Options**. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md index 8a9f153501..38d3696e42 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/setuplauncher.md @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ wizard opens. **NOTE:** If PostgreSQL v16 is already installed, a green checkmark is displayed to the left of the Install PostgreSQL 16 button and you can install the Privilege Secure application. -![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Install page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/install.webp) +![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Install page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/install.webp) **Step 2 –** On the Install page, click **Install**. -![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement.webp) **Step 3 –** On the End User License Agreement page, check the **I accept the license agreement** box and click **Next**. @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ C:\Program Files\Stealthbits\Postgres16 **NOTE:** The installation process begins and the Setup wizard displays the its Progress. This may take a few moments. -![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/completed.webp) +![Stealthbits PostgreSQL v12 Setup Wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/completed.webp) **Step 5 –** When installation is complete, click **Exit**. The Stealthbits PostgeSQL v16 Setup wizard closes. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PostgreSQL Setup. Click Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup. **NOTE:** This window remains open in the background while the database is installed. -![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseagreement.webp) +![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the License Agreement page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/licenseagreement_1.webp) **Step 2 –** On the End User License Agreement page, check the **I agree to the license terms and conditions** box and click **Options**. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ C:\Program Files\Stealthbits\PAM **NOTE:** The installation process begins and the wizard displays the its Progress. This may take a few moments. -![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/completed.webp) +![Netwrix Privilege Secure Setup wizard on the Completed Successfully page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/completed_1.webp) **Step 5 –** When installation is complete, click **Close**. diff --git a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/remoteaccessgateway/overview.md b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/remoteaccessgateway/overview.md index 4c968021cc..ebd29a32a6 100644 --- a/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/remoteaccessgateway/overview.md +++ b/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/remoteaccessgateway/overview.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Remote Access Gateway (RAG) may be added to any Netwrix Privilege Secure ins securely extend access to external users such as remote workers or third-party vendors. VPN-less access is provided via web page with browser-based sessions for RDP and SSH. -![architecture](/img/product_docs/changetracker/8.1/architecture.webp) +![architecture](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/remoteaccessgateway/architecture.webp) The RAG is made up of two components: diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/identitymanager/6.2/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/identitymanager/6.2/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f89542b86b --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/identitymanager/6.2/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12145 @@ + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\overview\index.md +Context: +## Components and Data Flow + +![Components & Data Flow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/overview/components_data_flow.webp) + +### Components +Original image link: ![Components & Data Flow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/overview/components_data_flow.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\overview\index.md +Context: +This approach is useful when managed systems need to run on separate and isolated networks. + +![Server & Agents isolated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/overview/distribution_1.webp) + +**2.** The Server and one Agent are installed on the same workstation +Original image link: ![Server & Agents isolated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/overview/distribution_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\overview\index.md +Context: +the same workstation or on a separate one. + +![Server & Agent together](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/overview/distribution_2.webp) + +## Authentication +Original image link: ![Server & Agent together](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/overview/distribution_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\production-ready\agent\index.md +Context: + **.NET CLR Version** > **No Managed Code** + +![IIS Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/iis_settings.webp) + +This sums up IIS settings. +Original image link: ![IIS Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/iis_settings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\production-ready\agent\index.md +Context: +window. + +![Object Names](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/enter-the-object-names-to-select.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Check the **Allow** column for the relevant permissions. Check the **Deny** column for +Original image link: ![Object Names](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/enter-the-object-names-to-select.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\production-ready\database\index.md +Context: + screen. + +![Execute Query](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/database/execute_query.webp) + +- From the dropdown, select the newly created database. +Original image link: ![Execute Query](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/database/execute_query.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\production-ready\server\index.md +Context: + Version > `No Managed Code` + +![IIS Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/iis_settings.webp) + +An SSL Certificate should also be set to the IIS Server to perform HTTPS communication with +Original image link: ![IIS Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/iis_settings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\production-ready\server\index.md +Context: +server-level role. + +![New Login](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/install/application/newlogin.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Expand the **Security** and **Login** nodes, and look for the Identity Manager service +Original image link: ![New Login](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/install/application/newlogin.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\production-ready\server\index.md +Context: +as well as **db_owner** and **public** (bottom panel). + +![Bulk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/bulk.webp) + +**Step 7 –** Right-click the **Server** root node and select **Properties**, and in the +Original image link: ![Bulk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/bulk.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\production-ready\server\index.md +Context: + **Step 1 –** Click on **Edit** and then on **Add**. + + ![Object Names](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/enter-the-object-names-to-select.webp) + + **Step 2 –** In the **Enter the object names to select** textbox, enter the service account name +Original image link: ![Object Names](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/production-ready/server/enter-the-object-names-to-select.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\quick-start\index.md +Context: +expected version. + +![Extranet Artifacts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/quick-start/extranet_v601.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Extract from SDK the folder Identity Manager Bootstrap anywhere on the computer. +Original image link: ![Extranet Artifacts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/quick-start/extranet_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\quick-start\index.md +Context: +When extracting Identity Manager Bootstrap to the root of the computer, it looks like: + +![Project Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/quick-start/directory_v602.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Move or copy your certificate inside the Runtime folder. +Original image link: ![Project Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/quick-start/directory_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\quick-start\index.md +Context: +section. + +![Authentication Dialog](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/quick-start/authentication_v601.webp) + +Now you can start using the application. +Original image link: ![Authentication Dialog](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/quick-start/authentication_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\quick-start\index.md +Context: +from the **Configuration** section of the home page. + +![Home Page - Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +Then, Netwrix Identity Manager (formerly Usercube) recommends following the user guide to start the +Original image link: ![Home Page - Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\reverse-proxy\index.md +Context: + able to monitor plain text requests from/to Identity Manager's server; + + ![Proxy Purposes: Encryption](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/reverse-proxy/proxy_purpose_encryption.webp) + +- installing Identity Manager with an integrated agent on a network isolated from the users' +Original image link: ![Proxy Purposes: Encryption](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/reverse-proxy/proxy_purpose_encryption.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\reverse-proxy\index.md +Context: + network isolated from the Internet; + + ![Proxy Installation Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/reverse-proxy/proxy_example.webp) + + This installation will be used for the configuration examples below. +Original image link: ![Proxy Installation Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/reverse-proxy/proxy_example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\installation-guide\reverse-proxy\index.md +Context: +- using several Identity Manager's server instances for load-balancing purposes. + + ![Proxy Purposes: Load Balancing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/reverse-proxy/proxy_purpose_loadbalancing.webp) + +As Identity Manager is session-less, working with several servers does not imply the need to +Original image link: ![Proxy Purposes: Load Balancing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/installation-guide/reverse-proxy/proxy_purpose_loadbalancing.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +2. Create a new request by clicking on **+ New** then **Request**. + + ![Postman: New Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_newrequest.webp) + +3. Fill in the fields and click on **Save to Identity Manager**. +Original image link: ![Postman: New Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_newrequest.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +3. Fill in the fields and click on **Save to Identity Manager**. + + ![Postman: New Request Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_requestfields.webp) + +4. Fill in the authentication information as follows: +Original image link: ![Postman: New Request Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_requestfields.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +4. Fill in the authentication information as follows: + + ![Postman: Authentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_authentication.webp) + + - **Method**: POST +Original image link: ![Postman: Authentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_authentication.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +5. Click on **Send** and get the access token from the response body. + + ![Postman: Access Token](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_accesstoken.webp) + +## Use an Access Token +Original image link: ![Postman: Access Token](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_accesstoken.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +2. Fill in the authorization information as follows: + + ![Postman: Authorization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_authorization.webp) + + - **Method**: GET +Original image link: ![Postman: Authorization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_authorization.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +3. Click on **Send** and get the result from the response body. + + ![Postman: Access Token Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_accesstokenresult.webp) + +## Create a Combined Request +Original image link: ![Postman: Access Token Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_accesstokenresult.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +2. Fill in the authorization information as follows: + + ![Postman: Authorization (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_authorizationcombined.webp) + + - **Method**: GET +Original image link: ![Postman: Authorization (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_authorizationcombined.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +3. Click on **Get New Access Token** and fill in the fields as follows: + + ![Postman: New Access Token Fields (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_newaccesstokencombined.webp) + + - **Token Name**: `` +Original image link: ![Postman: New Access Token Fields (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_newaccesstokencombined.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +4. Click on **Request Token** to get the token. + + ![Postman: Get Token (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_gettokencombined.webp) + +5. Click on **Use Token** and **Send** and get the result from the response body. +Original image link: ![Postman: Get Token (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_gettokencombined.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\how-tos\request-postman\index.md +Context: +5. Click on **Use Token** and **Send** and get the result from the response body. + + ![Postman: Access Token Result (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_accesstokenresult.webp) + +Original image link: ![Postman: Access Token Result (Combined Request)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/how-tos/request-postman/postman_accesstokenresult.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\index.md +Context: +Manager [OpenAPI](https://swagger.io/specification/) definition. + +![Usercube server swagger page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/swagger.webp) + +A function can have several versions. This is why the API description is split into several OpenAPI +Original image link: ![Usercube server swagger page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/swagger.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\api\pagination\index.md +Context: +The principle is to call the function with the ContinuationToken obtained from the previous call. + +![Pagination sequence diagram](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/pagination/pagination.webp) + +**NOTE:** Pagination is optional. If PageSize is not specified, the function will return all items +Original image link: ![Pagination sequence diagram](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/api/pagination/pagination.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\architecture\how-tos\protect-agent-server-communication\index.md +Context: + certificate configured by Identity Manager. + +![Schema: Agent/Server Communication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/how-tos/protect-agent-server-communication/agent-server-communication.webp) + +### Configuration details +Original image link: ![Schema: Agent/Server Communication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/how-tos/protect-agent-server-communication/agent-server-communication.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\architecture\index.md +Context: +[Microsoft SQLServer](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/sql-server) relational database. + +![Architecture](/img/product_docs/changetracker/8.1/architecture.webp) + +See the [ SaaS Environment ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/architecture/saas/index.md) topic for additional information on Netwrix Identity +Original image link: ![Architecture](/img/product_docs/changetracker/8.1/architecture.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\architecture\on-prem\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager recommends the following architecture: + +![On-Premises Recommended Architecture](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/on-prem/architecture_onprem.webp) + +Most situations do not need Identity Manager so much that they need a fail-over system, i.e. +Original image link: ![On-Premises Recommended Architecture](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/on-prem/architecture_onprem.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\architecture\saas\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager recommends the following architecture: + +![SaaS Recommended Architecture](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/saas/architecture_saas.webp) + +### Agent(s) +Original image link: ![SaaS Recommended Architecture](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/saas/architecture_saas.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\configuration-details\connections\index.md +Context: +columns of the selected table are used for the mapping as `Source Columns`. + +![connectiontables_ui_v60](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/configuration-details/connections/connectiontables_ui_v60.webp) + +## Refresh Schema +Original image link: ![connectiontables_ui_v60](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/configuration-details/connections/connectiontables_ui_v60.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\configuration-details\connections\index.md +Context: + connection is refreshed; + + ![Refresh Schema of One Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshschema_v522.webp) + +- when clicking on **Refresh all schemas** on the connector's page: all schemas of the connector are +Original image link: ![Refresh Schema of One Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshschema_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\configuration-details\connections\index.md +Context: + refreshed. + + ![Refresh all Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshall_v602.webp) + +In the **Connections** frame, either the last successful schema update is indicated or an icon is +Original image link: ![Refresh all Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshall_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\configuration-details\connections\index.md +Context: +shown if the refresh schema failed. + +![Failed Refresh Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_failedindicator_v602.webp) + +Some packages don't generate a schema. For these packages, the **Refresh Schema** button isn't +Original image link: ![Failed Refresh Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_failedindicator_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\configuration-details\connections\index.md +Context: +indicated by the sentence "There is no schema for this connection". + +![No Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_noschema_v522.webp) + +The connections' schemas must be refreshed before editing the connector's entity types via the UI, +Original image link: ![No Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_noschema_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\entitypropertymapping-format\index.md +Context: +> of `userAccountControl`. +> +> ![New Property for Bit Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/entitypropertymapping-format/bitprov_property_v603.webp) +> +> XML configuration looks like the following: +Original image link: ![New Property for Bit Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/entitypropertymapping-format/bitprov_property_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\entitypropertymapping-format\index.md +Context: +declared in the ResourceType. + +![Export and Fulfill Data transformation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/entitypropertymapping-format/entitypropertymapping-format-flowchart.webp) + +Original image link: ![Export and Fulfill Data transformation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/entitypropertymapping-format/entitypropertymapping-format-flowchart.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\azuread-register\index.md +Context: +5. Click the **+ New Registration** button in the top menu. + + ![Azure AD Export - Add New Registration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportregistration.webp) + + A new registration form is displayed: +Original image link: ![Azure AD Export - Add New Registration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportregistration.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\azuread-register\index.md +Context: + needed by the Identity Manager Agent. + + ![Azure AD Export - New ApplicationId](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportapplicationid.webp) + +### Get the application's secret key +Original image link: ![Azure AD Export - New ApplicationId](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportapplicationid.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\azuread-register\index.md +Context: + is needed by the Identity Manager Agent settings file. + + ![Azure AD Export - New Client Secret](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportsecret.webp) + + The **Client Secret** value is only displayed in the UI in plain text at first. After a while, +Original image link: ![Azure AD Export - New Client Secret](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportsecret.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\azuread-register\index.md +Context: +4. Click on the **+ Add a permission** button. + + ![Azure AD Export - Add Permission](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportpermissions.webp) + +5. Go to **Microsoft graph** > **Application permissions**. +Original image link: ![Azure AD Export - Add Permission](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportpermissions.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\azuread-register\index.md +Context: + permission. + + ![Azure AD Export - Directory Permission](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportdirectorypermission.webp) + +8. Confirm with the **Add permissions** button at the bottom of the page. +Original image link: ![Azure AD Export - Directory Permission](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportdirectorypermission.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\azuread-register\index.md +Context: +9. Grant admin consent by clicking on **√ Grant admin consent for** name of the organization. + + ![Azure AD Export - Grant Admin Consent](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportadminconsent.webp) + + You should now see the status displayed as **√ Granted for** name of the organization. +Original image link: ![Azure AD Export - Grant Admin Consent](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/azuread-register/howtos_azuread_exportadminconsent.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: + - for a simple field: + + ![AD creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adlogin_v603.webp) + + - for multiple key-value fields: +Original image link: ![AD creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adlogin_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: + - for multiple key-value fields: + + ![SQL connection string](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_keyvalue_v603.webp) + + Contrary to simple fields, multiple-key-value secured options are not restricted to a given +Original image link: ![SQL connection string](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_keyvalue_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: +2. Fill the field(s) and, if needed, click on the eye icon to make the content visible. + + ![Eye Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/iconeye_v600.svg) + + > For example, for a simple field in an AD connection, the **Login** and **Password** are by +Original image link: ![Eye Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/iconeye_v600.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: + > default hidden with ??????: + > + > ![Login Secured Options Hidden](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adexample_v603.webp) + > + > ![Login Secured Options Revealed](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adexamplevisible_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Login Secured Options Hidden](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adexample_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: + > ![Login Secured Options Hidden](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adexample_v603.webp) + > + > ![Login Secured Options Revealed](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adexamplevisible_v603.webp) + + > For example, for multiple key-value fields in an SQL connection, some elements of the +Original image link: ![Login Secured Options Revealed](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_adexamplevisible_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: + > connection string might be sensitive and need to be hidden: + > + > ![SQL connection string](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_sqlexample1_v603.webp) + > + > In this example, the database name and the minimal pool size are secured options: +Original image link: ![SQL connection string](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_sqlexample1_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: + > In this example, the database name and the minimal pool size are secured options: + > + > ![SQL Secured option filled](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_sqlexample2_v603.webp) + + > Another example of multiple key-value fields in a Powershell connection: +Original image link: ![SQL Secured option filled](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_sqlexample2_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\configure-secured-options\index.md +Context: + > Another example of multiple key-value fields in a Powershell connection: + > + > ![Powershell Secured option hidden](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_powershellexample_v603.webp) + +3. Once saved, any secured option's value can no longer be seen. However, it can still be modified +Original image link: ![Powershell Secured option hidden](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/configure-secured-options/securedoptions_powershellexample_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\create-connector\azuread\index.md +Context: +via the UI. + +![Menu Item - Azure AD Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/create-connector/azuread/howtos_azure_menuitem_v603.webp) + +In XML, it should look like this: +Original image link: ![Menu Item - Azure AD Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/create-connector/azuread/howtos_azure_menuitem_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\create-connector\azuread\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Navigation Properties - Azure AD Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/create-connector/azuread/howtos_azure_navproperties_v603.webp) + +Microsoft Entra ID's resources are listed in a table. +Original image link: ![Navigation Properties - Azure AD Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/create-connector/azuread/howtos_azure_navproperties_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\create-connector\azuread\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Display Table - Azure AD Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/create-connector/azuread/howtos_azure_table_v603.webp) + +This is how the resources are displayed on the UI. +Original image link: ![Display Table - Azure AD Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/create-connector/azuread/howtos_azure_table_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\create-connector\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager provides a menu item to list all connectors in the dashboard's left menu. + +![Menu Item - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_entitytypes_v602.webp) + +> It is usually written like this: +Original image link: ![Menu Item - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_entitytypes_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\demoapp-banking\index.md +Context: + a user by clicking on **Create New User** + + ![Users list](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-banking/demoapps_banking_userslist.webp) + +- A list of groups, accessible by clicking on **Groups** at the top of the page. Clicking on +Original image link: ![Users list](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-banking/demoapps_banking_userslist.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\demoapp-banking\index.md +Context: + list + + ![User details](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-banking/demoapps_banking_userdetails.webp) + +The most interesting part of the Banking application is a user's page. On a user's page, it is +Original image link: ![User details](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-banking/demoapps_banking_userdetails.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\demoapp-hr\index.md +Context: +application contains an employee list. + +![Users list](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-hr/demoapps_hr_userslist.webp) + +Each employee also has their own page, with the possibility to edit their profile or delete them. It +Original image link: ![Users list](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-hr/demoapps_hr_userslist.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\demoapp-hr\index.md +Context: +is also possible to add a new employee. + +![User details](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-hr/demoapps_hr_userdetails.webp) + +The HR application uses csv files as data sources. When a user is added, deleted, or edited, the csv +Original image link: ![User details](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/demoapp-hr/demoapps_hr_userdetails.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\interact-gui-robotframework\index.md +Context: +**Show XPath**. + +![Show XPath](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-gui-robotframework/robotframeworkflaui_flauishowxpath.webp) + +To see the XPath of an element, hover over the element, and press control. A red box should appear +Original image link: ![Show XPath](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-gui-robotframework/robotframeworkflaui_flauishowxpath.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\interact-gui-robotframework\index.md +Context: +should be at the bottom left of the FlaUI element. + +![Highlight Element](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-gui-robotframework/robotframeworkflaui_flauixpathexample.webp) + +As an example, imagine an application showing a list of files and folders. Targeting a specific file +Original image link: ![Highlight Element](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-gui-robotframework/robotframeworkflaui_flauixpathexample.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\interact-web-page-robotframework\index.md +Context: +element, and clicking **Inspect**. + +![Inspect Tool](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-web-page-robotframework/robotframeworkselenium_inspecttool.webp) + +Suppose the goal of the script is to copy the content of the code block, and paste it to a file, to +Original image link: ![Inspect Tool](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-web-page-robotframework/robotframeworkselenium_inspecttool.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\interact-web-page-robotframework\index.md +Context: +right click it in the HTML, and click on **Copy** > **Full XPath**. + +![Copy Full XPath](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-web-page-robotframework/robotframeworkselenium_copyfullxpath.webp) + +For the `copy to clipboard` button, the XPath is +Original image link: ![Copy Full XPath](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/interact-web-page-robotframework/robotframeworkselenium_copyfullxpath.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\powershell-fulfill\index.md +Context: +entities. + +![Microsoft Exchange Menu Items](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_fulfill_menu_item_5.1.7.webp) + +### Configuration +Original image link: ![Microsoft Exchange Menu Items](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_fulfill_menu_item_5.1.7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\powershell-fulfill\index.md +Context: +[wolfgang.abendroth@acme.com](mailto:wolfgang.abendroth@acme.com). + +![Microsoft Exchange Display Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_fulfill_display_entity_type_5.1.7.webp) + +The scalar properties require no configuration: they are automatically displayed. The only +Original image link: ![Microsoft Exchange Display Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_fulfill_display_entity_type_5.1.7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\powershell-fulfill\index.md +Context: +This example configures the following list display: + +![Microsoft Exchange Display Table](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_fulfill_display_table_5.1.7.webp) + +#### Internal Display Name +Original image link: ![Microsoft Exchange Display Table](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_fulfill_display_table_5.1.7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\powershell-fulfill\index.md +Context: +input in the Job's **DisplayName_Li** attribute. + +![Microsoft Exchange Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_jobs_5.1.7.webp) + +From there, the Synchronization job can be launched and debugged (if needed). +Original image link: ![Microsoft Exchange Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/powershell-fulfill/microsoftexchange_jobs_5.1.7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\scim-cyberark-export\index.md +Context: +Adds a new menu item under the ```Nav_Connectors``` menu item declared in the root ```Nav.xml``` file. This new menu item gives access to the list of synchronized CyberArk SCIM objects. + +![SCIM CyberArk Menu Items](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/scim-cyberark-export/scim_cyberark_export_menu_item_5.1.6.webp) + +### Configuration +Original image link: ![SCIM CyberArk Menu Items](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/scim-cyberark-export/scim_cyberark_export_menu_item_5.1.6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\scim-cyberark-export\index.md +Context: +This configuration configures that display for [christian.adam@acme.com](mailto:christian.adam@acme.com): + +![SCIM CyberArk Display Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/scim-cyberark-export/scim_cyberark_export_display_entity_type_5.1.6.webp) + +The scalar properties don't need to be configured: they are automatically displayed. The only information that the [DisplayEntityType](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displayentitytype/index.md) adds here, is that the property ```BasicCollection``` is a navigation property. An eye icon will be displayed to take you directly to the matching page. +Original image link: ![SCIM CyberArk Display Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/scim-cyberark-export/scim_cyberark_export_display_entity_type_5.1.6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\scim-cyberark-export\index.md +Context: +configures the following list display: + +![SCIM CyberArk Display Table](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/scim-cyberark-export/scim_cyberark_export_display_table_5.1.6.webp) + +#### Internal display name +Original image link: ![SCIM CyberArk Display Table](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/scim-cyberark-export/scim_cyberark_export_display_table_5.1.6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\sharepoint-export\index.md +Context: +- Enter the name of the Identity Manager service account or its email address. + +![SharePoint Export Add Member](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/sharepoint-export/sharepoint_export_add_member.webp) + +The service account is now a member of the site. However, to scan the site, the service account +Original image link: ![SharePoint Export Add Member](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/sharepoint-export/sharepoint_export_add_member.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\how-tos\sharepoint-export\index.md +Context: +- Choose **Owner**. + +![SharePoint Export Role Owner](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/sharepoint-export/sharepoint_export_role_owner.webp) + +### Configuration +Original image link: ![SharePoint Export Role Owner](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/how-tos/sharepoint-export/sharepoint_export_role_owner.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\index.md +Context: +A connector, therefore, acts as an interface between Identity Manager and a managed system. + +![Connector Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectorschema.webp) + +Netwrix Identity Manager (formerly Usercube)strongly recommends the creation of one connector for +Original image link: ![Connector Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectorschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\index.md +Context: +Manager will feed data into connected managed systems. + +![Outbound System=](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_outbound.webp) + +In this case, data flows between Identity Manager and the managed system are also called: +Original image link: ![Outbound System=](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_outbound.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\index.md +Context: + > manually through Identity Manager. + +![Connector Technical Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectortechnicalschema.webp) + +A connector requires at least one connection and one entity type. +Original image link: ![Connector Technical Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectortechnicalschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\activedirectory\index.md +Context: +additional information. + +![Package: Directory/Active Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/packages_ad_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Active Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/packages_ad_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\activedirectory\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Check the **View** details in the Active Directory and Computers. + +![Enable Permissions - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_01.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Open the **Advanced Security Settings** dialog box for the domain root. +Original image link: ![Enable Permissions - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_01.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\activedirectory\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Open the **Advanced Security Settings** dialog box for the domain root. + +![Enable Permissions - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_02.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Select the **Replicating Directory Changes** check box from the list. +Original image link: ![Enable Permissions - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_02.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\activedirectory\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Select the **Replicating Directory Changes** check box from the list. + +![Enable Permissions - Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_03.webp) + +**Step 4 –** To change groups' membership, in the Applies field, select Descendent Group object and +Original image link: ![Enable Permissions - Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_03.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\activedirectory\index.md +Context: +select the **Read Members** and **Write Members** check boxes from the list. + +![Read/Write Members](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_04.webp) + +**Step 5 –** To Reset Password capabilities, in the Applies field, select Descendent User object and +Original image link: ![Read/Write Members](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_04.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\activedirectory\index.md +Context: +select the **Read lockoutTime** and **Write lockoutTime** check boxes from the list. + +![Read/Write Lockout Times](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_05.webp) + +Administrator rights must not be granted to the service account. Doing otherwise would create a +Original image link: ![Read/Write Lockout Times](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/activedirectory/references_connectors_activedirectory_05.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\azure\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Azure ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/azure/index.md). + +![Package: Cloud/Azure](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/azure/packages_azure_v603.webp) + +## Prerequisites +Original image link: ![Package: Cloud/Azure](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/azure/packages_azure_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\csv\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ CSV ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/csv/index.md). + +![Package: File/CSV](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/csv/packages_csv_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: File/CSV](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/csv/packages_csv_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\easyvista\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ EasyVista ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/easyvista/index.md). + +![Package: ITSM/EasyVista](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/easyvista/packages_easyvista_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: ITSM/EasyVista](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/easyvista/packages_easyvista_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\easyvista\index.md +Context: +| | | +| --- | --- | +| ExportSettingsOptions optional | **Type** List **Description** List of entities to retrieve from the EasyVista instance. **Note:** for any customized entity to be exported, this argument must contain its REST API URL. **Get REST API URLs** Access the relevant view in EasyVista and click on **...** > **Rest API Url** to copy the URL. For example: ![EasyVista Profiles View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/easyvista/easyvista_view_v523.webp) | + +### Output details +Original image link: ![EasyVista Profiles View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/easyvista/easyvista_view_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\easyvistaticket\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ EasyVista Ticket ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/easyvistaticket/index.md). + +![Package: Ticket/EasyVista](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/easyvistaticket/packages_easyvistaticket_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Ticket/EasyVista](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/easyvistaticket/packages_easyvistaticket_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\excel\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Excel ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/excel/index.md). + +![Package: File/Microsoft Excel](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/excel/packages_excel_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: File/Microsoft Excel](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/excel/packages_excel_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\googleworkspace\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Google Workspace ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/googleworkspace/index.md). + +![Package: Directory/Google Workspace](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/googleworkspace/packages_workspace_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Google Workspace](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/googleworkspace/packages_workspace_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\homefolder\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Home Folders ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/home-folders/index.md). + +![Package: Storage/Home Folders](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/homefolder/packages_homefolders_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Storage/Home Folders](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/homefolder/packages_homefolders_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\internalresources\index.md +Context: +topics for additional information. + +![Package: Ticket/Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalresources/packages_identitymanagerticket_v603.webp) + +![Package: Ticket/Usercube And Create/Update/Delete resources](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalresources/packages_identitymanagerticketcud_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Ticket/Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalresources/packages_identitymanagerticket_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\internalresources\index.md +Context: +![Package: Ticket/Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalresources/packages_identitymanagerticket_v603.webp) + +![Package: Ticket/Usercube And Create/Update/Delete resources](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalresources/packages_identitymanagerticketcud_v603.webp) + +See the +Original image link: ![Package: Ticket/Usercube And Create/Update/Delete resources](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalresources/packages_identitymanagerticketcud_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\internalworkflow\index.md +Context: +[ Workflow ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/workflow/index.md) topic for additional information. + +![Package: Usercube/Workflow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalworkflow/packages_workflow_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Usercube/Workflow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/internalworkflow/packages_workflow_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\json\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ JSON ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/json/index.md) + +![Package: Custom/JSON](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/json/packages_json_v603.webp) + +The documentation is not yet available for this page and will be completed in the near future. +Original image link: ![Package: Custom/JSON](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/json/packages_json_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\ldap\index.md +Context: +- [ Red Hat Directory Server ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/red-hat-directory-server/index.md). + +![Package: Directory/Generic LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapgeneric_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Oracle LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldaporacle_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Generic LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapgeneric_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\ldap\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Generic LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapgeneric_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Oracle LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldaporacle_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Apache Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapapache_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Oracle LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldaporacle_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\ldap\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Oracle LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldaporacle_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Apache Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapapache_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Red Hat Directory Server](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapredhat_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Apache Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapapache_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\ldap\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Apache Directory](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapapache_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Red Hat Directory Server](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapredhat_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Red Hat Directory Server](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldap/packages_ldapredhat_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\ldif\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ LDIF ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/ldif/index.md). + +![Package: Directory/LDIF](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldif/packages_ldif_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/LDIF](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/ldif/packages_ldif_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\microsoftentraid\index.md +Context: +additional information. + +![Package: Directory/Microsoft Entra ID](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/microsoftentraid/packages_azuread_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Microsoft Entra ID](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/microsoftentraid/packages_azuread_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\microsoftexchange\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Microsoft Exchange ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/microsoft-exchange/index.md). + +![Package: Server/Microsoft Exchange](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/microsoftexchange/packages_exchange_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Server/Microsoft Exchange](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/microsoftexchange/packages_exchange_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\odata\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ OData ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/odata/index.md). + +![Package: Custom/OData](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/odata/packages_odata_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Custom/OData](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/odata/packages_odata_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\okta\index.md +Context: +This connector exports and fulfills entries from/to Okta application. + +![okta](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/okta/okta.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![okta](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/okta/okta.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\openldap\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ OData ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/odata/index.md). + +![Package: Directory/Open LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/openldap/packages_ldapopen_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Open LDAP](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/openldap/packages_ldapopen_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\powershellprov\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ PowerShellProv ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/powershellprov/index.md). + +![Package: Custom/PowerShellProv](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/powershellprov/packages_powershellprov_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Custom/PowerShellProv](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/powershellprov/packages_powershellprov_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\powershellsync\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ PowerShellSync ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/powershellsync/index.md). + +![Package: Custom/PowerShellSync](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/powershellsync/packages_powershellsync_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Custom/PowerShellSync](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/powershellsync/packages_powershellsync_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\racf\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ RACF ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/racf/index.md). + +![Package: MainFrame/RACF](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/racf/packages_racf_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: MainFrame/RACF](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/racf/packages_racf_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\robotframework\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Robot Framework ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/robot-framework/index.md) + +![Package: Custom/Robot Framework](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/robotframework/packages_robot_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Custom/Robot Framework](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/robotframework/packages_robot_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\saperp6\index.md +Context: +This page is about ERP/SAP ERP 6.0. + +![Package: ERP/SAP ERP 6.0](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/packages_saperp6_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: ERP/SAP ERP 6.0](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/packages_saperp6_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\saperp6\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Copy the DLL `Sap.Data.Hana.Core.v2.1.dll` into the Runtime of Identity Manager. + +![connectorreadprerequisites1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorreadprerequisites1.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Unzip the "hdbclient.zip" archive to C: drive and add the path to the Path environment +Original image link: ![connectorreadprerequisites1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorreadprerequisites1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\saperp6\index.md +Context: +variables. + +![connectorreadprerequisites2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorreadprerequisites2.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Create environment variables: `HDBADOTNET=C:\hdbclient\ado.net` and +Original image link: ![connectorreadprerequisites2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorreadprerequisites2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\saperp6\index.md +Context: +Manager. + +![connectorwriteprerequisites](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorwriteprerequisites.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Disable DLLs search by adding the environment variable `NLSUI_7BIT_FALLBACK=YES`. +Original image link: ![connectorwriteprerequisites](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorwriteprerequisites.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\saperp6\index.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Disable DLLs search by adding the environment variable `NLSUI_7BIT_FALLBACK=YES`. + +![connectorwriteprerequisites2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorwriteprerequisites2.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Add new environment variable `USERCUBE_DOTNET32` containing the path to dotnetx86 +Original image link: ![connectorwriteprerequisites2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/saperp6/connectorwriteprerequisites2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sapnetweaver\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ SAP S/4 HANA ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/saphana/index.md). + +![Package: ERP/SAP S/4 HANA](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sapnetweaver/packages_sap_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: ERP/SAP S/4 HANA](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sapnetweaver/packages_sap_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +- PAM/CyberArk + +![Package: Custom/SCIM](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_scim_v603.webp) + +![Package: CRM/Salesforce](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_salesforce_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Custom/SCIM](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_scim_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +![Package: Custom/SCIM](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_scim_v603.webp) + +![Package: CRM/Salesforce](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_salesforce_v603.webp) + +![Package: Messaging/Slack](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_slack_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: CRM/Salesforce](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_salesforce_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +![Package: CRM/Salesforce](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_salesforce_v603.webp) + +![Package: Messaging/Slack](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_slack_v603.webp) + +![Package: PAM/CyberArk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_cyberark_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Messaging/Slack](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_slack_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +![Package: Messaging/Slack](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_slack_v603.webp) + +![Package: PAM/CyberArk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_cyberark_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: PAM/CyberArk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/packages_cyberark_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Log into Salesforce using an admin account. + +![salesforce-advancesetup](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-advancesetup.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Go to **Advanced Setup**. +Original image link: ![salesforce-advancesetup](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-advancesetup.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Go to **Advanced Setup**. + +![salesforce-newconnectedapp](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-newconnectedapp.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Go to **App Manager** and **Create a Connected App**. +Original image link: ![salesforce-newconnectedapp](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-newconnectedapp.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Go to **App Manager** and **Create a Connected App**. + +![salesforce-enableoauth](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-enableoauth.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Fill in the details of the application: Application Name, API Name, Contact Email, +Original image link: ![salesforce-enableoauth](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-enableoauth.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 5 –** Save the Application. + +![salesforce-manageconnectedapps](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-manageconnectedapps.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Go to **Manage Connected Apps** and click on the newly created application. +Original image link: ![salesforce-manageconnectedapps](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-manageconnectedapps.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Go to **Manage Connected Apps** and click on the newly created application. + +![salesforce-manageconsumerdetails](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-manageconsumerdetails.webp) + +**Step 7 –** Click on **Manage Consumer Details**. +Original image link: ![salesforce-manageconsumerdetails](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-manageconsumerdetails.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 7 –** Click on **Manage Consumer Details**. + +![salesforce-consumerkey](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-consumerkey.webp) + +**Step 8 –** Copy the Consumer Key and Consumer Secret in your Keypass. +Original image link: ![salesforce-consumerkey](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-consumerkey.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Go to **Advanced Setup**. + +![oauthauthentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/oauthauthentication.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Go to **OAuth** and **OpenID Connect Settings** in the **Identity** drop-down menu, +Original image link: ![oauthauthentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/oauthauthentication.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Log into Salesforce using an admin account. + +![salesforce-usertoken-settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-usertoken-settings.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click on **Settings** under the profile details. +Original image link: ![salesforce-usertoken-settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-usertoken-settings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Click on **Settings** under the profile details. + +![salesforce-resetseuritytoken](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-resetseuritytoken.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Click on **Reset My Security Token**. +Original image link: ![salesforce-resetseuritytoken](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-resetseuritytoken.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Click on **Reset My Security Token**. + +![salesforce-checkemail](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-checkemail.webp) + +**Step 4 –** An email containing the new token will be sent. +Original image link: ![salesforce-checkemail](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-checkemail.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Log into Identity Manager using an admin account. + +![salesforce-connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-connector.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Create a new Salesforce connector. +Original image link: ![salesforce-connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-connector.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Create a new Salesforce connector. + +![salesforce-connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-connection.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Add a new Salesforce connection. +Original image link: ![salesforce-connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-connection.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\scim\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Add a new Salesforce connection. + +![salesforce-agent-settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-agent-settings.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Fill the fields in the **Connection Settings** and choose the **Filter**. +Original image link: ![salesforce-agent-settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/scim/salesforce-agent-settings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\servicenowentitymanagement\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ ServiceNow ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/servicenow/index.md). + +![Package: ITSM/ServiceNow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/servicenowentitymanagement/packages_servicenow_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: ITSM/ServiceNow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/servicenowentitymanagement/packages_servicenow_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\servicenowticket\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ ServiceNow Ticket ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/servicenow-ticket/index.md). + +![Package: Ticket/ServiceNow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/servicenowticket/packages_servicenowticket_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Ticket/ServiceNow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/servicenowticket/packages_servicenowticket_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sharedfolder\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Shared Folders ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/shared-folders/index.md). + +![Package: Storage/Shared Folders](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sharedfolder/packages_sharedfolders_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Storage/Shared Folders](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sharedfolder/packages_sharedfolders_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sharedfolder\index.md +Context: + batch. + + ![SharedFolder - Permission for Batch Authentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sharedfolder/sharedfolder_permission.webp) + +## Export +Original image link: ![SharedFolder - Permission for Batch Authentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sharedfolder/sharedfolder_permission.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sharepoint\index.md +Context: +This page is about Storage/SharePoint. + +![Package: Storage/SharePoint](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sharepoint/packages_sharepoint_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Storage/SharePoint](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sharepoint/packages_sharepoint_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: +- [ SAP ASE ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/sapase/index.md). + +![Package: Directory/Database/Generic SQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlgeneric_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/Microsoft SQL Server](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlserver_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Database/Generic SQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlgeneric_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Database/Generic SQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlgeneric_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/Microsoft SQL Server](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlserver_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/MySQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlmy_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Database/Microsoft SQL Server](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlserver_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Database/Microsoft SQL Server](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlserver_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/MySQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlmy_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/ODBC](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlodbc_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Database/MySQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlmy_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Database/MySQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlmy_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/ODBC](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlodbc_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/Oracle](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqloracle_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Database/ODBC](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlodbc_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Database/ODBC](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlodbc_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/Oracle](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqloracle_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/PostgreSQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlpostgre_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Database/Oracle](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqloracle_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Database/Oracle](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqloracle_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/PostgreSQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlpostgre_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/SAP ASE](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlsap_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Database/PostgreSQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlpostgre_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: +![Package: Directory/Database/PostgreSQL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlpostgre_v603.webp) + +![Package: Directory/Database/SAP ASE](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlsap_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Directory/Database/SAP ASE](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/packages_sqlsap_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: + > For MySQL, download the package from [MySql.Data](https://www.nuget.org/packages/MySql.Data/). + > + > ![MySQL: Download Package](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/sql_downloadpackage.webp) +2. Copy the DLL file (corresponding to the correct .Net version) to the `Runtime` folder. + > For MySQL, the DLL is `MySql.Data.dll`. +Original image link: ![MySQL: Download Package](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/sql_downloadpackage.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sql\index.md +Context: + > For MySQL: + > + > ![Package Characteristics Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/sql_packagecharacteristics.webp) + + - for another DBMS, by accessing the DBMS' documentation for .Net and finding a class with +Original image link: ![Package Characteristics Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sql/sql_packagecharacteristics.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\sqlserverentitlements\index.md +Context: +[ SQL Server Entitlements ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/sql-server-entitlements/index.md). + +![Package: Database/Microsoft SQL Server Entitlements](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sqlserverentitlements/packages_sqlservermanagement_v603.webp) + +## Overview +Original image link: ![Package: Database/Microsoft SQL Server Entitlements](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/sqlserverentitlements/packages_sqlservermanagement_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\topsecret\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ TSS ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/tss/index.md). + +![Package: Mainframe/Top Secret](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/topsecret/packages_tss_v603.webp) + +The documentation is not yet available for this page and will be completed in the near future. +Original image link: ![Package: Mainframe/Top Secret](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/topsecret/packages_tss_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\connectors\references-connectors\workday\index.md +Context: +This page is about [ Workday ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/connectors/references-packages/workday/index.md). + +![Package: ERP/Workday](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/workday/packages_workday_v603.webp) + +## Prerequisites +Original image link: ![Package: ERP/Workday](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/references-connectors/workday/packages_workday_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\entity-model\index.md +Context: +something readable by the external system. + +![Export and Fulfill Data transformation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/entitypropertymapping-format/entitypropertymapping-format-flowchart.webp) + +The format used in the external system can be provided through the +Original image link: ![Export and Fulfill Data transformation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/connectors/entitypropertymapping-format/entitypropertymapping-format-flowchart.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\executables\references\create-databaseviews\index.md +Context: +Management Studio + +![SSMS Views](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/create-databaseviews/identitymanager-create-databaseviews_ssms.webp) + +Original image link: ![SSMS Views](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/create-databaseviews/identitymanager-create-databaseviews_ssms.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\executables\references\export-configuration\index.md +Context: +- a scaffolding export will export the XML configuration generated by scaffoldings. + +![Schema - Export Process](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/export-configuration/identitymanager-export-configuration.webp) + +For all export types, Netwrix Identity Manager (formerly Usercube) recommends using as output +Original image link: ![Schema - Export Process](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/export-configuration/identitymanager-export-configuration.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\executables\references\invoke-job\index.md +Context: +The Usercube-Invoke-Job.exe tool is a state machine. + +![Schematization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/invoke-job/job_operation.webp) + +When a job is launched, the state machine starts by computing all the tasks that must be launched in +Original image link: ![Schematization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/invoke-job/job_operation.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\executables\references\manage-history\index.md +Context: +per year (525960 minutes) in the last 2 years before the previously defined periods. + +![Schema - Optimize](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/manage-history/tools_managehistory_schema.webp) + +For each period, if there is more than one version (i.e. `ValidFrom` is inside the interval), the +Original image link: ![Schema - Optimize](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/executables/references/manage-history/tools_managehistory_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\executables\references\prepare-synchronization\index.md +Context: +and _manager_). + +![Active Directory Prepare-Synchronization Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_preparesynchro_example.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Active Directory Prepare-Synchronization Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_preparesynchro_example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\accesscertification\index.md +Context: +It automatically appears on the campaign creation screen, and binds itself to the created campaign: + +![Campaign creation screen with policies](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/accesscertification/creation_5.1.6.webp) + +To use it, modify the access control rules by adding a filter on the campaign policy. See the +Original image link: ![Campaign creation screen with policies](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/accesscertification/creation_5.1.6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\reporting\how-tos\analyze-powerbi\index.md +Context: +- publish the reports with Power BI Service (SaaS) or Power BI Report Server (on premises) + +![Process Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/analyze-powerbi/powerbi_process.webp) + +## Prerequisites +Original image link: ![Process Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/analyze-powerbi/powerbi_process.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\reporting\how-tos\connect-powerbi\index.md +Context: +2. Click on **Get data** either in the welcome window or in the home menu. + + ![Get Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_getdata.webp) + +3. In the opening window, search for Identity Manager, click on its plugin in the right menu, and +Original image link: ![Get Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_getdata.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\reporting\how-tos\connect-powerbi\index.md +Context: + click on **Connect**. + + ![Get Data Window](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_getdatawindow.webp) + +4. Enter Identity Manager's server URL in the opening window. +Original image link: ![Get Data Window](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_getdatawindow.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\reporting\how-tos\connect-powerbi\index.md +Context: +4. Enter Identity Manager's server URL in the opening window. + + ![Server URL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_url.webp) + +5. In the opening window, enter the +Original image link: ![Server URL](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_url.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\reporting\how-tos\connect-powerbi\index.md +Context: + `OpenIdClient` with `@` and Identity Manager's domain name. See the following example. + + ![Client Id / Client Secret](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_clientid.webp) + +6. You can now access in the left panel the +Original image link: ![Client Id / Client Secret](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_clientid.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\reporting\how-tos\connect-powerbi\index.md +Context: + pick the desired tables. + + ![Universe Panel](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_universes.webp) + + **Power BI tip:** to view a table, click on its name. To select a table, check the box next to +Original image link: ![Universe Panel](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_universes.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\reporting\how-tos\connect-powerbi\index.md +Context: +2. In the **Data Load** tab, click on **Clear Cache**. + + ![Clear Cache](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_clearcache.webp) + +Original image link: ![Clear Cache](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/reporting/how-tos/connect-powerbi/powerbi_clearcache.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\risks\index.md +Context: +request must be cancelled: + +![Exemption Policy - Blocking](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_blocking_v522.webp) + +### Approval Required +Original image link: ![Exemption Policy - Blocking](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_blocking_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\risks\index.md +Context: +security officer. A message is displayed and the request can be continued or cancelled: + +![Exemption Policy - Approval Required](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_requiredapproval_v522.webp) + +If the request is performed, then a line appears on the **Role Review** screen. +Original image link: ![Exemption Policy - Approval Required](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_requiredapproval_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\risks\index.md +Context: +risk icon. + +![Home Page - Role Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_riskicon_v522.svg) + +### Warning +Original image link: ![Home Page - Role Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_riskicon_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\risks\index.md +Context: +then Identity Manager displays a message and the request can be continued or cancelled: + +![Exemption Policy - Warning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_warning_v522.webp) + +### Upon Profile +Original image link: ![Exemption Policy - Warning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_warning_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\governance\risks\index.md +Context: +The risk score computation is performed by the risk score task. + +![Compute Risk Score Task](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_riskcomputetask_v522.webp) + +Original image link: ![Compute Risk Score Task](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/governance/risks/risks_riskcomputetask_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\identity-repository\index.md +Context: +> includes the user's employee id, last name and first name, email, user type, organization, etc. +> +> ![Identity Repository Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-example.webp) + +> In Identity Manager, the identity repository can look like the following: +Original image link: ![Identity Repository Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\identity-repository\index.md +Context: +> In Identity Manager, the identity repository can look like the following: +> +> ![Identity Repository Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository_v602.webp) +> +> ![Identity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-person_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Identity Repository Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\identity-repository\index.md +Context: +> ![Identity Repository Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository_v602.webp) +> +> ![Identity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-person_v602.webp) + +The identity repository can be created and updated by: +Original image link: ![Identity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-person_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\joiners-movers-leavers\on-offboarding\index.md +Context: +[ Context Rule ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/contextrule/index.md). + +![Identities - Validity Period](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/on-offboarding/validityperiod.webp) + +At the start date, the resource is created and a few entitlements are assigned to the identity. +Original image link: ![Identities - Validity Period](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/on-offboarding/validityperiod.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\joiners-movers-leavers\position-change\index.md +Context: +users' personal data, one for their contract(s) and one for their position(s): + +![Records Origin - Three-Entity Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_firstmodel.webp) + +A user can have several positions over time, even simultaneously. A user's contract can change over +Original image link: ![Records Origin - Three-Entity Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_firstmodel.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\joiners-movers-leavers\position-change\index.md +Context: +> from day D2 to day D3 when the first position ends. +> +> ![User Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_userexample.webp) +> +> Over time, the three entities are as follows: +Original image link: ![User Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_userexample.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\joiners-movers-leavers\position-change\index.md +Context: +> Over time, the three entities are as follows: +> +> ![Example - Timelines](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_timelines.webp) +> +> From this, Identity Manager is able to combine the start and end dates of all entities at all +Original image link: ![Example - Timelines](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_timelines.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\joiners-movers-leavers\position-change\index.md +Context: +> times to generate the following datasheets, named contexts: +> +> ![Example - Contexts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_contexts.webp) + +Contexts are the result of the combination of all entities (personal data, contract and position) so +Original image link: ![Example - Contexts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_contexts.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\identity-management\joiners-movers-leavers\position-change\index.md +Context: +single entity named records, where a context is a record instance: + +![Records Origin - Final Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_thirdmodel.webp) + +While there are as many contexts for a user as the number of changes in the user's datasheet, there +Original image link: ![Records Origin - Final Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/identity-management/joiners-movers-leavers/position-change/recordsorigin_thirdmodel.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\how-tos\okta\index.md +Context: +On the Okta dashboard: + +![Add Application](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_addapplication.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Select the **Applications** section and click on the **Add Application** button. +Original image link: ![Add Application](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_addapplication.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\how-tos\okta\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Select the **Applications** section and click on the **Add Application** button. + +![Create New App](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_createnewapp.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Then click on the **Create New App** button. +Original image link: ![Create New App](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_createnewapp.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\how-tos\okta\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Then click on the **Create New App** button. + +![Create Native App](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_createnativeapp.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Select the platform **Native app**. The only sign-on method is the OpenID Connect. +Original image link: ![Create Native App](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_createnativeapp.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\how-tos\okta\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager. + +![Save Application](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_saveapplication.webp) + +## Configure the Client Credentials +Original image link: ![Save Application](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_saveapplication.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\how-tos\okta\index.md +Context: +save the changes. + +![Client Credentials](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_clientcredentials.webp) + +## Configure the Application Settings +Original image link: ![Client Credentials](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_clientcredentials.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\how-tos\okta\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager can operate correctly. **Allow ID Token with implicit grant type** is optional. + +![Application Section](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_applicationsection.webp) + +## Configure the appsettings.json +Original image link: ![Application Section](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/how-tos/okta/okta_applicationsection.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\index.md +Context: +belonging to a parent section. + +![tree like structure](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/tree-like-structure.webp) + +### Configuration files +Original image link: ![tree like structure](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/tree-like-structure.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\server-configuration\end-users-authentication\index.md +Context: +Internal method & test mode form: + +![authent_1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/server-configuration/end-users-authentication/authent_1.webp) + +External method prompt: +Original image link: ![authent_1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/server-configuration/end-users-authentication/authent_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\server-configuration\end-users-authentication\index.md +Context: +External method prompt: + +![authent_2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/server-configuration/end-users-authentication/authent_2.webp) + +## Identity Server RSA Key Pair +Original image link: ![authent_2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/server-configuration/end-users-authentication/authent_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\settings\index.md +Context: +``` + +![CustomLinksUserMenu.webp](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/settings/customlinksusermenu_v523.webp) + +## DashboardItemNumber +Original image link: ![CustomLinksUserMenu.webp](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/settings/customlinksusermenu_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\network-configuration\settings\index.md +Context: +the review page filtered by entity type. The links are sorted by entity type priority. + +![DashboardItemNumber.webp](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/settings/dashboarditemnumber.webp) + +By default, 3 links are displayed. If more than 3 entity type links exist, a link "Others" is +Original image link: ![DashboardItemNumber.webp](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/network-configuration/settings/dashboarditemnumber.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\assignments-of-entitlements\index.md +Context: +do not have a provisioning state, unlike assigned resource types, scalars and navigation, etc. + +![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/prov_stateschema_v523.webp) + +The schema sums up the usual progress of an assignment's provisioning state. +Original image link: ![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/prov_stateschema_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\assignments-of-entitlements\index.md +Context: +all assignments that do not comply with the policy. + +![Non-Conforming Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/assignments-of-entitlements/governance_nonconforming.webp) + +A non-conforming assignment must be reviewed in Identity Manager by a knowledgeable user, and is +Original image link: ![Non-Conforming Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/assignments-of-entitlements/governance_nonconforming.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +## Overview + +![Evaluate Policy Overview](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/evaluate-policy-1.webp) + +The main responsibility of the Evaluate Policy is to compute, for every fed resource, the set of +Original image link: ![Evaluate Policy Overview](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/evaluate-policy-1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +- The time period validity of every assignment computed during this Evaluate Policy iteration + +![Computing Context For Input Resource](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/enforce-context.webp) + +Computing expected role assignments +Original image link: ![Computing Context For Input Resource](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/enforce-context.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +resource-identity. + +![Computing Expected Role Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/compute-expected-1.webp) + +Enforcing composite role rules +Original image link: ![Computing Expected Role Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/compute-expected-1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +topic for additional information. + +![Computing Expected Provisioning Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/compute-expected-2.webp) + +Enforcing resource type rules +Original image link: ![Computing Expected Provisioning Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/compute-expected-2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** **Match existing assignments with expected assignments** + +![Computing Expected Provisioning Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/compute-find-matching.webp) + +The expected assignments list is now built. +Original image link: ![Computing Expected Provisioning Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/compute-find-matching.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +**Step 5 –** **Correlation** + +![Computing Expected Provisioning Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/correlation.webp) + +Resource correlation rules are enforced: for every expected assigned resource type, the algorithm +Original image link: ![Computing Expected Provisioning Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/correlation.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +| --------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| 0—None | Used for Identity Manager's internal computation | +| 1—Non-conforming | The assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) | +| 2—Requested - Missing Parameters | The assignment has been requested via a workflow, but does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. | +| 3—Pre-existing | The assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +| 1—Non-conforming | The assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) | +| 2—Requested - Missing Parameters | The assignment has been requested via a workflow, but does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. | +| 3—Pre-existing | The assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | +| 4—Requested | The assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) | +| 5—Calculated - Missing Parameters | The assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) | +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +| 2—Requested - Missing Parameters | The assignment has been requested via a workflow, but does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. | +| 3—Pre-existing | The assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | +| 4—Requested | The assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) | +| 5—Calculated - Missing Parameters | The assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) | +| 8—Pending Approval | The assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) | +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +| 3—Pre-existing | The assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | +| 4—Requested | The assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) | +| 5—Calculated - Missing Parameters | The assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) | +| 8—Pending Approval | The assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) | +| 9—Pending Approval 1 of 2 | The assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. | +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +| 4—Requested | The assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) | +| 5—Calculated - Missing Parameters | The assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) | +| 8—Pending Approval | The assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) | +| 9—Pending Approval 1 of 2 | The assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. | +| 10—Pending Approval 2 of 2 | The assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. | +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +| 12—Pending Approval 2 of 3 | The assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. | +| 13—Pending Approval 3 of 3 | The assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. | +| 16—Approved | The assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) | +| 17—Declined | The assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. | +| 20—Cancellation | The assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) | +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\evaluate-policy\index.md +Context: +| 16—Approved | The assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) | +| 17—Declined | The assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. | +| 20—Cancellation | The assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) | + +**Step 7 –** **Delta** +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\existingassignmentsdeduction\index.md +Context: +group _Internet_ through a navigation rule `N`. + +![use_case_1_rolemodel](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/existingassignmentsdeduction/use_case_1_rolemodel.webp) + +We are going to consider here an identity named John Doe, and his Active Directory account +Original image link: ![use_case_1_rolemodel](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/existingassignmentsdeduction/use_case_1_rolemodel.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\existingassignmentsdeduction\index.md +Context: +The situation in Identity Manager database at this point is the following. + +![use_case_1_sync](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/existingassignmentsdeduction/use_case_1_sync.webp) + +Integrators have defined the Internet single role and linked it to the _Internet_ AD group through +Original image link: ![use_case_1_sync](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/existingassignmentsdeduction/use_case_1_sync.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\existingassignmentsdeduction\index.md +Context: +The role is now listed under John Doe's assignment list (permissions) in Identity Manager. + +![use_case_1_deduction](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/existingassignmentsdeduction/use_case_1_deduction.webp) + +## Use Case 2: Several Groups, One Role +Original image link: ![use_case_1_deduction](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/existingassignmentsdeduction/use_case_1_deduction.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\generate-contexts\index.md +Context: +The following image shows the positions of `Mark Barn` in a defined timeline. + +![simple-recordsection-identity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/simple-recordsection-identity.webp) + +With the given configuration and the identity of `Mark Barn`, the following contexts are generated: +Original image link: ![simple-recordsection-identity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/simple-recordsection-identity.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\generate-contexts\index.md +Context: +With the given configuration and the identity of `Mark Barn`, the following contexts are generated: + +![simple-recordsection-result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/simple-recordsection-result.webp) + +Each computed context will be used to create a set of dimension-value pairs, thus having 3 sets for +Original image link: ![simple-recordsection-result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/simple-recordsection-result.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\generate-contexts\index.md +Context: +Using the identity of `Mark Barn` the computed contexts should be as followed: + +![recordsection-withvaluecopy-result1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/recordsection-withvaluecopy-result1.webp) + +Any rules targeting identities working in `London` will be assigned to `Mark Barn` from `Cs` to +Original image link: ![recordsection-withvaluecopy-result1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/recordsection-withvaluecopy-result1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\generate-contexts\index.md +Context: +``` + +![positionextension-identity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/positionextension-identity.webp) + +Two contexts will be generated. +Original image link: ![positionextension-identity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/positionextension-identity.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\generate-contexts\index.md +Context: +Two contexts will be generated. + +![positionextension-result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/positionextension-result.webp) + +By default, the previous position is extended when there is a gap. If there isn't any previous +Original image link: ![positionextension-result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/generate-contexts/positionextension-result.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +The aim of this section is to give you a step-by-step guide for setting up a test user. It will also cover what is displayed in Identity Manager. In this example, we will assign a ```Test Group A``` directly to the test user and the ```Test Group A``` will also be a member of the ```Test Group B```. This way, the test user will also have an indirect assignment to the ```Test Group B```. We will also create the corresponding roles. + +![Group Membership Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/indirectpermissionsadexample.webp) + +A running Active Directory instance is required to reproduce these steps yourself. +Original image link: ![Group Membership Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/indirectpermissionsadexample.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +Then we create one Single Role for each group in the Active Directory. We will name them ```TestRoleA``` and ```TestRoleB``` for ```Directory > User```, : + +![Single Role Configuration Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/srconf_5.2.1.webp) + +We will also create a test Composite Role to showcase indirect Composite Roles. We will name it ```TestCRoleAB```: +Original image link: ![Single Role Configuration Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/srconf_5.2.1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +We will also create a test Composite Role to showcase indirect Composite Roles. We will name it ```TestCRoleAB```: + +![Composite Role Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/crconf_5.2.1.webp) + +Then we will also need to add some rules. We first need to add one Navigation Rule for each group to link them with their respective Single Role: +Original image link: ![Composite Role Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/crconf_5.2.1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +Then we will also need to add some rules. We first need to add one Navigation Rule for each group to link them with their respective Single Role: + +![Navigation Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/navrule_5.2.1.webp) + +And finally, we need to add Single Role Rules to link our two previously created Single Roles to the new Composite Role: +Original image link: ![Navigation Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/navrule_5.2.1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +And finally, we need to add Single Role Rules to link our two previously created Single Roles to the new Composite Role: + +![Single Role Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/srrule_5.2.1.webp) + +Even if two rules of a kind are needed, only one is pictured. Do not forget the other one. +Original image link: ![Single Role Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/srrule_5.2.1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +If you first go on the ```View permissions``` tab of your test user, the only new role that appears in the ```Simplified view``` is the indirect Composite Role ```TestCRoleAB```: + +![View Permissions Simplified](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/viewpermissionssimplified_5.2.1.webp) + +To display Indirect Permissions, you need to switch over to the ```Advanced view```. ```TestRoleA``` and ```TestRoleB``` should then appear: +Original image link: ![View Permissions Simplified](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/viewpermissionssimplified_5.2.1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +To display Indirect Permissions, you need to switch over to the ```Advanced view```. ```TestRoleA``` and ```TestRoleB``` should then appear: + +![View Permissions Advanced](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/viewpermissionsadvanced_5.2.1.webp) + +You can also directly display the Assigned Resource Navigations by clicking on ```AD User (nominative)```. The ```memberOf``` properties will appear in the list: +Original image link: ![View Permissions Advanced](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/viewpermissionsadvanced_5.2.1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\how-tos\configureindirectpermissions\index.md +Context: +You can also directly display the Assigned Resource Navigations by clicking on ```AD User (nominative)```. The ```memberOf``` properties will appear in the list: + +![AD Assigned Resource Navigations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/adassignednavigations_5.2.1.webp) + +## Configure Indirect Permissions in an Microsoft Entra ID +Original image link: ![AD Assigned Resource Navigations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/how-tos/configureindirectpermissions/adassignednavigations_5.2.1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-assignment\indirectpermissions\index.md +Context: + +Indirect Permissions are always indicated by the following icon: +![Indirect Permission Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/indirectpermissions/ic_fluent_flow_20_regular.webp) + +## Disabling the Indirect Permission Computation +Original image link: ![Indirect Permission Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/indirectpermissions/ic_fluent_flow_20_regular.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +assign single roles to certain users matching given criteria. + +![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_schema.webp) + +Role mining is a Machine Learning process. It is a statistic tool used to emphasize the +Original image link: ![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: + entitlement request for a user. + + ![Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_suggested_v602.webp) + +You can generate both automatic and suggested rules for the same role, with different precision +Original image link: ![Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_suggested_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +> between 75% and 95%. +> +> ![Rule Types](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype.webp) + +You can also differentiate entitlements according to their sensitivity, for example require +Original image link: ![Rule Types](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +additional reviews following the request of a sensitive entitlement: + +![Rule Types - Sensitivity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype-sensitivity.webp) + +The automation of entitlement assignments according to sensitivity brings greater confidence in +Original image link: ![Rule Types - Sensitivity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype-sensitivity.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +entitlements remain unchanged: + +![Impact Example - Use Case 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase1.webp) + +Now consider that half of users in the organization have the role. Then role mining will not +Original image link: ![Impact Example - Use Case 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +generate a role assignment rule. Then users' entitlements remain unchanged: + +![Impact Example - Use Case 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase2.webp) + +Starting from the previous example, consider now that users progressively request the role. As long +Original image link: ![Impact Example - Use Case 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +Then users' entitlements remain unchanged: + +![Impact Example - Use Case 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase3.webp) + +Starting from the previous example, consider now that users continue requesting the role. As soon as +Original image link: ![Impact Example - Use Case 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +entitlement: + +![Impact Example - Use Case 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase4.webp) + +Starting from the previous example, consider now that, as a result of a reorganization or an access +Original image link: ![Impact Example - Use Case 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +users who need the role will not lose it. Then users' entitlements remain unchanged: + +![Impact Example - Use Case 5](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase5.webp) + +## Perform Role Mining +Original image link: ![Impact Example - Use Case 5](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_impact_usecase5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +mining on the role model, before applying them. + +![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_simulation.webp) + +The simulation tool gives another point of view on the role model as it emphasizes the changes. +Original image link: ![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_simulation.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-mining\index.md +Context: +The simulation tool gives another point of view on the role model as it emphasizes the changes. + +![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_simulationresults.webp) + +Identity Manager recommends simulating role mining before applying the results. +Original image link: ![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-mining/rolemining_simulationresults.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\role-model\role-model-rules\index.md +Context: +[Evaluate Policy](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/index.md) algorithm. + +![Cascading From Dimensions To Roles To Provisioning Orders](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-model/role-model-rules/enforce-assignment-policy-summary.webp) + +--- +Original image link: ![Cascading From Dimensions To Roles To Provisioning Orders](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-model/role-model-rules/enforce-assignment-policy-summary.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\synchronization\upward-data-sync\index.md +Context: +(`ad_managers.csv`). + +![Active Directory Export Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_export_example.webp) + +`ad_entries.csv` contains raw AD entry data. +Original image link: ![Active Directory Export Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_export_example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\synchronization\upward-data-sync\index.md +Context: +The following illustration models the complete _prepare-synchronization_ steps applied to an Active Directory export. The matching _Connector_ defines an Entity Type _AD Entry_ and two associations: _members_ and _manager_. + +![Active Directory Prepare-Synchronization Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_preparesynchro_example.webp) + +## Synchro +Original image link: ![Active Directory Prepare-Synchronization Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_preparesynchro_example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\synchronization\upward-data-sync\index.md +Context: +This example illustrates the _complete_ loading of Active Directory ```.sorted``` files into Identity Manager database. + +![Active Directory Synchronization Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_synchro_example.webp) + +## Handling Errors +Original image link: ![Active Directory Synchronization Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/synchronization/upward-data-sync/ad_synchro_example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\tasks-jobs\how-tos\troubleshoot-connector-jobs\index.md +Context: +sequence: + +![Synchronization/Provisioning Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/tasks-jobs/how-tos/troubleshoot-connector-jobs/troubleshoot_synchroprovschema.webp) + +### Export data +Original image link: ![Synchronization/Provisioning Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/tasks-jobs/how-tos/troubleshoot-connector-jobs/troubleshoot_synchroprovschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\expressions\index.md +Context: +For example, the source object of a scalar rule based on user records is displayed: + +![Property Path and Expression](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath_v602.webp) + +The field Property Path is usually filled in with the + button only when the rule involves one +Original image link: ![Property Path and Expression](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\expressions\index.md +Context: +second defines the source object with an expression based on the user record's first and last names: + +![Property Path Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath-example1_v602.webp) + +![Expression Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath-example2_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Property Path Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath-example1_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\expressions\index.md +Context: +![Property Path Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath-example1_v602.webp) + +![Expression Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath-example2_v602.webp) + +### Expressions in XML +Original image link: ![Expression Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/expressions/expression-propertypath-example2_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\how-tos\deploy-configuration\index.md +Context: +2. Log in to the IDP to be redirected back to this screen: + + ![Usercube-Login.exe Success Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/how-tos/export-configuration/identitymanager-login_success_v602.webp) + + Once authenticated, an identification token is stored on your local machine for the +Original image link: ![Usercube-Login.exe Success Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/how-tos/export-configuration/identitymanager-login_success_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\how-tos\export-configuration\index.md +Context: +2. Log in to the IDP to be redirected back to this screen: + + ![Usercube-Login.exe Success Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/how-tos/export-configuration/identitymanager-login_success_v602.webp) + + Once authenticated, an identification token is stored on your local machine for the +Original image link: ![Usercube-Login.exe Success Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/how-tos/export-configuration/identitymanager-login_success_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\index.md +Context: +successive imports in a test instance. + +![Integration cycle](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/configurationcycle.webp) + +Original image link: ![Integration cycle](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/configurationcycle.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\recommendations\index.md +Context: +`Ctrl-Space`. + +![Auto-complete](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/recommendations/autocomplete.webp) + +Configure auto-completion by proceeding as follows: +Original image link: ![Auto-complete](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/recommendations/autocomplete.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\recommendations\index.md +Context: +- **_Workflows.xml_** file containing the Workflows configuration for the given connector. + +![Recommendation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/recommendations/recommendation.webp) + +Original image link: ![Recommendation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/recommendations/recommendation.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\access-control\accesscontrolrule\index.md +Context: +- A comparison value that can be constant, or originating from the user profile + +![Access Control Filter Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/access-control/accesscontrolrule/accesscontrolfilter_schema.webp) + +### Examples +Original image link: ![Access Control Filter Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/access-control/accesscontrolrule/accesscontrolfilter_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\access-control\accesscontrolrule\index.md +Context: +set to `Treasury/Chief Economist`. + +![Matching Assigned Profile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/access-control/accesscontrolrule/assignedprofile_example_v603.webp) + +Thus, with the previous access control rule, Timothy Callahan will get certain permissions on users +Original image link: ![Matching Assigned Profile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/access-control/accesscontrolrule/assignedprofile_example_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\business-intelligence\universe\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe - Basic Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/bi_universeexampledisplaynames.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager data in +Original image link: ![Universe - Basic Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/bi_universeexampledisplaynames.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\business-intelligence\universe\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Display Names)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/universe_columnnamedisplayname.webp) + +##### Basic universe with identifiers instead of display names +Original image link: ![Universe (Display Names)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/universe_columnnamedisplayname.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\business-intelligence\universe\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe - Basic Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/bi_universeexample.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager data in +Original image link: ![Universe - Basic Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/bi_universeexample.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\business-intelligence\universe\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Identifiers)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/universe_columnnameidentifier.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Universe (Identifiers)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/business-intelligence/universe/universe_columnnameidentifier.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\accessreviews\accessreviewadministrationaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Access Certification Campaigns](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/home_accesscertificationcampaigns_v602.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Access Certification Campaigns](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/home_accesscertificationcampaigns_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\jobs\jobadministrationaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +part in dashboard of the user interface. + +![Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\profiles\assignprofileaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +the **Assigned Profiles** screen. + +![Assigned Profiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/home_assignedprofiles_v602.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Assigned Profiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/home_assignedprofiles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\profiles\profileadministrationaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Profiles are listed on the **Profiles** screen, from **Settings** in the **Configuration** section. + +![Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +![Profiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/profiles/profileadministrationaccesscontrolrules/accesscontrol_profiles_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\profiles\profileadministrationaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +![Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +![Profiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/profiles/profileadministrationaccesscontrolrules/accesscontrol_profiles_v603.webp) + +See more details on profiles' APIs. +Original image link: ![Profiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/profiles/profileadministrationaccesscontrolrules/accesscontrol_profiles_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\queries\reportaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the navigation to access this page. + +![Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_reports_v602.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_reports_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\governancerolesaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Role Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/rolemodels/governancerolesaccesscontrolrules/home_rolereview_v523.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Role Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/rolemodels/governancerolesaccesscontrolrules/home_rolereview_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\performmanualprovisioningaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Manual Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/home_manualprovisioning_v523.webp) + +The connector connected to the entity type must have the manual type as the provisioning type, +Original image link: ![Manual Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/home_manualprovisioning_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\reconciliateresourcesaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +EntityType to be filled in the Scaffolding. + +![Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\reconciliaterolesaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/home_rolereconciliation_v523.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/home_rolereconciliation_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\redundantassignmentaccesscontrolrule\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Redundant Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/home_redundantassignments_v602.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Redundant Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/home_redundantassignments_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\reviewprovisioningaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/home_provisioningreview_v523.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/home_provisioningreview_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\reviewrolesaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Role Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/rolemodels/governancerolesaccesscontrolrules/home_rolereview_v523.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Role Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/rolemodels/governancerolesaccesscontrolrules/home_rolereview_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\rolemodels\roleadministrationaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Configuration Section](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/rolemodels/roleadministrationaccesscontrolrules/home_configuration_v603.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Configuration Section](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/rolemodels/roleadministrationaccesscontrolrules/home_configuration_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\userinterfaces\manageaccounts\index.md +Context: +Gives access to the **Manage Accounts** buttons for the users of a given entity type. + +![ManageAccounts Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/userinterfaces/manageaccounts/accesscontrol_manageaccounts_v603.webp) + +The scaffolding gives access to the button, but you need to get the permissions on said accounts in +Original image link: ![ManageAccounts Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/userinterfaces/manageaccounts/accesscontrol_manageaccounts_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\workflows\workflowaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Top bar shortcut: + +![Tasks in Top Bar](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_topbar_v601.webp) + +DashBoard shortcut: +Original image link: ![Tasks in Top Bar](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_topbar_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\workflows\workflowaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +DashBoard shortcut: + +![Task in Dashboard](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/workflows/workflowaccesscontrolrules/home_mytasks_v523.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Task in Dashboard](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/accesscontrolrules/workflows/workflowaccesscontrolrules/home_mytasks_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\accesscontrolrules\workflows\workflowoverviewcontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to a shortcut on the dashboard to access this page. + +![Workflow Overview](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_workflowoverview_v602.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![Workflow Overview](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_workflowoverview_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\entitytypes\entitytypes\connectormappings\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (ExcludedProperty)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_excluded.webp) + +### Mapping Path +Original image link: ![Universe (ExcludedProperty)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_excluded.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (ExcludedProperty)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_excluded.webp) + +### Root Instance +Original image link: ![Universe (ExcludedProperty)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_excluded.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe (RootInstance)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_rootinstance.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager data in +Original image link: ![Universe (RootInstance)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_rootinstance.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe Schema (Several Scaffoldings with Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalduplicationschema.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager +Original image link: ![Universe Schema (Several Scaffoldings with Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalduplicationschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +the following: + +![Universe (Several Scaffoldings with Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalduplication.webp) + +We see that `Directory_User_Records` and `Directory_UserRecords` represent the same entity +Original image link: ![Universe (Several Scaffoldings with Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalduplication.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe (Several Scaffoldings without Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalnoduplicationschema.webp) + +When getting Identity Managerdata in +Original image link: ![Universe (Several Scaffoldings without Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalnoduplicationschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Several Scaffoldings without Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalnoduplication.webp) + +Thus we removed the duplicated data, and we understand easily the navigations of the model. +Original image link: ![Universe (Several Scaffoldings without Data Duplication)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_severalnoduplication.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe (No Template)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_notemplateschema.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager data in +Original image link: ![Universe (No Template)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_notemplateschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (No Template)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_notemplate.webp) + +We see here identifiers instead of display names due to `ColumnNamesMode` set to identifiers. +Original image link: ![Universe (No Template)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_notemplate.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe (Template Schema: Owned Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedresourcetypesschema.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager data in +Original image link: ![Universe (Template Schema: Owned Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedresourcetypesschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Template: Owned Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedresourcetypes.webp) + +#### ResourceResourceTypes +Original image link: ![Universe (Template: Owned Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedresourcetypes.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +The configuration generated by this snippet is similar to the one for `OwnedResourceTypes`. + +![Universe (Template Schema: Resource Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_resourceresourcetypesschema.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager data in +Original image link: ![Universe (Template Schema: Resource Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_resourceresourcetypesschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Template: Resource Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_resourceresourcetypes.webp) + +#### Owned Single Roles +Original image link: ![Universe (Template: Resource Resource Types)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_resourceresourcetypes.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Universe (Template Schema: Owned Single Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedsinglerolesschema.webp) + +When getting Identity Managerdata in +Original image link: ![Universe (Template Schema: Owned Single Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedsinglerolesschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Template: Owned Single Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedsingleroles.webp) + +#### Owned Composite Roles +Original image link: ![Universe (Template: Owned Single Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedsingleroles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +The configuration generated by this snippet is similar to the one for `OwnedSingleRoles`. + +![Universe (Template Schema: Owned Composite Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedcompositerolesschema.webp) + +When getting Identity Manager data in +Original image link: ![Universe (Template Schema: Owned Composite Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedcompositerolesschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Template: Owned Composite Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedcompositeroles.webp) + +## Mixed Example +Original image link: ![Universe (Template: Owned Composite Roles)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_ownedcompositeroles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\queries\universedatamodel\index.md +Context: +we see the following: + +![Universe (Mixed Example)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_mixedexample.webp) + +Original image link: ![Universe (Mixed Example)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/configuration/scaffoldings/queries/universedatamodel/universe_mixedexample.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\configuration\scaffoldings\templates\connectorsaccesscontrolrules\index.md +Context: +Gives access to shortcuts on the dashboard to access these pages. + +![Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) + +The scaffolding generates the following scaffoldings: +Original image link: ![Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\connectors\resourcetypemappings\servicenowresourcetypemapping\index.md +Context: +Manager's perspective) are emphasized: + +![ServiceNow Ticket Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/connectors/resourcetypemappings/servicenowresourcetypemapping/servicenow_example.webp) + +## Examples +Original image link: ![ServiceNow Ticket Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/connectors/resourcetypemappings/servicenowresourcetypemapping/servicenow_example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\metadata\settings\appdisplaysetting\index.md +Context: +Colors, logo and name customization: + +![AppDisplay - Basic Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_screen2_v603.webp) + +Display colors customization: +Original image link: ![AppDisplay - Basic Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_screen2_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\metadata\settings\appdisplaysetting\index.md +Context: +Display colors customization: + +![AppDisplay - Authentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_screen1_v603.webp) + +### Disable counters +Original image link: ![AppDisplay - Authentication](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_screen1_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\metadata\settings\appdisplaysetting\index.md +Context: +The following example disables the counters that are usually visible on the dashboard: + +![AppDisplay - Without Counters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_counters_v603.webp) + +Code attributes enclosed with `<>` need to be replaced with a custom value before entering the +Original image link: ![AppDisplay - Without Counters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_counters_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\metadata\settings\appdisplaysetting\index.md +Context: +``` + +![AppDisplay - Without Counters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_nocounters_v603.webp) + +### Features +Original image link: ![AppDisplay - Without Counters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/metadata/settings/appdisplaysetting/appdisplaysetting_nocounters_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\metadata\settings\appdisplaysetting\index.md +Context: +Certification items while making the **More** button unavailable. + +![allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems.webp) + +The following example disables the **More** button that is usually visible on certification screen: +Original image link: ![allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\metadata\settings\appdisplaysetting\index.md +Context: +the **More** button is disabled. + +![accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled.webp) + +See the +Original image link: ![accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\automationrule\index.md +Context: +| SingleRole optional | Int64 | Identifier of the single role targeted by the rule. | +| Type required | AutomationRuleType | Object type targeted by the rule. 0 - CompositeRole. 1 - SingleRole. 2 - ResourceType. 4 - Category. 5 - Policy. | +| WorkflowState default value: 0 | WorkflowState | Workflow state of the assignments targeted by the rule. `0` - **None**: used for Identity Manager's internal computation. `1` - **Non-conforming**: the assignment is not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) `3` - **Pre-existing**: the assignment is not supported by a rule, and it existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) `4` - **Requested**: the assignment is requested via a workflow, but not yet added. **NOTE:** Usually displayed in workflows' summaries. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval - Requested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/4_requested_v603.webp) `5` - **Calculated - Missing Parameters**: the assignment was done by a rule which does not specify at least one required parameter for the role. ![Workflow State: Calculated - Missing Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/5_calculatedmissingparameters_v603.webp) `8` - **Pending Approval**: the assignment must be reviewed manually by a knowledgeable user. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/8_pendingapproval_v603.webp) `9` - **Pending Approval 1 of 2**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a two-step workflow. `10` - **Pending Approval 2 of 2**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a two-step workflow. `11` - **Pending Approval 1 of 3**: the assignment is pending the first approval on a three-step workflow. `12` - **Pending Approval 2 of 3**: the assignment is pending the second approval on a three-step workflow. `13` - **Pending Approval 3 of 3**: the assignment is pending the third approval on a three-step workflow. `16` - **Approved**: the assignment has completed all approval steps. ![Workflow State: Approved](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `17` - **Declined**: the assignment is explicitly declined during one of the approval steps. ![Workflow State: Declined](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/17_declined_v603.webp) `18` - **Calculated**: the assignment is given by one of Identity Manager's rules. ![Workflow State: Calculated](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/18_calculated_v603.webp) `19` - **Inactive**: the assignment has expired and is not yet removed. Does not appear in the UI. `20` - **Cancellation**: the assignment is inferred by a role that was declined. See the [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Cancellation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/20_cancellation_v603.webp) `21` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Suggested` and appears among suggested permissions in the owner's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/21_suggested_v603.webp) `22` - **Suggested**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears among suggested permissions for a pre-existing user. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. _Remember,_ the states `21` and `22` are both displayed in the UI as **Suggested** but they do not mean the exact same thing. `23` - **Automatic but with Validation**: the assignment comes from a rule of type `Automatic but with Validation` and appears in a new user's permission basket. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. `24` - **Approved - Questioned**: the assignment was approved manually, then a change has been made in the assignment's source data via one of Identity Manager's workflows that should change the assignment but the manual approval is authoritative. See the [Resource Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Approved - Questioned](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/24_approvedquestioned_v603.webp) `25` - **Pending Approval - Risk**: the assignment must be reviewed due to a risk. ![Workflow State: Pending Approval (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/25_pendingapprovalrisk_v603.webp) `26` - **Blocked**: the assignment is blocked due to a risk of type `Blocking`. Does not appear in the UI. `27` - **Prolonged**: the assignment has expired but it was set with a grace period. See the [Single Role Rule](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/singlerolerule/index.md) topic for additional information. ![Workflow State: Prolonged](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/27_prolonged_v603.webp) `116` - **Approved - Risk**: the assignment is approved despite a risk. ![Workflow State: Approved (Risk)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/16_approved_v603.webp) `118` - **Given by a Role**: the assignment comes from the assignment of a role. For example, when a user is assigned a SAP entitlement without having a SAP account, the account is created automatically with this state. ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) **Found** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule. ![Workflow State: Non-conforming](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/1_nonconforming_v603.webp) **Historic** - Will match assignments not supported by a rule, which existed before the production launch. ![Workflow State: Pre-existing](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/evaluate-policy/3_preexisting_v603.webp) | + +Original image link: ![Workflow State: Given by a Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/automationrule/118_givenbyarole_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\contextrule\index.md +Context: +and sorting the dimension values per user percentage, we get the following table (right). + +![Role Mining Tables](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/contextrule/contextrules_rolemining.webp) + +The tables here represent a simple situation with few dimensions. But the higher the number of +Original image link: ![Role Mining Tables](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/contextrule/contextrules_rolemining.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\recordsection\index.md +Context: +context and extend its values, which context should it be? + +![Schema - ExtensionKind](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/recordsection/recordsection_extensionkind.webp) + +Here, we decide to extend an existing contract to the gap, for example because users' email +Original image link: ![Schema - ExtensionKind](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/recordsection/recordsection_extensionkind.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +scalar rule to Blanc. + +![Example - State 0](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state0_v602.webp) + +Let's see what happens when the user's name is changed manually directly in the AD. +Original image link: ![Example - State 0](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state0_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +page. + +![Example - State 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state1_v602.webp) + +![Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_step1_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - State 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state1_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +![Example - State 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state1_v602.webp) + +![Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_step1_v602.webp) + +![Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_step2_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_step1_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +![Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_step1_v602.webp) + +![Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_step2_v602.webp) + +Once this manual new value is confirmed, the property is stated as **Approved**. +Original image link: ![Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_step2_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +Once this manual new value is confirmed, the property is stated as **Approved**. + +![Example - State 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state2_v602.webp) + +Now suppose that the user's last name is changed to Black via Identity Manager's workflows. As the +Original image link: ![Example - State 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state2_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + Manager only states the property's value as Questioned. + + ![Example - State 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state3_v602.webp) + + **NOTE:** No change in the source data can affect the property's value. However, any manual +Original image link: ![Example - State 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state3_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + value Black. + + ![Example - State 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state4_v602.webp) + +In this scenario for Cedric Blanc, these behaviors can be summed up like the following: +Original image link: ![Example - State 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_state4_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +In this scenario for Cedric Blanc, these behaviors can be summed up like the following: + +![Schema for DiscardManualAssignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_schema.webp) + +### Correlate Multiple Resources +Original image link: ![Schema for DiscardManualAssignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/discardmanualassignments_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +resource type has previously been correlated to the owner or not. + +![suggestallcorrelations-nnn](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nnn.webp) + +- The value for both **Correlate Multiple Resources** and **Suggest All Correlations** is **No** +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-nnn](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nnn.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + lower confidence rate they will be ignored. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-nnn2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nnn2.webp) + + If there are no Resources to be correlated with a confidence rate `>100`, the ones below with +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-nnn2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nnn2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + confidence rate below 100 are Suggested or Ignored. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-nny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nny.webp) + +- The value for both **Correlate Multiple Resources** and **Suggest All Correlations** is **No** +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-nny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nny.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + there is one Resource already correlated so due to this all future correlations will be ignored. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-nyn](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nyn.webp) + +- The value for **Correlate Multiple Resources** is **No**, **Suggest All Correlations** is **Yes** +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-nyn](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nyn.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + there is no Resource already correlated so all Resource Types will be **Suggested**. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-nyy](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nyy.webp) + +- The value for **Correlate Multiple Resources** is **No**, **Suggest All Correlations** **Yes** +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-nyy](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-nyy.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + will be **Suggested**. As for all other matches with lower confidence rate they will be ignored. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-ynn](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-ynn.webp) + +- The value for **Correlate Multiple Resources** is **Yes**, **Suggest All Correlations** **No**, +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-ynn](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-ynn.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + otherwise they will be ignored. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-ynn2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-ynn2.webp) + + If there are no Resources to be correlated with a confidence rate `>100`, the ones with +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-ynn2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-ynn2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + confidence rate below 100 are Suggested. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-yny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-yny.webp) + +- The value for **Correlate Multiple Resources** is **Yes**, **Suggest All Correlations** **No** +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-yny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-yny.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: + **Correlated** and the ones `<100` will be ignored. + + ![suggestallcorrelations-yyny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-yyny.webp) + +- The value for **Correlate Multiple Resources** is **Yes**, **Suggest All Correlations** **Yes** +Original image link: ![suggestallcorrelations-yyny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/suggestallcorrelations-yyny.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +[ Context Rule ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/contextrule/index.md) topics for additional information. + +![Schema - Default Application Period](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/datamodel_scalarrule_timeoffsetdefault.webp) + +A time offset adjusts the period for which the rule applies and computes a property's value. +Original image link: ![Schema - Default Application Period](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/datamodel_scalarrule_timeoffsetdefault.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Schema - Offset Application Period](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/datamodel_scalarrule_timeoffsetexample.webp) + +If the time period of property computation exceeds the limits of the period of resource type +Original image link: ![Schema - Offset Application Period](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/datamodel_scalarrule_timeoffsetexample.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\provisioning\resourcetype\index.md +Context: +following: + +![Schema - Overlapping Offsets](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/datamodel_scalarrule_timeoffsetoverlap.webp) + +### Properties +Original image link: ![Schema - Overlapping Offsets](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/provisioning/resourcetype/datamodel_scalarrule_timeoffsetoverlap.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\displayentitytype\index.md +Context: +change the selection using the top-left dropdown. + +![Change Selection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displayentitytype/ui_displaypriorities_changeselection_v521beta.webp) + +Priorities are integer values, positive or negative. The most important priority is assigned to the +Original image link: ![Change Selection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displayentitytype/ui_displaypriorities_changeselection_v521beta.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\displaypropertygroup\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Display Property Group - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaypropertygroup/displaypropertygroup_example_v603.webp) + +Any property without a value is not displayed. +Original image link: ![Display Property Group - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaypropertygroup/displaypropertygroup_example_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\displaytable\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Example - DisplayTableDesignElement Set to Table](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaytable/displaytabledesignelement_table_v602.webp) + +DisplayTableDesignElement list +Original image link: ![Example - DisplayTableDesignElement Set to Table](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaytable/displaytabledesignelement_table_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\displaytable\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Example - DisplayTableDesignElement Set to List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaytable/displaytabledesignelement_list_v602.webp) + +_Remember,_ for resources to be displayed as a list, the display table must also be configured with +Original image link: ![Example - DisplayTableDesignElement Set to List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaytable/displaytabledesignelement_list_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\displaytable\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Example - DisplayTableDesignElement Set to ResourceTable](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaytable/displaytabledesignelement_resourcetable_v602.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Example - DisplayTableDesignElement Set to ResourceTable](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaytable/displaytabledesignelement_resourcetable_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +When `HideRoles` is set to `true`, then the **Access Permissions** tab is not accessible. + +![Access Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_hideroles_v603.webp) + +Adjust the request type +Original image link: ![Access Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_hideroles_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +When `WorkflowRequestType` is set to `Self`, then the finalization step looks like: + +![WorkflowRequestType = Self](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_requesttypeself_v603.webp) + +When `WorkflowRequestType` is set to `Helpdesk`, then the finalization step looks like: +Original image link: ![WorkflowRequestType = Self](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_requesttypeself_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +When `WorkflowRequestType` is set to `Helpdesk`, then the finalization step looks like: + +![WorkflowRequestType = Helpdesk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_requesttypehelpdesk_v603.webp) + +Display records in a table +Original image link: ![WorkflowRequestType = Helpdesk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_requesttypehelpdesk_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +Display records in a table + +![RecordTable Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_recordtable_v603.webp) + +InputType display +Original image link: ![RecordTable Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/form_recordtable_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +set of values listed below: + +![inputtypeattachment](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypeattachment.webp) + +- Attachment — represents a control for adding an attachment +Original image link: ![inputtypeattachment](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypeattachment.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +- Auto — takes by default the type of the EntityType property + + ![inputtypecheckbox](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypecheckbox.webp) + +- Checkbox — a boolean control which supports one of the two states +Original image link: ![inputtypecheckbox](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypecheckbox.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +- Checkbox — a boolean control which supports one of the two states + + ![inputtypecombobox](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypecombobox.webp) + +- Combobox — a dropdown which supports single selection +Original image link: ![inputtypecombobox](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypecombobox.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +- Combobox — a dropdown which supports single selection + + ![inputtypecomboboxmultiselection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypecomboboxmultiselection.webp) + +- ComboboxMultiSelection — a dropdown which supports multiple selection +Original image link: ![inputtypecomboboxmultiselection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypecomboboxmultiselection.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +- ComboboxMultiSelection — a dropdown which supports multiple selection + + ![inputtypedate](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypedate.webp) + +- Date — Date control +Original image link: ![inputtypedate](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypedate.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +- Hidden — Hides the input + + ![inputtypeimage](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypeimage.webp) + +- Image - Control to show / upload image +Original image link: ![inputtypeimage](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypeimage.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: + specified in a Control of a Form, it's the default value). + + ![inputtypepicker](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypepicker.webp) + +- Picker — Opens a grid to select a resource +Original image link: ![inputtypepicker](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypepicker.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +- Picker — Opens a grid to select a resource + + ![inputtypetext](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypetext.webp) + +- Text — Displays a single-line of text +Original image link: ![inputtypetext](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypetext.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\user-interface\form\index.md +Context: +- Text — Displays a single-line of text + + ![inputtypetextarea](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypetextarea.webp) + +- TextArea — A textbox which supports carriage return character. +Original image link: ![inputtypetextarea](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/form/inputtypetextarea.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\addchangeaspect\index.md +Context: +The position of the pointcut is specified by an activity state and a mode (before or after). + +![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) + +| Property | Details | +Original image link: ![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\assertvalueaspect\index.md +Context: +The position of the pointcut is specified by an activity state and a mode (before or after). + +![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) + +| Property | Type | Description | +Original image link: ![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\assertvaluerequiredaspect\index.md +Context: +The position of the pointcut is specified by an activity state and a mode (before or after). + +![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) + +| Property | Details | +Original image link: ![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\builduniquevalueaspect\index.md +Context: +The position of the pointcut is specified by an activity state and a mode (before or after). + +![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) + +| Property | Details | +Original image link: ![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\builduniquevalueaspect\index.md +Context: +target binding/expression in the target entity type. + +![Schema: Unicity Check](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/builduniquevalueaspect/aspects_unicitycheck.webp) + +> For example, we need to generate an email address for any new user joining the company. We +Original image link: ![Schema: Unicity Check](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/builduniquevalueaspect/aspects_unicitycheck.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\invokescriptaspect\index.md +Context: +The position of the pointcut is specified by an activity state and a mode (before or after). + +![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) + +| Property | Type | Description | +Original image link: ![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\invokeworkflowaspect\index.md +Context: +The position of the pointcut is specified by an activity state and a mode (before or after). + +![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) + +| Property | Details | +Original image link: ![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\aspects\notificationaspect\index.md +Context: +The position of the pointcut is specified by an activity state and a mode (before or after). + +![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) + +| Property | Details | +Original image link: ![pointcut Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/aspects/addchangeaspect/pointcut.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowaddandendrecordentityform\index.md +Context: +The contents of `MainControl` and `RecordControl` are visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - Update Position](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddandendrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddandendrecordentityform_v603.webp) + +The content of `RecordUniqueItemControl` is not visible. The user's records that have the same +Original image link: ![Form Example - Update Position](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddandendrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddandendrecordentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowaddandendrecordentityform\index.md +Context: +execution: + +![Summary Form Example - Update Position](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddandendrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddandendrecordentityform_summary_v603.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Summary Form Example - Update Position](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddandendrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddandendrecordentityform_summary_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowaddrecordentityform\index.md +Context: +The contents of `MainControl` and `RecordControl` are visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddrecordentityform_v603.webp) + +The content of `RecordUniqueItemControl` is not visible. The user's records that have the same +Original image link: ![Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddrecordentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowaddrecordentityform\index.md +Context: +execution: + +![Summary Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddrecordentityform_summary_v603.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Summary Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowaddrecordentityform/formexample_workflowaddrecordentityform_summary_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowcreateentityform\index.md +Context: +The content of `MainControl` is visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - Site Creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreateentityform/formexample_workflowcreateentityform_v603.webp) + +The content of `SummaryControl` is visible after the workflow's execution: +Original image link: ![Form Example - Site Creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreateentityform/formexample_workflowcreateentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowcreateentityform\index.md +Context: +The content of `SummaryControl` is visible after the workflow's execution: + +![Summary Form Example - Site Creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreateentityform/formexample_workflowcreateentityform_summary_v603.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Summary Form Example - Site Creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreateentityform/formexample_workflowcreateentityform_summary_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowcreaterecordentityform\index.md +Context: +The content of `MainControl` is visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - New User from HR](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreaterecordentityform/formexample_workflowcreaterecordentityform_v603.webp) + +The contents of `MainSummaryControl` and `RecordSummaryControl` are visible after the workflow's +Original image link: ![Form Example - New User from HR](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreaterecordentityform/formexample_workflowcreaterecordentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowcreateseveralrecordsentityform\index.md +Context: +workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - New User from Helpdesk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreateseveralrecordsentityform/formexample_workflowcreateseveralrecordsentityform_v603.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Form Example - New User from Helpdesk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowcreateseveralrecordsentityform/formexample_workflowcreateseveralrecordsentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workfloweditentityform\index.md +Context: +The content of `MainControl` is visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workfloweditentityform/formexample_workfloweditentityform_v603.webp) + +The content of `SummaryControl` is visible after the workflow's execution: +Original image link: ![Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workfloweditentityform/formexample_workfloweditentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workfloweditentityform\index.md +Context: +The content of `SummaryControl` is visible after the workflow's execution: + +![Summary Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workfloweditentityform/formexample_workfloweditentityform_summary_v603.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Summary Form Example - Computer Request](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workfloweditentityform/formexample_workfloweditentityform_summary_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowupdaterecordentitiesform\index.md +Context: +The contents of `MainControl` and `RecordControl` are visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - Mass Update](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdaterecordentitiesform/formexample_workflowupdaterecordentitiesform_v603.webp) + +The content of `RecordUniqueItemControl` is not visible. The user's records that have the same +Original image link: ![Form Example - Mass Update](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdaterecordentitiesform/formexample_workflowupdaterecordentitiesform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowupdaterecordentityform\index.md +Context: +The contents of `MainControl` and `RecordControl` are visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - Update Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdaterecordentityform/formexample_workflowupdaterecordentityform_v603.webp) + +The content of `RecordUniqueItemControl` is not visible. The user's records that have the same +Original image link: ![Form Example - Update Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdaterecordentityform/formexample_workflowupdaterecordentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowupdaterecordentityform\index.md +Context: +execution: + +![Summary Form Example - Update Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdaterecordentityform/formexample_workflowupdaterecordentityform_summary_v603.webp) + +## Properties +Original image link: ![Summary Form Example - Update Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdaterecordentityform/formexample_workflowupdaterecordentityform_summary_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform\index.md +Context: +`RecordSlaveControl` are visible during the workflow's execution: + +![Form Example - Manage a User's Positions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform/formexample_workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform_v603.webp) + +When adding a new position, we decide to make `Title` available, in addition to the fields used to +Original image link: ![Form Example - Manage a User's Positions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform/formexample_workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\toolkit\xml-configuration\workflows\forms\workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform\index.md +Context: +update existing records: + +![Form Example - Manage a User's Positions - New Record](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform/formexample_workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform_newrecord_v603.webp) + +The content of `RecordUniqueItemControl` is not visible. The user's records that have the same +Original image link: ![Form Example - Manage a User's Positions - New Record](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/workflows/forms/workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform/formexample_workflowupdateseveralrecordsentityform_newrecord_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\create-menu-items\index.md +Context: +This XML element gives the following result: + +![Add workflow link in resource list entity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/workflowinentitylist.webp) + +### Create menu items for a workflow in a resource view +Original image link: ![Add workflow link in resource list entity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/workflowinentitylist.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\create-menu-items\index.md +Context: +This XML element gives the following result: + +![Workflow in resource view](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/workflowinresourceview.webp) + +![All workflow in resource view*](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/allworkflowinresourceview.webp) +Original image link: ![Workflow in resource view](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/workflowinresourceview.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\create-menu-items\index.md +Context: +![Workflow in resource view](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/workflowinresourceview.webp) + +![All workflow in resource view*](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/allworkflowinresourceview.webp) + +Original image link: ![All workflow in resource view*](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/create-menu-items/allworkflowinresourceview.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\custom-display-table\index.md +Context: +Here is the visualization of this display table on the interface: + +![DisplayTable(Table)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-display-table/displaytablestable.webp) + +Ergonomically, it is recommended to hide the search symbol in a column header (in a list displayed +Original image link: ![DisplayTable(Table)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-display-table/displaytablestable.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\custom-display-table\index.md +Context: +Here is the visualization of this resource table on the interface: + +![ResourceTable](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-display-table/displaytablesresourcetable.webp) + +## Display Table with Tiles +Original image link: ![ResourceTable](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-display-table/displaytablesresourcetable.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\custom-display-table\index.md +Context: +Here is the visualization of this display table on the interface: + +![DisplayTable with Tiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-display-table/displaytablestiles.webp) + +See the [Display Table](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/integration-guide/toolkit/xml-configuration/user-interface/displaytable/index.md) +Original image link: ![DisplayTable with Tiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-display-table/displaytablestiles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\custom-search-bar\index.md +Context: +Here is the visualization of this searchbar on the interface: + +![SearchBarWithoutFilters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-search-bar/searchbarwithoutfilter.webp) + +Ergonomically, it is recommended to hide the search symbol in a column header (in a list displayed +Original image link: ![SearchBarWithoutFilters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-search-bar/searchbarwithoutfilter.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\ui\how-tos\custom-search-bar\index.md +Context: +Here is the visualization of this criterion on the interface: + +![SearchBarFilter](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-search-bar/searchbarfilters.webp) + +## Search Bar Menu +Original image link: ![SearchBarFilter](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/ui/how-tos/custom-search-bar/searchbarfilters.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\activity-templates\index.md +Context: +Going through an activity means going through states and transitions. + +![Activity Template - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_example.webp) + +By default, Identity Manager's workflow engine implements the following activity templates: +Original image link: ![Activity Template - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\activity-templates\index.md +Context: +Awaits user modifications without another user's intervention. + +![Activity Template - Action](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_action.webp) + +### ActionWithRefine +Original image link: ![Activity Template - Action](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_action.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\activity-templates\index.md +Context: +Awaits user modifications with the possibility to delegate the action to another user. + +![Activity Template - ActionWithRefine](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_actionwithrefine.webp) + +The `ActionWithRefine` activity can be translated into the following form: +Original image link: ![Activity Template - ActionWithRefine](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_actionwithrefine.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\activity-templates\index.md +Context: +The `ActionWithRefine` activity can be translated into the following form: + +![ActionWithRefine in the UI](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activity_actionwithrefine_v602.webp) + +### Review +Original image link: ![ActionWithRefine in the UI](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activity_actionwithrefine_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\activity-templates\index.md +Context: +Awaits user approval without another user's intervention. + +![Activity Template - Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_review.webp) + +### ReviewWithFeedback +Original image link: ![Activity Template - Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_review.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\activity-templates\index.md +Context: +action. + +![Activity Template - ReviewWithFeedback](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_reviewwithfeedback.webp) + +The `ReviewWithFeedback` activity can be translated into the following form: +Original image link: ![Activity Template - ReviewWithFeedback](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activitytemplates_reviewwithfeedback.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\activity-templates\index.md +Context: +The `ReviewWithFeedback` activity can be translated into the following form: + +![ReviewWithFeedback in the UI](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activity_reviewwithfeedback_v602.webp) + +### Persist +Original image link: ![ReviewWithFeedback in the UI](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/activity-templates/activity_reviewwithfeedback_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-create-mono\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-mono/howto_resourcecreationmono_form_v602.webp) + +### Add a summary (Optional) +Original image link: ![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-mono/howto_resourcecreationmono_form_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-create-mono\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Summary](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-mono/howto_resourcecreationmono_summary_v602.webp) + +## Assign the Right Permissions +Original image link: ![UI Summary](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-mono/howto_resourcecreationmono_summary_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-create-mono\index.md +Context: +Creating a new resource, an interesting location for this workflow could be the users list page. + +![Workflow Menu Items - Users List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/menuitems_userslist_v603.webp) + +To create a menu item here for the new workflow, you can add the following XML configuration to the +Original image link: ![Workflow Menu Items - Users List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/menuitems_userslist_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-create-mono\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/howto_resourcecreationmono_homonym_v603.webp) + +## Customize the Display Table (Optional) +Original image link: ![UI Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/howto_resourcecreationmono_homonym_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-create-multi\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/howto_resourcecreationmulti_form_v603.webp) + +## Assign the Right Permissions +Original image link: ![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/howto_resourcecreationmulti_form_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-create-multi\index.md +Context: +Creating a new resource, an interesting location for this workflow could be the users list page. + +![Workflow Menu Items - Users List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/menuitems_userslist_v603.webp) + +To create a menu item here for the new workflow, you can add the following XML configuration to the +Original image link: ![Workflow Menu Items - Users List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/menuitems_userslist_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-create-multi\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/howto_resourcecreationmono_homonym_v603.webp) + +## Customize the Display Table (Optional) +Original image link: ![UI Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/howto_resourcecreationmono_homonym_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-update-mono\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/howto_resourceupdatemono_form_v603.webp) + +`End of transition` sets the date for the change of records scheduled by this form. +Original image link: ![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/howto_resourceupdatemono_form_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-update-mono\index.md +Context: +interesting location for this workflow could be the individual view page of users. + +![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) + +To create a menu item here for the new workflow, you can add the following XML configuration to the +Original image link: ![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-update-multi\index.md +Context: +copies part of the main record to pre-fill the fields of `RecordUniqueControl`. + +![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-multi/howto_resourceupdatemulti_form_v603.webp) + +## Assign the Right Permissions +Original image link: ![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-multi/howto_resourceupdatemulti_form_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-update-multi\index.md +Context: +interesting location for this workflow could be the individual view page of users. + +![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) + +To create a menu item here for the new workflow, you can add the following XML configuration to the +Original image link: ![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-update-resource\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-resource/howto_resourceupdateno_form_v603.webp) + +### Add a summary (Optional) +Original image link: ![UI Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-resource/howto_resourceupdateno_form_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-update-resource\index.md +Context: +``` + +![UI Summary](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-resource/howto_resourceupdateno_summary_v603.webp) + +## Assign the Right Permissions +Original image link: ![UI Summary](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-resource/howto_resourceupdateno_summary_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\how-to\workflow-update-resource\index.md +Context: +interesting location for this workflow could be the individual view page of users. + +![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) + +To create a menu item here for the new workflow, you can add the following XML configuration to the +Original image link: ![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\index.md +Context: + +- the list of users accessible from the **Directory** section on the home page; + ![Workflow Menu Items - Users List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/menuitems_userslist_v603.webp) +- the view page of a given user. In this case, the workflows manipulate the selected user. + ![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Workflow Menu Items - Users List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/menuitems_userslist_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\integration-guide\workflows\index.md +Context: + ![Workflow Menu Items - Users List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-create-multi/menuitems_userslist_v603.webp) +- the view page of a given user. In this case, the workflows manipulate the selected user. + ![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) + +## Aspects +Original image link: ![Workflow Menu Items - User's Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/workflows/how-to/workflow-update-mono/menuitems_userview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\architecture\index.md +Context: +- SaaS so that the server dwells in the cloud and is provided as a service; + + ![Architecture: SaaS](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/saas/architecture_saas.webp) + +- on-premises so that the server is installed on an isolated network within the company. +Original image link: ![Architecture: SaaS](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/saas/architecture_saas.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\architecture\index.md +Context: +- on-premises so that the server is installed on an isolated network within the company. + + ![Architecture: On-Premises](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/on-prem/architecture_onprem.webp) + +## Next Steps +Original image link: ![Architecture: On-Premises](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/architecture/on-prem/architecture_onprem.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +entitlements available in the managed systems, and assign the right entitlements to the right users. + +![Role Catalog and Users](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_rolecatalogusers.webp) + +Thus, the role model contains: +Original image link: ![Role Catalog and Users](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_rolecatalogusers.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: + types. + +![Role Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_rolemodel.webp) + +The role model is a subset of a policy that also includes [Governance](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/introduction-guide/overview/governance/index.md) data +Original image link: ![Role Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_rolemodel.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +everyone knows what the role is for. + +![Single Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarole.webp) + +Each individual entitlement should usually be modeled by a single role, and single roles can be +Original image link: ![Single Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarole.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +grouped together into composite roles to be closer to real job positions. + +![Composite Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_compositeroles.webp) + +## A Rule Set +Original image link: ![Composite Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_compositeroles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +> member list of a specific AD group. + +![Provisioning Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_provisioningrules.webp) + +Even when a role is manually assigned, provisioning rules will determine which account (and +Original image link: ![Provisioning Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_provisioningrules.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +> is benefits manager and whose location is in France. + +![Assignment Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_assignmentrules.webp) + +Once all assignment rules are created, Identity Manager is able to spot existing assignments that +Original image link: ![Assignment Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_assignmentrules.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +> accounts. + +![Categorization Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_categorizationrules.webp) + +Identity Manager's categorization rules are: +Original image link: ![Categorization Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_categorizationrules.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +- The schema with three dimensions would be a 3D cube. And you can imagine 4D or 5D hypercubes, etc. + +![Dimensions - 1D](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_dimension1.webp) + +#### 1D +Original image link: ![Dimensions - 1D](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_dimension1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +#### 1D + +![Dimensions - 2D](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_dimension2.webp) + +#### 2D +Original image link: ![Dimensions - 2D](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_dimension2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\entitlement-management\index.md +Context: +#### 2D + +![Dimensions - 3D](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_dimension3.webp) + +## Next Steps +Original image link: ![Dimensions - 3D](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/entitlement-management/entitlements_dimension3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\governance\index.md +Context: +knowledgeable users who can decide whether the assignment is warranted, such as security officers. + +![Non-Conforming Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/assignments-of-entitlements/governance_nonconforming.webp) + +A non-conforming assignment must be reviewed in Identity Manager by a knowledgeable user, and is +Original image link: ![Non-Conforming Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/integration-guide/role-assignment/assignments-of-entitlements/governance_nonconforming.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\identity-management\index.md +Context: +the data necessary to manage all identities throughout their whole lifecycle. + +![Usercube's Repository](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/identity-management/identities_repository.webp) + +Identity Manager's central repository acts as an intermediary between the systems that provide data, +Original image link: ![Usercube's Repository](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/identity-management/identities_repository.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\identity-management\index.md +Context: +set of rules. The complexity becomes linear. + +![quadratic-linear-complexity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/identity-management/quadratic-linear-complexity.webp) + +## An Entity Relationship Model +Original image link: ![quadratic-linear-complexity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/identity-management/quadratic-linear-complexity.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\identity-management\index.md +Context: +> accounts from `SAB_User` could be related to groups from another entity `SAB_Group`. + +![Entity Type - Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entitytypecreation_schema.webp) + +These entities' instances are called resources in Identity Manager. A resource can be the digital +Original image link: ![Entity Type - Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entitytypecreation_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\identity-management\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager can be configured with one connector for each managed system. + +![Connector Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectorschema.webp) + +For a given system, a connector contains: +Original image link: ![Connector Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectorschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\identity-management\index.md +Context: +an [extract, transform, load](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extract,_transform,_load) process. + +![Synchronization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_synchronization.webp) + +> A typical example is the synchronization of the HR system's data to retrieve employees' personal +Original image link: ![Synchronization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_synchronization.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\identity-management\index.md +Context: +something we will dig into later. + +![Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_provisioning.webp) + +## Repository Updates +Original image link: ![Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_provisioning.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\index.md +Context: +identity. + +![Synchronization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_synchronization.webp) + +**This implies involving external systems.** +Original image link: ![Synchronization](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_synchronization.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\index.md +Context: +technology required for IGA-related data flows. + +![Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_connectors.webp) + +See more details on [ Identity Management ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/introduction-guide/overview/identity-management/index.md) and connection between +Original image link: ![Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_connectors.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\index.md +Context: +rules. + +![Calculation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_calculation.webp) + +--- +Original image link: ![Calculation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_calculation.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\introduction-guide\overview\index.md +Context: +get their entitlements. + +![Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_provisioning.webp) + +Furthermore, Identity Manager provides a few workflows for entitlement request or user data +Original image link: ![Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/introduction-guide/overview/overview_provisioning.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + page. + + ![Home - Access Certification](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/home_accesscertification_v523.webp) + + On this page, all assignments to be reviewed are listed. +Original image link: ![Home - Access Certification](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/home_accesscertification_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + On this page, all assignments to be reviewed are listed. + + ![Access Certification](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_accesscertification_v602.webp) + + Each assignment can be commented by clicking on the corresponding icon. +Original image link: ![Access Certification](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_accesscertification_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + Each assignment can be commented by clicking on the corresponding icon. + + ![Comment Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconcomment_v522.svg) + +2. Choose one of the three possibilities to verify all assignments one by one: +Original image link: ![Comment Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconcomment_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + this entitlement carefully. + + ![Recommendation Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconrecommendation_v522.svg) + + ![Discouragement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_icondiscouragement_v522.svg) +Original image link: ![Recommendation Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconrecommendation_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + ![Recommendation Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconrecommendation_v522.svg) + + ![Discouragement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_icondiscouragement_v522.svg) + + - Either click on the approval icon to confirm that this entitlement is necessary for this +Original image link: ![Discouragement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_icondiscouragement_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + identity. + + ![Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconapproval_v522.svg) + + - Or click on the decline icon to confirm that this entitlement is not necessary for this +Original image link: ![Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconapproval_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + identity. + + ![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/certifcampaign_icondecline_v522.svg) + + - Or click on the three dots icon to highlight that this entitlement is not part of your scope +Original image link: ![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/certifcampaign_icondecline_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: + of responsibility and forward it to the adequate person. + + ![Forward Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconforward_v522.svg) + +3. Click on **Confirm Decisions** on the left of the page. +Original image link: ![Forward Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconforward_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: +Campaigns** button on the home page in the **Administration** section. + +![Home - Access Certification Campaigns](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/home_accesscertificationcampaigns_v602.webp) + +![Campaigns Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_campaigns_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home - Access Certification Campaigns](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/home_accesscertificationcampaigns_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: +![Home - Access Certification Campaigns](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/home_accesscertificationcampaigns_v602.webp) + +![Campaigns Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_campaigns_v602.webp) + +### Get reports +Original image link: ![Campaigns Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_campaigns_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: +entitlement assignments to be reviewed, the corresponding reviewers and their decisions. + +![Report Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_decisions_v522.webp) + +### Send notifications +Original image link: ![Report Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_decisions_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-execution\index.md +Context: +considered during the next provisioning job. + +![Apply Decisions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_applydecisions_v602.webp) + +Original image link: ![Apply Decisions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_applydecisions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: +1. Click on **Access Certification Campaigns** in the **Administration** section on the home page. + + ![Home - Access Certification Campaigns](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/home_accesscertificationcampaigns_v602.webp) + +2. Click the addition button at the top right and fill in the fields: +Original image link: ![Home - Access Certification Campaigns](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/home_accesscertificationcampaigns_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: +2. Click the addition button at the top right and fill in the fields: + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![New Certification Campaign](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_newcertificationcampaign_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![New Certification Campaign](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_newcertificationcampaign_v602.webp) + + - `Identifier`: Must be unique among campaigns, without whitespace. +Original image link: ![New Certification Campaign](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_newcertificationcampaign_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: + campaign scope is a **union** of all specificities. + + ![Target Specificities](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_targetspecificities_v602.webp) + + The campaign targets permissions that meet the **intersection (AND)** of all filters. When +Original image link: ![Target Specificities](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_targetspecificities_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: + - `Target Owners`: Filters based on identity dimensions. These are combined using **AND** logic. + + ![Target Owner Filters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_targetowners_v602.webp) + + Additional filters may be available depending on the selected entity type: +Original image link: ![Target Owner Filters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_targetowners_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: + Additional filters may be available depending on the selected entity type: + + ![Target Owner Additional Filters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_targetownersadditional_v603.webp) + + - `Individual Owner`: A single identity whose access will be certified. +Original image link: ![Target Owner Additional Filters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_targetownersadditional_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: + > users: + > + > ![Campaign Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_example_v602.webp) + +3. Click **Create**. The campaign appears in the list. +Original image link: ![Campaign Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_example_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: +3. Click **Create**. The campaign appears in the list. + + ![Campaigns Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_newlycreated_v603.webp) + +4. Click **Launch** to apply the changes and start the certification job. +Original image link: ![Campaigns Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_newlycreated_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\access-certification\certification-campaign-scheduling\index.md +Context: + > Example: + > + > ![Execute Access Reviews Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_job_v522.webp) + +## Impact of Modifications +Original image link: ![Execute Access Reviews Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-scheduling/certifcampaign_job_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\assigned-roles\index.md +Context: +Review the Assigned Roles by proceeding as follows: + +![assignedroles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/assigned-roles/assignedroles.webp) + +**Step 1 –** On the home page, in the Administration section of the UI click on Assigned Roles. +Original image link: ![assignedroles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/assigned-roles/assignedroles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\assigned-roles\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** On the home page, in the Administration section of the UI click on Assigned Roles. + +![assignedrolesscreen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/assigned-roles/assignedrolesscreen.webp) + +**Step 2 –** View the list of users with different assigned roles and filter them by **Entity +Original image link: ![assignedrolesscreen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/assigned-roles/assignedrolesscreen.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\manual-assignment-request\index.md +Context: +1. Access the user directory from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. Click on the user to be checked. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\manual-assignment-request\index.md +Context: +2. Click on the user to be checked. + + ![Workflow - User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_user_v602.webp) + +3. Click on **View Permissions** to access the entitlement list. +Original image link: ![Workflow - User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_user_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\manual-assignment-request\index.md +Context: +3. Click on **View Permissions** to access the entitlement list. + + ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +## Modify Identity's Entitlements +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\manual-assignment-request\index.md +Context: + request. + + ![Workflow - Modify Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_changeuser_v602.webp) + +4. Follow the workflow's instructions to select entitlements and the action to be performed. You +Original image link: ![Workflow - Modify Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_changeuser_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +> the **Resource Reconciliation** screen: +> +> ![Example - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_examplerole_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_examplerole_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +> ![Example - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_examplerole_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation - Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresourceprop_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation - Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresourceprop_v602.webp) + +## Participants and Artifacts +Original image link: ![Example - Resource Reconciliation - Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresourceprop_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + complete job on the **Job Execution** page� + + ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + + � Or through the connector's overview page, **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + � Or through the connector's overview page, **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. + + ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +2. Get to the **Resource Reconciliation** page, accessible from the corresponding section on the +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + home page. + + ![Home Page - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) + +3. Select `Unreconciled properties` as a `Workflow State`. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +3. Select `Unreconciled properties` as a `Workflow State`. + + ![Unreconciled Property](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewprop_unreconciled_v522.webp) + +4. Choose the default resource view or the property view with the top right toggle. See the +Original image link: ![Unreconciled Property](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewprop_unreconciled_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + > Verified** frame, there is one unreconciled property that happens to be `Group`. + > + > ![Unreconciled Property Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewprop_example_v602.webp) + + - `Name`: unreconciled property name. +Original image link: ![Unreconciled Property Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewprop_example_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + the whole property history. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) + + ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) + + ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) + + ![Deletion Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/reviewrole_icondelete_v602.svg) +Original image link: ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) + + ![Deletion Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/reviewrole_icondelete_v602.svg) + + Automatic changes are essential for frequently-changing attributes. However, saving history +Original image link: ![Deletion Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/reviewrole_icondelete_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + future, this property will no longer be changed automatically. + + ![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_icondecline_v522.svg) + + Retaining manual control of changes for sensitive data (i.e. `SAMAccountName`) can be of +Original image link: ![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_icondecline_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + by Identity Manager, and therefore cannot be modified. + + ![Postponement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconpostpone_v522.svg) + +7. Click on **Confirm Property Values**. +Original image link: ![Postponement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconpostpone_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +and then access the list of all unreconciled properties for said resource. + +![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_resourceview_v523.webp) + +It can be helpful to have the non-conforming assignments regrouped by property, as some of the +Original image link: ![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_resourceview_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +resource type and property. + +![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_propertyview_v603.webp) + +The review process is the same with both views. However with property view, reviewers don't click on +Original image link: ![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_propertyview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\property-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +the current values for several resources simultaneously. + +![Bulk Reconcile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_bulkreconcile_v603.webp) + +## Verify Property Reconciliation +Original image link: ![Bulk Reconcile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_bulkreconcile_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +> the **Resource Reconciliation** screen: +> +> ![Example - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_examplerole_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_examplerole_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +> ![Example - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_examplerole_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation - Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresourceprop_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresource_v602.webp) +> +> ![Example - Resource Reconciliation - Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresourceprop_v602.webp) + +## Participants and Artifacts +Original image link: ![Example - Resource Reconciliation - Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/reviewrole_exampleresourceprop_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + was launched recently, through the complete job on the **Job Execution** page + + ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + + � Or through the connector's overview page, **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + � Or through the connector's overview page, **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. + + ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +2. On the home page, click on the entity type that you want to manage in the **Role Reconciliation** +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + section, to get to the non-conforming permissions page. + + ![Home Page - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/home_rolereconciliation_v523.webp) + + ![Role Reconciliation Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/reviewrole_rolereconciliation_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Home Page - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/home_rolereconciliation_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + ![Home Page - Role Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/home_rolereconciliation_v523.webp) + + ![Role Reconciliation Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/reviewrole_rolereconciliation_v603.webp) + + Each non-conforming permission can be commented by clicking on the corresponding icon. +Original image link: ![Role Reconciliation Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/reviewrole_rolereconciliation_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + Each non-conforming permission can be commented by clicking on the corresponding icon. + + ![Comment Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconcomment_v522.svg) + +3. Choose one of the two possibilities to verify the permission: +Original image link: ![Comment Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/access-certification/certification-campaign-execution/certifcampaign_iconcomment_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + - Either click on the approval icon to keep the non-conforming permission. + + ![Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/orphan_iconapprove_v602.svg) + + - Or click on the decline icon to delete the non-conforming permission. +Original image link: ![Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/orphan_iconapprove_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: + - Or click on the decline icon to delete the non-conforming permission. + + ![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/orphan_icondecline_v522.svg) + +4. Trigger [provisioning](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/index.md) by launching, on the appropriate connector's +Original image link: ![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/orphan_icondecline_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +Several roles can be reconciled simultaneously by clicking on **Bulk Reconcile Roles**. + +![Bulk Reconcile Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/reviewrole_rolereconciliationbulk_v603.webp) + +## Verify Role Reconciliation +Original image link: ![Bulk Reconcile Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/role-reconciliation/reviewrole_rolereconciliationbulk_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\role-reconciliation\index.md +Context: +user's **View Permissions** tab. + +![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: + was launched recently, through the complete job on the **Job Execution** page: + + ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + + Or through the connector's overview page, **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: + Or through the connector's overview page, **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. + + ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +2. Get to the **Resource Reconciliation** page, accessible from the corresponding section on the +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: + home page. + + ![Home Page - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) + +3. Select `Unauthorized account` as the `Workflow State`. Orphaned accounts appear with no owner. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: +3. Select `Unauthorized account` as the `Workflow State`. Orphaned accounts appear with no owner. + + ![Resource Reconciliation Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/unauth_unauthorizedaccounts_v602.webp) + +4. Choose the default resource view or the Review an Unauthorized Account with the top right toggle. +Original image link: ![Resource Reconciliation Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/unauth_unauthorizedaccounts_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: + rate. + + ![Select Decision](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/unauthorized-account-review/unauth_reviewunauthorized_v602.webp) + + The displayed confidence rate means that a rule actually assigned the account to the identity, +Original image link: ![Select Decision](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/unauthorized-account-review/unauth_reviewunauthorized_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: + [ Reconcile a Property ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/property-reconciliation/index.md) topic for additional information. + + ![Edit Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/unauthorized-account-review/unauth_updateprop_v522.webp) + +6. Select the appropriate decision. +Original image link: ![Edit Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/non-conforming-assignment-review/unauthorized-account-review/unauth_updateprop_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: +and then access the list of all unreconciled properties for said resource. + +![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_resourceview_v523.webp) + +It can be helpful to have the non-conforming assignments regrouped by property, as some of the +Original image link: ![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_resourceview_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: +resource type and property. + +![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_propertyview_v603.webp) + +The review process is the same with both views. However with property view, reviewers don't click on +Original image link: ![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_propertyview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: +the current values for several resources simultaneously. + +![Bulk Reconcile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_bulkreconcile_v603.webp) + +Bulk keeping non-authorized accounts, by clicking on **Bulk Reconcile** then **Approve Current +Original image link: ![Bulk Reconcile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_bulkreconcile_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\non-conforming-assignment-review\unauthorized-account-review\index.md +Context: +user's **View Permissions** tab. + +![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +through the menu items on the left of the home page, in the **Connectors** section. + +![Home - Entity Types](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_entitytypes_v602.webp) + +These entity type pages can be configured via XML to customize all displayed columns and available +Original image link: ![Home - Entity Types](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_entitytypes_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +additional information on customization. + +![Owner / Resource Type Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/orphan_entitytype_v523.webp) + +In the **Orphan** field, select **Yes** to see all existing resources without an owner. +Original image link: ![Owner / Resource Type Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/orphan_entitytype_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +displaying this property alongside users' **EmployeeId**. + +![Query of Unused Accounts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_unusedquery_v602.webp) + +## Participants and Artifacts +Original image link: ![Query of Unused Accounts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_unusedquery_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +Review an orphaned account by proceeding as follows: + +![Home Page - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Go to the **Resource Reconciliation** page, accessible from the corresponding section +Original image link: ![Home Page - Resource Reconciliation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/home_resourcereconciliation_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +on the home page. + +![Resource Reconciliation Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/unauth_unauthorizedaccounts_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Select **Unauthorized account** as the **Workflow State**. Orphaned accounts are those +Original image link: ![Resource Reconciliation Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/unauth_unauthorizedaccounts_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Click on the line of an account without an owner. + +![Select Owner](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_revieworphans_v602.webp) + +In the following example, the nominative AD account linked to the email address +Original image link: ![Select Owner](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_revieworphans_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +You can **Select owner** from the list by clicking on the check box. + +![Owners List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_revieworphans-owners_v602.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Answer the following questions in order to understand the situation. +Original image link: ![Owners List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_revieworphans-owners_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +See the schema below this note. + +![Schema - Service Accounts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_serviceaccounts.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Select the appropriate owner or no owner at all, according to the previous analysis. +Original image link: ![Schema - Service Accounts](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_serviceaccounts.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +and then access the list of all unreconciled properties for said resource. + +![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_resourceview_v523.webp) + +It can be helpful to have the non-conforming assignments regrouped by property, as some of the +Original image link: ![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_resourceview_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +resource type and property. + +![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_propertyview_v603.webp) + +The review process is the same with both views. However with property view, reviewers don't click on +Original image link: ![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_propertyview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +a given line, but choose a decision directly on the left of the property line. + +![Bulk Reconcile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_bulkreconcile_v603.webp) + +In addition, using property view enables bulk reconciliation to approve the proposed values or keep +Original image link: ![Bulk Reconcile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/orphan_bulkreconcile_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\orphan-unused-account-review\index.md +Context: +**Resource Reconciliation** screen. + +![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +In addition, if you reconciled an orphaned account with an owner, check the user's permissions to +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\automatic-provisioning\index.md +Context: +assignment request goes through the following provisioning states: + +![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/automatic-provisioning/provauto_states_v523.webp) + +## Participants and Artifacts +Original image link: ![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/automatic-provisioning/provauto_states_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\automatic-provisioning\index.md +Context: +page. + +![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + +## Verify Automated Provisioning +Original image link: ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\automatic-provisioning\index.md +Context: +1. Select a test user in the directory, accessible from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. Follow the [ Request Entitlement Assignment ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/index.md)to make a +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\index.md +Context: +In order to verify the process: + +![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Select a test user in the directory, accessible from the home page. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\index.md +Context: +which involves the type of provisioning that you want to test. + +![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Check the provisioning state of the requested entitlement at every step, in the user's +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\index.md +Context: +**View Permissions** tab. + +![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/prov_stateschema_v523.webp) + +Whether your provisioning workflows trigger provisioning review, or whether they trigger manual or +Original image link: ![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/prov_stateschema_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: +In its lifecycle, an assignment request goes through the following provisioning states: + +![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_states_v523.webp) + +## Participants and Artifacts +Original image link: ![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_states_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: + (or the provisioning review, if any), through the complete job in the **Job Execution** page. + + ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + + ![Manual Provisioning Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_page_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: + ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + + ![Manual Provisioning Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_page_v603.webp) + +2. Access the manual provisioning orders page by clicking on the entity type that you want to manage +Original image link: ![Manual Provisioning Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_page_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: + in the **Manual Provisioning** section. + + ![Home Page - Manual Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/home_manualprovisioning_v523.webp) + +3. Choose a line to handle the corresponding provisioning order. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Manual Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/home_manualprovisioning_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: + (outside Identity Manager). + + ![Creation Provisioning Order](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_createresource_v522.webp) + + ![Creation Provisioning Order](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_editresource_v522.webp) +Original image link: ![Creation Provisioning Order](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_createresource_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: + ![Creation Provisioning Order](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_createresource_v522.webp) + + ![Creation Provisioning Order](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_editresource_v522.webp) + +5. Choose to confirm or report an error. +Original image link: ![Creation Provisioning Order](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_editresource_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: +Several orders can be provisioned simultaneously by clicking on **Bulk Provision**. + +![Bulk Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_bulk_v603.webp) + +## Verify Manual Provisioning +Original image link: ![Bulk Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/provmanual_bulk_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: +1. Select a test user in the directory, accessible from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. Follow the [ Request Entitlement Assignment ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/index.md) to make a +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\manual-provisioning\index.md +Context: + every step, in the user's **View Permissions** tab. + +![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +4. Check in your managed system that the change was effectively made. +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +the request is issued and when provisioning orders are computed: + +![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_states_v523.webp) + +## Participants and Artifacts +Original image link: ![Provisioning State Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_states_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + section. + + ![Home Page - Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/home_provisioningreview_v523.webp) + + ![Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_provreview_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home Page - Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/home_provisioningreview_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + ![Home Page - Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/home_provisioningreview_v523.webp) + + ![Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_provreview_v602.webp) + +2. Click on a line to access details and handle addition, association, update or deletion orders. +Original image link: ![Provisioning Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_provreview_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + on the **Manual Provisioning** page. + + ![Fulfill Task](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +### Handle an addition order +Original image link: ![Fulfill Task](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager shows all the properties of the new resource to be created: + +![Addition Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewaddition_v602.webp) + +- `Proposed Value`: value proposed by Identity Manager. +Original image link: ![Addition Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewaddition_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + - Either click on the approval icon to order the property creation with the proposed value. + + ![Addition - Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) + + - Or click on the decline icon to refuse the property creation. +Original image link: ![Addition - Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + - Or click on the decline icon to refuse the property creation. + + ![Addition - Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_icondecline_v522.svg) + + - Or click on the postponement icon to delay the decision. +Original image link: ![Addition - Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_icondecline_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + - Or click on the postponement icon to delay the decision. + + ![Addition - Postponement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconpostpone_v522.svg) + +2. Choose to confirm or ignore the creation. +Original image link: ![Addition - Postponement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconpostpone_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +properties to be verified: + +![Association Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewassociation_v602.webp) + +- `Confidence rate of proposed resource`: rate expressing the confidence in this +Original image link: ![Association Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewassociation_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + - Either click on the approval icon to validate the proposed property value. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) + + ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) + + ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) + + ![Deletion Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/reviewrole_icondelete_v602.svg) +Original image link: ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) + + ![Deletion Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/reviewrole_icondelete_v602.svg) + + - Or click on the decline icon to refuse the property association. +Original image link: ![Deletion Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/reviewrole_icondelete_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager shows a given resource and all resource properties to be verified: + +![Edition Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewedition_v602.webp) + +- `Proposed Value`: value proposed by Identity Manager. +Original image link: ![Edition Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewedition_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + - Either click on the approval icon to order the property update with the proposed value. + + ![Edition - Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) + + ![Edition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconedit_v602.svg) +Original image link: ![Edition - Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_iconapprove_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +Identity Manager shows a given owner and their resources to be deleted: + +![Deletion Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewdeletion_v602.webp) + +Handle a deletion order by choosing either to confirm the deletion or to keep the resource. +Original image link: ![Deletion Order Review](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provmanual_reviewdeletion_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +then access the list of all provisioning orders for that resource. + +![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_resourceview_v603.webp) + +In addition, using resource view enables bulk unblocking for provisioning orders with errors. +Original image link: ![Resource View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_resourceview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +In addition, using resource view enables bulk unblocking for provisioning orders with errors. + +![Bulk Unblock](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_bulkunblock_v603.webp) + +It can be helpful to have the provisioning orders regrouped by property, as some of the changes can +Original image link: ![Bulk Unblock](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_bulkunblock_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +resource type and property. + +![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_propertyview_v603.webp) + +The review process is similar on both views. However with property view, reviewers don't click on a +Original image link: ![Property View](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/provisioning-review/provreview_propertyview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +1. Select a test user in the directory, accessible from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. Follow the [ Request Entitlement Assignment ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/index.md) workflow +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: +3. Check that the provisioning state is `Pending` in the user's **View Permissions** tab. + + ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +4. Click on **Jobs** > **Fulfill** on the corresponding connector's overview page, in the **Resource +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + Types** frame, to execute the provisioning orders. + + ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +5. The orders using automated provisioning should be automatically handled with their state +Original image link: ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\provisioning\provisioning-review\index.md +Context: + Provisioning** page with their state switching to `Transmitted`. + +![Home Page - Manual Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/home_manualprovisioning_v523.webp) + +Original image link: ![Home Page - Manual Provisioning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/provisioning/manual-provisioning/home_manualprovisioning_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: +- the list of entitlements for a given user in their **View Permissions** tab; + + ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +- the list of all requests that you are authorized to see in **Workflow Overview** accessible from +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: + the home page in the **Administration** section; + + ![Home - Workflow Overview](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_workflowoverview_v602.webp) + +- the list of [Review Orphaned and Unused Accounts](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/index.md). +Original image link: ![Home - Workflow Overview](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_workflowoverview_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: +- the list of [Review Orphaned and Unused Accounts](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/administrate/orphan-unused-account-review/index.md). + + ![Orphaned Account List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/orphan_entitytype_v523.webp) + +Identity Manager puts users in control of their reporting. Rich features help produce customizable +Original image link: ![Orphaned Account List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/orphan_entitytype_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: +1. Click on **Reports** on the left of the home page to access the list of predefined reports. + + ![Home Page - Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_reports_v602.webp) + + ![Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_predefinedreports_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home Page - Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_reports_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: + ![Home Page - Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_reports_v602.webp) + + ![Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_predefinedreports_v602.webp) + +2. Choose the appropriate report and click on **Download** to get an Excel report. The +Original image link: ![Reports](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_predefinedreports_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: +1. Click on **Query** in the **Administration** section on the home page. + + ![Home Page - Query](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_query_v602.webp) + + ![Query Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_querypage_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home Page - Query](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_query_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: + ![Home Page - Query](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/home_query_v602.webp) + + ![Query Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_querypage_v602.webp) + +2. Choose a query model from among the list. +Original image link: ![Query Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_querypage_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: + and click on **Confirm**. + + ![Fields to Display](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_fieldstodisplay_v522.webp) + + In cases where Identity Manager doesn't display correctly the information you need, you must try +Original image link: ![Fields to Display](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_fieldstodisplay_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\administrate\reporting\index.md +Context: +4. Click on **Filters**, write the appropriate condition and click on **Confirm**. + + ![Filters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_filters_v602.webp) + + For example, a report could list user names and identifiers but only those with their +Original image link: ![Filters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/reporting/reporting_filters_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\change-management\index.md +Context: +Change management aims to support the teams throughout the human process. + +![Process of Change Management](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/change-management/changemanagement_process.webp) + +These processes include mandatory steps that all staff members have to go through, but not +Original image link: ![Process of Change Management](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/change-management/changemanagement_process.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\change-management\index.md +Context: +## Participants and Artifacts + +![Actors of Change Management](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/change-management/changemanagement_actors.webp) + +The aim of a Project Management Officer concerning critical stakeholders is to enable: +Original image link: ![Actors of Change Management](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/change-management/changemanagement_actors.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\change-management\index.md +Context: + vary enormously. + + ![Usual Populations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/change-management/changemanagement_populations.webp) + +2. For all listed populations, estimate their size and the expected impact on them, through +Original image link: ![Usual Populations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/change-management/changemanagement_populations.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\directory-permissions\index.md +Context: + the **Security** tab, click on **Advanced**. + + ![Working Directory Properties: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties1.webp) + +2. In the **Permissions** tab, click on **Add**, and in the pop-up window click on **Select a +Original image link: ![Working Directory Properties: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\directory-permissions\index.md +Context: + principal**. + + ![Working Directory Properties: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties2.webp) + +3. Click on **Locations** to choose the current computer, and in the text area enter +Original image link: ![Working Directory Properties: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\directory-permissions\index.md +Context: + `iis apppool/Usercube` (`Usercube` being the name of the previously created pool). + + ![Working Directory Properties: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties3.webp) + + An error at this point should come either from a mistake in the pool's name or in the selected +Original image link: ![Working Directory Properties: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\directory-permissions\index.md +Context: + **Read** permissions are selected. + + ![Working Directory Properties: Step 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties4.webp) + +5. Click on **OK** in the windows until they are all closed. +Original image link: ![Working Directory Properties: Step 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_directoryproperties4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\directory-permissions\index.md +Context: + **Edit**. + + ![Temp Folder Properties: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_foldersproperties1.webp) + +7. Select the user corresponding to the pool and give them `Full control`. +Original image link: ![Temp Folder Properties: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_foldersproperties1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\directory-permissions\index.md +Context: +7. Select the user corresponding to the pool and give them `Full control`. + + ![Temp Folder Properties: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_foldersproperties2.webp) + +8. Click on **OK** in the windows until they are all closed. +Original image link: ![Temp Folder Properties: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/directory-permissions/prodagent_foldersproperties2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: + **Tools** menu. + + ![IIS: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis1.webp) + +2. Right-click on **Application Pools** to add a new pool named `Usercube`. +Original image link: ![IIS: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: +2. Right-click on **Application Pools** to add a new pool named `Usercube`. + + ![IIS: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis2.webp) + +3. Right-click on **Sites** to add a new site named `Usercube`, make sure that the +Original image link: ![IIS: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: + selected application pool is `Usercube` and set the `path` field to the `Runtime` folder. + + ![IIS: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis3.webp) + +4. Right-click on the application pool to open its advanced settings and make sure that the +Original image link: ![IIS: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: + following parameters are set as such: + + ![IIS: Step 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis4.webp) + + ![IIS: Step 5](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis5.webp) +Original image link: ![IIS: Step 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: + ![IIS: Step 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis4.webp) + + ![IIS: Step 5](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis5.webp) + +5. Make sure that IIS contains an SSL certificate, by accessing the home page of IIS server and +Original image link: ![IIS: Step 5](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_iis5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: + If the certificate is not ready yet, generate an auto-signed certificate. + + ![IIS Server Certificate: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_servercertificate1.webp) + + If the certificate is not there yet, import it by clicking on **Import** in the right-side menu, +Original image link: ![IIS Server Certificate: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_servercertificate1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: + and specify the certificate's path and password. + + ![IIS Server Certificate: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_servercertificate2.webp) + +6. Add the certificate's URL to the site by right-clicking on the site, selecting **Edit Bindings** +Original image link: ![IIS Server Certificate: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_servercertificate2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-configuration\index.md +Context: + URL (without the `https` part) as host name, and finally selecting the server certificate. + + ![IIS Server Certificate: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_servercertificate3.webp) + + Click on **OK**. +Original image link: ![IIS Server Certificate: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-configuration/prodagent_servercertificate3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-installation\index.md +Context: +1. Open the Server Manager program and click on **Add roles and features**. + + ![Server Manager: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager1.webp) + +2. Click on **Next**, then in **Installation Type** make sure that **Role-based or feature-based +Original image link: ![Server Manager: Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-installation\index.md +Context: + installation** is selected and click on **Next**. + + ![Server Manager: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager2.webp) + +3. In **Server Selection** tick **Select a server from the server pool** and click on **Next**. +Original image link: ![Server Manager: Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-installation\index.md +Context: +3. In **Server Selection** tick **Select a server from the server pool** and click on **Next**. + + ![Server Manager: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager3.webp) + +4. In **Server Roles** tick **Web Server (IIS)**. +Original image link: ![Server Manager: Step 3](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-installation\index.md +Context: +4. In **Server Roles** tick **Web Server (IIS)**. + + ![Server Manager: Step 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager4.webp) + +5. In **Features** select **Remote Server Administration Tools** > **Role Administration Tools** > +Original image link: ![Server Manager: Step 4](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-installation\index.md +Context: + **AD DA and AD LDS Tools** > **AD DS Tools** > **AD DS Snap-Ins and Command-Line Tools**. + + ![Server Manager: Step 5](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager5.webp) + +6. In **Confirmation** click on **Install**. +Original image link: ![Server Manager: Step 5](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\deploy\production-agent-installation\iis-installation\index.md +Context: +6. In **Confirmation** click on **Install**. + + ![Server Manager: Step 6](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager6.webp) + +## Next Steps +Original image link: ![Server Manager: Step 6](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/deploy/production-agent-installation/iis-installation/prodagent_servermanager6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\global-process\howto-maintaindirectory\index.md +Context: +## Overview + +![Process Schema - How to Implement a New System](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/global-process/howto-maintaindirectory/globalprocess_schemamaintain.webp) + +## Process Details +Original image link: ![Process Schema - How to Implement a New System](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/global-process/howto-maintaindirectory/globalprocess_schemamaintain.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\global-process\howto-newsystem\index.md +Context: +aware that you can go through the process options simultaneously. + +![Process Schema - How to Implement a New System](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/global-process/howto-newsystem/globalprocess_schemaconnectsyst.webp) + +## Process Details +Original image link: ![Process Schema - How to Implement a New System](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/global-process/howto-newsystem/globalprocess_schemaconnectsyst.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\global-process\howto-start\index.md +Context: +simultaneously. + +![Process Schema - How to Start with Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/global-process/howto-start/globalprocess_schemastart.webp) + +## Process Details +Original image link: ![Process Schema - How to Start with Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/global-process/howto-start/globalprocess_schemastart.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\individual-update\index.md +Context: +1. Access the user directory from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. According to the type of the user to be declared, click on the corresponding button. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\individual-update\index.md +Context: +2. According to the type of the user to be declared, click on the corresponding button. + + ![Workflow - New User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/individual-update/datamodif_newuser_v602.webp) + +3. Follow the workflow's instructions to fill the form with the user's data, choose the user's +Original image link: ![Workflow - New User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/individual-update/datamodif_newuser_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\individual-update\index.md +Context: +2. Click on the user to be modified. + + ![Workflow - User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_user_v602.webp) + +3. Click on **Actions** or **Helpdesk** to select the action to perform. +Original image link: ![Workflow - User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_user_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\individual-update\index.md +Context: +3. Click on **Actions** or **Helpdesk** to select the action to perform. + + ![Workflow - Modify Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_changeuser_v602.webp) + +4. Follow the workflow's instructions. +Original image link: ![Workflow - Modify Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/administrate/manual-assignment-request/datamodif_changeuser_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\individual-update\index.md +Context: + will be displayed in Identity Manager only after the request has been reviewed. + + ![Request - Review Pending](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/individual-update/datamodif_reviewpending_v523.webp) + +## Verify Data Update +Original image link: ![Request - Review Pending](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/individual-update/datamodif_reviewpending_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: + section. + + ![Home - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) + +2. On the connector's page, choose the connection corresponding to identities. +Original image link: ![Home - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: +3. In the connection's settings, download the Excel template full of the data from your database. + + ![Download Full Template](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/mass-update/datamodif_downloadtemplatedata_v602.webp) + +4. Update the data that needs change. +Original image link: ![Download Full Template](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/mass-update/datamodif_downloadtemplatedata_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: +6. Click on **Upload** and choose the file you modified with new data. + + ![Upload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/mass-update/connection_upload_v602.webp) + +7. Click on **Check Connection** to verify the path. +Original image link: ![Upload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/mass-update/connection_upload_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: +7. Click on **Check Connection** to verify the path. + + ![Check Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_checkconnection_v602.webp) + +8. Click on **Save & Close**. +Original image link: ![Check Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_checkconnection_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: +3. In the connection's settings, download the empty Excel template. + + ![Download Full Template](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/mass-update/datamodif_downloadtemplateempty_v602.webp) + +4. Fill only the data to be modified, specify the unique identifier for each entry (for correlation +Original image link: ![Download Full Template](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/mass-update/datamodif_downloadtemplateempty_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: + at least your own sheet and the sheets for your hierarchy. + + ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +- Check that every organization still has a manager. Organizations are accessible in the +Original image link: ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: + `Department` directory accessible from the home page. + + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\mass-update\index.md +Context: + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) + + If the system contains many organizations, then it is also possible to list them with their +Original image link: ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\multiple-update\index.md +Context: +1. Click on **Multiple Updates**, accessible from the directory on the home page. + + ![Home Page - Multiple Updates](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/multiple-update/home_multipleupdates_v523.webp) + +2. Follow the workflow's instructions to perform the change, assign new entitlements if needed, and +Original image link: ![Home Page - Multiple Updates](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/multiple-update/home_multipleupdates_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\multiple-update\index.md +Context: + send the request. + + ![Multiple Updates Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/multiple-update/datamodif_multipleform_v602.webp) + + If the workflow has been configured in this way, the update request may require a review. In +Original image link: ![Multiple Updates Form](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/multiple-update/datamodif_multipleform_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\multiple-update\index.md +Context: + will be displayed in Identity Manager only after the request has been reviewed. + + ![Request - Review Pending](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/individual-update/datamodif_reviewpending_v523.webp) + +## Verify Data Update +Original image link: ![Request - Review Pending](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/identity-data-modification/individual-update/datamodif_reviewpending_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\multiple-update\index.md +Context: + at least your own sheet and the sheets assigned to your hierarchy. + + ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +- Check that every organization still has a manager. Organizations are accessible in the +Original image link: ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\multiple-update\index.md +Context: + `Department` directory on the home page. + + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\identity-data-modification\multiple-update\index.md +Context: + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) + + If the system contains numerous organizations, it is also possible to list them with their +Original image link: ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\troubleshooting\index.md +Context: +- the connector screens, especially the jobs available there; + + ![Connector Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/troubleshooting/troubleshooting_connectorjobs_v603.webp) + +- the resource screens (identities, accounts, etc.) with their data, and especially their history +Original image link: ![Connector Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/troubleshooting/troubleshooting_connectorjobs_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\troubleshooting\index.md +Context: + and sources; + + ![User Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/troubleshooting/troubleshooting_userdata_v603.webp) + +- basic workflows, for example the usual helpdesk workflow, that give access to users' entitlements +Original image link: ![User Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/troubleshooting/troubleshooting_userdata_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\maintain\troubleshooting\index.md +Context: + and enable data modification and repair. + + ![Helpdesk Workflow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/troubleshooting/troubleshooting_helpdesk_v603.webp) + +## Participants and Artifacts +Original image link: ![Helpdesk Workflow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/maintain/troubleshooting/troubleshooting_helpdesk_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\automate-role-assignment\index.md +Context: + section. + + ![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +2. In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the source entity type for the future scalar rule. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\automate-role-assignment\index.md +Context: +2. In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the source entity type for the future scalar rule. + + ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) + +3. Click on the **Composite Roles** or **Single Roles** tab and on the addition button at the top +Original image link: ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\automate-role-assignment\index.md +Context: + right corner. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +4. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\automate-role-assignment\index.md +Context: +4. Fill in the fields. + + ![Create an Assignment Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automate-role-assignment/assignmentrules_newsrolerule_v602.webp) + + - `Single Role`: single role to be automatically assigned in a single role rule. +Original image link: ![Create an Assignment Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automate-role-assignment/assignmentrules_newsrolerule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\automate-role-assignment\index.md +Context: +1. Select a test user in the directory, accessible from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. Create a role assignment rule for a role that said user doesn't already have, and based on +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\automate-role-assignment\index.md +Context: + in the **Administration** section. + + ![Home - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + +4. See the new permission in the user's **View Permissions** tab. +Original image link: ![Home - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\automate-role-assignment\index.md +Context: +4. See the new permission in the user's **View Permissions** tab. + + ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + [ Perform Role Mining ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/index.md), based on existing data analysis. + +![Automation Concept](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_schema.webp) + +Assignment rules can sometimes give to users an entitlement that they had already received manually. +Original image link: ![Automation Concept](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: +to the number of managed entitlements. + +![Optimal Cost Chart - Manual Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_manual.webp) + +### Automation benefits +Original image link: ![Optimal Cost Chart - Manual Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_manual.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + be computed more frequently and thus sticks closer to reality. + +![Optimal Cost Chart - Automation Benefits](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_automationbenefits.webp) + +Automation helps integrators find basic assignment rules and face the previous risks, thus reducing +Original image link: ![Optimal Cost Chart - Automation Benefits](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_automationbenefits.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: +to write the right rules. It drives up costs considerably and draws you near the automation wall. + +![Optimal Cost Chart - Automation Limits](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_automationlimits.webp) + +The automation wall represents the automation threshold that cannot be overcome. It mostly comes +Original image link: ![Optimal Cost Chart - Automation Limits](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_automationlimits.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: +of automatic and manual assignments. + +![Optimal Cost Chart](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost.webp) + +Automation strategy consists in using Machine Learning through Role Mining to get closer to the +Original image link: ![Optimal Cost Chart](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + the automation wall. + + ![Optimal Cost Chart - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_rolemining.webp) + + **Enlarge the number of managed entitlements by tolerating errors:** +Original image link: ![Optimal Cost Chart - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_rolemining.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + > about their respective projects. This is a typical area for improvement in data quality. + > + > ![Data Quality Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex.webp) + + > For example, if charts show a high number of identities in the category `No Position`, +Original image link: ![Data Quality Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + > integrators understand that the data model must be completed for role mining to be efficient. + > + > ![Data Quantity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex2.webp) + + > For example, if charts show a high number of unused roles, integrators understand that the +Original image link: ![Data Quantity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + > role model needs further improvement because roles are not adequate. + > + > ![Data Quality Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex3.webp) + + > For example, if charts show low automation rate per department, integrators will understand +Original image link: ![Data Quality Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + > that many identities may have switched departments while keeping their previous entitlements. + > + > ![Data Quality Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex4.webp) + +3. Improve data quality and quantity to move the automation wall. +Original image link: ![Data Quality Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_dataquality_ex4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\index.md +Context: + number of entitlements. + + ![Optimal Cost Chart - Improved Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_data.webp) + + A high quantity of data simplifies data analysis and inferences in assignment rules. +Original image link: ![Optimal Cost Chart - Improved Data](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/automation_optimalcost_data.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +automatically on a given time period, then we have: + +![Schema - Compute Role Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_examplewithout.webp) + +The redundant assignment analysis gives priority to the rules inside the role model and the policy. +Original image link: ![Schema - Compute Role Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_examplewithout.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +we have: + +![Schema - Redundant Assignment Analysis](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_examplewith.webp) + +Redundant assignments can be removed by Identity Manager only when the corresponding assigned items +Original image link: ![Schema - Redundant Assignment Analysis](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_examplewith.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +Remove redundant assignments by proceeding as follows: + +![Home Page - Redundant Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/home_redundantassignments_v602.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Click on **Redundant Assignments** on the home page in the **Administration** section. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Redundant Assignments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/home_redundantassignments_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Click on **Redundant Assignments** on the home page in the **Administration** section. + +![Redundant Assignments - Buttons](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_buttons_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click on **Analyze** to tag the manual roles and resource types from all policies +Original image link: ![Redundant Assignments - Buttons](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_buttons_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +per entity type representing identities. + +![Redundant Assignments - Report Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_reportexample_v602.webp) + +The example states that in the entity type Directory_User, the user Nicholas Acosta had the single +Original image link: ![Redundant Assignments - Report Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_reportexample_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +In order to verify the process: + +![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Access the user directory from the home page. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Access the user directory from the home page. + +![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** For one of the users mentioned in the report, access their permissions. +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\remove-redundant-assignments\index.md +Context: +to calculated. + +![Redundant Assignments - Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_reportexampleverif_v602.webp) + +When removing redundant assignments based on the previous report example the setting will be as +Original image link: ![Redundant Assignments - Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/remove-redundant-assignments/redundantassignments_reportexampleverif_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: +which will assign single roles to certain users matching given criteria. + +![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_schema.webp) + +Role mining is a Machine Learning process. It is a statistic tool used to emphasize the +Original image link: ![Schema - Role Mining](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: + entitlement request for a user. + + ![Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_suggested_v602.webp) + +You can generate both automatic and suggested rules for the same role, with different precision +Original image link: ![Suggested](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_suggested_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: +> between 75% and 95%. +> +> ![Rule Types](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype.webp) + +You can also differentiate entitlements according to their sensitivity, for example require +Original image link: ![Rule Types](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: +additional reviews following the request of a sensitive entitlement: + +![Rule Types - Sensitivity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype-sensitivity.webp) + +The automation of entitlement assignments according to sensitivity brings greater confidence in +Original image link: ![Rule Types - Sensitivity](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_ruletype-sensitivity.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page in the **Configuration** section, click on the **Role Mining** button. + + ![Home page - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/home_rolemining_v60.webp) + + You will see all existing mining rules. +Original image link: ![Home page - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/home_rolemining_v60.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: +2. Click on the addition button at the top right and fill in the fields. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![New Mining Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_miningrule_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![New Mining Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_miningrule_v602.webp) + + - `Policy`: [Create a Policy](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/optimize/policy-creation/index.md) in which the mining rule exists. +Original image link: ![New Mining Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_miningrule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: + the[ Perform a Simulation ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/optimize/simulation/index.md) topic for additional information. + + ![Role Mining Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_launchjob_v602.webp) + + If you need to bypass the simulation process, clicking on **Launch** will perform role mining +Original image link: ![Role Mining Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/assignment-automation/role-mining/rolemining_launchjob_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\assignment-automation\role-mining\index.md +Context: +In order to verify the process, access the rule list from the home page. + +![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +Select **Single Roles** and check that the single role rules are created with the right parameters. +Original image link: ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\composite-role-creation\index.md +Context: +topic for additional information. + +![Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/compositeroles_applicativeroles.webp) + +A composite role is a business role comprehensible by managers. It provides an additional layer of +Original image link: ![Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/compositeroles_applicativeroles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\composite-role-creation\index.md +Context: +abstraction layer. + +![Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/compositeroles_schema.webp) + +Single role rules link composite roles to single roles: a single role rule states that specific +Original image link: ![Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/compositeroles_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\composite-role-creation\index.md +Context: +the roles page. + +![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** On the roles page, click on the adequate category and create a role by clicking on **+ +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\composite-role-creation\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Fill in the fields. + +![singlerolescatalog_createcompositerole_v62](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/singlerolescatalog_createcompositerole_v62.webp) + +- **Identifier**: must be unique among roles and without any whitespace. +Original image link: ![singlerolescatalog_createcompositerole_v62](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/singlerolescatalog_createcompositerole_v62.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\composite-role-creation\index.md +Context: +parameters. + +![Access Composite Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/compositeroles_testroles_v602.webp) + +For rules, follow the instructions about assignment rules. See the +Original image link: ![Access Composite Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/composite-role-creation/compositeroles_testroles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: +inside Identity Manager. + +![Inbound System=](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/connectorcreation_inbound.webp) + +As Identity Manager is able to feed all managed systems, it can also feed itself thanks to specific +Original image link: ![Inbound System=](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/connectorcreation_inbound.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + additional information. + + ![HR Connector Declaration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_connectordeclaration_v602.webp) + +3. Create an Export CSV connection for each HR file to connect. See the +Original image link: ![HR Connector Declaration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_connectordeclaration_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + additional information. + + ![HR Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_connection_v602.webp) + +4. [Create an Entity Type](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/index.md) corresponding +Original image link: ![HR Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_connection_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + to your model. For example: + + ![HR Entity Type - Scalar Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_entitytypes_v602.webp) + + ![HR Entity Type - Navigation Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_entitytypen_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![HR Entity Type - Scalar Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_entitytypes_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + ![HR Entity Type - Scalar Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_entitytypes_v602.webp) + + ![HR Entity Type - Navigation Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_entitytypen_v602.webp) + +5. Don't forget to reload and [ Synchronize Data ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/index.md) to access +Original image link: ![HR Entity Type - Navigation Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_entitytypen_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + HR data within Identity Manager. + + ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) + + ![Synchronize Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_executionjobs_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) + + ![Synchronize Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_executionjobs_v602.webp) + +## Verify HR Connector Creation +Original image link: ![Synchronize Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_executionjobs_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + synchronization completed successfully. + + ![Jobs Results](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_results_v603.webp) + +3. Check that the entity types have been added to the left menu of the home page. +Original image link: ![Jobs Results](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_results_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: +3. Check that the entity types have been added to the left menu of the home page. + + ![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_validatemenu_v600.webp) + +4. Access the relevant entity types (from the menu items on the left of the home page) to check +Original image link: ![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/hr-connector-creation/hr_validatemenu_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\hr-connector-creation\index.md +Context: + associations, via the Eye icon: + + ![Eye Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/iconeye_v600.svg) + + You should seek configuration validation, not validation of the actual data being synchronized. +Original image link: ![Eye Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/iconeye_v600.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\identity-datamodel-modification\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page, click on **Settings** in the **Configuration** section. + + ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +2. Access the data model on the **Workforce** > **Data Model** page. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\identity-datamodel-modification\index.md +Context: +3. Change the display option to show or hide properties in the identity repository. + + ![Scan Data Model - Display Option](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/identity-datamodel-modification/datamodelmodif_scan_v600.webp) + +4. After your changes are complete, click on the Save icon at the top. +Original image link: ![Scan Data Model - Display Option](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/identity-datamodel-modification/datamodelmodif_scan_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\identity-datamodel-modification\index.md +Context: +4. After your changes are complete, click on the Save icon at the top. + + ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) + +5. Click on the **Reload** button to apply the recent changes to the application. +Original image link: ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\identity-datamodel-modification\index.md +Context: +5. Click on the **Reload** button to apply the recent changes to the application. + + ![Reload Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/reload_v603.webp) + +## Delete Properties +Original image link: ![Reload Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/reload_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\identity-datamodel-modification\index.md +Context: + least your own sheet and the sheets assigned to your hierarchy. + + ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +- Check that every organization still has a manager. Organizations are accessible in the department +Original image link: ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\identity-datamodel-modification\index.md +Context: + directory accessible from the home page. + + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\identity-datamodel-modification\index.md +Context: + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) + + If the system contains numerous organizations, it is also possible to list them with their +Original image link: ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\non-conforming-assignment-review-automation\index.md +Context: +Create an automation rule by proceeding as follows: + +![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +**Step 1 –** On the home page in the **Configuration** section, click on **Access Rules**. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\non-conforming-assignment-review-automation\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** On the home page in the **Configuration** section, click on **Access Rules**. + +![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the entity type to which the future rule +Original image link: ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\non-conforming-assignment-review-automation\index.md +Context: +will be applied. + +![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Automations** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\non-conforming-assignment-review-automation\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Automations** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. + +![New Automation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/non-conforming-assignment-review-automation/reviewautomation_newrulefields_v602.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![New Automation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/non-conforming-assignment-review-automation/reviewautomation_newrulefields_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\non-conforming-assignment-review-automation\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Create an automation rule matching said assignment. + +![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Compute the role model through the complete job on the **Job Execution** page. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\non-conforming-assignment-review-automation\index.md +Context: +according to the rule's settings. + +![New Automation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/non-conforming-assignment-review-automation/reviewautomation_rulemessage_v522.webp) + +Any role affected by an automation rule shows a specific message on the **Role Review** page. +Original image link: ![New Automation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/non-conforming-assignment-review-automation/reviewautomation_rulemessage_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +additional information. + +![Simple Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_simplerole.webp) + +To enable the assignment of all existing entitlements, the role model usually contains numerous +Original image link: ![Simple Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_simplerole.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +For example, the SAP role can be given with slight differences according to the users' subsidiaries: + +> ![Role Matrix](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_numerousroles.webp) + +In order to reduce the number of roles, we can configure roles with parameters by inserting a +Original image link: ![Role Matrix](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_numerousroles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +the schema), we can have way fewer roles (right on the schema). + +![With/Without Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameters.webp) + +In the previous example, with a parameter on the subsidiary, the number of roles would be divided by +Original image link: ![With/Without Parameters](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameters.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +``` + +![Example - Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_examplerole_v603.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Create a single role. See the +Original image link: ![Example - Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_examplerole_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +Here we have three navigation rules, one for each distinct time slot (dimension A). For example: + +![Example - Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_examplerule_v603.webp) + +**NOTE:** Make sure that the corresponding dimension is specified in the right `DisplayEntityType` +Original image link: ![Example - Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_examplerule_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +value Y, then that user would get the role B. + +![Example - Role Parameter Required](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_exampleroleparameter_v603.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Go back to the roles page to edit the single role from step 2, if needing to set the +Original image link: ![Example - Role Parameter Required](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_exampleroleparameter_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +In our example: + +![Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameterexamplestep1_v603.webp) + +![Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameterexamplestep2_v603.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameterexamplestep1_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +![Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameterexamplestep1_v603.webp) + +![Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameterexamplestep2_v603.webp) + +If the dimension is specified in the users' context rule, then Identity Manager will provide +Original image link: ![Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedroles_parameterexamplestep2_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\parameterized-role\index.md +Context: +suggestions. + +![Example - Suggestion](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_examplerolesuggestion_v603.webp) + +For example, concerning the `Title` dimension mentioned above. +Original image link: ![Example - Suggestion](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/parameterized-role/parameterizedrole_examplerolesuggestion_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\policy-creation\index.md +Context: +Create a policy by proceeding as follows: + +![Home - Access Policies](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/policy-creation/home_accesspolicies_v602.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Access the policies screen by clicking on **Access Policies** on the home page in the +Original image link: ![Home - Access Policies](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/policy-creation/home_accesspolicies_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\policy-creation\index.md +Context: +**Configuration** section. + +![New Policy](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/policy-creation/policycreation_policies_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click on **+ New policy** at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![New Policy](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/policy-creation/policycreation_policies_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\policy-creation\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Click on **+ New policy** at the top right corner. + +![createpolicy](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/policy-creation/createpolicy.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Fill in the information fields. +Original image link: ![createpolicy](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/policy-creation/createpolicy.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\risk-management\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page in the **Configuration** section, click on **Risks**. + + ![Home Page - Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/home_risks_v602.webp) + +2. On the risks page, click on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/home_risks_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\risk-management\index.md +Context: +2. On the risks page, click on the addition button at the top right corner. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +3. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\risk-management\index.md +Context: +3. Fill in the fields. + + ![New Risk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_newrisk_v602.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among risks and without any whitespace. +Original image link: ![New Risk](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_newrisk_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\risk-management\index.md +Context: + topic for additional information. + + ![Risk Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_workflowstate_v523.webp) + + ### Write risk rules +Original image link: ![Risk Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_workflowstate_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\risk-management\index.md +Context: + > The group `DL-INTERNET-Restricted` in our example. + + ![Risk Item Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_newriskitem_v602.webp) + + This final value is an entitlement, linked to the owner identity through the navigation property +Original image link: ![Risk Item Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_newriskitem_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\risk-management\index.md +Context: +**Identified Risks** screen, accessible from the home page in the **Administration** section. + +![Home Page - Identified Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/home_identifiedrisks_v602.webp) + +![Identified Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_identifiedrisks_v522.webp) +Original image link: ![Home Page - Identified Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/home_identifiedrisks_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\risk-management\index.md +Context: +![Home Page - Identified Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/home_identifiedrisks_v602.webp) + +![Identified Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_identifiedrisks_v522.webp) + +For a given identity in the list, user information can be viewed and accessed by clicking +Original image link: ![Identified Risks](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/risk-management/riskmanagement_identifiedrisks_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: + **Configuration** section. + + ![Home - Simulations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/home_simulations_v600.webp) + + ![Simulation List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_list_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home - Simulations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/home_simulations_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: + ![Home - Simulations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/home_simulations_v600.webp) + + ![Simulation List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_list_v602.webp) + +2. Create a new simulation by clicking on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Simulation List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_list_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +2. Create a new simulation by clicking on the addition button at the top right corner. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +3. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +3. Fill in the fields. + + ![Simulation List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_new_v602.webp) + +4. Click on **+ Create**. +Original image link: ![Simulation List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_new_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: + respectively for addition, modification and deletion: + + ![Edition - Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![Recommendation Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_iconedit_v600.svg) +Original image link: ![Edition - Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: + ![Edition - Approval Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![Recommendation Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_iconedit_v600.svg) + + ![Discouragement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_icondelete_v600.svg) +Original image link: ![Recommendation Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_iconedit_v600.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: + ![Recommendation Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_iconedit_v600.svg) + + ![Discouragement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_icondelete_v600.svg) + + At any time, you can click on the line of a previously made change to access its description, +Original image link: ![Discouragement Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_icondelete_v600.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: + even click on **Cancel** to erase it. + + ![Cancel Change](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_cancel_v602.webp) + +6. Click on **Start** to launch the simulation. +Original image link: ![Cancel Change](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_cancel_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +6. Click on **Start** to launch the simulation. + + ![Start Simulation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_start_v602.webp) + +7. After a few seconds, click on **Refresh** to display the simulation results. +Original image link: ![Start Simulation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_start_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +8. Observe the results in the overview and in the Excel report available via the Download button. + + ![Download Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/icondownload_v602.svg) + +## Shift from Simulation to Production +Original image link: ![Download Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/icondownload_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +After all needed changes have been simulated, you can decide to apply or cancel them. + +![Apply or Cancel Changes](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_decision_v600.webp) + +Then, the simulation is no longer active. +Original image link: ![Apply or Cancel Changes](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/optimize/simulation/simulation_decision_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +For roles, click on **Access Roles** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + +![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) + +Select the type of role that you want to check, and find the roles you created inside the right +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +category and with the right parameters. + +![Select Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/categorycreation_test_v602.webp) + +For rules, click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. +Original image link: ![Select Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/categorycreation_test_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\optimize\simulation\index.md +Context: +For rules, click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + +![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +Select the type of rule that you want to check, and find the rules you created with the right +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: + requested manually or assigned automatically by a resource type rule; + + ![Correlation Review - Provisioning Review Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsprovisioningreview_v603.webp) + +- on the **Resource Reconciliation** page when the owned resource is not allowed by the role model, +Original image link: ![Correlation Review - Provisioning Review Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsprovisioningreview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: + Reconciliation** page. + + ![Correlation Review - Resource Reconciliation Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsresourcereconciliation_v603.webp) + +Broadly speaking, the **Resource Reconciliation** page displays non-conforming assignments/values +Original image link: ![Correlation Review - Resource Reconciliation Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsresourcereconciliation_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: +1. On the relevant resource type's page, click on **Classification Rules** and the addition icon. + + ![New Classification Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/resourcetype_newclassifrule_v602.webp) + + Classification rules can also be created through the **Access Rules** screen (accessible from +Original image link: ![New Classification Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/resourcetype_newclassifrule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: + the addition button at the top right corner. + + ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Original image link: ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: + ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +2. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: +2. Fill in the fields. + + ![New Classification Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/resourcetype_newclassifrulefields_v602.webp) + + - **Target Object** > `Expression`: C# expression based on the resource that needs to be +Original image link: ![New Classification Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/resourcetype_newclassifrulefields_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: + > Our overview example would look like: + > + > ![Classification Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/classification_example_v602.webp) + +3. Click on **Create** and see a line added on the rules page. +Original image link: ![Classification Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/classification_example_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: + Resource Types** to apply the new classification rules. + +![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +## Impact of Modifications +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: +of the home page. + +![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/entitytypecreation_test_v602.webp) + +The entity type's page can be configured via XML to customize all displayed columns and available +Original image link: ![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/entitytypecreation_test_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: +/ Resource Type** column that shows the resource type assigned to each resource. + +![Owner / Resource Type Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/classification_test_v522.webp) + +Therefore, check that all resources show here a resource type. Moreover, a knowledgeable person must +Original image link: ![Owner / Resource Type Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/classification_test_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\classification\index.md +Context: +If a resource is not classified (or not correctly), then: + +![Unclassified Resource](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/classification_unclassified_v600.webp) + +- If the resource is correlated, check whether the corresponding correlation rule is in the right +Original image link: ![Unclassified Resource](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/classification_unclassified_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: + requested manually or assigned automatically by a resource type rule; + + ![Correlation Review - Provisioning Review Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsprovisioningreview_v603.webp) + +- on the **Resource Reconciliation** page when the owned resource is not allowed by the role model, +Original image link: ![Correlation Review - Provisioning Review Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsprovisioningreview_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: + Reconciliation** page. + + ![Correlation Review - Resource Reconciliation Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsresourcereconciliation_v603.webp) + +Broadly speaking, the **Resource Reconciliation** page displays non-conforming assignments/values +Original image link: ![Correlation Review - Resource Reconciliation Screen](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/categorization_reviewsresourcereconciliation_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: +1. On the relevant resource type's page, click on **Correlation Rules** and **+ New**. + + ![New Correlation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/resourcetype_newcorrelrule_v602.webp) + + Correlation rules can also be created through the **Access Rules** screen (accessible from the +Original image link: ![New Correlation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/resourcetype_newcorrelrule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: + addition button at the top right corner. + + ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Original image link: ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: + ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +2. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: +2. Fill in the fields. + + ![New Correlation Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/resourcetype_newcorrelrulefields_v602.webp) + + - **Source Object**: at least one property from the source system that is going to be linked to +Original image link: ![New Correlation Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/resourcetype_newcorrelrulefields_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: + > account via its `sAMAccountName` attribute and display name: + > + > ![Correlation Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/correlation_example_v602.webp) + +3. Click on **Create** and see a line added on the rules page. +Original image link: ![Correlation Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/correlation_example_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: + **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model** to apply all correlation rules. + +![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +## Impact of Modifications +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: +entity type(s) affected by your rule(s) in the left menu of the home page. + +![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/entitytypecreation_test_v602.webp) + +The entity type's page can be configured via XML to customize all displayed columns and available +Original image link: ![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/entitytypecreation_test_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: +Resource Type** column that shows the owner assigned to each resource. + +![Owner / Resource Type Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/correlation_test_v522.webp) + +A knowledgeable person must analyze a few samples to ensure that resources' owners can all be +Original image link: ![Owner / Resource Type Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/correlation_test_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\correlation\index.md +Context: +If a resource is not correlated (or not correctly), then: + +![Uncorrelated Resource](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/correlation_uncorrelated_v600.webp) + +- Check the validity of correlation rules. +Original image link: ![Uncorrelated Resource](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/correlation/correlation_uncorrelated_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\index.md +Context: +topic for additional information. + +![Classification Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_classifschema.webp) + +Any resource that is unclassified will not be available for review. +Original image link: ![Classification Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_classifschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\index.md +Context: +topic for additional information. + +![Correlation Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_correlschema.webp) + +While an owner can possess several resources, a resource can have only one owner. +Original image link: ![Correlation Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_correlschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\index.md +Context: +> For basic users, we have in Identity Manager: +> +> ![Example - Basic Users in Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_examplebasicuser.webp) +> +> For basic users, we have in the AD: +Original image link: ![Example - Basic Users in Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_examplebasicuser.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\index.md +Context: +> For basic users, we have in the AD: +> +> ![Example - Basic Users in AD](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_examplebasicad.webp) +> +> Thus our example could induce the following rules: | Classification Rules | Correlation Rules | | +Original image link: ![Example - Basic Users in AD](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_examplebasicad.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\index.md +Context: +> For administrators, we have in Identity Manager: +> +> ![Example - Basic Users in Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_exampleadminuser.webp) +> +> For administrators, we have in the AD: +Original image link: ![Example - Basic Users in Usercube](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_exampleadminuser.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\index.md +Context: +> For administrators, we have in the AD: +> +> ![Example - Admin Users in AD](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_exampleadminad.webp) +> +> Thus our example could induce the following rules: | Classification Rules | Correlation Rules | | +Original image link: ![Example - Admin Users in AD](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_exampleadminad.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\index.md +Context: +In the same way, Identity Manager will apply correlation rules before classification rules. + +![Categorization Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_categschema.webp) + +Now that you have created resource types and their correlation/classification rules, you have +Original image link: ![Categorization Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/categorization_categschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\resource-type-creation\index.md +Context: +1. On the relevant connector page, click on the addition button in the **Resource Types** frame. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + Resource types can also be created through the **Access Roles** screen (accessible from the home +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\resource-type-creation\index.md +Context: + `Resource Type` in the first field called `Type`. + + ![Home - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) + +2. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Home - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\resource-type-creation\index.md +Context: +2. Fill in the fields. + + ![New Resource Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/resourcetype_newresourcet_v603.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among resource types, without any whitespace, and be +Original image link: ![New Resource Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/resourcetype_newresourcet_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\categorization\resource-type-creation\index.md +Context: +![Home - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) + +![Test Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/resourcetype_test_v602.webp) + +Original image link: ![Test Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/resourcetype_test_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-global-settings\index.md +Context: +The Settings interface provides information and management options for the application. + +![accesscertificationonlyapprovedenysettings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedenysettings.webp) + +### Look and Feel +Original image link: ![accesscertificationonlyapprovedenysettings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedenysettings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-global-settings\index.md +Context: +Certification items while making the **More** button unavailable. + +![allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems.webp) + +If the feature **Only allow approving and denying on access certification items** is set to **No** +Original image link: ![allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/allowapprovingdenyingaccesscertificationitems.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-global-settings\index.md +Context: +the following will be visible on the certification screen: + +![accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny.webp) + +If the feature **Only allow approving and denying on access certification items** is set to **Yes** +Original image link: ![accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-global-settings\index.md +Context: +the following will be visible on the certification screen: + +![accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled.webp) + +This is how the user's experience can be customized directly from the UI. +Original image link: ![accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-global-settings/accesscertificationonlyapprovedeny-disabled.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: +To perform the review of a user creation, one should have the right permissions. + +![Review Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_reviewpermissions_v601.webp) + +When a review is needed, a notification appears on the **MY TASKS** tab at the top. +Original image link: ![Review Permissions](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_reviewpermissions_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: +When a review is needed, a notification appears on the **MY TASKS** tab at the top. + +![My Tasks Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_topbar_v601.webp) + +The reviewer can then complete the creation request and finally approve it. +Original image link: ![My Tasks Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_topbar_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: + **Onboarding Workflows** in the left menu. + + ![Home - Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +2. For each workflow, choose whether a review step is required. +Original image link: ![Home - Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: +2. For each workflow, choose whether a review step is required. + + ![Workflows Review Steps](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_reviewsteps_v601.webp) + + Netwrix Identity Manager (formerly Usercube) recommends enabling the review for the onboarding +Original image link: ![Workflows Review Steps](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_reviewsteps_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: +3. Configure the homonym detection. + + ![Workflows Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_homonyms_v601.webp) + + Netwrix Identity Manager (formerly Usercube) recommends enabling the birth name comparison to +Original image link: ![Workflows Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_homonyms_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: +4. Click on **Save** at the top of the page. + + ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) + +## Verify Workflow Configuration +Original image link: ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: +1. Access the user directory from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. Execute the workflows for a new employee and a new contractor. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\configure-workflows\index.md +Context: + > For example, if the inversion comparison is enabled between the first and last names: + > + > ![Workflows Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_verifyhomonyms_v601.webp) + +4. Make sure that the potential validation steps are in accordance with the specified options. +Original image link: ![Workflows Homonym Detection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/workflows_verifyhomonyms_v601.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: +1. Click on the addition button in the **Connections** frame on the connector's summary page. + + ![Add a New Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connection_newconnection_v602.webp) + +2. Fill in the connection information fields on the left, then select a package (AD, CSV, etc.) and +Original image link: ![Add a New Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connection_newconnection_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: + fill the associated agent settings on the right. + + ![Connection Creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_connectioncreation_v602.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among connections, without any whitespace, start with a letter, +Original image link: ![Connection Creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_connectioncreation_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: + connection is refreshed; + + ![Refresh Schema of One Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshschema_v522.webp) + +- when clicking on **Refresh all schemas** on the connector's page: all schemas of the connector are +Original image link: ![Refresh Schema of One Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshschema_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: + refreshed. + + ![Refresh all Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshall_v602.webp) + +In the **Connections** frame, either the last successful schema update is indicated or an icon is +Original image link: ![Refresh all Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_refreshall_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: +shown if the refresh schema failed. + +![Failed Refresh Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_failedindicator_v602.webp) + +Some packages don't generate a schema. For these packages, the **Refresh Schema** button isn't +Original image link: ![Failed Refresh Schemas](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_failedindicator_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: +indicated by the sentence "_There is no schema for this connection_". + +![No Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_noschema_v522.webp) + +The connections' schemas must be refreshed before editing the connector's entity types via the UI, +Original image link: ![No Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_noschema_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: +1. click on **Check Connection** to ensure that Identity Manager can reach the managed system; + + ![Check Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_checkconnection_v602.webp) + + Some connectors have both incremental and complete setting modes. See the +Original image link: ![Check Connection](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connectioncreation_checkconnection_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: + without the Failed icon. + +![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/certifcampaign_icondecline_v522.svg) + +## Troubleshooting +Original image link: ![Decline Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/certifcampaign_icondecline_v522.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connection-creation\index.md +Context: +If the schema couldn't be recovered, then: + +![Schema Not Recovered](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connection_notrecovered_v523.webp) + +- Ensure that the managed system is properly connected. +Original image link: ![Schema Not Recovered](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connection-creation/connection_notrecovered_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-declaration\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page in the **Configuration** section, click on the **Connectors** button. + + ![Home page - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) + + You will see all existing connectors. +Original image link: ![Home page - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-declaration\index.md +Context: +2. Click on the addition icon and fill in the information fields. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![Connector creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-declaration/connectorcreation_declaration_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-declaration\index.md +Context: + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + ![Connector creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-declaration/connectorcreation_declaration_v602.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among connectors, without any whitespace, start with a letter, +Original image link: ![Connector creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-declaration/connectorcreation_declaration_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-declaration\index.md +Context: +3. Click on **+ Create** to get on the connector's overview page: + + ![Connector page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-declaration/connectorcreation_connectorpage_v602.webp) + +## Verify the Connector Declaration +Original image link: ![Connector page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-declaration/connectorcreation_connectorpage_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-declaration\index.md +Context: +the right name and identifier. + +![Test Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-declaration/connectorcreation_test_v602.webp) + +Original image link: ![Test Connector](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-declaration/connectorcreation_test_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +All templates are detailed with examples and schemas with the following key: + +![Schemas' Key](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_key.webp) + +During the technical modeling inside Identity Manager, these objects will become entity types, their +Original image link: ![Schemas' Key](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_key.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +#### Model + +![User Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_user.webp) + +Thus you need to create one entity type to represent either accounts or other resources. +Original image link: ![User Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_user.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +users. + +![User Model - Canteen Badges Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_user-canteen.webp) + +#### Example - Mailboxes +Original image link: ![User Model - Canteen Badges Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_user-canteen.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +lists, or through mailbox entitlements and their lists of authorized users. + +![User Model - Mailboxes Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_user-mailbox.webp) + +### User-Group +Original image link: ![User Model - Mailboxes Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_user-mailbox.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +#### Model + +![User-Group Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_usergroup.webp) + +Thus you need to create one entity type to represent groups (or roles or profiles) and one for +Original image link: ![User-Group Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_usergroup.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +types in order to link `User` with `Group` with an "n-to-n" relationship. + +![User-Group Example - SAB](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_sab.webp) + +#### Example - RACF +Original image link: ![User-Group Example - SAB](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_sab.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +the system can be simplified to be managed by Identity Manager following the User-Group model. + +![User-Group Example - RACF](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_racf.webp) + +For RACF, Identity Manager provisions only the link between accounts and groups. +Original image link: ![User-Group Example - RACF](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_racf.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +authorizations, and are linked to users through group (profile) membership. + +![User-Group Example - TSS](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_tss.webp) + +For TSS, Identity Manager provisions only the link between users and profiles. +Original image link: ![User-Group Example - TSS](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_tss.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +through a given position and wallet. + +![User-Group Example - SDGE](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_sdge.webp) + +For SDGE, Identity Manager provisions only workers and the link between workers and positions. +Original image link: ![User-Group Example - SDGE](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_sdge.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +#### Model + +![Account-Profile-Transaction Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_profiletransaction.webp) + +Thus you need to create one entity type to represent accounts, one for profiles, and one for +Original image link: ![Account-Profile-Transaction Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_profiletransaction.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +See the schema below this note. + +![Profiles Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_profiles.webp) + +Transactions are not mandatory in a model. Most of the time, the profile packages are predefined +Original image link: ![Profiles Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_profiles.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +User-Group part is explained above. + +![User-Group Example - TSS](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_tss-prof-trans.webp) + +Transactions are called here authorizations. +Original image link: ![User-Group Example - TSS](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_tss-prof-trans.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +#### Model + +![Star Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_star.webp) + +Thus you need to create one entity type to represent accounts, one for each criterion, and another +Original image link: ![Star Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_star.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +sites. So a user may be assigned a given entitlement for a given profile, attachment area and site. + +![Star Model Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_starmodel.webp) + +For this connector, Identity Manager provisions only the links between accounts and linking objects, +Original image link: ![Star Model Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_starmodel.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +We start by renaming the `Account` object as `AD_User` and the `Group` object as `AD_Group`. + +![AD Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_ad-step1.webp) + +**Step 3: define useful data close to your reality.** +Original image link: ![AD Example - Step 1](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_ad-step1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +We shape these objects with the following attributes: + +![AD Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_ad.webp) + +**Step 4: ensure that all objects have unique keys.** +Original image link: ![AD Example - Step 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_ad.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\connector-modeling\index.md +Context: +> attributes provides the means to add objects without creating new entity types. +> +> ![AD_Entry Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_adentry.webp) + +Original image link: ![AD_Entry Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connector-modeling/connectormodel_adentry.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\datasheet-organization\index.md +Context: +> For example, for an HR user without any display groups: +> +> ![Without Display Groups](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_without_v603.webp) + +## Organize Resources' Datasheets +Original image link: ![Without Display Groups](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_without_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\datasheet-organization\index.md +Context: +3. On the entity type's definition page, click on the **Display** tab. + + ![Display Groups](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_v603.webp) + +4. Click on the arrow to see the entity type's properties listed in the alphabetical order, and drag +Original image link: ![Display Groups](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\datasheet-organization\index.md +Context: + > For example: + > + > ![Display Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_example1_v603.webp) + +5. When needing to group properties together, click on **Add Display Group**, fill in the fields and +Original image link: ![Display Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_example1_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\datasheet-organization\index.md +Context: + select from the pop-up window the properties to be grouped. + + ![Display Group Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_fields_v603.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among display groups, without any whitespace, and be +Original image link: ![Display Group Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_fields_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\datasheet-organization\index.md +Context: + > For example: + > + > ![Display Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_example2_v603.webp) + > + > The entity type's resources would look like: +Original image link: ![Display Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_example2_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\datasheet-organization\index.md +Context: + > The entity type's resources would look like: + > + > ![Display Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_example2results_v603.webp) + +6. Click on **Save & Close**. +Original image link: ![Display Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/datasheet-organization/entitytypecreation_displaygroups_example2results_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\datasheet-organization\index.md +Context: +time. It is essential though to reload after the final changes are made. + +![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) + +The **Reload** button mostly enables your changes to appear in the menu items, which configure the +Original image link: ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: +` - `. + +![Display Name - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_displaynameexample_v600.webp) + +If you do not set your own display name, Identity Manager provides a default value based on the +Original image link: ![Display Name - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_displaynameexample_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: +3. On the entity type's definition page, click on the **Settings** tab. + + ![Display Name - Property Path](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_displayname_v603.webp) + +4. Set the display name. As a display name, you can use either the value of an existing property, or +Original image link: ![Display Name - Property Path](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_displayname_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: + > functions. + > + > ![AD Entity Type - Display Name](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplead4_v602.webp) + > + > ![AD Entity Type - Display Name Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplead4-result_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![AD Entity Type - Display Name](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplead4_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: + > ![AD Entity Type - Display Name](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplead4_v602.webp) + > + > ![AD Entity Type - Display Name Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplead4-result_v602.webp) + + > Another example from the HR connector (User entity type): +Original image link: ![AD Entity Type - Display Name Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplead4-result_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: + > Another example from the HR connector (User entity type): + > + > ![HR User Entity Type - Display Name](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplehr_v602.webp) + > + > ![HR User Entity Type - Display Name Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplehr-result_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![HR User Entity Type - Display Name](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplehr_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: + > ![HR User Entity Type - Display Name](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplehr_v602.webp) + > + > ![HR User Entity Type - Display Name Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplehr-result_v602.webp) + +5. Click on **Save & Close**. +Original image link: ![HR User Entity Type - Display Name Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_examplehr-result_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: +time. It is essential though to reload after the final changes are made. + +![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) + +The **Reload** button mostly enables your changes to appear in the menu items, which configure the +Original image link: ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\display-name-setting\index.md +Context: +If no property appears in the display name auto-completion, then: + +![No Property](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_troubleprop_v602.webp) + +Ensure that the created properties are saved by clicking on **Save & Close** > **Save** at the top +Original image link: ![No Property](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/display-name-setting/entitytypecreation_troubleprop_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\entity-type-declaration\index.md +Context: + **Configuration** section, then on the relevant connector. + + ![Home page - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) + +2. On the connector's page, in the **Entity Types** frame, click on the addition button. +Original image link: ![Home page - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\entity-type-declaration\index.md +Context: +2. On the connector's page, in the **Entity Types** frame, click on the addition button. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +3. Fill in the information fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\entity-type-declaration\index.md +Context: +3. Fill in the information fields. + + ![Entity type creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entity-type-declaration/entitytypecreation_entitytypecreation_v602.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among entity types, without any whitespace, and be C#-compatible. +Original image link: ![Entity type creation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entity-type-declaration/entitytypecreation_entitytypecreation_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\entity-type-declaration\index.md +Context: + source's data structure. + + ![Properties' source](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entity-type-declaration/entitytypecreation_propertiessource_v522.webp) + + > Let's use the example of an AD connector. We create an entity type `AD - Entry` to gather the +Original image link: ![Properties' source](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entity-type-declaration/entitytypecreation_propertiessource_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\entity-type-declaration\index.md +Context: +If there is a message stating to refresh the connection's schema, then: + +![No Connection Table Error](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entity-type-declaration/entitytypecreation_troubleshootingschema_v603.webp) + +Start by making sure that the connection's schema is refreshed by clicking on **Refresh all +Original image link: ![No Connection Table Error](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entity-type-declaration/entitytypecreation_troubleshootingschema_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\index.md +Context: +([ Define Navigation Properties ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/index.md)), both described later. + +![Entity Type - Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entitytypecreation_schema.webp) + +The configuration of entity types depends entirely on the previously established +Original image link: ![Entity Type - Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entitytypecreation_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\index.md +Context: +> connection but no entity types. +> +> ![Entity Type - AD Template](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entitytype_template_v602.webp) + +## Verify the Entity Type +Original image link: ![Entity Type - AD Template](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/entitytype_template_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\key-selection\index.md +Context: + information. + + ![Keys](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_keys_v522.webp) + +2. In the entity type's **Properties** section, choose the key properties. +Original image link: ![Keys](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_keys_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\key-selection\index.md +Context: +time. It is essential though to reload after the final changes are made. + +![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) + +The **Reload** button mostly enables your changes to appear in the menu items, which configure the +Original image link: ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +> For the AD entry `ADM Vidal Pierre`: +> +> ![Navigation Property - memberOf](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_memberof_v600.webp) +> +> Clicking a group shows its properties, including the reverse side of `memberOf`, called `member`, +Original image link: ![Navigation Property - memberOf](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_memberof_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +> For the group `SG_APP_RAY_0_LDAP_READLDSFEDE`: +> +> ![Navigation Property - member](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_member_v600.webp) + +> **Example 2**: Departments can link to managers using the `Manager` property, referencing a user’s +Original image link: ![Navigation Property - member](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_member_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +> profile: +> +> ![Navigation Property - Manager](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_manager_v600.webp) +> +> That profile includes a `Department` property, pointing back to the managed department: +Original image link: ![Navigation Property - Manager](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_manager_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +> That profile includes a `Department` property, pointing back to the managed department: +> +> ![Navigation Property - Managed Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_managerof_v600.webp) + +Navigation properties can link: +Original image link: ![Navigation Property - Managed Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_managerof_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +4. Fill out the configuration fields: + + ![Navigation Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_navigationproperties_v602.webp) + + - The **first line** maps the source column. +Original image link: ![Navigation Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_navigationproperties_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +> `directReports`, `memberOf`, `member`, `parentdn`, `children` + +> ![AD Entity Type - Navigation Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_examplead3_v603.webp) + +--- +Original image link: ![AD Entity Type - Navigation Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/navigation-property-definition/entitytypecreation_examplead3_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +5. Click the gear icon to open **Advanced Settings**: + + ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_propertiessettings_v602.webp) + + - `Icon`: Choose from [Microsoft's icon list](https://uifabricicons.azurewebsites.net/) +Original image link: ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_propertiessettings_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: + > `lastLogonTimestamp`: + > + > ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_sourceexpressionexample_v60.webp) + + - `Flexible Comparison Expression`: Improves search flexibility for the property. +Original image link: ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_sourceexpressionexample_v60.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\navigation-property-definition\index.md +Context: +You can defer this, but **must reload after final changes**. + +![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) + +Reloading ensures the updated navigation properties appear in the UI’s left menu structure. +Original image link: ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: +> For example: `DisplayName`; `Email`; `Identifier`; `StartDate`; etc. +> +> ![Scalar Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarex_v600.webp) + +Most often, properties inside Identity Manager are each linked to a property from the managed +Original image link: ![Scalar Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarex_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: + type. + + ![Map from source](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarpropertiesmap_v602.webp) + + You need to configure at least one property to be able to define primary keys later, and thus +Original image link: ![Map from source](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarpropertiesmap_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: +3. Fill in the information fields. + + ![Scalar properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarproperties_v603.webp) + + - **APPLICATION METADATA**: fields about the future display of the properties inside Identity +Original image link: ![Scalar properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarproperties_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: + > `1601 Date`. + > + > ![AD Entity Type - Scalar Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_examplead2_v602.webp) + +4. Click on the Gear symbol to add advanced settings if needed. +Original image link: ![AD Entity Type - Scalar Properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_examplead2_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: +4. Click on the Gear symbol to add advanced settings if needed. + + ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_propertiessettings_v602.webp) + + - `Icon`: can be chosen from [Microsoft's list](https://uifabricicons.azurewebsites.net/) and +Original image link: ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_propertiessettings_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: + > `accountExpires` and `lastLogonTimestamp`: + > + > ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_sourceexpressionexample_v60.webp) + + - `Flexible Comparison Expression`: expression that inserts adaptable comparison flexibility +Original image link: ![Advanced Settings](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_sourceexpressionexample_v60.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: +time. It is essential though to reload after the final changes are made. + +![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) + +The **Reload** button mostly enables your changes to appear in the menu items, which configure the +Original image link: ![Reload](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/key-selection/entitytypecreation_reload_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\entity-type-creation\scalar-property-definition\index.md +Context: +If the Format column is not displayed in the External System part, then: + +![Scalar properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarpropertieswithoutformat_v522.webp) + +Refresh the connections' schemas. +Original image link: ![Scalar properties](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/entity-type-creation/scalar-property-definition/entitytypecreation_scalarpropertieswithoutformat_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\index.md +Context: +A connector, therefore, acts as an interface between Identity Manager and a managed system. + +![Connector Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectorschema.webp) + +NETWRIX strongly recommends the creation of one connector for one application. +Original image link: ![Connector Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectorschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\index.md +Context: +Manager will feed data into connected managed systems. + +![Outbound System=](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_outbound.webp) + +In this case, data flows between Identity Manager and the managed system are also called: +Original image link: ![Outbound System=](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_outbound.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\index.md +Context: + > manually through Identity Manager. + +![Connector Technical Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectortechnicalschema.webp) + +A connector requires at least one connection and one entity type. +Original image link: ![Connector Technical Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/connect-system/connectorcreation_connectortechnicalschema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\connect-system\index.md +Context: +You can activate the connector again at any time using the same button. + +![Jobs Results Dashboard](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_dashboard_v522.webp) + +## Next Steps +Original image link: ![Jobs Results Dashboard](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_dashboard_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page, click on **Settings** in the **Configuration** section. + + ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +2. On the **Workforce** > **Data Model** page, click on the following icon to adjust the data model +Original image link: ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: + to your specific situation. + + ![Scan Data Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/iconscandatamodel_v602.svg) + + ![Scan Data Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scandatamodel_v60.webp) +Original image link: ![Scan Data Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/iconscandatamodel_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: + ![Scan Data Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/iconscandatamodel_v602.svg) + + ![Scan Data Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scandatamodel_v60.webp) + + Identity Manager counts the entries for each attribute and suggests a quantification: +Original image link: ![Scan Data Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scandatamodel_v60.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: + forms optimally (e.g. dropdown list, search tool, etc.). + + ![Scan Data Model - Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scandatamodel-result_v523.webp) + +3. Observe the result and adjust manually the data model if needed, by clicking on the properties. +Original image link: ![Scan Data Model - Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scandatamodel-result_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: +4. Click on the Save icon at the top. + + ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) + +5. Click on the **Reload** button to apply the recent changes to the application. +Original image link: ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: +5. Click on the **Reload** button to apply the recent changes to the application. + + ![Reload Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/reload_v603.webp) + +## Verify Identities Loading +Original image link: ![Reload Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/reload_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: + > For example, our `Region` field in `Site` is sized as `large`. + > + > ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example_v523.webp) + +2. Navigate within Identity Manager to find a workflow using the test field. Observe the displaying +Original image link: ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: + > opening a pop-up and choosing the region in the list. + > + > ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example2_v523.webp) + > + > ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example3_v523.webp) +Original image link: ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example2_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\adjust-datamodel\index.md +Context: + > ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example2_v523.webp) + > + > ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example3_v523.webp) + +3. Back on the scanning feature, change the displaying mode of your test field and save. +Original image link: ![Scan Data Model - Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/adjust-datamodel/initialload_scan-example3_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page, click on **Settings** in the **Configuration** section. + + ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +2. On the **Workforce** > **Identifiers, Mails & Logins** page, you can follow Identity Manager's +Original image link: ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: + based on one of the available options. + + ![Unique Identifier Generation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/initialload_uniqueidentifier_v602.webp) + + - `Based on Full Name`: replaces all diacritics by the non-accentuated variants; removes all +Original image link: ![Unique Identifier Generation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/initialload_uniqueidentifier_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: + all users (who do not have one), based on one of the available options. + + ![Unique Email Generation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/initialload_uniqueemail_v602.webp) + + - `Based on Full Name`: replaces all diacritics by the non-accentuated variants; removes all +Original image link: ![Unique Email Generation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/initialload_uniqueemail_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: + workers (who do not have one), based on one of the available options. + + ![Unique Login Generation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/initialload_uniquelogin_v602.webp) + + - `Based on Email`: uses the local part of the email, i.e. before `@`. +Original image link: ![Unique Login Generation](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/initialload_uniquelogin_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: +5. Click on the Save icon at the top. + + ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) + +6. Click on the **Reload** button to apply the recent changes to the application. +Original image link: ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: +6. Click on the **Reload** button to apply the recent changes to the application. + + ![Reload Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/reload_v603.webp) + +## Verify Property Generation +Original image link: ![Reload Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/reload_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: +In order to verify the process, add a fictitious employee through the workflows from the UI. + +![Home - New Employee](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/home_newemployee_v600.webp) + +Verify in the directory that the employee's sheet displays the expected values for the configured +Original image link: ![Home - New Employee](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/generate-unique-properties/home_newemployee_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\generate-unique-properties\index.md +Context: +unique properties. + +![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +Original image link: ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\index.md +Context: +> includes the user's employee id, last name and first name, email, user type, organization, etc. +> +> ![Identity Repository Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-example.webp) + +> In Identity Manager, the identity repository can look like the following: +Original image link: ![Identity Repository Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-example.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\index.md +Context: +> In Identity Manager, the identity repository can look like the following: +> +> ![Identity Repository Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository_v602.webp) +> +> ![Identity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-person_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Identity Repository Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\index.md +Context: +> ![Identity Repository Result](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository_v602.webp) +> +> ![Identity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-person_v602.webp) + +See the +Original image link: ![Identity Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/identityrepository-person_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: +part of the `UserRecord` tab, used in Identity Manager's demo: + +![Template Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_templateexample_v602.webp) + +### Useful data +Original image link: ![Template Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_templateexample_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page, click on **Settings** in the **Configuration** section. + + ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +2. On the **Workforce** > **Data Upload** page, download the empty Excel template. +Original image link: ![Home Page - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: +2. On the **Workforce** > **Data Upload** page, download the empty Excel template. + + ![Upload Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/icondownload_v602.svg) + +3. Collect identity and organizational data. +Original image link: ![Upload Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/icondownload_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: + attributes (mandatory in orange): + + ![Template Recommendations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_templatereco_v600.webp) + + [**Click here to download a template example**](/files/identitymanager/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/Directory_example_V602.xlsx). +Original image link: ![Template Recommendations](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_templatereco_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: + order to feed the data back to Identity Manager. + + ![Upload Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/iconupload_v602.svg) + + The latest uploaded file overwrites the previous one. +Original image link: ![Upload Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/iconupload_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: + Identity Manager. + + ![Verify and Synchronize](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_dataupload-synchronize_v602.webp) + + Now you are able to view users' pages in the directory. +Original image link: ![Verify and Synchronize](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_dataupload-synchronize_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: + Now you are able to view users' pages in the directory. + + ![Directory - Users](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_directoryusers_v602.webp) + +## Verify Identities Loading +Original image link: ![Directory - Users](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_directoryusers_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: + least your own sheet and the sheets for your hierarchy. + + ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +- Check that every organization includes a manager. Organizations are accessible from the department +Original image link: ![Home - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: + directory on the home page. + + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\load-identities\index.md +Context: + ![Home - Directory Department](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/home_directorydepartment_v523.webp) + + ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) + + If the system contains many organizations, then it is also possible to list each organization +Original image link: ![List of Departments](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/load-identities/initialload_departments_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\initial-identities-loading\template-description\index.md +Context: +[Click here to download a template example](/files/identitymanager/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/Directory_example_V602.xlsx). + +![Template Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/template-description/initialload_templatemodel_v603.webp) + +All tabs contain a column `Command` only used at a later stage to modify (massively) identity data. +Original image link: ![Template Model](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/initial-identities-loading/template-description/initialload_templatemodel_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: + to assign. + +![Schema - Scalar Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_schemanavigation.webp) + +> A navigation rule could add the AD group `SG_APP_SQL` to the `memberOf` navigation property to all +Original image link: ![Schema - Scalar Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_schemanavigation.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + +![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the source entity type for the future +Original image link: ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +navigation rule. + +![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Navigations** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Navigations** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. + +![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Fill in the fields. + +![Create a Navigation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-manual-creation/singlerolescatalog_createnavrule_v602.webp) + +- `Join`: navigation property from the target entity type, whose value is to be impacted. +Original image link: ![Create a Navigation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-manual-creation/singlerolescatalog_createnavrule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +> Our example would look like: +> +> ![Scalar Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplenav_v602.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Click on **Create** and see a line added on the rules page. +Original image link: ![Scalar Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplenav_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +Fill in the fields. + +![Create Query Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_queryrule_v522.webp) + +Once the `Resource Type` is provided, more fields appear. +Original image link: ![Create Query Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_queryrule_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +Once the `Resource Type` is provided, more fields appear. + +![Query Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_queryrulefields_v602.webp) + +- **Target Object** > `Property to fill`: navigation property from the target entity type, whose +Original image link: ![Query Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_queryrulefields_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +> Our examples would look like: +> +> ![Query Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplequery_v602.webp) +> +> ![Query Rule Example 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplequerybis_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Query Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplequery_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +> ![Query Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplequery_v602.webp) +> +> ![Query Rule Example 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplequerybis_v602.webp) + +Click on **Create** and see a line added on the rules page. +Original image link: ![Query Rule Example 2](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/navigation-property-computation/provrules_examplequerybis_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\navigation-property-computation\index.md +Context: +via **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. + +![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +This task applies the rules and computes new properties. Therefore, if a given rule's criterion is +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: +1. Click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + + ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +2. In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the source entity type for the future scalar rule. +Original image link: ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: +2. In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the source entity type for the future scalar rule. + + ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) + +3. Click on the **Resource Types** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: +3. Click on the **Resource Types** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +4. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: +4. Fill in the fields. + + ![Create a Resource Type Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/provrules_typerule_v602.webp) + + - `Resource Type`: resource type to be automatically assigned. +Original image link: ![Create a Resource Type Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/provrules_typerule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: + > Our example would look like: + > + > ![Resource Type Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/provrules_exampletype_v602.webp) + +5. Click on **Create** and see a line added on the rules page. +Original image link: ![Resource Type Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/provrules_exampletype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: +via **Jobs** > **Compute Role Model**. + +![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +This task applies the rules and computes new assignments. Therefore, if a given rule's criterion is +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: +1. Select a test user in the directory, accessible from the home page. + + ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) + +2. Create a resource type rule involving an account that said user doesn't already have, based on +Original image link: ![Home Page - Directory User](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/configure-workflows/home_directoryuser_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\resource-creation\index.md +Context: +4. See the new account in the user's **View Permissions** tab. + + ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) + + If the type rule uses a single role as a criterion, and the user has said role, then both the +Original image link: ![View Permissions Tab](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/resource-creation/viewpermissions_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +from the source entity type, possibly writing a C# expression. + +![Schema - Scalar Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_schemascalar.webp) + +A scalar rule could define the scalar property displayName of nominative AD accounts based on its +Original image link: ![Schema - Scalar Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_schemascalar.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +Fill an entity type with a scalar rule by proceeding as follows: + +![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. +Original image link: ![Home - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + +![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the source entity type for the future +Original image link: ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +scalar rule. + +![iconadd_v602](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Scalars** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![iconadd_v602](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Scalars** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. + +![Create Scalar Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_scalarrule_v522.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Create Scalar Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_scalarrule_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Fill in the fields. + +![Scalar Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_scalarrulefields_v602.webp) + +Once the Resource Type is provided, more fields appear. +Original image link: ![Scalar Rule Fields](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_scalarrulefields_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +Our example would look like: + +![Scalar Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_examplescalar_v522.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Click on **Create** and see a line added on the rules page. +Original image link: ![Scalar Rule Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/provisioning-rule-creation/scalar-property-computation/provrules_examplescalar_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\provisioning-rule-creation\scalar-property-computation\index.md +Context: +**Compute Role Model**. + +![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +This task applies the rules and computes new properties. Therefore, if a given rule's criterion is +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\category-creation\index.md +Context: + page. + + ![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) + +2. All existing categories are shown in the menus on the left. To create a new category, click on +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\category-creation\index.md +Context: + **+**. + + ![Add a New Category](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/singlerolescatalog_newcategory_v602.webp) + +3. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Add a New Category](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/singlerolescatalog_newcategory_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\category-creation\index.md +Context: +3. Fill in the fields. + + ![Create a Category](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/singlerolescatalog_createcategory_v602.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among categories and without any whitespace. +Original image link: ![Create a Category](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/singlerolescatalog_createcategory_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\category-creation\index.md +Context: +with the right parameters. + +![Verify Category](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/categorycreation_test_v602.webp) + +Original image link: ![Verify Category](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/category-creation/categorycreation_test_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: +to work with the managed systems. + +![Schema - Single Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarole.webp) + +In other words, establishing the role catalog aims to list exhaustively and explicitly all the roles +Original image link: ![Schema - Single Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarole.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: +- a role is created with a given approval workflow according to the entitlement's sensitivity; + + ![Schema - Approval Workflow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemaapprovals.webp) + + > We choose to require one manual validation from a knowledgeable user before the Internet role +Original image link: ![Schema - Approval Workflow](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemaapprovals.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: + information. + + ![Schema - Single Role with Navigation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarolerule.webp) + + > We link the role to the entitlement named `SG_APP_DL-INTERNET-ALL` in the AD, via a navigation +Original image link: ![Schema - Single Role with Navigation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarolerule.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: + one single role with one fine-grained entitlement. + + ![Schema - Roles and Identities](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarolesidentities.webp) + + > For example, an accountant needs read access to the accounting software, a project manager to +Original image link: ![Schema - Roles and Identities](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemarolesidentities.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: +> entitlement in SAP inside a category called `SAP`: +> +> ![Roles Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_strategymono_v602.webp) + +One system hosting several applications with existing naming conventions +Original image link: ![Roles Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_strategymono_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: +> distinct applications. +> +> ![AD Groups](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_strategymulti_v522.webp) + +The goal here is to find a way to clarify the link between each entitlement and the corresponding +Original image link: ![AD Groups](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_strategymulti_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: +> specify the application name (such as Outlook in this example). +> +> ![Appropriated Field](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_strategymultinoname_v522.webp) + +Thus, the needed information is added to the managed system. After the execution of synchronization, +Original image link: ![Appropriated Field](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_strategymultinoname_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: +[Create a Role Manually](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-manual-creation/index.md) topic for additional information. + +![Schema - Role Creation Top-Down](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schematopdown.webp) + +Roles can also be created bottom-up via role naming rules. Instead of the previous process, you can +Original image link: ![Schema - Role Creation Top-Down](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schematopdown.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\index.md +Context: +[ Create Roles in Bulk ](/docs/identitymanager/6.2/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/index.md) topic for additional information. + +![Schema - Role Creation Top-Down](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemabottomup.webp) + +One naming rule can generate many roles, so a few automatic rules can easily and faster create the +Original image link: ![Schema - Role Creation Top-Down](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/singlerolescatalog_schemabottomup.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +Create a single role by proceeding as follows: + +![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) + +**Step 1 –** On the home page in the **Configuration** section, click on **Access Roles** to access +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +the roles page. + +![createsinglerole](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-manual-creation/createsinglerole.webp) + +**Step 2 –** On the roles page, click on the adequate category and create a role by clicking on **+ +Original image link: ![createsinglerole](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-manual-creation/createsinglerole.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +Create a navigation rule by proceeding as follows: + +![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +**Step 1 –** On the home page in the **Configuration** section, click on **Access Rules** to access +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +the rules page. + +![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** In the drop down menu at the top left, choose the entity type to which the future +Original image link: ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +navigation rule will be applied. + +![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Navigations** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Click on the **Navigations** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. + +![Create a Navigation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-manual-creation/singlerolescatalog_createnavrule_v602.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Create a Navigation Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-manual-creation/singlerolescatalog_createnavrule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** For roles, click on **Access Roles** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + +![Access Single Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testroles_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Select single roles and find the role you created inside the right category and with +Original image link: ![Access Single Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testroles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +Our example would look like: + +![Example - Generated Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleroleresult_v602.webp) + +![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Original image link: ![Example - Generated Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleroleresult_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** For rules, click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + +![Access Navigation Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testrules_v602.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Select navigation rules and find the rule(s) you created with the right parameters. +Original image link: ![Access Navigation Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testrules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-manual-creation\index.md +Context: +Our example would look like: + +![Example - Generated Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleruleresult_v523.webp) + +The verification of role creation has been completed. +Original image link: ![Example - Generated Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleruleresult_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +1. On the home page, click on **Access Rules** in the **Configuration** section. + + ![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) + +2. In the dropdown menu at the top left, choose the entity type to which the future naming rule will +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/home_rules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: + be applied. + + ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) + +3. Click on the **Role Naming Conventions** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Entity Type Choice](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/provrules_entitytype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +3. Click on the **Role Naming Conventions** tab and on the addition button at the top right corner. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + +4. Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +4. Fill in the fields. + + ![Create a Naming Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_newrule_v602.webp) + + - `Policy`: +Original image link: ![Create a Naming Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_newrule_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: + > Our example would look like: + > + > ![Example - Naming Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_example_v602.webp) + +5. Click on **Create** and see a line added on the rules page. +Original image link: ![Example - Naming Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_example_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: + **Jobs** > **Apply Naming Conventions**; + + ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) + +2. check that the correct roles and rules were created. +Original image link: ![Resource Type Jobs](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/synchro_resourcetype_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +For roles, click on **Access Roles** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. + +![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) + +Select single roles and find the role(s) you created inside the right category and with the right +Original image link: ![Home Page - Access Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/resource-type-creation/home_roles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +parameters. + +![Access Single Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testroles_v602.webp) + +> [Our example](() would look like: +Original image link: ![Access Single Roles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testroles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +> [Our example](() would look like: +> +> ![Example - Generated Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleroleresult_v602.webp) + +For rules, click on **Access Rules** on the home page in the **Configuration** section. +Original image link: ![Example - Generated Role](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleroleresult_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +Select navigation rules and find the rule(s) you created with the right parameters. + +![Access Navigation Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testrules_v602.webp) + +> Our example would look like: +Original image link: ![Access Navigation Rules](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_testrules_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\single-roles-catalog-creation\role-naming-rule-creation\index.md +Context: +> Our example would look like: +> +> ![Example - Generated Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleruleresult_v523.webp) + +Original image link: ![Example - Generated Rule](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/single-roles-catalog-creation/role-naming-rule-creation/namingrulecreation_exampleruleresult_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +the synchronization itself. + +![Synchronization Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_schema.webp) + +#### Export +Original image link: ![Synchronization Schema](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + **Configuration** section. + + ![Home - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) + +2. On the relevant connector page, in the **Entity Types** frame, click on **Jobs**. +Original image link: ![Home - Connectors](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_connectors_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + mode. + + ![Synchronize Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_executionjobs_v602.webp) + + - `Update Expressions`: computes the expressions used in the entity type mapping. +Original image link: ![Synchronize Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_executionjobs_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + choice between `Complete` and `Incremental`. See below this note. + + ![Synchronize Job (Only Complete)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_executionjobs-complete_v602.webp) + +## Manage Synchronization Automation +Original image link: ![Synchronize Job (Only Complete)](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_executionjobs-complete_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +**Activate**. + +![Jobs Results Dashboard](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_dashboard_v522.webp) + +You can fine-tune the synchronization and/or provisioning of the connector by clicking on the +Original image link: ![Jobs Results Dashboard](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_dashboard_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +**Edit** button. + +![Edit button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_edit_v600.webp) + +Click on **Job Results** to access the progress of this connector's jobs. +Original image link: ![Edit button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_edit_v600.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +All jobs are accessible on the **Job Execution** page in the **Administration** section. + +![Home - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) + +## Verify an Entity Type's Synchronization +Original image link: ![Home - Job Execution](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_jobexecution_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + synchronization completed successfully. + + ![Jobs Results](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_results_v603.webp) + +3. Check that the entity types have been added to the left menu of the home page. +Original image link: ![Jobs Results](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_results_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +3. Check that the entity types have been added to the left menu of the home page. + + ![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/entitytypecreation_test_v602.webp) + +4. Access the relevant entity types (from the menu items on the left of the home page) to check +Original image link: ![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/entitytypecreation_test_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + associations, via the eye icon: + + ![Eye Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/iconeye_v600.svg) + + You should first look for configuration validation, and only later validation of the actual data +Original image link: ![Eye Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/iconeye_v600.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + > `SAB - Users` and `SAB - Groups`. Then, the home page shows them on the left. + > + > ![SAB Example - Home Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_examplesab_v522.webp) + > + > Clicking on `SAB - Users` displays the list of all synchronized resources. +Original image link: ![SAB Example - Home Page](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_examplesab_v522.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + > Clicking on `SAB - Users` displays the list of all synchronized resources. + > + > ![SAB Example - Data List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_examplesab2_v602.webp) + > + > Clicking on any resource displays its detailed attributes, for example `Abbott Mark`: +Original image link: ![SAB Example - Data List](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_examplesab2_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + > Clicking on any resource displays its detailed attributes, for example `Abbott Mark`: + > + > ![SAB Example - Resource Attributes](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_examplesab3_v602.webp) + > + > Clicking on any eye icon displays the corresponding resource. SAB was created here with a +Original image link: ![SAB Example - Resource Attributes](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_examplesab3_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +If the connector and/or entity type doesn't appear in the menu items, then: + +![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_entitytypes_v602.webp) + +Access the relevant connector's page and click on the **Reload** button to take into account the +Original image link: ![Test Entity Type](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/home_entitytypes_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +If a synchronization is blocked by an exceeded threshold, then: + +![Threshold warning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_threshold_v603.webp) + +Find out the reasons to decide whether or not to bypass the threshold. Proceed as follows: +Original image link: ![Threshold warning](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_threshold_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + make a decision about whether to bypass synchronization thresholds. + + ![Job progress](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_thresholdlog_v603.webp) + + In most cases, the first synchronization exceeds thresholds because no data exists in Identity +Original image link: ![Job progress](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_thresholdlog_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + Be cautious, check twice for mistakes before resuming. + + ![Resumed Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_thresholdresumed_v602.webp) + +If an export doesn't complete, then: +Original image link: ![Resumed Job](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/synchro_thresholdresumed_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: + source column exists in the corresponding managed system. + + ![Source Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/entitytype_sourcecolumn_v602.webp) + +If a given property from users' data is displayed in an unexpected way, then: +Original image link: ![Source Column](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/entitytype_sourcecolumn_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\synchronization\index.md +Context: +Check the format of both the application metadata and the external system. + +![Property Format](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/entitytype_format_v523.webp) + +> For example, if you find that a given date doesn't comply with what you set, then maybe the format +Original image link: ![Property Format](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/synchronization/entitytype_format_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-assignment\index.md +Context: +topics for additional information. + +![Schema - Profile Assignment](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_schema.webp) + +For example, the access to the list of users with their personal data is usually restricted to HR +Original image link: ![Schema - Profile Assignment](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-assignment\index.md +Context: +Assign manually a profile to a user by proceeding as follows: + +![Home Page - Assigned Profiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/home_assignedprofiles_v602.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Access the **Assigned Profiles** screen from the home page in the **Administration** +Original image link: ![Home Page - Assigned Profiles](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/home_assignedprofiles_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-assignment\index.md +Context: +section. + +![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click on the addition button at the top right corner. +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/iconadd_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-assignment\index.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Click on the addition button at the top right corner. + +![New Profile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/roleofficers_newprofile_v602.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Fill in the fields. +Original image link: ![New Profile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/roleofficers_newprofile_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-assignment\index.md +Context: +topic for additional information. + +![Launch Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/launch_v603.webp) + +Click on **Launch** to apply these profile rules. +Original image link: ![Launch Button](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-assignment/launch_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-configuration\index.md +Context: +assigning profiles to users and permissions to profiles. + +![Schema - Profile Assignment](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_schema.webp) + +> For example, access to user lists with personal data is usually restricted to HR staff, and the +Original image link: ![Schema - Profile Assignment](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_schema.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-configuration\index.md +Context: + **Profiles** in the left menu. + + ![Home - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) + +2. Check whether the profile to configure is part of the provided list. If not, create it by +Original image link: ![Home - Configuration](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/home_settings_v523.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-configuration\index.md +Context: + clicking on the addition button at the top right and fill in the fields. + + ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) + + +Original image link: ![Addition Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/categorization/classification/iconadd_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-configuration\index.md +Context: + + + ![New Profile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_creation_v602.webp) + + - `Identifier`: must be unique among profiles and without any whitespace. +Original image link: ![New Profile](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_creation_v602.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-configuration\index.md +Context: + the appropriate permissions, one by one, selecting if needed their responsibility scope. + + ![Profile Configuration Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_example_v603.webp) + +5. Click on **Save** at the top of the page. +Original image link: ![Profile Configuration Example](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/profiles_example_v603.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\identitymanager\6.2\user-guide\set-up\user-profile-configuration\index.md +Context: +5. Click on **Save** at the top of the page. + + ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) + +## Verify Profile Configuration +Original image link: ![Save Icon](/img/product_docs/identitymanager/saas/user-guide/set-up/user-profile-configuration/iconsave_v602.svg) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7fe6b87f2c --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\10.2\administration\administration_overview.md +Context: +rejected. + +![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) + +Unlike password cracking products that check passwords after they are accepted by the operating +Original image link: ![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\10.2\administration\disable_windows_rules.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Close the Group Policy Management Editor. + +![installing_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.webp) + +**NOTE:** You do not have to disable all the Windows password policy rules to use Password Policy +Original image link: ![installing_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\10.2\administration\testing_policies.md +Context: +| Rule | Status of Password Compliance with Rule | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) | Rule disabled or not tested. | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) | Rule enabled, password complies with rule | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) | Rule enabled, password does not comply with rule. | +Original image link: ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\10.2\administration\testing_policies.md +Context: +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) | Rule disabled or not tested. | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) | Rule enabled, password complies with rule | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) | Rule enabled, password does not comply with rule. | + +Original image link: ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\10.2\administration\testing_policies.md +Context: +| ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) | Rule disabled or not tested. | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) | Rule enabled, password complies with rule | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) | Rule enabled, password does not comply with rule. | + +![managing_policies_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_12.webp) +Original image link: ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ad180418d --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\11.0\administration\administration_overview.md +Context: +Enforcer immediately rejects the password and details why the password was rejected. + +![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) + +Unlike password cracking products that check passwords after they are accepted by the operating +Original image link: ![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\11.0\administration\configconsole.md +Context: +Double click the **PPE Configuration** desktop shortcut. + +![Configuration Console Dashboard](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/ppedashboard.webp) + +## Dashboard Controls +Original image link: ![Configuration Console Dashboard](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/ppedashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\11.0\administration\configconsoleoverview.md +Context: +The [Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md) is displayed: + +![Configuration Console Dashboard](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/ppedashboard.webp) + +Original image link: ![Configuration Console Dashboard](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/ppedashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\11.0\administration\disable_windows_rules.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Close the Group Policy Management Editor. + +![installing_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.webp) + +**NOTE:** You do not have to disable all the Windows password policy rules to use Password Policy +Original image link: ![installing_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordpolicyenforcer\11.0\administration\manage_policies.md +Context: +Double click the **PPE Configuration** desktop shortcut. + +![Configuration Console Dashboard](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/ppedashboard.webp) + +The Configuration Console dashboard shows **No password policies have been set up** when you are +Original image link: ![Configuration Console Dashboard](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/ppedashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8acbcf277d --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,818 @@ + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\configuring_password_reset.md +Context: +information. + +![configuring_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/configuring_apr_1.webp) + +### Domain List +Original image link: ![configuring_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/configuring_apr_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\configuring_password_reset.md +Context: +compliant password. + +![configuring_apr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/configuring_apr_1.webp) + +Password Reset displays the Password Policy Enforcer policy message when users are prompted for +Original image link: ![configuring_apr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/configuring_apr_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\configuring_password_reset.md +Context: +understand their e-mail alerts. + +![configuring_apr_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/configuring_npr_5.webp) + +**CAUTION:** An attacker may choose a specific language to avoid detection. E-mail alerts are sent +Original image link: ![configuring_apr_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/configuring_npr_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\configuring_password_reset.md +Context: +text box, and the path to the script file and other parameters in the **Parameters** text box. + +![configuring_apr_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/configuring_npr_7.webp) + +## Security Tab +Original image link: ![configuring_apr_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/configuring_npr_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\installation.md +Context: +the credentials are valid. + +![installing_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/installing_apr_1.webp) + +**NOTE:** Microsoft SQL Server Compact is installed with the Password Reset Server. SQL Server +Original image link: ![installing_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/installing_apr_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\installation.md +Context: +installed the Password Reset Server onto. + +![installing_apr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/installing_apr_1.webp) + +The Password Reset Setup wizard only installs one Web Interface on each server, but you can copy the +Original image link: ![installing_apr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/installing_apr_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\password_reset_client.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Click inside the **License key** text box, then paste the license key. + +![the_password_reset_client_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/the_password_reset_client_5.webp) + +**Step 11 –** Click **OK**. +Original image link: ![the_password_reset_client_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/the_password_reset_client_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\persuading_users_to_enroll.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Create a new **DWORD** value called **WebAPIState**, and set it to 1. + +![persuading_users_to_enroll](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/persuading_users_to_enroll.webp) + +## Querying the API +Original image link: ![persuading_users_to_enroll](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/persuading_users_to_enroll.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Click the **Enroll** item in the menu. + +![using_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/using_apr_1_1.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Type a **Username**, **Domain**, and **Password**. +Original image link: ![using_apr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/using_apr_1_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +questions are answered correctly. + +![using_apr_2](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/introduction_1_1.webp) + +**Step 4 –** You may be asked to enter a verification code. The verification code is sent to your +Original image link: ![using_apr_2](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.23/evaluation/introduction_1_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\administration\using_the_data_console.md +Context: +Editor** button in the lower right corner of the Data Console. + +![using_the_data_console_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_9.webp) + +A filter may contain several conditions. Conditions start with a column name, followed by an +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/password_reset/administration/using_the_data_console_9.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\administration_overview.md +Context: +was rejected. + +![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) + +Unlike password cracking products that check passwords after they are accepted by the operating +Original image link: ![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\configuration.md +Context: +you would like to create a new Password Policy Enforcer configuration. + +![configuring_ppe_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_1.webp) + +The management console images in this document are taken from a computer running Windows +Original image link: ![configuring_ppe_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\configuration.md +Context: +#### Password Policy Enforcer View + +![configuring_ppe_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_2.webp) + +Click **Password Policy Enforcer** in the left pane to display this view. With this view, you can +Original image link: ![configuring_ppe_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\configuration.md +Context: +#### PPS View + +![configuring_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_3.webp) + +Click **PPS** in the left pane to display this view. With this view, you can perform the following +Original image link: ![configuring_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\configuration.md +Context: +#### Policies View + +![configuring_ppe_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_4.webp) + +Click **PPS** in the left pane to display this view. With this view, you can perform the following +Original image link: ![configuring_ppe_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\configuration.md +Context: +for a policy. + +#### ![configuring_ppe_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_5.webp) + +## Connecting to a Configuration +Original image link: ![configuring_ppe_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\configuration.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Click **PPS Properties** in the right pane of the management console. + +![configuring_ppe_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_6.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Click **Disable PPE**. +Original image link: ![configuring_ppe_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/configuring_ppe_6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\domain_and_local_policies.md +Context: +**Step 5 –** Right-click the **Registry** item, and then select **New** > **Registry Wizard**. + +![domain_and_local_policies](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/domain_and_local_policies.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Select the computer that contains the Password Policy Enforcer local configuration that +Original image link: ![domain_and_local_policies](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/domain_and_local_policies.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\domain_and_local_policies.md +Context: +each item in the bottom pane of the window. + +![domain_and_local_policies_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/domain_and_local_policies_1.webp) + +**Step 9 –** Click **Finish**. +Original image link: ![domain_and_local_policies_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/domain_and_local_policies_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\installation.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Enter **Password Policy Enforcer** in the provided field, and then press **Enter**. + +![installing_ppe_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_1.webp) + +#### Edit the Group Policy Object +Original image link: ![installing_ppe_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\installation.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Select the **Assigned deployment method**, and then click **OK**. + +![installing_ppe_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_2.webp) + +**Step 7 –** Close the Group Policy Management Editor. +Original image link: ![installing_ppe_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\installation.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Close the Group Policy Management Editor. + +![installing_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.webp) + +**NOTE:** You do not have to disable all the Windows password policy rules to use Password Policy +Original image link: ![installing_ppe_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\installation.md +Context: +automatically import the V8.x configuration settings into the new version. + +![installing_ppe_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_4.webp) + +The management console imports valid subscription license keys, but it will not import V8.x +Original image link: ![installing_ppe_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\installation.md +Context: +automatically import the V6.x configuration settings into the new version. + +![installing_ppe_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_7.webp) + +The management console imports valid subscription license keys, but it will not import V6.x +Original image link: ![installing_ppe_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/installing_ppe_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\mailer.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Click the **email** tab. + +![the_ppe_mailer](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_ppe_mailer.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Select the **Disable email reminders** option to disable email delivery. +Original image link: ![the_ppe_mailer](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_ppe_mailer.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\mailer.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click the Email tab. + +![the_ppe_mailer_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_ppe_mailer_1.webp) + +Choose values from the days drop-down lists to specify when emails will be sent. By default, emails +Original image link: ![the_ppe_mailer_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_ppe_mailer_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +## Policy Properties + +![managing_policies_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_1.webp) + +To open the Policy Properties page: +Original image link: ![managing_policies_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +policy to a child OU. + +![managing_policies_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_3.webp) + +**NOTE:** When a domain policy is assigned to a user or group, Password Policy Enforcer stores the +Original image link: ![managing_policies_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +the configuration. The assignment is invalidated if the user is renamed. + +![managing_policies_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_4.webp) + +To assign a password policy: +Original image link: ![managing_policies_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +will enforce for a particular user. + +![managing_policies_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_5.webp) + +### Policy Priorities +Original image link: ![managing_policies_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +passphrases. To configure a password policy with fewer requirements for passphrases: + +![managing_policies_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_7.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Click the Policies item to display the Policies view. +Original image link: ![managing_policies_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +| Rule | Status of Password Compliance with Rule | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) | Rule disabled or not tested. | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) | Rule enabled, password complies with rule | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) | Rule enabled, password does not comply with rule. | +Original image link: ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) | Rule disabled or not tested. | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) | Rule enabled, password complies with rule | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) | Rule enabled, password does not comply with rule. | + +Original image link: ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +| ![testing_the_password_policy_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_1.webp) | Rule disabled or not tested. | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_2.webp) | Rule enabled, password complies with rule | +| ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) | Rule enabled, password does not comply with rule. | + +Click the **Log** tab to view Password Policy Enforcer's internal event log. The event log can help +Original image link: ![testing_the_password_policy_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\managing_policies.md +Context: +- Errors or warnings occurred during testing. + +![managing_policies_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_12.webp) + +### Policy Testing vs. Password Changes +Original image link: ![managing_policies_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/managing_policies_12.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +![the_password_policy_client](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client.webp) + +![the_password_policy_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_1.webp) + +The PPC displays the password policy during a password change so that users can see the policy while +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Select the **Assigned deployment method**, then click **OK**. + +![the_password_policy_client_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_2.webp) + +**Step 7 –** Close the **Group Policy Management Editor**. +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +inbound port exceptions** in the right pane. + +![the_password_policy_client_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_3.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Select the **Enabled** option, and then click **Show...**. +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +**Step 5 –** Select the **Enabled** option, and then click **Show...**. + +![the_password_policy_client_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_4.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Select the **Enabled** option, and then click **Show...**. +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Select the **Enabled** option, and then click **Show...**. + +![the_password_policy_client_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_5.webp) + +**Step 7 –** Click **OK** until you return to the Group Policy Management Editor. +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Configure rule inserts for each enabled rule (see Customizing Rule Inserts above). + +![the_password_policy_client_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_6.webp) + +![the_password_policy_client_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_7.webp) +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +![the_password_policy_client_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_6.webp) + +![the_password_policy_client_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_7.webp) + +The Password Policy Client uses the Windows client language settings to determine which language to +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/the_password_policy_client_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +evade the History and Similarity rules. This rule can only be enforced by domain policies. + +![ppe_rules_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_2.webp) + +Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Minimum Age rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +maintained with a system that cannot accept long passwords. + +![ppe_rules_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_3.webp) + +Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Length rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +sets. Using several character types can make passwords more difficult to crack. + +![ppe_rules_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_4.webp) + +Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Complexity rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +passwords are based on common words. + +![ppe_rules_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_5.webp) + +There are two Dictionary rules in each password policy. You can use the second rule with a different +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +number of days. + +![ppe_rules_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_7.webp) + +Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the History rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Press **ENTER** and check the output for errors. + +![ppe_rules_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_8.webp) + +### Using an Existing Attribute for the Password History +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_8.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +attacker to guess the new password. + +![ppe_rules_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_9.webp) + +Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Similarity rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_9.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +Passwords that are similar to a user's logon name are not desirable because they are easily guessed. + +![ppe_rules_10](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_10.webp) + +- Select the Enabled check box to enable the User Logon Name rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_10](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_10.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +desirable because they are easily guessed. + +![ppe_rules_11](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_11.webp) + +- Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the User Display Name rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_11](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_11.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +compatibility with other systems. + +![ppe_rules_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_12.webp) + +All the Character rules work identically, but each has their own default character set. A character +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_12.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +| | | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| ![ppe_rules_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_13.webp) | ![ppe_rules_14](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_14.webp) | + +Password Policy Enforcer has only one Numeric rule, so the second requirement must be enforced by +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_13.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +| | | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| ![ppe_rules_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_13.webp) | ![ppe_rules_14](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_14.webp) | + +Password Policy Enforcer has only one Numeric rule, so the second requirement must be enforced by +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_14](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_14.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +| | | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| ![ppe_rules_15](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_15.webp) | ![ppe_rules_16](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_16.webp) | + +Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the First or Last Character rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_15](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_15.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +| | | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| ![ppe_rules_15](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_15.webp) | ![ppe_rules_16](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_16.webp) | + +Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the First or Last Character rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_16](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_16.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +shoulder surfing (observing users as they enter their password). + +![ppe_rules_17](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_17.webp) + +The examples for this rule are taken from a US keyboard layout. These patterns may not exist on +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_17](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_17.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +Passwords should not contain character patterns because they can weaken the password. + +![ppe_rules_19](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_19.webp) + +- Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Character Pattern rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_19](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_19.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +consecutive repeating characters (SssS). + +![ppe_rules_21](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_21.webp) + +- Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Repeating Characters rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_21](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_21.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\administration\rules.md +Context: +characters (LoOpHle). + +![ppe_rules_22](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_22.webp) + +- Select the **Enabled** check box to enable the Unique Characters rule. +Original image link: ![ppe_rules_22](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/administration/ppe_rules_22.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\evaluation\evaluation_overview.md +Context: +immediately rejects the password and tells the user why their password was rejected. + +![introduction_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) + +Unlike password cracking products that check passwords after they are accepted by the operating +Original image link: ![introduction_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.23\password_policy_enforcer\web\web_overview.md +Context: +choose a compliant password. + +![introduction_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/web/introduction_4.webp) + +PPE/Web communicates directly with the domain controllers, so it works best when both the web server +Original image link: ![introduction_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/10.2/web/introduction_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9c7e24868 --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,673 @@ + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\about_tab.md +Context: +key. + +![configuring_npr_10](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_10.webp) + +To install a new license key, copy the entire license e-mail to the clipboard, and then click Get +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_10](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_10.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\editing_the_html_templates.md +Context: +normally caused by invalid user input. + +![using_npr_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_12.webp) + +Validation error messages are defined in the relevant template (en_enroll.htm, en_reset.htm, +Original image link: ![using_npr_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_12.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\editing_the_html_templates.md +Context: +strings section near the end of the file. See the Resource Strings topic for more information. + +![using_npr_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_13.webp) + +You may see placeholders like %1 and %2 in some error messages. These are replaced with more +Original image link: ![using_npr_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_13.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\editing_the_html_templates.md +Context: +the Resource Strings topic for more information. + +![using_npr_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_9.webp) + +`en_finished.htm` has two resource strings for password changes (RES_FINISHED_CHANGE and +Original image link: ![using_npr_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_9.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\email_tab.md +Context: +Click the name of an enabled trigger to edit the trigger's e-mail template. + +![configuring_npr_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_4.webp) + +Type the name and e-mail address you wish to appear in the e-mail's From field in the **From** text +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\email_tab.md +Context: +understand their e-mail alerts. + +![configuring_npr_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_5.webp) + +**CAUTION:** An attacker may choose a specific language to avoid detection. E-mail alerts are sent +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\enroll_tab.md +Context: +Use the **Enroll** tab to maintain the list of enrollment questions and options. + +![configuring_npr_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_2.webp) + +### Question List +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +values directly into this row. + +![using_the_data_console_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_3.webp) + +The Filter Row is empty when you first open the Data Console. To create a filter, click the **Filter +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +character. + +![using_the_data_console_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_4.webp) + +The image above shows a filter on the Date, Source, and Source IP columns. Only password reset +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +You can also create a filter by selecting values from a list in the column headers. + +![using_the_data_console_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_5.webp) + +Hover the mouse pointer over a column header until a small button appears on the right side of the +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +header. + +![using_the_data_console_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_6.webp) + +Click the button to show a list of values in the column. +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +hidden. + +![using_the_data_console_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_7.webp) + +The list of values for date and date/time columns also includes date ranges such as **Last 7 days**, +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +filters. Click **(Custom...)** in a column header's value list to create a custom filter. + +![using_the_data_console_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_8.webp) + +Custom filters can contain one or two conditions for each column. Select an operator for the first +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_8.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +active filter. The button on the right side of the Filter Bar opens the Filter Editor. + +![using_the_data_console_11](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_11.webp) + +A button and a check box appear on the left side of the Filter Bar when a filter is active. Click +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_11](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_11.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +the button to clear the filter. Toggle the check box to disable or enable the filter. + +![using_the_data_console_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_12.webp) + +A drop-down button appears to the right of the filter. Click it to select a recently used filter. +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_12.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filtering_data.md +Context: +A drop-down button appears to the right of the filter. Click it to select a recently used filter. + +![using_the_data_console_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_13.webp) + +## Exporting Data +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_13.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filter_editor.md +Context: +Editor** button in the lower right corner of the Data Console. + +![using_the_data_console_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_9.webp) + +A filter may contain several conditions. Conditions start with a column name, followed by an +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_9.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\filter_editor.md +Context: +record. + +![using_the_data_console_10](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_10.webp) + +Original image link: ![using_the_data_console_10](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_10.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\general_tab.md +Context: +compliant password. + +![configuring_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_1.webp) + +Password Reset displays the Password Policy Enforcer policy message when users are prompted for +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\general_tab.md +Context: +server configuration, and enable "Only accept encrypted client request". + +![using_ppe_with_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_ppe_with_npr.webp) + +Please do not enable this option if you are using Netwrix Password Reset v3.3 with Netwrix Password +Original image link: ![using_ppe_with_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_ppe_with_npr.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\installation.md +Context: +the credentials are valid. + +![installing_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/installing_npr.webp) + +**NOTE:** Microsoft SQL Server Compact is installed with the Password Reset Server. SQL Server +Original image link: ![installing_npr](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/installing_npr.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\installation.md +Context: +installed the Password Reset Server onto. + +![installing_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/installing_npr_1.webp) + +The Password Reset Setup wizard only installs one Web Interface on each server, but you can copy the +Original image link: ![installing_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/installing_npr_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\moving_to_sql_server.md +Context: +this account. + +![working_with_the_database](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/working_with_the_database.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Create an SQL Server user, and map it to the service account login. +Original image link: ![working_with_the_database](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/working_with_the_database.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\moving_to_sql_server.md +Context: +The SQL Server Native Client must be installed if **Trust server certificate** is selected. + +![working_with_the_database_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/working_with_the_database_1.webp) + +**Step 8 –** Click **Next**. +Original image link: ![working_with_the_database_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/working_with_the_database_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\password_reset_client.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Enter **Password Reset Client**, then press **ENTER**. + +![the_password_reset_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/the_password_reset_client_1.webp) + +### Edit the Group Policy Object +Original image link: ![the_password_reset_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/the_password_reset_client_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\password_reset_client.md +Context: +**Step 7 –** Select **NPRClt.adm**, and then click **Open**. + +![the_password_reset_client_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_2.webp) + +**Step 8 –** Click **Close**. +Original image link: ![the_password_reset_client_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_2.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\password_reset_client.md +Context: +Reset Client** items. + +![the_password_reset_client_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_3.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Double-click the **Browser settings** item in the right pane of the Group Policy +Original image link: ![the_password_reset_client_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\password_reset_client.md +Context: +Management Editor. + +![the_password_reset_client_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_4.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Select the **Enabled**option. +Original image link: ![the_password_reset_client_4](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_4.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\password_reset_client.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Click inside the **License key** text box, then paste the license key. + +![the_password_reset_client_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_5.webp) + +**Step 11 –** Click **OK**. +Original image link: ![the_password_reset_client_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/the_password_reset_client_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\permissions_tab.md +Context: +Use the **Permissions** tab to control which users can use Password Reset. + +![configuring_npr_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_9.webp) + +### Enroll +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_9.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\persuading_users_to_enroll.md +Context: +**Step 3 –** Create a new **DWORD** value called **WebAPIState**, and set it to 1. + +![persuading_users_to_enroll](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/persuading_users_to_enroll.webp) + +## Querying the API +Original image link: ![persuading_users_to_enroll](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/persuading_users_to_enroll.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\security_tab.md +Context: +lockout threshold. + +![configuring_npr_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_8.webp) + +### Inactivity Timeout +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_8.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Click the **Enroll** item in the menu. + +![using_npr_0](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/using_npr_1_1.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Type a **Username**, **Domain**, and **Password**. +Original image link: ![using_npr_0](/img/product_docs/passwordreset/3.3/evaluation/using_npr_1_1.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +questions are answered correctly. + +![using_npr_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_3.webp) + +**Step 4 –** You may be asked to enter a verification code. The verification code is sent to your +Original image link: ![using_npr_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +phone by e-mail or SMS. Type the **Code**, and then click **Next**. + +![using_npr_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_5.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Type the new **Password** into both text boxes, and then click **Next**. +Original image link: ![using_npr_5](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_5.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +**Step 5 –** Type the new **Password** into both text boxes, and then click **Next**. + +![using_npr_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_6.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Click **OK** to return to the menu. +Original image link: ![using_npr_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Click the **Unlock** item in the menu. + +![using_npr_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_7.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Type a **Username** and **Domain**, and then click **Next**. +Original image link: ![using_npr_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +questions are answered correctly. + +![using_npr_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_8.webp) + +**Step 4 –** You may be asked to enter a verification code. The verification code is sent to your +Original image link: ![using_npr_8](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_8.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +phone by e-mail or SMS. Type the **Code**, and then click **Next**. + +![using_npr_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_9.webp) + +**Step 5 –** Click **OK** to return to the menu. +Original image link: ![using_npr_9](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_9.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +fields and resubmitting the form. + +![using_npr_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_12.webp) + +Critical errors are shown on their own page. These errors are mostly a result of configuration or +Original image link: ![using_npr_12](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_12.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\using_password_reset.md +Context: +control. + +![using_npr_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_13.webp) + +Validation and critical error messages are stored in the HTML templates. You can modify the default +Original image link: ![using_npr_13](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_npr_13.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\verification_tab.md +Context: +verification code to continue. + +![configuring_npr_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_6.webp)7 + +#### Verification Codes +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_6](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_6.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\verification_tab.md +Context: +information about the user. + +![configuring_npr_0](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_0.webp) + +Verification codes are of a specified length, and may contain both alpha and numeric characters. +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_0](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_0.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\administration\verification_tab.md +Context: +text box, and the path to the script file and other parameters in the **Parameters** text box. + +![configuring_npr_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_7.webp) + +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_7](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_7.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\evaluation\configuring_password_reset.md +Context: +Configuration Console to open the console. + +![configuring_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_1.webp) + +The Configuration Console has a tabbed layout. Click the tabs along the top to see the various +Original image link: ![configuring_npr_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/configuring_npr_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\evaluation\data_console.md +Context: +only some of the events. Filters are very flexible and easy to create. + +![the_data_console_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_9.webp) + +The Users tab contains information about each user. You can export the data in the Audit Log and +Original image link: ![the_data_console_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/using_the_data_console_9.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\evaluation\evaluation_overview.md +Context: +encounter any problems during your evaluation. + +![introduction_1_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/evaluation/introduction_1_1.webp) + +The Password Reset Administrator's Guide contains additional installation and configuration +Original image link: ![introduction_1_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/evaluation/introduction_1_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\passwordpolicyenforcer\administration\administration_overview.md +Context: +Enforcer immediately rejects the password and details why the password was rejected. + +![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) + +Unlike password cracking products that check passwords after they are accepted by the operating +Original image link: ![introduction_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\passwordpolicyenforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +Client. + +![the_password_policy_client](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/the_password_policy_client.webp) + +![the_password_policy_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/the_password_policy_client_1.webp) +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/the_password_policy_client.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\passwordpolicyenforcer\administration\password_policy_client.md +Context: +![the_password_policy_client](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/the_password_policy_client.webp) + +![the_password_policy_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/the_password_policy_client_1.webp) + +The Password Policy Client displays the password policy during a password change so that users can +Original image link: ![the_password_policy_client_1](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/the_password_policy_client_1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\passwordpolicyenforcer\administration\similarity_rule.md +Context: +"password2", "password3". Password serialization allows an attacker to guess the new password. + +![Similarity Rule](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/similarity.webp) + +Select the **Similarity** check box to enable the Similarity rule. +Original image link: ![Similarity Rule](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/similarity.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordreset\3.3\passwordpolicyenforcer\evaluation\evaluation_overview.md +Context: +immediately rejects the password and details why the password was rejected. + +![introduction_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) + +Unlike password cracking products that check passwords after they are accepted by the operating +Original image link: ![introduction_3](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/introduction_3.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f51557a107 --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + +--- +File: docs\passwordsecure\9.1\configuration\advanced_view\clientmodule\notifications\notifications.md +Context: +[Visibility](/docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/advanced_view/permissionconcept/predefining_rights/protective_mechanisms/visibility/visibility.md) + +![Notifications modul](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/advanced_view/clientmodule/applications/rdp_and_ssh_applications/recording_a_session/notifications_1-en.webp) + +NOTE: The reading pane is deactivated in this module by default. It can be activated in the +Original image link: ![Notifications modul](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/advanced_view/clientmodule/applications/rdp_and_ssh_applications/recording_a_session/notifications_1-en.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordsecure\9.1\configuration\advanced_view\mainmenu\user_settings\overview_user_settings\overview_of_all_user_settings.md +Context: +selected version are correspondingly marked in the list. + +![installation_with_parameters_115](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/overview_user_rights/installation_with_parameters_115.webp) + +This makes it easier for administrators to correctly configure new options before they release the +Original image link: ![installation_with_parameters_115](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/overview_user_rights/installation_with_parameters_115.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordsecure\9.1\configuration\advanced_view\mainmenu\user_settings\user_settings.md +Context: +are not assigned via roles, but via organisational units! + +![installation_with_parameters_112](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/installation_with_parameters_112.webp) + +### Inheritance of user settings +Original image link: ![installation_with_parameters_112](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.1/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/installation_with_parameters_112.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d43d06cdc --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + +--- +File: docs\passwordsecure\9.2\configuration\advanced_view\clientmodule\notifications\notifications.md +Context: +[Visibility](/docs/passwordsecure/9.2/configuration/advanced_view/permissionconcept/predefining_rights/protective_mechanisms/visibility/visibility.md) + +![Notifications modul](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/configuration/advanced_view/clientmodule/applications/rdp_and_ssh_applications/recording_a_session/notifications_1-en.webp) + +NOTE: The reading pane is deactivated in this module by default. It can be activated in the +Original image link: ![Notifications modul](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/configuration/advanced_view/clientmodule/applications/rdp_and_ssh_applications/recording_a_session/notifications_1-en.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordsecure\9.2\configuration\advanced_view\mainmenu\user_settings\overview_user_settings\overview_of_all_user_settings.md +Context: +selected version are correspondingly marked in the list. + +![installation_with_parameters_115](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/overview_user_rights/installation_with_parameters_115.webp) + +This makes it easier for administrators to correctly configure new options before they release the +Original image link: ![installation_with_parameters_115](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/overview_user_rights/installation_with_parameters_115.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\passwordsecure\9.2\configuration\advanced_view\mainmenu\user_settings\user_settings.md +Context: +are not assigned via roles, but via organisational units! + +![installation_with_parameters_112](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/installation_with_parameters_112.webp) + +### Inheritance of user settings +Original image link: ![installation_with_parameters_112](/img/product_docs/passwordsecure/9.2/configuration/advanced_view/mainmenu/user_rights/installation_with_parameters_112.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b7562287c --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +### Status Bar States + +![change_request_bar_not_started](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_not_started.webp) + +New Change Request. Click **In Progress** to advance the status. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_not_started](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_not_started.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +New Change Request. Click **In Progress** to advance the status. + +![change_request_bar_inprogress](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_inprogress.webp) + +Change Request **In Progress**. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_inprogress](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_inprogress.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +When ready for approval, click **Pending Approval**. + +![change_request_bar_pending](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_pending.webp) + +Approvers are notified. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_pending](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_pending.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +Status promoted based on Approvers actions. + +![change_request_bar_approved](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved.webp) + +Status when all approvers have approved. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_approved](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +Can be returned to a previous status or rejected. + +![change_request_bar_approved_partial](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_partial.webp) + +Status when Change Request is partially approved. Wait for all approvers to finish. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_approved_partial](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_partial.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +Status when Change Request is partially approved. Wait for all approvers to finish. + +![change_request_bar_approved_override](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_override.webp) + +Status when an administrator has approved in place of a specified approver. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_approved_override](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_override.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +**Approval Override by** field displays the approver. + +![change_request_bar_approved_completed](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_completed.webp) + +Approved and Completed. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_approved_completed](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_completed.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +Can be returned to a previous status. + +![change_request_bar_approved_canceled](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_canceled.webp) + +Approved and Canceled. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_approved_canceled](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_approved_canceled.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\financial_controls\agent_creating_preapproved_change_request.md +Context: +Can be returned to a previous status. + +![change_request_bar_rejected](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_rejected.webp) + +Rejected and Completed. +Original image link: ![change_request_bar_rejected](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_request_bar_rejected.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\installing_strongpoint\go_live_faq.md +Context: +helps if you do not have the exact name. + +![custquicksearch](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/customizations/custquicksearch.webp) + +## Prototype Customizations +Original image link: ![custquicksearch](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/customizations/custquicksearch.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\installing_strongpoint\redeploy_scripts_sandbox.md +Context: +3. Set the Filter **Type** to **Suitelet** and the **Bundle ID** to **294336**. + + ![Find the Suitelet](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/scripts.webp) + +4. Click **View** by the **Strongpoint Reset Schedule Deployments** suitelet. +Original image link: ![Find the Suitelet](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/scripts.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\installing_strongpoint\redeploy_scripts_sandbox.md +Context: +5. Open the **Deployments** tab. + + ![Open the Deployment tab](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/script_deploy_tab.webp) + +6. Click the Suitelet name: **Strongpoint Reset Schedule Deployments**. +Original image link: ![Open the Deployment tab](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/script_deploy_tab.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\installing_strongpoint\redeploy_scripts_sandbox.md +Context: +7. Click on the Script **URL**. + + ![Click the Script URL](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/script_deploy_url.webp) + +Original image link: ![Click the Script URL](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/script_deploy_url.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\integrations\jira_integration.md +Context: + Change Requests. + + ![Jira Integration settings with mapped statues](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_example_integration.webp) + +7. Check **Allow NS to Jira Push** to enable pushing NetSuite change requests into Jira. +Original image link: ![Jira Integration settings with mapped statues](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_example_integration.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\integrations\jira_integration.md +Context: +4. Open your **Projects** page: + + ![Open your Jira Projects page to find Add-ons](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_projects_menu.webp) + +5. Expand **Add-ons**. +Original image link: ![Open your Jira Projects page to find Add-ons](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_projects_menu.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\integrations\jira_integration.md +Context: +6. Select **Strongpoint Settings**. + + ![Jira Strongpoint Settings](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_strongpoint_settings.webp) + +7. Click **New Token Based Authentication** to add your credentials. This needs to be done once for +Original image link: ![Jira Strongpoint Settings](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_strongpoint_settings.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\integrations\jira_integration.md +Context: + each of your accounts. + + ![Add tokens for Jira](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_add_token.webp) + +8. Enter your credentials and click **Add Token Based Authentication Credential**. +Original image link: ![Add tokens for Jira](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_add_token.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\integrations\jira_walkthrough_example.md +Context: + +Once you have logged in, the form is displayed. +![Jira Strongpoint form](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_strongpoint_form.webp) + +- **Synchronized with** displays the connected account. Click **Change Account** to switch to a +Original image link: ![Jira Strongpoint form](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/release_notes/jira_strongpoint_form.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\release_notes\netwrix_strongpoint_netsuite_7-1_release_notes.md +Context: + Date** and **Change By** fields. + + ![Refresh Changed By](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_log_refresh.webp) + +- Removed extraneous Customization record link in Search Clean Up notification emails. +Original image link: ![Refresh Changed By](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/change_log_refresh.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\uar\uar_additional_reviewer\add_reviewer_membership_reviews.md +Context: + If the Change Request is rejected (**CR Rejected status**) or canceled (**CR Cancelled**), the + user row is returned to a pending state and can then be reviewed again. + ![Remove a user from a role](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/uar/uar_owner/remove_user_from_role.webp) + If + the Change Request is rejected (**CR Rejected status**) or canceled (**CR Cancelled**), the user +Original image link: ![Remove a user from a role](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/uar/uar_owner/remove_user_from_role.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\uar\uar_additional_reviewer\add_reviewer_membership_reviews.md +Context: +**Export** the notes as a CSV or PDF file. + +![Open the Review Notes tab](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/uar/uar_owner/review_notes_tab.webp) + +The notes have the following fields: +Original image link: ![Open the Review Notes tab](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/uar/uar_owner/review_notes_tab.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovnetsuite\uar\uar_additional_reviewer\add_reviewer_uar_list.md +Context: +showing all of the single reviews associated with the global review. + +![Review list of associated single reviews under a global review](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/uar/uar_owner/review_list.webp) + +- **Export** exports the list of selected reviews as either a **CSV** or **PDF** file. The exported +Original image link: ![Review list of associated single reviews under a global review](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/uar/uar_owner/review_list.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c04fab7557 --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\change_management\resolving_noncompliant_changes.md +Context: +can filter the report or sort by the column heads. + +![Non-Compliant Change Management Report](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/changelog-1.webp) + +A noncompliant change means something got changed without the required approvals. Open each change +Original image link: ![Non-Compliant Change Management Report](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/changelog-1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\change_management\setting_up_policies.md +Context: +2. Click **Add Customizations**. + + ![Add customizations](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/policy_add_customizations.webp) + +3. Select a **Metadata Type** to filter the list. +Original image link: ![Add customizations](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/policy_add_customizations.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\change_management\set_up_data_tracking.md +Context: +5. Enter **(Data Records** in the Search Customization box. + + ![Select the customizations](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/policy_add_customizations.webp) + +6. Select the customization to add. Use Shift-click (contiguous items) or Ctrl-click to select +Original image link: ![Select the customizations](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/policy_add_customizations.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\change_management\using_change_logs.md +Context: +Select a report, such as **What Changed** to see a list of Change Logs. + +![changelog-1](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/changelog-1.webp) + +Here is an example change log for a **Profile** Metadata type. +Original image link: ![changelog-1](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/change_management/changelog-1.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\installing_strongpoint\config_and_stats.md +Context: +2. Open the **Jira Configuration** tab. It opens on the **Credentials** tab. + + ![Open the credentials](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/integrations/jira_sp_credentials.webp) + +3. Enter your credentials: +Original image link: ![Open the credentials](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/integrations/jira_sp_credentials.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\installing_strongpoint\config_and_stats.md +Context: +3. Open the **Status Mapping** tab. + + ![Set up the Jira status mappings for Change Request status](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/integrations/jira_status_settings.webp) + +4. Enter the mappings between your Jira statuses and the Change Request statuses. You must define +Original image link: ![Set up the Jira status mappings for Change Request status](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/integrations/jira_status_settings.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\installing_strongpoint\installing_strongpoint.md +Context: +7. Set **Selected OAuth Scopes** to **Full access (full)** + + ![Setting for Connected App](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/integrations/connected_app.webp) + + **The Require Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) Extension for Supported Authorization Flows** +Original image link: ![Setting for Connected App](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/integrations/connected_app.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\installing_strongpoint\validating_data.md +Context: +3. Click on a field and validate the data. + +![entity_diagram](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/entity_diagram.webp) + +## Customization Quick Search +Original image link: ![entity_diagram](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/entity_diagram.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\installing_strongpoint\validating_data.md +Context: +3. Click on the **Customization** and validate the data. + +![custquicksearch](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/customizations/custquicksearch.webp) + +Original image link: ![custquicksearch](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/customizations/custquicksearch.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\integrations\jira_upload_addon_not_showing.md +Context: +3. Click **Enable development mode** + +![Jira Enable Development Mode](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/jira_enable_dev_mode.webp) + +Original image link: ![Jira Enable Development Mode](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/jira_enable_dev_mode.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\integrations\jira_walkthrough_example.md +Context: +3. Click **Create** (**+**). + + ![Create a Jira ticket](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/jira_example_create_issue.webp) + +4. Enter your information on the **Create issue** form: +Original image link: ![Create a Jira ticket](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/jira_example_create_issue.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\integrations\jira_walkthrough_example.md +Context: + Proposed Customizations** are added to the **Proposed Customizations** list. You can delete added + Customizations with the + ![delete](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/delete.webp) icon. +- **View DRD** and **Impact Analysis** are tools to Perform Risk Assessment. +- **Push** creates the Change Request in Salesforce. **Push** is also used to manually update your +Original image link: ![delete](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/delete.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\integrations\jira_walkthrough_example.md +Context: +Safely Deleted or Modified** tab: + +![Impact analysis report](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/jira_example_impact_analysis.webp) + +Before proceeding with your changes, review each warning to ensure your change does not break +Original image link: ![Impact analysis report](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuite/integrations/jira_example_impact_analysis.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforce\scanners\scheduler.md +Context: + All categories are initially disabled by default. + + ![scheduler](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/scheduler.webp) + +2. Select the category to automate by clicking on **Disabled** to enable it. There is no save +Original image link: ![scheduler](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/scheduler.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforceflashlight/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforceflashlight/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..240e4ae37b --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforceflashlight/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\clean_up\date_last_used.md +Context: +2. Expand **Custom Code** +3. Select **Custom Metadata Types** + ![Open Custom Metadata Types](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types.webp) +4. Click **Manage Records** by **Strongpoint DLU Parameter**. + ![Click Manage Records to open the record](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types_dlu_exp.webp) +Original image link: ![Open Custom Metadata Types](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\clean_up\date_last_used.md +Context: + ![Open Custom Metadata Types](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types.webp) +4. Click **Manage Records** by **Strongpoint DLU Parameter**. + ![Click Manage Records to open the record](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types_dlu_exp.webp) +5. Click **Edit** by **DLU Expiration**. + ![Edit the parameters](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types_dlu_para.webp) +Original image link: ![Click Manage Records to open the record](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types_dlu_exp.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\clean_up\date_last_used.md +Context: + ![Click Manage Records to open the record](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types_dlu_exp.webp) +5. Click **Edit** by **DLU Expiration**. + ![Edit the parameters](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types_dlu_para.webp) +6. Set the **DLU Expiration (Months)**. The default is three. +7. Click **Save**. +Original image link: ![Edit the parameters](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/custom_metadata_types_dlu_para.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\clean_up\date_last_used.md +Context: +to users. + +![scheduler](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/scheduler.webp) + +Once the scheduler has been set up, you can view the DLU under the **Metadata** tab on the +Original image link: ![scheduler](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/scheduler.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\getting_started\dashboard.md +Context: +Links to key resources to help you learn to use Flashlight. + +![Resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) + +## Key Tools +Original image link: ![Resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\getting_started\dashboard.md +Context: +Links to useful Flashlight tools to give you more value out of your documentation. + +![Key Tools](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/key_tools.webp) + +- **DRD**: Explore your customizations with Flashlight’s visual DRD and understand how +Original image link: ![Key Tools](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/key_tools.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\getting_started\scheduler.md +Context: + +1. Open **Flashlight** > **Support** > **Scheduler** + ![scheduler](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/scheduler.webp)2. + Toggle **Enabled**/**Disabled**by the category. Your selections are automatically saved. +2. Select the **Frequency** , **Day** and **Time**. Your selections are automatically saved. +Original image link: ![scheduler](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/clean_up/scheduler.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_objects.md +Context: + the **Selected Objects** list, select it and click the left arrow. +5. Select the **Settings to be exported**. + ![export_object_settings](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_settings.webp) +6. Optional: Select one or more profiles to be included for more security + information.![export_object_profiles_800x685](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforceflashlight/tools/export_object_profiles_800x685.webp) +Original image link: ![export_object_settings](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_settings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_objects.md +Context: +file is in XML instead of the Excel format. Click **Yes** to load the file. + +![Excel error message - Click Yes to continue.](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_excel_error_msg.webp) + +The _ObjectExport.xls_ file contains a **Summary** tab and a separate tab for each selected object. +Original image link: ![Excel error message - Click Yes to continue.](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_excel_error_msg.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_objects.md +Context: +The **Summary** tab shows who created the export, the creation date and time, list of selected +objects, and lists of any selected optional Profiles and Permission Sets. +![export_object_summary](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_summary.webp) + +The **Object** tabs contain all of the requested information for each +Original image link: ![export_object_summary](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_summary.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_object_attachment_records.md +Context: +2. Select **Export Object Attachments**. + +![Export Object Attachments list](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_attach_record_list.webp) + +### Add the **Export Object Attachments** Tab +Original image link: ![Export Object Attachments list](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_attach_record_list.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_object_attachment_records.md +Context: +3. Select **Export Object Attachments** from the **Available Tabs** and add it to the **Selected + Tabs**. + ![Add Export Object Attachments to your menu bar in Classic view](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_attach_record_tab_classic.webp) +4. Click **Save**. + +Original image link: ![Add Export Object Attachments to your menu bar in Classic view](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_attach_record_tab_classic.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_object_attachment_records.md +Context: +3. Select **Export Object Attachments** from the **Available Tabs** and add it to the **Selected + Tabs**. + ![Add Export Object Attachments tab to your menu bar in Lightning](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_attach_record_tab_lightning.webp) +4. Click **Save**. + +Original image link: ![Add Export Object Attachments tab to your menu bar in Lightning](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_object_attach_record_tab_lightning.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_profiles.md +Context: + the **Selected Profiles** list, select it and click the left arrow. +6. Select the **Settings to be exported**. + ![export_profile_ui_settings](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_profile_ui_settings.webp) +7. Click **Test Connection**. +8. Click **Download XLS**. The file _ProfileExport.xls_ is created. +Original image link: ![export_profile_ui_settings](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_profile_ui_settings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_profiles.md +Context: +file is in XML instead of the Excel format. Click **Yes** to load the file. + +![Excel error message - Click Yes to continue.](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_excel_error_msg.webp) + +The _ProfilesExport.xls_ file contains a **Summary** tab and a separate tab for each selected +Original image link: ![Excel error message - Click Yes to continue.](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_excel_error_msg.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_profiles.md +Context: +The **Summary** tab shows who created the export, the creation date and time, and the list of +selected profiles. +![export_profile_summary](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_profile_summary.webp) + +The **Profile** tabs contain all of the requested information for each profile. +Original image link: ![export_profile_summary](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_profile_summary.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_users.md +Context: + the **Selected Users** list, select it and click the left arrow. +6. Select the **Settings to be exported**. + ![export_users_settings](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_users_settings.webp) +7. Click **Download XLS**. The file _UserExport.xls_ is created. + +Original image link: ![export_users_settings](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_users_settings.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\export_users.md +Context: +is in XML instead of the Excel format. Click **Yes** to load the file. + +![Excel error message - Click Yes to continue.](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_excel_error_msg.webp) + +The _UserExport.xls_ file contains a **Summary** tab and a separate tab for each selected user. +Original image link: ![Excel error message - Click Yes to continue.](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/tools/export_excel_error_msg.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\platgovsalesforceflashlight\tools\running_scanner.md +Context: +3. You can select several types to scan or you can scan the whole environment by clicking the **+** + by **Name** to select all the types. + ![scanner](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/installing_strongpoint/scanner.webp)4. + Click **Run Scanner**. +4. The batch runs in the background. You receive an email notification when the scan is complete. +Original image link: ![scanner](/img/product_docs/platgovsalesforce/installing_strongpoint/scanner.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..132e1adab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1533 @@ + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Select an **Activity** to expand the session ribbon. + +![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click **Create Session** to start a new activity session. +Original image link: ![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: + activity sessions. + +![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: +- Click **Start Session** to start the provisioning process. + +![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) + +**NOTE:** If an approval is required, the Waiting for approval message will display until it has +Original image link: ![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: +been granted. + +![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) + +**Step 4 –** When provisioned, an activity session will display an Available status with a green +Original image link: ![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Active Session table, click Create Session to open the Activity Request window. + +![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** On the Request Type page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Click Next to go to the Resource Selection page. + +![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) + +**Step 5 –** On the Resource Selection page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click **Next** to go to the Notes page. + +![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) + +**Step 7 –** On the Notes page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 8 –** Click Next to go to the Scheduling page. + +![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) + +**Step 9 –** On the Scheduling page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Click Next to go to the Review page. + +![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) + +**Step 11 –** On the Review page, review the summary of the new session. +Original image link: ![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +time is 5 minutes or less. + +![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) + +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. +Original image link: ![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. + +![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) + +For SSH the user can extend by typing **Ctrl+X** when prompted. +Original image link: ![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\window\sessionlogs.md +Context: +Active dashboard and click the View Logs button to open the Session Logs window. + +![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +Wizard. If required, first time users must register with an MFA to use with their login credentials. + +![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Either click the default authentication connector button, or click **Log In with a +Original image link: ![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +Privilege Secure. + +![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Login to the Privilege Secure Console with a configured authentication connector, or +Original image link: ![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +**Step 5 –** Enter the code provided by the registered multi-factor authenticator (MFA). + +![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Click MFA Login. The Privilege Secure Console opens on the Dashboard Interface. +Original image link: ![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click MFA Login. The Privilege Secure Console opens on the Dashboard Interface. + +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +The Privilege Secure Console is ready to use. Note that the option to view the recovery codes is no +Original image link: ![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Interface | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +Original image link: ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +Original image link: ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +Original image link: ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +Original image link: ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +Original image link: ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | +Original image link: ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Original image link: ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Dashboard Icons +Original image link: ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Session Data | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +Original image link: ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +Original image link: ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +Original image link: ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Original image link: ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Active Directory Icons +Original image link: ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Object | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +Original image link: ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +Original image link: ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +Original image link: ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +Original image link: ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +Original image link: ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | +Original image link: ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Original image link: ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Action Icons +Original image link: ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Information | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Hover over an icon anywhere within the console for its description. +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\accesspolicy.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Access Policy list, click the Plus icon. + +![Add Access Policy](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addaccesspolicy.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Add Access Policy](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addaccesspolicy.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\activitygroup.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Activity Groups list, click the Add Activity Group icon. + +![addactivitygroup](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/addactivitygroup.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![addactivitygroup](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/addactivitygroup.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\schedulepolicy.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Schedule Polices list, click the **Plus** icon. + +![Schedule Policy Editor Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/edit/schedulepolicyeditor.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Schedule Policy Editor Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/edit/schedulepolicyeditor.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\secretvault.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Click the Plus icon and select New Secret Vault from the drop-down list. + +![Add secrete Vault Resource](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addsecretvault.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Add secrete Vault Resource](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addsecretvault.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\page\credentials.md +Context: +[Credentials Dashboard](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md). + +![Credentials page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) + +The page has the following features: +Original image link: ![Credentials page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\tab\resources\databases.md +Context: +The Databases tab shows information about the server database on the selected resource. + +![Database Details page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/details/databasedetailspage.webp) + +The Databases tab has the following features: +Original image link: ![Database Details page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/details/databasedetailspage.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\accesspolicy\addactivitiesandactivitygroups.md +Context: +[Activities Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activities.md). + +![Add Activities and Activity Groups Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Add Activities and Activity Groups Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\accesspolicy\addresourcesandresourcegroups.md +Context: +[Resources Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/resources.md). + +![Add resources and resource groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addresourcesandresourcegroups.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Add resources and resource groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addresourcesandresourcegroups.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\activities\addactivities.md +Context: +[Activities Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activities.md). + +![Add activities and activity groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Add activities and activity groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\protectionpolicies\addresources.md +Context: +[Resources Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/resources.md). + +![Protection policy add resource window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/resources/addresources.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Protection policy add resource window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/resources/addresources.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\producttour.md +Context: +Secure administrator role are walked through features that are relevant to their role. + +![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) + +At any time, the tour can be stopped by clicking the **X** icon at the top-right of the Console. By +Original image link: ![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\admin\producttour.md +Context: +The product tour may be re-started at any time via the user menu. + +![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) + +See the +Original image link: ![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Select an **Activity** to expand the session ribbon. + +![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click **Create Session** to start a new activity session. +Original image link: ![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: + activity sessions. + +![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: +- Click **Start Session** to start the provisioning process. + +![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) + +**NOTE:** If an approval is required, the Waiting for approval message will display until it has +Original image link: ![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: +been granted. + +![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) + +**Step 4 –** When provisioned, an activity session will display an Available status with a green +Original image link: ![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\myactivities.md +Context: +organized alphabetically or by Access Policy. + +![My Activiy Dashboard for End User](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) + +To access the My Activities page, open the Access interface. If there is only a single activity card +Original image link: ![My Activiy Dashboard for End User](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Active Session table, click Create Session to open the Activity Request window. + +![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** On the Request Type page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Click Next to go to the Resource Selection page. + +![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) + +**Step 5 –** On the Resource Selection page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click **Next** to go to the Notes page. + +![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) + +**Step 7 –** On the Notes page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 8 –** Click Next to go to the Scheduling page. + +![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) + +**Step 9 –** On the Scheduling page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Click Next to go to the Review page. + +![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) + +**Step 11 –** On the Review page, review the summary of the new session. +Original image link: ![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\overview.md +Context: +information. + +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +The overview section shows information for the following: +Original image link: ![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +time is 5 minutes or less. + +![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) + +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. +Original image link: ![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. + +![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) + +For SSH the user can extend by typing **Ctrl+X** when prompted. +Original image link: ![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\window\sessionlogs.md +Context: +Active dashboard and click the View Logs button to open the Session Logs window. + +![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Interface | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +Original image link: ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +Original image link: ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.4/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +Original image link: ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +Original image link: ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +Original image link: ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/7.1/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | +Original image link: ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Original image link: ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Dashboard Icons +Original image link: ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Session Data | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +Original image link: ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +Original image link: ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +Original image link: ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Original image link: ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Active Directory Icons +Original image link: ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Object | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +Original image link: ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +Original image link: ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +Original image link: ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +Original image link: ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +Original image link: ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | +Original image link: ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Original image link: ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Information Icons +Original image link: ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Information | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Hover over an icon anywhere within the console for its description. +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +If required, first time Reviewers must register with an MFA to use with their login credentials. + +![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Either click the default authentication connector button, or click **Log In with a +Original image link: ![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +Privilege Secure. + +![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Login to Privilege Secure with a configured authentication connector, or enter the user +Original image link: ![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: + enter. Instead there's just a single button to login. + +![Okta authentication connector](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/oktadefault.webp) + +- Clicking the authentication connector will redirect the user to the IdP login screen, which will +Original image link: ![Okta authentication connector](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/oktadefault.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Enter the code provided by the registered multi-factor authenticator (MFA). + +![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) + +**Step 7 –** Click MFA Login. Privilege Secure opens on the Dashboard Interface. +Original image link: ![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +**Step 7 –** Click MFA Login. Privilege Secure opens on the Dashboard Interface. + +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +Privilege Secure is ready to use. +Original image link: ![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\producttour.md +Context: +Secure administrator role are walked through features that are relevant to their role. + +![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) + +At any time, the tour can be stopped by clicking the **X** icon at the top-right of the Console. By +Original image link: ![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\producttour.md +Context: +The product tour may be re-started at any time via the user menu. + +![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) + +See the +Original image link: ![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.1\accessmanagement\revieweruser\sessiontimeout.md +Context: +of inactivity. A Session Timeout warning message appears after 15 minutes. + +![Session Timeout window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp) + +If the timeout message appears, click Stay Logged In to continue using the console. +Original image link: ![Session Timeout window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.1/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. diff --git a/static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/skipped-image-links.txt b/static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/skipped-image-links.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a80c3f1d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/static/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/skipped-image-links.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1793 @@ + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Select an **Activity** to expand the session ribbon. + +![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click **Create Session** to start a new activity session. +Original image link: ![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: + activity sessions. + +![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: +- Click **Start Session** to start the provisioning process. + +![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) + +**NOTE:** If an approval is required, the Waiting for approval message will display until it has +Original image link: ![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\access\createsession.md +Context: +been granted. + +![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) + +**Step 4 –** When provisioned, an activity session will display an Available status with a green +Original image link: ![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Active Session table, click Create Session to open the Activity Request window. + +![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** On the Request Type page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Click Next to go to the Resource Selection page. + +![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) + +**Step 5 –** On the Resource Selection page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click **Next** to go to the Notes page. + +![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) + +**Step 7 –** On the Notes page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 8 –** Click Next to go to the Scheduling page. + +![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) + +**Step 9 –** On the Scheduling page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Click Next to go to the Review page. + +![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) + +**Step 11 –** On the Review page, review the summary of the new session. +Original image link: ![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +**NOTE:** For NPS users with the Administrator role, session extension is always enabled. + +![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) + +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. +Original image link: ![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. + +![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) + +For SSH the user can extend by typing **Ctrl+X** when prompted. +Original image link: ![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\dashboard\window\sessionlogs.md +Context: +Active dashboard and click the View Logs button to open the Session Logs window. + +![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +Wizard. If required, first time users must register with an MFA to use with their login credentials. + +![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Either click the default authentication connector button, or click **Log In with a +Original image link: ![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +Privilege Secure. + +![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Login to the Privilege Secure Console with a configured authentication connector, or +Original image link: ![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +**Step 5 –** Enter the code provided by the registered multi-factor authenticator (MFA). + +![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Click MFA Login. The Privilege Secure Console opens on the Dashboard Interface. +Original image link: ![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\login.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click MFA Login. The Privilege Secure Console opens on the Dashboard Interface. + +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +**NOTE:** After five incorrect login attempts, the user will be locked out of the account for five +Original image link: ![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Interface | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +Original image link: ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +Original image link: ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +Original image link: ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +Original image link: ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +Original image link: ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | +Original image link: ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Original image link: ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Dashboard Icons +Original image link: ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Session Data | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +Original image link: ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +Original image link: ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +Original image link: ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Original image link: ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Active Directory Icons +Original image link: ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Object | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +Original image link: ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +Original image link: ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +Original image link: ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +Original image link: ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +Original image link: ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | +Original image link: ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Original image link: ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Action Icons +Original image link: ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Information | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Hover over an icon anywhere within the console for its description. +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\accesspolicy.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Access Policy list, click the Plus icon. + +![Add Access Policy](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addaccesspolicy.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Add Access Policy](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addaccesspolicy.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\activitygroup.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Activity Groups list, click the Add Activity Group icon. + +![addactivitygroup](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/addactivitygroup.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![addactivitygroup](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/addactivitygroup.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\schedulepolicy.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Schedule Polices list, click the **Plus** icon. + +![Schedule Policy Editor Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/edit/schedulepolicyeditor.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Schedule Policy Editor Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/edit/schedulepolicyeditor.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\add\secretvault.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** Click the Plus icon and select New Secret Vault from the drop-down list. + +![Add secrete Vault Resource](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addsecretvault.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Add secrete Vault Resource](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/add/addsecretvault.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\page\credentials.md +Context: +page displays the same information as the [Credentials Dashboard](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/dashboard/credentials.md). + +![Credentials page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) + +The page has the following features: +Original image link: ![Credentials page](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\tab\resources\databases.md +Context: +The Databases tab shows information about the server database on the selected resource. + +![Database Details page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/details/databasedetailspage.webp) + +The Databases tab has the following features: +Original image link: ![Database Details page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/details/databasedetailspage.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\tab\resources\urlsentraid.md +Context: +login. + +![URLs Tab for Entra ID](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/details/azureaddetailspage.webp) + +The URLs tab has the following features: +Original image link: ![URLs Tab for Entra ID](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/details/azureaddetailspage.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\accesspolicy\addactivitiesandactivitygroups.md +Context: +Activities are created in the [Activities Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activities.md). + +![Add Activities and Activity Groups Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Add Activities and Activity Groups Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\accesspolicy\addresourcesandresourcegroups.md +Context: +Resources are onboarded in the [Resources Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/resources.md). + +![Add resources and resource groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addresourcesandresourcegroups.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Add resources and resource groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addresourcesandresourcegroups.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\activities\addactivities.md +Context: +created in the [Activities Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/activities.md). + +![Add activities and activity groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Add activities and activity groups window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/usersgroups/addactivitiesandactivitygroups.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\credentials\addcredentials.md +Context: +[Credentials Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/credentials.md). + +![Add Credentials Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/addcredentials.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Add Credentials Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/add/addcredentials.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\policy\window\protectionpolicies\addresources.md +Context: +onboarded in the [Resources Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/page/resources.md). + +![Protection policy add resource window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/resources/addresources.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Protection policy add resource window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/policy/window/resources/addresources.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\producttour.md +Context: +Secure administrator role are walked through features that are relevant to their role. + +![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) + +At any time, the tour can be stopped by clicking the **X** icon at the top-right of the Console. By +Original image link: ![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\producttour.md +Context: +The product tour may be re-started at any time via the user menu. + +![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) + +See the [Navigation](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/navigation.md) topic for additional information. +Original image link: ![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\admin\sessiontimeout.md +Context: +For security reasons, the Privilege Secure Console automatically logs out the user after 10 minutes +of inactivity. A Session Timeout warning message displays after 5 +minutes.![Session time out window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp)If +the timeout message displays, click Stay Logged In to continue using the console.See the +[Global Settings Page](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/admin/configuration/page/globalsettings.md) topic for additional information on +Original image link: ![Session time out window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Select an **Activity** to expand the session ribbon. + +![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click **Create Session** to start a new activity session. +Original image link: ![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: + activity sessions. + +![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: +- Click **Start Session** to start the provisioning process. + +![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) + +**NOTE:** If an approval is required, the Waiting for approval message will display until it has +Original image link: ![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\createsession.md +Context: +been granted. + +![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) + +**Step 4 –** When provisioned, an activity session will display an Available status with a green +Original image link: ![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\access\myactivities.md +Context: +organized alphabetically or by Access Policy. + +![My Activiy Dashboard for End User](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) + +To access the My Activities page, open the Access interface. If there is only a single activity card +Original image link: ![My Activiy Dashboard for End User](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Active Session table, click Create Session to open the Activity Request window. + +![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** On the Request Type page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Click Next to go to the Resource Selection page. + +![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) + +**Step 5 –** On the Resource Selection page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click **Next** to go to the Notes page. + +![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) + +**Step 7 –** On the Notes page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 8 –** Click Next to go to the Scheduling page. + +![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) + +**Step 9 –** On the Scheduling page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Click Next to go to the Review page. + +![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) + +**Step 11 –** On the Review page, review the summary of the new session. +Original image link: ![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\overview.md +Context: +information. + +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +The overview section shows information for the following: +Original image link: ![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +**NOTE:** For NPS users with the Administrator role, session extension is always enabled. + +![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) + +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. +Original image link: ![Extend Activity Session](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\startsession.md +Context: +For RDP, a pop-up message is displayed in the session window. + +![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) + +For SSH the user can extend by typing **Ctrl+X** when prompted. +Original image link: ![extendsessionssh](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/extendsessionssh.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\dashboard\window\sessionlogs.md +Context: +Active dashboard and click the View Logs button to open the Session Logs window. + +![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) + +The window has the following features: +Original image link: ![Session Logs Window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/window/sessionlogs.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Interface | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +Original image link: ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +Original image link: ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![myactivities](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/install/myactivities.webp) | My Activities | +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![dashboard](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.webp) | Dashboard | +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![policy](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/policy.webp) | Policy | +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +Original image link: ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![users](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/admin/monitoreddomains/admonitoringconfiguration/users.webp) | Users & Groups | +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +Original image link: ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![resources](/img/product_docs/platgovnetsuiteflashlight/getting_started/resources.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +Original image link: ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) +Case: Product folder mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![credentials](/img/product_docs/activitymonitor/8.0/install/agent/credentials.webp) | Credentials | +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | +Original image link: ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activities](/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/admin/hostdiscovery/activities.webp) | Activities | +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Original image link: ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![configuration](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/configuration.webp) | Configuration | +| ![servicenodes](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/servicenodes.webp) | Service Nodes | +| ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) | Audit and Reporting | + +Dashboard Icons +Original image link: ![auditreporting](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/auditreporting.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Session Data | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +Original image link: ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +Original image link: ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![activedashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboard.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +Original image link: ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![scheduleddashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/scheduleddashboard.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +Original image link: ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![approvalsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/approvalsdashboard.webp) | Approvals | +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | +Original image link: ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![historicaldashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/historicaldashboard.webp) | Historical Sessions | +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Original image link: ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![usersdasshboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usersdasshboard.webp) | User Activity | +| ![resourcesdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/resourcesdashboard.webp) | Resources | +| ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) | Credentials | + +Active Directory Icons +Original image link: ![credentialsdashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/credentialsdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Object | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_12.webp) | User | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_13.webp) | Group | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +Original image link: ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.5.webp) | Application | +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +Original image link: ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Collectionsicon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/collectionsicon.webp) | Collection | +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +Original image link: ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Custom Role](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/customroleicon.webp) | Custom Role | +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Domain icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.6.webp) | Computer / Resource | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +Original image link: ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.webp) | Domain | +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +Original image link: ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Website icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.7.webp) | Website | +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | +Original image link: ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![AzureAD icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.8.webp) | Azure AD | +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Original image link: ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![Secret Vault icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.9.webp) | Secret Vault | +| ![Cisco icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.4.webp) | Cisco | +| ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) | Windows | + +Information Icons +Original image link: ![Windows icon](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_15.3.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| Icon | Information | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_23.webp) | Complete / Information | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_24.webp) | Warning | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\navigation.md +Context: +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_25.webp) | Failed / Error | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_26.webp) | Active Sessions | +| ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) | Scheduled Sessions | + +Hover over an icon anywhere within the console for its description. +Original image link: ![chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/chapter_1_stealthbits_privileged_27.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +If required, first time Reviewers must register with an MFA to use with their login credentials. + +![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Either click the default authentication connector button, or click **Log In with a +Original image link: ![Default Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/defaultloginuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +Privilege Secure. + +![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Login to Privilege Secure with a configured authentication connector, or enter the user +Original image link: ![Alternate Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/alternatelogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: + enter. Instead there's just a single button to login. + +![Okta authentication connector](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/oktadefault.webp) + +- Clicking the authentication connector will redirect the user to the IdP login screen, which will +Original image link: ![Okta authentication connector](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/oktadefault.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Enter the code provided by the registered multi-factor authenticator (MFA). + +![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) + +**Step 7 –** Click MFA Login. Privilege Secure opens on the Dashboard Interface. +Original image link: ![Multi Factor Authentication Login](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/mfalogin.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\overview.md +Context: +**Step 7 –** Click MFA Login. Privilege Secure opens on the Dashboard Interface. + +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +Privilege Secure is ready to use. +Original image link: ![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\producttour.md +Context: +Secure administrator role are walked through features that are relevant to their role. + +![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) + +At any time, the tour can be stopped by clicking the **X** icon at the top-right of the Console. By +Original image link: ![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\producttour.md +Context: +The product tour may be re-started at any time via the user menu. + +![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) + +See the [Navigation](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/navigation.md) topic for additional information. +Original image link: ![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\accessmanagement\revieweruser\sessiontimeout.md +Context: +For security reasons, the Privilege Secure Console automatically logs out the user after 10 minutes +of inactivity. A Session Timeout warning message displays after 5 +minutes.![Session time out window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp)If +the timeout message displays, click Stay Logged In to continue using the console. + +Original image link: ![Session time out window](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\access\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 1 –** Select an **Activity** to expand the session ribbon. + +![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click **Create Session** to start a new activity session. +Original image link: ![myactivityuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/myactivityuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\access\createsession.md +Context: + activity sessions. + +![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Enter the following information: +Original image link: ![configuresessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/configuresessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\access\createsession.md +Context: +- Click **Start Session** to start the provisioning process. + +![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) + +**NOTE:** If an approval is required, the Waiting for approval message will display until it has +Original image link: ![startsessionuser](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/startsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\access\createsession.md +Context: +been granted. + +![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) + +**Step 4 –** When provisioned, an activity session will display an Available status with a green +Original image link: ![stopsession](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/access/stopsession.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\active.md +Context: +your administrator. + +![End User Active Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +The Active Sessions table has the following features: +Original image link: ![End User Active Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\approvals.md +Context: +approvals. Submitting an approval must be done through Netwrix Privilege Secure. + +![Approvals Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/approvalsdashboarduser.webp) + +The Approvals Dashboard has the following features: +Original image link: ![Approvals Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/approvalsdashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 2 –** In the Active Session table, click Create Session to open the Activity Request window. + +![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) + +**Step 3 –** On the Request Type page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Activity Session Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionuser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 4 –** Click Next to go to the Resource Selection page. + +![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) + +**Step 5 –** On the Resource Selection page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session window Resource Selection](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionresourceselection.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 6 –** Click **Next** to go to the Notes page. + +![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) + +**Step 7 –** On the Notes page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Notes Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionnotes.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 8 –** Click Next to go to the Scheduling page. + +![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) + +**Step 9 –** On the Scheduling page, enter the following information: +Original image link: ![Create Session Schedule Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionscheduling.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\createsession.md +Context: +**Step 10 –** Click Next to go to the Review page. + +![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) + +**Step 11 –** On the Review page, review the summary of the new session. +Original image link: ![Create Session Review Page](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/createsessionreview.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\overview.md +Context: +information. + +![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) + +The overview section shows information for the following: +Original image link: ![Dashboard Interface](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/activedashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\dashboard\scheduled.md +Context: +The Scheduled sessions dashboard shows all scheduled sessions. + +![Scheduled Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/scheduleddashboarduser.webp) + +The Scheduled Sessions table has the following features: +Original image link: ![Scheduled Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/dashboard/scheduleddashboarduser.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\navigation.md +Context: +Help link and the User Menu: + +![End User Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/enduserdashboard.webp) + +The buttons have these functions: +Original image link: ![End User Dashboard](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/enduserdashboard.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\producttour.md +Context: +Secure administrator role are walked through features that are relevant to their role. + +![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) + +At any time, the tour can be stopped by clicking the **X** icon at the top-right of the Console. By +Original image link: ![producttour](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/producttour.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\producttour.md +Context: +The product tour may be re-started at any time via the user menu. + +![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) + +See the [Navigation](/docs/privilegesecure/4.2/remoteaccessgateway/enduser/navigation.md) topic for additional information. +Original image link: ![usermenu](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/usermenu.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. + + +--- +File: docs\privilegesecure\4.2\remoteaccessgateway\enduser\sessiontimeout.md +Context: +**NOTE:** The session timeout setting may differ if it has been customized by your administrator. + +![Session Timeout ](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp) + +If the timeout message appears, click **Stay Logged In** to continue using the console. +Original image link: ![Session Timeout ](/img/product_docs/privilegesecure/4.2/accessmanagement/enduser/sessiontimeout.webp) +Case: Path alignment mismatch +No suggested images found. From 597b2e90c3641fb9984ce8564637641b753160c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Thu, 3 Jul 2025 18:34:28 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 02/10] Directory Manager 11.1 reorg --- .../11.1/about/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/{install => about}/about.md | 6 + .../11.1/about/configure/_category_.json | 10 + .../{install => about}/configure/configure.md | 12 +- .../{install => about}/configure/database.md | 16 +- .../{install => about}/configure/gidserver.md | 12 +- .../{install => about}/configure/overview.md | 6 + .../configure}/setupauthentication.md | 6 + .../configure/signingkeyinfo.md | 20 +- .../11.1/about/installer/_category_.json | 10 + .../{install => about}/installer/install.md | 8 +- .../{install => about}/installer/installer.md | 12 +- .../installer/preparationtool.md | 6 + .../{install => about/installer}/uninstall.md | 6 + .../installer/whatprepinstall.md | 8 +- .../{install => about}/securityutility.md | 6 + .../11.1/about/upgrade/_category_.json | 10 + .../upgrade}/backuprestore.md | 6 + .../11.1/{install => about}/upgrade/notes.md | 12 +- .../{install => about}/upgrade/overview.md | 6 + .../{install => about}/upgrade/upgrade.md | 6 + .../helpdesk/operation/overview.md | 10 - .../11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md | 16 - .../securityrole/policy/overview.md | 28 - .../11.1/admincenter/setupauth/overview.md | 16 - .../admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md | 36 - .../custom/sendsmsmessageresult/message.md | 26 - .../smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md | 25 - .../11.1/api/contact/contactapis.md | 12 - .../11.1/api/datasource/datasourceapis.md | 32 - .../11.1/api/group/groupapis.md | 25 - .../11.1/api/logs/logsapis.md | 14 - .../11.1/api/search/searchapis.md | 7 - .../11.1/api/syncjobs/jobsapis.md | 17 - .../11.1/api/user/userapis.md | 20 - .../11.1/api/workflow/workflowapis.md | 22 - .../11.1/authenticate/_category_.json | 10 + .../asidentityprovider/_category_.json | 10 + .../asidentityprovider/metadata.md | 6 + .../asidentityprovider/overview.md | 6 + .../asidentityprovider/register.md | 6 + .../authenticate/asidentityprovider/signin.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/_category_.json | 10 + .../asserviceprovider/adfs/_category_.json | 10 + .../adfs/configurerelayingpartytrust.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/adfs/overview.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/adfs/signin.md | 6 + .../entrasso/_category_.json | 10 + .../entrasso/configureinentra.md | 6 + .../entrasso/generateurls.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/entrasso/overview.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/entrasso/signin.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/okta/_category_.json | 10 + .../asserviceprovider/okta/configureinokta.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/okta/generateurls.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/okta/overview.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/okta/signin.md | 6 + .../onelogin/_category_.json | 10 + .../onelogin/configureinonelogin.md | 6 + .../onelogin/generateurls.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/onelogin/overview.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/onelogin/signin.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/overview.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/pingone/_category_.json | 10 + .../pingone/configureinpingone.md | 6 + .../pingone/generatemetadata.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/pingone/overview.md | 6 + .../asserviceprovider/pingone/signin.md | 6 + .../11.1/authenticate/overview.md | 6 + .../11.1/configureentraid/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/configureentraid/create.md | 8 +- .../{register/create.md => create_1.md} | 6 + .../11.1/configureentraid/overview.md | 6 + .../configureentraid/register/_category_.json | 10 + .../register/apppermissions.md | 8 +- .../configureentraid/register/appregister.md | 6 + .../11.1/configureentraid/register/modauth.md | 10 +- .../configureentraid/register/overview.md | 6 + .../11.1/credentialprovider/_category_.json | 10 + .../credentialprovider.md | 6 + .../installcp.md | 6 + .../uninstallcp.md | 6 + .../11.1/introduction/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/{ => introduction}/gettingstarted.md | 16 +- .../11.1/{ => introduction}/introduction.md | 6 + .../11.1/{ => introduction}/whatsnew.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/managementshell/commands.md | 6 + .../managementshell/contact/_category_.json | 10 + .../managementshell/contact/getcontact.md | 6 + .../managementshell/contact/newcontact.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/contact/overview.md | 6 + .../managementshell/contact/removecontact.md | 6 + .../managementshell/contact/setcontact.md | 6 + .../managementshell/dynasty/_category_.json | 10 + .../managementshell/dynasty/newdynasty.md | 8 +- .../11.1/managementshell/dynasty/overview.md | 6 + .../managementshell/dynasty/setdynasty.md | 8 +- .../managementshell/general/_category_.json | 10 + .../managementshell/general/getcomputer.md | 6 + .../general/getconnectedstoreinformation.md | 6 + .../general/getconnecteduser.md | 6 + .../general/getimanamicommand.md | 6 + .../general/getreplicationstatus.md | 6 + .../general/gettombstoneobject.md | 6 + .../general/invokereplication.md | 6 + .../managementshell/general/newcontainer.md | 8 +- .../11.1/managementshell/general/overview.md | 6 + .../general/removecontainer.md | 8 +- .../general/restoretombstoneobject.md | 8 +- .../general/sendnotification.md | 8 +- .../managementshell/group/_category_.json | 10 + .../managementshell/group/convertgroup.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/group/expiregroup.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/group/getgroup.md | 8 +- .../11.1/managementshell/group/movegroup.md | 8 +- .../11.1/managementshell/group/newgroup.md | 8 +- .../11.1/managementshell/group/overview.md | 6 + .../managementshell/group/remove-group.md | 8 +- .../11.1/managementshell/group/renewgroup.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/group/setgroup.md | 8 +- .../identitystore/_category_.json | 10 + .../identitystore/clearmessagingserver.md | 6 + .../identitystore/clearnotifications.md | 6 + .../identitystore/clearsmtpserver.md | 6 + .../getavailablemessagingservers.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getclient.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getidentitystore.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getidentitystoreroles.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getlogsettings.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getrolepermissionnames.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getschemaattributes.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getsmsgateways.md | 6 + .../identitystore/getuserrole.md | 6 + .../identitystore/newidentitystore.md | 6 + .../managementshell/identitystore/overview.md | 8 +- .../identitystore/removeidentitystore.md | 6 + .../identitystore/sendtestnotification.md | 6 + .../identitystore/setidentitystore.md | 6 + .../identitystore/setidentitystorerole.md | 6 + .../identitystore/setmessagingserver.md | 6 + .../identitystore/setnotifications.md | 6 + .../identitystore/setsmtpserver.md | 6 + .../identitystoreconnection/_category_.json | 10 + .../connectidentitystore.md | 8 +- .../identitystoreconnection/gettoken.md | 8 +- .../identitystoreconnection/overview.md | 6 + .../managementshell/mailbox/_category_.json | 10 + .../managementshell/mailbox/getmailbox.md | 8 +- .../managementshell/mailbox/newmailbox.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/mailbox/overview.md | 6 + .../managementshell/mailbox/removemailbox.md | 6 + .../managementshell/mailbox/setmailbox.md | 6 + .../mailenableddisabledgroups/_category_.json | 10 + .../disabledistributiongroup.md | 6 + .../enabledistributiongroup.md | 6 + .../mailenableddisabledgroups/overview.md | 6 + .../membership/_category_.json | 10 + .../membership/addgroupmember.md | 8 +- .../membership/getgroupmember.md | 8 +- .../managementshell/membership/getobject.md | 8 +- .../managementshell/membership/overview.md | 6 + .../membership/removegroupmember.md | 8 +- .../managementshell/membership/setobject.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/overview.md | 6 + .../{parameters => }/parameters.md | 6 + .../scheduling/_category_.json | 10 + .../managementshell/scheduling/getschedule.md | 6 + .../scheduling/gettargetschedule.md | 6 + .../scheduling/invokeschedule.md | 6 + .../managementshell/scheduling/newschedule.md | 6 + .../managementshell/scheduling/overview.md | 6 + .../scheduling/removeschedule.md | 6 + .../managementshell/scheduling/setschedule.md | 6 + .../scheduling/stopschedule.md | 6 + .../{parameters => }/setthecredential.md | 6 + .../smartgroup/_category_.json | 10 + .../smartgroup/converttostaticgroup.md | 6 + .../smartgroup/getsmartgroup.md | 6 + .../smartgroup/newsmartgroup.md | 6 + .../managementshell/smartgroup/overview.md | 6 + .../smartgroup/setsmartgroup.md | 6 + .../managementshell/smartgroup/updategroup.md | 8 +- .../smartgroup/upgradegroup.md | 12 +- .../11.1/managementshell/user/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/managementshell/user/getuser.md | 6 + .../managementshell/user/getuserenrollment.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/user/newuser.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/user/overview.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/user/removeuser.md | 6 + .../11.1/managementshell/user/setuser.md | 6 + .../userlifecycle/_category_.json | 10 + .../userlifecycle/extenduser.md | 6 + .../userlifecycle/getstatus.md | 6 + .../managementshell/userlifecycle/overview.md | 6 + .../userlifecycle/reinstateuser.md | 6 + .../userlifecycle/terminatedirectreports.md | 6 + .../userlifecycle/transferdirectreports.md | 6 + .../11.1/portal/entitlement/overview.md | 7 - .../11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md | 11 - .../11.1/portal/group/mydynasties.md | 9 - .../11.1/portal/group/mysmartgroups.md | 9 - .../11.1/portal/group/myteams.md | 7 - .../job/messagingsystemoverview.md | 9 - .../user/create/activedirectory/overview.md | 7 - .../user/create/activedirectory/user.md | 56 - .../11.1/portal/user/manage/overview.md | 9 - .../activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md | 21 - .../activedirectory/useroverview.md | 19 - .../portal/user/properties/azure/overview.md | 17 - .../11.1/requirements/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/requirements/database.md | 6 + .../11.1/requirements/exchangeservers.md | 6 + .../11.1/requirements/hardware.md | 6 + .../11.1/requirements/overview.md | 10 +- .../requirements/permissions/_category_.json | 10 + .../permissions/adserviceaccount.md | 16 +- .../permissions/gmsarequirements.md | 8 +- .../11.1/requirements/permissions/overview.md | 6 + .../11.1/requirements/sqlcertificate.md | 6 + .../11.1/requirements/windowsserver.md | 6 + .../11.1/signin/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/signin/applications/_category_.json | 10 + .../applications}/admincenter.md | 16 +- .../11.1/signin/applications/applications.md | 22 + .../applications}/dockerprerequisites.md | 10 +- .../applications/portal/_category_.json | 10 + .../portal/categories/_category_.json | 10 + .../portal/categories}/categories.md | 12 +- .../applications/portal/categories}/custom.md | 28 +- .../portal/categories}/dropdownlist.md | 14 +- .../applications/portal/categories}/grid.md | 12 +- .../applications/portal/categories}/image.md | 12 +- .../categories/linkedcombo/_category_.json | 10 + .../portal/categories}/linkedcombo/details.md | 10 +- .../categories}/linkedcombo/fileformat.md | 8 +- .../categories}/linkedcombo/overview.md | 18 +- .../portal/categories}/linkedcombo/schema.md | 8 +- .../portal/categories}/linkeddropdown.md | 12 +- .../portal/categories}/multilinetextbox.md | 12 +- .../portal/categories}/multivaluedcontrol.md | 12 +- .../applications/portal/categories}/radio.md | 14 +- .../portal/categories}/textbox.md | 12 +- .../applications}/portal/create.md | 22 +- .../applications}/portal/delete.md | 10 +- .../portal/displaytype/_category_.json | 10 + .../portal/displaytype}/badwords.md | 8 +- .../portal/displaytype}/createobject.md | 18 +- .../portal/displaytype}/importexport.md | 8 +- .../portal/displaytype}/navigationbar.md | 14 +- .../portal/displaytype}/objectcard.md | 10 +- .../portal/displaytype}/objectlist.md | 10 +- .../portal/displaytype}/objectproperties.md | 20 +- .../displaytype}/organizationalhierarchy.md | 10 +- .../portal/displaytype/overview.md | 38 +- .../portal/displaytype}/propertyvalidation.md | 18 +- .../portal/displaytype}/queryattributes.md | 12 +- .../portal/displaytype}/quicksearch.md | 10 +- .../portal/displaytype}/searchforms.md | 16 +- .../portal/displaytype}/searchresults.md | 14 +- .../portal/displaytype}/sendasonbehalf.md | 10 +- .../portal/displaytype}/toolbars.md | 10 +- .../applications}/portal/overview.md | 16 +- .../portal/server/_category_.json | 10 + .../applications}/portal/server/advanced.md | 8 +- .../applications}/portal/server/docker.md | 10 +- .../applications}/portal/server/general.md | 14 +- .../applications}/portal/server/log.md | 8 +- .../applications}/portal/server/nativeiis.md | 14 +- .../applications}/portal/server/overview.md | 22 +- .../applications}/portal/server/remoteiis.md | 12 +- .../applications}/portal/server/support.md | 6 + .../applications}/remoteiisprerequisites.md | 6 + .../11.1/signin/authpolicy/_category_.json | 10 + .../authpolicy}/authpolicy.md | 6 + .../setupauth => signin/authpolicy}/mfa.md | 20 +- .../authpolicy/setupauth/_category_.json | 10 + .../authpolicy}/setupauth/authenticator.md | 12 +- .../authpolicy}/setupauth/email.md | 16 +- .../authpolicy}/setupauth/linkedaccount.md | 12 +- .../signin/authpolicy/setupauth/overview.md | 22 + .../setupauth/securityquestions.md | 20 +- .../authpolicy}/setupauth/windowshello.md | 12 +- .../authpolicy}/setupauth/yubikey.md | 12 +- .../setupauth => signin/authpolicy}/sfa.md | 16 +- .../11.1/signin/concepts/_category_.json | 10 + .../concepts}/accessapplications.md | 8 +- .../concepts}/authenticate.md | 8 +- .../concepts}/changepassword.md | 8 +- .../general => signin/concepts}/concepts.md | 6 + .../general => signin/concepts}/dashboard.md | 18 +- .../concepts}/enroll.md | 12 +- .../general => signin/concepts}/globalpool.md | 12 +- .../concepts}/history.md | 22 +- .../concepts/history_1.md} | 18 +- .../general => signin/concepts}/licensing.md | 6 + .../general => signin/concepts}/logs.md | 10 +- .../general => signin/concepts}/navigation.md | 14 +- .../concepts}/switchaccount.md | 6 + .../11.1/signin/datasource/_category_.json | 10 + .../datasource/create.md | 6 + .../datasource/manage.md | 8 +- .../datasource/overview.md | 14 +- .../11.1/signin/entitlement/_category_.json | 10 + .../ad => signin/entitlement}/manage.md | 20 +- .../entitlement/manage_1.md} | 24 +- .../entitlement/overview.md | 18 +- .../11.1/signin/helpdesk/_category_.json | 10 + .../helpdesk/history.md | 12 +- .../signin/helpdesk/operation/_category_.json | 10 + .../helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md | 12 +- .../helpdesk/operation/export.md | 12 +- .../signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md | 16 + .../helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md | 22 +- .../helpdesk/operation/search.md | 10 +- .../helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md | 12 +- .../helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md | 16 +- .../helpdesk/overview.md | 24 +- .../11.1/signin/identitystore/_category_.json | 10 + .../identitystore/advsentraid.md | 12 +- .../identitystore/configure/_category_.json | 10 + .../identitystore/configure/authtypes.md | 14 +- .../configure}/circularreference.md | 6 + .../identitystore/configure}/configure.md | 48 +- .../configure}/dynastysettings.md | 10 +- .../configure}/groupexpirydeletion.md | 12 +- .../configure}/grouplifecycle.md | 18 +- .../configure}/historytracking.md | 14 +- .../configure}/membershiplifecycle.md | 10 +- .../configure}/messagingprovider.md | 8 +- .../identitystore/configure}/outofbounds.md | 10 +- .../configure}/passwordoptions.md | 14 +- .../configure/ppe/_category_.json | 10 + .../identitystore/configure}/ppe/messages.md | 6 + .../identitystore/configure}/ppe/overview.md | 20 +- .../configure}/ppe/passphrases.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/policyproperties.md | 12 +- .../configure/ppe/rules/_category_.json | 10 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/characterrules.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/historyrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/overview.md | 30 +- .../configure}/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md | 6 + .../configure}/ppe/usersgroups.md | 6 + .../identitystore/configure}/prefixes.md | 12 +- .../configure}/profilevalidation.md | 14 +- .../configure}/secondwayauthentication.md | 14 +- .../configure}/securityquestions.md | 10 +- .../configure}/smsauthentication.md | 16 +- .../identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md | 18 +- .../identitystore/create.md | 8 +- .../signin/identitystore/link/_category_.json | 10 + .../identitystore/link/manage.md | 8 +- .../identitystore/link/overview.md | 10 +- .../identitystore/manage.md | 22 +- .../identitystore/overview.md | 14 +- .../identitystore/replication.md | 12 +- .../signin/identitystore/view/_category_.json | 10 + .../identitystore/view}/details.md | 10 +- .../identitystore/view}/eventlogging.md | 10 +- .../identitystore/view}/view.md | 14 +- .../11.1/signin/notification/_category_.json | 10 + .../notification/customize.md | 8 +- .../notification/overview.md | 6 + .../notification/queue.md | 16 +- .../11.1/signin/replication/_category_.json | 10 + .../replication/overview.md | 16 +- .../replication/settings.md | 22 +- .../11.1/signin/schedule/_category_.json | 10 + .../schedule/entitlement.md | 16 +- .../schedule/entitlementscope.md | 18 +- .../entitlementtemporarypermissions.md | 16 +- .../schedule/grouplifecycle.md | 16 +- .../schedule/groupusageservice.md | 16 +- .../schedule/historyretention.md | 16 +- .../schedule/manage.md | 8 +- .../schedule/managedbylifecycle.md | 10 +- .../schedule/membershiplifecycle.md | 14 +- .../schedule/orphangroupupdate.md | 12 +- .../schedule/overview.md | 50 +- .../schedule/reports.md | 8 +- .../schedule/schemareplication.md | 10 +- .../schedule/smartgroupupdate.md | 8 +- .../schedule/synchronize.md | 8 +- .../schedule/triggers.md | 6 + .../schedule/userlifecycle.md | 8 +- .../schedule/workflowacceleration.md | 10 +- .../11.1/signin/securityrole/_category_.json | 10 + .../securityrole/checkrole.md | 12 +- .../securityrole/create.md | 20 +- .../securityrole/criteria.md | 12 +- .../securityrole/manage.md | 16 +- .../securityrole/overview.md | 16 +- .../securityrole/permissions.md | 8 +- .../securityrole/policy/_category_.json | 10 + .../securityrole/policy/authentication.md | 12 +- .../securityrole/policy/groupowners.md | 10 +- .../securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md | 16 +- .../policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md | 14 +- .../securityrole/policy/newobject.md | 10 +- .../signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md | 34 + .../securityrole/policy/password.md | 12 +- .../securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md | 18 +- .../securityrole/policy/search.md | 12 +- .../securityrole/policy/synchronize.md | 10 +- .../11.1/signin/service/_category_.json | 10 + .../service/dataservice/_category_.json | 10 + .../service/dataservice/create.md | 14 +- .../service/dataservice/manage.md | 18 +- .../service/dataservice/overview.md | 6 + .../service/emailservice.md | 8 +- .../service/overview.md | 6 + .../service/replicationservice.md | 8 +- .../service/schedulerservice.md | 6 + .../service/securityservice/_category_.json | 10 + .../service/securityservice/create.md | 22 +- .../service/securityservice/manage.md | 16 +- .../service/securityservice/overview.md | 14 +- .../service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md | 6 + .../11.1/{admincenter => signin}/signin.md | 18 +- .../11.1/signin/smsgateway/_category_.json | 10 + .../signin/smsgateway/custom/_category_.json | 10 + .../smsgateway/custom/accountid.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/class/_category_.json | 10 + .../smsgateway/custom/class}/accesscode.md | 8 +- .../signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md | 31 + .../smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md} | 16 +- .../custom/class}/exceptionmessage.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/class}/maxlength.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/class}/message.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/class/message_1.md | 32 + .../smsgateway/custom/class}/phonenumbers.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/class}/referenceid.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/class}/success.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/class}/validate.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/clone.md | 8 +- .../11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md | 42 + .../smsgateway/custom/password.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md | 12 +- .../smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/url.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/custom/userid.md | 8 +- .../smsgateway/implementcustom.md | 38 +- .../smsgateway/manage.md | 12 +- .../smsgateway/overview.md | 12 +- .../11.1/signin/workflow/_category_.json | 10 + .../workflow/advancedsettings.md | 12 +- .../workflow/approveracceleration.md | 8 +- .../workflow/implement.md | 8 +- .../workflow/integrate.md | 6 + .../workflow/overview.md | 8 +- .../11.1/ssprportal/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/ssprportal/functions.md | 16 +- .../11.1/ssprportal/navigation.md | 8 +- .../11.1/ssprportal/overview.md | 14 +- .../11.1/welcome/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/{api => welcome}/commonerrors.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/contactapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/welcome/contactapis/contactapis.md | 18 + .../contactapis}/createcontact.md | 6 + .../contactapis}/deletecontact.md | 6 + .../contactapis}/deletecontacts.md | 6 + .../contactapis}/getcontact.md | 6 + .../contactapis}/getcontacts.md | 6 + .../contactapis}/updatecontact.md | 6 + .../11.1/{portal => welcome}/dashboard.md | 10 +- .../11.1/welcome/dashboard/_category_.json | 10 + .../report => welcome/dashboard}/computer.md | 8 +- .../report => welcome/dashboard}/contact.md | 8 +- .../report => welcome/dashboard}/dashboard.md | 22 +- .../report => welcome/dashboard}/generate.md | 8 +- .../report => welcome/dashboard}/group.md | 20 +- .../report => welcome/dashboard}/manage.md | 8 +- .../report => welcome/dashboard}/user.md | 12 +- .../welcome/datasourceapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../datasourceapis/createds/_category_.json | 10 + .../datasourceapis/createds}/createds.md | 18 +- .../datasourceapis/createds}/dsaccess.md | 10 +- .../datasourceapis/createds}/dsexcel.md | 10 +- .../datasourceapis/createds}/dsodbc.md | 10 +- .../datasourceapis/createds}/dsoracle.md | 10 +- .../datasourceapis/createds}/dssql.md | 10 +- .../datasourceapis/createds}/dstext.md | 10 +- .../welcome/datasourceapis/datasourceapis.md | 38 + .../datasourceapis}/deleteds.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/gefsmdtype.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getallds.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getalldstype.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getds.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getdsparameter.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getdspo.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getdstypeid.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getdstypename.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getfilterds.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getfntype.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/getmd.md | 8 +- .../datasourceapis}/getmdtypest.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/parsecs.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/updateds.md | 6 + .../datasourceapis}/validatedc.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/entitlement/_category_.json | 10 + .../entitlement/fileservers.md | 8 +- .../11.1/welcome/entitlement/overview.md | 13 + .../entitlement/sharepointsites.md | 6 + .../welcome/generalfeatures/_category_.json | 10 + .../generalfeatures}/find.md | 6 + .../generalfeatures}/generalfeatures.md | 16 +- .../generalfeatures}/portal.md | 12 +- .../generalfeatures}/querysearch.md | 20 +- .../generalfeatures}/search.md | 10 +- .../generalfeatures}/toolbar.md | 6 + .../generalfeatures}/user.md | 6 + .../11.1/{api => welcome}/gettoken.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/group/_category_.json | 10 + .../welcome/group/allgroups/_category_.json | 10 + .../group/allgroups}/alldynasties.md | 8 +- .../group/allgroups}/allexpiredgroups.md | 6 + .../group/allgroups}/allexpiringgroups.md | 6 + .../group/allgroups}/allgroups.md | 42 +- .../group/allgroups}/allsmartgroups.md | 8 +- .../group/allgroups}/passwordexpirygroups.md | 6 + .../group/allgroups}/privategroups.md | 8 +- .../group/allgroups}/publicgroups.md | 8 +- .../group/allgroups}/semiprivategroups.md | 10 +- .../group/allgroups}/teams.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/group/create/_category_.json | 10 + .../teams => welcome/group/create}/create.md | 16 +- .../group/create/group/_category_.json | 10 + .../group/create/group}/general.md | 6 + .../group/create/group/general_1.md} | 8 +- .../group/create/group}/group.md | 38 +- .../group/create/group/group_1.md} | 28 +- .../group/create/group}/members.md | 10 +- .../group/create/group}/owners.md | 12 +- .../group/create/group}/smartgroup.md | 8 +- .../11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md | 17 + .../group/create/overview.md | 6 + .../welcome/group/dynasty/_category_.json | 10 + .../dynasty/createdynasty/_category_.json | 10 + .../dynasty/createdynasty}/createdynasty.md | 36 +- .../dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty_1.md} | 36 +- .../dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md | 10 +- .../createdynasty}/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md | 6 + .../group/dynasty/createdynasty}/general.md | 8 +- .../group/dynasty/overview.md | 8 +- .../welcome/group/mygroups/_category_.json | 10 + .../group/mygroups}/mydeletedgroups.md | 12 +- .../welcome/group/mygroups/mydynasties.md | 15 + .../group/mygroups}/myexpiredgroups.md | 14 +- .../group/mygroups}/myexpiringgroups.md | 12 +- .../group/mygroups}/mygroups.md | 46 +- .../group/mygroups}/mymemberships.md | 10 +- .../welcome/group/mygroups/mysmartgroups.md | 15 + .../11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myteams.md | 13 + .../{portal => welcome}/group/overview.md | 8 +- .../welcome/group/properties/_category_.json | 10 + .../group/properties/advanced.md | 6 + .../group/properties/attributes.md | 6 + .../group/properties/channels.md | 8 +- .../group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md | 8 +- .../group/properties/dynastyoptions.md | 12 +- .../group/properties/email.md | 10 +- .../group/properties/entitlements.md | 6 + .../group/properties/general.md | 6 + .../group/properties/history.md | 14 +- .../properties/importadditionalowners.md | 6 + .../group/properties/importmembers.md | 10 +- .../group/properties/memberof.md | 10 +- .../group/properties/members.md | 16 +- .../group/properties/overview.md | 44 +- .../group/properties/owner.md | 16 +- .../group/properties/similargroups.md | 6 + .../group/properties/smartgroup.md | 8 +- .../group/properties/treeview.md | 6 + .../group/querydesigner/_category_.json | 10 + .../group/querydesigner/database.md | 8 +- .../group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md | 10 +- .../group/querydesigner/general.md | 6 + .../group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md | 6 + .../group/querydesigner/overview.md | 22 +- .../querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md | 8 +- .../group/querydesigner/script.md | 6 + .../group/querydesigner/storage.md | 6 + .../welcome/group/recyclebin/_category_.json | 10 + .../group/recyclebin/general.md | 6 + .../group/recyclebin/overview.md | 6 + .../group/transferownership.md | 6 + .../group/workingwithgroups/_category_.json | 10 + .../group/workingwithgroups}/attestation.md | 8 +- .../workingwithgroups}/dynastyfunction.md | 40 +- .../workingwithgroups}/generalfunction.md | 22 +- .../group/workingwithgroups}/groupaccess.md | 6 + .../group/workingwithgroups}/groupdeletion.md | 10 +- .../group/workingwithgroups}/groupexpiry.md | 10 +- .../workingwithgroups}/groupexpiryfunction.md | 22 +- .../workingwithgroups}/groupjoinleave.md | 46 +- .../groupmembershipfunction.md | 42 +- .../groupownershipfunction.md | 36 +- .../workingwithgroups}/scheduleupdate.md | 16 +- .../workingwithgroups}/sendassendonbehalf.md | 8 +- .../workingwithgroups}/workingwithgroups.md | 12 +- .../11.1/welcome/groupapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../groupapis}/createsmartgroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/createsmartgroupentraid.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/createstaticgroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/createstaticgroupentraid.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/deletegroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/deletegroups.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/expiregroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/expiregroups.md | 6 + .../group => welcome/groupapis}/getgroup.md | 6 + .../group => welcome/groupapis}/getgroups.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/groupapis/groupapis.md | 31 + .../group => welcome/groupapis}/joingroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/joingrouponbehalf.md | 6 + .../group => welcome/groupapis}/leavegroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/leavegrouponbehalf.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/previewmembership.md | 6 + .../group => welcome/groupapis}/renewgroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/renewgroups.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/updategroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/updategroups.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/updatesmartgroup.md | 6 + .../groupapis}/updatesmartgroups.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/history/_category_.json | 10 + .../history/mydirectorygroup.md | 8 +- .../history/mydirectreport.md | 10 +- .../{portal => welcome}/history/myhistory.md | 10 +- .../{portal => welcome}/history/overview.md | 14 +- .../11.1/welcome/jobsapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../jobsapis}/createjob.md | 8 +- .../jobsapis}/createnewjobcollection.md | 8 +- .../jobsapis}/deletejob.md | 10 +- .../jobsapis}/deletejobcollections.md | 10 +- .../jobsapis}/getcollectionsdetails.md | 8 +- .../jobsapis}/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md | 8 +- .../jobsapis}/getjobcollections.md | 8 +- .../syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/getjobs.md | 6 + .../jobsapis}/getjobsdetails.md | 6 + .../jobsapis}/getjobsname.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/jobsapis/jobsapis.md | 23 + .../jobsapis}/updatjobcollection.md | 6 + .../11.1/{portal => welcome}/login.md | 16 +- .../11.1/welcome/logsapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../logs => welcome/logsapis}/admincenter.md | 8 +- .../logs => welcome/logsapis}/dataservice.md | 8 +- .../logs => welcome/logsapis}/emailservice.md | 8 +- .../11.1/welcome/logsapis/logsapis.md | 20 + .../{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/portal.md | 8 +- .../logsapis}/replicationservice.md | 8 +- .../logsapis}/schedulerservice.md | 8 +- .../logsapis}/securityservice.md | 8 +- .../manage => welcome}/passwordmanagement.md | 20 +- .../11.1/welcome/request/_category_.json | 10 + .../{portal => welcome}/request/allrequest.md | 6 + .../{portal => welcome}/request/myrequest.md | 6 + .../{portal => welcome}/request/overview.md | 16 +- .../{portal => welcome}/request/pending.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/searchapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../searchapis}/byattribute.md | 6 + .../searchapis}/groupmembers.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/searchapis/searchapis.md | 13 + .../_category_.json | 10 + .../passwordreset.md | 6 + .../secondfactorauthentication.md | 10 +- .../11.1/welcome/synchronize/_category_.json | 10 + .../synchronize/create/_category_.json | 10 + .../chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md | 6 + .../create}/chooseyourjobtemplate.md | 6 + .../synchronize/create}/create.md | 18 +- .../synchronize/create/create_1.md} | 16 +- .../synchronize/create}/mappingfield.md | 6 + .../messagingsystemoverview/_category_.json | 10 + .../messagingsystemoverview}/exchange.md | 6 + .../messagingsystemoverview}/googleapp.md | 6 + .../messagingsystemoverview.md | 15 + .../messagingsystemoverview}/office365.md | 8 +- .../create}/objectfieldsandmapping.md | 20 +- .../create}/scheduleandnotification.md | 10 +- .../create}/schedulingandnotification.md | 10 +- .../synchronize/create}/selectedfield.md | 6 + .../create}/sourceanddestination.md | 6 + .../create}/synchronizedjobcollection.md | 8 +- .../synchronize/dashboard.md | 18 +- .../synchronize/dtmscript/_category_.json | 10 + .../synchronize/dtmscript}/dtmscript.md | 12 +- .../dtmscript}/samplecontainerscript.md | 6 + .../dtmscript}/sampletransformscript.md | 6 + .../dtmscript}/visualbasicnetbasic.md | 6 + .../synchronize/manage/_category_.json | 10 + .../synchronize/manage/job.md | 14 +- .../synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md | 10 +- .../manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md | 8 +- .../synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md | 8 +- .../synchronize/manage/overview.md | 6 + .../synchronize/manage/schedule.md | 8 +- .../synchronize/overview.md | 20 +- .../synchronize/provider.md | 10 +- .../transformation/_category_.json | 10 + .../autogenerateuniquepassword.md | 6 + .../synchronize/transformation/overview.md | 8 +- .../11.1/welcome/user/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.1/welcome/user/create/_category_.json | 10 + .../create/activedirectory/_category_.json | 10 + .../user/create/activedirectory/account.md | 6 + .../user/create/activedirectory}/contact.md | 8 +- .../user/create/activedirectory}/exchange.md | 6 + .../user/create/activedirectory}/mailbox.md | 16 +- .../user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md | 6 + .../user/create/activedirectory/overview.md | 13 + .../user/create/activedirectory/password.md | 6 + .../user/create/activedirectory/summary.md | 6 + .../user/create/activedirectory/user.md | 62 + .../welcome/user/create/azure/_category_.json | 10 + .../user/create/azure/account.md | 6 + .../user/create/azure/directoryrole.md | 6 + .../user/create/azure}/exchange.md | 6 + .../user/create/azure}/mailbox.md | 8 +- .../user/create/azure/overview.md | 10 +- .../user/create/azure/password.md | 6 + .../user/create/azure/user.md | 14 +- .../user/create/overview.md | 6 + .../user/linkedaccounts.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/user/manage/_category_.json | 10 + .../user/manage/changepassword.md | 8 +- .../user/manage/directreport.md | 10 +- .../user/manage}/disableduser.md | 8 +- .../user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md | 10 +- .../11.1/welcome/user/manage/overview.md | 15 + .../user/manage/resetpassword.md | 10 +- .../user/manage/unlockaccount.md | 6 + .../user/manage/validateprofile.md | 14 +- .../user/manage/viewprofile.md | 8 +- .../11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/overview.md | 20 +- .../welcome/user/properties/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/contact/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/contact/advanced.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/contact/memberof.md | 8 +- .../activedirectory/contact/overview.md | 22 +- .../activedirectory/mailbox/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md | 8 +- .../activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md | 27 + .../properties/activedirectory/overview.md | 48 +- .../useroverview/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/useroverview}/account.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/useroverview}/advanced.md | 8 +- .../activedirectory/useroverview}/email.md | 6 + .../useroverview}/entitlement.md | 8 +- .../activedirectory/useroverview}/general.md | 8 +- .../activedirectory/useroverview}/memberof.md | 10 +- .../useroverview}/organization.md | 18 +- .../useroverview}/phonenote.md | 6 + .../useroverview/useroverview.md | 25 + .../user/properties/azure/_category_.json | 10 + .../user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md | 6 + .../user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md | 6 + .../user/properties/azure/identity.md | 6 + .../user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md | 8 +- .../welcome/user/properties/azure/overview.md | 23 + .../user/properties/overview.md | 64 +- .../11.1/welcome/userapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../user => welcome/userapis}/createuser.md | 6 + .../userapis}/createuserentraid.md | 6 + .../user => welcome/userapis}/deleteuser.md | 6 + .../user => welcome/userapis}/deleteusers.md | 6 + .../user => welcome/userapis}/getallgroups.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmydynasties.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmyexpiredgroups.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmyexpiringgroups.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md | 6 + .../user => welcome/userapis}/getmygroups.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmygroupscount.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmymemberships.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmymemebershipcount.md | 6 + .../userapis}/getmysmartgroups.md | 6 + .../{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getuser.md | 6 + .../user => welcome/userapis}/getusers.md | 6 + .../user => welcome/userapis}/updateuser.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/userapis/userapis.md | 26 + .../11.1/{portal => welcome}/welcome.md | 6 + .../{api/welcome.md => welcome/welcome_1.md} | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/workflowapis/_category_.json | 10 + .../workflowapis}/allwfroutes.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/approvereq.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/configurepowerautomate.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/createroute.md | 10 +- .../workflowapis}/deletereqstatus.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/deleteroute.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/deletewfreq.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/denyreq.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/getapprovers.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/getdefroute.md | 10 +- .../workflowapis}/getmyreq.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/getpendingreq.md | 10 +- .../workflowapis}/getpowerautomatesettings.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/getwfreq.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/getwfroute.md | 6 + .../updatepowerautomatesettings.md | 6 + .../workflowapis}/updateroute.md | 6 + .../11.1/welcome/workflowapis/workflowapis.md | 28 + scripts/ActivityMonitor.fltoc | 715 --- scripts/Auditor.fltoc | 1662 ------ scripts/ChangeTracker.fltoc | 370 -- scripts/GroupID.fltoc | 2202 ++++++++ scripts/InformationCenter.fltoc | 1229 ----- scripts/NDC.fltoc | 721 --- scripts/Recovery.fltoc | 146 - scripts/accessanalyzer.fltoc | 4675 ----------------- scripts/fix-accessanalyzer-img-paths.js | 40 - scripts/fix-images.js | 430 -- scripts/move-and-update-links.js | 148 - scripts/move-images-and-update-links.js | 137 - scripts/rename-image-and-update-md.js | 102 - scripts/update-image-links.js | 574 -- 833 files changed, 9163 insertions(+), 12722 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/about.md (84%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/configure/configure.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/configure/database.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/configure/gidserver.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/configure/overview.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{requirements => about/configure}/setupauthentication.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/configure/signingkeyinfo.md (86%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/installer/install.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/installer/installer.md (80%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/installer/preparationtool.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about/installer}/uninstall.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/installer/whatprepinstall.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/securityutility.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about/upgrade}/backuprestore.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/upgrade/notes.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/upgrade/overview.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{install => about}/upgrade/upgrade.md (98%) delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/message.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/contactapis.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/datasourceapis.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/groupapis.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/logsapis.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/searchapis.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/jobsapis.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/userapis.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/workflowapis.md create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/{register/create.md => create_1.md} (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/manage => credentialprovider}/credentialprovider.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/manage => credentialprovider}/installcp.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/manage => credentialprovider}/uninstallcp.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{ => introduction}/gettingstarted.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{ => introduction}/introduction.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{ => introduction}/whatsnew.md (78%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/{parameters => }/parameters.md (99%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/{parameters => }/setthecredential.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/_category_.json delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydynasties.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mysmartgroups.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myteams.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/messagingsystemoverview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/user.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview.md delete mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/overview.md create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/service => signin/applications}/admincenter.md (73%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal => signin/applications}/dockerprerequisites.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/categories.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/custom.md (59%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/dropdownlist.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/grid.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/image.md (91%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal => signin/applications/portal/categories}/linkedcombo/details.md (80%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal => signin/applications/portal/categories}/linkedcombo/fileformat.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal => signin/applications/portal/categories}/linkedcombo/overview.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal => signin/applications/portal/categories}/linkedcombo/schema.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/linkeddropdown.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/multilinetextbox.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/multivaluedcontrol.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/radio.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/displaytype => signin/applications/portal/categories}/textbox.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/create.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/delete.md (88%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/badwords.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/createobject.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/importexport.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/navigationbar.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/objectcard.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/objectlist.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/objectproperties.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/organizationalhierarchy.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/displaytype/overview.md (61%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/propertyvalidation.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/queryattributes.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design/form => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/quicksearch.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design/form => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/searchforms.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design/form => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/searchresults.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/sendasonbehalf.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal/design => signin/applications/portal/displaytype}/toolbars.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/overview.md (85%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/advanced.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/docker.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/general.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/log.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/nativeiis.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/overview.md (63%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/remoteiis.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/applications}/portal/server/support.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/portal => signin/applications}/remoteiisprerequisites.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure => signin/authpolicy}/authpolicy.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/setupauth => signin/authpolicy}/mfa.md (70%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/authpolicy}/setupauth/authenticator.md (72%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/authpolicy}/setupauth/email.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/authpolicy}/setupauth/linkedaccount.md (78%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/authpolicy}/setupauth/securityquestions.md (72%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/authpolicy}/setupauth/windowshello.md (78%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/authpolicy}/setupauth/yubikey.md (76%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/setupauth => signin/authpolicy}/sfa.md (75%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/accessapplications.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/concepts}/authenticate.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/changepassword.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/concepts.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/dashboard.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/concepts}/enroll.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/globalpool.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin/concepts}/history.md (73%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general/history.md => signin/concepts/history_1.md} (82%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/licensing.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/logs.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/navigation.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/general => signin/concepts}/switchaccount.md (89%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/datasource/create.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/datasource/manage.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/datasource/overview.md (73%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/entitlement/ad => signin/entitlement}/manage.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md => signin/entitlement/manage_1.md} (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/entitlement/overview.md (86%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/history.md (95%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/operation/export.md (64%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/operation/search.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md (79%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/helpdesk/overview.md (71%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/advsentraid.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/circularreference.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore => signin/identitystore/configure}/configure.md (61%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/dynastysettings.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/groupexpirydeletion.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/grouplifecycle.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/historytracking.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/membershiplifecycle.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/messagingprovider.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/outofbounds.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/security => signin/identitystore/configure}/passwordoptions.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/messages.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/overview.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/passphrases.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/policyproperties.md (85%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/characterrules.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/historyrule.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/overview.md (72%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/ppe/usersgroups.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/prefixes.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice => signin/identitystore/configure}/profilevalidation.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/security => signin/identitystore/configure}/secondwayauthentication.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/security => signin/identitystore/configure}/securityquestions.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/configure/security => signin/identitystore/configure}/smsauthentication.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/create.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/link/manage.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/link/overview.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/manage.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/overview.md (74%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/identitystore/replication.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/history => signin/identitystore/view}/details.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/history => signin/identitystore/view}/eventlogging.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/identitystore/history => signin/identitystore/view}/view.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/notification/customize.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/notification/overview.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/notification/queue.md (89%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/replication/overview.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/replication/settings.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/entitlement.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/entitlementscope.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/grouplifecycle.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/groupusageservice.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/historyretention.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/manage.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/overview.md (52%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/reports.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/schemareplication.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/synchronize.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/triggers.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/userlifecycle.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/schedule/workflowacceleration.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/checkrole.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/create.md (80%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/criteria.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/manage.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/overview.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/permissions.md (99%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/authentication.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/newobject.md (95%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/password.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/search.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/dataservice/create.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/dataservice/manage.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/dataservice/overview.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/emailservice.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/overview.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/replicationservice.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/schedulerservice.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/securityservice/create.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/securityservice/manage.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/securityservice/overview.md (71%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/signin.md (90%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md (82%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/accesscode.md (70%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md => signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md} (62%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/exceptionmessage.md (65%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/maxlength.md (79%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/message.md (71%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message_1.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/phonenumbers.md (72%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/referenceid.md (68%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/success.md (69%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage => signin/smsgateway/custom/class}/validate.md (77%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/clone.md (72%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/password.md (76%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md (80%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md (79%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md (79%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md (79%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md (78%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md (66%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md (73%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md (74%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md (72%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/url.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/custom/userid.md (76%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/implementcustom.md (63%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/manage.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/smsgateway/overview.md (76%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/workflow/advancedsettings.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/workflow/approveracceleration.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/workflow/implement.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/workflow/integrate.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{admincenter => signin}/workflow/overview.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api => welcome}/commonerrors.md (91%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/contactapis.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/contact => welcome/contactapis}/createcontact.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/contact => welcome/contactapis}/deletecontact.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/contact => welcome/contactapis}/deletecontacts.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/contact => welcome/contactapis}/getcontact.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/contact => welcome/contactapis}/getcontacts.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/contact => welcome/contactapis}/updatecontact.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/dashboard.md (90%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/report => welcome/dashboard}/computer.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/report => welcome/dashboard}/contact.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/report => welcome/dashboard}/dashboard.md (76%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/report => welcome/dashboard}/generate.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/report => welcome/dashboard}/group.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/report => welcome/dashboard}/manage.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/report => welcome/dashboard}/user.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis/createds}/createds.md (57%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis/createds}/dsaccess.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis/createds}/dsexcel.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis/createds}/dsodbc.md (82%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis/createds}/dsoracle.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis/createds}/dssql.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis/createds}/dstext.md (86%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/datasourceapis.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/deleteds.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/gefsmdtype.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getallds.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getalldstype.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getds.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getdsparameter.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getdspo.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getdstypeid.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getdstypename.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getfilterds.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getfntype.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getmd.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/getmdtypest.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/parsecs.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/updateds.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/datasource => welcome/datasourceapis}/validatedc.md (88%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/entitlement/fileservers.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/entitlement/sharepointsites.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/search => welcome/generalfeatures}/find.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome/generalfeatures}/generalfeatures.md (64%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/setting => welcome/generalfeatures}/portal.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/search => welcome/generalfeatures}/querysearch.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/search => welcome/generalfeatures}/search.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome/generalfeatures}/toolbar.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/setting => welcome/generalfeatures}/user.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api => welcome}/gettoken.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/alldynasties.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/allexpiredgroups.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/allexpiringgroups.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/allgroups.md (68%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/allsmartgroups.md (64%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/passwordexpirygroups.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/privategroups.md (64%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/publicgroups.md (64%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/semiprivategroups.md (69%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/allgroups}/teams.md (81%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/teams => welcome/group/create}/create.md (63%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/create/activedirectory => welcome/group/create/group}/general.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/create/azure/general.md => welcome/group/create/group/general_1.md} (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/create/activedirectory => welcome/group/create/group}/group.md (57%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/create/azure/group.md => welcome/group/create/group/group_1.md} (58%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/create/activedirectory => welcome/group/create/group}/members.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/create/activedirectory => welcome/group/create/group}/owners.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/create/activedirectory => welcome/group/create/group}/smartgroup.md (90%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/create/overview.md (95%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/dynasty/activedirectory => welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty}/createdynasty.md (78%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/dynasty/azure/createdynasty.md => welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty_1.md} (79%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/dynasty => welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty}/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/dynasty => welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty}/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/dynasty/azure => welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty}/general.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/dynasty/overview.md (95%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/mygroups}/mydeletedgroups.md (52%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydynasties.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/mygroups}/myexpiredgroups.md (73%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/mygroups}/myexpiringgroups.md (65%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/mygroups}/mygroups.md (65%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group => welcome/group/mygroups}/mymemberships.md (50%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mysmartgroups.md create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myteams.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/overview.md (86%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/advanced.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/attributes.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/channels.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/email.md (82%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/entitlements.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/general.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/history.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/importmembers.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/memberof.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/members.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/overview.md (57%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/owner.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/similargroups.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/smartgroup.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/properties/treeview.md (77%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/database.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/general.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/overview.md (81%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/script.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/querydesigner/storage.md (91%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/recyclebin/general.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/recyclebin/overview.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/group/transferownership.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/attestation.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/dynastyfunction.md (72%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/generalfunction.md (70%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/groupaccess.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/groupdeletion.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/groupexpiry.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/groupexpiryfunction.md (79%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/groupjoinleave.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/groupmembershipfunction.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/groupownershipfunction.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/scheduleupdate.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/sendassendonbehalf.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/group/manage => welcome/group/workingwithgroups}/workingwithgroups.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/createsmartgroup.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/createsmartgroupentraid.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/createstaticgroup.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/createstaticgroupentraid.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/deletegroup.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/deletegroups.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/expiregroup.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/expiregroups.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/getgroup.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/getgroups.md (99%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/groupapis.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/joingroup.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/joingrouponbehalf.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/leavegroup.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/leavegrouponbehalf.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/previewmembership.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/renewgroup.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/renewgroups.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/updategroup.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/updategroups.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/updatesmartgroup.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/group => welcome/groupapis}/updatesmartgroups.md (91%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/history/mydirectorygroup.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/history/mydirectreport.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/history/myhistory.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/history/overview.md (82%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/createjob.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/createnewjobcollection.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/deletejob.md (67%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/deletejobcollections.md (71%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/getcollectionsdetails.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/getjobcollections.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/getjobs.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/getjobsdetails.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/getjobsname.md (91%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/jobsapis.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/syncjobs => welcome/jobsapis}/updatjobcollection.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/login.md (87%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/admincenter.md (69%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/dataservice.md (60%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/emailservice.md (58%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/logsapis.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/portal.md (59%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/replicationservice.md (62%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/schedulerservice.md (60%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/logs => welcome/logsapis}/securityservice.md (62%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/manage => welcome}/passwordmanagement.md (68%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/request/allrequest.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/request/myrequest.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/request/overview.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/request/pending.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/search => welcome/searchapis}/byattribute.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/search => welcome/searchapis}/groupmembers.md (99%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/searchapis.md create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/authentication => welcome/secondfactorauthentication}/passwordreset.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/authentication => welcome/secondfactorauthentication}/secondfactorauthentication.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/collection => welcome/synchronize/create}/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create}/chooseyourjobtemplate.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create}/create.md (82%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/collection/create.md => welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md} (77%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create}/mappingfield.md (99%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview}/exchange.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview}/googleapp.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/messagingsystemoverview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview}/office365.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create}/objectfieldsandmapping.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create}/scheduleandnotification.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/collection => welcome/synchronize/create}/schedulingandnotification.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create}/selectedfield.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/job => welcome/synchronize/create}/sourceanddestination.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/collection => welcome/synchronize/create}/synchronizedjobcollection.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/dashboard.md (79%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/script => welcome/synchronize/dtmscript}/dtmscript.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/script => welcome/synchronize/dtmscript}/samplecontainerscript.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/script => welcome/synchronize/dtmscript}/sampletransformscript.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/synchronize/script => welcome/synchronize/dtmscript}/visualbasicnetbasic.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/manage/job.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/manage/overview.md (72%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/manage/schedule.md (63%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/overview.md (82%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/provider.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/synchronize/transformation/overview.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/activedirectory/account.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/create/activedirectory/contact => welcome/user/create/activedirectory}/contact.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox => welcome/user/create/activedirectory}/exchange.md (87%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox => welcome/user/create/activedirectory}/mailbox.md (51%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md (90%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/activedirectory/password.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md (77%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/user.md create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/azure/account.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md (83%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/create/azure/mailbox => welcome/user/create/azure}/exchange.md (90%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/create/azure/mailbox => welcome/user/create/azure}/mailbox.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/azure/overview.md (56%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/azure/password.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/azure/user.md (74%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/create/overview.md (75%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/linkedaccounts.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/manage/changepassword.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/manage/directreport.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user => welcome/user/manage}/disableduser.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md (81%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/manage/resetpassword.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/manage/unlockaccount.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/manage/validateprofile.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/manage/viewprofile.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/overview.md (82%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md (73%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md (69%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/overview.md (51%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md (86%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/activedirectory/overview.md (50%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/account.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/advanced.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/email.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/entitlement.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/general.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/memberof.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/organization.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal/user/properties/activedirectory => welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview}/phonenote.md (84%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/useroverview.md create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md (76%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md (80%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/azure/identity.md (94%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md (58%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/overview.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/user/properties/overview.md (56%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/createuser.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/createuserentraid.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/deleteuser.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/deleteusers.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getallgroups.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmydynasties.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmyexpiredgroups.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmyexpiringgroups.md (96%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md (82%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmygroups.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmygroupscount.md (85%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmymemberships.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmymemebershipcount.md (84%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getmysmartgroups.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getuser.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/getusers.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/user => welcome/userapis}/updateuser.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/userapis.md rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{portal => welcome}/welcome.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/welcome.md => welcome/welcome_1.md} (89%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/_category_.json rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/allwfroutes.md (99%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/approvereq.md (92%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/configurepowerautomate.md (91%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/createroute.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/deletereqstatus.md (88%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/deleteroute.md (93%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/deletewfreq.md (75%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/denyreq.md (89%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/getapprovers.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/getdefroute.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/getmyreq.md (98%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/getpendingreq.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/getpowerautomatesettings.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/getwfreq.md (97%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/getwfroute.md (95%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/updatepowerautomatesettings.md (86%) rename docs/directorymanager/11.1/{api/workflow => welcome/workflowapis}/updateroute.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/workflowapis.md delete mode 100644 scripts/ActivityMonitor.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/Auditor.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/ChangeTracker.fltoc create mode 100644 scripts/GroupID.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/InformationCenter.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/NDC.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/Recovery.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/accessanalyzer.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/fix-accessanalyzer-img-paths.js delete mode 100644 scripts/fix-images.js delete mode 100644 scripts/move-and-update-links.js delete mode 100644 scripts/move-images-and-update-links.js delete mode 100644 scripts/rename-image-and-update-md.js delete mode 100644 scripts/update-image-links.js diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55497ef024 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Installation", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "about" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/about.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/about.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/about.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/about.md index d9ae2b7dc1..738030fb74 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/about.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/about.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Installation" +description: "Installation" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Installation The Directory Manager installer auto detects the prerequisite software and Windows features that diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d50e6b1f43 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configuration", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/configure.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/configure.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/configure.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/configure.md index ca2698c243..b3eb271834 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/configure.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/configure.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configuration Tool" +description: "Configuration Tool" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Configuration Tool You can configure Directory Managerimmediately after installing it. @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ You can configure Directory Managerimmediately after installing it. Step 1 – Run the Configuration Tool in one of the following ways: - To configure Directory Managerright after installation, click **Next** on the **Run Configuration - Tool** page. See the [Installation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/install.md) topic. + Tool** page. See the [Installation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/install.md) topic. - When Directory Manager is installed, the Configuration Tool is also installed as a separate program on the machine. Launch the Directory Manager Configuration Tool from the Windows Start screen. @@ -27,7 +33,7 @@ option. It also configures the Directory Manager Elasticsearch Service as a master node for the Elasticsearch service cluster to support load balancing. See the - [Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/gidserver.md) + [Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/gidserver.md) topic for additional information. - **Configure a new GroupID 11 server to add it into an existing GroupID 11 cluster with an existing @@ -38,5 +44,5 @@ option. This option also configures the Directory Manager Elasticsearch Service as a slave node to the master node for the Elasticsearch Service cluster configured on the Directory Manager server. See the - [Configure a new Directory Manager server to add it to an existing Directory Manager 11 cluster with an existing database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/database.md) + [Configure a new Directory Manager server to add it to an existing Directory Manager 11 cluster with an existing database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/database.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/database.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/database.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/database.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/database.md index 8b808acd9a..bcc934541c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/database.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/database.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure a new Directory Manager server to add it to an existing Directory Manager 11 cluster with an existing database" +description: "Configure a new Directory Manager server to add it to an existing Directory Manager 11 cluster with an existing database" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Configure a new Directory Manager server to add it to an existing Directory Manager 11 cluster with an existing database While installing Directory Manager, you can choose to create a Directory Managerserver with load @@ -10,8 +16,8 @@ master node for the Elasticsearch Service cluster configured on the Directory Ma To configure a Directory Manager server with existing database: Step 1 – On the Select to create new server or use existing server page of the Configuration Tool, -select [Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/gidserver.md) -option. See Step 3 on the [Configuration Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/configure.md) topic. +select [Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/gidserver.md) +option. See Step 3 on the [Configuration Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/configure.md) topic. Step 2 – Click **Next**. @@ -27,10 +33,10 @@ Step 4 – In the Authentication list, select an authentication mode to be used SQL Server database. Modes are: - SQL Server Authentication - To set SQL Server to work with Directory Manager using an SQL Server - account. See the [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md) topic for + account. See the [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md) topic for additional information. - Windows Authentication - To set SQL Server to work with Directory Manager using a Windows user - account. See the [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md) topic for + account. See the [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md) topic for additional details. Step 5 – Depending on the authentication mode selected, do the following: @@ -180,7 +186,7 @@ Step 17 – Click **Configure**. Step 18 – The next page displays the progress while a Directory Manager server is configured on the machine. While configuring the machine, the Configuration Tool checks the application’s signing key status and update it according to your Directory Manager environment. See the -[Update Signing Key](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/signingkeyinfo.md) topic for information how Configuration Tool will update +[Update Signing Key](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/signingkeyinfo.md) topic for information how Configuration Tool will update Directory Manager's Signing Key. Step 19 – This completes the configuration of Directory Manager as a slave node on your machine. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/gidserver.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/gidserver.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/gidserver.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/gidserver.md index e455edc865..b60e3a4f82 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/gidserver.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/gidserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database" +description: "Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database This option configures the Directory Managerserver and the Directory Manager Data Service on the @@ -22,10 +28,10 @@ SQL Server database. Modes are: - SQL Server Authentication - To set SQL Server to work with Directory Managerusing an SQL Server account. See SQL Authentication in - [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md) topic. + [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md) topic. - Windows Authentication - To set SQL Server to work with Directory Managerusing a Windows user account. See Windows Authentication in in - [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md) topic. + [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md) topic. Step 4 – Depending on the authentication mode selected, do the following: @@ -187,7 +193,7 @@ configured on the machine. While configuring the machine, the Configuration Tool checks the application’s signing key status and update it according to your Directory Manager environment. See the -[Update Signing Key](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/signingkeyinfo.md) topic for information how Configuration Tool will update +[Update Signing Key](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/signingkeyinfo.md) topic for information how Configuration Tool will update Directory Manager's Signing Key. On successful configuration, the Directory Manager is successfully configured page is displayed and diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/overview.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/overview.md index cf1163fe09..4073aa45c2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configuration" +description: "Configuration" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configuration Use the Configuration Tool to configure a new Directory Manager server. The tool configures: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md index 55177aa7e5..d70025ceaa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Modes" +description: "Authentication Modes" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Authentication Modes While setting up Directory Manager, you must select an authentication mode for connecting to SQL diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/signingkeyinfo.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/signingkeyinfo.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/signingkeyinfo.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/signingkeyinfo.md index d6149b256a..31c5d996ec 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/signingkeyinfo.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/signingkeyinfo.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update Signing Key" +description: "Update Signing Key" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Update Signing Key While configuring the Directory Manager machine, the Configuration Tool checks the application’s @@ -38,8 +44,8 @@ configured page as shown in the Single Directory Manager instance section. Step 2 – Export the Signing Key so that the slave node also has the same Signing Key as of the master node. See the -[Export a Signing Key ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md#export-a-signing-key)section -of the [Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for +[Export a Signing Key ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md#export-a-signing-key)section +of the [Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for information on how to export the Signing Key. Step 3 – On the slave node copy the exported Signing Key file into a folder. @@ -85,8 +91,8 @@ is successfully configured page as shown in the Single Directory Manager instanc Step 2 – Export the Signing Key so that the slave nodes of both the clusters also have the same Signing Key as of the master node of cluster A. See the -[Export a Signing Key ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md#export-a-signing-key)section -of the [Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for +[Export a Signing Key ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md#export-a-signing-key)section +of the [Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for information on how to export the Signing Key file. Step 3 – On the slave nodes of Cluster A and Cluster B (_i.e. instances 2 and 4_) copy the exported @@ -110,10 +116,10 @@ Configuration Tool displays the Directory Manager is successfully configured pag disclaimer as shown in the Single Directory Manager instance section. Step 7 – On the master node of Cluster B (_i.e. instance 3_), run the -[Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) and import the +[Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) and import the copied Signing Key file using the commandlet given in the -[Import a Signing Key ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md#import-a-signing-key)section -of the [Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for +[Import a Signing Key ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md#import-a-signing-key)section +of the [Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for information on how to import the Signing Key. Remember, after the Signing Key update, your existing schedules will not work as their diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f662f635f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Installer", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "installer" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/install.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/install.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/install.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/install.md index 5cd804b851..e64efb0b30 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/install.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/install.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Installation Tool" +description: "Installation Tool" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Installation Tool Installing Directory Manager is a simple process; it asks you to agree to the license agreement then @@ -40,5 +46,5 @@ or Click **Close** on the title bar to close the Directory ManagerInstaller and configure Directory Managerlater. -See the [Configuration Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/configure.md) topic for additional information on +See the [Configuration Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/configure.md) topic for additional information on configuring Directory Manager. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/installer.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/installer.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/installer.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/installer.md index 1513b23987..93f8a517d4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/installer.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/installer.md @@ -1,13 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: "Installer" +description: "Installer" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Installer To install Directory Manager, you have to run the following tools in the given order: -- **[Preparation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/preparationtool.md)** - Detects and instals the prerequisite software and +- **[Preparation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/preparationtool.md)** - Detects and instals the prerequisite software and Windows features that Directory Manager requires. -- **[Installation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/install.md)** - Installs Directory Manager. +- **[Installation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/install.md)** - Installs Directory Manager. -- **[Configuration Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/configure.md)** - Configures Directory Manager services, +- **[Configuration Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/configure.md)** - Configures Directory Manager services, database, and other components. ## Installation Package diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/preparationtool.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/preparationtool.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/preparationtool.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/preparationtool.md index 19d61ed825..a7651ac0d5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/preparationtool.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/preparationtool.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Preparation Tool" +description: "Preparation Tool" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Preparation Tool The preparation tool installs all prerequisites software on a machine to prepare it for Directory diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/uninstall.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/uninstall.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/uninstall.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/uninstall.md index 04fc4f9938..6c32b2866e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/uninstall.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/uninstall.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Uninstall" +description: "Uninstall" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Uninstall Before you uninstall Directory Manager , make sure that the logged-in user is a member of the local diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/whatprepinstall.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/whatprepinstall.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/whatprepinstall.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/whatprepinstall.md index 36ee51c140..4ac0a1eab9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/whatprepinstall.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/whatprepinstall.md @@ -1,6 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: "What does the Preparation Tool Install" +description: "What does the Preparation Tool Install" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # What does the Preparation Tool Install -When the [Preparation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/preparationtool.md) runs, it installs the following software and Windows +When the [Preparation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/preparationtool.md) runs, it installs the following software and Windows features: | Software | Comments | diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/securityutility.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/securityutility.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/securityutility.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/securityutility.md index 8751fa92b3..5ded9b446e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/securityutility.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/securityutility.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Security Utility" +description: "Security Utility" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Security Utility The NDM11-ADV-2025-014 utility is used to: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e1bde30168 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Upgrade", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/backuprestore.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/backuprestore.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/backuprestore.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/backuprestore.md index 47632f35b0..416bb0a811 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/backuprestore.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/backuprestore.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Back Up and Restore GroupID Data" +description: "Back Up and Restore GroupID Data" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Back Up and Restore GroupID Data This topic provides instructions for backing up and restoring the data from previous versions of diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/notes.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/notes.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/notes.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/notes.md index dc7bef4ff5..a5210af9d7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/notes.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/notes.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Notes on Upgrade" +description: "Notes on Upgrade" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Notes on Upgrade Consider the following when upgrading to Directory Manager 11 from GroupID 9 and 10. @@ -17,7 +23,7 @@ The source version file system is required for the following: - When you create a new portal in Directory Manager 11, you can import the advanced settings and design settings of a Self-Service portal from the source version. See step 13 in the - [Create a Portal in Native IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-native-iis) + [Create a Portal in Native IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-native-iis) topic. - In the source version, you specified a list of attributes to replicate for an identity store. These attributes are saved to a file on the file system. @@ -85,14 +91,14 @@ Step 9 – In the source version, Replication service logs were captured under t no user interface to change this setting. On upgrade to Directory Manager 11, the file logging and Windows logging mode is set to default, i.e., ‘Error’. After upgrade, it is recommended that you go to Replication service settings and change file logging to the ‘Debug’ mode (if required). See the -[Specify Log Settings for a Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md#specify-log-settings-for-a-service) +[Specify Log Settings for a Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#specify-log-settings-for-a-service) topic. Step 10 – In the source version, log settings for an identity store inherently applied to Date service logs. On upgrade to Directory Manager 11, these log settings are moved to the Data service, with the file logging mode set to default, i.e., ‘Error’. To change the mode in Directory Manager 11, go to Data service settings and change it as required. See the -[Specify Log Settings for a Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md#specify-log-settings-for-a-service) +[Specify Log Settings for a Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#specify-log-settings-for-a-service) topic. Step 11 – The following applies in case of upgrade from GroupID 10 SR1. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/overview.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/overview.md index 35f3545308..9bddd9d0c6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade" +description: "Upgrade" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Upgrade Directory Manager 11 supports upgrade from the following: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/upgrade.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/upgrade.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/upgrade.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/upgrade.md index 69bab8c2fb..ef87a32b47 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/upgrade.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/upgrade.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade to Directory Manager 11" +description: "Upgrade to Directory Manager 11" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Upgrade to Directory Manager 11 The topic guides you to upgrade to Directory Manager 11.1 from Directory Manager 10. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8105cba0ef..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# Helpdesk Operations - -Helpdesk users can perform the following actions in Admin Center: - -- [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md) -- [Unlock Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md) -- [Notify Users to Enroll](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md) -- [Unenroll a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md) -- [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) -- [Export Users' List to a File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/export.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md deleted file mode 100644 index a9bdbc4b86..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -# Directory Manage Applications - -Using Admin Center, you can create and manage the following Directory Manager applications: - -- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md) -- [Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md) -- [Security Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/overview.md) - -Moreover, you can manage some basic deployment and log settings for the following applications: - -- [Admin Center](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/admincenter.md) -- [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md) -- [Email Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/emailservice.md) -- [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) - -See the [Services](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index 15343407f8..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -# Security Role Policies - -You can define policies for security roles. Along with role permissions, these policies also control -what role members can do in Directory Manager. - -You can define the following policies for a role: - -- [Group Owners Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md) -- [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md) -- [New Object Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/newobject.md) -- [Search Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/search.md) -- [Authentication Policy for Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md) -- [Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md) -- [Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/overview.md) -- [Helpdesk Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md) -- [Synchronize Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md) -- [Membership Object Type Enforcement Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md) - -NOTE: For users with multiple roles, the policies specified for the highest priority role apply (see -[Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md)). The _[Search Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/search.md)_, _[New Object Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/newobject.md)_, -and _[Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md)_ policy, -however, apply with respect to all assigned roles. For example, if different search containers are -specified for two different roles of a user, that user can search and view objects in both -containers. See the following topics for additional information on security roles: - -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md) -- [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index d22001cbad..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -# Set Up Authentication Types - -The following topics guide you on how to set up different authentication types for an identity store -and enforce them for a security role. - -- [Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/securityquestions.md) -- [SMS Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/smsauthentication.md) -- [Set up Authentication via Email](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/email.md) -- [Set up Authentication via Authenticator](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/authenticator.md) -- [Set up Authentication via Linked Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/linkedaccount.md) -- [Set up Authentication via YubiKey](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/yubikey.md) -- [Set up Authentication via Windows Hello](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/windowshello.md) - -**See Also** - -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a830620f9..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -# ISMSGateway Members - -To define a custom gateway, a list of ISMSGateway members that you must implement are listed below: - -- [ISmsGateway.AccountId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md) -- [ISmsGateway.Clone](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/clone.md) -- [ISmsGateway.Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/password.md) -- [ISmsGateway.ProxyDomain](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md) -- [ISmsGateway.ProxyHostName](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md) -- [ISmsGateway.ProxyPassword](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md) -- [ISmsGateway.ProxyPort](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md) -- [ISmsGateway.ProxyUsername](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md) -- [ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) -- [ISmsGateway.TestConnection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md) -- [ISmsGateway.TestCredentials](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md) -- [ISmsGateway.TestProxy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md) -- [ISmsGateway.Url](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/url.md) -- [ISmsGateway.UserId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/userid.md) - -- ShortMessage ([ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md)) - - - [ShortMessage.AccessCode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/accesscode.md) - - [ShortMessage.MaxLength](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/maxlength.md) - - [ShortMessage.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/message.md) - - [ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/phonenumbers.md) - - [ShortMessage.ReferenceId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/referenceid.md) - - [ShortMessage.Validate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/validate.md) - -- SendSmsMessageResult ([SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md)) - - [SendSmsMessageResult.ExceptionMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/exceptionmessage.md) - - [SendSmsMessageResult.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/message.md) - - [SendSmsMessageResult.Success](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/success.md) - -**See Also** - -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/message.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/message.md deleted file mode 100644 index c8730b2f10..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/message.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SendSmsMessageResult.Message - -Returns the [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) object processed by the -[ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) method. - -**Namespace:** Imanami.directorymanager.DataTransferObjects.DataContracts.SMS - -**Assembly:** Imanami.directorymanager.DataTransferObjects.dll - -**Syntax** - -``` -public ShortMessage Message; -``` - -**Return Value** - -Type: Imanami.directorymanager.DataTransferObjects.DataContracts.SMS.ShortMessage - -Object containing elements of the text message. - -See Also - -- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md) -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3054275ec0..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -# ShortMessage class - -ShortMessage is a DTO (Data Transfer Object) class that defines the elements of the text message. - -Following is a list of its members with description: - -- [ShortMessage.AccessCode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/accesscode.md) -- [ShortMessage.MaxLength](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/maxlength.md) -- [ShortMessage.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/message.md) -- [ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/phonenumbers.md) -- [ShortMessage.ReferenceId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/referenceid.md) -- [ShortMessage.Validate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/validate.md) - -| Member | Description | -| ----------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [ShortMessage.AccessCode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/accesscode.md) property | Gets or sets the confirmation code that will be sent to registered mobile phone users. | -| [ShortMessage.MaxLength](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/maxlength.md) property | Defines the maximum length of an SMS message. | -| [ShortMessage.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/message.md) property | Gets or sets the supporting message text that will be sent to registered mobile phone users along with the confirmation code. | -| [ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/phonenumbers.md) property | Gets or sets the list of phone numbers to send the message to. | -| [ShortMessage.ReferenceId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/referenceid.md) property | Gets or sets the reference ID for the text message. | -| [ShortMessage.Validate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/validate.md) method | Validates various elements in an SMS message, such as message length and phone number. | - -**See Also** - -- [ISMSGateway Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/contactapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/contactapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index 931177698d..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/contactapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -# Contact APIs - -Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform contact-specific functions: - -- [Create a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/createcontact.md) -- [Delete a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontact.md) -- [Delete Contacts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontacts.md) -- [Get a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontact.md) -- [Get Contacts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontacts.md) -- [Update a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/updatecontact.md) - -NOTE: The contact object type is not supported in a Microsoft Entra ID based identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/datasourceapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/datasourceapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index 09e5090746..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/datasourceapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -# Data Source APIs - -Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform functions related to data sources: - -- [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/createds.md) - - - [Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dstext.md) - - [Create a Data Source for MS Access](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsaccess.md) - - [Create a Data Source for MS Excel](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsexcel.md) - - [Create a Data Source for ODBC](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsodbc.md) - - [Create a Data Source for Oracle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsoracle.md) - - [Create a Data Source for SQL Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dssql.md) - -- [Delete a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/deleteds.md) -- [Get a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getds.md) -- [Get a Data Source by Type and Name](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypename.md) -- [Get a Data Source by Type and with ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypeid.md) -- [Get All Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getallds.md) -- [Get All Data Sources by Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getalldstype.md) -- [Get Filenames by Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfntype.md) -- [ Get Filtered Data Sources by isSource](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfilterds.md) -- [Get Parameters of a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdsparameter.md) -- [Get File Server Metadata by Type ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/gefsmdtype.md) -- [ Get Metadata of Data Source by Server Type and ID ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmdtypest.md) -- [Get Metadata of Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmd.md) -- [Get Provider Options of a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdspo.md) -- [Parse a Connection String](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/parsecs.md) -- [Update a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/updateds.md) -- [Validate Data Connectivity of a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/validatedc.md) - -See the[ Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/overview.md) topic for additional information on -data sources. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/groupapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/groupapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index ad615cd2a2..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/groupapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -# Group APIs - -Directory Manager provides the following APIs for performing group-specific functions: - -- [Create a Static Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroup.md) -- [Create an Entra ID Static Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroupentraid.md) -- [Create a Smart Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroup.md) -- [Create an Entra ID Smart Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroupentraid.md) -- [Delete a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroup.md) -- [Delete Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroups.md) -- [Expire a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroup.md) -- [Expire Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroups.md) -- [Get a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroup.md) -- [Get Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroups.md) -- [Join a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingroup.md) -- [Join a Group on behalf of another user](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingrouponbehalf.md) -- [Leave a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegroup.md) -- [Leave a Group on behalf of another user](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegrouponbehalf.md) -- [Get Preview of a Smart Group Membership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/previewmembership.md) -- [Renew a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroup.md) -- [Renew Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroups.md) -- [Update a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroup.md) -- [Update Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroups.md) -- [Update a Smart Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroup.md) -- [Update Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroups.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/logsapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/logsapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index 772fe10f2c..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/logsapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -# Logs APIs - -Directory Manager generates logs for its services, clients, and Windows events. Using the following -APIs, you can collect and dump your required logs to a desired location. - -See the [Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/logs.md) topic for additional information on logs. - -- [Admin Center Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/admincenter.md) -- [Data Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/dataservice.md) -- [Email Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/emailservice.md) -- [Portal Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/portal.md) -- [Replication Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/replicationservice.md) -- [Scheduler Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/schedulerservice.md) -- [Security Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/securityservice.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/searchapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/searchapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index daa26d60fa..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/searchapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -# Search APIs - -Directory Manager provides the following APIs to search directory objects based on a single or a -multi-valued attribute.: - -- [Search an Object By a Single Value Attribute](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/byattribute.md) -- [Search Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/groupmembers.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/jobsapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/jobsapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7f56cdb435..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/jobsapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -# Synchronize Jobs APIs - -Directory Manager Synchronize is used for transferring data from one data source to another. The -data sources may include directory servers, databases or files. The following APIs can be used for -performing Synchronize jobs-specific functions: - -- [Create a New Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createjob.md) -- [Create a New Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createnewjobcollection.md) -- [Delete Jobs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejob.md) -- [Delete Job Collections](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejobcollections.md) -- [Get Job Collections Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getcollectionsdetails.md) -- [Get Job Collection Details By Job Collection ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md) -- [Get Jobs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobs.md) -- [Get Job Collections](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobcollections.md) -- [Get a Job Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsdetails.md) -- [Get Jobs Names ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsname.md) -- [Update a Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/updatjobcollection.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/userapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/userapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index 4efb9657cd..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/userapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -# User APIs - -Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform user-specific functions: - -- [Create a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuser.md) -- [Create an Entra ID User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuserentraid.md) -- [Delete a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteuser.md) -- [Delete Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteusers.md) -- [Get All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getallgroups.md) -- [Get My Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmydynasties.md) -- [Get My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiredgroups.md) -- [Get My Expiring Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroups.md) -- [Get My Expiring Groups Count](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md) -- [Get My Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroups.md) -- [Get My Groups Count](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroupscount.md) -- [Get My Membership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemberships.md) -- [Get My Membership Count](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemebershipcount.md) -- [Get My Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmysmartgroups.md) -- [Get a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getuser.md) -- [Get Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getusers.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/workflowapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/workflowapis.md deleted file mode 100644 index 4b7d5ee9fc..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/workflowapis.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# Workflow APIs - -Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform functions related to Directory Manager -workflows: - -- [All Workflow Routes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/allwfroutes.md) -- [Approve a Request](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/approvereq.md) -- [Configure Power Automate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/configurepowerautomate.md) -- [Create a Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/createroute.md) -- [Delete a Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deleteroute.md) -- [Delete a Workflow Request](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletewfreq.md) -- [Delete Request Status](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletereqstatus.md) -- [Deny a Request](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/denyreq.md) -- [Get a Workflow Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfroute.md) -- [Get Approvers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getapprovers.md) -- [Get Default Routes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getdefroute.md) -- [Get My Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getmyreq.md) -- [Get Pending Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpendingreq.md) -- [Get Power Automate Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpowerautomatesettings.md) -- [Get Workflow Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfreq.md) -- [Update a Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updateroute.md) -- [Update Power Automate Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updatepowerautomatesettings.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..838f21c280 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Authenticate", + "position": 80, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8c9abcac2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Directory Manager as an Identity Provider", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/metadata.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/metadata.md index 087435a113..08b2b2be4e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/metadata.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/metadata.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Specify Default Metadata Values" +description: "Specify Default Metadata Values" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Specify Default Metadata Values You can specify default values for the following Directory Manager metadata: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/overview.md index 61833a9125..f65b85e2ea 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Manager as an Identity Provider" +description: "Directory Manager as an Identity Provider" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Directory Manager as an Identity Provider Directory Manager can provide the services of an identity provider. You can register a third-party diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/register.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/register.md index e7ef4dd77b..e0ffd363c2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/register.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/register.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Register an Application (Service Provider) in Directory Manager" +description: "Register an Application (Service Provider) in Directory Manager" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Register an Application (Service Provider) in Directory Manager To register a service provider in Directory Manager, you have to create an application for the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/signin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/signin.md index 3ab43c30c3..554e872a7f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/signin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asidentityprovider/signin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sign In Using Directory Manager" +description: "Sign In Using Directory Manager" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Sign In Using Directory Manager Let’s assume that we configured three service providers in Directory Manager. Users should be able diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..378d903bd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Directory Manager as a Service Provider", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..810d06ee26 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using AD FS", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/configurerelayingpartytrust.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/configurerelayingpartytrust.md index 614edb923d..b3af313c12 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/configurerelayingpartytrust.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/configurerelayingpartytrust.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Relaying Party Trust in AD FS" +description: "Configure Relaying Party Trust in AD FS" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Relaying Party Trust in AD FS In AD FS, you have to configure the Directory Manager client with which you want to set up AD FS. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md index b7678a3946..2a0134623e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Generate URLs" +description: "Generate URLs" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Generate URLs Generate the consumer URL and audience URL for the Directory Manager client with which you want to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/overview.md index 27d50aac5f..2dd04d8fea 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using AD FS" +description: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using AD FS" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using AD FS Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS) provides users with single sign-on access to systems diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/signin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/signin.md index dbb9593d01..279ac4873f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/signin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/signin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sign In Using AD FS" +description: "Sign In Using AD FS" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Sign In Using AD FS We configured the ADS FS provider with a Directory Manager client, that is the Directory Manager diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0fbb3f5d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Microsoft Entra ID SSO", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/configureinentra.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/configureinentra.md index 9f712d1e86..b894920df8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/configureinentra.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/configureinentra.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Directory Manager in Microsoft Entra ID for SSO" +description: "Configure Directory Manager in Microsoft Entra ID for SSO" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Directory Manager in Microsoft Entra ID for SSO Following are the steps to create and configure the Directory Manager application in Microsoft Entra diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/generateurls.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/generateurls.md index 6a31101f8e..0a02f5ae61 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/generateurls.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/generateurls.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Generate URLs" +description: "Generate URLs" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Generate URLs To generate the consumer URL and audience URL, see the [Generate URLs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/overview.md index 878a09d493..f895667ce3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Microsoft Entra ID SSO" +description: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Microsoft Entra ID SSO" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Microsoft Entra ID SSO Microsoft Entra ID SSO enables users to conveniently access all their apps from any location, on any diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/signin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/signin.md index 9eb20673b5..b42f4cdd68 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/signin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/entrasso/signin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sign In Using Microsoft Entra ID SSO" +description: "Sign In Using Microsoft Entra ID SSO" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Sign In Using Microsoft Entra ID SSO We configured Microsoft Entra ID SSO with a Directory Manager client, that is the Directory Manager diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5eba028a09 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Okta", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/configureinokta.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/configureinokta.md index 62842e48cd..aba6810fc6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/configureinokta.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/configureinokta.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Directory Manager In Okta" +description: "Configure Directory Manager In Okta" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Directory Manager In Okta To configure Directory Manager in Okta, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/generateurls.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/generateurls.md index 1888c4740e..47c5753c65 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/generateurls.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/generateurls.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Generate URLs" +description: "Generate URLs" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Generate URLs To generate the consumer URL and audience URL, see the [Generate URLs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/overview.md index 0b0449bb87..a3215f6654 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Okta" +description: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Okta" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using Okta Okta provides secure identity management and single sign-on to any application, whether in the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/signin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/signin.md index 102f8438bc..4d69dde187 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/signin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/okta/signin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sign In Using Okta" +description: "Sign In Using Okta" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Sign In Using Okta We configured Okta with a Directory Manager client, that is the Directory Manager portal _Wizard_ in diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce46e3a1a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using OneLogin", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/configureinonelogin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/configureinonelogin.md index 4d41b73ae1..b635d4adf1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/configureinonelogin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/configureinonelogin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Directory Manager In OneLogin" +description: "Configure Directory Manager In OneLogin" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Directory Manager In OneLogin Configuring Directory Manager in OneLogin involve the following steps: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/generateurls.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/generateurls.md index 738a482e1e..671ff344cc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/generateurls.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/generateurls.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Generate URLs" +description: "Generate URLs" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Generate URLs To generate the consumer URL and audience URL, see the [Generate URLs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/adfs/generateurls.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/overview.md index bd00ac2649..97c0198a65 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using OneLogin" +description: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using OneLogin" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using OneLogin OneLogin provides single sign-on and identity management for organizations that embrace cloud diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/signin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/signin.md index f04bc0ac05..aa241a82f2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/signin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/onelogin/signin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sign In Using OneLogin" +description: "Sign In Using OneLogin" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Sign In Using OneLogin We configured OneLogin with a Directory Manager client, that is the Directory Manager portal diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/overview.md index f4d0ef9e85..9369e189bf 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Manager as a Service Provider" +description: "Directory Manager as a Service Provider" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Directory Manager as a Service Provider You can configureDirectory Manager as a service provider with the following identity providers: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f2e70570f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using PingOne", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/configureinpingone.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/configureinpingone.md index 3b90ad8d57..e67a569335 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/configureinpingone.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/configureinpingone.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Directory Manager In PingOne" +description: "Configure Directory Manager In PingOne" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Directory Manager In PingOne To configure Directory Manager in PingOne, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/generatemetadata.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/generatemetadata.md index 7085969087..16a9bce5c9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/generatemetadata.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/generatemetadata.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Generate the Consumer URL and Metadata File" +description: "Generate the Consumer URL and Metadata File" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Generate the Consumer URL and Metadata File In Directory Manager Authenticate, you can generate a metadata file for the Directory Manager client diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/overview.md index 72775b481b..c5bafe4e65 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using PingOne" +description: "SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using PingOne" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # SAML Configuration for Directory Manager using PingOne PingOne is an Identity as a Service (IDaaS) solution that enables organizations to deliver single diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/signin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/signin.md index 86a50e9fec..067defe48f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/signin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/asserviceprovider/pingone/signin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sign In Using PingOne" +description: "Sign In Using PingOne" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Sign In Using PingOne We configured PingOne with a Directory Manager client, that is the Directory Manager portal _Wizard_ diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/overview.md index 94fee9f96f..18d7e8d366 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/authenticate/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authenticate" +description: "Authenticate" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Authenticate Authenticate is a federation service that verifies a user's identity in an identity store before diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5888124b17 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configure Directory Manager in Microsoft Entra ID", + "position": 90, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/create.md index f1e86468cc..a68cc1e11d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Entra ID Identity Store" +description: "Microsoft Entra ID Identity Store" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Microsoft Entra ID Identity Store Once you have registered Directory Manager and created a user with required directory role in @@ -8,7 +14,7 @@ Microsoft Entra ID user in Directory Manager. ## To create a Microsoft Entra ID Identity Store See the -[Create an Identity Store for Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md#create-an-identity-store-for-microsoft-entra-id) +[Create an Identity Store for Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md#create-an-identity-store-for-microsoft-entra-id) topic for creating an Microsoft Entra ID identity store. NOTE: If you intend to use a service account user with Global Administrator directory role, then no diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/create_1.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/create_1.md index ac26f9398a..b3cd77f7e7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/create_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Entra ID User" +description: "Microsoft Entra ID User" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Microsoft Entra ID User Once your application has been registered with Microsoft Entra ID, formerly Azure Active Directory, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/overview.md index e3c0cce569..6f27f6a34d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Directory Manager in Microsoft Entra ID" +description: "Configure Directory Manager in Microsoft Entra ID" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Configure Directory Manager in Microsoft Entra ID In Directory Manager, you can create an identity store for an identity provider and perform diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8f27a0a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Register in Microsoft Entra ID", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/apppermissions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/apppermissions.md index fe8ce3a4c3..37cfd8a7d7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/apppermissions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/apppermissions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Entra ID Permissions" +description: "Microsoft Entra ID Permissions" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Microsoft Entra ID Permissions While using a Microsoft Entra ID identity store with Microsoft Entra ID, the user must have certain @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ role assignments and application permissions on the registered app in Microsoft This topic lists those roles and permissions Directory Manager needs to perform operations in a Microsoft Entra ID provider. -See the [ Licensing ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/licensing.md) topic for additional information on +See the [ Licensing ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/licensing.md) topic for additional information on Directory Manager licensing. ## Graph API Application Permissions diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/appregister.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/appregister.md index 08abd0d679..b85c6968a3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/appregister.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/appregister.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Registration and Permissions Assignment" +description: "Registration and Permissions Assignment" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Registration and Permissions Assignment This section discusses the Directory Manager application registration and permission assignment diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/modauth.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/modauth.md index 8a4fe21210..7bd3bc54e6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/modauth.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/modauth.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Certificate for Entra ID Authentication" +description: "Certificate for Entra ID Authentication" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Certificate for Entra ID Authentication While configuring Directory Manager application in Microsoft Entra ID you must provide a certificate @@ -24,8 +30,8 @@ The generated certificate in .pfx format will be used: - While creating a Microsoft Entra ID identity store (on the Identity Store Details page of new identity store creation wizard). See the point # 6 the - [Create an Identity Store for Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md#create-an-identity-store-for-microsoft-entra-id) - section of the [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md) topic. + [Create an Identity Store for Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md#create-an-identity-store-for-microsoft-entra-id) + section of the [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md) topic. - On the Messaging System page in identity store properties when Exchange Online/Office 365 is set as a messaging provider. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/overview.md index 56805062b0..f331702785 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/configureentraid/register/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Register in Microsoft Entra ID" +description: "Register in Microsoft Entra ID" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Register in Microsoft Entra ID To use Microsoft Entra ID, formerly Azure Active Directory, identity provider, Directory Manager diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbd104d067 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Credential Provider", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "credentialprovider" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/credentialprovider.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/credentialprovider.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/credentialprovider.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/credentialprovider.md index 5a24db6e71..fe76614c13 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/credentialprovider.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/credentialprovider.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Credential Provider" +description: "Credential Provider" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Credential Provider Directory Manager Credential Provider is a web interface for unlocking user accounts and resetting diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/installcp.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/installcp.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/installcp.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/installcp.md index ba14e85480..2977ca3cd1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/installcp.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/installcp.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install Credential Provider" +description: "Install Credential Provider" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Install Credential Provider You can install Directory Manager Credential Provider in one of the following ways: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/uninstallcp.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/uninstallcp.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/uninstallcp.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/uninstallcp.md index 3916847d0b..c8b47c7de8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/uninstallcp.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/uninstallcp.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Uninstall Credential Provider" +description: "Uninstall Credential Provider" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Uninstall Credential Provider You can uninstall Credential Provider using one of the following: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..396438817b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix Directory Manager v11.1 Documentation", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "introduction" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/gettingstarted.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/gettingstarted.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/gettingstarted.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/gettingstarted.md index a7e67b7906..be3976ffc1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/gettingstarted.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/gettingstarted.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Getting Started" +description: "Getting Started" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Getting Started To get started with Directory Manager, it would be helpful to get an understanding of the following: @@ -43,7 +49,7 @@ management functions. ## Initial Admin Center Configurations After installing and configuring Directory Manager, the Super Admin is the only user who can sign -into Admin Center (see the [Access Admin Center](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/signin.md) topic for additional +into Admin Center (see the [Access Admin Center](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/signin.md) topic for additional information). This user must create an identity store and configure security roles, so that other users can sign in and use the application. The Super Admin can choose to configure further settings or let another admin user in an identity store do so. @@ -53,17 +59,17 @@ perform identity and access management tasks using Directory Manager: - Create and configure identity stores - An identity store is built on an identity provider and enables you to manage objects and object permissions in the provider. See the - [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/overview.md) topic for additional information. + [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/overview.md) topic for additional information. - Create data sources - A data source is built on a provider, such as directories, databases and files. Data sources are used as source and destination in Synchronize jobs, in query-based searches, and in group membership queries. See the - [ Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/overview.md) topic for additional information. + [ Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/overview.md) topic for additional information. - Create a portal - Create a web-based Directory Manager portal and link it to an identity store, so that users can carry out user, group, and entitlement management tasks. See the - [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md) topic for additional information. + [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md) topic for additional information. - Create an SMS gateway account - Using an SMS gateway account, Directory Manager sends text messages to users’ mobile numbers, which may include verification codes and password reset links. - See the [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/overview.md) topic for additional information. + See the [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/overview.md) topic for additional information. ## Compatibility diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/introduction.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/introduction.md index 25c8715f2f..0dd8146cd4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/introduction.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Directory Manager v11.1 Documentation" +description: "Netwrix Directory Manager v11.1 Documentation" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Netwrix Directory Manager v11.1 Documentation Managing directory objects (for example, Active Directory users and groups) can be a challenge: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/whatsnew.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/whatsnew.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/whatsnew.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/whatsnew.md index 18fa597925..a59306ecbf 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/whatsnew.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/whatsnew.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "What's New" +description: "What's New" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # What's New ## New Netwrix Community! diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8ed546bf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Directory Manager Management Shell", + "position": 110, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/commands.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/commands.md index c41676d280..2125764b05 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/commands.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/commands.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "All Commands" +description: "All Commands" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # All Commands You can get a list of all Directory Manager Management Shell cmdlets using the _Get-ImanamiCommand_ diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..802977bdd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Contact Commands", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/getcontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/getcontact.md index 2fcefb90af..be27dd4645 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/getcontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/getcontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Contact" +description: "Get-Contact" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Get-Contact Use the Get-Contact cmdlet to retrieve basic information about a contact. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/newcontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/newcontact.md index eb3ab0c5dc..bc8e98f595 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/newcontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/newcontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-Contact" +description: "New-Contact" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # New-Contact Use the New-Contact cmdlet to create a new contact in the directory. Most contact properties can be diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/overview.md index 689a85c5d4..d62f4c21b2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Contact Commands" +description: "Contact Commands" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Contact Commands Directory Manager provides the following cmdlets to perform contact-related tasks, such as: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/removecontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/removecontact.md index 584789a94c..fdf2a56264 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/removecontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/removecontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-Contact" +description: "Remove-Contact" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Remove-Contact Use the Remove-Contact cmdlet to delete a contact from the directory. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/setcontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/setcontact.md index e4bd6f25ee..000f14578f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/setcontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/contact/setcontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-Contact" +description: "Set-Contact" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Set-Contact The Set-User cmdlet modifies a user in the directory. Most user properties can be directly modified diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efc071e5b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Dynasty Commands", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/newdynasty.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/newdynasty.md index 30259ef3be..efdd95a526 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/newdynasty.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/newdynasty.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-Dynasty" +description: "New-Dynasty" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # New-Dynasty The New-Dynasty cmdlet creates a new Dynasty in Directory. A Dynasty is a Smart Group that can @@ -101,7 +107,7 @@ Example 2: The following command creates a new mail-enabled, universal, distribution, multi-level Dynasty with the group-by attributes Country, State and City based on the specified filters and separator, using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/overview.md index 52ff673d3d..c6a3381a90 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dynasty Commands" +description: "Dynasty Commands" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Dynasty Commands This section covers the following cmdlets for managing Dynasties. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/setdynasty.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/setdynasty.md index bb8a39379e..d8946a5b53 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/setdynasty.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/dynasty/setdynasty.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-Dynasty" +description: "Set-Dynasty" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Set-Dynasty The Set-Dynasty commandlet lets you to modify a Dynasty or its children in Directory. @@ -140,7 +146,7 @@ The command below modifies the Top Manager of a Managerial Dynasty, changes the display name templates for the Dynasty children, sets the scope to search Dynasty children in the containers specified in the Add parameter excluding sub-containers using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..47281e80ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "General Commands", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getcomputer.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getcomputer.md index 8ca2d52782..acea6a052a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getcomputer.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getcomputer.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Computer" +description: "Get-Computer" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Get-Computer The Get-Computer commandlet retrieves the information about a computer object from the connected diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnectedstoreinformation.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnectedstoreinformation.md index fb68655228..06dd7c7f90 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnectedstoreinformation.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnectedstoreinformation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-ConnectedStoreInformation" +description: "Get-ConnectedStoreInformation" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Get-ConnectedStoreInformation The Get-ConnectedStoreInformation commandlet retrieves information about the identity store diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnecteduser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnecteduser.md index e0a2a962a9..85c50b4d58 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnecteduser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getconnecteduser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-ConnectedUser" +description: "Get-ConnectedUser" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Get-ConnectedUser The Get-ConnectedUser commandlet retrieves the general information about the user connected to the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getimanamicommand.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getimanamicommand.md index 7efdc6d41b..8671d3020b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getimanamicommand.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getimanamicommand.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-ImanamiCommand" +description: "Get-ImanamiCommand" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Get-ImanamiCommand Use the Get-ImanamiCommand cmdlet to retrieve basic information about Directory Manager Management diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getreplicationstatus.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getreplicationstatus.md index a685ee0fa9..e49abc0aef 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getreplicationstatus.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/getreplicationstatus.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-ReplicationStatus" +description: "Get-ReplicationStatus" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Get-ReplicationStatus The Get-ReplicationStatus commandlet retrieves the replication status of the connected identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/gettombstoneobject.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/gettombstoneobject.md index a5f8ede4f0..a9b464fa34 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/gettombstoneobject.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/gettombstoneobject.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-TombStoneObject" +description: "Get-TombStoneObject" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Get-TombStoneObject When you delete an object from Directory, the object is not physically removed from the database. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/invokereplication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/invokereplication.md index e9d8754420..ef501ad113 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/invokereplication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/invokereplication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Invoke-Replication" +description: "Invoke-Replication" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Invoke-Replication The Invoke-Replication commandlet starts replication process for all the identity stores or a diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/newcontainer.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/newcontainer.md index 561c67e8f6..73726cf978 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/newcontainer.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/newcontainer.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-Container" +description: "New-Container" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # New-Container The New-Container commandlet creates a new organizational unit in Directory. You can also use it to @@ -35,7 +41,7 @@ Example 2: The following command creates the organizational unit _Local Recruiting_ inside the _Recruiting_ container in Directory using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/overview.md index ca98c0af51..90d2cdf84c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General Commands" +description: "General Commands" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # General Commands You can use the following Management Shell cmdlets to perform tasks such as: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/removecontainer.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/removecontainer.md index d169a0f254..e39e6ec774 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/removecontainer.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/removecontainer.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-Container" +description: "Remove-Container" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Remove-Container Use the Remove-Container commandlet to delete organizational units from Directory. The commandlet @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ Example 2: The following command first shows the changes that result from executing the command. The command uses the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable to perform the deletion. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in the environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/restoretombstoneobject.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/restoretombstoneobject.md index dbda0631d1..b92be1f04e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/restoretombstoneobject.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/restoretombstoneobject.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Restore-TombStoneObject" +description: "Restore-TombStoneObject" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Restore-TombStoneObject The Restore-TombStoneObject commandlet restores tombstone objects from Directory. A tombstone object @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ Example: The following command restores the tombstone group Event Management, using the credentials set in the $Creds environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/sendnotification.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/sendnotification.md index 177dffc171..dd558e2644 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/sendnotification.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/general/sendnotification.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Send-Notification" +description: "Send-Notification" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Send-Notification Use the Send-Notification commandlet to send notifications to a group or a user. Directory Manager @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ Example 2: The following command sends a notification to the New Arrivals group. It uses a custom template with an in-line image and uses the credentials of the user set in the $Credentials environment variable. -See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for +See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1411c09fdd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Group Commands", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/convertgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/convertgroup.md index 603a249f79..e9a3767437 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/convertgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/convertgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Convert-Group" +description: "Convert-Group" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Convert-Group The Convert-Group commandlet converts an unmanaged group to a Smart Group. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/expiregroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/expiregroup.md index 6fae273ee8..85bac20d88 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/expiregroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/expiregroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Expire-Group" +description: "Expire-Group" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Expire-Group The Expire-Group commandlet expires a group temporarily. All notifications to the expired group will diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/getgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/getgroup.md index bd847e84a4..c5f00f3854 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/getgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/getgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Group" +description: "Get-Group" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Get-Group This Get-Group commandlet retrieves both managed and unmanaged groups that are in one or more @@ -42,7 +48,7 @@ The following command retrieves all groups with a display name beginning with S containers specified by the SearchContainer parameter including sub-containers of the first base container and excluding sub-containers of the second one using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/movegroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/movegroup.md index 89c6692ae0..b7fbbf9cc1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/movegroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/movegroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Move-Group" +description: "Move-Group" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Move-Group The Move-Group commandlet enables you to move a group to a different container in the same domain or @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ Example 2: The following command moves the group _Training_ to the _OffShore Recruiting_ organizational unit. The command uses the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable for moving a group. -See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for +See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/newgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/newgroup.md index 74c3e43493..4621f52dd7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/newgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/newgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-Group" +description: "New-Group" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # New-Group Use the New-Group commandlet to create a new unmanaged group in a particular container in directory. @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ Example 2: The command below creates a new mail-enabled, domain-local, semi-private, security group in the container specified by the **OrganizationalUnit** parameter, using the credentials set in the **$Credentials** environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/overview.md index 84ae88bdcd..e1654d7652 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Commands" +description: "Group Commands" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Group Commands This section covers cmdlets for performing tasks related to managed and unmanaged groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/remove-group.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/remove-group.md index ff4e030d03..9a278dcbf7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/remove-group.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/remove-group.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-Group" +description: "Remove-Group" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Remove-Group Use this commandlet to delete a group (managed or unmanaged) or Dynasty in directory. Removing a @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ Example 2: The following command first shows the changes that will be made by executing the command (a deletion). The command uses the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable to perform -the deletion. See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) +the deletion. See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/renewgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/renewgroup.md index 10724b8618..d42c68f17a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/renewgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/renewgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Renew-Group" +description: "Renew-Group" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Renew-Group The Renew-Group re-activates an expired group. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/setgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/setgroup.md index 61ee82ec01..154056ebc2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/setgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/group/setgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-Group" +description: "Set-Group" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Set-Group The Set-Group commandlet modifies an unmanaged group in directory. However, you can use this @@ -92,7 +98,7 @@ Example 2: The following command expires the group Training, using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4e1a37813 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Identity Store Commands", + "position": 80, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearmessagingserver.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearmessagingserver.md index 4fcdb034e1..4d65afa536 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearmessagingserver.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearmessagingserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Clear-MessagingServer" +description: "Clear-MessagingServer" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Clear-MessagingServer The commandlet Clear-MessagingServer removes the configured messaging server from the specified diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearnotifications.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearnotifications.md index a536dabc11..6162bbbcb9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearnotifications.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearnotifications.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Clear-Notifications" +description: "Clear-Notifications" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Clear-Notifications The commandlet Clear-Notifications removes notifications settings from an identity store. The diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearsmtpserver.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearsmtpserver.md index b3cd105cac..6c85fd4bcc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearsmtpserver.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/clearsmtpserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Clear-SmtpServer" +description: "Clear-SmtpServer" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Clear-SmtpServer The commandlet Clear-SmtpServer removes the SMTP server configurations from an identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getavailablemessagingservers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getavailablemessagingservers.md index dca5e46010..c3a5c9cb7f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getavailablemessagingservers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getavailablemessagingservers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-AvailableMessagingServers" +description: "Get-AvailableMessagingServers" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Get-AvailableMessagingServers The commandlet Get-AvailableMessagingServers retrieves the messaging server(s) available for the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getclient.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getclient.md index cd61c3ace9..0b12c6e875 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getclient.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getclient.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Client" +description: "Get-Client" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Get-Client The commandlet Get-Client gets information about the Directory Manager clients such as Admin center, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystore.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystore.md index 3c4ec1ed55..942d8a3a33 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystore.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystore.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-IdentityStore" +description: "Get-IdentityStore" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Get-IdentityStore The commandlet Get-IdentityStore retrieves information about the specified identity store or diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystoreroles.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystoreroles.md index 2965d7f445..01197c9495 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystoreroles.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getidentitystoreroles.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-IdentityStoreRoles" +description: "Get-IdentityStoreRoles" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Get-IdentityStoreRoles The commandlet Get-IdentityStoreRoles retrieves information about the security roles associated with diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getlogsettings.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getlogsettings.md index 75f4390ca3..0a83fdfd9a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getlogsettings.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getlogsettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-LogSettings" +description: "Get-LogSettings" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Get-LogSettings The commandlet Get-LogSettings provides information about the global log settings of the identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getrolepermissionnames.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getrolepermissionnames.md index fa5a2cd80c..bac27e239c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getrolepermissionnames.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getrolepermissionnames.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-RolePermissionNames" +description: "Get-RolePermissionNames" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get-RolePermissionNames The commandlet Get-RolePermissionNames helps user to see the names of the permissions that can be diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getschemaattributes.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getschemaattributes.md index 9e0536db18..84e3a4a476 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getschemaattributes.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getschemaattributes.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-SchemaAttributes" +description: "Get-SchemaAttributes" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Get-SchemaAttributes The commandlet Get-SchemaAttribute enables you to retrieve comprehensive list of schema attributes diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getsmsgateways.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getsmsgateways.md index c669faa240..0e412529ab 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getsmsgateways.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getsmsgateways.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-SmsGateways" +description: "Get-SmsGateways" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Get-SmsGateways The commandlet Get-SmsGateways provides information of the SMS gateways configured in Directory diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getuserrole.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getuserrole.md index c4e7fa3b69..f3baadfc47 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getuserrole.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/getuserrole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-UserRole" +description: "Get-UserRole" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Get-UserRole The commandlet Get-UserRole displays information about the role of the specified user in an identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/newidentitystore.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/newidentitystore.md index 1e2389ade9..39136b04b4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/newidentitystore.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/newidentitystore.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-IdentityStore" +description: "New-IdentityStore" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # New-IdentityStore The commandlet New-IdentityStore creates a new identity store. This commandlet requires valid diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/overview.md index 7f11ce16e6..c998a3d78c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Identity Store Commands" +description: "Identity Store Commands" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Identity Store Commands This section covers cmdlets for performing identity store-related tasks such as: @@ -33,4 +39,4 @@ See Also - [Directory Manager Management Shell](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/overview.md) - [All Commands](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/commands.md) -- [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/parameters.md) +- [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/removeidentitystore.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/removeidentitystore.md index dd766fb2cd..c5350c656f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/removeidentitystore.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/removeidentitystore.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-IdentityStore" +description: "Remove-IdentityStore" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Remove-IdentityStore The commandlet Remove-IdentityStore removes an identity store from Directory Manager. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/sendtestnotification.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/sendtestnotification.md index c12498aa89..9b950d7387 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/sendtestnotification.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/sendtestnotification.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Send-TestNotification" +description: "Send-TestNotification" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Send-TestNotification The commandlet Send-TestNotification sends a test notification using the email addresses (specified diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystore.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystore.md index 865d474bd2..61fc0ff87e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystore.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystore.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-IdentityStore" +description: "Set-IdentityStore" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Set-IdentityStore The commandlet Set-IdentityStore modifies the identity store settings and configurations. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystorerole.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystorerole.md index 8b2f654bb5..8b07b2fcbc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystorerole.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setidentitystorerole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-IdentityStoreRole" +description: "Set-IdentityStoreRole" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Set-IdentityStoreRole Use the Set-IdentityStoreRole commandlet to modify properties of a security role in an identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setmessagingserver.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setmessagingserver.md index 61881b89bd..0b086080d9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setmessagingserver.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setmessagingserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-MessagingServer" +description: "Set-MessagingServer" +sidebar_position: 180 +--- + # Set-MessagingServer The commandlet Set-MessagingServer configures a messaging system in identity store. The SmtpServer diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setnotifications.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setnotifications.md index 9ea69026d2..013488bfbb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setnotifications.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setnotifications.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-Notifications" +description: "Set-Notifications" +sidebar_position: 190 +--- + # Set-Notifications Use the Set-Notifications commandlet to modify the notification settings of an identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setsmtpserver.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setsmtpserver.md index 7188203c04..e7fd96f700 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setsmtpserver.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystore/setsmtpserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-SmtpServer" +description: "Set-SmtpServer" +sidebar_position: 200 +--- + # Set-SmtpServer The Set-SmtpServer commandlet configures an SMTP server for an identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb8f83f4d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Identity Store Connection Commands", + "position": 90, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/connectidentitystore.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/connectidentitystore.md index 86a5d6292f..4ce5d23a97 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/connectidentitystore.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/connectidentitystore.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Connect-IdentityStore" +description: "Connect-IdentityStore" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Connect-IdentityStore If an identity store of the connected domain is available, then Directory Manager Management Shell @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ Example: The following command connects you to the identity store specified by the IdentityStoreId parameter using the specified authentication mode and credentials that you set in the $Credentials environment -variable. See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) +variable. See the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/gettoken.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/gettoken.md index c77270c87d..a9cf57c6e4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/gettoken.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/gettoken.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Token" +description: "Get-Token" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Get-Token When Management Shell is connected to an identity store a token is passed with the commandlet @@ -30,7 +36,7 @@ Example: The following command returns a token for the identity store specified by the **IdentityStoreId** parameter using the specified authentication mode and credentials that you set in the **$Credentials** environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/overview.md index fa0b5d5db2..63e1a2c1c3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/identitystoreconnection/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Identity Store Connection Commands" +description: "Identity Store Connection Commands" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Identity Store Connection Commands This section covers cmdlets for establishing a connection with an identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31588eb4f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Mailbox Commands", + "position": 100, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/getmailbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/getmailbox.md index 3a87b7adb8..574956cae9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/getmailbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/getmailbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Mailbox" +description: "Get-Mailbox" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Get-Mailbox Use the Get-Mailbox commandlet to retrieve basic information about a mailbox that match your given @@ -40,4 +46,4 @@ See Also - [All Commands](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/commands.md) - [Mailbox Commands](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/overview.md) -- [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/parameters.md) +- [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/newmailbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/newmailbox.md index a8b995c67d..d6db033ee1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/newmailbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/newmailbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-Mailbox" +description: "New-Mailbox" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # New-Mailbox Use the New-Mailbox commandlet to create a new mailbox in Directory. Most mailbox properties can be diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/overview.md index 6979689fec..f11b70f536 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Mailbox Commands" +description: "Mailbox Commands" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Mailbox Commands This section covers cmdlets for performing mailbox-specific tasks such as: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/removemailbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/removemailbox.md index 2de729f6ad..73d58b3b00 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/removemailbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/removemailbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-Mailbox" +description: "Remove-Mailbox" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Remove-Mailbox Use the Remove-Mailbox commandlet to delete mailbox from the connected identifty store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/setmailbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/setmailbox.md index 4199143f0d..f62e485bda 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/setmailbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailbox/setmailbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-Mailbox" +description: "Set-Mailbox" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Set-Mailbox The Set-Mailbox commandlet modifies a mailbox in Directory. Most mailbox properties can be directly diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c48edde7fd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Mail-Enable/Disable Groups Commands", + "position": 110, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/disabledistributiongroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/disabledistributiongroup.md index 99b09f17b6..828a56d7ff 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/disabledistributiongroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/disabledistributiongroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Disable-DistributionGroup" +description: "Disable-DistributionGroup" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Disable-DistributionGroup Use this commandlet to disable the mailing capabilities for a distribution group in Directory. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/enabledistributiongroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/enabledistributiongroup.md index 45304908c6..7ae0e86813 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/enabledistributiongroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/enabledistributiongroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enable-DistributionGroup" +description: "Enable-DistributionGroup" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Enable-DistributionGroup This commandlet makes a distribution group in directory mail-enabled. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/overview.md index 469815408f..1ff5b41550 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/mailenableddisabledgroups/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Mail-Enable/Disable Groups Commands" +description: "Mail-Enable/Disable Groups Commands" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Mail-Enable/Disable Groups Commands This section covers cmdlets for enabling and disabling groups for email. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3147b59c54 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Membership Commands", + "position": 120, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/addgroupmember.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/addgroupmember.md index a71f7c654b..78af6c8a7f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/addgroupmember.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/addgroupmember.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Add-GroupMember" +description: "Add-GroupMember" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Add-GroupMember The Add-GroupMember commandlet helps you to add one or more objects to the membership of a group in @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ Example 1: The following command adds the user Brian Regan to the membership of the Event Management group using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getgroupmember.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getgroupmember.md index 8b03687a7d..1067cfc0aa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getgroupmember.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getgroupmember.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-GroupMember" +description: "Get-GroupMember" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Get-GroupMember Use this commandlet to retrieve members of a particular group from directory. You can apply filters @@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ Example 1: The following command retrieves all members of the Password_Expiry group using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getobject.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getobject.md index ddbb5c6109..38765cf428 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getobject.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/getobject.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Object" +description: "Get-Object" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Get-Object Use this commandlet to retrieve objects from one or more containers in a domain that match the given @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ Example 2: The command below retrieves the object Event Management starting from the container Recruiting excluding its sub-containers using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See -the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +the [Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/overview.md index bf97238ee1..8dc20afefc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Membership Commands" +description: "Membership Commands" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Membership Commands This section covers cmdlets for managing the memberships of both managed and unmanaged groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/removegroupmember.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/removegroupmember.md index 2c35965dbc..fbff02b114 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/removegroupmember.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/removegroupmember.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-GroupMember" +description: "Remove-GroupMember" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Remove-GroupMember Use this commandlet to remove one or more members from a group membership. @@ -29,7 +35,7 @@ Example: The following command removes the user Brian Regan from the membership of the group Event Management using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/setobject.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/setobject.md index 6bf0b66e57..cb838bf63b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/setobject.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/membership/setobject.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-Object" +description: "Set-Object" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Set-Object The Set-Object commandlet modifies any object such as a user, contact, group (managed or unmanaged), diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/overview.md index 9c857505c4..f18b58cc29 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Manager Management Shell" +description: "Directory Manager Management Shell" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Directory Manager Management Shell Directory Manager Management Shell is a command-line interface for managing objects like users, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/parameters.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/parameters.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters.md index e9a9ec9354..76ced9ee09 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/parameters.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Parameters" +description: "Parameters" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Parameters This topic discusses the following: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65603b5e88 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Scheduling Commands", + "position": 130, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/getschedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/getschedule.md index ed7ea65502..2638699106 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/getschedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/getschedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Schedule" +description: "Get-Schedule" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Get-Schedule The commandlet Get-Schedule retrieves the scheduled jobs created in the identity store connected to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/gettargetschedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/gettargetschedule.md index 717ae002d7..e7c520a24e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/gettargetschedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/gettargetschedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-TargetSchedules" +description: "Get-TargetSchedules" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Get-TargetSchedules The commandlet Get-TargetSchedules retrieves the scheduled jobs of the given target (group/OU). diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/invokeschedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/invokeschedule.md index 3cc0360a62..9e7a4e56d6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/invokeschedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/invokeschedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Invoke-Schedule" +description: "Invoke-Schedule" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Invoke-Schedule The commandlet Invoke-Schedule executes the specified schedule job. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/newschedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/newschedule.md index 8979a16934..c456f5521a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/newschedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/newschedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-Schedule" +description: "New-Schedule" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # New-Schedule The commandlet New-Schedule creates a new schedule in the identity store connected to the current diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/overview.md index ffc4c49b3e..b4d9c15bcf 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Scheduling Commands" +description: "Scheduling Commands" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Scheduling Commands This section covers the cmdlets that perform scheduling-related operations. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/removeschedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/removeschedule.md index 9396538a22..eb704d7e32 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/removeschedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/removeschedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-Schedule" +description: "Remove-Schedule" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Remove-Schedule The commandlet Remove-Schedule removes a schedule (by its name or ID) from the identity store diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/setschedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/setschedule.md index 6974b4ede5..201353fad1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/setschedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/setschedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-Schedule" +description: "Set-Schedule" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Set-Schedule The commandlet Set-Schedule modifies the attributes and settings of a schedule in the identity store diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/stopschedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/stopschedule.md index c9cb893181..ddb74b8ace 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/stopschedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/scheduling/stopschedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Stop-Schedule" +description: "Stop-Schedule" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Stop-Schedule The commandlet Stop-Schedule stops a specified schedule if it is already running. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md index f85f0cc8d1..e0f3af5e08 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set the $Credentials Environment Variable" +description: "Set the $Credentials Environment Variable" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Set the $Credentials Environment Variable By default, the Directory Manager Management Shell uses the credentials of the logged-in user for diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87b1027557 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Smart Group Commands", + "position": 140, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/converttostaticgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/converttostaticgroup.md index 52edc898a4..3cac09a73d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/converttostaticgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/converttostaticgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ConvertTo-StaticGroup" +description: "ConvertTo-StaticGroup" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # ConvertTo-StaticGroup The ConvertTo-StaticGroup commandlet converts an existing Smart Group or a dynasty to a static group diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/getsmartgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/getsmartgroup.md index a4ff4cf8cf..d3329fe4d6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/getsmartgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/getsmartgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-SmartGroup" +description: "Get-SmartGroup" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Get-SmartGroup Use this commandlet to retrieve Smart Groups and Dynasties that match your given criteria in one or diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/newsmartgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/newsmartgroup.md index fcc4373d8f..7319cbb0f2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/newsmartgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/newsmartgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-SmartGroup" +description: "New-SmartGroup" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # New-SmartGroup This commandlet helps you to create a new Smart Group (managed group) in Directory. A Smart Group is diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/overview.md index cc0196d3c1..cc702a3663 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Smart Group Commands" +description: "Smart Group Commands" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Smart Group Commands This section covers cmdlets for managing Smart Groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/setsmartgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/setsmartgroup.md index b9961e1919..02d00043d5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/setsmartgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/setsmartgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-SmartGroup" +description: "Set-SmartGroup" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Set-SmartGroup The Set-SmartGroup commandlet modifies a Smart Group in Directory. Attributes that are common to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/updategroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/updategroup.md index 6ded543abc..80c0dc901b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/updategroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/updategroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update-Group" +description: "Update-Group" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Update-Group The Update-Group commandlet modifies the membership of a Smart Group or Dynasty according to the @@ -38,7 +44,7 @@ Example 2: The following command updates all Smart Groups and Dynasties present in the container Training, using the credentials set in the $Credentials environment variable. See the -[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/setthecredential.md) topic for setting +[Set the $Credentials Environment Variable](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/setthecredential.md) topic for setting credentials in an environment variable. ``` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/upgradegroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/upgradegroup.md index d0752849c4..48a4d9d7e8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/upgradegroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/smartgroup/upgradegroup.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade-Group" +description: "Upgrade-Group" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Upgrade-Group The Upgrade-Group commandlet upgrades managed (Smart Groups and Dynasties) and non-managed Groups of GroupID 10 to Directory Manager 11.1 version. Before running this commandlet, make sure the configurations and history have been upgraded through the Directory Manager Upgrade wizard, only then this commandlet will upgrade the specified groups and their history successfully. See the -[Upgrade to Directory Manager 11](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/upgrade/upgrade.md) topic for additional information +[Upgrade to Directory Manager 11](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/upgrade/upgrade.md) topic for additional information on upgrade. ## Syntax @@ -54,6 +60,6 @@ Upgrade-Group -SearchContainerScopeList "1" -SearchContainer "GIDsmart1""OU=Jobs ``` NOTE: The group types 4 and 5 which are for middle and leaf dynasties are not supported in this -commandlet. See the [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/parameters.md) topic for additional information on -the supported parameters. See the [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters/parameters.md) topic to get information +commandlet. See the [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters.md) topic for additional information on +the supported parameters. See the [Parameters](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/parameters.md) topic to get information about the parameters which you can use in the Directory Manager Management Shell commandlets. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f6686ac1a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "User Commands", + "position": 150, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuser.md index 22d5dd180e..f818bdc965 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-User" +description: "Get-User" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Get-User Use the Get-User commandlet to retrieve basic information about a user that match your given diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuserenrollment.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuserenrollment.md index 4828cbf84a..bcd4f3f25b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuserenrollment.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/getuserenrollment.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-UserEnrollment" +description: "Get-UserEnrollment" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Get-UserEnrollment The commandlet Get-UserEnrollment retrieves enrollment information of a user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/newuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/newuser.md index 88ce30753c..ca647883ed 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/newuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/newuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New-User" +description: "New-User" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # New-User Use the New-User commandlet to create a new user in Directory. Most user properties can be directly diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/overview.md index 9c46ba37a8..e40e20faec 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Commands" +description: "User Commands" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # User Commands This section covers cmdlets for performing user-related tasks such as: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/removeuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/removeuser.md index 43d69da05f..85978b142b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/removeuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/removeuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-User" +description: "Remove-User" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Remove-User Use the Remove-User commandlet to delete a user from directory. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/setuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/setuser.md index a00b508a09..e4a9d26c3c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/setuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/user/setuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-User" +description: "Set-User" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Set-User The Set-User commandlet modifies a user in Directory. Most user properties can be directly modified diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..908326dd20 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "User Lifecycle Commands", + "position": 160, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/extenduser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/extenduser.md index fd0cfeb3e3..a44bb391ac 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/extenduser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/extenduser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Extend-User" +description: "Extend-User" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Extend-User Use the Extend-User commandlet to extend the user lifecycle of an expired user for specified period diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/getstatus.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/getstatus.md index ca9192d107..76d2e3d364 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/getstatus.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/getstatus.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-Status" +description: "Get-Status" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Get-Status Use the Get-Status command to know the status of a specified user as per the profile validation diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/overview.md index 92d1bfc8d2..ce9c79d13a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Lifecycle Commands" +description: "User Lifecycle Commands" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # User Lifecycle Commands This section covers the cmdlets for performing user lifecycle tasks such as: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/reinstateuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/reinstateuser.md index 56c64673fb..5e3ae4cdde 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/reinstateuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/reinstateuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reinstate-User" +description: "Reinstate-User" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Reinstate-User Use the Reinstate-User command to activate or disable a user. Users can be disabled for any of the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/terminatedirectreports.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/terminatedirectreports.md index b5430770f1..884af2ca43 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/terminatedirectreports.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/terminatedirectreports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Terminate-DirectReports" +description: "Terminate-DirectReports" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Terminate-DirectReports Use the Terminate-DirectRreports command to terminate user(s). Specify manager of the user you want diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/transferdirectreports.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/transferdirectreports.md index 8f8771362c..a1bce6343a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/transferdirectreports.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/managementshell/userlifecycle/transferdirectreports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Transfer-DirectReports" +description: "Transfer-DirectReports" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Transfer-DirectReports Use the Transfer-DirectReports commandlet to transfer direct report(s) in the connected identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index 44a67c27af..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -# Entitlement - -Directory Manager Entitlement enables you to stay informed on the permissions assigned to objects -residing on your Active Directory servers and SharePoint sites. - -See the [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/overview.md) topic for detailed information on -Entitlement. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md deleted file mode 100644 index df6b380aa0..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -# Group Type page - -Select the type of group you want to create and click **Next**. Options are: - -- [Create a Static Group](activedirectory/group.md#create-a-static-group) -- [Create a Smart Group](activedirectory/group.md#create-a-smart-group) -- [Create a Password Expiry Group](activedirectory/group.md#create-a-password-expiry-group) (not - supported in Microsoft Entra ID) -- [Create a Dynasty using the Organizational/Geographical/Custom template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/activedirectory/createdynasty.md#create-a-dynasty-using-the-organizationalgeographicalcustom-template) -- [Create a Dynasty using the Managerial template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/activedirectory/createdynasty.md#create-a-dynasty-using-the-managerial-template) -- [Create Teams](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams/create.md) (for Microsoft Entra ID only) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydynasties.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydynasties.md deleted file mode 100644 index 96df3d1c4f..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydynasties.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# My Dynasties - -This page lists the Dynasties you are the primary owner of. To include the groups for which you are -an additional owner, select the **Display additional group ownership in My Dynasties** check box on -the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. - -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search dynasties and add -[Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Dynasties Grid Filters**. All -the dynasties matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mysmartgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mysmartgroups.md deleted file mode 100644 index fbb7bbe07b..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mysmartgroups.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# My Smart Groups - -This page lists only the Smart Groups that you are primary owner of. To include the groups for which -you are an additional owner, select the **Display additional group ownership in My Smart Groups** -check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. - -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search your smart groups -and add [Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **Smart Group Grid Filters**. -All the smart groups matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myteams.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myteams.md deleted file mode 100644 index 81fcd531d2..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myteams.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -# My Teams - -This page lists all the Microsoft Teams groups that you own. - -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search teams and add -[Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Teams Grid Filters**. All the -teams matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/messagingsystemoverview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/messagingsystemoverview.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8e58fb386d..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/messagingsystemoverview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# Messaging System - -Directory Manager enables users to configure messaging systems to efficiently create or edit mail -enabled objects through a Synchronize job. Users can sync or deprovision subscriptions from the -following messaging systems: - -- [Exchange Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/exchange.md) -- [Google Workspace Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/googleapp.md) -- [Office 365 Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/office365.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index c37ef2fcb6..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -# Create Active Directory User Objects - -In an Active Directory identity stores, you can create the following types of users: - -- User – See the [Create an AD User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/user.md) topic for additional information. -- Mailbox – See the [Create an AD Mailbox](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/mailbox.md) topic for additional information. -- Contact – See the [Create an AD Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/contact/contact.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/user.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/user.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5fc55e8042..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/user.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -# Create an AD User - -In Directory Manager portal, you can create mail-enabled and non mail-enabled users. - -NOTE: In a Microsoft Entra ID based identity store, users can only be created as non mail-enabled. -Create a mailbox as an alternative to a mail-enabled user. - -NOTE: Pages and fields on the Create User wizard may vary from those discussed here, since the -administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. - -## Create a mail-enabled user in Active Directory - -Step 1 – In the Directory Manager portal, click the **Create New** button in the left pane and -select **User**. - -The Create User wizard opens to the Account page. - -Step 2 – On the [Account page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/account.md), specify basic account info, such as the user's first -name, last name, login ID and the UPN suffix. - -Step 3 – On the [Password page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/password.md), provide a password for the user account and set other -password-specific options. - -Step 4 – Use the [Exchange page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md), to create the user as mail-enabled. - -Step 5 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete -the wizard. - -NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the user creation action for review, your -changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. - -## Create a non mail-enabled user in Active Directory - -Step 1 – In the Directory Manager portal, click the **Create New** button in the left pane and -select **User**. - -The Create User wizard opens to the Account page. - -Step 2 – On the [Account page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/account.md), specify basic account info, such as the user's first -name, last name, login ID and the UPN suffix. - -Step 3 – On the [Password page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/password.md), provide a password for the user account and set other -password-specific options. - -Step 4 – On the [Exchange page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md), clear the **Mail-Enabled** check box to create the -user as non mail-enabled. This disables the remaining fields on the page. - -A non mail-enabled user does not have an email address. - -Step 5 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete -the wizard. - -NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the user creation action for review, your -changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1a9198fd7e..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# Manage Users - -Using Directory Manager portal, you can perform the following actions: - -- [Update your Direct Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/directreport.md) -- [Validate your profile](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/validateprofile.md) -- [Reset your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/resetpassword.md) -- [ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/changepassword.md) -- [Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index a2b7980d85..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -# Overview - -You can view and manipulate the properties of mailboxes in Active Directory. - -## Mailbox properties - -Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in Active Directory -based identity store. - -- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) -- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) -- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) -- [Mailbox properties - Limits tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md) -- [Mailbox properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md) -- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/account.md) -- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) -- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/entitlement.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8d1b65bb82..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -# Overview - -You can view and manipulate the properties of users in Active Directory. - -## User properties - -Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in Active Directory -based identity store. - -- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) -- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) -- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) -- [Object properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/advanced.md) -- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/account.md) -- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/entitlement.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/overview.md deleted file mode 100644 index d2f7626732..0000000000 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/overview.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -# Overview - -You can view and manipulate the properties of directory objects (users and mailboxes) in Microsoft -Entra ID, depending on the permissions the Directory Manager administrator has granted you. - -## User and Mailbox properties - -Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in an Microsoft Entra -ID based identity store. - -- [User properties - Identity tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/identity.md) -- [User properties - Directory Role tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md) -- [User properties - Job Info tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md) -- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a00596580 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Requirements", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/database.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/database.md index c8f86f9a5b..8fdf72dbc7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/database.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/database.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Database Requirements" +description: "Database Requirements" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Database Requirements Directory Manager requires an SQL Server database to store and retrieve data. The SQL database may diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/exchangeservers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/exchangeservers.md index 891ac6ea2c..90a5990bdb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/exchangeservers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/exchangeservers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Supported Microsoft Exchange Servers" +description: "Supported Microsoft Exchange Servers" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Supported Microsoft Exchange Servers Directory Manager supports the following Microsoft Exchange Servers: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/hardware.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/hardware.md index 49c377592a..76fb170df7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/hardware.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/hardware.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Hardware Requirements" +description: "Hardware Requirements" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Hardware Requirements Minimum hardware requirements for Directory Manager are: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/overview.md index 09561b29b6..fea454d094 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Requirements" +description: "Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Requirements This page lists the hardware, operating system, MS Exchange, and database required to run Directory @@ -8,7 +14,7 @@ Manager 11.1. The prerequisites may vary depending on your environment. - [Supported Microsoft Exchange Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/exchangeservers.md) - [Database Requirements](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/database.md) -Prior to installation, the [Preparation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/preparationtool.md) installs the +Prior to installation, the [Preparation Tool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/preparationtool.md) installs the required software and Windows features. See the -[What does the Preparation Tool Install](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/installer/whatprepinstall.md) topic for the list +[What does the Preparation Tool Install](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/installer/whatprepinstall.md) topic for the list of components the tool installs. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f8c9ad4fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Service Account Permissions", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/adserviceaccount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/adserviceaccount.md index 62679516d4..c9c93e98a7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/adserviceaccount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/adserviceaccount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Service Account for Active Directory and Exchange" +description: "Service Account for Active Directory and Exchange" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Service Account for Active Directory and Exchange You must have a service account to connect an identity store to an Active Directory domain. @@ -148,12 +154,12 @@ Add-RoleGroupMember "Recipient Management" -Member domain name\user ## SQL Server Account and Database Permissions -See the [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md) topic for information about the roles and +See the [Authentication Modes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md) topic for information about the roles and permissions the SQL server and database accounts must have for -[SQL Server Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md#sql-server-authentication) mode and for -[Windows Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/setupauthentication.md#windows-authentication) mode. +[SQL Server Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md#sql-server-authentication) mode and for +[Windows Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/setupauthentication.md#windows-authentication) mode. **See Also** -- [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md) -- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md) +- [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md) +- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/gmsarequirements.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/gmsarequirements.md index 4ebe9a15a1..1bcb3dcb5c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/gmsarequirements.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/gmsarequirements.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "gMSA for Active Directory" +description: "gMSA for Active Directory" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # gMSA for Active Directory Directory Manager enables you to use a Group Managed Service Account (gMSA) to connect an Active @@ -53,4 +59,4 @@ NOTE: Restart the Directory Manager server if you apply any of the above. **See Also** -- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md) +- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/overview.md index ea752b59bc..a6f82d6a3a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/permissions/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Service Account Permissions" +description: "Service Account Permissions" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Service Account Permissions To connect an Active Directory identity store to a domain, you must use a service account with diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/sqlcertificate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/sqlcertificate.md index c1d1d6abaf..95956adb19 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/sqlcertificate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/sqlcertificate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SQL Certificate for Windows Authentication" +description: "SQL Certificate for Windows Authentication" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # SQL Certificate for Windows Authentication Directory Manager now uses .NetCore 8 and it requires a SQL certificate to access SQL database using diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/windowsserver.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/windowsserver.md index 6507df87b6..0b2408099e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/windowsserver.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/requirements/windowsserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Windows Servers Requirements" +description: "Microsoft Windows Servers Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Microsoft Windows Servers Requirements Directory Manager supports the following Microsoft Windows Servers: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12c7ca2b85 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Access Admin Center", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "signin" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b14491f8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Directory Manage Applications", + "position": 120, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "applications" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/admincenter.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/admincenter.md similarity index 73% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/admincenter.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/admincenter.md index 3a355ba374..72787dce96 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/admincenter.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/admincenter.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Admin Center" +description: "Admin Center" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Admin Center Admin Center enables administrators to configure settings that are used by different functions of @@ -16,10 +22,10 @@ Step 2 – On the Applications page, click the **Admin Center** tab. The tab displays Admin Center hosted in native IIS. When multiple Directory Manager instances have been deployed, you will find multiple Admin Center cards on this tab page, each card representing a separate instance. See the -[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) +[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) topic. For details displayed on an Admin Center card, see the table in the -[View Data Service Details](dataservice/manage.md#view-data-service-details) topic for additional +[View Data Service Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#view-data-service-details) topic for additional information. You cannot create an Admin Center application or delete an existing one from Admin Center tab. @@ -33,12 +39,12 @@ Step 1 – In Admin Center, click **Applications** in the left pane. Step 2 – On the Admin Center tab, click **Launch Application** on an Admin Center card. Provide the Admin Center URL to admin and helpdesk users so they can access it. You can either copy the URL from the address bar or from Admin Center deployment settings. See the See the -[View the Launch URL for a Service](dataservice/manage.md#view-the-launch-url-for-a-service) topic. +[View the Launch URL for a Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#view-the-launch-url-for-a-service) topic. ## Change the Application Display Name To change the display name of the Admin Center application, see the -[Change a Service’s Display Name](dataservice/manage.md#change-a-services-display-name) topic. +[Change a Service’s Display Name](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#change-a-services-display-name) topic. Replace references to the service with Admin Center. ## View Deployment Settings @@ -59,5 +65,5 @@ where you can view Admin Center deployment details in native IIS. ## Configure Event Logging To configure file logging and Windows logging for Admin Center, see the -[Specify Log Settings for a Service](dataservice/manage.md#specify-log-settings-for-a-service) topic +[Specify Log Settings for a Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#specify-log-settings-for-a-service) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e104bfcdd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Manage Applications" +description: "Directory Manage Applications" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + +# Directory Manage Applications + +Using Admin Center, you can create and manage the following Directory Manager applications: + +- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md) +- [Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md) +- [Security Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/overview.md) + +Moreover, you can manage some basic deployment and log settings for the following applications: + +- [Admin Center](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/admincenter.md) +- [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md) +- [Email Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/emailservice.md) +- [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) + +See the [Services](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/dockerprerequisites.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/dockerprerequisites.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/dockerprerequisites.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/dockerprerequisites.md index ba3ba06cd2..543efff59c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/dockerprerequisites.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/dockerprerequisites.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker" +description: "Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker To deploy the Directory Manager applications in Docker, make sure you have a running instance of @@ -95,5 +101,5 @@ Select a container and click **Inspect** to view its details. **See Also** -- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md) -- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md) +- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md) +- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0deeb77e3d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Directory Manager Portal", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65a7dcd192 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Display Type Categories", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "categories" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md index 85501c1923..06e744ffac 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Display Type Categories" +description: "Display Type Categories" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Display Type Categories Using display types, you can publish fields in a Directory Manager portal to capture and view data. @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ A field can be anything from a text box to a drop-down list to a check box, depe type linked to it. You must also link each field to a schema attribute in the directory. Users can use the fields in a portal to add and update values for the respective attributes. -See the [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) topic fr additional information. +See the [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) topic fr additional information. ## Schema Attributes and Display Types @@ -45,7 +51,7 @@ You can link a basic display type to a schema attribute straight away. Basic dis Use it to collect and display a single value for an attribute. You can link it directly to a schema attribute. However, to apply additional rules to it, such as assigning a default value or implementing a regular expression to validate the data entered, you must create a custom display - type from this basic type. See the [Text Box Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/textbox.md) topic. + type from this basic type. See the [Text Box Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/textbox.md) topic. - **Password** @@ -114,7 +120,7 @@ Some applications of display type are: phone number and fax number. The default portal template uses several predefined custom display types. See the -[Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) topic to add more display types as needed. +[Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) topic to add more display types as needed. The **Custom Display Types** page in a portal’s design settings lists all the predefined custom display types and any custom display types you may have added. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md similarity index 59% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md index 40d0131fd7..4eb887a147 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md @@ -1,18 +1,24 @@ +--- +title: "Define Custom Display Types" +description: "Define Custom Display Types" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Define Custom Display Types In Directory Manager, several predefined custom display types are used in the default portal template. To customize the portal, you can use the predefined custom display types as well as define new ones. -- [Text Box Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/textbox.md) -- [Drop-down List Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/dropdownlist.md) -- [Linked Field Drop-down List Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/linkeddropdown.md) -- [Image Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/image.md) -- [Grid Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/grid.md) -- [Radio Button Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/radio.md) -- [Multiline Textbox Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multilinetextbox.md) -- [Multi-Valued Control Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multivaluedcontrol.md) -- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/overview.md) +- [Text Box Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/textbox.md) +- [Drop-down List Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/dropdownlist.md) +- [Linked Field Drop-down List Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkeddropdown.md) +- [Image Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/image.md) +- [Grid Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/grid.md) +- [Radio Button Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/radio.md) +- [Multiline Textbox Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multilinetextbox.md) +- [Multi-Valued Control Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multivaluedcontrol.md) +- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/overview.md) ## How to Implement Display Types @@ -45,5 +51,5 @@ To delete a custom display type: **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/dropdownlist.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/dropdownlist.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/dropdownlist.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/dropdownlist.md index fc8f3dc520..9e32430173 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/dropdownlist.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/dropdownlist.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Drop-down List Display Type" +description: "Drop-down List Display Type" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Drop-down List Display Type Use the drop-down list display type to give portal users a list of options to select from. @@ -46,7 +52,7 @@ A few drop-down list display types used in the default portal template are: database attribute.) 3. In the **Visibility** drop-down list, select a security role. The value in the drop-down list will be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. - See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the value from all users. 4. Click **OK**. The value is listed in the **Values** area, represented by its display text. @@ -63,6 +69,6 @@ A few drop-down list display types used in the default portal template are: **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/grid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/grid.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/grid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/grid.md index 9ae0a0f49b..9256af6ca3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/grid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/grid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Grid Display Type" +description: "Grid Display Type" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Grid Display Type Use a grid display type to display data in tabular form in the portal. This is especially helpful @@ -104,6 +110,6 @@ A few grid display types used in the default portal template are: **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/image.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/image.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/image.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/image.md index 930ba51f9a..8e3a8d2083 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/image.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/image.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Image Display Type" +description: "Image Display Type" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Image Display Type Use the image display type for schema attributes of the user object type that can store image data. @@ -50,6 +56,6 @@ photos. **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bff4d680b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Linked Combo Display Type", + "position": 100, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/details.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/details.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/details.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/details.md index 8fb2aaf8c1..c4b0c151ff 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/details.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/details.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Linked Combo Type - Details" +description: "Linked Combo Type - Details" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Linked Combo Type - Details Enter the following details about the linked combo on the **Details** page of the **Linked Combo @@ -21,10 +27,10 @@ Display Type** wozard: If the source file is a Microsoft Excel (.xls or .xlsx) file, Directory Manager automatically creates its XML version to process it. To learn about the Excel file format, see the - [Excel Data File Format](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/fileformat.md) topic. + [Excel Data File Format](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/fileformat.md) topic. 3. Click **Next**. See Also -- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/overview.md) +- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/fileformat.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/fileformat.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/fileformat.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/fileformat.md index eafc88dcc4..105755ca5e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/fileformat.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/fileformat.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Excel Data File Format" +description: "Excel Data File Format" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Excel Data File Format The following table explains the rules for the Microsoft Excel workbook to use for the linked combo @@ -12,4 +18,4 @@ display type: See Also -- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/overview.md) +- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/overview.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/overview.md index fcc17b6db9..de2b1c5251 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Linked Combo Display Type" +description: "Linked Combo Display Type" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Linked Combo Display Type A linked combo is a custom display type that you can link to other display types on a portal page. @@ -38,7 +44,7 @@ other display types that will be linked to it. Directory Manager also supports t file format (.xls or .xlsx), that it automatically converts to XML. The data in the Excel file must be in a specific format for Directory Manager to process it. -For information about the Excel file format, see the [Excel Data File Format](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/fileformat.md) topic. +For information about the Excel file format, see the [Excel Data File Format](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/fileformat.md) topic. NOTE: If data in the source file is updated, you must reload the file for changes to take effect. @@ -56,9 +62,9 @@ NOTE: If data in the source file is updated, you must reload the file for change 7. Complete the pages of the **Linked Combo Display Type** wizard. 1. On the **Details** page, provide the source data file. See the - [Linked Combo Type - Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/details.md) topic for more info. + [Linked Combo Type - Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/details.md) topic for more info. 2. On the **Schema** page, define the parent-child relationship between fields. See the - [Linked Combo Type - Schema](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/schema.md) topic for details. + [Linked Combo Type - Schema](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/schema.md) topic for details. 8. Click **OK**. 9. Click **Save** on the **Custom Display Types** page. @@ -164,10 +170,10 @@ When you update data in the source file, you must also reload the file for chang Display Type** wizard is displayed. 7. On the **Details** page, click **Browse** to select the file to load. Then click **Next**. 8. On the **Schema** page, make changes to the relationships, if required, and click **OK**. - See the [Linked Combo Type - Schema](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/schema.md) topic for details. + See the [Linked Combo Type - Schema](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/schema.md) topic for details. 9. Click **Save** on the **Custom Display Types** page. **See Also** -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/schema.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/schema.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/schema.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/schema.md index a34321966e..8b84db57b9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/schema.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/schema.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Linked Combo Type - Schema" +description: "Linked Combo Type - Schema" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Linked Combo Type - Schema On the **Schema** page of the **Linked Combo Display Type** wizard, define the parent-child @@ -84,4 +90,4 @@ Do the following: See Also -- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/linkedcombo/overview.md) +- [Linked Combo Display Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkedcombo/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/linkeddropdown.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkeddropdown.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/linkeddropdown.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkeddropdown.md index 6e4ed679c0..b8284f7119 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/linkeddropdown.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/linkeddropdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Linked Field Drop-down List Display Type" +description: "Linked Field Drop-down List Display Type" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Linked Field Drop-down List Display Type A linked field drop-down list is displayed in the portal as a drop-down list with multiple values. @@ -69,6 +75,6 @@ field with the predefined value. **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multilinetextbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multilinetextbox.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multilinetextbox.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multilinetextbox.md index 379136c212..02b31525f8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multilinetextbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multilinetextbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Multiline Textbox Display Type" +description: "Multiline Textbox Display Type" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Multiline Textbox Display Type A multiline textbox allows portal users to type information into a box that supports word wrapping @@ -40,6 +46,6 @@ many rows as required while entering data. **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multivaluedcontrol.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multivaluedcontrol.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multivaluedcontrol.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multivaluedcontrol.md index 3583456c1e..4842a96684 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/multivaluedcontrol.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/multivaluedcontrol.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Multi-Valued Control Display Type" +description: "Multi-Valued Control Display Type" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Multi-Valued Control Display Type The multi-valued control display type supports multi-valued attributes in Active Directory. Examples @@ -77,6 +83,6 @@ schema attribute you link this display type with. **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/radio.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/radio.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/radio.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/radio.md index e19140c41e..96d59b9551 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/radio.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/radio.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Radio Button Display Type" +description: "Radio Button Display Type" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Radio Button Display Type Use a radio display type to present the portal users with a predefined set of mutually exclusive @@ -42,7 +48,7 @@ A few radio display types used in the default portal template are: 4. Enter a description for the radio button in the **Description** box. 5. Select a security role in the **Visibility** drop-down list. The radio button will be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. See - [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the radio button from all users. 6. Click **OK**. The radio button is listed in the **Values** area on the **New Display Type** pane. @@ -62,6 +68,6 @@ A few radio display types used in the default portal template are: **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/textbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/textbox.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/textbox.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/textbox.md index 9fecca7544..01a4b39b39 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/textbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/textbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Text Box Display Type" +description: "Text Box Display Type" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Text Box Display Type A text box display type can be used without customization, but you must customize it when you want @@ -98,6 +104,6 @@ NOTE: Data should be in JSON format. **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md index 3c99e61f01..88312afc6a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Portal" +description: "Create a Portal" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Portal Admin Center lets you quickly build and deploy a web-based portal named Directory Manager portal, @@ -143,14 +149,14 @@ located on disk. This relates to the scenario when identity stores in Directory Manager have been linked, as discussed in the - [Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) + [Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) topic. Hence, when two identity stores, IdentityStoreA and IdentityStoreB, are linked and you associate IdentityStoreA with the portal, this message is displayed. It alerts you to associate the second identity store in the linked pair (dentityStoreB) with the portal too, in order to benefit from the linking. 13. Each identity store associated with a portal has its own set of design settings, as listed in - the [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) topic. + the [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) topic. If you are upgrading to Directory Manager 11 from GroupID 9 or GroupID 10, you can import the design settings for an identity store from a Self-Service portal in a previous version - as an @@ -197,7 +203,7 @@ located on disk. combos defined in the design settings. 14. A portal has certain advanced settings defined for it, as discussed in the - [Manage Advanced Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/advanced.md) topic. + [Manage Advanced Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/advanced.md) topic. If you are upgrading to Directory Manager 11 from GroupID 9 or GroupID 10, you can import the advanced settings of a Self-Service portal from a previous version as an alternate to defining settings from scratch. Following are the details of the file containing advanced settings for a @@ -239,7 +245,7 @@ The portal runs within a virtual directory in remote IIS while the portal files located on disk. To learn about the remote IIS settings and configurations before hosting a portal, see -the[Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/remoteiisprerequisites.md) topic. +the[Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/remoteiisprerequisites.md) topic. **To create a portal:** @@ -291,7 +297,7 @@ running on a Docker deamon in your environment, so that Directory Manager can cr the portal there and run the portal from within that container. For an overview on application deployment in Docker, see the -[Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/dockerprerequisites.md) topic. +[Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/dockerprerequisites.md) topic. NOTE: To host the portal, Docker daemon should be configured to run Windows containers. @@ -422,7 +428,7 @@ can choose to deploy the new portal in any of the supported web servers. Conside You may notice a portal with an orange card and an orange icon on the card. On hovering the mouse over the icon, the tooltip says that _linked mode will not be allowed_. This relates to the scenario when identity stores in Directory Manager have been linked, as discussed in the -[Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) +[Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) topic. Hence, when two identity stores, IdentityStoreA and IdentityStoreB, are linked and you associate IdentityStoreA with the portal, the portal card appears in orange. It informs you to associate the second identity store in the linked pair (dentityStoreB) with the portal too, in order @@ -443,5 +449,5 @@ to benefit from the linking. **See Also** -- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md) -- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md) +- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md) +- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/delete.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/delete.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/delete.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/delete.md index 77dc84317f..9138770497 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/delete.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/delete.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete a Portal" +description: "Delete a Portal" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Delete a Portal You can delete a portal or a deployment instance of a portal. On deleting a portal, all its @@ -58,5 +64,5 @@ Deleting a portal removes all its deployments and configurations from Directory **See Also** -- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md) -- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md) +- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md) +- [ Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..606591fe33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Design a Portal with Display Types", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/badwords.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/badwords.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/badwords.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/badwords.md index ca7abed2f7..3d3fa59620 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/badwords.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/badwords.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage the Bad Words List" +description: "Manage the Bad Words List" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Manage the Bad Words List Directory Manager enables you to restrict portal users from saving data containing words that might @@ -68,4 +74,4 @@ The bad words check applies to the following: See Also -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/createobject.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/createobject.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/createobject.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/createobject.md index 7d0e650a5b..ddf6578f16 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/createobject.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/createobject.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customize the Create Object Wizards" +description: "Customize the Create Object Wizards" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Customize the Create Object Wizards Using a portal, users can create different directory objects, namely: @@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ as needed. NOTE: In the portal, the _Create Group_ wizard starts with the _Group Type_ page, where users can select the type of group they want to create. Options on this page vary, depending on the permissions assigned to the user in the identity store. (See the -[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md) topic.) +[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md) topic.) - If a user has the _Create Static Group_ permission and is denied the _Create Smart Group_ permission, only the _Static Group_ option is displayed on the _Group Type_ page. @@ -62,7 +68,7 @@ What do you want to do? this name. 8. In the **Visibility Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The page would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. See - [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the page from all users. 9. To add fields to the page, see the Add a Field to a Wizard Page topic. 10. Click **OK**. @@ -141,10 +147,10 @@ You can update the following for a page: 10. In the **Display Type** drop-down list, select a display type to use for rendering this field on the wizard. The list contains basic display types and custom display types defined on the **Custom Display - Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) topic. + Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) topic. 11. In the **Visibility Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The field would be visible to users of the selected role and roles with a priority value higher than the selected role. See - [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the field from all users. 12. As mentioned for visibility level, the field is visible to members of the selected role and roles with a priority value higher than the selected role. @@ -180,7 +186,7 @@ You can update the following for a page: 19. Select the **Filter Bad Words** check box to ensure that users do not enter any bad word in this field. A value entered for the field is checked against the words listed on the **Bad Words List** - page. Matched values cannot be saved. See the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/badwords.md) topic. + page. Matched values cannot be saved. See the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/badwords.md) topic. 20. Click **OK**. The field is displayed in the **Fields** area on the **Edit Category** pane. You can rearrange the fields, update field properties, and even remove a field from the wizard page. 21. Click **OK**. @@ -262,4 +268,4 @@ The following field properties vary from field to field. You can: See Also -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/importexport.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/importexport.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/importexport.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/importexport.md index 14a216eafb..32da494f1c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/importexport.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/importexport.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Specify Attributes for Import/Export of Group Owners and Members" +description: "Specify Attributes for Import/Export of Group Owners and Members" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Specify Attributes for Import/Export of Group Owners and Members In the Directory Manager portal, users can: @@ -87,4 +93,4 @@ What do you want to do? See Also -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/navigationbar.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/navigationbar.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/navigationbar.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/navigationbar.md index 75f4b92e9c..4a26c0d505 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/navigationbar.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/navigationbar.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customize the Navigation Bar" +description: "Customize the Navigation Bar" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Customize the Navigation Bar The left navigation bar in a portal lists nodes that enable users to navigate in the portal: These @@ -82,7 +88,7 @@ Note the following: navigation bar. 8. In the **Access Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The node would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. For all other users, - the node would be hidden. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + the node would be hidden. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the node for all users. 9. In the **Tooltip Text** box, enter the text to appear when a user hovers the mouse over the node. 10. Use the **Icon Class** box to upload the image (icon) to be displayed with the node name. @@ -200,7 +206,7 @@ that: the browser’s back button to return to the previous page. 13. In the **Access Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The sub-node would be visible for users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. For all other - users, the sub-node would be hidden. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + users, the sub-node would be hidden. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the sub-node for all users. 14. Click **OK**. 15. Click **Save** on the **Navigation Bar** page. @@ -298,7 +304,7 @@ You can modify the following for a tab: 4. **URL** – The address of the webpage to display when a user clicks the tab. 5. **Access Level** – Select a security role. The tab would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. For all other users, the tab would be - hidden. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + hidden. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the tab for all users. 9. Click **OK** twice on the **Edit Link** pane. @@ -343,4 +349,4 @@ You can modify the following for a tab: See Also -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectcard.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectcard.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectcard.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectcard.md index c900b0fc3a..31b34fbe24 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectcard.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectcard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Specify Attributes for the Object Card" +description: "Specify Attributes for the Object Card" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Specify Attributes for the Object Card In the portal, the names of directory objects are displayed as links. When a user hovers the mouse @@ -141,5 +147,5 @@ You can remove an attribute from the body of an object card. **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Specify Attributes for Object List View](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectlist.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Specify Attributes for Object List View](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectlist.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectlist.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectlist.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectlist.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectlist.md index 1123c63547..3f384b70a1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectlist.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectlist.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Specify Attributes for Object List View" +description: "Specify Attributes for Object List View" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Specify Attributes for Object List View In the portal, the object list refers to a listing of groups that are similar to another group, @@ -45,5 +51,5 @@ What do you want to do? **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Specify Attributes for the Object Card](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectcard.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Specify Attributes for the Object Card](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectcard.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectproperties.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectproperties.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectproperties.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectproperties.md index 02e1a3fed6..6a0362209b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectproperties.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectproperties.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customize Properties Pages" +description: "Customize Properties Pages" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Customize Properties Pages Directory Manager enables you to customize the property pages displayed in the portal for these @@ -64,7 +70,7 @@ What do you want to do? 8. In the **Visibility Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The tab would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. The tab would not be visible to group owners (for their respective groups) and user managers (for their direct - reports) if they fall in a lower priority role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + reports) if they fall in a lower priority role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). - Select _Never_ to hide the tab from all users. - Select _Manager and Owner_ to make the tab visible only to the owner (in case of a group) or @@ -92,7 +98,7 @@ What do you want to do? 9. In the **Access Level** drop-down list, select a security role. Users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than it can add and update the values of fields on this tab. If group owners/user managers fall in a lower priority role, they cannot update the fields on the tab for - their respective groups/direct reports. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + their respective groups/direct reports. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). - Select _Never_ to make the tab and its fields read-only for all users. - Select _Manager and Owner_ to enable the owner (in case of a group) or manager (in case of a @@ -179,11 +185,11 @@ You can change the following for a tab: 10. In the **Display Type** drop-down list, select the display type to use for rendering this field on the tab. The list contains basic display types and custom display types defined on the **Custom Display - Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) topic. + Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) topic. 11. In the **Visibility Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The tab would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. It would not be visible to group owners (for their respective groups) and user managers (for their direct - reports) if they fall under a lower priority role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + reports) if they fall under a lower priority role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). - Select _Never_ to hide the field from all users. - Select _Manager and Owner_ to make the field visible only to the owner (in case of a group) or @@ -213,7 +219,7 @@ You can change the following for a tab: 12. In the **Access Level** drop-down list, select a security role. Users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role can add and update the value of this field. If group owners/user managers fall in a lower priority role, they cannot able to update the value of the - field for their respective groups/direct reports. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + field for their respective groups/direct reports. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). - Select _Never_ to make this field read-only for all users. - Select _Manager and Owner_ to enable only the owner (in case of a group) or manager (in case @@ -275,7 +281,7 @@ You can change the following for a tab: 20. Select the **Filter Bad Words** check box to ensure that users do not enter any bad word in this field. A value entered for the field is checked against the words listed on the **Bad Words List** - page. Matched values cannot be saved. See the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/badwords.md) topic. + page. Matched values cannot be saved. See the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/badwords.md) topic. 21. The **Image Attribute** list is available when ‘DN’ is selected as the display type. This list supports ‘thumbnailPhoto’ as its value. @@ -364,4 +370,4 @@ The following field properties vary from field to field. You can: See Also -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/organizationalhierarchy.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/organizationalhierarchy.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/organizationalhierarchy.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/organizationalhierarchy.md index 1a5a7e039b..429b0ed0ea 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/organizationalhierarchy.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/organizationalhierarchy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Specify Attributes for Organizational Hierarchy" +description: "Specify Attributes for Organizational Hierarchy" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Specify Attributes for Organizational Hierarchy Using the portal, you can view the organizational hierarchy for a user in the organization. This @@ -35,10 +41,10 @@ What do you want to do? attribute on the organizational hierarchy chart. The display type must match the attribute. For example, the ‘TreePicture’ display type matches the ‘thumbnailPhoto’ attribute. This list contains basic display types and custom display types defined on the **Custom Display - Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) topic. + Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) topic. 9. Click **OK**. 10. Click **Save** on the **Organizational Hierarchy** page. **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md similarity index 61% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md index f57f0c85c3..75e713fd5c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Design a Portal with Display Types" +description: "Design a Portal with Display Types" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Design a Portal with Display Types Display types enable you to control the layout and appearance of a Directory Manager portal and its @@ -11,44 +17,44 @@ functionality for each associated identity store. You can customize the following for a portal: - **Search Forms:** control the fields to be displayed on different search forms and search result - pages in a portal. See the [Customize Search Forms](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchforms.md) and - [Customize Search Results](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchresults.md) topics. + pages in a portal. See the [Customize Search Forms](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchforms.md) and + [Customize Search Results](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchresults.md) topics. - **Quick Search:** control the schema attributes for quick search to run on. See the - [Customize Quick Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/quicksearch.md) topic. + [Customize Quick Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/quicksearch.md) topic. - **Properties:** control what properties of directory objects you want to display in a portal. See - the [Customize Properties Pages](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectproperties.md) topic. + the [Customize Properties Pages](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectproperties.md) topic. - **Toolbars:** customize the buttons on the portal toolbars. See the - [Customize the Toolbars](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/toolbars.md) topic. + [Customize the Toolbars](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/toolbars.md) topic. - **Navigation Bar:** customize the left navigation bar in a portal. See the - [Customize the Navigation Bar](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/navigationbar.md) topic. + [Customize the Navigation Bar](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/navigationbar.md) topic. - **Bad Words List:** restrict users from entering bad or offensive words while using a portal. See - the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/badwords.md) topic. + the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/badwords.md) topic. - **Import/Export Attributes:** specify schema attributes to be used for importing/exporting members and additional owners for groups. See the - [Specify Attributes for Import/Export of Group Owners and Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/importexport.md): + [Specify Attributes for Import/Export of Group Owners and Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/importexport.md): topic. - **Create Object Wizards:** control the schema attributes displayed in the portal for creating different object types. See the - [Customize the Create Object Wizards](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/createobject.md) topic. + [Customize the Create Object Wizards](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/createobject.md) topic. - **Query Attributes:** control which schema attributes to display in the portal for creating queries for Smart Groups ad Dynasties. See the - [ Specify Smart Group Query Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/queryattributes.md) topic. + [ Specify Smart Group Query Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/queryattributes.md) topic. - **Property Validation:** manage the schema attributes for user profile validation and group - attestation. See the [Manage Property Validation Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/propertyvalidation.md) + attestation. See the [Manage Property Validation Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/propertyvalidation.md) topic. - **Organizational Hierarchy:** specify user attributes for display on the organizational hierarchy chart. See the - [Specify Attributes for Organizational Hierarchy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/organizationalhierarchy.md) topic. + [Specify Attributes for Organizational Hierarchy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/organizationalhierarchy.md) topic. - **Card View:** specify the attributes to be displayed on an object card. See the - [Specify Attributes for the Object Card](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectcard.md) topic. + [Specify Attributes for the Object Card](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectcard.md) topic. - **Object List View:** specify the attributes to be displayed for similar groups on the **Similar Groups** tab in group properties. See the - [Specify Attributes for Object List View](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectlist.md) topic. + [Specify Attributes for Object List View](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectlist.md) topic. NOTE: Design settings are available for a standard Directory Manager portal, and not for a Self-Service Password Reset portal. **See Also** -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/custom.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Define Custom Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/custom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/propertyvalidation.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/propertyvalidation.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/propertyvalidation.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/propertyvalidation.md index 142d2773c9..f124cdd99d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/propertyvalidation.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/propertyvalidation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Property Validation Attributes" +description: "Manage Property Validation Attributes" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Manage Property Validation Attributes In Directory Manager, property validation applies to: @@ -31,7 +37,7 @@ neither be edited nor removed. The Directory Manager administrator can enforce group owners to review and validate the attributes and membership of an expiring group before renewing it. See the -[Enable Group Attestation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-attestation) +[Enable Group Attestation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-attestation) topic. While attesting a group in the portal, the owner can: @@ -82,10 +88,10 @@ What do you want to do? 9. Use the **Display Type** drop-down list to specify the display type to use for rendering the attribute in the portal. The list contains basic display types and custom display types defined on the **Custom Display Types** page. See the - [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) topic. + [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) topic. 10. In the **Visibility Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The field would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. See - [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the field from all users. 11. As mentioned for visibility level, the field is visible to members of the selected role and roles with a priority value higher than the selected role. @@ -102,7 +108,7 @@ What do you want to do? 16. Select the **Filter Bad Words** check box to ensure that users do not enter any bad word in this field. A value entered for the field is checked against the words listed on the **Bad Words List** - page. Matched values cannot be saved. See the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/badwords.md) topic. + page. Matched values cannot be saved. See the [Manage the Bad Words List](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/badwords.md) topic. 17. The **Image Attribute** list is available when ‘DN’ is selected as the display type. This list supports ‘thumbnailPhoto’ as its value. @@ -177,5 +183,5 @@ The following field properties vary from field to field. You can: **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Configure User Profile Validation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/profilevalidation.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Configure User Profile Validation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/profilevalidation.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/queryattributes.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/queryattributes.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/queryattributes.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/queryattributes.md index 2542c2f9f0..6d8f42e439 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/queryattributes.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/queryattributes.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Specify Smart Group Query Attributes" +description: "Specify Smart Group Query Attributes" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Specify Smart Group Query Attributes For an identity store, you can choose whether all or specific schema attributes should be available @@ -86,14 +92,14 @@ You can also specify the following for an attribute: This box is not available when multiple attributes have been selected. 9. Select a security role in the **Visibility Level** drop-down list. The attribute(s) would be visible to users of the selected role and roles with a priority value higher than the selected - role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the attribute(s) from all users. 10. Use the **Display Type** drop-down list to specify the display type to use for enabling users to provide a value for the attribute(s) in the portal. For example, you can select a text box, drop-down list, or DN as display type. In case of DN, users can search and select a directory object as value for the attribute. The list contains basic display types and custom display types defined on the **Custom Display - Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) topic. + Types** page. See the [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) topic. When multiple attributes are selected in the **Fields** box, this display type applies to each of them. You can edit an attribute later to apply a different display type. 11. In the **ToolTip Text** box, enter the text to display when a user hovers the mouse over the @@ -156,4 +162,4 @@ You can change the following for an attribute: See Also -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/quicksearch.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/quicksearch.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/quicksearch.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/quicksearch.md index ff7ad7fb95..d0bb973a57 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/quicksearch.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/quicksearch.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customize Quick Search" +description: "Customize Quick Search" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Customize Quick Search In a Directory Manager portal, the quick search box is available at the top of each page. You can @@ -71,5 +77,5 @@ What do you want to do? **See Also** -- [Customize Search Forms](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchforms.md) -- [Customize Search Results](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchresults.md) +- [Customize Search Forms](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchforms.md) +- [Customize Search Results](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchresults.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchforms.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchforms.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchforms.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchforms.md index 2b2c8f97e7..f9dae5cb7d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchforms.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchforms.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customize Search Forms" +description: "Customize Search Forms" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Customize Search Forms You can customize the search forms for a portal. You can: @@ -47,7 +53,7 @@ What do you want to do? 10. In the **Display Type** drop-down list, select the display type to use to render this field in the portal. The list contains basic display types and custom display types defined on the **Custom Display Types** page. See the - [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) topic. + [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) topic. 11. Click **OK.** The field is displayed in the **Fields** area on the **Edit Search Form** pane. To rearrange the fields on the search form, click the plus sign for a field and drag to change its position. @@ -94,7 +100,7 @@ You can change the following for a field on a search form: **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) -- [Customize Search Results](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchresults.md) -- [Customize Quick Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/quicksearch.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) +- [Customize Search Results](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchresults.md) +- [Customize Quick Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/quicksearch.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchresults.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchresults.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchresults.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchresults.md index 99f2be4b55..4f23875f29 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/searchresults.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/searchresults.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customize Search Results" +description: "Customize Search Results" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Customize Search Results You can customize the search result pages for a portal. You can: @@ -45,7 +51,7 @@ The following table lists the search results pages that you can customize: 9. In the **Tooltip** box, enter the text to appear when a user hovers the mouse over the field. 10. In the **Display Type** drop-down list, select the display type to use to render this field in the portal. Available options are limited to textbox, DN, DNs, and Link, which are basic display - Types. See the [Basic Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md#basic-display-types) topic. + Types. See the [Basic Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md#basic-display-types) topic. 11. Click **OK.** The field is displayed in the **Fields** area on the **Edit Search Results** pane. To rearrange the fields on the search form, click the equal sign for a field and drag to change @@ -92,7 +98,7 @@ You can change the following for a field on a search results page: **See Also** -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) -- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/categories.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Display Type Categories](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/categories.md) - Customize Search Results -- [Customize Quick Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/form/quicksearch.md) +- [Customize Quick Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/quicksearch.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/sendasonbehalf.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/sendasonbehalf.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/sendasonbehalf.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/sendasonbehalf.md index 9f798a1739..44ee4ef67e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/sendasonbehalf.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/sendasonbehalf.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "The ‘Send on Behalf’ and ‘Send As’ Permissions" +description: "The ‘Send on Behalf’ and ‘Send As’ Permissions" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # The ‘Send on Behalf’ and ‘Send As’ Permissions Using the portal, a user can delegate the _Send on Behalf_ and _Send As_ permissions to other @@ -71,7 +77,7 @@ would enable the object to delegate the Send As permission to users. visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. It would not even be visible to group owners (for their respective groups) and user managers (for their direct reports) if they fall in a lower priority role. See - [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). - Select _Never_ to hide the field from all users. - Select _Manager and Owner_ to make the field visible only to the owner (in case of a group) or @@ -167,7 +173,7 @@ This would enable the object to delegate the Send on Behalf permission to users. 11. In the **Visibility Level** drop-down list, select a security role. The Send on Behalf field would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. It would not be visible to group owners (for their groups) and user managers (for their direct - reports) if they fall in a lower priority role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + reports) if they fall in a lower priority role. See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). - Select _Never_ to hide the field from all users. - Select _Manager and Owner_ to make the field visible only to the owner (in case of a group) or diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/toolbars.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/toolbars.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/toolbars.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/toolbars.md index 746419e63c..13ba6a2aa4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/toolbars.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/toolbars.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customize the Toolbars" +description: "Customize the Toolbars" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Customize the Toolbars Toolbars are available on different pages of the Directory Manager portal; however, not all of these @@ -81,7 +87,7 @@ can update a few details for a button, such as its name and image. 8. **Visibility Level** – Select a security role. The toolbar button would be visible to users of this role and roles with a priority value higher than this role. See - [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). + [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Select _Never_ to hide the button from all users. 8. Click **OK**. @@ -104,4 +110,4 @@ can update a few details for a button, such as its name and image. See Also -- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/overview.md) +- [Design a Portal with Display Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md index 7fc0b9c6e8..9b37cc3538 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Manager Portal" +description: "Directory Manager Portal" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Directory Manager Portal A Directory Manager portal represents a virtual link with the directory. Using it, users can do the @@ -49,14 +55,14 @@ linking, the identity stores must be built on Active Directory or Microsoft Entr purpose is to link identical objects in different domains. To learn about linked identity stores and how they work in a Directory Manager portal, see the -[Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) +[Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) topic. ## Notifications in the Portal A Directory Manager portal can send email notifications to designated recipients when a user makes a change to objects in an identity store. To specify notification recipients, see the -[Specify Notification Recipients](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#specify-notification-recipients) +[Specify Notification Recipients](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#specify-notification-recipients) topic. By default, notifications are sent to users in the English language. However, a user can opt to @@ -65,6 +71,6 @@ receive notifications in a supported language by personalizing the language sett **See Also** -- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md) -- [Create a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md) -- [Delete a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/delete.md) +- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md) +- [Create a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md) +- [Delete a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/delete.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45d237ac97 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Server Settings", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/advanced.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/advanced.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/advanced.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/advanced.md index 5dbb07c8fb..a1746f8d20 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/advanced.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/advanced.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Advanced Settings" +description: "Manage Advanced Settings" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Manage Advanced Settings Advanced settings allow you to customize the functionality and appearance of a portal. For example, @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ Self-Service Password Reset portal. Default values for all advanced settings are specified for a portal. You can update any setting as required. You can also import these advanced settings for a portal from a previous Directory Manager version. See step 14 in the -[Create a Portal in Native IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-native-iis) topic. +[Create a Portal in Native IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-native-iis) topic. You can manage the following advanced settings for a portal: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/docker.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/docker.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/docker.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/docker.md index ee183f68ac..3e15cf2592 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/docker.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/docker.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Settings for a Docker Deployment" +description: "Manage Settings for a Docker Deployment" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Manage Settings for a Docker Deployment You can manage various settings for a portal instance deployed in Docker. @@ -34,10 +40,10 @@ After instance creation, this info cannot be changed. ## Set File Logging and Windows Logging for an Instance To set file logging and Windows logging levels for a deployment instance, see the -[Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md) topic. +[Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md) topic. ## Delete an Instance To delete a portal’s deployment instance, see the -[Delete a Deployment Instance for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/delete.md#delete-a-deployment-instance-for-a-portal) +[Delete a Deployment Instance for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/delete.md#delete-a-deployment-instance-for-a-portal) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/general.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/general.md index a0c622d4c9..b776296b39 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage General Server Settings" +description: "Manage General Server Settings" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manage General Server Settings You can manage general server settings for a portal, such as change its display name, associate @@ -50,7 +56,7 @@ NOTE: You may observe the following message on the **Server Settings – General It relates to the scenario when identity stores in Directory Manager have been linked, as discussed in the -[Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) +[Linked Identity Stores and the Directory Manager Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md#linked-identity-stores-and-the-directory-manager-portal) topic. Hence, when two identity stores, IdentityStoreA and IdentityStoreB, are linked and you associate IdentityStoreA with the portal, this message is displayed. It alerts you to associate the second identity store in the linked pair (dentityStoreB) with the portal too, in order to benefit @@ -76,13 +82,13 @@ settings for each deployment instance of a portal. Select an instance to view the name of the instance directory in IIS, the IIS site that hosts the instance, the URL for the instance, the Data service and Security service associated with the instance, and logging levels. See the - [Manage Settings for a Native IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/nativeiis.md) topic for details. + [Manage Settings for a Native IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/nativeiis.md) topic for details. - The **Remote IIS** tab is available when one or more portal instances are deployed in remote IIS. Select an instance to view the Microsoft IIS Administration API URL and access token that Directory Manager uses to communicate with the remote IIS server, the credentials used to communicate with the API, the site that hosts the instance, the Data service and Security service associated with the instance, and logging levels. See the - [Manage Settings for a Remote IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/remoteiis.md) topic for details. + [Manage Settings for a Remote IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/remoteiis.md) topic for details. - The **Docker** tab is available when one or more portal instances are deployed in Docker. Select an instance to view the port and Service URL used for deployment. See the - [Manage Settings for a Docker Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/docker.md) topic for details. + [Manage Settings for a Docker Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/docker.md) topic for details. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md index 834ea12474..91daf0c3cf 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Log Settings" +description: "Manage Log Settings" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Manage Log Settings Directory Manager uses Windows logging and file logging to monitor events from a portal. You can set @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ the logging level for a deployment instance of a portal to track a specific set it. To dump the log files to a desired location for easy access, see the -[Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/logs.md) topic. +[Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/logs.md) topic. ## File Logging diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/nativeiis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/nativeiis.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/nativeiis.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/nativeiis.md index 404aa953a2..1710ab3032 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/nativeiis.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/nativeiis.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Settings for a Native IIS Deployment" +description: "Manage Settings for a Native IIS Deployment" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage Settings for a Native IIS Deployment You can manage various settings for a portal instance deployed in native IIS. @@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ the portal instance. For example: When you change the name, it propagates to the instance’s IIS directory, physical directory, and launch URL. You must provide the updated URL to users to enable them to access the portal. See the -[Launch a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#launch-a-portal) topic. +[Launch a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#launch-a-portal) topic. **To change the IIS application name:** @@ -74,7 +80,7 @@ launch URL. You must provide the updated URL to users to enable them to access t You can change the IIS site that hosts a deployment instance of a portal. In doing so, the URL of the deployment instance also changes. You must provide the updated URL to your users to enable them -to access the instance. See the [Launch a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#launch-a-portal) topic. +to access the instance. See the [Launch a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#launch-a-portal) topic. **To change the site:** @@ -127,10 +133,10 @@ Use the URL for a portal's deployment instance to launch the respective instance ## Set File Logging and Windows Logging for an Instance To set file logging and Windows logging levels for a deployment instance, see the -[Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md) topic. +[Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md) topic. ## Delete an Instance To delete a portal’s deployment instance, see the -[Delete a Deployment Instance for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/delete.md#delete-a-deployment-instance-for-a-portal) +[Delete a Deployment Instance for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/delete.md#delete-a-deployment-instance-for-a-portal) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/overview.md similarity index 63% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/overview.md index dc10699553..9389a8d805 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Server Settings" +description: "Server Settings" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Server Settings A Directory Manager portal is deployed as a web application on a web server (native IIS, remote IIS, @@ -24,11 +30,11 @@ logged out. When accessed again, the portal runs under the new configurations. **See Also** -- [Create a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md) -- [Manage General Server Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/general.md) -- [Manage Settings for a Native IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/nativeiis.md) -- [Manage Settings for a Remote IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/remoteiis.md) -- [Manage Settings for a Docker Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/docker.md) -- [Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md) -- [Add Support for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/support.md) -- [Manage Advanced Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/advanced.md) +- [Create a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md) +- [Manage General Server Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/general.md) +- [Manage Settings for a Native IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/nativeiis.md) +- [Manage Settings for a Remote IIS Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/remoteiis.md) +- [Manage Settings for a Docker Deployment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/docker.md) +- [Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md) +- [Add Support for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/support.md) +- [Manage Advanced Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/advanced.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/remoteiis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/remoteiis.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/remoteiis.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/remoteiis.md index 2387519682..831ca73c90 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/remoteiis.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/remoteiis.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Settings for a Remote IIS Deployment" +description: "Manage Settings for a Remote IIS Deployment" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Manage Settings for a Remote IIS Deployment You can manage various settings for a portal instance deployed in remote IIS. @@ -38,16 +44,16 @@ To view deployment settings: credentials. You can also view the name of the portal application in remote IIS, the site where it is hosted, the URL to launch the instance, and the Data service and Security service the instance uses. Refer to steps 7-12 in the - [Create a Portal in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-remote-iis) topic for a + [Create a Portal in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-remote-iis) topic for a description of these fields. ## Set File Logging and Windows Logging for an Instance To set file logging and Windows logging levels for a deployment instance, see the -[Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md) topic. +[Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md) topic. ## Delete an Instance To delete a portal’s deployment instance, see the -[Delete a Deployment Instance for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/delete.md#delete-a-deployment-instance-for-a-portal) +[Delete a Deployment Instance for a Portal](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/delete.md#delete-a-deployment-instance-for-a-portal) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/support.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/support.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/support.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/support.md index f9988f4b5c..b1ca047b36 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/support.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/support.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Add Support for a Portal" +description: "Add Support for a Portal" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Add Support for a Portal Portals include a **Contact** link and a **Help** icon on their web interface. The **Contact** link diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/remoteiisprerequisites.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/remoteiisprerequisites.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/remoteiisprerequisites.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/remoteiisprerequisites.md index 318f816322..2387fa934d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/remoteiisprerequisites.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/remoteiisprerequisites.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS" +description: "Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS To deploy Directory Manager portals and services (Data service and Security service) in remote IIS, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b10ad0566 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Authentication Policy", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "authpolicy" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md index ea5946a873..01f43b7c7b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Policy" +description: "Authentication Policy" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Authentication Policy The Directory Manager authentication policy is based on: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/mfa.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/mfa.md similarity index 70% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/mfa.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/mfa.md index b4549fea08..e6147d543e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/mfa.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/mfa.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Multifactor Authentication" +description: "Configure Multifactor Authentication" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Configure Multifactor Authentication You can define a multifactor authentication (MFA) policy for an identity store. This policy enforces users to enroll their identity store accounts in Directory Manager using one or more authentication types. Supported authentication types are discussed in the -[Authentication Policies - A Comparison](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) topic. +[Authentication Policies - A Comparison](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) topic. Once enrolled, users must authenticate their identity store accounts using the authentication types they enrolled with, when they perform any of the following actions in the Directory Manager portal: @@ -13,11 +19,11 @@ they enrolled with, when they perform any of the following actions in the Direct Helpdesk users with restricted access also use authentication type(s) to authenticate end-users before resetting their password or unlocking their identity store account. See the -[Set Restricted Mode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md#set-restricted-mode) topic. +[Set Restricted Mode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md#set-restricted-mode) topic. NOTE: Multifactor authentication defined in Microsoft Entra Admin Center does not integrate with MFA in Directory Manager. See the -[Multifactor Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md#multifactor-authentication-policy) +[Multifactor Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md#multifactor-authentication-policy) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -29,13 +35,13 @@ What do you want to do? To configure multifactor authentication for a security role in an identity store, do the following: 1. Enable one or more authentication types for the identity store. - See the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic for details. + See the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic for details. 2. Enforce role members to use specific authentication types for multifactor authentication. See the - [Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) + [Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic for details. See Also -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Configure Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/sfa.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Configure Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/sfa.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8866433456 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Set Up Authentication Types", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/authenticator.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/authenticator.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/authenticator.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/authenticator.md index 821ee99d5d..6075f3827b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/authenticator.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/authenticator.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up Authentication via Authenticator" +description: "Set up Authentication via Authenticator" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Set up Authentication via Authenticator Users must install an authenticator app, such as Google Authenticator or Microsoft Authenticator, on @@ -14,12 +20,12 @@ What do you want to do? The Authenticator authentication type must be enabled for an identity store before it can be used for second factor authentication and multifactor authentication. -To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. +To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. ## Enforce Authentication by Authenticator for a Role in an Identity Store To enforce an authentication type, see the -[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) +[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic. Role members must use an enforced authentication type for multifactor authentication. When an @@ -28,4 +34,4 @@ and authentication. **See Also** -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/email.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/email.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/email.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/email.md index 99bb309602..eecf6529ff 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/email.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/email.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up Authentication via Email" +description: "Set up Authentication via Email" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Set up Authentication via Email Users can enroll and authenticate their identity store accounts using Email. An email sent to a @@ -9,7 +15,7 @@ in various languages. You can change the subject line and the body text in the t these languages. NOTE: Before configuring Email authentication, make sure that an SMTP server is configured for the -identity store. See the [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. +identity store. See the [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -22,7 +28,7 @@ What do you want to do? The email authentication type must be enabled for an identity store before users can use it for second factor authentication and multifactor authentication. -To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. +To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. ## Modify the Email Template @@ -64,7 +70,7 @@ accounts. ## Enforce Email Authentication for a Role in an Identity Store To enforce an authentication type, see the -[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) +[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic. Role members must use an enforced authentication type for multifactor authentication. When an @@ -73,5 +79,5 @@ and authentication. **See Also** -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Customize Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/customize.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Customize Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/customize.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/linkedaccount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/linkedaccount.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/linkedaccount.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/linkedaccount.md index c9fdc82c99..dedddbb195 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/linkedaccount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/linkedaccount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up Authentication via Linked Account" +description: "Set up Authentication via Linked Account" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Set up Authentication via Linked Account The Directory Manager portal enables a user to link accounts that he or she may have in different @@ -21,12 +27,12 @@ What do you want to do? The Linked Account authentication type must be enabled for an identity store before it can be used for multifactor authentication. -To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. +To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. ## Enforce Linked Account Authentication for a Security Role To enforce an authentication type, see the -[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) +[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic. Role members must use an enforced authentication type for multifactor authentication. When an @@ -35,4 +41,4 @@ and authentication. See Also -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13747970c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: "Set Up Authentication Types" +description: "Set Up Authentication Types" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + +# Set Up Authentication Types + +The following topics guide you on how to set up different authentication types for an identity store +and enforce them for a security role. + +- [Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/securityquestions.md) +- [SMS Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smsauthentication.md) +- [Set up Authentication via Email](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/email.md) +- [Set up Authentication via Authenticator](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/authenticator.md) +- [Set up Authentication via Linked Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/linkedaccount.md) +- [Set up Authentication via YubiKey](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/yubikey.md) +- [Set up Authentication via Windows Hello](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/windowshello.md) + +**See Also** + +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/securityquestions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/securityquestions.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/securityquestions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/securityquestions.md index d331473351..f1c170d10a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/securityquestions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/securityquestions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up Authentication via Security Questions" +description: "Set up Authentication via Security Questions" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Set up Authentication via Security Questions Directory Manager provides a list of predefined security questions. This list can be referred to as @@ -23,11 +29,11 @@ What do you want to do? ## Modify the Global Question Pool -See the [Manage the Global Question Pool ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/globalpool.md)topic. +See the [Manage the Global Question Pool ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/globalpool.md)topic. ## Modify the Local Question Pool -See the [Manage the Local Question Pool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/securityquestions.md) +See the [Manage the Local Question Pool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/securityquestions.md) topic. ## Enable Security Question Authentication for an Identity Store @@ -35,12 +41,12 @@ topic. The security question authentication type must be enabled for an identity store before users can use it for second factor authentication and multifactor authentication. -To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. +To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. ## Enforce Security Question Authentication for a Role in an Identity Store To enforce an authentication type, see the -[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) +[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic. Role members must use an enforced authentication type for multifactor authentication. When an @@ -50,9 +56,9 @@ and authentication. ## Specify Policies for Security Question Authentication See the -[Define Security Question Settings for a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md#define-security-question-settings-for-a-security-role) topic. +[Define Security Question Settings for a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md#define-security-question-settings-for-a-security-role) topic. See Also -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Manage the Local Question Pool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/securityquestions.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Manage the Local Question Pool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/securityquestions.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/windowshello.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/windowshello.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/windowshello.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/windowshello.md index 54c3bc1210..4c72f2e569 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/windowshello.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/windowshello.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up Authentication via Windows Hello" +description: "Set up Authentication via Windows Hello" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Set up Authentication via Windows Hello The Windows Hello authentication type can be used on Windows 10 devices only with specialized @@ -25,12 +31,12 @@ What do you want to do? The Windows Hello authentication type must be enabled for an identity store before it can be used for second factor authentication and multifactor authentication. -To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. +To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. ## Enforce Windows Hello Authentication for a Role in an Identity Store To enforce an authentication type, see the -[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) +[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic. Role members must use an enforced authentication type for multifactor authentication. When an @@ -39,4 +45,4 @@ and authentication. See Also -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/yubikey.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/yubikey.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/yubikey.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/yubikey.md index 03a111e96f..29fb4d1671 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/yubikey.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/yubikey.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up Authentication via YubiKey" +description: "Set up Authentication via YubiKey" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Set up Authentication via YubiKey YubiKey is a key-sized device that users can plug into the computer’s USB slot to verify their @@ -22,12 +28,12 @@ What do you want to do? You must enable the YubiKey authentication type for an identity store for users to use it for second factor authentication and multifactor authentication. -To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. +To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. ## Enforce YubiKey Authentication for a Security Role in an Identity Store To enforce an authentication type, see the -[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) +[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic. Role members must use an enforced authentication type for multifactor authentication. When an @@ -36,4 +42,4 @@ and authentication. See Also -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/sfa.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/sfa.md similarity index 75% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/sfa.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/sfa.md index 5fd9634ca7..1b47179216 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/sfa.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/sfa.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Second Factor Authentication" +description: "Configure Second Factor Authentication" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Second Factor Authentication You can enable second factor authentication (SFA) for a user role in an identity store. This policy enforces role members to enroll their identity store accounts in Directory Manager using one or more authentication types. Supported authentication types are discussed in the -[Authentication Policies - A Comparison](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) topic. +[Authentication Policies - A Comparison](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) topic. Once enrolled, role members must authenticate their accounts using an authentication type they enrolled with, while signing into Admin Center or theDirectory Manager portal. Users enrolled with @@ -22,15 +28,15 @@ following: Step 1 – Enable one or more authentication types for the identity store. -See the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic for details. +See the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic for details. Step 2 – Enable second factor authentication for a security role in an identity store. See the -[Enable Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enable-second-factor-authentication) +[Enable Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enable-second-factor-authentication) topic for details. See Also -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Configure Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/mfa.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Configure Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/mfa.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c94554c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Group Management Concepts", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "concepts" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md index 9ed38f71d2..073542133d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Access your Applications" +description: "Access your Applications" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Access your Applications Directory Manager users can have access to Directory Manager applications such as: @@ -41,4 +47,4 @@ To add a third-party application: 1. In Admin Center, click your name in the top right corner and select **My Applications**. 2. Click **Enroll your account** on the **GroupID Applications** page to enroll the identity store account with which you are signed into Admin Center. See the - [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md) topic for enrollment details. + [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md) topic for enrollment details. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/authenticate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/authenticate.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/authenticate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/authenticate.md index 2944d405a0..4936b45455 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/authenticate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/authenticate.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Authenticate your Identity Store Account" +description: "Authenticate your Identity Store Account" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Authenticate your Identity Store Account To authenticate your identity store account in Directory Manager for multifactor authentication or -[Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/secondfactorauthentication.md), you +[Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/secondfactorauthentication.md), you must use one or more authentication types that you enrolled your account with. ## Authenticate your identity store account diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/changepassword.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/changepassword.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/changepassword.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/changepassword.md index 67855ff8de..b3c07db6b3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/changepassword.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/changepassword.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Change your Password" +description: "Change your Password" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Change your Password You can change the password of your identity store account. After changing it, use the new password @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ to sign into Directory Manager and other applications that use your domain accou You can change password according to the password policy the administrator has enabled for the identity store. The administrator can either enable -[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md) or Netwrix Password Policy +[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md) or Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer policies for the identity store. ## Change your Password diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/concepts.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/concepts.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/concepts.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/concepts.md index f653520d23..f6d33bb6a3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/concepts.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/concepts.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Management Concepts" +description: "Group Management Concepts" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Group Management Concepts To make the best of Directory Manager, you must be familiar with the following group management diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md index b81968f9b5..7645b22f63 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dashboard" +description: "Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Dashboard The Admin Center dashboard is a data visualization tool that displays widgets for performance @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ notifications that could not be delivered for any reason, such as when the SMTP the recipient’s address is incorrect. Click **View All** to go to the **Notification Queue** page, where you can view the failed -notifications in detail. See the [Manage the Notification Queue](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/queue.md) topic. +notifications in detail. See the [Manage the Notification Queue](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/queue.md) topic. ## Upcoming Schedules @@ -103,7 +109,7 @@ Consider the following: - Hover the mouse over a bar to view the number of users enrolled with the specific authentication type. Click a bar to launch the **Helpdesk** page, that displays a list of users enrolled with that authentication type. See the - [View Users' Information](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md#view-users-information) topic for + [View Users' Information](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md#view-users-information) topic for details on the information displayed for a user. (Notice that the **Filter(s)** dialog box displays the selected authentication type in the **Enrolled With** box.) - By default, data is displayed for the last one month. You can view enrollment data for any @@ -127,7 +133,7 @@ The pie chart is highly interactive. You can: for each authentication type. Another pie chart appears to display the authentication types used in the authentication attempt. Click this chart to navigate to the **History** tab of the **Helpdesk** page to view the logged history for the authentication attempts with the respective - authentication type. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic. + authentication type. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic. Consider the following: @@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ Consider the following: specific period. Click the tile showing the time period to launch the calendar. Use it to specify a date range to view the data. -See the [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) topic for a list of +See the [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) topic for a list of supported authentication types. ## Activity Summary @@ -162,7 +168,7 @@ Consider the following: all identity stores. - To view a list of users who used a function on a particular date, click the relevant data point on the function line. A list of users is displayed on the **History** tab of the **Helpdesk** page. - See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic. (Notice that the **Filter(s)** dialog + See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic. (Notice that the **Filter(s)** dialog box displays the selected function in the **Action Type** box.) - By default, data is displayed for the last one week. You can view activity summary for any specific period. Click the tile showing the time period to launch the calendar. Use it to specify @@ -173,4 +179,4 @@ Consider the following: **See Also** -- [Navigation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/navigation.md) +- [Navigation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/navigation.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md index cd218335b9..8116048cb6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enroll your Identity Store Account" +description: "Enroll your Identity Store Account" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Enroll your Identity Store Account When the administrator has enabled multifactor authentication and second factor authentication for @@ -7,14 +13,14 @@ enrolling, they will not be able to sign into Directory Manager. To enroll, a user must register his or her identity store account in Directory Manager using one or more authentication types. When a user enrolls for multifactor authentication, it also suffices for second factor authentication, and vice versa. See the -[Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) topic for a list of supported +[Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) topic for a list of supported authentication types. - For second factor authentication, a user must enroll his or her account with any one authentication type. - For multifactor authentication, a user may have to enroll with more than one authentication type, depending on what the administrator has configured for the respective user's security role. See - the[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) + the[Enforce Authentication Types for Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md#enforce-authentication-types-for-multifactor-authentication) topic. Account enrollment is a one-time process. Enrolled users must authenticate their identity store @@ -29,7 +35,7 @@ Step 2 – On signing in, unenrolled users are redirected to the **Your Enrollme this page represent the different authentication types the administrator has enabled for enrollment. You can also launch the **Your Enrollments** page from Admin Center and the portal. See the -[Enroll your Account](general/accessapplications.md#enroll-your-account) topic for additional +[Enroll your Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md#enroll-your-account) topic for additional information. Step 3 – Select an authentication type to enroll your account with. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/globalpool.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/globalpool.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/globalpool.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/globalpool.md index c8fcea0c6b..ac401fc90a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/globalpool.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/globalpool.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage the Global Question Pool" +description: "Manage the Global Question Pool" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Manage the Global Question Pool Directory Manager provides a list of predefined security questions for enrollment and @@ -35,6 +41,6 @@ To search for a security question in the list, enter a search string in the sear **See Also** -- [Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/securityquestions.md) -- [Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md) -- [Manage the Local Question Pool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/securityquestions.md) +- [Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/securityquestions.md) +- [Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md) +- [Manage the Local Question Pool](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/securityquestions.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/history.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history.md similarity index 73% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/history.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history.md index a24bd25f5e..15dc5a0d4c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/history.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history.md @@ -1,14 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: "History in Directory Manager" +description: "History in Directory Manager" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # History in Directory Manager In Directory Manager, history is tracked for: - Admin Center - Actions performed in Admin Center, such as creating identity stores, SMS gateway accounts, changes to notification templates, and more. See the - [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/history.md) topic to view the history. + [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history_1.md) topic to view the history. - Helpdesk - Helpdesk-specific actions, such as account unlock and enrollment. See the - [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic to view the history. + [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic to view the history. - Identity store configurations - Changes made to identity store configurations, including changes - to security roles and workflows. See the [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md) + to security roles and workflows. See the [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md) topic to view the history. - Identity store objects - Modifications made to objects in an identity store, such as creating objects, updating attributes for an object, etc. It includes modifications made through: @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ In Directory Manager, history is tracked for: - Admin Center (actions performed by schedules only) - Directory Manager APIs - See the [History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/overview.md) topic to view this history. + See the [History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/overview.md) topic to view this history. Enable History Tracking @@ -27,7 +33,7 @@ History for Admin Center and helpdesk is tracked by default and you cannot disab However, history for identity store configurations and objects is disabled by default. You can enable it for an identity store as well as choose to track all or specific actions. See the -[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md) topic. +[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md) topic. Where is History Displayed? @@ -39,9 +45,9 @@ History Retention The _history retention_ setting for an identity store enables you to choose whether you want to keep history data forever or for a specific period. See the -[Retain Complete History Data](identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md#retain-complete-history-data) +[Retain Complete History Data](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md#retain-complete-history-data) and -[Retain History for a Specific Period](identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md#retain-history-for-a-specific-period) +[Retain History for a Specific Period](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md#retain-history-for-a-specific-period) topics. Your desired setting applies to all history tracked for the respective identity store, including that tracked for helpdesk and Admin Center. @@ -58,4 +64,4 @@ Event Logging In addition to history tracking, Directory Manager provides event logging, which includes file logging and Windows logging for Directory Manager clients and services. See the -[Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md) topic. +[Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/history.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history_1.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/history.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history_1.md index b3cc2b89da..3bda5a7851 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/history.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Admin Center History" +description: "Admin Center History" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Admin Center History Directory Manager auto tracks the following actions performed in Admin Center: @@ -18,8 +24,8 @@ History can be viewed using the **History** node in Admin Center. You can: - Narrow down the history items using filters. - Export history data to Microsoft Excel, CSV, and XML formats. -See the [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/history.md) and -[Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md) topics for additional information. +See the [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history.md) and +[Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md) topics for additional information. What do you want to do? @@ -48,28 +54,28 @@ To view history: - **Removed Item(s):** This box is displayed for actions showing deletion. It displays a short description of the action. 3. The **Add Note** button is available if you performed this action. See - [Annotate History Items](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/details.md#annotate-history-items) to manage + [Annotate History Items](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/details.md#annotate-history-items) to manage notes. 4. Click **Close**. ### Filter History Data Filters on the **Admin Center History** page are similar to those on the **Identity Store History** -page. Refer to the [Filter History Data](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md#filter-history-data) topic +page. Refer to the [Filter History Data](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md#filter-history-data) topic to apply the filters. ### Navigate the History Data Navigation options on the **Admin Center History** page are similar to those on the **Identity Store History** page. Refer to the -[Navigate Through History Items](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md#navigate-through-history-items) +[Navigate Through History Items](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md#navigate-through-history-items) topic for help. ## Annotate History Items 1. In Admin Center, click **History** in the left pane. 2. On the **Admin Center History** page, click a history item and proceed to add a note. See the - [Annotate History Items](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/details.md#annotate-history-items) topic for + [Annotate History Items](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/details.md#annotate-history-items) topic for details. ## Export Admin Center History diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/licensing.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/licensing.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/licensing.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/licensing.md index 27eb6317b6..e181f51725 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/licensing.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/licensing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Licensing" +description: "Licensing" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Licensing You can license Directory Manager under one or more of these license types: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/logs.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/logs.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/logs.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/logs.md index 77d76fc662..56e339ea65 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/logs.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/logs.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Logs" +description: "Get Logs" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Get Logs Directory Manager generates logs for its services, clients, and Windows events, which are saved at @@ -41,5 +47,5 @@ What do you want to do? **See Also** -- [Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md) -- For a Portal - [Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md) +- [Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md) +- For a Portal - [Manage Log Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/navigation.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/navigation.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/navigation.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/navigation.md index 1ccdccc02c..237b1bc545 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/navigation.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/navigation.md @@ -1,6 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: "Navigation" +description: "Navigation" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Navigation -On signing into Admin Center, you land on the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md). +On signing into Admin Center, you land on the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md). The following options help you to navigate the application: @@ -64,6 +70,6 @@ The menu pane in the left enables you to navigate to different functions in Admi **See Also** -- [Change your Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/changepassword.md) -- [Switch Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/switchaccount.md) -- [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md) +- [Change your Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/changepassword.md) +- [Switch Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/switchaccount.md) +- [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/switchaccount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/switchaccount.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/switchaccount.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/switchaccount.md index a7dca438ca..715d2f6ac1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/switchaccount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/switchaccount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Switch Accounts" +description: "Switch Accounts" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Switch Accounts You do not need to sign out of Admin Center or a portal in order to sign in with a different diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83c05a2b71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Data Sources", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md index 75a1b4269c..ee75f642bc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source" +description: "Create a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Data Source You can create Synchronize jobs to synchronize data across different providers. As a prerequisite, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/manage.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/manage.md index 36ac5bc818..6383bf8541 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage a Data Source" +description: "Manage a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage a Data Source Directory Manager enables you to create data sources for various data providers. You can also update @@ -30,7 +36,7 @@ Step 2 – On the Data Sources page, click the tab for the provider the data sou Step 3 – Click **Edit** for a data source. The **Update Data Source** page is displayed, that differs by provider. Refer to the steps for creating the respective data source in the -[Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic to modify the info. +[Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic to modify the info. Step 4 – Click **Update Data Source**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/overview.md similarity index 73% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/overview.md index d205a681a9..a64f4efe01 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Data Sources" +description: "Data Sources" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Data Sources You can create data sources in Directory Manager for the following providers, which include @@ -18,26 +24,26 @@ Data sources are used in the Directory Manager portal in the following ways: As source and destination in Synchronize jobs Synchronize jobs enable you to provision objects, deprovision objects, and sync data from one data -source to another. See the [Synchronize](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/overview.md) topic for additional +source to another. See the [Synchronize](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/overview.md) topic for additional information. As external data source for query-based searches A Query Designer is used to perform targeted searches in the directory. While creating a search query, you can combine a data source with the directory to search for specific objects. See the -[Query Based Advanced Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/querysearch.md) topic for additional information. +[Query Based Advanced Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/querysearch.md) topic for additional information. As external data source for membership queries A Query Designer enables you to specify membership queries for Smart Groups and Dynasties. When you specify a data source in the Query Designer, Directory Manager reads records from it and fetches similar objects from the directory to add to a group's membership. See the -[Query Designer - Database tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/database.md) topic for additional +[Query Designer - Database tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/database.md) topic for additional information. As external data source for query-based searches Another Query Designer is used to perform targeted searches in the directory. While creating a search query, you can combine a data source with the directory to search for specific objects. See -the [Query Based Advanced Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/querysearch.md) topic for additional +the [Query Based Advanced Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/querysearch.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f24e84e75 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Entitlement", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md index 4b049a3d6c..5c634946bc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage File Servers" +description: "Manage File Servers" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manage File Servers You can specify file servers in an Active Directory identity store to replicate their entitlement @@ -175,7 +181,7 @@ for entitlement management. a server and select **Edit**. On the **Edit Server** dialog box: - The **Server Shares** area displays the shared folders on the server. - - The name of the [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md) that computes + - The name of the [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md) that computes the permissions on shared files and folders residing on the server and replicates them to Elasticsearch, is displayed next to **Job**. @@ -215,9 +221,9 @@ can designate a different account for this activity. a server and select **Edit**. 5. On the **Edit Server** dialog box, you can change the service account used to connect to the server for reading and updating permissions. The - [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md), - [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md), and - [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) + [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md), + [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md), and + [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) run in the context of the account specified here. - The **Use Identity Store Service Account** check box is selected by default, indicating that @@ -237,7 +243,7 @@ can designate a different account for this activity. After adding a file server for entitlement management, it is essential to replicate object permissions from the file server to Elasticsearch. -The [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md) runs on a set frequency to +The [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md) runs on a set frequency to replicate the effective NTFS permission for the file servers. You can also run this schedule any time manually for a specific file server or all file servers listed in the **Included File Servers** section on the **Entitlement** page. @@ -311,5 +317,5 @@ You can restore an excluded server in the identity store for replication and ent See Also -- [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/overview.md) -- [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md) +- [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/overview.md) +- [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md index c13c6ec977..115e2b9b84 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage SharePoint Sites" +description: "Manage SharePoint Sites" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage SharePoint Sites An Entra ID user, who is: @@ -59,7 +65,7 @@ Step 5 – Click **Save**. The information displayed for a site in the Included SharePoint Sites area is the same as displayed for a file server in an Active Directory identity store. Refer to the -[File Server Details ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md#file-server-details) topic for more info. Though in this +[File Server Details ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md#file-server-details) topic for more info. Though in this case, the User namecolumn displays the username of the account used to connect to the site, and it is not blank. @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ is not blank. Use the _Search Filters_ option in the Included SharePoint Sites area to search for a site in the listing. The filters are the same as displayed for a file server in an Active Directory identity -store. Refer to the [Search File Servers ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md#search-file-servers) topic for performing +store. Refer to the [Search File Servers ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md#search-file-servers) topic for performing a search. ## Include Future Sites for Entitlement Management @@ -102,7 +108,7 @@ Step 4 – In the Included SharePoint Sites area on the **Entitlement** page, cl button for a site and select **Edit**. On the **Edit Site** dialog box: - The Site Libraries area displays the document libraries in the site. -- The name of the [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md) that computes the +- The name of the [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md) that computes the permissions on document libraries in the site and replicates them to Elasticsearch, is displayed next to **Job**. @@ -152,9 +158,9 @@ button for a site and select **Edit**. Step 5 – On the **Edit Site** dialog box, you can change the service account used to connect to the site for reading and updating permissions. The -[GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md), -[Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md), and -[Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) run +[GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md), +[Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md), and +[Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) run in the context of the account specified here. - The User name and Password boxes display the credentials of the account used to connect to the @@ -179,7 +185,7 @@ Step 2 – Click **Save** on the Entitlement page. After adding the SharePoint admin URL to manage entitlements for document libraries in the sites, it is essential to replicate object permissions from the SharePoint server to Elasticsearch. -The [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md) runs on a set frequency to +The [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md) runs on a set frequency to replicate the effective permissions on document libraries in the sites. You can also run this schedule any time manually for a site listed in the Included SharePoint sites area on the Entitlementpage. @@ -262,5 +268,5 @@ Step 5 – Click **Save**. See Also -- [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/overview.md) -- [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md) +- [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/overview.md) +- [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/overview.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/overview.md index 435a4ab432..ce5f7b432c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Entitlement" +description: "Entitlement" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Entitlement Directory Manager Entitlement enables you to stay informed on the permissions assigned to objects @@ -27,7 +33,7 @@ the following: file server(s), and replicate those permissions to Elasticsearch. - View and manage entitlements in the Entitlement section of the Directory Manager portal. -See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md) topic for additional information. ## Entitlement for SharePoint @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ do the following: and replicate those permissions to Elasticsearch. - View and manage entitlements in the Entitlement section of the Directory Manager portal. -See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md) topic for additional information. ## Perpetual Entitlements vs Temporary Entitlements @@ -72,12 +78,12 @@ Using Directory Manager, you can manage entitlements in the following ways: When you add the first server or site for entitlement management, the following three schedules are automatically created in the identity store: -- [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md) - replicates object permissions on file +- [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md) - replicates object permissions on file servers and SharePoint sites for an Active Directory and Microsoft Entra ID identity store respectively. It performs a complete replication. -- [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md) - replicates changes made to object +- [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md) - replicates changes made to object permissions on file servers and SharePoint sites using Directory Manager. -- [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) - +- [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) - updates the temporary permissions for objects on file servers and SharePoint sites. ## What is Replication? @@ -104,4 +110,4 @@ such as navigate file servers and SharePoint sites, grant permissions to objects resources, revoke permissions, and more. Entitlement-related permissions for a security role are discussed in the -[Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md#entitlement) topic. +[Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md#entitlement) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dc1363ec0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Helpdesk", + "position": 100, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md index 1dd1e596b8..b02348835c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "History in Helpdesk" +description: "History in Helpdesk" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # History in Helpdesk Directory Manager tracks the following actions performed by end-users and helpdesk users in an @@ -158,6 +164,6 @@ To perform a search: **See Also** -- [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md) -- [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) -- [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/history.md) +- [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md) +- [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) +- [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f04bd2df28 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Helpdesk Operations", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md index 88e2bde7ad..9c45f1cbb1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Notify Users to Enroll" +description: "Notify Users to Enroll" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Notify Users to Enroll You can send email notifications to unenrolled users, directing them to enroll their identity store @@ -22,7 +28,7 @@ What do you want to do? - To send enrollment notifications to all users in all identity stores in Directory Manager, make sure _All_ is selected in the **Identity store** box. Then click **Notify All Users**. - To send the notification to specific recipients, search for the required users and click - **Notify All Users**. See the [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic to perform a search. + **Notify All Users**. See the [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic to perform a search. Notifications are sent to all users listed on the **Helpdesk Operations** tab, including those on other pages (use the navigation options at the bottom of the listing to view the pages). To @@ -44,5 +50,5 @@ What do you want to do? **See Also** -- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md) -- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/export.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/export.md similarity index 64% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/export.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/export.md index 9112aabb37..809b6f93cd 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/export.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/export.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export Users' List to a File" +description: "Export Users' List to a File" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Export Users' List to a File You can export users' information to an Excel, XML, or CSV file. @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ What do you want to do? 1. In Admin Center, click **Helpdesk** in the left pane. 2. The **Helpdesk** page opens to the **Helpdesk Operations** tab. You can export all users in all identity stores to a file or filter the listing to export specific users only. To filter the - list, see the [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. + list, see the [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. 3. Select the check boxes for the users you want to export or click the check box in the header row to select all users. Then click **Export**. 4. Select a file format in the list. The file is saved to the download location specified in your @@ -19,5 +25,5 @@ What do you want to do? **See Also** -- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md) -- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ee2ce464c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Helpdesk Operations" +description: "Helpdesk Operations" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + +# Helpdesk Operations + +Helpdesk users can perform the following actions in Admin Center: + +- [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md) +- [Unlock Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md) +- [Notify Users to Enroll](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/asktoenroll.md) +- [Unenroll a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md) +- [Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) +- [Export Users' List to a File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/export.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md index 8b228c610b..401db90019 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reset Passwords" +description: "Reset Passwords" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Reset Passwords Admin Center provides a variety of options to helpdesk users for resetting passwords and then @@ -7,7 +13,7 @@ NOTE: You can reset passwords of unenrolled users if (a) the **Reset Any Passwor been granted to your role and (b) the Helpdesk policy for your role is set to the unrestricted mode. Helpdesk users may have to authenticate end users before resetting their passwords. See the -[Helpdesk Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md#helpdesk-policy) topic. +[Helpdesk Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md#helpdesk-policy) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -18,14 +24,14 @@ What do you want to do? 1. In Admin Center, click **Helpdesk** in the left pane. 2. The **Helpdesk** page opens to the **Helpdesk Operations** tab. Locate your required user. To - search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. + search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. 3. Click the ellipsis button for the user and select **Reset Password**. For enrolled users, the **Reset Password** dialog box has two pages: **Authenticate** and **Reset**. Under the unrestricted mode, you can skip the former and move to the **Reset** page. For unenrolled users, only the **Reset** page is available. Use the **History** button to view user history, i.e., the actions performed on the user and by the user. This history is specific to helpdesk functions, as listed in the - [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic. + [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic. 4. The **Reset** page displays the user name, the identity store where this user resides, the last time the user changed his or her password, and the lock status of the account. In case the user has linked his or her accounts that exist in different identity stores, this page displays all @@ -64,18 +70,18 @@ could be restricted to: - Authenticate enrolled users through the multifactor authentication policy applicable to the user before resetting their passwords. The Security Questions authentication type may be mandatory. -See the [Helpdesk Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md) topic. +See the [Helpdesk Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md) topic. **To reset a password in restricted mode:** 1. In Admin Center, click **Helpdesk** in the left pane. 2. The **Helpdesk** page opens to the **Helpdesk Operations** tab. Locate your required user. To - search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. + search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. 3. Click the ellipsis button for the user and select **Reset Password**. The **Reset Password** dialog box has two pages: **Authenticate** and **Reset**. Use the **History** button to view user history, i.e., the actions performed on the user and by the user. This history is specific to helpdesk functions, as listed in the - [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic. + [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic. 4. The **Authenticate** page displays the authentication type(s) the user's account is enrolled with. You could be restricted to authenticate the user according to the authentication policy that applies to the user. @@ -115,5 +121,5 @@ See the [Helpdesk Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/p **See Also** -- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md) -- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md index c40ebd7d49..9755168028 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Search Users" +description: "Search Users" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Search Users Helpdesk users can search for users in specific identity store(s) or all identity stores defined in @@ -54,5 +60,5 @@ Click the ellipsis button for a user to perform any of these actions: **See Also** -- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md) -- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md index 2cb0812c6f..f070407685 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unenroll.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Unenroll a User" +description: "Unenroll a User" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Unenroll a User Users are enrolled in an identity store using one or more authentication types. You can unenroll a @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ What do you want to do? 1. In Admin Center, click **Helpdesk** in the left pane. 2. The **Helpdesk** page opens to the **Helpdesk Operations** tab. Locate your required user. To - search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. + search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. 3. Click the ellipsis button for the user and select **Unenroll Account**. The **Unenroll Account** dialog box displays the authentication types the user account is enrolled with. @@ -24,5 +30,5 @@ What do you want to do? **See Also** -- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md) -- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md index 4c7402ed7f..c352ca4376 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/unlockaccount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Unlock Accounts" +description: "Unlock Accounts" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Unlock Accounts Administrators can enforce an account lockout policy for a domain that locks a user account after a @@ -8,7 +14,7 @@ password correctly. In such a situation as this, helpdesk users can unlock user accounts in an identity store. Helpdesk may have to authenticate users before unlocking their accounts. See the -[Helpdesk Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md#helpdesk-policy) topic. +[Helpdesk Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md#helpdesk-policy) topic. NOTE: You can unlock the account of unenrolled users if (a) the **Unlock Any Account** permission has been granted to your role and (b) the Helpdesk policy for your role is set to the unrestricted @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ mode. Step 1 – In Admin Center, click **Helpdesk** in the left pane. Step 2 – The Helpdesk page opens to the Helpdesk Operations tab. Locate your required user. To -search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. +search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. Step 3 – Click the ellipsis button for the user and select **Unlock Account**. For enrolled users, the Unlock Account dialog box has two pages: Authenticate and Unlock. Under the unrestricted mode, @@ -27,7 +33,7 @@ you can skip the former and move to the **Unlock** page. For unenrolled users, o is available. Use the **History** button to view user history, i.e., the actions performed on the user and by the user. This history is specific to helpdesk functions, as listed in the -[History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic. +[History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic. Step 4 – The Unlock page displays the user name, the identity store where this user resides, the last time the user changed his or her password, and the lock status of the account. In case the user @@ -40,13 +46,13 @@ To unlock an account, select the check box for it and click **Unlock**. Step 1 – In Admin Center, click **Helpdesk** in the left pane. Step 2 – The Helpdesk page opens to the Helpdesk Operations tab. Locate your required user. To -search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. +search for a user, see the[Search Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/search.md) topic. Step 3 – Click the ellipsis button for the user and select **Unlock Account**. The Unlock Account dialog box has two pages: Authenticate and Unlock. Use the **History** button to view user history, i.e., the actions performed on the user and by the user. This history is specific to helpdesk functions, as listed in the -[History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic. +[History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic. Step 4 – The Authenticate page displays the authentication type(s) the user's account is enrolled with. to authenticate the user, follow step 4 in the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md similarity index 71% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md index 802553fb63..554e130a3b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Helpdesk" +description: "Helpdesk" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Helpdesk The Admin Center Helpdesk section enables administrators and helpdesk users to perform @@ -8,12 +14,12 @@ helpdesk-specific tasks, such as: - Unenroll user accounts from identity stores. - View users' activities, such as enrollment, authentication, account unlock, and password-related functions. Toast notifications and history tracking are also enabled for these actions. See the - [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) topic for additional information. + [Helpdesk Operations](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/overview.md) topic for additional information. NOTE: The Admin Center for helpdesk role is available in Helpdesk mode only. By default, only the Helpdesk node of Admin Center is visible to the Helpdesk role members. The administrator can also restrict access of a security role by selecting the Helpdesk Role check box on the Security Role -page. See the [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md) topic for additional information. +page. See the [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md) topic for additional information. ## Helpdesk Permissions @@ -24,8 +30,8 @@ helpdesk-specific functions: - Unlock Any Account - Unenroll -See [Password Management](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md#password-management) in the -[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. +See [Password Management](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md#password-management) in the +[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. ## Helpdesk Policy @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ mode to perform the account unlock and reset password functions. NOTE: In unrestricted mode, helpdesk can unlock accounts and reset passwords of both enrolled and unenrolled users. In restricted mode, helpdesk can perform these functions for enrolled users only. -See the [Helpdesk Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md) topic. +See the [Helpdesk Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md) topic. ## Helpdesk Analytics @@ -45,11 +51,11 @@ users' activities (such as enrollment, account unlock, and password reset) in an The dashboard displays the following helpdesk-specific cards: -- [Enrollment Summary](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md#enrollment-summary): displays the number of enrolled +- [Enrollment Summary](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md#enrollment-summary): displays the number of enrolled users in an identity store. -- [Auth Summary](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md#auth-summary): displays information about failed and +- [Auth Summary](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md#auth-summary): displays information about failed and successful authentication attempts for each authentication type. -- [Activity Summary](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md#activity-summary): displays a summary of users' +- [Activity Summary](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md#activity-summary): displays a summary of users' activities related to password change, password reset, account unlock, and enrollment. ## Desktop Notifications @@ -66,5 +72,5 @@ end-user performs any of the following actions in the Directory Manager portal: - Enrolls account - Authenticates with password, authentication types, or any other medium -These actions are also logged in helpdesk history. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic +These actions are also logged in helpdesk history. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9fe547083 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Identity Stores", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md index 788f12f04e..0e5f7e5f49 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Entra ID vs. Active Directory Identity Stores" +description: "Microsoft Entra ID vs. Active Directory Identity Stores" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Microsoft Entra ID vs. Active Directory Identity Stores This topic discusses the differences between an Active Directory and Microsoft Entra ID identity @@ -7,7 +13,7 @@ store in Directory Manager. Microsoft Entra ID offers limited options to define a default expiry policy for groups whereas Directory Manager provides a comprehensive Group Life Cycle policy. See the -[Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md) topic. +[Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md) topic. Since these policies are not integrated; you should either useMicrosoft Entra ID’s or Directory Manager’s expiration policy settings for groups in an Microsoft Entra ID identity store. @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ policy in Directory Manager. As a result: To use the same prefixes for group names as are defined in Microsoft Entra Admin Center, the administrator should define the same prefixes in Directory Manager. See the -[Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md) topic. +[Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md) topic. ## Dynamic Groups in Microsoft Entra ID @@ -73,7 +79,7 @@ discretion. - The nesting option in the _Out of Bounds_ settings for an identity store will empty the membership of a Smart Group of the Office 365 type, because nested groups cannot be added as group members. See the - [Manage Group Membership Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/outofbounds.md)topic. + [Manage Group Membership Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/outofbounds.md)topic. - A Dynasty cannot be created as an Office 365 group. - You can create and manage distribution groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f1d2b6b454 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configure an Identity Store", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "configure" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md index 4a1349976e..bf1fac80f8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enable Authentication Types" +description: "Enable Authentication Types" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Enable Authentication Types You must enable authentication types for an identity store to allow users to use them for second @@ -46,7 +52,7 @@ will prevent them from using Directory Manager. **See Also** -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Configure Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/sfa.md) -- [Configure Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/mfa.md) -- [Set Up Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/overview.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Configure Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/sfa.md) +- [Configure Multifactor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/mfa.md) +- [Set Up Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/circularreference.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/circularreference.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/circularreference.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/circularreference.md index 09a5e3c44d..af8554eadb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/circularreference.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/circularreference.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Circular Reference" +description: "Manage Circular Reference" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Manage Circular Reference By default, Directory Manager checks for circular reference and does not allow it when users update diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md similarity index 61% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md index fde6edc076..6bda93c2cc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure an Identity Store" +description: "Configure an Identity Store" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Configure an Identity Store Various configurations can be defined for an identity store. @@ -22,39 +28,39 @@ Various configurations can be defined for an identity store. The following configurations have to be defined for an identity store: - An SMTP server for sending email notifications. See the - [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. -- Authentication types and policies. See the [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) topic. + [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. +- Authentication types and policies. See the [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) topic. - A group life cycle policy that controls the expiry and deletion of groups in the identity store. - See the [Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md) topic. + See the [Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md) topic. - Membership life cycle policies for static groups. See the - [Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/membershiplifecycle.md) topic. + [Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/membershiplifecycle.md) topic. - Inheritance settings for Dynasties. See the - [Manage Dynasty Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/dynastysettings.md) topic. + [Manage Dynasty Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/dynastysettings.md) topic. - Group update and membership settings. See the - [Manage Group Membership Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/outofbounds.md) topic. + [Manage Group Membership Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/outofbounds.md) topic. - Group name prefixes, which are used to append group names. See the - [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md) topic. + [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md) topic. - Settings for history tracking. See the - [Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md) topic. + [Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md) topic. - A messaging provider so that mail-enabled objects can be created in the identity store. See the - [Configure a Messaging Provider](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/messagingprovider.md) topic. + [Configure a Messaging Provider](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/messagingprovider.md) topic. - Profile validation settings to ensure the accuracy of users’ information in the directory. See the - [Configure User Profile Validation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/profilevalidation.md) topic. + [Configure User Profile Validation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/profilevalidation.md) topic. - Circular reference settings for object update. See the - [Manage Circular Reference ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/circularreference.md)topic. + [Manage Circular Reference ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/circularreference.md)topic. - Password restrictions and rules for setting identity store passwords. See the - [Configure Password Options](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/passwordoptions.md) topic. + [Configure Password Options](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/passwordoptions.md) topic. ## Security Roles An identity store has security roles defined for it, and only role members can access Directory -Manager. See the [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) topic. +Manager. See the [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) topic. You can specify the following configurations for a role: - Assign permissions on different Directory Manager functions. See the - [Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. -- Specify policies for roles. See the [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) + [Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. +- Specify policies for roles. See the [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) topic. ## Replication Settings @@ -63,12 +69,12 @@ The Replication service is responsible for replicating objects that are created on the directory server, to the Elasticsearch repository. You can specify the attributes for the Replication Service to replicate from the provider to the Elasticsearch repository. -See the [Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md) topic for details. +See the [Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md) topic for details. ## Identity Store History You can view the changes made to an identity store’s configurations, workflows, and security roles -in an identity store. See the [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md) topic. +in an identity store. See the [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md) topic. ## Workflows @@ -77,19 +83,19 @@ approved by an authorized user before they are committed to the directory. You can define different workflows for an identity store. For example, you can define a workflow that triggers when a user creates a group in the directory using Directory Manager. See the -[Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md) topic for details. +[Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md) topic for details. ## Entitlements Specify file servers in Active Directory and SharePoint sites to view and update the permissions -assigned to objects on shared resources. See the [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/overview.md) topic. +assigned to objects on shared resources. See the [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/overview.md) topic. ## Schedules Define schedules to auto execute different Directory Manager functions, such as group expiry and deletion, Smart Group membership update, temporary additional manager assignment to users, and more. -See the [Schedules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/overview.md) topic. +See the [Schedules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/overview.md) topic. **See Also** -- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md) +- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/dynastysettings.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/dynastysettings.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/dynastysettings.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/dynastysettings.md index 253febc084..26f20516d0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/dynastysettings.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/dynastysettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Dynasty Settings" +description: "Manage Dynasty Settings" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Manage Dynasty Settings A Dynasty is a Smart Group that creates and manages other Smart Groups using information in the @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ their respective parent Dynasties. A Dynasty retrieves data from the directory on the same pattern as a Smart Group does, but it has its own mechanism of dividing the query results into child groups. To learn more about Dynasties, -see the [Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/concepts.md#dynasties) topic. +see the [Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/concepts.md#dynasties) topic. You can control how Directory Manager processes Dynasties through the following settings: @@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ The Directory Manager portal provides two methods to update Smart Groups and Dyn - Manual update - You can manually execute the query for a Dynasty and Smart Group any time. - Scheduled update - Scheduled updates, powered by a Smart Group Update schedule, auto run at a specified frequency to update the target groups and Dynasties. See the - [Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md) topic. + [Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md) topic. **What happens on Dynasty update?** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/groupexpirydeletion.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/groupexpirydeletion.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/groupexpirydeletion.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/groupexpirydeletion.md index b21727f7ca..a3f53ddb26 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/groupexpirydeletion.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/groupexpirydeletion.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Expiry and Deletion" +description: "Group Expiry and Deletion" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Group Expiry and Deletion Using Directory Manager, you can expire and delete groups in two ways: @@ -105,10 +111,10 @@ deleted. When the Group Life Cycle schedule deletes a group, it notifies the group owners or, if there is no owner, the default approver. The job does not delete a group that neither has an owner nor a default approver. See the -[Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) +[Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) topic. **See Also** -- [Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md) -- [Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/grouplifecycle.md)[Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) +- [Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md) +- [Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/grouplifecycle.md)[Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md index 3d8e153f64..2bc29817b6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Group Lifecycle Settings" +description: "Manage Group Lifecycle Settings" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Manage Group Lifecycle Settings Directory Manager can effectively manage group life cycle through all stages, from creation to @@ -20,11 +26,11 @@ The Group Life Cycle schedule defined for the identity store is responsible for life cycle settings to groups. This schedule runs on containers you specify as its targets, to process the groups that reside therein. Groups that reside outside of the target containers will not be processed by the schedule; hence, the group life cycle policy is not applied to them. See the -[Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/grouplifecycle.md) topic. +[Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/grouplifecycle.md) topic. NOTE: Before you specify a group life cycle policy for a Microsoft Entra ID identity store, see the -[Group Expiration Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md#group-expiration-policy) section in the -[Microsoft Entra ID vs. Active Directory Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md) topic. +[Group Expiration Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md#group-expiration-policy) section in the +[Microsoft Entra ID vs. Active Directory Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -194,7 +200,7 @@ information. Group Life Cycle schedule will reduce the life of such groups to 7 days and send an email notification to the group owner or the default approver (for groups without owners), informing them of the approaching expiry. See the - [Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) + [Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) topic. 6. Click **Save**. @@ -288,5 +294,5 @@ The Group Life Cycle schedule handles group expiry notifications as follows: **See Also** -- [Schedules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/overview.md) -- [ Group Expiry and Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/groupexpirydeletion.md) +- [Schedules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/overview.md) +- [ Group Expiry and Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/groupexpirydeletion.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md index c1c92a2e08..553c6cc0a8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure History Tracking" +description: "Configure History Tracking" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Configure History Tracking In Directory Manager, history for an identity store is tracked at two levels: @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ In Directory Manager, history for an identity store is tracked at two levels: - workflows - security roles - See the [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md) topic to view the tracked history data. + See the [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md) topic to view the tracked history data. By default, history tracking is disabled. You can: @@ -39,8 +45,8 @@ RECOMMENDED: History tracking can slow down system performance. For optimal perf recommended that you track only specific, more important actions and limit Directory Manager history data storage to the most recent records. -See the [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/history.md) and -[Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md) topics for additional information. +See the [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history.md) and +[Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md) topics for additional information. What do you want to do? @@ -132,7 +138,7 @@ database forever. You can set Directory Manager to retain an identity store's history data for a specified length of time in the database. When the retention period is over, the History Retention schedule archives this data by moving it from the database to CSV files. See the -[History Retention Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/historyretention.md) topic. +[History Retention Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/historyretention.md) topic. **To retain history data for a specific period:** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/membershiplifecycle.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/membershiplifecycle.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/membershiplifecycle.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/membershiplifecycle.md index ac4e4a06ef..4d493c9fe6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/membershiplifecycle.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/membershiplifecycle.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies" +description: "Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies A membership lifecycle policy enables you to specify a period, so that all members added or removed @@ -44,7 +50,7 @@ Some main features of the membership lifecycle policies are: be effective. - **Notifications** - Directory Manager generates notifications when users are temporarily added or removed from a group’s membership. See the - [Manage Membership Life Cycle Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#manage-membership-life-cycle-notifications) + [Manage Membership Life Cycle Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#manage-membership-life-cycle-notifications) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -268,4 +274,4 @@ To delete a policy: **See Also** -- [Membership Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md) +- [Membership Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/messagingprovider.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/messagingprovider.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/messagingprovider.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/messagingprovider.md index fb4b32ea8a..977b916562 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/messagingprovider.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/messagingprovider.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure a Messaging Provider" +description: "Configure a Messaging Provider" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Configure a Messaging Provider Directory Manager can create email addresses for mail-enabled objects (groups, users, and contacts) @@ -199,4 +205,4 @@ Step 5 – Click **Save**. **See Also** -- [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) +- [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/outofbounds.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/outofbounds.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/outofbounds.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/outofbounds.md index 0b59141796..900822ee41 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/outofbounds.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/outofbounds.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Group Membership Settings" +description: "Manage Group Membership Settings" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Manage Group Membership Settings Directory Manager enables you to update group membership in the following ways: @@ -157,5 +163,5 @@ Smart Group Update schedule responsible for updating the respective group. **See Also** -- [Manage Dynasty Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/dynastysettings.md) -- [Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md) +- [Manage Dynasty Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/dynastysettings.md) +- [Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/passwordoptions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/passwordoptions.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/passwordoptions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/passwordoptions.md index 4cfbcaea96..4e8d8aae93 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/passwordoptions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/passwordoptions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Password Options" +description: "Configure Password Options" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Configure Password Options You can define the following password restrictions and rules for an identity store: @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ configurations for the master account apply. In addition to these password restrictions, you can define a password policy for a security role in an identity store. See the -[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md) topic. +[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -51,7 +57,7 @@ expression. not allowed. - **Regular Expression:** passwords that satisfy the regular expression you specify in the **Exception Value** box are not allowed. See the - [What are Regular Expressions?](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/textbox.md#what-are-regular-expressions) + [What are Regular Expressions?](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/textbox.md#what-are-regular-expressions) topic to learn about regular expressions and their syntax. 6. Type a value for the selected operator in the **Exception Value** box. @@ -80,7 +86,7 @@ users follow certain rules and patterns. 4. In the **Password Rules** area on the **Password Options** page, click **Add Password Rule**. 5. On the **Add Rules** dialog box, type a regular expression in the **Regular Expression** box. See the - [What are Regular Expressions?](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/displaytype/textbox.md#what-are-regular-expressions) + [What are Regular Expressions?](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/categories/textbox.md#what-are-regular-expressions) topic to learn about regular expressions and their syntax. 6. Click **OK**. The regular expression is displayed in the In the **Password Rules** area. 7. Follow steps 4 to 6 to define as many regular expressions as required. Passwords that satisfy any @@ -114,4 +120,4 @@ importing another file will replace the existing one. **See Also** -- [Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md) +- [Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..876e3cd3cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer Policies", + "position": 170, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/messages.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/messages.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/messages.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/messages.md index 83a8142c98..c7d4296805 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/messages.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/messages.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up messages for your users" +description: "Set up messages for your users" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Set up messages for your users Each Password Policy Enforcer password policy has multiple message templates, one for each of the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/overview.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/overview.md index 5b2489d853..97495a458f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer Policies" +description: "Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer Policies" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer Policies Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer (PPE) helps secure your network by ensuring users set strong @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ policies to users, groups, and containers (Organizational Units). You can also: Directory Manager also has its Password policy which can be defined at an identity store level and for a particular security role in that identity store. At one point in time, you can either apply Directory Manager Password policy or PPE policies. See the -[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md)for additional +[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md)for additional information. In Directory Manager, you can @@ -66,7 +72,7 @@ After the selection of a policy template, the Add Policy page is displayed. Step 7 – Click **Add**. The policy gets listed on PPE Policies page by the name of the template selected while adding the -policy. See the [Set up policy properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/policyproperties.md) topic for additional information on +policy. See the [Set up policy properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/policyproperties.md) topic for additional information on renaming a policy. ## Edit a PPE Policy @@ -89,11 +95,11 @@ Step 4 – Click the **three vertical dots** icon next to the policy , you want Step 5 – The Edit Policy page displays, while editing you can -- [Set up Rules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/overview.md) -- [Assign Policies to Users, Groups & Containers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/usersgroups.md) -- [Enable the use of an optional passphrase](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/passphrases.md) -- [Set up policy properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/policyproperties.md) -- [Set up messages for your users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/messages.md) +- [Set up Rules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/overview.md) +- [Assign Policies to Users, Groups & Containers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/usersgroups.md) +- [Enable the use of an optional passphrase](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/passphrases.md) +- [Set up policy properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/policyproperties.md) +- [Set up messages for your users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/messages.md) Step 6 – After setting up the policy, click **Update**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/passphrases.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/passphrases.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/passphrases.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/passphrases.md index 4ae41e70fd..dd6ad13bb6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/passphrases.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/passphrases.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enable the use of an optional passphrase" +description: "Enable the use of an optional passphrase" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Enable the use of an optional passphrase Passphrases have gained popularity in recent years as they can be more difficult to crack and easier diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/policyproperties.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/policyproperties.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/policyproperties.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/policyproperties.md index 914fb221ef..1655908faa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/policyproperties.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/policyproperties.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up policy properties" +description: "Set up policy properties" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Set up policy properties Sets the properties for the selected policy. @@ -42,12 +48,12 @@ Step 5 – Open the **Properties** tab. drop-down list to specify the required compliance level for this policy. The default value **(all the rules**) requires users to comply with all enabled rules. Choose an alternative option if Password Policy Enforcer should enforce a more lenient password policy. The - [Age (Min) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md) and [Age (Max) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md) rules - are excluded from compliance level calculations. See the [Set up Rules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/overview.md) topic + [Age (Min) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md) and [Age (Max) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md) rules + are excluded from compliance level calculations. See the [Set up Rules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/overview.md) topic for additional information. When setting the compliance level, consider that some rules may be disabled when a user enters a - passphrase. See the [Enable the use of an optional passphrase](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/passphrases.md) topic for + passphrase. See the [Enable the use of an optional passphrase](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/passphrases.md) topic for additional information. Password Policy Enforcer accepts passphrases that comply with all enabled rules, irrespective of the compliance level. This ensures that passphrases can be used, even if they do not meet the compliance level when Password Policy Enforcer is configured to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74386a14a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Set up Rules", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/characterrules.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/characterrules.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/characterrules.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/characterrules.md index 33335a324d..b06516205b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/characterrules.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/characterrules.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Character (Granular) Rules" +description: "Character (Granular) Rules" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Character (Granular) Rules Password Policy Enforcer has seven Character rules that reject passwords if they contain, or do not diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md index 8cb182801f..97ea01bf47 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Characters (Complexity) Rule" +description: "Characters (Complexity) Rule" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Characters (Complexity) Rule The Complexity rule rejects passwords that do not contain characters from a variety of character diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md index 1ccd7c669f..510a825c57 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Compromised Rule" +description: "Compromised Rule" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Compromised Rule The Compromised rule rejects passwords from prior breaches. These passwords should not be used as diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md index 94d1a72e2d..313c5ccd7e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dictionary Rule" +description: "Dictionary Rule" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Dictionary Rule The Dictionary rule rejects passwords that are vulnerable to guessing, hybrid, and precomputed diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/historyrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/historyrule.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/historyrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/historyrule.md index 0b067c7e67..c273af0e62 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/historyrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/historyrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "History Rule" +description: "History Rule" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # History Rule The History rule rejects passwords that are identical to recently used passwords. Password reuse diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md index c7f1e5b497..083e45e71f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Length Rule" +description: "Length Rule" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Length Rule The Length rule rejects passwords that contain too few or too many characters. Longer passwords are diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md index 911b3cef54..2bed4cd82d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Age (Max) Rule" +description: "Age (Max) Rule" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Age (Max) Rule The Maximum Age rule forces users to change their passwords regularly. This decreases the likelihood diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md index f982378816..9f4ba71401 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Age (Min) Rule" +description: "Age (Min) Rule" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Age (Min) Rule The Minimum Age rule stops users from quickly cycling through a series of passwords in order to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/overview.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/overview.md index 2f700a5924..7a5d26526f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set up Rules" +description: "Set up Rules" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Set up Rules Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer uses rules to decide if it should accept or reject a password. Each @@ -7,18 +13,18 @@ Follow the steps to define rules a PPE policy Step 1 – The Rules tab opens by default and the following rules are listed in the left pane. -- [Age (Max) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md) -- [Age (Min) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md) -- [Characters (Complexity) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md) -- [Character (Granular) Rules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/characterrules.md) -- [Compromised Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md) -- [Dictionary Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md) -- [History Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/historyrule.md) -- [Length Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md) -- [Patterns Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md) -- [Repetition Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md) -- [Similarity Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md) -- [Unique Characters Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md) +- [Age (Max) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/maximum_age_rule.md) +- [Age (Min) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/minimum_age_rule.md) +- [Characters (Complexity) Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/complexityrule.md) +- [Character (Granular) Rules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/characterrules.md) +- [Compromised Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/compromisedrule.md) +- [Dictionary Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/dictionaryrule.md) +- [History Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/historyrule.md) +- [Length Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/lengthrule.md) +- [Patterns Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md) +- [Repetition Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md) +- [Similarity Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md) +- [Unique Characters Rule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md) A button beside a rule indicates that the rule is enabled (being enforced) or not. Click a rule to set the rule's properties and save it. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md index a78c5fe75f..0a8c132f67 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/patternsrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Patterns Rule" +description: "Patterns Rule" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Patterns Rule The Patterns rule rejects passwords that contain character patterns such as "abcde". Character diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md index e0e67bf852..d4daa9e036 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/repetitionrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Repetition Rule" +description: "Repetition Rule" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Repetition Rule The Repetition rule rejects passwords that contain excessive character or pattern repetition. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md index 8995483506..60faeb6f3d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/similarityrule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Similarity Rule" +description: "Similarity Rule" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Similarity Rule The Similarity rule rejects passwords that are similar to a user's current password. Password diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md index 0f8305114f..bb3d73b162 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/rules/uniquecharacters.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Unique Characters Rule" +description: "Unique Characters Rule" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Unique Characters Rule The Unique Characters rule rejects passwords that do not contain a minimum number of unique diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/usersgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/usersgroups.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/usersgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/usersgroups.md index 54ea1c933a..24e2b61334 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/ppe/usersgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/usersgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Assign Policies to Users, Groups & Containers" +description: "Assign Policies to Users, Groups & Containers" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Assign Policies to Users, Groups & Containers Password Policy Enforcer uses policy assignments to decide which policy to enforce for each user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md index d9ed8e6b89..ccfde26ac5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Name Prefixes" +description: "Group Name Prefixes" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Group Name Prefixes You can standardize group names in the directory by defining prefixes. When users create groups @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ Consider the following: and cannot be changed or removed later. A group naming policy defined in Microsoft Entra Admin Center has no impact in Directory Manager. -For details, see the [Group Naming Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md#group-naming-policy) topic. +For details, see the [Group Naming Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md#group-naming-policy) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -86,5 +92,5 @@ Delete a Prefix **See Also** -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/profilevalidation.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/profilevalidation.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/profilevalidation.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/profilevalidation.md index b16bad9e51..8736ae69da 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/profilevalidation.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/profilevalidation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure User Profile Validation" +description: "Configure User Profile Validation" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Configure User Profile Validation The profile validation process in Directory Manager is designed to ensure the accuracy of users’ @@ -14,7 +20,7 @@ applies. By default, a few attributes (fields) are available in the Directory Manager portal for profile validation. You can add and remove fields as required. See the -[Manage Property Validation Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/propertyvalidation.md) topic. +[Manage Property Validation Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/propertyvalidation.md) topic. ## What can Users do While Validating their Profiles? @@ -43,7 +49,7 @@ When performing profile validation, a user can: rejects it, the direct report remains with the manager. For workflows in an identity store, see the -[System Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md#system-workflows) topic. +[System Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md#system-workflows) topic. ## What Happens When Users do not Validate their Profiles? @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ Accounts Expired due to Non-Profile Validation topic. ## The User Life Cycle Schedule -The [User Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/userlifecycle.md) monitors the profile validation +The [User Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/userlifecycle.md) monitors the profile validation function in Directory Manager. It: - Monitors the profile validation dates for users. @@ -198,7 +204,7 @@ You can change the number of reminders to be sent along with their _Before # of User Life Cycle schedule sends reminder notifications to users according to the specified settings. For email notifications, an SMTP Server must be configured for the identity store. See the an -[Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. +[Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. **To set a new reminder:** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/secondwayauthentication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/secondwayauthentication.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/secondwayauthentication.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/secondwayauthentication.md index 79a68bd401..77931288de 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/secondwayauthentication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/secondwayauthentication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Second Way Authentication - SWA" +description: "Second Way Authentication - SWA" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Second Way Authentication - SWA You can configure second way Authentication (SWA) to allow unenrolled users to access the following @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ it, you must enable one or more authentication types. NOTE: If an SMTP server is not defined for the identity store, **Configure Now** is displayed in place of the toggle button. Click it to go to the **Notifications** page for configuring an SMTP - server. See the [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. + server. See the [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. 5. In the **Email Attribute** drop-down list, select an attribute that stores email addresses in the directory. @@ -119,6 +125,6 @@ type(s) they want to use for authentication. **See Also** -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) -- [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/overview.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) +- [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/securityquestions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/securityquestions.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/securityquestions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/securityquestions.md index 798663944d..9f6430b56b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/securityquestions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/securityquestions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage the Local Question Pool" +description: "Manage the Local Question Pool" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Manage the Local Question Pool When you create a new identity store, four questions from the global question pool are added to the @@ -50,5 +56,5 @@ What do you want to do? **See Also** -- [Manage the Global Question Pool ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/globalpool.md) -- [Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/securityquestions.md) +- [Manage the Global Question Pool ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/globalpool.md) +- [Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/securityquestions.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/smsauthentication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smsauthentication.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/smsauthentication.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smsauthentication.md index 3c0bfa34c0..505b216d5e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/smsauthentication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smsauthentication.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "SMS Authentication" +description: "SMS Authentication" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # SMS Authentication To enable users to enroll and authenticate their identity store accounts using SMS, you must make sure that an SMS gateway account is linked with the identity store. Using this gateway account, Directory Manager sends confirmation codes to the users' mobile phone numbers for verification. -See the [Manage SMS Gateway Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/manage.md) topic for creating and managing +See the [Manage SMS Gateway Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/manage.md) topic for creating and managing SMS gateway accounts. What do you want to do? @@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ What do you want to do? The SMS authentication type must be enabled for an identity store before users can use it for second factor authentication and multi-factor authentication. -To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. +To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md) topic. ## Link an SMS Gateway Account to an Identity Store @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ To enable it, see the [Enable Authentication Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ ## Enforce SMS Authentication for a Security Role To enforce an authentication type, see the -[Authentication Policy for Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md) topic. +[Authentication Policy for Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md) topic. Role members must use an enforced authentication type for multifactor authentication. When an authentication type is enabled but not enforced, role members can choose to use it for enrollment @@ -47,5 +53,5 @@ and authentication. **See Also** -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Manage SMS Gateway Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/manage.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Manage SMS Gateway Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md index de6aed4f9e..a8cc4abfb7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure an SMTP Server" +description: "Configure an SMTP Server" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Configure an SMTP Server An identity store requires an SMTP server for sending email notifications. It can be an Exchange @@ -140,7 +146,7 @@ the **Also Notify** area, select the required check boxes. from the membership of a group. - Public group owner for membership – To send email notifications to the primary and additional owners of a public group on membership change. See the - [Group Security Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/concepts.md#group-security-types) topic. + [Group Security Types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/concepts.md#group-security-types) topic. Step 6 – Click **Save** on the **Notifications** page. @@ -186,7 +192,7 @@ Membership lifecycle notifications are triggered on the following events: or removes him or her from group membership. - Users are also notified when they are temporarily added or removed from group membership according to membership lifecycle policies. See the - [Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/membershiplifecycle.md) topic. + [Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/membershiplifecycle.md) topic. You can choose to send notification when users are temporarily added to groups, removed from groups, or on both events. @@ -212,7 +218,7 @@ Step 4 – In the Membership Lifecycle Notifications section, select your desire group membership by the Membership Life Cycle schedule. This setting also applies to users who have been marked for removal from group membership in the group attestation process. (See the **Specify member inactive period** setting in the - [Enable Group Attestation](directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-attestation) topic. + [Enable Group Attestation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-attestation) topic. Step 5 – Click **Save** on the **Notifications** page. @@ -255,6 +261,6 @@ Step 5 – Click **Save** on the Notifications page. **See Also** -- [Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/overview.md) -- [Membership Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md) -- [Managed By Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md) +- [Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/overview.md) +- [Membership Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md) +- [Managed By Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md index eae2e9df9e..08c76e725c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create an Identity Store" +description: "Create an Identity Store" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create an Identity Store To perform group and identity management operations in an identity provider using Directory Manager, @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ You can create identity stores for the following providers: To create an identity store, you have to specify an identity provider and its connection details. After creating an identity store, you must configure certain settings for it. These configurations -are discussed in the [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md) topic. +are discussed in the [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md) topic. ## Create an Identity Store for Active Directory diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4a5458ee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Link Identity Stores", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/manage.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/manage.md index e393272868..f095152a43 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Identity Store Links" +description: "Manage Identity Store Links" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manage Identity Store Links You can link identity stores built on the supported identity providers in Directory Manager. In this @@ -225,4 +231,4 @@ linked anymore in the Directory Manager portal. **See Also** -- [Link Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md) +- [Link Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md index 18142a3019..42a521817e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Link Identity Stores" +description: "Link Identity Stores" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Link Identity Stores You can link identity stores in Directory Manager. In this way, identical user and group objects @@ -120,5 +126,5 @@ In this way, you can create a chain of links between identity stores. **See Also** -- [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/overview.md) -- [Manage Identity Store Links](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/manage.md) +- [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/overview.md) +- [Manage Identity Store Links](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md index 2e6f319cc9..00d2e88556 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage an Identity Store" +description: "Manage an Identity Store" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage an Identity Store Once you create and configure an identity store, you can perform group and identity management @@ -23,10 +29,10 @@ The card for an identity store displays the following information: | ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Basic info | The display name of the identity store and the identity provider it is built on, such as Active Directory. | | Identity store status | The status is displayed on the top right corner of the card. An identity store has one of the following statuses: - **Healthy:** Indicates that the identity store is fully functional. Hover the mouse over the status to view the factors used to determine health. - **Errors:** Indicates that the identity store has run into one or both of the following errors: - It cannot connect to the identity provider using the service account provided on the **Identity Store Details** page. - Data from the provider is not replicated to Elasticsearch within the required time interval. The last replication time and date is displayed at the bottom of the card. Hover the mouse over the status to view the reason for the _Errors_ status. | -| History | Indicates whether history tracking for the identity store is enabled or disabled. See the [Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md) topic to enable or disable history tracking. | -| MFA | Indicates whether second factor authentication is enabled for security roles in the identity store. See the [Configure Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/sfa.md) topic. One of the following is displayed for MFA: - **Available for x/x roles:** Indicates the number of security roles that second factor authentication is enabled for, out of the total security roles in the identity store. For example, 1/3 indicates that there are 3 security roles defined for the identity store and second factor authentication is enabled for one of those roles. - **Not Available:** Indicates that second factor authentication is not enabled for any security role in the identity store. | +| History | Indicates whether history tracking for the identity store is enabled or disabled. See the [Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md) topic to enable or disable history tracking. | +| MFA | Indicates whether second factor authentication is enabled for security roles in the identity store. See the [Configure Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/sfa.md) topic. One of the following is displayed for MFA: - **Available for x/x roles:** Indicates the number of security roles that second factor authentication is enabled for, out of the total security roles in the identity store. For example, 1/3 indicates that there are 3 security roles defined for the identity store and second factor authentication is enabled for one of those roles. - **Not Available:** Indicates that second factor authentication is not enabled for any security role in the identity store. | | Last replication date and time | The last run date and time of the Replication service. If the service does not run at the specified interval, the identity store status changes to **Errors**. | -| Ellipsis | Click it to launch a shortcut menu with the following options: - **Edit:** launches the identity store properties page, where you can manage identity store settings, workflows, security roles, replication attributes, and more. See the [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md) topic. - **Disable:** disables the identity store. - **Replicate Objects:** runs the Replication service to replicate object data in the identity store. See the [Force Run the Replication Service (for Object Replication)](replication.md#force-run-the-replication-service-for-object-replication) topic. - **Replicate Deleted Objects:** runs the Replication service to remove those objects from Elasticsearch that have been deleted from the identity provider. See the [Force Run the Replication Service (for Deleting Objects)](replication.md#force-run-the-replication-service-for-deleting-objects) topic. - **Delete:** deletes the identity store from Directory Manager. | +| Ellipsis | Click it to launch a shortcut menu with the following options: - **Edit:** launches the identity store properties page, where you can manage identity store settings, workflows, security roles, replication attributes, and more. See the [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md) topic. - **Disable:** disables the identity store. - **Replicate Objects:** runs the Replication service to replicate object data in the identity store. See the [Force Run the Replication Service (for Object Replication)](replication.md#force-run-the-replication-service-for-object-replication) topic. - **Replicate Deleted Objects:** runs the Replication service to remove those objects from Elasticsearch that have been deleted from the identity provider. See the [Force Run the Replication Service (for Deleting Objects)](replication.md#force-run-the-replication-service-for-deleting-objects) topic. - **Delete:** deletes the identity store from Directory Manager. | ## Enable or Disable an Identity Store @@ -64,14 +70,14 @@ provided while creating it. **Edit**. 3. On the **Identity Store Details** page, update the required information on the **General** tab. This page differs by provider. Refer to the steps for creating the respective provider in the - [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md) topic for more information. + [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md) topic for more information. 4. Click **Save**. ## Exclude an Active Directory Domain from Replication By default, Directory Manager replicates the domain specified for the identity store and its child domains. You can exclude a domain or a child domain from replication, in which case the Replication -service will not replicate it. See the [Elasticsearch and Replication ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/overview.md) +service will not replicate it. See the [Elasticsearch and Replication ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/overview.md) topic. You can still create and manage objects in an excluded domain using Directory Manager. @@ -220,6 +226,6 @@ first delete the link(s) before deleting the identity store. **See Also** -- [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/overview.md) -- [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md) -- [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md) +- [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/overview.md) +- [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md) +- [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/overview.md similarity index 74% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/overview.md index 77ffef2b15..620c3b0724 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Identity Stores" +description: "Identity Stores" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Identity Stores Directory Manager enables you to create an identity store on an identity provider and perform @@ -31,7 +37,7 @@ Manager. Contact Netwrix Client Services for support. **See Also** -- [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/create.md) -- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md) -- [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md) -- [Link Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/link/overview.md) +- [Create an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/create.md) +- [Manage an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md) +- [Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md) +- [Link Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/link/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md index 3cc6ae378c..667e8bebd9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Local Replication Settings" +description: "Manage Local Replication Settings" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Manage Local Replication Settings You can manage the following replication settings for an identity store: @@ -41,7 +47,7 @@ and click **Save**. The attributes are added to the Attribute Name column on the NOTE: If in a Microsoft Entra ID based identity store extension attributes are added, Directory Manager Schema Replication schedule fetches the latest schema at its next run and add the newly added extension attributes to the Select Replication Attributes list. See the -[Schema Replication Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/schemareplication.md) for additional information. +[Schema Replication Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/schemareplication.md) for additional information. Select the required extension attributes from the Select Replication Attributes list and add them to the attribute to replicate list. See the Specify Object Attributes to Replicate section of the Manage Local Replication Settings topic. @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ for an identity store to replicate object attributes to Elasticsearch. Force-starting the service has no impact on the interval set for triggering the service on the Replication page. See the -[Specify a Replication Interval for Objects](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/settings.md#specify-a-replication-interval-for-objects)topic. +[Specify a Replication Interval for Objects](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/settings.md#specify-a-replication-interval-for-objects)topic. You can force run the Replication service for an identity store in any of the following ways: @@ -124,7 +130,7 @@ force run the Replication service for an identity store any time to remove delet Force-starting the service has no impact on the interval set for triggering the service on the **Replication** page. See the -[Specify Interval for Deleting Tombstone Objects](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/settings.md#specify-interval-for-deleting-tombstone-objects) +[Specify Interval for Deleting Tombstone Objects](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/settings.md#specify-interval-for-deleting-tombstone-objects) topic. For an identity store, you can force run the Replication service (for deleting objects) in any of diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d04a721bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Identity Store History", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "view" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/details.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/details.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/details.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/details.md index 2de20bf3ee..3167a539ee 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/details.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/details.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "History Item Details" +description: "History Item Details" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # History Item Details Details of a history item are displayed on the **History Details** dialog box. If the target @@ -65,5 +71,5 @@ On the **History Details** dialog box, the **Note** box displays your note. Remo **See Also** -- [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md) -- [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/history.md) +- [Identity Store History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md) +- [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history_1.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md index 60c1bf13e7..464be5948a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Event Logging" +description: "Event Logging" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Event Logging Directory Manager employs Windows logging and file logging to maintain event logs for all Directory @@ -45,5 +51,5 @@ application log. **See Also** -- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md) -- [Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/logs.md) +- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md) +- [Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/logs.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md index 7a5ba1b6ee..41a248cc1d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/view.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/view.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Identity Store History" +description: "Identity Store History" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Identity Store History In Admin Center, you can view the history data that the Directory Manager history-tracking function @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ viewed in Admin Center. The **Identity Store History** page displays history data in a descriptive and concise manner. Items are sorted according to the date and time they were last updated, with the most recent at the top. - Click a history item to view its details. See the [History Item Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/details.md) topic. + Click a history item to view its details. See the [History Item Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/details.md) topic. ## Filter History Data @@ -156,6 +162,6 @@ You can export identity store history to Microsoft Excel, CSV, and XML formats. **See Also** -- [Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md) -- [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/history.md) -- [Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/history/eventlogging.md) +- [Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md) +- [History in Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history.md) +- [Event Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/view/eventlogging.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..363c304acb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Notifications", + "position": 90, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/customize.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/customize.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/customize.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/customize.md index c7f60fad36..06c7718278 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/customize.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/customize.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Customize Notifications" +description: "Customize Notifications" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Customize Notifications Directory Manager generates a variety of notifications for different events, such as when changes are made to a group, when workflows are triggered, and when profile validation is due for users. Supported languages for notifications are listed in the -[Localization](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/gettingstarted.md#localization) topic. +[Localization](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/gettingstarted.md#localization) topic. Templates for all Directory Manager notifications are available in these languages. You can customize a notification template for the following in each of the supported languages: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/overview.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/overview.md index 3e9ecf5fcd..4873f4f04a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Notifications" +description: "Notifications" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Notifications Directory Manager generates email notifications whenever certain events are triggered. The diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/queue.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/queue.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/queue.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/queue.md index 7c566e434d..0d94d660cf 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/queue.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/queue.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage the Notification Queue" +description: "Manage the Notification Queue" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manage the Notification Queue Directory Manager maintains a queue of the email notification generated on events that occur in the @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ notifications as well as delete notifications. Both actions are tracked in Admin Directory Manager also features a Notification Editor that lists the notification templates for all notifications that Directory Manager generates on various events. See the -[Customize Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/customize.md) topic for details. +[Customize Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/customize.md) topic for details. What do you want to do? @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ In the **Categories** list on the **Filter** dialog box, select one of the follo - Click **Delete** for a notification in the **Actions** column to delete it. - Click **Refresh** to refresh the notification queue. - Click **Notification Editor** to launch the Notification Editor, where you can view and modify - notification templates. See the [Customize Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/customize.md) topic for details. + notification templates. See the [Customize Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/customize.md) topic for details. ## Send a Notification Urgently @@ -99,6 +105,6 @@ To delete a notification: **See Also** -- [Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/overview.md) -- [Email Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/emailservice.md) -- [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/history.md) +- [Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/overview.md) +- [Email Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/emailservice.md) +- [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history_1.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49919d04c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Elasticsearch and Replication", + "position": 130, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/overview.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/overview.md index 268e29a87b..366bb733f1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Elasticsearch and Replication" +description: "Elasticsearch and Replication" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Elasticsearch and Replication Searches performed in Directory Manager are catered through Elasticsearch. @@ -16,11 +22,11 @@ Elasticsearch relies on two services: - Computers - Organizational Unit -The [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md) only replicates changes that are made to +The [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md) only replicates changes that are made to these objects on the directory server. Changes made to these objects using Admin Center, Directory Manager portal, or Management Shell, are directly saved in the Elasticsearch repository and replicated to the Directory Manager database by the Data service. See the -[Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md) topic. +[Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md) topic. Synchronize directly updates objects in the directory. As soon as objects are provisioned, de-provisioned, or updated in the directory using Synchronize, the Replication service replicates @@ -41,12 +47,12 @@ specific to an identity store. - At the global level, you can schedule the service to run every x minutes to replicate object attributes to Elasticsearch. You can also manually restore object data to Elasticsearch. See the - [Manage Global Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/settings.md) topic. + [Manage Global Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/settings.md) topic. - For an identity store, you can specify the object attributes the service should replicate to - Elasticsearch. See the [Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md) topic. + Elasticsearch. See the [Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md) topic. NOTE: The Replication service does not replicate excluded domains for an identity store. See the -[Exclude an Active Directory Domain from Replication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md#exclude-an-active-directory-domain-from-replication) +[Exclude an Active Directory Domain from Replication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md#exclude-an-active-directory-domain-from-replication) topic. ## Replication Service Logs diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/settings.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/settings.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/settings.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/settings.md index 8d8823c173..6982a2eee0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/settings.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/settings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Global Replication Settings" +description: "Manage Global Replication Settings" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manage Global Replication Settings The Replication service is responsible for replicating attributes of the group, user, contact, @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ status of object types for each domain in an identity store and alerts you to an have occurred during the replication process. NOTE: The Replication service does not replicate excluded domains for an identity store. See the -[Exclude an Active Directory Domain from Replication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md#exclude-an-active-directory-domain-from-replication) +[Exclude an Active Directory Domain from Replication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md#exclude-an-active-directory-domain-from-replication) topic. ### How to Resolve Replication Errors @@ -45,7 +51,7 @@ What do you want to do? Directory Manager enables you to monitor the Elasticsearch service for the following: - The status of the Elasticsearch service. See the - [Elasticsearch Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md#elasticsearch-service) card on the Admin Center + [Elasticsearch Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md#elasticsearch-service) card on the Admin Center dashboard. - Elasticsearch cluster health stats, which include: @@ -112,7 +118,7 @@ the cluster is intact. It also checks the health of each index. The Replication service interval applies to all identity stores defined in Admin Center. Object attributes to be replicated are specified in the respective identity store settings. See the -[Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md) topic. +[Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md) topic. **To set global replication interval:** @@ -170,7 +176,7 @@ and which ones failed to replicate. yet. Similarly, a child domain that is not being used will have its status marked in red. To avoid these recurring errors, set the dates for these objects to a distant future date in the Directory Manager database. Or you can exclude a domain from replication. See the - [Exclude an Active Directory Domain from Replication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/manage.md#exclude-an-active-directory-domain-from-replication) + [Exclude an Active Directory Domain from Replication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/manage.md#exclude-an-active-directory-domain-from-replication) topic. ## Specify Interval for Deleting Tombstone Objects @@ -279,7 +285,7 @@ value as required. Replication error notifications are sent to recipients whose email addresses are specified in the _To_ and _CC_ boxes on the **Notifications** page. See the -[Specify Notification Recipients](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#specify-notification-recipients) +[Specify Notification Recipients](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#specify-notification-recipients) topic. **To set a triggering threshold:** @@ -295,6 +301,6 @@ topic. **See Also** -- [Elasticsearch and Replication ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/overview.md) -- [Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md) -- [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md) +- [Elasticsearch and Replication ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/overview.md) +- [Manage Local Replication Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md) +- [Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c89e65d466 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Schedules", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md index e791338c05..ab595e94dc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: "GroupID Entitlement Schedule" +description: "GroupID Entitlement Schedule" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # GroupID Entitlement Schedule An Entitlement schedule is automatically created for an identity store when: - A server is added for permission analysis on the Entitlement page in an Active Directory identity - store. See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md) for additional information on + store. See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md) for additional information on adding a server. Or - A SharePoint site is added for permission analysis on the Entitlement page in a Microsoft Entra ID - identity store. See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md) topic for + identity store. See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md) topic for additional information on adding a SharePoint site. By default, the schedule runs weekly to compute permissions on shared files and folders residing on @@ -33,12 +39,12 @@ The GroupID Entitlement schedule runs in the context of the following accounts: - For file servers, the schedule runs in the context of the service account defined for the identity store. In case you specify a different account for a file server, the schedule runs in the context of the changed account. See the - [Connect to a File Server Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md#connect-to-a-file-server-using-a-different-account) + [Connect to a File Server Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md#connect-to-a-file-server-using-a-different-account) topic. - For a SharePoint site, the schedule runs in the context of the account you specified to connect to the SharePoint admin site. In case you specify a different account for a site, the schedule runs in the context of the changed account. See the - [Connect to a Site Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md#connect-to-a-site-using-a-different-account) + [Connect to a Site Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md#connect-to-a-site-using-a-different-account) topic. You cannot create or delete a GroupID Entitlement schedule; only edit the existing schedule. @@ -64,7 +70,7 @@ schedule as read-only. The name format is Step 6 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md index 44057120b1..cc8b6b4d8b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: "Entitlement Scope Schedule" +description: "Entitlement Scope Schedule" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Entitlement Scope Schedule An Entitlement Scope schedule is automatically created for an identity store when: - A server is added for permission analysis on the Entitlement page in an Active Directory identity - store. See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md) for additional information on + store. See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md) for additional information on adding a server. Or - A SharePoint site is added for permission analysis on the Entitlement page in a Microsoft Entra ID - identity store. See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md) topic for + identity store. See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md) topic for additional information on adding a SharePoint site. Using the Directory Manager portal, users can update the permissions on files and folders residing @@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ sub-trees, till the nth level. Changes made to permissions outside of Directory the scope of this schedule. Permissions replicated by the Entitlement Scope schedule are also replicated by the -[GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md), as the latter replicates permissions from scratch. +[GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md), as the latter replicates permissions from scratch. However, the default triggering frequency for the Directory Manager Entitlement schedule (i.e., weekly) necessitates a separate Entitlement Scope schedule. @@ -33,12 +39,12 @@ The Entitlement Scope schedule runs in the context of the following accounts: - For file servers, the schedule runs in the context of the service account defined for the identity store. In case you specify a different account for a file server, the schedule runs in the context of the changed account. See the - [Connect to a File Server Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md#connect-to-a-file-server-using-a-different-account) + [Connect to a File Server Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md#connect-to-a-file-server-using-a-different-account) topic for additional information. - For a SharePoint site, the schedule runs in the context of the account you specified to connect to the SharePoint admin site. In case you specify a different account for a site, the schedule runs in the context of the changed account. See the - [Connect to a Site Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md#connect-to-a-site-using-a-different-account) + [Connect to a Site Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md#connect-to-a-site-using-a-different-account) topic for additional information. You cannot create or delete an Entitlement Scope schedule; only edit the existing schedule. @@ -64,7 +70,7 @@ _Entitlement_``_Scope_. Step 6 – In the **Scheduler Service Name** drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md index 0eae7fe9f3..8809aff7b4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: "Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule" +description: "Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule An Entitlement Temporary Permissions schedule is automatically created for an identity store when: - A server is added for permission analysis on the Entitlement page in an Active Directory identity - store. See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md) for additional information on + store. See the [Manage File Servers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md) for additional information on adding a server. Or - A SharePoint site is added for permission analysis on the **Entitlement** page in a Microsoft - Entra ID identity store. See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md) topic + Entra ID identity store. See the [Manage SharePoint Sites](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md) topic for additional information on adding a SharePoint site. The Entitlement Temporary Permissions schedule updates the temporary permissions granted to objects @@ -35,12 +41,12 @@ The Entitlement Temporary Permissions schedule runs in the context of the follow - For file servers, the schedule runs in the context of the service account defined for the identity store. In case you specify a different account for a file server, the schedule runs in the context of the changed account. See the - [Connect to a File Server Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/ad/manage.md#connect-to-a-file-server-using-a-different-account) + [Connect to a File Server Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage.md#connect-to-a-file-server-using-a-different-account) topic. - For a SharePoint site, the schedule runs in the context of the account you specified to connect to the SharePoint admin site. In case you specify a different account for a site, the schedule runs in the context of the changed account. See the - [Connect to a Site Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/entitlement/entraid/manage.md#connect-to-a-site-using-a-different-account) + [Connect to a Site Using a Different Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/manage_1.md#connect-to-a-site-using-a-different-account) topic. You cannot create or delete an Entitlement Temporary Permissions schedule; only edit the existing @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ _Entitlement_``_ TemporaryPe Step 6 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/grouplifecycle.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/grouplifecycle.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/grouplifecycle.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/grouplifecycle.md index 7b556b9709..3b85e0b7cd 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/grouplifecycle.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/grouplifecycle.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Group Life Cycle Schedule" +description: "Group Life Cycle Schedule" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Group Life Cycle Schedule Directory Manager enables you to define group lifecycle settings for an identity store. See the -[Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md) +[Manage Group Lifecycle Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md) topic for additional information. Based on these settings, the Group Lifecycle schedule expires and logically deletes groups in the identity store on a scheduled basis, keeping your directory clean and preventing group glut. @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ containers the job will process, and notification options. The Group Lifecycle schedule performs the following main functions: - Expires and logically delete groups according to their respective expiry policies. See the - [ Group Expiry and Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/groupexpirydeletion.md) + [ Group Expiry and Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/groupexpirydeletion.md) topic for additional information. - Sends email notifications to relevant personnel before expiring a group. Also initiates notifications for group attestation. @@ -43,7 +49,7 @@ necessary action. Step 8 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ Target(s) area in keeping with the Group Lifecycle settings for the identity sto NOTE: In Group Lifecycle settings, the administrator can specify container(s) for exclusively applying or not applying the Group Life cycle policy. See the -[Apply Policy on Specific Containers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#apply-policy-on-specific-containers) +[Apply Policy on Specific Containers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#apply-policy-on-specific-containers) topic. With containers specified in the Target(s) area, there may be a conflict or overlapping of containers, in which case, the Group Lifecycle settings take precedence. @@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ Step 12 – To set notifications for the schedule, click **Notifications**. to send email notifications to a group’s primary and additional owners when the job extends the life of a group, based on group usage settings in the Group Lifecycle policy. For group usage settings, see the - [Enable Group Usage Lifecycle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-usage-lifecycle) + [Enable Group Usage Lifecycle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-usage-lifecycle) topic for additional information. 2. Click **Save**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/groupusageservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/groupusageservice.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/groupusageservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/groupusageservice.md index b28917782e..779fcb7ec6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/groupusageservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/groupusageservice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Usage Service Schedule" +description: "Group Usage Service Schedule" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Group Usage Service Schedule A Group Usage Service schedule monitors expansion events and timestamps affected groups of the @@ -7,9 +13,9 @@ An expansion event occurs when an Exchange Server expands a distribution list fo The event is recorded in the Exchange Server's message tracking log, which the Group Usage Service schedule reads, parsing for the timestamp that indicates when the distribution list was last used. -The timestamp is then used by the [Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/grouplifecycle.md) to extend or reduce +The timestamp is then used by the [Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/grouplifecycle.md) to extend or reduce the life of mail-enabled distribution groups based on their usage. See the -[Enable Group Usage Lifecycle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-usage-lifecycle) +[Enable Group Usage Lifecycle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-usage-lifecycle) topic. While creating a Group Usage Service schedule, you have to specify a job triggering criterion, the @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ necessary action. Step 8 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: @@ -85,7 +91,7 @@ these servers. 3. Click **Add**. The messaging server(s) are displayed in the Messaging Server area. Step 11 – Click **Add Triggers** in the Triggers area to specify a triggering criterion for the -schedule, that, when met, starts the execution of the schedule. See the [Triggers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/triggers.md) +schedule, that, when met, starts the execution of the schedule. See the [Triggers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/triggers.md) topic for information on the triggering criterion setting. Step 12 – After specifying the settings for triggers, click **Add**. The trigger is displayed in the @@ -109,7 +115,7 @@ in the identity store (for example, Administrator). NOTE: If you are creating this schedule in a Microsoft Entra ID identity store, you can only specify the logged-in user's account. See the [Schedules for Microsoft Entra ID Identity Store](overview.md#schedules-for-microsoft-entra-id-identity-store) -section of the [Schedules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/overview.md) topic for additional information. +section of the [Schedules](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/overview.md) topic for additional information. Step 14 – On the Create Schedule page, click **Create Schedule**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/historyretention.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/historyretention.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/historyretention.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/historyretention.md index 547474ac05..d7165f2902 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/historyretention.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/historyretention.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "History Retention Schedule" +description: "History Retention Schedule" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # History Retention Schedule While configuring history tracking for an identity store, you can choose to keep history records forever in the Directory Manager database or retain history for a specific period. See the -[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md) topic +[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md) topic for additional information. In case you select the latter option, the History Retention schedule is auto created for the identity store. This schedule runs on a specified frequency to check if the retention period is over for any history records, and if so, move them from the Directory Manager @@ -12,13 +18,13 @@ database to the following .csv files: Management Shell, and scheduled jobs. It also contains history data for the identity store, security roles, and workflow configurations. - AuditingHistory – Contains history data of all authentication actions performed in Directory - Manager, as logged in Helpdek history. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic + Manager, as logged in Helpdek history. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic for additional information. - PasswordCenterHistory – Contains history data of all actions tracked in Helpdesk, except the - authentication action. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/history.md) topic for additional + authentication action. See the [History in Helpdesk](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/history.md) topic for additional information. - AdminCenterHistory – Contains Admin Center history data. See the - [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/history.md) topic for additional information. + [Admin Center History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/history_1.md) topic for additional information. These files are available at the following location on the Directory Manager server: @@ -62,7 +68,7 @@ displayed with this name in email notifications. Step 7 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/manage.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/manage.md index 90b253902b..c24550aaa6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Schedules" +description: "Manage Schedules" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Manage Schedules Directory Manager enables you to run, modify, disable, and delete the schedules defined for an @@ -112,7 +118,7 @@ Step 6 – On the Edit Schedule page, the Triggers area displays the trigger(s) - To add a new trigger, click **Add Trigger**. - To remove a trigger, click **Remove** for it. -Follow step 11 in the [Group Usage Service Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/groupusageservice.md) topic to manage triggers. +Follow step 11 in the [Group Usage Service Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/groupusageservice.md) topic to manage triggers. Step 7 – Click **Update Schedule**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md index a51be9505c..c9d5a9b46a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Managed By Life Cycle Schedule" +description: "Managed By Life Cycle Schedule" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Managed By Life Cycle Schedule The Managed By Life Cycle schedule updates the temporary additional owners for groups and temporary @@ -29,7 +35,7 @@ frequency that meets your temporary ownership requirements. Directory Manager generates notifications when the Managed By Life Cycle schedule adds or removes temporary additional owners/managers. See the -[Manage Managed by Life Cycle Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#manage-managed-by-life-cycle-notifications) +[Manage Managed by Life Cycle Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#manage-managed-by-life-cycle-notifications) topic for additional information. ## Create a Managed By Life Cycle Schedule @@ -58,7 +64,7 @@ necessary action. Step 8 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Step 9 – You can specify containers as targets for the schedule. The schedule will process all diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md index 91d75dba46..1f797f072b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Membership Life Cycle Schedule" +description: "Membership Life Cycle Schedule" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Membership Life Cycle Schedule The Membership Life Cycle schedule updates the temporary membership of groups in an identity store. @@ -17,11 +23,11 @@ It performs the following functions: specified dates. - The Membership Life Cycle schedule executes the Membership Life Cycle policy for the identity store. See the - [Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/membershiplifecycle.md) + [Manage Membership Life Cycle Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/membershiplifecycle.md) topic. - The schedule also removes members when group owners inactivate them during group attestation. See the - [Enable Group Attestation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-attestation) + [Enable Group Attestation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#enable-group-attestation) topic. Let’s assume that the Membership Life Cycle schedule is scheduled to run once a week, say Mondays. @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ your temporary membership requirements. Directory Manager generates notifications when the Membership Life Cycle schedule adds or removes users from group membership. See the -[Manage Membership Life Cycle Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#manage-membership-life-cycle-notifications) +[Manage Membership Life Cycle Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md#manage-membership-life-cycle-notifications) topic. ## Create a Membership Life Cycle Schedule @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ necessary action. Step 8 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md index a910b74488..1edea30517 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Orphan Group Update Schedule" +description: "Orphan Group Update Schedule" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Orphan Group Update Schedule An orphan group is one without a primary owner. @@ -22,11 +28,11 @@ sent to the promoted owner. Note the following: The promotion of an additional owner to primary owner may violate the Group Owners policy for the minimum number of additional owners required. A notification is sent to the promoted owner to add an additional owner to comply with the policy. See the -[Group Owners Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md) topic. +[Group Owners Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md) topic. With history tracking enabled, history is logged at the group level and at the promoted owner’s level. See the -[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md) topic. +[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md) topic. ## Create an Orphan Group Update Schedule @@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ necessary action. Step 8 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/overview.md similarity index 52% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/overview.md index 5af15a4821..e9edc36e94 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Schedules" +description: "Schedules" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Schedules The scheduling feature in Directory Manager enables you to perform several operations by creating @@ -8,39 +14,39 @@ frequency. You can define the following schedules for an identity store: -- A [Group Usage Service Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/groupusageservice.md) monitors group usage and time stamps groups +- A [Group Usage Service Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/groupusageservice.md) monitors group usage and time stamps groups with the date and time they were last used. -- A [Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/grouplifecycle.md) expires and deletes groups according to their +- A [Group Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/grouplifecycle.md) expires and deletes groups according to their expiry policy. It executes the Group Lifecycle policy for the identity store. -- A [History Retention Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/historyretention.md) archives identity store history data in +- A [History Retention Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/historyretention.md) archives identity store history data in Directory Manager. -- A [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md) replicates object permissions on file servers and +- A [GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md) replicates object permissions on file servers and SharePoint sites for an Active Directory and Microsoft Entra ID identity store respectively. -- An [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md) replicates changes made to object permissions +- An [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md) replicates changes made to object permissions on file servers and SharePoint sites using Directory Manager. -- An [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) updates the +- An [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md) updates the temporary permissions for objects on file servers and SharePoint sites. -- A [Managed By Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md) manages the temporary additional owners +- A [Managed By Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/managedbylifecycle.md) manages the temporary additional owners for groups and temporary additional managers for users. -- A [Membership Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md) updates the temporary membership of +- A [Membership Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/membershiplifecycle.md) updates the temporary membership of groups. -- An [Orphan Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md) sets the primary owner for an orphan +- An [Orphan Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/orphangroupupdate.md) sets the primary owner for an orphan group. -- A [Reports Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/reports.md)can automatically generate reports that you link with the +- A [Reports Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/reports.md)can automatically generate reports that you link with the schedule. -- A [Schema Replication Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/schemareplication.md) replicates the schema of an identity +- A [Schema Replication Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/schemareplication.md) replicates the schema of an identity provider to the Directory Manager database. -- A [Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md)updates Smart Groups and Dynasties. -- A [Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/synchronize.md) can execute Synchronize jobs and job groups at a set +- A [Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md)updates Smart Groups and Dynasties. +- A [Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/synchronize.md) can execute Synchronize jobs and job groups at a set frequency. -- A [User Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/userlifecycle.md) disables users who do not validate their profiles +- A [User Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/userlifecycle.md) disables users who do not validate their profiles within a given period, based on the settings defined for user profile validation. -- A [Workflow Acceleration Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/workflowacceleration.md) forwards workflow requests to +- A [Workflow Acceleration Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/workflowacceleration.md) forwards workflow requests to approvers and auto approves requests according to workflow approver acceleration rules. NOTE: Role members with the _Manage Scheduling_ permission in an identity store can create and manage scheduled jobs. See the -[Modify Role Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md#modify-role-permissions) topic for additional +[Modify Role Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md#modify-role-permissions) topic for additional information. Schedules are saved in the Directory Manager database. The GroupIDSchedulerService, created in the @@ -51,12 +57,12 @@ GroupIDSite11 site in native IIS is responsible for initiating schedule runs. The following schedules are automatically created when their associated configurations are done in an identity store. -- Entitlement ([GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlement.md), - [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementscope.md), - [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md)) -- [User Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/userlifecycle.md) -- [History Retention Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/historyretention.md) -- [Workflow Acceleration Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/workflowacceleration.md) +- Entitlement ([GroupID Entitlement Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlement.md), + [Entitlement Scope Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementscope.md), + [Entitlement Temporary Permissions Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/entitlementtemporarypermissions.md)) +- [User Life Cycle Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/userlifecycle.md) +- [History Retention Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/historyretention.md) +- [Workflow Acceleration Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/workflowacceleration.md) In a Microsoft Entra ID identity provider, the Entra ID user must be logged into the Admin Center while making configurations of these schedules. The schedules are then run in the context of the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/reports.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/reports.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/reports.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/reports.md index 7c3885852c..de10c6b52f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/reports.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/reports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reports Schedule" +description: "Reports Schedule" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Reports Schedule Directory Manager can generate reports for an identity store on a scheduled basis. @@ -28,7 +34,7 @@ schedule is displayed with this name in email notifications. Step 7 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/schemareplication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/schemareplication.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/schemareplication.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/schemareplication.md index 3fd47276b0..770d1a9bfa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/schemareplication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/schemareplication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Schema Replication Schedule" +description: "Schema Replication Schedule" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Schema Replication Schedule An Identity store is built on an identity provider, that could be Active Directory, Microsoft Entra @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ manually or according to its triggers. When the Schema Replication schedule runs for the first time, it replicates schema from scratch. In all subsequent runs, it replicates any changes made to the schema. Of this replicated schema, you can choose the object attributes you actually want to use in an identity store. See the -[Specify Object Attributes to Replicate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/replication.md#specify-object-attributes-to-replicate) +[Specify Object Attributes to Replicate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/replication.md#specify-object-attributes-to-replicate) topic for details. NOTE: For Microsoft Entra ID, schema is replicated from the schema file for Graph API v 3.26.0. @@ -42,7 +48,7 @@ schedule as read-only. Step 6 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md index 90a9a8cee0..ff4b5d3d66 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Smart Group Update Schedule" +description: "Smart Group Update Schedule" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Smart Group Update Schedule You can create a Smart Group Update schedule and bind it to Smart Groups and Dynasties in an @@ -41,7 +47,7 @@ necessary action. Step 8 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/synchronize.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/synchronize.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/synchronize.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/synchronize.md index b58c1a5f70..34eee2418d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/synchronize.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/synchronize.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Synchronize Schedule" +description: "Synchronize Schedule" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Synchronize Schedule The Directory Manager scheduling function enables you to set any Synchronize job or job collection @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ schedule is displayed with this name in email notifications. Step 7 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/triggers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/triggers.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/triggers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/triggers.md index 06d7c29395..c0a2f4b8d2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/triggers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/triggers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Triggers" +description: "Triggers" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Triggers Follow the steps to define a trigger. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/userlifecycle.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/userlifecycle.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/userlifecycle.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/userlifecycle.md index 381abfdb0c..e1f8e167ed 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/userlifecycle.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/userlifecycle.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Life Cycle Schedule" +description: "User Life Cycle Schedule" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # User Life Cycle Schedule The User Life Cycle schedule monitors the profile validation process in Directory Manager. It @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ necessary action. Step 8 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/workflowacceleration.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/workflowacceleration.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/workflowacceleration.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/workflowacceleration.md index 943411b2d1..566a17faee 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/workflowacceleration.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/workflowacceleration.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Workflow Acceleration Schedule" +description: "Workflow Acceleration Schedule" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Workflow Acceleration Schedule A Workflow Acceleration schedule facilitates the workflow approver acceleration process for workflow requests. This schedule is auto created when approver acceleration is enabled for the identity -store. See the [Workflow Approver Acceleration](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/approveracceleration.md) topic for +store. See the [Workflow Approver Acceleration](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/approveracceleration.md) topic for additional information. By default, the schedule runs daily to accelerate workflow requests to approvers, according to @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ notifications Step 6 – In the Scheduler Service Name drop-down list, select a Scheduler service that would be responsible for triggering this schedule. The number of services displayed in the list depend on the number of nodes in all Elasticsearch clusters in the environment, as each node has its own Scheduler -service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional +service. See the [Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md) topic for additional information. Please note the following while selecting a Scheduler service: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6447c41766 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Security Roles", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/checkrole.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/checkrole.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/checkrole.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/checkrole.md index dd65f39882..d95720f1b1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/checkrole.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/checkrole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Check the Roles of a User" +description: "Check the Roles of a User" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Check the Roles of a User As discussed in the @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ As discussed in the topic, a user in an identity store can have different security roles assigned to it in different Directory Manager clients. Moreover, a user can also have multiple roles in a client, in which case the highest priority role takes precedence when the user logs into that specific client. See -[Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). +[Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). Directory Manager enables you to view the highest priority role of a user in a client. This role identifies the access level of that user in the client. Select a client and specify a user. @@ -47,5 +53,5 @@ Directory Manager fetches the highest priority role of the user with respect to See Also -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md index a7f3afe955..034d8a2315 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Security Role" +description: "Create a Security Role" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Security Role To create a security role for an identity store, you have to specify the following: -- Criteria - See [Criteria ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). -- Priority - See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). +- Criteria - See [Criteria ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). +- Priority - See [Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). - Permissions - Permissions refer to the different actions that role members can perform using Directory Manager, for example, creating directory objects, managing groups, managing scheduled jobs, managing user profiles, and more. @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ To create a security role for an identity store, you have to specify the followi limits role members to search for objects in a particular container. You can create a role from scratch or by copying an existing role. See the -[Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) topic for additional information on security roles. +[Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) topic for additional information on security roles. NOTE: You can disable a role to prevent its members from accessing Directory Manager. To prevent an individual role member from accessing Directory Manager, you must remove him or her from the group @@ -44,17 +50,17 @@ Step 7 – In the **Priority** box, type or select a value in the range, 1-99, t priority. This should be a unique value for each role in an identity store. Step 8 – In the **Criteria** area, specify a criterion to determine role members. For details, see -the [Security Role – Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/criteria.md) topic. +the [Security Role – Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/criteria.md) topic. Step 9 – Next, assign group management, user management, and other permissions to the security role. -For details, see the [Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. +For details, see the [Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. Step 10 – Select the **HelpDesk Role** checkbox if you want to restrict role members to the Helpdesk node of Admin Center. Step 11 – Click **Create Security Role**. -Step 12 – Click **Save** on the **Security Roles** page. See the [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md) +Step 12 – Click **Save** on the **Security Roles** page. See the [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md) topic. ## Create a Role by Copying an Existing Role @@ -80,4 +86,4 @@ click **Update Security Role**. Step 6 – On the Security Roles page, click **Save**. Step 7 – To update the policies for the new role, see the -[Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) topic. +[Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/criteria.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/criteria.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/criteria.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/criteria.md index 3b5be6bb53..1ba3729cdc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/criteria.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/criteria.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Security Role – Criteria" +description: "Security Role – Criteria" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Security Role – Criteria You can specify a criterion that determines which users fall in the security role. @@ -86,6 +92,6 @@ you may want role members to access Portal A only. See Also -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md) -- [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md) +- [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md index 582be80448..d4a70006d1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Security Roles" +description: "Manage Security Roles" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage Security Roles After creating a security role, you can manage various settings for it, such as tole criteria, @@ -94,7 +100,7 @@ By changing role criteria , you can specify a different set of users as members 4. On the **Security Roles** page, click **Edit** for a security role. 5. On the **Edit Security Role** page, the **Criteria** area displays the role criteria. Click **Add Criteria** to change it. On the **Add Criteria** dialog box, update the criteria. See the - [Security Role – Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/criteria.md) topic for details. + [Security Role – Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/criteria.md) topic for details. 6. Click **Update Security Role**. 7. On the **Security Roles** page, click **Save**. @@ -113,14 +119,14 @@ You can update the permissions assigned to a role. area to change role permissions. 6. On the **Add Permissions** dialog box, select **Allow** for a permission to assign it to the role. Select **Deny** for a permission to deny it to the role. To learn about the available - permissions, see the [Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. + permissions, see the [Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. 7. After assigning the required permissions, click **OK**. 8. Click **Update Security Role**. 9. On the **Security Roles** page, click **Save**. ## Define Policies for a Role -To define policies for a security role, see the [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) topic. +To define policies for a security role, see the [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) topic. ## Delete a Role @@ -138,5 +144,5 @@ When you delete a security role, role members will not be able to access Directo See Also -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md index ca1de8b52f..c8fe191345 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Security Roles" +description: "Security Roles" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Security Roles Security roles enable you to control access to Directory Manager and the directory. An identity @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ store in Directory Manager has the following built-in roles that you can assign These roles are highly customizable. You can modify their display name, priority level, permissions, policies, and more. If the built-in roles do not meet your specific needs, you can create custom -security roles. See the [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md) and [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/create.md) +security roles. See the [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md) and [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md) topics for additional information. **View security role info** @@ -28,14 +34,14 @@ To view information about a security role, see the Settings defined for an identity store apply to all users while role-based permissions and policies only apply to members of a role. See the -[Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure.md)topic for additional information. +[Configure an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/configure.md)topic for additional information. ## Assign Distinct Roles to a User in Directory Manager Clients You can assign different roles to a user in different Directory Manager clients. For example, a user can have the administrator role in Directory Manager Management Shell and the role of a standard user in a Directory Manager portal. This flexibility is built into security roles using client-based -criteria. See the [Security Role – Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/criteria.md) topic. +criteria. See the [Security Role – Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/criteria.md) topic. Directory Manager clients include: @@ -55,7 +61,7 @@ As a result, User A has two different roles in two Directory Manager clients. Not only that, a user can also have multiple roles in a Directory Manager client, in which case role priority is used to determine the access level of the user on the specific client. See -[Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/manage.md). +[Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md). To view the highest priority role of a user with respect to a Directory Manager client, see the -[Check the Roles of a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/checkrole.md) topic. +[Check the Roles of a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/checkrole.md) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md index 62fb8cd026..52e9472cbd 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Security Role – Permissions" +description: "Security Role – Permissions" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Security Role – Permissions You can allow or deny permissions to a security role on different Directory Manager functions. @@ -190,5 +196,5 @@ Permissions are discussed in the following table: | 5. | Remove user / group | Enables role members to remove users and groups from the permission list of document libraries in the site. Removed users and groups will not be able to access the respective document library in the site. | NOTE: For more information on role permissions, see the -[User Roles in Microsoft Entra ID and Directory Manager ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/advsentraid.md#user-roles-in-microsoft-entra-id-and-directory-manager) +[User Roles in Microsoft Entra ID and Directory Manager ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/advsentraid.md#user-roles-in-microsoft-entra-id-and-directory-manager) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..796a9eb6c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Security Role Policies", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md index c47e0ae794..f0445b2df4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/authentication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Policy for Security Roles" +description: "Authentication Policy for Security Roles" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Authentication Policy for Security Roles Having enabled and configured authentication types for an identity store, you can: @@ -9,7 +15,7 @@ Having enabled and configured authentication types for an identity store, you ca - Enable second factor authentication (SFA) for a security role in an identity store. NOTE: For MFA and SFA to work for an identity store, make sure you enable enrollment for it. See the -[Enable Enrollment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md#enable-enrollment) topic. +[Enable Enrollment](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/authtypes.md#enable-enrollment) topic. What do you want to do? @@ -81,5 +87,5 @@ Manager portal. **See Also** -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md index 7b0acc7ebd..de0b4592a5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Owners Policy" +description: "Group Owners Policy" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Group Owners Policy The Group Owners policy enables you to specify a group ownership criterion that role members must @@ -81,5 +87,5 @@ additional owners cannot be added. **See Also** -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md index 540e21a95e..bf74cf5302 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Helpdesk Policy" +description: "Helpdesk Policy" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Helpdesk Policy The Helpdesk policy is meant for the helpdesk role in an identity store. @@ -17,8 +23,8 @@ them to perform their job: If these permissions are denied, the Helpdesk policy would have no impact, as role members would not be authorized to perform the respective operations. See -[Password Management](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md#password-management) in the -[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. +[Password Management](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md#password-management) in the +[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. The Helpdesk policy defines: @@ -152,7 +158,7 @@ authenticate end-users before unlocking their identity store accounts or resetti RECOMMENDED: As a prerequisite to applying this setting, make sure that the Security Questions authentication type is enabled and configured for the identity store, as well as enforced as an account enrollment method for security roles. See the -[Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/setupauth/securityquestions.md) topic. +[Set up Authentication via Security Questions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/setupauth/securityquestions.md) topic. Follow the steps to enforce security questions for authentication. @@ -283,10 +289,10 @@ Step 10 – On the Security Roles page, click **Save**. NOTE: (1) An SMS gateway account must be linked with the identity store for an SMS to be sent on the end-users’ mobile phones. See the -[Link an SMS Gateway Account to an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/smsauthentication.md#link-an-sms-gateway-account-to-an-identity-store) +[Link an SMS Gateway Account to an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smsauthentication.md#link-an-sms-gateway-account-to-an-identity-store) topic. (2) An SMTP server must be configured for the identity store for email to be sent to end-users. See -the [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. +the [Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. ### Force Users to Change Password on Next Logon diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md index bf87788c0f..c71815f1c9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Membership Object Type Enforcement Policy" +description: "Membership Object Type Enforcement Policy" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Membership Object Type Enforcement Policy The Membership Object Type Enforcement policy applies to static groups only. It enables you to limit @@ -28,7 +34,7 @@ Limitations domain controllers and computers). Therefore, even if the policy allows these objects to be added to group membership, they will not show up in search results when users search for objects for adding to group membership. -- The Membership Object Type Enforcement policy may conflict with the [Search Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/search.md) you +- The Membership Object Type Enforcement policy may conflict with the [Search Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/search.md) you define for the same user role in an identity store. An example of a conflict is: the Search policy prevents a security role from searching for user objects in the portal while the Membership Object Type Enforcement policy allows that same role to add only user objects to group membership. To @@ -37,7 +43,7 @@ Limitations specify on the Properties page under the Design node for a portal. For example, for the Members tab in group properties, you can allow/disallow object types that can be searched for adding to group membership (see step 17 in the - [Add a Field to a Tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/objectproperties.md#add-a-field-to-a-tab)topic). If the + [Add a Field to a Tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/objectproperties.md#add-a-field-to-a-tab)topic). If the design settings prevent users from searching for user objects to set as members while the Membership Object Type Enforcement policy allows role members to add only user objects to group membership, a conflict may arise. To avoid these, make sure the settings in the policy and the @@ -91,10 +97,10 @@ What do you want to do? groups, or to groups that reside in the specified container(s) and their sub-containers. 1. To specific containers as target, follow step 9 in the - [Create a Group Usage Service Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/groupusageservice.md#create-a-group-usage-service-schedule) + [Create a Group Usage Service Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/groupusageservice.md#create-a-group-usage-service-schedule) topic. 2. To add groups as target, follow step 9b in the - [Create a Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md#create-a-smart-group-update-schedule) + [Create a Smart Group Update Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/smartgroupupdate.md#create-a-smart-group-update-schedule) topic, replacing Smart Groups and Dynasties with static groups. 3. To remove a container or group in the **Target(s)** area, click **Remove** for it. To remove all target objects, click **Remove All**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/newobject.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/newobject.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/newobject.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/newobject.md index f942493e71..2e02573cc8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/newobject.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/newobject.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New Object Policy" +description: "New Object Policy" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # New Object Policy The New Object policy applies when role members create directory objects using the Directory Manager @@ -108,5 +114,5 @@ the directory. **See Also** -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..508e2728b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: "Security Role Policies" +description: "Security Role Policies" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + +# Security Role Policies + +You can define policies for security roles. Along with role permissions, these policies also control +what role members can do in Directory Manager. + +You can define the following policies for a role: + +- [Group Owners Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/groupowners.md) +- [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md) +- [New Object Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/newobject.md) +- [Search Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/search.md) +- [Authentication Policy for Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/authentication.md) +- [Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md) +- [Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/ppe/overview.md) +- [Helpdesk Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/helpdesk.md) +- [Synchronize Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md) +- [Membership Object Type Enforcement Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/membershipobjecttypeenforcement.md) + +NOTE: For users with multiple roles, the policies specified for the highest priority role apply (see +[Priority](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md)). The _[Search Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/search.md)_, _[New Object Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/newobject.md)_, +and _[Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md)_ policy, +however, apply with respect to all assigned roles. For example, if different search containers are +specified for two different roles of a user, that user can search and view objects in both +containers. See the following topics for additional information on security roles: + +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Create a Security Role](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/create.md) +- [Manage Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md index 52ec55dcd2..092291bb4f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Manage Password Policy" +description: "Directory Manage Password Policy" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Directory Manage Password Policy Using Directory Manager, you can implement a Password policy (a) for an identity store, (b) for @@ -21,7 +27,7 @@ What do you want to do? ## Set Password Restrictions and Rules for an Identity Store -See the [Configure Password Options](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/passwordoptions.md) +See the [Configure Password Options](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/passwordoptions.md) topic. ## Define Security Question Settings for a Security Role @@ -134,5 +140,5 @@ properties in the Directory Manager portal. **See Also** -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md index 04ff02403a..8000589f94 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer Policy" +description: "Query Designer Policy" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Query Designer Policy You can define a role-based access policy for the Query Designer. Using the Query Designer, users can create queries for various purposes, as discussed in the -[ Specify Smart Group Query Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/queryattributes.md) topic. +[ Specify Smart Group Query Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/queryattributes.md) topic. The Query Designer policy enables you to restrict the following Query Designer features for a security role: @@ -134,7 +140,7 @@ By default, several object types are available to users on the Query Designer fo queries. Users select an object type from the **Find** drop-down list and then select its sub-types on the _General_ tab of the Query Designer. The query returns the specified object types to include in group membership. The object types and their sub-types are discussed in the -[Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/general.md) topic. +[Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/general.md) topic. You can limit the object types available to role members for use in queries. You can also enforce the object types so that role members cannot exclude an allowed object type from queries. @@ -246,7 +252,7 @@ the query (see the **Filter Criteria** tab of the Query Designer). You can: NOTE: This schema attribute setting will override the schema attribute setting specified on the Smart Group Attribute page in portal's design settings. See the - [ Specify Smart Group Query Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/design/queryattributes.md) topic. + [ Specify Smart Group Query Attributes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/displaytype/queryattributes.md) topic. 9. Click **Save Selection** on the **Allowed Attributes** dialog box. The **Attributes** area displays the allowed attributes count. @@ -295,7 +301,7 @@ attributes and operators are available to create a default filter criteria. can change it as required. 8. You can also create an advanced query by adding more rows and applying the **AND** or **OR** - operator to group them. See steps 1-2 in the[Advanced Filter](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/search.md) section of the + operator to group them. See steps 1-2 in the[Advanced Filter](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/search.md) section of the [Designate a Criterion for the Search Scope](search.md#designate-a-criterion-for-the-search-scope) topic. After creating a query, you can: @@ -311,5 +317,5 @@ attributes and operators are available to create a default filter criteria. **See Also** -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/search.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/search.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/search.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/search.md index e98f077e06..864e6b360a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/search.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/search.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Search Policy" +description: "Search Policy" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Search Policy The Search policy sets the search scope for the Directory Manager portal and Management Shell. @@ -60,7 +66,7 @@ What do you want to do? NOTE: An advanced setting for the Directory Manager portal, _Search Default_, controls the search scope of the portal. If its value is "Global Catalog", the container specified here is ignored and the portal shows objects from the entire directory. See the -[Manage Advanced Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/advanced.md) topic. +[Manage Advanced Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/advanced.md) topic. ## Set the Search Scope to all Containers in the Identity Store @@ -143,5 +149,5 @@ them. **See Also** -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md index 79592895eb..c7b04af623 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/synchronize.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Synchronize Policy" +description: "Synchronize Policy" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Synchronize Policy Using Directory Manager, you can create identity stores for several identity providers (such as @@ -233,5 +239,5 @@ attributes: **See Also** -- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/overview.md) -- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/overview.md) +- [Security Roles](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/overview.md) +- [Security Role Policies](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..163c68b9c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Services", + "position": 110, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0cee758ae2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Data Service", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/create.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/create.md index 49b8ce3e5d..8be6045aa0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Service" +description: "Create a Data Service" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Data Service You can create a Data service in native IIS, remote IIS, and Docker. @@ -85,7 +91,7 @@ The Data service runs within a virtual directory in remote IIS while the service physically located on disk. To learn about the remote IIS settings and configurations before deploying a service there, see the -[Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/remoteiisprerequisites.md) topic. +[Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/remoteiisprerequisites.md) topic. Follow the steps to create a Data service. @@ -105,7 +111,7 @@ and deployment name are displayed on the service card. Step 7 – To enter information for API URL, Access Token, Username, Password, IIS Application Name, and Website, refer to steps 7-11 in the -[Create a Portal in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-remote-iis) topic. Replace +[Create a Portal in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-remote-iis) topic. Replace any reference to the portal with the Data service. Step 8 – For entering information in the Service Endpoints area, follow steps 9 in the Create a Data @@ -121,7 +127,7 @@ the API running on a Docker deamon in your environment, so that Directory Manage container for the service there and run the service from within that container. For an overview on application deployment in Docker, see the -[Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/dockerprerequisites.md) topic. +[Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/dockerprerequisites.md) topic. NOTE: To host the Data service, Docker daemon should be configured to run Windows containers. @@ -142,7 +148,7 @@ Step 6 – In the Deployment Name box, enter a deployment name for the service. and deployment name are displayed on the service card. Step 7 – To enter information for Port, Service URL, and Container Name, refer to steps 7-9 in the -[Create a Portal in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-docker) topic. Replace any +[Create a Portal in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-docker) topic. Replace any reference to the portal with the Data service. Step 8 – For entering information in the Service Endpoints area, follow step 9 in the Create a Data diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md index 1bb4f54fa4..d76a323bb3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Data Service Settings" +description: "Manage Data Service Settings" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage Data Service Settings Data services in Directory Manager are displayed on the **Data Service** tab. A card for a service @@ -22,7 +28,7 @@ other Data service that you have created. When multiple Directory Manager instances have been deployed, you will find multiple default Data services on this tab page, as each instance has its own default Data service. See the -[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) +[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) topic. Step 3 – The card for a Data service displays the following information: @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ Step 3 – The card for a Data service displays the following information: | Name | The name given to the service. | | Deployment Instances | Displays the deployment name of the service and the web server where it is deployed. | | Status | A service has one of the following statuses: - Running – Indicates that the service is up and running. - Stopped – Indicates that Directory Manager is unable to communicate with the service. To troubleshoot, go to the web server where the service is deployed (IIS, remote IIS, or Docker) and make sure the service is running. - Error – Any issue other than _stopped_ is categorized as _error_. Contact your system administrator to resolve it. | -| Launch Application | Click it to launch the service page. - For a Data service, Replication service, Email service, and Scheduler service, a page is displayed that simply shows the status of the service as _running_, _stopped_, or _error_. - For a Security service, the **GroupID Applications** page is displayed. Performing an action on this page will be carried out through the respective Security service. See the [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md) topic. - For Admin Center, this link launches the Admin Center application. | +| Launch Application | Click it to launch the service page. - For a Data service, Replication service, Email service, and Scheduler service, a page is displayed that simply shows the status of the service as _running_, _stopped_, or _error_. - For a Security service, the **GroupID Applications** page is displayed. Performing an action on this page will be carried out through the respective Security service. See the [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md) topic. - For Admin Center, this link launches the Admin Center application. | | Ellipsis | Click it to launch a shortcut menu with the following options: - Settings – launches the service settings page, where you can manage deployment settings and log settings. - Delete – deletes the service. This option is not available for the default services. | ## Change a Service’s Display Name @@ -136,8 +142,8 @@ Directory Manager uses file logging and Windows logging to monitor events from a set the logging level for a service to track a specific set of information for it. For details on file logging and Windows logging, see the -[File Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md#file-logging) and -[Windows Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md#windows-logging) topics. Replace references to the +[File Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md#file-logging) and +[Windows Logging](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md#windows-logging) topics. Replace references to the portal with the respective service. NOTE: Windows logging is not available for Data service and Security service. @@ -164,7 +170,7 @@ Step 6 – In the File Logging area, select a logging level for the service in t drop-down list. File logging groups events into different levels, based on the type of information captured. See the table in the -[Change the File Logging Level for a Portal Instance](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md#change-the-file-logging-level-for-a-portal-instance)topic +[Change the File Logging Level for a Portal Instance](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md#change-the-file-logging-level-for-a-portal-instance)topic for information on the logging levels. Replace references to the portal with the respective service. Step 7 – Click **Save**. @@ -213,7 +219,7 @@ Step 6 – In the Windows Logging area, select a logging level for the service i drop-down list. Windows logging groups events into different levels, based on the type of information captured. See the table in the -[Change the File Logging Level for a Portal Instance](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/server/log.md#change-the-file-logging-level-for-a-portal-instance)topic +[Change the File Logging Level for a Portal Instance](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/server/log.md#change-the-file-logging-level-for-a-portal-instance)topic for information on the logging levels. Replace references to the portal with the respective service. Step 7 – Click **Save**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md index 2193d94078..d10ca729cc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Data Service" +description: "Data Service" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Data Service Admin Center lets you quickly create and deploy a Data service. This service is responsible for core diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/emailservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/emailservice.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/emailservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/emailservice.md index 8516c29727..a8921ceb80 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/emailservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/emailservice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Email Service" +description: "Email Service" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Email Service The Email service maintains a queue of all email notification generated by the identity stores in @@ -8,7 +14,7 @@ When the SMTP server for an identity store is down, notifications stay in the qu delivered when the server is up again. Successfully delivered emails are removed from the queue. For more on the notification queue, see the -[Manage the Notification Queue](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/queue.md) topic. +[Manage the Notification Queue](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/queue.md) topic. ## View Email Service Details diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md index 2ced06cd9f..3f310e577b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Services" +description: "Services" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Services Directory Manager services are long-running, non-UI software applications that operate in the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md index 7b077dc2ef..c3b587b983 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Replication Service" +description: "Replication Service" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Replication Service The Replication service replicates the attributes of the following objects from the provider (such @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ as Active Directory) to the Elasticsearch repository. - Organizational Unit For more on the Replication service, see the -[Elasticsearch and Replication ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/replication/overview.md)topic for additional information. +[Elasticsearch and Replication ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/replication/overview.md)topic for additional information. The service is also responsible for syncing data between the Elasticsearch clusters in your environment. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md index 3ca6f06de4..bfcbe01ecb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Scheduler Service" +description: "Scheduler Service" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Scheduler Service In Directory Manager, schedules perform different tasks in an identity store. They run at a diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a33046419f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Security Service", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/create.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/create.md index 5dcca23195..e7be8ea529 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Security Service" +description: "Create a Security Service" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Security Service You can create a Security service in native IIS, remote IIS, and Docker. @@ -65,7 +71,7 @@ The Security service runs within a virtual directory in remote IIS while the ser physically located on disk. To learn about the remote IIS settings and configurations before deploying a service there, see the -[Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/remoteiisprerequisites.md) topic. +[Prerequisites for Deployments in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/remoteiisprerequisites.md) topic. **To create a Security service:** @@ -79,7 +85,7 @@ To learn about the remote IIS settings and configurations before deploying a ser deployment name are displayed on the service card. 7. To enter information for **API URL**, **Access Token**, **Username**, **Password**, **IIS Application Name**, and **Website**, refer to steps 7-11 in the - [Create a Portal in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-remote-iis) topic. + [Create a Portal in Remote IIS](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-remote-iis) topic. Replace any reference to the portal with the Security service. 8. In the **Data Service** drop-down list, select a Data service to bind to this Security service. A Security service needs a Data service to perform various tasks, such as authentication and @@ -94,7 +100,7 @@ with the API running on a Docker deamon in your environment, so that Directory M container for the service there and run the service from within that container. For an overview on application deployment in Docker, see the -[Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/dockerprerequisites.md) topic. +[Prerequisites for Deployments in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/dockerprerequisites.md) topic. NOTE: To host the Security service, Docker daemon should be configured to run Windows containers. @@ -109,7 +115,7 @@ NOTE: To host the Security service, Docker daemon should be configured to run Wi 6. In the **Deployment Name** box, enter a deployment name for the service. The application name and deployment name are displayed on the service card. 7. To enter information for **Port**, **Service URL**, and **Container Name**, refer to steps 7-9 in - the [Create a Portal in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-docker) topic. Replace + the [Create a Portal in Docker](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/portal/create.md#create-a-portal-in-docker) topic. Replace any reference to the portal with the Security service. 8. In the **Data Service** drop-down list, select a Data service to bind to this Security service. A Security service needs a Data service to perform various tasks, such as authentication and @@ -122,11 +128,11 @@ NOTE: To host the Security service, Docker daemon should be configured to run Wi 1. In Admin Center, select **Applications** in the left pane. 2. On the **Security Service** tab, click **Launch Application** for a service. The **GroupID Applications** page is displayed. Options on this page are discussed in the - [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md) topic. Any actions you perform + [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md) topic. Any actions you perform will be carried out through the respective Security service. **See Also** -- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/portal/applications.md) -- [Services](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md) -- [Manage Security Service Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/manage.md) +- [Directory Manage Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/applications/applications.md) +- [Services](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md) +- [Manage Security Service Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/manage.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/manage.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/manage.md index 7e07bb96c7..253230f309 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Security Service Settings" +description: "Manage Security Service Settings" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage Security Service Settings Security services in Directory Manager are displayed on the **Security Service** tab. A card for a @@ -21,14 +27,14 @@ The tab displays the default Security service created while configuring Director other Security service that you have created. When multiple Directory Manager instances have been deployed, you will find multiple default Security services on this tab page, as each instance has its own default Security service. See the -[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) +[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) topic for additional information. For details displayed on a service card, see the table in the -[View Data Service Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md#view-data-service-details) topic. +[View Data Service Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#view-data-service-details) topic. ## Manage Security Service Settings -See the [Manage Data Service Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md) topic to manage settings for a +See the [Manage Data Service Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md) topic to manage settings for a Security service, such as deployment and log settings. ## Manage Advanced Settings @@ -45,10 +51,10 @@ The tab displays the default Security service created while configuring Director other Security service that you have created. When multiple Directory Manager instances have been deployed, you will find multiple default Security services on this tab page, as each instance has its own default Security service. See the -[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) +[Elasticsearch Clusters, Nodes, and Directory Manager](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/overview.md#elasticsearch-clusters-nodes-and-directory-manager) topics for additional information. For details displayed on a service card, see the table in the -[View Data Service Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/manage.md#view-data-service-details) topic for additional +[View Data Service Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/manage.md#view-data-service-details) topic for additional information. Step 3 – Click the **ellipsis button** for a Security service and select **Settings**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/overview.md similarity index 71% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/overview.md index 0a2814636e..978392bfd5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Security Service" +description: "Security Service" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Security Service Admin Center lets you quickly create and deploy a Security service. This web-based service is a @@ -11,20 +17,20 @@ Directory Manager. ## The Default Security Service -See [The Default Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md#the-default-data-service) topic. +See [The Default Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md#the-default-data-service) topic. At the time of Directory Manager installation, a generic signing key is assigned to the Directory Manager Security Service. For security reasons, it is recommended that a unique signing key is used which is specific to your environment. Using Netwrix Directory Manager (formerly GroupID) Signing Key Utility you can replace the old signing key with a new key. See the -[Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for additional information. +[Signing Key Utility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md) topic for additional information. ## Why Create Multiple Security Services? See the -[Why Create Multiple Data Services?](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md#why-create-multiple-data-services) +[Why Create Multiple Data Services?](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md#why-create-multiple-data-services) topic while replacing references to Data service with Security service. After defining multiple Security services, you can enable communication between them. As a result of their communication, logged in session-related information persists across multiple Directory Manager clients. See the [Manage Advanced Settings](manage.md#manage-advanced-settings) section of the -[Manage Security Service Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/manage.md) topics for additional information. +[Manage Security Service Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/manage.md) topics for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md index 7608b59858..c7b919882e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/signkeyutility.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Signing Key Utility" +description: "Signing Key Utility" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Signing Key Utility This utility was created to remediate the vulnerability described in Netwrix security advisory diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/signin.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/signin.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/signin.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/signin.md index 5a5adf6065..b494300371 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/signin.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/signin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Access Admin Center" +description: "Access Admin Center" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Access Admin Center Admin Center is a web-based application that can be accessed over the Internet and Intranet. It @@ -17,7 +23,7 @@ Use any of the following methods to connect and sign in: NOTE: To sign in using the Directory Manager provider, enter the username and password you provided for the _GroupID administrator_ on the Service Account Settings page of the Configuration Tool. See the - [Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/install/configure/gidserver.md) + [Configure a New Directory Manager Server with a New or an Existing Database](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/about/configure/gidserver.md) topic. - Select an identity store and sign in using a SAML provider. This option is available if a SAML @@ -84,11 +90,11 @@ For second factor authentication, one of the following applies: - If you have not enrolled your identity store account in Directory Manager, the Enroll Account page is displayed. You must enroll using at least one authentication type. See the - [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md) topic. + [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md) topic. - If you have already enrolled your identity store account in Directory Manager, the Authenticate page is displayed. It lists the authentication type(s) your account is enrolled with. Select an authentication type to authenticate. See the - [Authenticate your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/authenticate.md) topic. + [Authenticate your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/authenticate.md) topic. ## Sign Out @@ -103,6 +109,6 @@ Directory Manager version. See Also -- [Getting Started](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/gettingstarted.md) -- [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/dashboard.md) -- [Navigation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/navigation.md) +- [Getting Started](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/gettingstarted.md) +- [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/dashboard.md) +- [Navigation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/navigation.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a75a3d956a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SMS Gateway", + "position": 140, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6dde566d36 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "ISMSGateway Members", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md index ca77c27356..d4c8d7ce0c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.AccountId" +description: "ISmsGateway.AccountId" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # ISmsGateway.AccountId Gets or sets the account ID for connecting with the SMS gateway. @@ -26,4 +32,4 @@ gateway needs for authenticating a connection. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a836b22f41 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "ShortMessage class", + "position": 150, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "class" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/accesscode.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/accesscode.md similarity index 70% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/accesscode.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/accesscode.md index 9c1279a46a..0146d570c4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/accesscode.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/accesscode.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ShortMessage.AccessCode" +description: "ShortMessage.AccessCode" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # ShortMessage.AccessCode Gets or sets the confirmation code that will be sent to registered mobile phone users. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ The confirmation code. See Also -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d97ae1fe5a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: "ShortMessage class" +description: "ShortMessage class" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + +# ShortMessage class + +ShortMessage is a DTO (Data Transfer Object) class that defines the elements of the text message. + +Following is a list of its members with description: + +- [ShortMessage.AccessCode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/accesscode.md) +- [ShortMessage.MaxLength](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/maxlength.md) +- [ShortMessage.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message.md) +- [ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/phonenumbers.md) +- [ShortMessage.ReferenceId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/referenceid.md) +- [ShortMessage.Validate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/validate.md) + +| Member | Description | +| ----------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [ShortMessage.AccessCode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/accesscode.md) property | Gets or sets the confirmation code that will be sent to registered mobile phone users. | +| [ShortMessage.MaxLength](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/maxlength.md) property | Defines the maximum length of an SMS message. | +| [ShortMessage.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message.md) property | Gets or sets the supporting message text that will be sent to registered mobile phone users along with the confirmation code. | +| [ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/phonenumbers.md) property | Gets or sets the list of phone numbers to send the message to. | +| [ShortMessage.ReferenceId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/referenceid.md) property | Gets or sets the reference ID for the text message. | +| [ShortMessage.Validate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/validate.md) method | Validates various elements in an SMS message, such as message length and phone number. | + +**See Also** + +- [ISMSGateway Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md similarity index 62% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md index 390598b965..23f1d90ce5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SendSmsMessageResult class" +description: "SendSmsMessageResult class" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # SendSmsMessageResult class Returns the message delivery status (success or failure) and exceptions (if any) that occur while @@ -5,16 +11,16 @@ sending the text message to the target mobile phone numbers. Following is a list of its members with description: -- [SendSmsMessageResult.ExceptionMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/exceptionmessage.md) -- [SendSmsMessageResult.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/message.md) -- [SendSmsMessageResult.Success](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/success.md) +- [SendSmsMessageResult.ExceptionMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/exceptionmessage.md) +- [SendSmsMessageResult.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message_1.md) +- [SendSmsMessageResult.Success](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/success.md) | Member | Description | | ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | ExceptionMessage property | Gets the exception message if one occurs while sending the text message. | -| Message property | Returns the [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) object processed by the [ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) method. | +| Message property | Returns the [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) object processed by the [ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) method. | | Success property | Returns a boolean value indicating whether the text message is successfully sent to the target mobile phone numbers. | **See Also** -- [ISMSGateway Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md) +- [ISMSGateway Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/exceptionmessage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/exceptionmessage.md similarity index 65% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/exceptionmessage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/exceptionmessage.md index b2985d154e..02da0c3bff 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/exceptionmessage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/exceptionmessage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SendSmsMessageResult.ExceptionMessage" +description: "SendSmsMessageResult.ExceptionMessage" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # SendSmsMessageResult.ExceptionMessage Gets the exception message if one occurs while sending SMS. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ The exception details. See Also -- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md) +- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/maxlength.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/maxlength.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/maxlength.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/maxlength.md index b028813e7d..74f96a07e0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/maxlength.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/maxlength.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ShortMessage.MaxLength" +description: "ShortMessage.MaxLength" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # ShortMessage.MaxLength Defines the maximum length of an SMS message. @@ -27,4 +33,4 @@ more from the gateway. See Also -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/message.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message.md similarity index 71% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/message.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message.md index b5bbd8edad..d745091b4f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/message.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ShortMessage.Message" +description: "ShortMessage.Message" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # ShortMessage.Message Gets or sets the supporting message text that will be sent to registered mobile phone users along @@ -21,4 +27,4 @@ The message text. See Also -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message_1.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message_1.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b09411d192 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message_1.md @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: "SendSmsMessageResult.Message" +description: "SendSmsMessageResult.Message" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + +# SendSmsMessageResult.Message + +Returns the [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) object processed by the +[ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) method. + +**Namespace:** Imanami.directorymanager.DataTransferObjects.DataContracts.SMS + +**Assembly:** Imanami.directorymanager.DataTransferObjects.dll + +**Syntax** + +``` +public ShortMessage Message; +``` + +**Return Value** + +Type: Imanami.directorymanager.DataTransferObjects.DataContracts.SMS.ShortMessage + +Object containing elements of the text message. + +See Also + +- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/phonenumbers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/phonenumbers.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/phonenumbers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/phonenumbers.md index 95306815b6..c0108a0f74 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/phonenumbers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/phonenumbers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers" +description: "ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers Gets or sets the list of mobile phone numbers to send the message to. @@ -21,4 +27,4 @@ A list of mobile phone numbers. See Also -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/referenceid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/referenceid.md similarity index 68% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/referenceid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/referenceid.md index ecfc0b0105..fe3a28afcb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/referenceid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/referenceid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ShortMessage.ReferenceId" +description: "ShortMessage.ReferenceId" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # ShortMessage.ReferenceId Gets or sets the reference ID for the text message. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ The reference ID for the text message. See Also -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/success.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/success.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/success.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/success.md index fe49382d04..3cc2f79089 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/success.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/success.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SendSmsMessageResult.Success" +description: "SendSmsMessageResult.Success" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # SendSmsMessageResult.Success Returns a boolean value indicating whether the text message is successfully sent to the target @@ -21,4 +27,4 @@ True if the message is delivered successfully. See Also -- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md) +- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/validate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/validate.md similarity index 77% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/validate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/validate.md index 07a55bfec2..4c0be0c2cc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/validate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/validate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ShortMessage.Validate" +description: "ShortMessage.Validate" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # ShortMessage.Validate The Validate method validates the following: @@ -25,4 +31,4 @@ True if all validation checks are passed. See Also -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/clone.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/clone.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/clone.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/clone.md index a7a1aa3a4b..3e50414d75 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/clone.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/clone.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.Clone" +description: "ISmsGateway.Clone" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # ISmsGateway.Clone Returns a clone object of the **ISMSGateway** interface. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ The clone object. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de473c3635 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +--- +title: "ISMSGateway Members" +description: "ISMSGateway Members" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + +# ISMSGateway Members + +To define a custom gateway, a list of ISMSGateway members that you must implement are listed below: + +- [ISmsGateway.AccountId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md) +- [ISmsGateway.Clone](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/clone.md) +- [ISmsGateway.Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/password.md) +- [ISmsGateway.ProxyDomain](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md) +- [ISmsGateway.ProxyHostName](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md) +- [ISmsGateway.ProxyPassword](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md) +- [ISmsGateway.ProxyPort](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md) +- [ISmsGateway.ProxyUsername](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md) +- [ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) +- [ISmsGateway.TestConnection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md) +- [ISmsGateway.TestCredentials](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md) +- [ISmsGateway.TestProxy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md) +- [ISmsGateway.Url](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/url.md) +- [ISmsGateway.UserId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/userid.md) + +- ShortMessage ([ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md)) + + - [ShortMessage.AccessCode](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/accesscode.md) + - [ShortMessage.MaxLength](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/maxlength.md) + - [ShortMessage.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message.md) + - [ShortMessage.PhoneNumbers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/phonenumbers.md) + - [ShortMessage.ReferenceId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/referenceid.md) + - [ShortMessage.Validate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/validate.md) + +- SendSmsMessageResult ([SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md)) + - [SendSmsMessageResult.ExceptionMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/exceptionmessage.md) + - [SendSmsMessageResult.Message](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/message_1.md) + - [SendSmsMessageResult.Success](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/success.md) + +**See Also** + +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/password.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/password.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/password.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/password.md index 2fcf2b0358..b45281f95b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/password.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/password.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.Password" +description: "ISmsGateway.Password" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # ISmsGateway.Password Gets or sets the password of the user account registered with the SMS gateway provider. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ The value of the password. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md index 9854ebc627..87d6e079b3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.ProxyDomain" +description: "ISmsGateway.ProxyDomain" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # ISmsGateway.ProxyDomain Gets or sets the domain name or IP address of the proxy server. @@ -25,4 +31,4 @@ the domain name or IP address of that proxy server. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md index 28d46e9684..6883057253 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.ProxyHostName" +description: "ISmsGateway.ProxyHostName" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # ISmsGateway.ProxyHostName Gets or sets the host name of the proxy server. @@ -25,4 +31,4 @@ provide the host name of the proxy server. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md index 2229c73cce..108b4360dd 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.ProxyPassword" +description: "ISmsGateway.ProxyPassword" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # ISmsGateway.ProxyPassword Gets or sets the password of the user account that will be used for connecting to the proxy server. @@ -24,4 +30,4 @@ Use this property if your proxy server requires a user name and password for con **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md index 350265df37..abdc22c364 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.ProxyPort" +description: "ISmsGateway.ProxyPort" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # ISmsGateway.ProxyPort Gets or sets the port number used by the proxy server. @@ -25,4 +31,4 @@ the port number the proxy server uses. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md index 7f91d55b03..9991727a5d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.ProxyUsername" +description: "ISmsGateway.ProxyUsername" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # ISmsGateway.ProxyUsername Gets or sets the user name for connecting to the proxy server. @@ -24,4 +30,4 @@ Use this property if your proxy server requires a user name and password for con **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md similarity index 66% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md index e38cb7cea9..31fdb575e9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage" +description: "ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage Sends text messages to the target mobile phone numbers. @@ -28,6 +34,6 @@ The object containing the message delivery status and exception details. See Also -- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) -- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md) -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) +- [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md similarity index 73% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md index d66617e153..356543c2d8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.TestConnection" +description: "ISmsGateway.TestConnection" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # ISmsGateway.TestConnection Tests your connection with the SMS gateway. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ True if a connection is established with the SMS gateway. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md similarity index 74% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md index 23fdc49bc7..0199ebd38b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.TestCredentials" +description: "ISmsGateway.TestCredentials" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # ISmsGateway.TestCredentials Tests the credentials for communicating with the SMS gateway for validity. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ True if the credentials are valid. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md index 9640867d00..96a9351817 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.TestProxy" +description: "ISmsGateway.TestProxy" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # ISmsGateway.TestProxy Tests the proxy settings. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ True if the proxy settings are valid. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/url.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/url.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/url.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/url.md index edadc323d7..8a70a61432 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/url.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/url.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.Url" +description: "ISmsGateway.Url" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # ISmsGateway.Url Gets or sets the URL that the SMS gateway provides for sending messages. @@ -26,4 +32,4 @@ is the case with your SMS gateway provider, you can use this property to specify **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/userid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/userid.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/userid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/userid.md index 6830d31cc0..ebe87b1ade 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/userid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/userid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "ISmsGateway.UserId" +description: "ISmsGateway.UserId" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # ISmsGateway.UserId Gets or sets the user name of the account registered with the SMS gateway provider. @@ -20,4 +26,4 @@ The value of the user name. **See Also** -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md similarity index 63% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md index 0e2613b649..6afd025200 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway" +description: "Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway You can integrate with additional SMS gateways using the Custom Gateway API. After creating a @@ -21,20 +27,20 @@ What do you want to do? | Member | Description | | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | - | [ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) method | Takes as input the [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/shortmessage/class.md) object, which defines elements of the text message, sends messages to the target recipients, and returns the [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/sendsmsmessageresult/class.md) object, which contains  message delivery status and exception details | - | [ISmsGateway.TestCredentials](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md) method | Returns a boolean value indicating whether the credentials for communicating with the SMS gateway are valid. | - | [ISmsGateway.TestConnection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md) method | Returns a boolean value indicating whether the connection with the SMS gateway is established successfully. | - | [ISmsGateway.TestProxy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md) method | Returns a boolean value informing whether the given proxy setting are valid. | - | [ISmsGateway.Clone](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/clone.md) method | Returns the member-wise clone of the ISMSGateway interface. | - | [ISmsGateway.AccountId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md) property | Gets or sets the account ID for connecting to the SMS gateway. | - | [ISmsGateway.Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/password.md) property | Gets or sets the password of the user name assigned by the SMS gateway provider. | - | [ISmsGateway.Url](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/url.md) property | Gets or sets the URL that the SMS gateway provides for sending messages. | - | [ISmsGateway.UserId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/userid.md) property | Gets or sets the user name assigned to you by the SMS gateway provider. | - | [ISmsGateway.ProxyHostName](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md) property | Gets or sets the host name of the proxy server. | - | [ISmsGateway.ProxyPort](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md) property | Gets or sets the port number used by the proxy server. | - | [ISmsGateway.ProxyUsername](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md) property | Gets or set the user name for connecting to the proxy server. | - | [ISmsGateway.ProxyPassword](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md) property | Gets or sets the password of the user account that will be used for connecting to the proxy server. | - | [ISmsGateway.ProxyDomain](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md) property | Gets or sets the domain name or IP address of the proxy server. | + | [ISmsGateway.SendShortMessage](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/sendshortmessage.md) method | Takes as input the [ShortMessage class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class.md) object, which defines elements of the text message, sends messages to the target recipients, and returns the [SendSmsMessageResult class](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/class/class_1.md) object, which contains  message delivery status and exception details | + | [ISmsGateway.TestCredentials](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testcredentials.md) method | Returns a boolean value indicating whether the credentials for communicating with the SMS gateway are valid. | + | [ISmsGateway.TestConnection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testconnection.md) method | Returns a boolean value indicating whether the connection with the SMS gateway is established successfully. | + | [ISmsGateway.TestProxy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/testproxy.md) method | Returns a boolean value informing whether the given proxy setting are valid. | + | [ISmsGateway.Clone](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/clone.md) method | Returns the member-wise clone of the ISMSGateway interface. | + | [ISmsGateway.AccountId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/accountid.md) property | Gets or sets the account ID for connecting to the SMS gateway. | + | [ISmsGateway.Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/password.md) property | Gets or sets the password of the user name assigned by the SMS gateway provider. | + | [ISmsGateway.Url](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/url.md) property | Gets or sets the URL that the SMS gateway provides for sending messages. | + | [ISmsGateway.UserId](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/userid.md) property | Gets or sets the user name assigned to you by the SMS gateway provider. | + | [ISmsGateway.ProxyHostName](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyhostname.md) property | Gets or sets the host name of the proxy server. | + | [ISmsGateway.ProxyPort](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyport.md) property | Gets or sets the port number used by the proxy server. | + | [ISmsGateway.ProxyUsername](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxyusername.md) property | Gets or set the user name for connecting to the proxy server. | + | [ISmsGateway.ProxyPassword](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxypassword.md) property | Gets or sets the password of the user account that will be used for connecting to the proxy server. | + | [ISmsGateway.ProxyDomain](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/proxydomain.md) property | Gets or sets the domain name or IP address of the proxy server. | 2. Reference **System.ComponentModel.Composition** (_System.ComponentModel.Composition.dll_). @@ -100,5 +106,5 @@ the **Create SMS Gateway** page) for selection when creating an SMS gateway acco **See Also** -- [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/overview.md) -- [ISMSGateway Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/custom/overview.md) +- [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/overview.md) +- [ISMSGateway Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/custom/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/manage.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/manage.md index 82fd672476..c32e30e9be 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage SMS Gateway Accounts" +description: "Manage SMS Gateway Accounts" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manage SMS Gateway Accounts You can create one or more SMS gateway accounts in Directory Manager and link an account with an @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ connect to the gateway. ## Link an SMS Gateway Account to an Identity Store See the -[Link an SMS Gateway Account to an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/security/smsauthentication.md#link-an-sms-gateway-account-to-an-identity-store) +[Link an SMS Gateway Account to an Identity Store](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smsauthentication.md#link-an-sms-gateway-account-to-an-identity-store) topic. ## Delete an SMS Gateway Account @@ -118,5 +124,5 @@ You can delete an SMS gateway account that is not linked with any identity store See Also -- [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/overview.md) -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/overview.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/overview.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/overview.md index d4ebf314b7..53fc9d31af 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SMS Gateway" +description: "SMS Gateway" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # SMS Gateway In Directory Manager, an SMS gateway account is required for: @@ -25,6 +31,6 @@ to an identity store. **See Also** -- [Manage SMS Gateway Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/manage.md) -- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) -- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/authpolicy.md) +- [Manage SMS Gateway Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/manage.md) +- [Implement and Deploy a Custom SMS Gateway](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/smsgateway/implementcustom.md) +- [Authentication Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/authpolicy/authpolicy.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43b0f78b26 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Workflows", + "position": 80, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/advancedsettings.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/advancedsettings.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/advancedsettings.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/advancedsettings.md index c42909a020..704f862635 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/advancedsettings.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/advancedsettings.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Advanced Workflow Settings" +description: "Manage Advanced Workflow Settings" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage Advanced Workflow Settings You can specify advanced settings for workflow, such as set a default approver for workflow requests and define approver acceleration settings. NOTE: Functions discussed in this topic are licensed under different add-ons. See the -[ Licensing ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/licensing.md) topic. +[ Licensing ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/licensing.md) topic. ## Specify a Default Approver @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ owners. The workflow approver acceleration feature ensures that no workflow request remains undecided. To apply setting related to approver acceleration, see the -[Workflow Approver Acceleration](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/approveracceleration.md) topic. +[Workflow Approver Acceleration](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/approveracceleration.md) topic. ## Delete Workflow Requests @@ -83,4 +89,4 @@ example, you can delete the ‘denied’ requests that are old by 30 days or mor ## Integrate with Microsoft Power Automate You can also link your Power Automate flows to Directory Manager workflows. For details, see the -[Integrate with Power Automate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/integrate.md) topic. +[Integrate with Power Automate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/integrate.md) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/approveracceleration.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/approveracceleration.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/approveracceleration.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/approveracceleration.md index 48de2b825c..22c7ca6ed7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/approveracceleration.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/approveracceleration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Workflow Approver Acceleration" +description: "Workflow Approver Acceleration" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Workflow Approver Acceleration The workflow approver acceleration feature ensures that no workflow request remains undecided. It @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ To configure approver acceleration for an identity store, you have to: A scheduled job, Workflow Acceleration, is responsible for accelerating requests to the next level, auto approve requests, and send notifications. See the -[Workflow Acceleration Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/workflowacceleration.md) topic. +[Workflow Acceleration Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/workflowacceleration.md) topic. **To apply approver acceleration:** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/implement.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/implement.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/implement.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/implement.md index 29bf0995bf..124fc4c378 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/implement.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/implement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Implement Workflows" +description: "Implement Workflows" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Implement Workflows To create a workflow, you have to specify the following: @@ -199,7 +205,7 @@ approver acceleration, and link it to a Power Automate flow. update the required information. 6. To link this workflow to a Power Automate flow, click **Power Automate Settings** in the top right corner; the **Power Automate Settings** dialog box is displayed. Follow step - [6](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/integrate.md) and onwards in the + [6](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/integrate.md) and onwards in the [Link an Identity Store Workflow to a Flow](integrate.md#link-an-identity-store-workflow-to-a-flow) topic to complete the task. 7. After making the required changes, click **Update Workflow** on the **Edit Workflow** page to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/integrate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/integrate.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/integrate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/integrate.md index 919eddb8e2..ad5ffe9c16 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/integrate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/integrate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Integrate with Power Automate" +description: "Integrate with Power Automate" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Integrate with Power Automate You can link an identity store in Directory Manager to Power Automate to achieve the following: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md index 0f5bbc450f..120e0a26ec 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Workflows" +description: "Workflows" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Workflows A workflow is a set of rules that Directory Manager uses as a built-in auditing system to ensure @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ that workflow. Designated users can approve or deny workflow requests using the portal. NOTE: Workflows require an SMTP server to be configured for the identity store. See the -[Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. +[Configure an SMTP Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/smtpserver.md) topic. ## System Workflows diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0a6cb5248 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Welcome to the SSPR Portal", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/functions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/functions.md index 1511250020..09eda65adc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/functions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/functions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage your Identity Store Accounts" +description: "Manage your Identity Store Accounts" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage your Identity Store Accounts When you launch the SSPR portal, the Welcome to GroupID page lists the following functions: @@ -33,24 +39,24 @@ in. The Your Enrollments page opens, where you can enroll the identity store account you used to sign into the portal. Tabs on this page represent the different authentication types the administrator -has enabled for enrollment. See the [Enroll your identity store account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md) +has enabled for enrollment. See the [Enroll your identity store account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md) topic for enrollment details, starting at step 3. ## Unlock your Account Click the **Unlock** tile to unlock your account. See the -[Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) topic for additional information. +[Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) topic for additional information. ## Reset your Account Password Click the **Reset Password** tile to reset your identity store account password. See the -[Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/passwordreset.md) topic for additional information. +[Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/passwordreset.md) topic for additional information. ## Change your Account Password You can change the password of any of your identity store accounts. Click the **Change Password** tile. Then sign into the portal, if not signed in. See -the[ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/changepassword.md) topic for additional +the[ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/changepassword.md) topic for additional information. ## Link your Identity Store Accounts @@ -63,4 +69,4 @@ Active Directory and another in Microsoft Entra ID. This has multiple benefits, - A user can then unlock or reset the password of any linked account through the master account. After signing into the portal, click the **Linked Accounts** tile. See the -[Linked Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/linkedaccounts.md) topic for additional information. +[Linked Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/linkedaccounts.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/navigation.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/navigation.md index 2ecc9e1e9f..e68c93c4eb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/navigation.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/navigation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Navigation" +description: "Navigation" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Navigation On signing into SSPR portal, you land on the main portal page, that displays all the functions the @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ The top right corner of the application displays the following: | Icon | Description | | ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Help icon | Click it to launch the help pages for the SSPR portal. | -| Profile icon | Displays your profile picture with your name and the identity store the portal is connected to. Click it to launch a menu that displays the Directory Manager version and the security role assigned to you in Directory Manager. The menu also displays the following options: - My Applcations – Opens the GroupID Applications page, that displays the Directory Manager clients that you have access to. See the [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md) topic for additional information. - Enroll your account – The Your Enrollments page opens, where you can enroll the identity store account you used to sign into the portal. Tabs on this page represent the different authentication types the administrator has enabled for enrollment. See the [Enroll your identity store account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md) topic for enrollment details, starting at step 3. - Change password – Enables you to change your identity store account password. See the[ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/changepassword.md) topic for additional information. - Switch Account – Enables you to switch the account so as to access the portal with a different account. See the [Switch Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/switchaccount.md) topic for additional information. - Sign Out – Click it to sign out of the SSPR portal. | +| Profile icon | Displays your profile picture with your name and the identity store the portal is connected to. Click it to launch a menu that displays the Directory Manager version and the security role assigned to you in Directory Manager. The menu also displays the following options: - My Applcations – Opens the GroupID Applications page, that displays the Directory Manager clients that you have access to. See the [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md) topic for additional information. - Enroll your account – The Your Enrollments page opens, where you can enroll the identity store account you used to sign into the portal. Tabs on this page represent the different authentication types the administrator has enabled for enrollment. See the [Enroll your identity store account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md) topic for enrollment details, starting at step 3. - Change password – Enables you to change your identity store account password. See the[ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/changepassword.md) topic for additional information. - Switch Account – Enables you to switch the account so as to access the portal with a different account. See the [Switch Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/switchaccount.md) topic for additional information. - Sign Out – Click it to sign out of the SSPR portal. | ## Portal Functions diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/overview.md index 0a35e46da3..3af52ca8f1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Welcome to the SSPR Portal" +description: "Welcome to the SSPR Portal" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Welcome to the SSPR Portal A Self-Service Password Reset portal (SSPR) is a type of Directory Manager portal that only @@ -13,8 +19,8 @@ Using the portal, users can: - Unlock their identity store (directory) accounts - Link their accounts in different identity stores -See the [Compatibility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/gettingstarted.md#compatibility) and -[Localization](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/gettingstarted.md#localization) topics for information on the devices, browsers, +See the [Compatibility](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/gettingstarted.md#compatibility) and +[Localization](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/introduction/gettingstarted.md#localization) topics for information on the devices, browsers, and languages that Directory Manager supports. ## Launch the Portal @@ -31,10 +37,10 @@ You can either click a function and then sign in to perform that function or fir select a function. - Click a link to perform the specific function. Since you are not signed in, you will be redirected - to the GroupID Authenticate page. See the [Log in](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/login.md#log-in) topic for signing + to the GroupID Authenticate page. See the [Log in](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/login.md#log-in) topic for signing into the portal. Then you can proceed to perform the specific function. See the [Manage your Identity Store Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/functions.md) topic for a discussion of these functions. - To sign in before accessing any function, click the Login link in the top right corner. You will - be redirected to the GroupID Authenticate page. See the [Log in](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/login.md#log-in) topic + be redirected to the GroupID Authenticate page. See the [Log in](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/login.md#log-in) topic for signing into the portal. On signing in, the main portal page is displayed. See the [Navigation](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/ssprportal/navigation.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e56755fb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Welcome to the Portal", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "welcome" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/commonerrors.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/commonerrors.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/commonerrors.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/commonerrors.md index 78a09cea9a..4966bddf00 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/commonerrors.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/commonerrors.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Common Errors" +description: "Common Errors" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Common Errors This section lists the errors common to all APIs. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3eb3a10468 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Contact APIs", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "contactapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/contactapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/contactapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..193e679830 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/contactapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: "Contact APIs" +description: "Contact APIs" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + +# Contact APIs + +Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform contact-specific functions: + +- [Create a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/createcontact.md) +- [Delete a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontact.md) +- [Delete Contacts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontacts.md) +- [Get a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontact.md) +- [Get Contacts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontacts.md) +- [Update a Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/updatecontact.md) + +NOTE: The contact object type is not supported in a Microsoft Entra ID based identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/createcontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/createcontact.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/createcontact.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/createcontact.md index 5181858680..40209c9a24 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/createcontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/createcontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Contact" +description: "Create a Contact" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Contact Using this API you can create a contact in the specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontact.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontact.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontact.md index b3b088a3a8..9717196c5e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete a Contact" +description: "Delete a Contact" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Delete a Contact Using this API you can delete a specified contact from the specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontacts.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontacts.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontacts.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontacts.md index ae61c7ea54..ce116188c8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/deletecontacts.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/deletecontacts.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete Contacts" +description: "Delete Contacts" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Delete Contacts This API is for deleting multiple contacts from a specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontact.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontact.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontact.md index b3d9c2f47e..ac06385b21 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a Contact" +description: "Get a Contact" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Get a Contact Use this API to retrieve information about a contact in a specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontacts.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontacts.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontacts.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontacts.md index 6d8fd568b8..838643836c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/getcontacts.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/getcontacts.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Contacts" +description: "Get Contacts" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Get Contacts Use this API to retrieve information of multiple contacts from a specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/updatecontact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/updatecontact.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/updatecontact.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/updatecontact.md index 5b15fa2e09..ac50cb8e30 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/contact/updatecontact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/contactapis/updatecontact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update a Contact" +description: "Update a Contact" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Update a Contact Use this API if you want to update a contact's attribute(s) and their value(s) in a specified diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/dashboard.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/dashboard.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard.md index 1e56b18e9f..bd994874a2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/dashboard.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dashboard" +description: "Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Dashboard The interface of the portal is designed in a manner that you can quickly access the main functions @@ -17,7 +23,7 @@ Use the following to navigate within the application: ## Quick Search Look on the top of the page for **Search**. This element appears on every page. Use it to locate and -display information for objects. See the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) topic. +display information for objects. See the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) topic. - Use Quick Search to locate an object by its name. - Use Advanced Search to search an object using a range of attributes. @@ -31,7 +37,7 @@ The top right corner of the application displays: | Background tasks icon | View the status of Smart Group update jobs. A Smart Group Update job updates the membership of a Smart Group on the basis of a query. | | Portal Settings | Personalize the portal | | Help icon | Launch the portal help | -| User profile icon | Displays your profile picture with your name and the identity store that Directory Manager portal is connected to. Click it to launch the menu that displays the following: - Directory Manager version you’re using - The security role assigned to you in Directory Manager. The menu also displays the following options: - See full profile. See the [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) topic. - My Applications. See the [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/accessapplications.md) topic. - Enroll your identity store account. See the [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md) topic. - Change Password. See the [Change your Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/changepassword.md) topic. - Switch account. See the [Switch Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/switchaccount.md) topic. - Sign Out | +| User profile icon | Displays your profile picture with your name and the identity store that Directory Manager portal is connected to. Click it to launch the menu that displays the following: - Directory Manager version you’re using - The security role assigned to you in Directory Manager. The menu also displays the following options: - See full profile. See the [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) topic. - My Applications. See the [Access your Applications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/accessapplications.md) topic. - Enroll your identity store account. See the [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md) topic. - Change Password. See the [Change your Password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/changepassword.md) topic. - Switch account. See the [Switch Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/switchaccount.md) topic. - Sign Out | ## Menu pane diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a35d45a352 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Reports", + "position": 110, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "dashboard" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/computer.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/computer.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/computer.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/computer.md index b70982a26c..b3469a57be 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/computer.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/computer.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Computer Reports" +description: "Computer Reports" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Computer Reports Computer Reports contains reports for the Computer objects in the directory. Search a specific report by typing its name in the **Search Reports** box. -Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md). +Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md). Following is the list of reports for this category: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/contact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/contact.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/contact.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/contact.md index dd4a96b4f2..9fe0f2f858 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/contact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/contact.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Contact Reports" +description: "Contact Reports" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Contact Reports Contact Reports contains reports for the Contact objects in the directory. Search a specific report by typing its name in the **Search Reports** box. -Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md). +Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md). Following is the list of reports for this category: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/dashboard.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/dashboard.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/dashboard.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/dashboard.md index 778782ccf0..8396fed33e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/dashboard.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/dashboard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reports" +description: "Reports" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Reports The Directory Manager Reports enables you to generate web-based reports for an identity store. It @@ -5,10 +11,10 @@ offers a wizard guided report generation process that accounts for quick and eas Directory Manager reports are organized into four categories: -- [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/user.md) -- [Group Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/group.md) -- [Computer Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/computer.md) -- [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/contact.md) +- [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/user.md) +- [Group Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/group.md) +- [Computer Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/computer.md) +- [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/contact.md) NOTE: A Microsoft Entra ID based identity store does not support the computer and contact object types. @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ Different elements of the Dashboard are described below: - Look on the left side of the page for the navigation pane, which lists links to the following: - Dashboard - - [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/user.md) - - [Group Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/group.md) - - [Computer Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/computer.md) - - [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/contact.md) + - [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/user.md) + - [Group Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/group.md) + - [Computer Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/computer.md) + - [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/contact.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md index 7b997f82b4..857a5d965b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Generate Reports" +description: "Generate Reports" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Generate Reports Generating reports in Directory Manager portal is a two step process that makes the reporting @@ -74,4 +80,4 @@ is joined to a domain, techwr5.local, reports would display data for techwr5.loc ## Scheduled Report job You can create a **Scheduled Report job** on Directory Manager Admin Center. See -[Reports Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/reports.md) +[Reports Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/reports.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/group.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/group.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/group.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/group.md index bf2891be89..c971faf9fc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/group.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/group.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Group Reports" +description: "Group Reports" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Group Reports Directory Manager Reports contains reports for the Group objects in the directory. Search a specific report by typing its name in the **Search Reports** box. -Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md). +Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md). Following is the list of reports for this category: @@ -64,7 +70,7 @@ Following is the list of reports for this category: | Mail-enabled groups with no members (Exchange) | Provides a list of all mail-enabled groups having no members. | | Mail-enabled groups with no owner (Exchange) | Provides a list of mail-enabled groups having no owner. | | Mail enabled Security Groups (Exchange) | Provides a list of mail-enabled groups in the domain. | -| Owners and objects they own Listed in [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/user.md) category as well. | Provides a list of managers and their direct reports. | +| Owners and objects they own Listed in [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/user.md) category as well. | Provides a list of managers and their direct reports. | | Security Groups managed by GroupID | Provides a list of the security groups that are managed by Directory Manager. | | Smart Groups/Dynasties with their update status | Provides a list of Smart Groups and Dynasties with their update status information. | | Smart Groups and Included members | Provides a list of Smart Group members that are mentioned in the Include list on the Include/Exclude tab of the Query Designer window. | @@ -75,8 +81,8 @@ Following is the list of reports for this category: **See Also:** -- [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md) -- [Manage Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/manage.md) -- [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/user.md) -- [Computer Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/computer.md) -- [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/contact.md) +- [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md) +- [Manage Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/manage.md) +- [User Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/user.md) +- [Computer Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/computer.md) +- [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/contact.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/manage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/manage.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/manage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/manage.md index 9e2546ee81..ae6fb0b639 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/manage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/manage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Reports" +description: "Manage Reports" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage Reports Once you generate a report, the report is listed under the template you used to create it. The @@ -38,7 +44,7 @@ report you generated and click on the template that you used. The template page will list the generated report. Step 3 – Click the **Edit** icon next to the report and follow -[In Step 1 of generating a report:](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md). Make the relevant changes and click Finish to +[In Step 1 of generating a report:](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md). Make the relevant changes and click Finish to generate the report. ## Download a Report diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/user.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/user.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/user.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/user.md index eac485b92f..7b9190905c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/user.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/user.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "User Reports" +description: "User Reports" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # User Reports User Reports contains reports for the User objects in the directory. Search a specific report by typing its name in the **Search Reports** box. -Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/generate.md). +Click any of the report template from the list to [Generate Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/generate.md). Following is the list of reports for this category: @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ Following is the list of reports for this category: | Non expiring user accounts | Provides a list of users account that will never expire. | | OUs created in X days | Provides a list of organization units (OUs) that are created in specified number of days. | | OUs modified in X days | Provides a list of organization units (OUs) modified in specified number of days. | -| Owners and objects they own Listed in [Group Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/group.md) category as well. | Provides a list of owners and their direct reports. | +| Owners and objects they own Listed in [Group Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/group.md) category as well. | Provides a list of owners and their direct reports. | | Pending Terminate Users | Provides a list of users that have been terminated by their managers, but their termination request is pending for approval/rejection by an approver. | | Recently expired users | Provides a list of users expired in one day, seven days or one month. | | Recipients and the groups they are a member of | Provides a list of users and each group that they are a member of. | @@ -48,7 +54,7 @@ Following is the list of reports for this category: | User Life Cycle – Transfer Pending Users | Provides a list of direct reports that have been transferred but the transfer has to be accepted or rejected yet. | | User Life Cycle – Transferred Users | Provides a list of transferred users in the selected container. | | User Life Cycle – Verified Users | Provides a list of users who have validated their directory profiles. | -| Users and contacts with a phone number Listed in [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/report/contact.md) category as well. | Provides a phone list of accounts within an organization. | +| Users and contacts with a phone number Listed in [Contact Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/dashboard/contact.md) category as well. | Provides a phone list of accounts within an organization. | | Users changed in X days | Provides a list of users modified in one day, seven days or one month. | | Users created in X days | Provides a list of users created in one day, seven days or one month. | | Users member of Built in Security Groups | Provides a list of users that are member of default security groups, such as the Domain Admins group. | diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb1de005bf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Data Source APIs", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "datasourceapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c9bdf25da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create a Data Source", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "createds" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/createds.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/createds.md similarity index 57% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/createds.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/createds.md index e42785356b..d5c3398d65 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/createds.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/createds.md @@ -1,12 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source" +description: "Create a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Data Source Using this API, you can create data sources for the supported providers. The data sources are primarily used in Synchronize jobs, but you can also use them in queries to search for directory objects and in queries for group membership update. -- [Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dstext.md) -- [Create a Data Source for MS Access](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsaccess.md) -- [Create a Data Source for MS Excel](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsexcel.md) -- [Create a Data Source for ODBC](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsodbc.md) -- [Create a Data Source for Oracle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsoracle.md) -- [Create a Data Source for SQL Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dssql.md) +- [Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dstext.md) +- [Create a Data Source for MS Access](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsaccess.md) +- [Create a Data Source for MS Excel](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsexcel.md) +- [Create a Data Source for ODBC](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsodbc.md) +- [Create a Data Source for Oracle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsoracle.md) +- [Create a Data Source for SQL Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dssql.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsaccess.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsaccess.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsaccess.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsaccess.md index 011edf80c0..6d24ac5ef5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsaccess.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsaccess.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source for MS Access" +description: "Create a Data Source for MS Access" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create a Data Source for MS Access Use this API to create a new data source. See the -[Create a Data Source for MS Access](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-ms-access) -section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic to create an +[Create a Data Source for MS Access](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-ms-access) +section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic to create an MS Access data source using Directory Manager . ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsexcel.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsexcel.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsexcel.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsexcel.md index 648e887060..93d896c7e9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsexcel.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsexcel.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source for MS Excel" +description: "Create a Data Source for MS Excel" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Create a Data Source for MS Excel Use this API to create a new data source. See the -[Create a Data Source for MS Excel](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-ms-excel) -section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic for additional +[Create a Data Source for MS Excel](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-ms-excel) +section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic for additional information on creating an Excel data source using Directory Manager. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsodbc.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsodbc.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsodbc.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsodbc.md index 4d62c6cfa3..08b77a6c6f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsodbc.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsodbc.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source for ODBC" +description: "Create a Data Source for ODBC" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Create a Data Source for ODBC Use this APi to create a new data source. See the -[Create a Data Source for ODBC](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-odbc) -section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic to create an +[Create a Data Source for ODBC](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-odbc) +section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic to create an ODBC data source using Directory Manager. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsoracle.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsoracle.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsoracle.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsoracle.md index 0f94f36746..4889324388 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dsoracle.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsoracle.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source for Oracle" +description: "Create a Data Source for Oracle" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Create a Data Source for Oracle Use this API to create a new data source. See the -[Create a Data Source for Oracle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-oracle) -section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic to create an +[Create a Data Source for Oracle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-oracle) +section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic to create an MS Access data source using Directory Manager. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dssql.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dssql.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dssql.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dssql.md index 8bfcbac890..b886213d58 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dssql.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dssql.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source for SQL Server" +description: "Create a Data Source for SQL Server" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Create a Data Source for SQL Server Use this API to create a new data source. See the -[Create a Data Source for SQL Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-sql-server) -section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic for creating an +[Create a Data Source for SQL Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-sql-server) +section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic for creating an SQL data source using Directory Manager. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dstext.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dstext.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dstext.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dstext.md index 330d424e9c..672b65d3c0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/dstext.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dstext.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File" +description: "Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File Use this API to create a new data source. See the -[Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-a-textcsv-file) -section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic to create a +[Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md#create-a-data-source-for-a-textcsv-file) +section of the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic to create a Text/CSV data source using Directory Manager. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/datasourceapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/datasourceapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a61d840c00 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/datasourceapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: "Data Source APIs" +description: "Data Source APIs" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + +# Data Source APIs + +Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform functions related to data sources: + +- [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/createds.md) + + - [Create a Data Source for a Text/CSV File](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dstext.md) + - [Create a Data Source for MS Access](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsaccess.md) + - [Create a Data Source for MS Excel](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsexcel.md) + - [Create a Data Source for ODBC](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsodbc.md) + - [Create a Data Source for Oracle](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dsoracle.md) + - [Create a Data Source for SQL Server](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/createds/dssql.md) + +- [Delete a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/deleteds.md) +- [Get a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getds.md) +- [Get a Data Source by Type and Name](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypename.md) +- [Get a Data Source by Type and with ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypeid.md) +- [Get All Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getallds.md) +- [Get All Data Sources by Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getalldstype.md) +- [Get Filenames by Type](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfntype.md) +- [ Get Filtered Data Sources by isSource](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfilterds.md) +- [Get Parameters of a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdsparameter.md) +- [Get File Server Metadata by Type ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/gefsmdtype.md) +- [ Get Metadata of Data Source by Server Type and ID ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmdtypest.md) +- [Get Metadata of Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmd.md) +- [Get Provider Options of a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdspo.md) +- [Parse a Connection String](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/parsecs.md) +- [Update a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/updateds.md) +- [Validate Data Connectivity of a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/validatedc.md) + +See the[ Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/overview.md) topic for additional information on +data sources. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/deleteds.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/deleteds.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/deleteds.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/deleteds.md index 69c3faf972..b0572aa93c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/deleteds.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/deleteds.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete a Data Source" +description: "Delete a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Delete a Data Source This API can be used for deleting a specified data source. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/gefsmdtype.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/gefsmdtype.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/gefsmdtype.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/gefsmdtype.md index b71c4dbe1f..edb479e922 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/gefsmdtype.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/gefsmdtype.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get File Server Metadata by Type" +description: "Get File Server Metadata by Type" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Get File Server Metadata by Type Using this API you can get metadata information of data source(s) by server type. For example, all diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getallds.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getallds.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getallds.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getallds.md index 3cba5e9e28..0e7a1ad03b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getallds.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getallds.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get All Data Sources" +description: "Get All Data Sources" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Get All Data Sources Using this API you can get information of all data source defined so far in Directory Manager. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getalldstype.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getalldstype.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getalldstype.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getalldstype.md index cb134b9fb5..5bab232271 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getalldstype.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getalldstype.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get All Data Sources by Type" +description: "Get All Data Sources by Type" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Get All Data Sources by Type Use this API to retrieve information of all data sources of a specific type such as all SQL server diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getds.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getds.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getds.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getds.md index fcf3175619..546f884150 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getds.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getds.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a Data Source" +description: "Get a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Get a Data Source Using this API you can retrieve information of a specific data source specified in the end point diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdsparameter.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdsparameter.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdsparameter.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdsparameter.md index 09a8625157..20febe68c1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdsparameter.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdsparameter.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Parameters of a Data Source" +description: "Get Parameters of a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Get Parameters of a Data Source Using this API, you can retrieve parameters information of a data source specified in end point URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdspo.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdspo.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdspo.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdspo.md index 45782b94ed..41a3d8b183 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdspo.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdspo.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Provider Options of a Data Source" +description: "Get Provider Options of a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Get Provider Options of a Data Source Use this API to retrieve information about the provider of a specified data source. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypeid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypeid.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypeid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypeid.md index 779f7271db..47f404f688 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypeid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypeid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a Data Source by Type and with ID" +description: "Get a Data Source by Type and with ID" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Get a Data Source by Type and with ID Using this API, you can retrieve information of a data source by its type and ID. For example, an diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypename.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypename.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypename.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypename.md index 8433b65ee5..6087edd224 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getdstypename.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getdstypename.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a Data Source by Type and Name" +description: "Get a Data Source by Type and Name" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Get a Data Source by Type and Name Using this API you can retrieve information of specific type data source, let's say a Text/CSV based diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfilterds.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfilterds.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfilterds.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfilterds.md index daa09c4e24..4eff2eecbb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfilterds.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfilterds.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Filtered Data Sources by isSource" +description: "Get Filtered Data Sources by isSource" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get Filtered Data Sources by isSource This API is for getting information of data sources filtered on the basis of your role policy. if diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfntype.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfntype.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfntype.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfntype.md index 5e7c69b43a..3be3f4f20f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getfntype.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getfntype.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Filenames by Type" +description: "Get Filenames by Type" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Get Filenames by Type Use this API to get source file name(s) residing on local server(s) or in cloud for a specific type diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmd.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmd.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmd.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmd.md index 1959c43e9e..a8e65998cc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmd.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmd.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Get Metadata of Data Sources" +description: "Get Metadata of Data Sources" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Get Metadata of Data Sources Using this API, you can get metadata information of data sources defined so far in Directory Manager. -See the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) topic for creating a data +See the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic for creating a data source using Directory Manager. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmdtypest.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmdtypest.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmdtypest.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmdtypest.md index a585feeacd..2831e6db52 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/getmdtypest.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/getmdtypest.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Metadata of Data Source by Server Type and ID" +description: "Get Metadata of Data Source by Server Type and ID" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Get Metadata of Data Source by Server Type and ID Use this API to retrieve metadata information of all data sources defined so far in Directory diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/parsecs.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/parsecs.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/parsecs.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/parsecs.md index 4ced101221..b0170fe2d5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/parsecs.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/parsecs.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Parse a Connection String" +description: "Parse a Connection String" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Parse a Connection String This API parses the connection string given in one line format. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/updateds.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/updateds.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/updateds.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/updateds.md index d336cdea1a..5e578381ac 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/updateds.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/updateds.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update a Data Source" +description: "Update a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Update a Data Source Using this API you can update information of an already created data source. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/validatedc.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/validatedc.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/validatedc.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/validatedc.md index b0ae7aa664..da41c78551 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/datasource/validatedc.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/datasourceapis/validatedc.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Validate Data Connectivity of a Data Source" +description: "Validate Data Connectivity of a Data Source" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Validate Data Connectivity of a Data Source Use this API to validate connection of a data source with the provider or with a source file. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ce296e926 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Entitlement", + "position": 80, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/fileservers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/fileservers.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/fileservers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/fileservers.md index 556528b034..5099059757 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/fileservers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/fileservers.md @@ -1,6 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: "File Servers" +description: "File Servers" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # File Servers -The [ Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/overview.md) page lists the servers specified for permission analysis in the +The [ Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/overview.md) page lists the servers specified for permission analysis in the identity store, displaying granular level permission granted to objects on shared files and folders. This data is subject to the date and time the permissions were last replicated. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..79f4b9e4b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Entitlement" +description: "Entitlement" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + +# Entitlement + +Directory Manager Entitlement enables you to stay informed on the permissions assigned to objects +residing on your Active Directory servers and SharePoint sites. + +See the [Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/entitlement/overview.md) topic for detailed information on +Entitlement. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/sharepointsites.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/sharepointsites.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/sharepointsites.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/sharepointsites.md index 4da0992d7b..3db8f87bd2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/entitlement/sharepointsites.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/entitlement/sharepointsites.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Explore SharePoint Sites" +description: "Explore SharePoint Sites" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Explore SharePoint Sites The **SharePoint Sites** page lists the sites specified for permission analysis in the identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..535cc16965 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "General Portal Features", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "generalfeatures" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md index 72a4903029..fb95ac0c9b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Find Dialog Box" +description: "Find Dialog Box" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Find Dialog Box This dialog box enables you to search **User**, **Group**, and **Contact** objects in the connected diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/generalfeatures.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/generalfeatures.md similarity index 64% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/generalfeatures.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/generalfeatures.md index 8b2566e5b3..70eb0da489 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/generalfeatures.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/generalfeatures.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General Portal Features" +description: "General Portal Features" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # General Portal Features Directory Manager portal encompasses various functionalities available for the users that are: @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ manage various directory objects within their identity store. These objects incl users, groups, and contacts. Once a search is performed, the results are displayed on the Search Results page. -See the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) topic for additional information. ## Find Dialog Box @@ -23,25 +29,25 @@ The Find dialog box enables you to search User, Group, and Contact objects in th store. The object types av ailable for search may vary, depending on the page you launch the **Find** dialog box from. -See the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) topic for additional information. ## Portal Settings Directory Manager portal offers flexible portal settings to customize the user experience and personalize the portal for each user. -See the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) topic for additional information. ## User Account Settings Users can manage their own profile information and perform various account-related actions through the User Settings. -See the [User Account Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/user.md) topic for additional information. +See the [User Account Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/user.md) topic for additional information. ## Toolbars The portal provides toolbars with diverse options that users can use on the objects. These actions include editing properties, managing membership, viewing history, and more. -See the [Toolbar](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/toolbar.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Toolbar](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/toolbar.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md index 18371d7656..a2f177d2e4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Portal Settings" +description: "Portal Settings" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Portal Settings You can fine-tune your portal pages by customizing display options. This also enables you to @@ -31,7 +37,7 @@ language. However, a user can opt to receive notifications in a different langua the language settings from the **User Settings** panel in the portal. However, there are a few exceptions to it. See the -[Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/notification/overview.md) topic for more information. +[Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/notification/overview.md) topic for more information. Step 1 – Click the **Settings** icon at the top of the page. @@ -77,8 +83,8 @@ Set the number of history items to display on the History tab. This tab is displ the properties for a User, Group, Contact or Mailbox. This setting also controls the number of history items displayed on the -[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md), [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md), -and [My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. +[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md), [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md), +and [My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. Step 1 – Click the **Settings** icon at the top of the page. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/querysearch.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/querysearch.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/querysearch.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/querysearch.md index 15be62d2a1..e88aac4cf0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/querysearch.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/querysearch.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Based Advanced Search" +description: "Query Based Advanced Search" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Query Based Advanced Search Directory Manager portal enables you to search directory objects (users, mailboxes, contacts, @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ groups) in the identity store based on a query. You can create queries and save directory objects searches. The Query Designer option on the Advanced Search page is available which presents you the -[Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) dialog box similar to the query designer dialog +[Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) dialog box similar to the query designer dialog box used for creating queries for Smart Groups and Dynasties. In Linked mode – Query based searches cannot be performed. @@ -25,7 +31,7 @@ automatically. Step 3 – Click **Query Designer** to create queries to search directory objects. -Step 4 – Select an option from the [Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/general.md) +Step 4 – Select an option from the [Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/general.md) list to specify the type of object the query should fetch. Step 5 – You must specify the containers that the query should search for retrieving the directory @@ -38,26 +44,26 @@ Step 6 – The **Query Designer** dialog box groups similar query options by tab 1. **General tab**: lets you select object categories that you want the query to search in. The available options vary according to the object type selected in the **Find** list. See the - [Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/general.md) topic for additional + [Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/general.md) topic for additional information. 2. **Storage tab**: lets you filter the mailboxes to return. See the - [Query Designer - Storage tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/storage.md) topic for additional + [Query Designer - Storage tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/storage.md) topic for additional information. 3. **Filter Criteria tab**: lets you add additional filter criteria. For example, you can add criteria to retrieve all directory users who live in Houston and have a fax number. You can also apply logical operators (AND, OR) to your custom query to achieve the most accurate results. The condition list may vary while creating queries for object searches. See the - [Query Designer - Filter Criteria tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md) topic for + [Query Designer - Filter Criteria tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md) topic for additional information. 4. **Include/Exclude tab:** lets you include or exclude objects regardless of whether they are returned by the query or not. Use the Add and Remove buttons to add and remove objects in the Include and Exclude sections respectively. See the - [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) topic for + [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) topic for additional information. 5. **Database tab**: enables you to combine an external data source with the directory to search - directory objects. See the [Query Designer - Database tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/database.md) + directory objects. See the [Query Designer - Database tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/database.md) topic for additional information. Step 7 – Click the **LDAP Query** button to view the query generated from the settings you have diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md index ffa9c3bcbe..08dc65fc44 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Search" +description: "Directory Search" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Directory Search Using the Directory Manager portal, you can search and manage different directory objects (users, @@ -69,7 +75,7 @@ Objects matching the search criteria are displayed on the **Search Results** pag Directory Manager portal enables you to search directory objects (users, mailboxes, contacts, groups) in the identity store based on a query. See the -[Query Based Advanced Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/querysearch.md) topic. +[Query Based Advanced Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/querysearch.md) topic. NOTE: In portal's linked mode, you cannot search contacts in linked Azure / Google Workspace / Generic LDAP store as contact object is not available in these providers. @@ -111,7 +117,7 @@ that customized portal fields, which are used while creating filter expressions objects, are bind with similar attributes of stores. Otherwise, Directory Manager will not be able to linked identities. -You can perform multiple actions on objects. See the [Toolbar](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/toolbar.md) topic for additional +You can perform multiple actions on objects. See the [Toolbar](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/toolbar.md) topic for additional information. To move through search results, use the page numbers given at the bottom of the listing. You can diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/toolbar.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/toolbar.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/toolbar.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/toolbar.md index adc55ab11d..a82f0c1fd7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/toolbar.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/toolbar.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Toolbar" +description: "Toolbar" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Toolbar Use the toolbar to perform different actions on the portal pages. Buttons on the toolbar vary, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/user.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/user.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/user.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/user.md index 4aec817d7c..202ed3895a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/user.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/user.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Account Settings" +description: "User Account Settings" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # User Account Settings Using the Directory Managerportal, you can manage your profile information and even change your diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/gettoken.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/gettoken.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/gettoken.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/gettoken.md index aba053ef84..75acaec1ab 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/gettoken.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/gettoken.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Token" +description: "Get Token" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get Token This API generates a token for a user to access the Directory Manager APIs. This API is also used to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7525cf29eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Group Management", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54d4bf545a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "All Groups", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "allgroups" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/alldynasties.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/alldynasties.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/alldynasties.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/alldynasties.md index 62e6e309c1..f8211303c5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/alldynasties.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/alldynasties.md @@ -1,6 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: "Dynasties" +description: "Dynasties" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Dynasties -A [Dynasty](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/overview.md)is a Smart Group that creates and manages other Smart Groups using +A [Dynasty](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/overview.md)is a Smart Group that creates and manages other Smart Groups using information in the directory. This view lists only the Dynasties created in Directory Manager in the connected identity store, and does not include expired and deleted Dynasties. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md index 1e5334fc40..91740c5ca2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Expired Groups" +description: "Expired Groups" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Expired Groups This page lists expired groups. A group expires when: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiringgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiringgroups.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiringgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiringgroups.md index 03d031d9c1..081aeb3a35 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiringgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiringgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Expiring Groups" +description: "Expiring Groups" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Expiring Groups This page shows only the expiring groups in the connected identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md similarity index 68% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md index 70b3a11ea9..d858e73c3d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md @@ -1,16 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: "All Groups" +description: "All Groups" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # All Groups This tab lists all groups defined in the identity store including all active groups: -- [Private Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/privategroups.md) -- [Semi Private Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/semiprivategroups.md) -- [Public Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/publicgroups.md) -- [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md) -- [Expiring Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiringgroups.md) -- [Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allsmartgroups.md) -- [Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/alldynasties.md) -- [Password Expiry Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/passwordexpirygroups.md) -- [Teams](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams.md) (for Microsoft Entra ID based identity store) +- [Private Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/privategroups.md) +- [Semi Private Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/semiprivategroups.md) +- [Public Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/publicgroups.md) +- [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md) +- [Expiring Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiringgroups.md) +- [Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allsmartgroups.md) +- [Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/alldynasties.md) +- [Password Expiry Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/passwordexpirygroups.md) +- [Teams](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/teams.md) (for Microsoft Entra ID based identity store) Viewing all groups from the directory source may slow down the loading of groups in the view, especially when there are more than 100 groups. @@ -23,19 +29,19 @@ especially when there are more than 100 groups. If you click **Background**, the update runs in the background and will show in the **Background Tasks** tab. -- View and modify the [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) of a group. -- [Expire a group manually ](manage/groupexpiryfunction.md#expire-a-group-manually). After expiring +- View and modify the [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) of a group. +- [Expire a group manually ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiryfunction.md#expire-a-group-manually). After expiring the group, it will be listed in **Expired Group** list. - Select a smart group and click **Renew** on the toolbar; this re-applies the expiry policy of the group starting from today, thus renewing the group. -- Join a group as a [Join a group temporarily](manage/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-temporarily) or - [Join a group permanently](manage/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-permanently) +- Join a group as a [Join a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-temporarily) or + [Join a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-permanently) Select **Other** to add other users to the group. - Leave a group’s membership - [Leave a group temporarily](manage/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-temporarily) or - [Leave a group permanently](manage/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-permanently). + [Leave a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-temporarily) or + [Leave a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-permanently). Select **Other** to remove other users from the group. @@ -81,7 +87,7 @@ especially when there are more than 100 groups. address to your email contact list. - Click **Add to Group** to add the group into the membership of another group - ([Add a group to the membership of another group (nesting)](manage/groupmembershipfunction.md#add-a-group-to-the-membership-of-another-group-nesting)). + ([Add a group to the membership of another group (nesting)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupmembershipfunction.md#add-a-group-to-the-membership-of-another-group-nesting)). - Select a group and click **Send Email** on the toolbar. This launches the default Windows email application for sending an email to group members. - Click **Export Results** on the toolbar to export the group list to a Microsoft Excel file. @@ -90,7 +96,7 @@ especially when there are more than 100 groups. Use the page numbers under the group listing to page through all groups. You can also control the number of records to be displayed per page by modifying the **Search -results per page** setting on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. +results per page** setting on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. ## Modify Search Directory @@ -99,7 +105,7 @@ a domain to search active groups from. ## Transfer Ownership -You can find [Transfer Ownership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/transferownership.md) option on the top right corner. Transfer +You can find [Transfer Ownership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/transferownership.md) option on the top right corner. Transfer Ownership enables you to: - Assign owners to orphan groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allsmartgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allsmartgroups.md similarity index 64% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allsmartgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allsmartgroups.md index f47ad27be2..4b76957e69 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allsmartgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allsmartgroups.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Smart Groups" +description: "Smart Groups" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Smart Groups This view lists only the Smart Groups created using Directory Manager in the connected identity store. It does not list expired or deleted Smart Groups. To view the expired or deleted groups, -select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md) or [Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/overview.md) +select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md) or [Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/overview.md) respectively. You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search smart groups and diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/passwordexpirygroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/passwordexpirygroups.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/passwordexpirygroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/passwordexpirygroups.md index 5f83063cf7..97a6468ac8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/passwordexpirygroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/passwordexpirygroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password Expiry Groups" +description: "Password Expiry Groups" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Password Expiry Groups A password expiry group is a Smart Group whose membership contains users whose identity store diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/privategroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/privategroups.md similarity index 64% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/privategroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/privategroups.md index 54be220c9b..3bb2db5757 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/privategroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/privategroups.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Private Groups" +description: "Private Groups" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Private Groups This view lists only the private groups created using Directory Manager in the connected identity store. It does not list expired or deleted private groups. To view the expired or deleted groups, -select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md) or [Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/overview.md) +select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md) or [Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/overview.md) respectively. You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search private groups and diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/publicgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/publicgroups.md similarity index 64% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/publicgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/publicgroups.md index 70dfb74cc9..a38f62fcc8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/publicgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/publicgroups.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Public Groups" +description: "Public Groups" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Public Groups This view lists only the public groups created using Directory Manager in the connected identity store. It does not list expired or deleted public groups. To view the expired or deleted groups, -select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md) or [Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/overview.md) +select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md) or [Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/overview.md) respectively. You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search private groups and diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/semiprivategroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/semiprivategroups.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/semiprivategroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/semiprivategroups.md index 99e25872b8..70eff1ac27 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/semiprivategroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/semiprivategroups.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Semi Private Groups" +description: "Semi Private Groups" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Semi Private Groups This view lists only the semi-private groups created using Directory Manager in the connected identity store. It does not list expired or deleted semi private groups. To view the expired or -deleted groups, select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/allexpiredgroups.md) or -[Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/overview.md) respectively. +deleted groups, select the [Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allexpiredgroups.md) or +[Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/overview.md) respectively. You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search semi private groups and add [Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups) by clicking **Private Group Grid diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/teams.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/teams.md index 4b0c2928b6..b62a814a4a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/teams.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Teams" +description: "Teams" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Teams This page lists all the Microsoft Teams groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5bae9912f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Groups", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/create.md similarity index 63% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/create.md index c1b6277f10..8c32598b6a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/teams/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create Teams" +description: "Create Teams" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Create Teams Using Directory Manager portal, you can create Team in the identity store. @@ -13,19 +19,19 @@ Step 2 – The **Create Group** wizard opens to the **Group Type** page. Step 3 – Pages and fields on the Create Group wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. -Step 4 – On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the required group type and click +Step 4 – On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the required group type and click **Next**. Step 5 – On the General page, specify basic information about the group. Step 6 – If you select Static Group, specify members for the group on the -[Members page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/members.md). +[Members page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/members.md). Step 7 – If you select Smart Group or a Dynasty, review and modify the query for updating group -membership on the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md). +membership on the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md). -Step 8 – On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional +Step 8 – On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. -Step 9 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings +Step 9 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete the wizard. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..832f2c37f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create Active Directory Groups", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "group" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md index fd8981235c..6febb31ce1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General page" +description: "General page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # General page Use this page to specify basic information about the group. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general_1.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general_1.md index 7f68ab97eb..62ed24764c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General page" +description: "General page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # General page Use this page to specify basic information about the group. @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ Use this page to specify basic information about the group. name for the group. NOTE: The prefix box is displayed if the administrator has defined the prefixes. See the - [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md) + [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md) topic for additional information. These prefixes, when appended to group names, help standardize the group naming convention across the enterprise. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/group.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group.md similarity index 57% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/group.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group.md index 12ef193382..09e5c6deef 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/group.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create Active Directory Groups" +description: "Create Active Directory Groups" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create Active Directory Groups Using Directory Manager portal, you can create static groups and Smart Groups in an Active Directory @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ identity store. NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the group creation action for review, the new group will be created after it is verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md)topic for additional information. +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md)topic for additional information. ## Create a Static Group @@ -19,12 +25,12 @@ Follow the steps to create a static group. Pages and fields on the Create Group wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Static Group** option button and click +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Static Group** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md), specify basic information about the group. -4. On the [Members page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/members.md), specify members for the group. -5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. -6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md), specify basic information about the group. +4. On the [Members page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/members.md), specify members for the group. +5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. +6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete the wizard. ## Create a Smart Group @@ -46,19 +52,19 @@ Follow the steps to create a Smart Group: Pages and fields on the Create Group wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing tabs and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Smart Group** option button and click +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Smart Group** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md), specify basic information about the group. -4. On the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md), review and modify the query for updating group +3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md), specify basic information about the group. +4. On the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md), review and modify the query for updating group membership. -5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. +5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. When a Smart Group Update job runs on a group, the notification behavior is as follows: Even when the **Do not Notify** check box is selected, the additional owner will receive the notifications if the administrator has included its email address for job-specific notifications. -6. On the [1](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click +6. On the [1](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete the wizard. ## Create a Password Expiry Group @@ -79,17 +85,17 @@ Follow the steps to create a Password Expiry Group: Pages and fields on the Create Group wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing tabs and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Password Expiry Group** option button and +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Password Expiry Group** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md), specify basic information about the group. -4. On the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md), review and modify the query for updating group +3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md), specify basic information about the group. +4. On the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md), review and modify the query for updating group membership. -5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. +5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. When a Smart Group Update job runs on a group, the notification behavior is as follows: Even when the **Do not Notify** check box is selected, the additional owner will receive the notifications if the administrator has included its email address for job-specific notifications. -6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete the wizard. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/group.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group_1.md similarity index 58% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/group.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group_1.md index 2b8bd74382..02d1406710 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/group.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create Microsoft Entra ID Groups" +description: "Create Microsoft Entra ID Groups" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Create Microsoft Entra ID Groups Using Directory Manager portal, you can create static groups and Smart Groups in an Microsoft Entra @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ ID identity store. NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the group creation action for review, the new group will be created after it is verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. ## Create a Static Group @@ -19,20 +25,20 @@ Follow the steps to create a static group. NOTE: Pages and fields on the Create Group wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing tabs and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Static Group** option button and click +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Static Group** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/general.md), specify basic information about the group. -4. On the [Members page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/members.md), add objects to group membership. +3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general_1.md), specify basic information about the group. +4. On the [Members page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/members.md), add objects to group membership. Only user objects can be added as members of an Office 365 group. -5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the +5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. Only users can be set as primary owners. You can specify multiple primary owners for a group. At least one primary owner is mandatory. -6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete the wizard. ## Create a Smart Group @@ -47,17 +53,17 @@ Follow the steps to create a Smart Group. Remember, pages and fields on the Create Group wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing tabs and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md) page, select the **Smart Group** option button and +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md) page, select the **Smart Group** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/azure/general.md) page, specify basic information about the group. -4. On the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md) page, review and modify the query +3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general_1.md) page, specify basic information about the group. +4. On the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md) page, review and modify the query for updating group membership. Smart Groups in an Microsoft Entra ID based identity store use a device structured query language to update group membership. You should either apply a query to a group in the Microsoft Entra ID portal or in Directory Manager. -5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the +5. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the group. - Only users can be set as primary owners. @@ -68,5 +74,5 @@ Follow the steps to create a Smart Group. notifications if the administrator has included its email address for job-specific notifications. -6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +6. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click **Finish** to complete the wizard. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/members.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/members.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/members.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/members.md index c40f596c55..b3a99969fa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/members.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/members.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Members page" +description: "Members page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Members page You can add members to the group. You can also remove members. By default, you are a member of the group. - To add member(s), click **Add**. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as a group - member, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing + member, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. The selected members get listed in the grid on the **Members** page. @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ group. members of an existing group or groups to the membership of this group. Click **Import** to launch the **Import Members** wizard for importing group members. See - [Import Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importmembers.md) for information. + [Import Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importmembers.md) for information. - To remove an object from the members list, select it and click **Remove**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md index ddcbaeaa11..6b63598e15 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Owners page" +description: "Owners page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Owners page You can manage the primary and additional owners for the group. Additional owners have the same @@ -9,7 +15,7 @@ group, all its members are considered as owners. - The **Owner** box displays your name as the primary owner of the group. To change the primary owner, click **Browse** next to the **Owner** box to launch the - [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), where you can search and select a primary owner. + [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), where you can search and select a primary owner. - If the administrator has not enforced the selection of a primary owner (see Role policies), you can also remove the primary owner. Click the **Remove** button next to the **Owner** box to remove @@ -17,11 +23,11 @@ group, all its members are considered as owners. - To specify additional owner(s) for the group, click **Add**. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as an additional owner, or click **Advance** - to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. + to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. - You can also specify additional owners for the group using an external file. Click **Import** to launch the **Import Additional Owners** wizard for importing additional owners. See - [Import Additional Owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md) for further information and + [Import Additional Owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md) for further information and instructions. - To remove an object from the additional owners list, select it and click **Remove**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md index a5490b8d78..580753d9e0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Smart Group page" +description: "Smart Group page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Smart Group page This page displays the default query for the Smart Group; however, you can modify it. The group’s @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ In a Microsoft Entra ID identity store, the default query returns the following: You can do the following: Step 1 – To modify the query, click the **Query Designer** button. This launches the -[Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) dialog box, where you can modify the query. +[Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) dialog box, where you can modify the query. Step 2 – You can also associate a Smart Group Update job with the group; this is a scheduled job that updates the group’s membership when it runs. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83f8c6978a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +--- +title: "Group Type page" +description: "Group Type page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + +# Group Type page + +Select the type of group you want to create and click **Next**. Options are: + +- [Create a Static Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group.md#create-a-static-group) +- [Create a Smart Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group.md#create-a-smart-group) +- [Create a Password Expiry Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/group.md#create-a-password-expiry-group) (not + supported in Microsoft Entra ID) +- [Create a Dynasty using the Organizational/Geographical/Custom template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty.md#create-a-dynasty-using-the-organizationalgeographicalcustom-template) +- [Create a Dynasty using the Managerial template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty.md#create-a-dynasty-using-the-managerial-template) +- [Create Teams](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/create.md) (for Microsoft Entra ID only) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/overview.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/overview.md index ceffd18677..6d7b2d281b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Groups" +description: "Groups" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Groups Using Directory Manager portal, you can create: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba1fa4ad6f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Dynasty", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c7410e758 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create an Active Directory Dynasty", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "createdynasty" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/activedirectory/createdynasty.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/activedirectory/createdynasty.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty.md index c2f2b693dc..7c8bbd7cbe 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/activedirectory/createdynasty.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create an Active Directory Dynasty" +description: "Create an Active Directory Dynasty" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create an Active Directory Dynasty The Directory Manager portal provides the following templates for creating Dynasties: @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ Dynasty names help you group a parent Dynasty with its respective child Dynastie `manager`". To modify the display name template for child Dynasties, see -[Modify alias and display name templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/dynastyfunction.md#modify-alias-and-display-name-templates). +[Modify alias and display name templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/dynastyfunction.md#modify-alias-and-display-name-templates). NOTE: In the Dynasty creation/update process, a child Dynasty will not be created if it bears the same name as that of an existing object in the directory. For example, when you create a custom @@ -60,11 +66,11 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the the Organizational/Geographical/C NOTE: Pages and fields on the wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Organizational Dynasty**, +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Organizational Dynasty**, **Geographical Dynasty**, or **Custom Dynasty** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md), specify basic information about +3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md), specify basic information about the Dynasty. -4. On the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md), view or change the attributes in +4. On the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md), view or change the attributes in the **Attributes** area and click **Next**. Dynasties create Smart Groups for each distinct value of each listed attribute. Depending on the @@ -72,16 +78,16 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the the Organizational/Geographical/C the template; however, you can add and remove attributes. For the Custom template, no attribute is displayed. -5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that +5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that Directory Manager will use to determine the Dynasty membership. The default query returns all users with Exchange mailboxes, along with users and contacts with external email addresses, which are then grouped by the specified group-by attributes. Review the query for selecting the group members, then click **Next**. - For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md). + For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md). -6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional +6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the Dynasty. NOTE: (1) Additional owners are only set for the parent and are not inherited by child Dynasties @@ -91,7 +97,7 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the the Organizational/Geographical/C notifications if the administrator has included its email address for job-specific notifications. -7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete the wizard. ## Create a Dynasty using the Managerial template @@ -106,11 +112,11 @@ Follow the steps to create a Dynasty using the Managerial template. NOTE: Pages and fields on the wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Managerial Dynasty** option +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Managerial Dynasty** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/general.md), specify basic information about +3. On the [General page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/general.md), specify basic information about the Dynasty. -4. On the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md), specify a +4. On the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md), specify a structure for the Dynasty and click **Next**. By default, Directory Manager constructs a managerial Dynasty structure by first creating a @@ -119,16 +125,16 @@ Follow the steps to create a Dynasty using the Managerial template. manager. However, you can choose to create a single Smart Group for the direct reports of all levels of managers rather than creating separate groups. -5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that +5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that Directory Manager will use to determine the Dynasty membership. This query returns all users with Exchange mailboxes, along with users and contacts with external email addresses, which are then grouped as per the managerial Dynasty structure. Review the query for selecting the group members, then click **Next.** - For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md). + For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md). -6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional +6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the Dynasty. NOTE: (1) Additional owners are only set for the parent and are not inherited by child Dynasties @@ -142,5 +148,5 @@ Follow the steps to create a Dynasty using the Managerial template. In case you change the owner, the new recipient would be the Dynasty’s primary owner even if the **Set Manager as owner** check box is selected. -7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete the wizard. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/createdynasty.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty_1.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/createdynasty.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty_1.md index ff2e98a439..0a75303237 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/createdynasty.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/createdynasty_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Microsoft Entra ID Dynasty" +description: "Create a Microsoft Entra ID Dynasty" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create a Microsoft Entra ID Dynasty The Directory Manager portal provides the following templates for creating Dynasties: @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ Dynasty names help you group a parent Dynasty with its respective child Dynastie `manager`". To modify the display name template for child Dynasties, see -[Modify alias and display name templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/dynastyfunction.md#modify-alias-and-display-name-templates)topic +[Modify alias and display name templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/dynastyfunction.md#modify-alias-and-display-name-templates)topic for additional information. NOTE: In the Dynasty creation/update process, a child Dynasty will not be created if it bears the @@ -61,11 +67,11 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the Organization/Geographical/Custom NOTE: Pages and fields on the wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Organizational Dynasty**, +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Organizational Dynasty**, **Geographical Dynasty**, or **Custom Dynasty** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General - Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/general.md)page, specify basic information about the +3. On the [General - Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/general.md)page, specify basic information about the Dynasty. -4. On the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md), view or change the attributes in +4. On the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md), view or change the attributes in the **Attributes** area and click **Next**. Dynasties create Smart Groups for each distinct value of each listed attribute. Depending on the @@ -73,16 +79,16 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the Organization/Geographical/Custom the template; however, you can add and remove attributes. For the Custom template, no attribute is displayed. -5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that +5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that Directory Manager will use to determine the Dynasty membership. The default query returns all users with Exchange mailboxes, along with users and contacts with external email addresses, which are then grouped by the specified group-by attributes. Review the query for selecting the group members, then click **Next**. - For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md). + For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md). -6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional +6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the Dynasty. NOTE: (1) Additional owners are only set for the parent and are not inherited by child Dynasties @@ -92,7 +98,7 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the Organization/Geographical/Custom notifications if the administrator has included its email address for job-specific notifications. -7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click **Finish** to complete the wizard. ## Create a Dynasty using the Managerial template @@ -107,11 +113,11 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the Managerial template. NOTE: Pages and fields on the wizard may vary, since the administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. -2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Managerial Dynasty** option +2. On the [Group Type page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/grouptype.md), select the **Managerial Dynasty** option button and click **Next**. -3. On the [General - Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/general.md)page, specify basic information about the +3. On the [General - Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/general.md)page, specify basic information about the Dynasty. -4. On the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md), specify a +4. On the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md), specify a structure for the Dynasty and click **Next**. By default, Directory Manager constructs a managerial Dynasty structure by first creating a @@ -120,17 +126,17 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the Managerial template. manager. However, you can choose to create a single Smart Group for the direct reports of all levels of managers rather than creating separate groups. -5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that +5. The [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page displays the default query that Directory Manager will use to determine the Dynasty membership. This query returns all users with Exchange mailboxes, along with users and contacts with external email addresses, which are then grouped as per the managerial Dynasty structure. Review the query for selecting the group members, then click **Next**. - For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/smartgroup.md) topic for + For details, see the [ Smart Group page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/smartgroup.md) topic for additional information. -6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/create/activedirectory/owners.md), specify primary and additional +6. On the [Owners page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/create/group/owners.md), specify primary and additional owners for the Dynasty. NOTE: (1) Additional owners are only set for the parent and are not inherited by child Dynasties @@ -144,5 +150,5 @@ Follow the steps to create a dynasty using the Managerial template. In case you change the owner, the new recipient would be the Dynasty’s primary owner even if the **Set Manager as owner** check box is selected. -7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and +7. On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click **Finish** to complete the wizard. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md index 11bd3b736d..ad06ea06b8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)" +description: "Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty) On the **Dynasty Options** page, select whether you want to create separate Smart Groups for the @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ On the Dynasty Options page: 1. Use the **Top Manager** field to specify the top-level manager, and thus, the start location for the Dynasty. - Click the ellipsis button and use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) to select a top + Click the ellipsis button and use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) to select a top manager. 2. Select an option from **Dynasty Type** to specify the type of managerial Dynasty you want to @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ On the Dynasty Options page: Members: April - On the [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page, you can also specify a criterion + On the [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) page, you can also specify a criterion to filter the managers for whom you want to create child groups in the Dynasty. 3. Select the **Include manager as member** check box to include the manager as a member of their diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md index cd4677f1db..e9f5ffcda3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dynasty Options page" +description: "Dynasty Options page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Dynasty Options page Dynasties create Smart Groups for each distinct value of each attribute listed in the **Attributes** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/general.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/general.md index 0869efae61..2f72955e50 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/azure/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General - Microsoft Entra ID" +description: "General - Microsoft Entra ID" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # General - Microsoft Entra ID Use this page to specify basic information about the group. @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ Use this page to specify basic information about the group. name for the group. NOTE: The prefix box is displayed if the administrator has defined the prefixes. See the - [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/prefixes.md) + [Group Name Prefixes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/prefixes.md) topic. These prefixes, when appended to group names, help standardize the group naming convention across the enterprise. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/overview.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/overview.md index 509e5d2ee9..2bd8e96f33 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dynasty" +description: "Dynasty" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Dynasty A Dynasty is a Smart Group that creates and manages other Smart Groups using information in the @@ -45,7 +51,7 @@ Dynasties always inherit the expiry policy from the parent Dynasty and it can on the parent level. Depending on the inheritance option selected for the parent Dynasty on the -[Group properties - Dynasty Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) in group properties, the +[Group properties - Dynasty Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) in group properties, the modified values of inherited attributes may or may not persist. ## Multi-level Structure diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..314ee5b98d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "My Groups", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "mygroups" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydeletedgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydeletedgroups.md similarity index 52% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydeletedgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydeletedgroups.md index 5380d55c09..fe1cf77167 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydeletedgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydeletedgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Deleted Groups" +description: "My Deleted Groups" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # My Deleted Groups To view a list of deleted groups, click **Groups** on the left navigation pane and select **My @@ -5,8 +11,8 @@ Groups**. On the My Groups page, click the **My Deleted Groups** tab. The **My Deleted Groups** tab lists the deleted groups that you are the primary owner for. To include the groups for which you are an additional owner, select the **Display additional group -ownership in My Deleted Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. +ownership in My Deleted Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search deleted groups and -add [Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Deleted Groups Grid +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search deleted groups and +add [Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Deleted Groups Grid Filters**. All your deleted groups matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydynasties.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydynasties.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41dca3176b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydynasties.md @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "My Dynasties" +description: "My Dynasties" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + +# My Dynasties + +This page lists the Dynasties you are the primary owner of. To include the groups for which you are +an additional owner, select the **Display additional group ownership in My Dynasties** check box on +the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. + +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search dynasties and add +[Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Dynasties Grid Filters**. All +the dynasties matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiredgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiredgroups.md similarity index 73% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiredgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiredgroups.md index 685a7714e3..ce2c39130e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiredgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiredgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Expired Groups" +description: "My Expired Groups" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # My Expired Groups To view a list of your expired groups in the identity store, click **Groups** on the left navigation @@ -18,13 +24,13 @@ page. Moreover, when you manually expire a group that has an expiry policy other expire’, it is also moved to this page. The Group Lifecycle job is responsible for logically deleting expired groups, but you can also -physically delete a group. See the [ Group Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupdeletion.md) topic for additional +physically delete a group. See the [ Group Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupdeletion.md) topic for additional information. By default, the **My Expired Groups** tab lists the groups that you are the primary owner for. To include the groups for which you are an additional owner, select the **Display additional group -ownership in My Expired Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. +ownership in My Expired Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search expired groups and -add [Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Expired Group Grid +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search expired groups and +add [Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Expired Group Grid Filters**. All the expired groups matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiringgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiringgroups.md similarity index 65% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiringgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiringgroups.md index 5e5a9d2c2b..bca4a9da15 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiringgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiringgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Expiring Groups" +description: "My Expiring Groups" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # My Expiring Groups To view a list of your expiring groups, click **Groups** on the left navigation pane and select **My @@ -10,8 +16,8 @@ reaches the expiry date. By default, the tab lists the groups that you are the primary owner for. To include the groups for which you are an additional owner, select the **Display additional group ownership in My Expiring -Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. +Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search expiring groups -and add [Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Expiring Group Grid +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search expiring groups +and add [Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Expiring Group Grid Filters**. All the expiring groups matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mygroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mygroups.md similarity index 65% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mygroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mygroups.md index 48e058fb1e..772ec952a3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mygroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mygroups.md @@ -1,23 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: "My Groups" +description: "My Groups" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # My Groups To view and manage the groups that you own in the identity store, click **Groups** on the left navigation pane and select **My Groups**. This page lists all your active groups: -- [My Memberships](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mymemberships.md) -- [My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiredgroups.md) -- [My Expiring Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiringgroups.md) -- [My Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydeletedgroups.md) -- [My Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mysmartgroups.md) -- [My Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydynasties.md) -- [My Teams](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myteams.md) (for Microsoft Entra ID based identity store) +- [My Memberships](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mymemberships.md) +- [My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiredgroups.md) +- [My Expiring Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiringgroups.md) +- [My Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydeletedgroups.md) +- [My Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mysmartgroups.md) +- [My Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydynasties.md) +- [My Teams](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myteams.md) (for Microsoft Entra ID based identity store) By default, the **My Groups** tab displays the groups that you are the primary owner for. To include the groups for which you are an additional owner, select the **Display additional group ownership in -My Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. This tab lists active +My Groups** check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. This tab lists active groups only; expired and deleted groups are not displayed. -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search your groups and -add [Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Groups Grid Filters**. All +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search your groups and +add [Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Groups Grid Filters**. All your groups matching the filters will be displayed. **You can:** @@ -25,18 +31,18 @@ your groups matching the filters will be displayed. - Manually update the membership of a Smart Group using the **Update** command. You can also view update details on **Processing Object (s)** wizard. Click **OK** once done. If you click **Background**, the update runs in the background and will show in the **Background Tasks** tab. -- View and modify the [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) of a group. +- View and modify the [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) of a group. - Manually expire your groups. After expiring the group, it will be listed in **My Expired Groups** list. - Select a smart group and click **Renew** on the toolbar; this re-applies the expiry policy of the group starting from today, thus renewing the group. -- Join a group as a [Join a group temporarily](manage/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-temporarily) or - [Join a group permanently](manage/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-permanently) +- Join a group as a [Join a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-temporarily) or + [Join a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-permanently) - Leave a group’s membership - [Leave a group temporarily](manage/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-temporarily) or - [Leave a group permanently](manage/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-permanently). + [Leave a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-temporarily) or + [Leave a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-permanently). - Join / leave a group - [Join or leave a group on behalf of a direct report or peer](manage/groupjoinleave.md#join-or-leave-a-group-on-behalf-of-a-direct-report-or-peer)a + [Join or leave a group on behalf of a direct report or peer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#join-or-leave-a-group-on-behalf-of-a-direct-report-or-peer)a direct report or peer. - To Join/Leave the group, you can also click on **Want to write reason to group owner?** and state the the reason for joining or leaving the group for the group owner. @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ your groups matching the filters will be displayed. contact list using the vCard. The portal creates the group's vCard and prompts you to save it on your machine. You can then use it to add the group's email address to your email contact list. - Click **Add to Group** to add the group into the membership of another group - ([Add a group to the membership of another group (nesting)](manage/groupmembershipfunction.md#add-a-group-to-the-membership-of-another-group-nesting)). + ([Add a group to the membership of another group (nesting)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupmembershipfunction.md#add-a-group-to-the-membership-of-another-group-nesting)). - Select a group and click **Send Email** on the toolbar to send an email to the group. This launches the default Windows email application for sending an email to group members. - Click **Export Results** on the toolbar to export the group list to a Microsoft Excel file. @@ -63,7 +69,7 @@ your groups matching the filters will be displayed. - **Me:** You can set yourself as the Owner - **Other:** You can select some other user as the owner. -- Manually [ Group Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupdeletion.md) any of your group. +- Manually [ Group Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupdeletion.md) any of your group. - Get a list of all groups managed by s particular group (i.e., all groups for which the selected group is a primary or additional owner) @@ -77,7 +83,7 @@ your groups matching the filters will be displayed. Use the page numbers under the group listing to page through all groups. You can control the number of records to be displayed per page by modifying the **Search results per -page** setting on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/setting/portal.md) panel. +page** setting on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. ## Modify Search Directory @@ -86,7 +92,7 @@ a domain to search active groups from. ## Transfer Ownership -You can find [Transfer Ownership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/transferownership.md) option on the top right corner. Transfer +You can find [Transfer Ownership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/transferownership.md) option on the top right corner. Transfer Ownership enables you to: - Assign owners to orphan groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mymemberships.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mymemberships.md similarity index 50% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mymemberships.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mymemberships.md index 1fc40ad7d4..71fd7ea28d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mymemberships.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mymemberships.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Memberships" +description: "My Memberships" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # My Memberships To view the groups that you are a member of, click **Groups** on the left navigation pane and select @@ -6,6 +12,6 @@ To view the groups that you are a member of, click **Groups** on the left naviga The **My Memberships** tab lists only active groups that you are a member of; expired and deleted groups are not displayed. -You can [Modify Search Directory](allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search your memberships -and add [Filter All Groups](allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Memberships Grid +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search your memberships +and add [Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Memberships Grid Filters**. All your memberships matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mysmartgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mysmartgroups.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93cdcdc0dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mysmartgroups.md @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "My Smart Groups" +description: "My Smart Groups" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + +# My Smart Groups + +This page lists only the Smart Groups that you are primary owner of. To include the groups for which +you are an additional owner, select the **Display additional group ownership in My Smart Groups** +check box on the [Portal Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/portal.md) panel. + +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search your smart groups +and add [Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **Smart Group Grid Filters**. +All the smart groups matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myteams.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myteams.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36b836d07b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myteams.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "My Teams" +description: "My Teams" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + +# My Teams + +This page lists all the Microsoft Teams groups that you own. + +You can [Modify Search Directory](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#modify-search-directory) to search teams and add +[Filter All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/allgroups/allgroups.md#filter-all-groups)by clicking **My Teams Grid Filters**. All the +teams matching the filters will be displayed. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/overview.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/overview.md index 6484fb19c1..7b4b2d80c0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Management" +description: "Group Management" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Group Management Directory Manager portal enables you to manage directory groups, that includes both static groups @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ groups, thus ensuring that groups are never out of date. This allows administrators to easily maintain large groups without having to manually add and remove members. -NOTE: You must [Log in](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/login.md#log-in) before using it for group management. +NOTE: You must [Log in](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/login.md#log-in) before using it for group management. NOTE: When two identity stores (say, ID1 and ID2) are connected to the same domain (for example, demo1.com), then objects in demo1.com would have a distinct state in ID1 and ID2. For example, an diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..395223c37a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Group Properties", + "position": 90, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/advanced.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/advanced.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/advanced.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/advanced.md index 1a39e52954..1e76c1c1b8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/advanced.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/advanced.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Advanced tab" +description: "Group properties - Advanced tab" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Group properties - Advanced tab Use this tab to control the group's visibility in the messaging provider's address book and manage diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md index 25424111d7..802a96fcc2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Object properties - Attributes tab" +description: "Object properties - Attributes tab" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Object properties - Attributes tab Use this tab to manage custom attributes for this object. These attributes are used to store diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/channels.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/channels.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/channels.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/channels.md index 784e4465c2..40eb681b7f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/channels.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/channels.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Teams Properties - Channels" +description: "Teams Properties - Channels" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Teams Properties - Channels Use this tab to view, add, and remove the channels in a Teams group. @@ -29,7 +35,7 @@ Add the information for the following: It is displayed only if you select Private from the Privacy drop-down list. Click **Add** and enter a search string to locate the user to add as a member, or click - **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. + **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. Click **Remove** if you want to remove any member. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md index 27a627613f..9dfb8e9161 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Delivery Restrictions tab" +description: "Group properties - Delivery Restrictions tab" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Group properties - Delivery Restrictions tab Use this tab to apply email restrictions to this group. You can manage the list of objects (users, @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ Shows the objects whose emails will not be delivered to the group. **Add** To add an object to a list, click **Add** in the respective area. Enter a search string to locate -the required object, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for +the required object, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. **Remove** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md index fa5cbfafcc..2b8c28e65f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Dynasty Options tab" +description: "Group properties - Dynasty Options tab" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Group properties - Dynasty Options tab Directory Managerprovides advanced options that you can use to enhance the Dynasty structure and its @@ -48,7 +54,7 @@ You can view and change the attributes for parent and middle Dynasties. - Select an attribute and click **Edit** to modify it. - Click **Remove** to remove the selected attribute. -See the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md) for details. +See the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md) for details. **Inheritance** @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ the top manager and sub-level managers, or add all direct reports of the top man managers as members of a single group. You can view and change these structure options for parent and middle Dynasties. For details, see -the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md). +the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md). NOTE: (1) If the **Set manager as owner** check box is selected, the **Always inherit** option is set for Inheritance, and the managedBy attribute is specified for inheritance, the **Set manager as @@ -106,7 +112,7 @@ Dynasties, replacing their respective primary owners. Set a custom attribute to create a managerial lineage in the context of this attribute. -See the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md)for a +See the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md)for a discussion on attributes. In addition to the scenarios discussed, the following also apply on Dynasty update: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/email.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/email.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/email.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/email.md index ef8e31e1fd..148774f436 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/email.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/email.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Email tab" +description: "Group properties - Email tab" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Group properties - Email tab Use this tab to view the email addresses assigned to this group. If your portal is connected to an @@ -22,10 +28,10 @@ additional owners specified for the group. GroupID sends group expiry, deletion, and renewal notifications to all Exchange additional owners along with the group’s primary owner and additional owners. See -[Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md) in group properties. +[Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md) in group properties. - Click **Add** to add an Exchange additional owner. Enter a search string to locate the required - object, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a + object, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. - To remove an Exchange additional owner, select it and click **Remove**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/entitlements.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/entitlements.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/entitlements.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/entitlements.md index 234c9e9da1..3fb27a07a8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/entitlements.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/entitlements.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Properties - Entitlement tab" +description: "Group Properties - Entitlement tab" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Group Properties - Entitlement tab Entitlement computes the effective NTFS permissions granted to objects on shared resources residing diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/general.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/general.md index 1e2eeb8eec..9b7f0a8659 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - General tab" +description: "Group properties - General tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Group properties - General tab This tab allows you to view or modify the general information about the group. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md index 55f1a23a22..8a55b1d467 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Object properties - History tab" +description: "Object properties - History tab" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Object properties - History tab This tab displays the object's history, which includes all changes to the object since its creation. History is available if the administrator has enabled history tracking for the identity store. See -[History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/overview.md). +[History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/overview.md). ## View History @@ -52,9 +58,9 @@ edit or add comments. ### Add a note The option to add a note is available on the My Account History card on Dashboard, and all History -pages i.e.[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md), -[My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md) and -[My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. +pages i.e.[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md), +[My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md) and +[My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. Step 1 – Click the **Add Note** button next to a history item to add a note to it. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md index 4338e77464..a32afa8245 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import Additional Owners" +description: "Import Additional Owners" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Import Additional Owners The **Import Additional Owners** wizard enables you to specify additional owners for a group using diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importmembers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importmembers.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importmembers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importmembers.md index 8c84e981bd..f6e651d95d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importmembers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importmembers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import Group Members" +description: "Import Group Members" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Import Group Members The **Import Members** wizard enables you to add members to the group using an external file. @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ launch the **Import Members** wizard. - **External Data Source** - 1. On the **Providers** page, select [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) to + 1. On the **Providers** page, select [Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) to create a query. The query will fetch all those members that match the set criteria. The Query Designer is not working. After adding provider in the data source, it is @@ -110,7 +116,7 @@ launch the **Import Members** wizard. 1. On the **Lifecycle** page, select the **Import Members From Group(s)** option to add all members of another group or groups to the membership of this group. -2. Click the **Search Groups** button; the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) is displayed, +2. Click the **Search Groups** button; the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) is displayed, where you can search and select the group(s) whose members you want to import into the membership of this group. 3. Click **Next**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/memberof.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/memberof.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/memberof.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/memberof.md index fb85ec7cbd..13324c44dc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/memberof.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/memberof.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "properties - Member Of tab" +description: "properties - Member Of tab" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # properties - Member Of tab Use this tab to view the groups of which this group is a member. You can add and remove this group @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ based on a particular criterion. For example; to show groups whose display names | Column Name | Description | | ------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Display Name | Displays the names of the groups this user is a member of. | -| Membership | Indicates whether the user is a temporary or permanent member of the group. - Perpetual – To make the object a permanent member of the group. - Temporary Member – To make the object a temporary member of the group for the period you specify in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is removed from the group membership. - Addition Pending – Indicates that the object will be a temporary member of the group for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Addition Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type changes to ‘Temporary Member’. Example. You add Smith as a temporary member to Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Addition Pending’ as its membership type from May 15 to 19. However, Smith would not be added to group membership in the provider. On May 20, Smith will become a temporary member of Group A and its membership type will change to ‘Temporary Member’ from May 20 to 30. Smith will also be added to group membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be removed from Group A as a member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Removal Pending - Indicates that the object will be temporarily removed from group membership for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Removal Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type will change to ‘Temporary Removed’. Example. You remove Smith from Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Removal Pending’ as membership type from May 15 to 19. On May 20, Smith’s membership type in Directory Manager will change to ‘Temporary Removed’; lasting till May 30. However, Smith will be removed from Group A’s membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be added back to Group A as a permanent member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Temporary Removed – Indicates that the object is temporarily removed from group membership for the period specified in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is added back to the group membership as a permanent member. When the user is a perpetual member, the **Membership** column is blank. You cannot change the membership type of the user for any group on the **Member Of** tab. Rather, go to the properties of the specific group and change the user's membership type on the [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/members.md). | +| Membership | Indicates whether the user is a temporary or permanent member of the group. - Perpetual – To make the object a permanent member of the group. - Temporary Member – To make the object a temporary member of the group for the period you specify in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is removed from the group membership. - Addition Pending – Indicates that the object will be a temporary member of the group for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Addition Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type changes to ‘Temporary Member’. Example. You add Smith as a temporary member to Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Addition Pending’ as its membership type from May 15 to 19. However, Smith would not be added to group membership in the provider. On May 20, Smith will become a temporary member of Group A and its membership type will change to ‘Temporary Member’ from May 20 to 30. Smith will also be added to group membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be removed from Group A as a member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Removal Pending - Indicates that the object will be temporarily removed from group membership for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Removal Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type will change to ‘Temporary Removed’. Example. You remove Smith from Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Removal Pending’ as membership type from May 15 to 19. On May 20, Smith’s membership type in Directory Manager will change to ‘Temporary Removed’; lasting till May 30. However, Smith will be removed from Group A’s membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be added back to Group A as a permanent member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Temporary Removed – Indicates that the object is temporarily removed from group membership for the period specified in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is added back to the group membership as a permanent member. When the user is a perpetual member, the **Membership** column is blank. You cannot change the membership type of the user for any group on the **Member Of** tab. Rather, go to the properties of the specific group and change the user's membership type on the [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/members.md). | | Beginning | Displays the beginning date of the temporary addition or removal. | | Ending | Displays the ending date of the temporary addition or removal. | @@ -25,7 +31,7 @@ based on a particular criterion. For example; to show groups whose display names Click it to add this group to the memberships of another group (for example, Group A). Enter a search string to locate the required group (Group A), or click **Advance** to use the -[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search +[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search The selected group(s) get listed in the **Member Of** grid. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/members.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/members.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/members.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/members.md index c268e0bb55..aec13be04a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/members.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/members.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Members tab" +description: "Group properties - Members tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Group properties - Members tab Use this tab to view or modify the members of a group. By default, the primary owner is also a @@ -34,15 +40,15 @@ days for temporary membership update. **Add** To add member(s) to the group, click **Add**. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as a -member, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a +member, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. The selected members get listed in the **Members** grid. NOTE: This button is disabled for Smart Groups and Dynasties since their memberships is determined -by the query set on the [Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/smartgroup.md). +by the query set on the [Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/smartgroup.md). See -[Schedule periodic membership updates for Smart Groups/Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/scheduleupdate.md#schedule-periodic-membership-updates-for-smart-groupsdynasties). +[Schedule periodic membership updates for Smart Groups/Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/scheduleupdate.md#schedule-periodic-membership-updates-for-smart-groupsdynasties). **Import** @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ You can also choose to import all members of an existing group or groups to the group. Click **Import** to launch the **Import Members** wizard for importing group members. See -[Import Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importmembers.md) for information and instructions. +[Import Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importmembers.md) for information and instructions. **Export** @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ You can export the list of members to an external file. Supported file formats a Click **Export** to launch the **Export Members** wizard for exporting group members. Select the attributes you want to export. For information and instructions, see -[Export group members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupmembershipfunction.md#export-group-members). +[Export group members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupmembershipfunction.md#export-group-members). **Remove All** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md similarity index 57% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md index 98d83a513a..865e8a7eae 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Properties" +description: "Group Properties" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Group Properties You can view and manipulate the properties of groups in the connected identity store, depending on @@ -11,14 +17,14 @@ displayed. 1. Save the changes made in the properties by clicking **Save**. 2. Click **Delete** to delete the group. 3. **Join** a group as a - [Join a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-temporarily) or - [Join a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-permanently) + [Join a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-temporarily) or + [Join a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#join-a-group-permanently) Select **Other** to add other users to the group. 4. **Leave** a group’s membership - [Leave a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-temporarily) or - [Leave a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-permanently). + [Leave a group temporarily](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-temporarily) or + [Leave a group permanently](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md#leave-a-group-permanently). Select **Other** to remove other users from the group. @@ -45,22 +51,22 @@ displayed. ## Group Properties -- [Group properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/general.md) -- [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md) -- [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/members.md) -- [properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/memberof.md) -- [Group properties - Delivery Restrictions tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Group properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/email.md) -- [Group properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/advanced.md) -- [Group properties - Tree View](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/treeview.md) -- [Group Properties - Entitlement tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/entitlements.md) -- [Group properties - Similar Groups tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/similargroups.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) -- [Teams Properties - Channels](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/channels.md) (For Teams only) -- [Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/smartgroup.md) (for Smart Groups and Dynasties +- [Group properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/general.md) +- [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md) +- [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/members.md) +- [properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/memberof.md) +- [Group properties - Delivery Restrictions tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/deliveryrestrictions.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Group properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/email.md) +- [Group properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/advanced.md) +- [Group properties - Tree View](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/treeview.md) +- [Group Properties - Entitlement tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/entitlements.md) +- [Group properties - Similar Groups tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/similargroups.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) +- [Teams Properties - Channels](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/channels.md) (For Teams only) +- [Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/smartgroup.md) (for Smart Groups and Dynasties only) -- [Group properties - Dynasty Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) (for Dynasties only) +- [Group properties - Dynasty Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) (for Dynasties only) NOTE: The **Delivery Restrictions**, **Attributes**, **Email**, and **Advanced** tabs are not available for groups in a Microsoft Entra IDbased identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md index 29241d6dbc..5e87a1e823 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Owner tab" +description: "Group properties - Owner tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Group properties - Owner tab This tab displays the primary and additional owners of the group. You can do the following, @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ group. If you specify a group, all its members are considered additional owners. You can also specify Exchange additional owners for the group. See the -[Group properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/email.md) in group properties. +[Group properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/email.md) in group properties. NOTE: 1. For groups in an Microsoft Entra ID based identity store, only users can be set as primary owners. Moreover, Microsoft Entra ID supports multiple primary owners for a group. Exchange @@ -25,7 +31,7 @@ additional owners are not supported. The primary owner of the group. To change the primary owner, click **Browse** next to the **Owner** box to launch the -[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), where you can search and select a primary owner. +[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), where you can search and select a primary owner. If the administrator has not enforced the selection of a primary owner in the Group Owner policy, you can also remove the primary owner. Click the **Remove** button next to the **Owner** box to @@ -81,13 +87,13 @@ not run on the particular days for temporary ownership update. To specify additional owner(s) for the group, click **Add**. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as an additional owner, or click **Advance** to -use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. +use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. **Import** You can also specify additional owners for the group using an external file. Click **Import** to launch the **Import Additional Owners** wizard for importing additional owners. See -[Import Additional Owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md) for further information and instructions. +[Import Additional Owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md) for further information and instructions. **Export** @@ -96,7 +102,7 @@ You can export the list of additional owners to an external file. Supported file Click **Export** to launch the **Export Additional Owners** wizard for exporting additional owners. Select the attributes you want to export. For information and instructions, see -[Export additional owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupownershipfunction.md#export-additional-owners). +[Export additional owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupownershipfunction.md#export-additional-owners). **Remove** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/similargroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/similargroups.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/similargroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/similargroups.md index 49afd9c26a..e054f259e4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/similargroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/similargroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Similar Groups tab" +description: "Group properties - Similar Groups tab" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Group properties - Similar Groups tab Directory Manager enables you to compare groups for similarity on the basis of: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/smartgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/smartgroup.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/smartgroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/smartgroup.md index 1afb2c5043..618cf34843 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/smartgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/smartgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab" +description: "Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab Use this tab to view and modify the query defined for the Smart Group/Dynasty, and even schedule @@ -27,7 +33,7 @@ server and storage for the query to fetch the records from. **Query Designer** To modify the query, click the **Query Designer** button. This launches the -[Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md) dialog box, where you can modify the query. +[Query Designer](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md) dialog box, where you can modify the query. Smart Groups and Dynasties in a Microsoft Entra IDbased identity store use a device structured query language while those in an Active Directory based identity store use LDAP queries to update group diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/treeview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/treeview.md similarity index 77% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/treeview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/treeview.md index d9ed38940d..47bf2ccda4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/treeview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/treeview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group properties - Tree View" +description: "Group properties - Tree View" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Group properties - Tree View Using the Directory Managerportal, you can view the hierarchy for a group. This hierarchy is diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b0c31cf81 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Query Designer", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/database.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/database.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/database.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/database.md index 0a612bb944..7a9d94e197 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/database.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/database.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer - Database tab" +description: "Query Designer - Database tab" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Query Designer - Database tab You can combine an external data provider with the directory to determine a group's membership. @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ The supported external data providers are: - SCIM Before using any of the above external data providers, a data source for the provider must be -defined in Admin Center. See the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/create.md) +defined in Admin Center. See the [Create a Data Source](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/create.md) topic. A connection is configured in a data source, Directory Manager portal connects to the external diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md index 8b061f4679..c7d3ee2c46 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer - Filter Criteria tab" +description: "Query Designer - Filter Criteria tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Query Designer - Filter Criteria tab Use this tab to add custom criteria to your query that do not fit any of the categories represented @@ -8,8 +14,8 @@ directory users who live in Houston and have a fax number. You can also apply lo If the administrator in your role's Query Designer policy has defined a default filter criteria, that filter criteria is displayed on this tab. You can view and copy the query using the **View Query** button. See the -[Specify a Default Filter Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md#specify-a-default-filter-criteria) -section of the [ Query Designer Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md) +[Specify a Default Filter Criteria](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md#specify-a-default-filter-criteria) +section of the [ Query Designer Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md) topic. The default criteria is part of the policy; therefore, in Directory Manager portal it is visible to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/general.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/general.md index 851e0d2ffd..6aa84525ac 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer - General tab" +description: "Query Designer - General tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Query Designer - General tab Use this tab to specify the type of objects to include in your search. Options vary according to the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md index 67ce58a248..ad7fc803aa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab" +description: "Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab Use this tab to include or exclude an object from group membership, regardless of whether it is diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md index bc8006cc20..e231a4b4da 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer" +description: "Query Designer" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Query Designer The Query Designer enables you to create queries for Smart Groups, Dynasties and directory objects @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ Microsoft SQL Server. If the administrator has defined a Query Designer access policy for your role, you can create queries as per the defined policy. A banner is displayed on the Query Designer dialog box indicating that the administrator has implemented a policy for your role. See the -[ Query Designer Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md) topic. +[ Query Designer Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md) topic. The query language depends on the identity store type. @@ -85,13 +91,13 @@ View the provider query in the LDAP Query box. The Query Designer has the following tabs: -- [Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/general.md) -- [Query Designer - Storage tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/storage.md) -- [Query Designer - Filter Criteria tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md) -- [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) -- [Query Designer - Database tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/database.md) -- [Query Designer - Script tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/script.md) -- [Query Designer - Password Expiry Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md)[Query Designer - Password Expiry Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md) +- [Query Designer - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/general.md) +- [Query Designer - Storage tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/storage.md) +- [Query Designer - Filter Criteria tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/filtercriteria.md) +- [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) +- [Query Designer - Database tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/database.md) +- [Query Designer - Script tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/script.md) +- [Query Designer - Password Expiry Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md)[Query Designer - Password Expiry Options tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md) (only available for Smart Groups with a password expiry condition) NOTE: The **Storage** and **Script** tabs are not available for groups in a Microsoft Entra ID diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md index 755ad1f2e4..10a5f142b3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/passwordexpiryoptions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer - Password Expiry Options tab" +description: "Query Designer - Password Expiry Options tab" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Query Designer - Password Expiry Options tab The **Password Expiry Options** tab is only available for password expiry groups. You can create a @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ The **Send email after update** options is enabled after the group is created. Warning emails are not sent to group members (users) whose passwords are set to 'never expire'. Such users are included in group membership when you select the **Include users whose password never expires** check box or add such users to the **Include** list on the -[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md). +[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md). For warning emails to be sent, you must have an SMTP server configured for the identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/script.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/script.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/script.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/script.md index a6156c6b75..058b3ecd2d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/script.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/script.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer - Script tab" +description: "Query Designer - Script tab" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Query Designer - Script tab This tab is read-only and displays any script that has been added for the group. The scripting diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/storage.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/storage.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/storage.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/storage.md index e598b65ffe..7c948ecf61 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/storage.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/storage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Query Designer - Storage tab" +description: "Query Designer - Storage tab" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Query Designer - Storage tab Settings on the Storage tab are available when the ‘Messaging System Recipients’ option is selected diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e85c20bf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Deleted Groups", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/general.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/general.md index 13bbcbded0..c766a80f8a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General tab" +description: "General tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # General tab This tab displays the general attributes of the deleted group, such as the group name, last known diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/overview.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/overview.md index 59c0bc1a4a..befef45604 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/recyclebin/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/recyclebin/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Deleted Groups" +description: "Deleted Groups" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Deleted Groups Directory Manager portal handles group deletion as either physical or logical. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/transferownership.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/transferownership.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/transferownership.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/transferownership.md index 6496b08052..7699b8f0ae 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/transferownership.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/transferownership.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Transfer Ownership" +description: "Transfer Ownership" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Transfer Ownership The Transfer Ownership wizard provides a convenient way to: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4508f0827a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Working with Groups", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "workingwithgroups" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/attestation.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/attestation.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/attestation.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/attestation.md index 3dc1e19904..ee50b87c66 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/attestation.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/attestation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Attest an Expiring Group" +description: "Attest an Expiring Group" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Attest an Expiring Group If the Directory Manager administrator enables group attestation for the identity store, then group @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ A group expires when it is not attested and renewed during its expiring days. **History Logging** Directory Manager tracks and maintains history for group attestation. On the -[Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) in group properties, the following is +[Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) in group properties, the following is logged: - The date the group was attested on. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/dynastyfunction.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/dynastyfunction.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/dynastyfunction.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/dynastyfunction.md index f87ab7fde9..deccb0dee1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/dynastyfunction.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/dynastyfunction.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dynasties Functions" +description: "Dynasties Functions" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Dynasties Functions In Directory Manager portal, you can manage Dynasty structure and its membership using the following @@ -11,17 +17,17 @@ country, then for each state within a country, and finally for each city within 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the Organizational, Organizational, or + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the Organizational, Organizational, or custom Dynasty you want to change the attributes for. 2. Select the required Dynasty and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the + The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** tab in view. 3. On the **Dynasty Options** tab, update the attributes in the **Attributes** area. - Refer to the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md) for details. + Refer to the [Dynasty Options page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsorggeocus.md) for details. 4. Click **Save**. @@ -31,17 +37,17 @@ Follow the steps to manage structure of a Managerial Dynasty. 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the Managerial Dynasty you want to + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the Managerial Dynasty you want to restructure. 2. Select the required Dynasty and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the + The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** tab in view. 3. On the **Dynasty Options** tab, modify the options related to the Dynasty structure. - Refer to the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/dynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md) + Refer to the [Dynasty Options page (Managerial Dynasty)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/dynasty/createdynasty/dynastyoptionsmanagerial.md) for details. 4. Click **Save**. @@ -52,18 +58,18 @@ Follow the steps to set attribute inheritance of a dynasty. 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the Dynasty you want to change the + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the Dynasty you want to change the inheritance option for. 2. Select the required Dynasty and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the + The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** tab in view. 3. On the **Dynasty Options** tab, select the required option from the **Inheritance** drop-down list. - See [Inheritance](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md). + See [Inheritance](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md). 4. Click **Save**. @@ -73,20 +79,20 @@ Follow the steps to modify alias of an Organizational/Geographical/Custom dynast 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the Dynasty you want to change the alias + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the Dynasty you want to change the alias or display name template for. 2. Select the required Organizational/Geographical/Custom Dynasty and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the + The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** tab in view. 3. On the **Dynasty Options** tab, use the **Alias Template** and **Display Name Template** boxes to modify the respective templates. - For details, see [Alias Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) and - [Display Name Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) for an + For details, see [Alias Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) and + [Display Name Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) for an Organizational/Geographical/Custom Dynasty. 4. Click **Save**. @@ -95,18 +101,18 @@ Follow the steps to modify aloas of a Managerial dynasty. 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the Dynasty you want to change the alias + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the Dynasty you want to change the alias or display name template for. 2. Select the required Managerial Dynasty and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the + The Dynasty's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** tab in view. 3. On the **Dynasty Options** tab, use the **Alias Template** and **Display Name Template** boxes to modify the respective templates. - For details, see [Alias Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) and - [Display Name Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) for a Managerial Dynasty. + For details, see [Alias Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) and + [Display Name Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/dynastyoptions.md) for a Managerial Dynasty. 4. Click **Save**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/generalfunction.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/generalfunction.md similarity index 70% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/generalfunction.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/generalfunction.md index 45d85738b9..955afed334 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/generalfunction.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/generalfunction.md @@ -1,26 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: "General Group functions" +description: "General Group functions" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # General Group functions You can perform the following general functions on your directory groups. ## Search for groups -See [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md). +See [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md). ## View object properties You can view and modify the properties of a mailbox, group, user and contact. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the required object. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the required object. 2. Select this object on the **Search Results** page and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The object's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The object's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. ## View groups managed by an object You can get a list of all groups managed by a particular object (i.e., all groups for which the selected object is a primary or additional owner). -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the required object. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the required object. 2. Select this object on the **Search Results** page and click **Owner** on the toolbar. ## Manage group access @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ required. 2. Select a group and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** tab in view. 3. Select a different security type for the group from the **Security** list. @@ -54,17 +60,17 @@ NOTE: This feature is not available for groups in a Microsoft Entra ID based ide 2. Select the required group and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 3. Click the **Delivery Restrictions** tab. 4. Specify the senders that the group can receive emails from: 1. Click the **Add** button in the **Accept from** area. 2. Enter a search string to locate the required object, or click **Advanced** to use the - [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. + [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. 5. Select the senders that the group cannot accept emails from: 1. Click the **Add** button in the **Reject from** area. 2. Enter a search string to locate the required object, or click **Advanced** to use the - [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. + [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. 6. Save the changes. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupaccess.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupaccess.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupaccess.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupaccess.md index c6c515e6a1..2d5fc516d1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupaccess.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupaccess.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Group Access" +description: "Manage Group Access" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Manage Group Access A group's security type determines how non-members can access the group and become its members. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupdeletion.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupdeletion.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupdeletion.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupdeletion.md index 2e28c65f06..0a67a735da 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupdeletion.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupdeletion.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Deletion" +description: "Group Deletion" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Group Deletion In Directory Manager, groups can be deleted in any of the following ways: @@ -31,12 +37,12 @@ To renew a physically deleted group, contact the Directory Manager administrator Groups that are deleted by the Group Life Cycle job are considered to be logically deleted. This job deletes expired groups automatically based on the Group Life Cycle policy for the identity store. -Logically deleted groups are moved to the [My Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydeletedgroups.md) page with the +Logically deleted groups are moved to the [My Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydeletedgroups.md) page with the 'Deleted\_' prefix added to their names. Such groups have all their attributes intact. As a result, a logically deleted group, when renewed, returns to the state it had at the time of deletion. See the -[What Happens When a Group is Deleted](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/groupexpirydeletion.md#what-happens-when-a-group-is-deleted) +[What Happens When a Group is Deleted](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/groupexpirydeletion.md#what-happens-when-a-group-is-deleted) topic for additional information on group deletion. ## Group Deletion Notifications diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupexpiry.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiry.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupexpiry.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiry.md index e53073d465..745133eb41 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupexpiry.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiry.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Expiry" +description: "Group Expiry" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Group Expiry Directory Manager provides two ways to expire a group: @@ -70,7 +76,7 @@ to all groups in the identity store and cannot be changed for individual groups. When the Group Lifeycle job executes the Group Lifecycle policy, it monitors group expiry dates as determined by each group’s expiration period. See the -[Set a Default Expiry Policy for Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#set-a-default-expiry-policy-for-groups) +[Set a Default Expiry Policy for Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#set-a-default-expiry-policy-for-groups) topic. ## Group Expiry Notifications @@ -92,5 +98,5 @@ expiry, the job does the following: Directory Manager will extend the group’s expiration date by 7 days. Notifications are sent if an SMTP server is configured for the identity store. See the -[Set Group Expiry Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/grouplifecycle.md#set-group-expiry-notifications) +[Set Group Expiry Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/grouplifecycle.md#set-group-expiry-notifications) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupexpiryfunction.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiryfunction.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupexpiryfunction.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiryfunction.md index e1532522b1..7aa306d37d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupexpiryfunction.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiryfunction.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Expiry Functions" +description: "Group Expiry Functions" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Group Expiry Functions You can expire, renew or delete a group using Directory Manager portal. You can change expiry policy @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ Follow the steps to expire a group manually. 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups**, **My Memberships**, or **My Expiring Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to expire. + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to expire. 2. On the page displayed, select the required group and click **Expire** on the toolbar. @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ NOTE: Note the following: - When you try to manually expire a group with the expiry policy set to ‘Never Expire’, an error message is displayed, informing you that the group cannot be expired. - When you manually expire a group with an expiry policy other than ‘Never Expire’, the group - expires and is moved it to the [My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiredgroups.md) page. + expires and is moved it to the [My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiredgroups.md) page. - A group without an expiry policy will not expire. Directory groups that are created outside of Directory Manager do not have an expiry policy. @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ If expired groups are not renewed within a specific period (set by the Directory administrator in the Group Lifecycle policy for the identity store), they are logically deleted when the period ends. See Group life cycle job. -Logically deleted groups are moved to the [My Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/mydeletedgroups.md) page with the +Logically deleted groups are moved to the [My Deleted Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/mydeletedgroups.md) page with the “Deleted\_” prefix added to their names. ## Change the expiry policy for a group @@ -41,12 +47,12 @@ When a group is created, it has its expiry policy set to 'Never Expire'. You can as required. The Group Life Cycle job expires groups according to their respective expiry policies and moves them -to the [My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiredgroups.md) page. +to the [My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/mygroups/myexpiredgroups.md) page. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to change the expiry policy for. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to change the expiry policy for. 2. Select this group on the **Search Results** page and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed with the **General** tab in view. 3. From the **Expiration Policy** list, select the duration that the group would remain active for, @@ -62,11 +68,11 @@ to the [My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/myexpiredgro 4. Click **Save**. NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified this action for review, your changes will -not take effect until verified by an approver. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md). +not take effect until verified by an approver. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md). ## Attest an expiring group -See [Attest an Expiring Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/attestation.md). +See [Attest an Expiring Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/attestation.md). ## Renew an expired group diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupjoinleave.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupjoinleave.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md index 18d72717a8..5ae78500ee 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupjoinleave.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupjoinleave.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Join/Leave a Group" +description: "Join/Leave a Group" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Join/Leave a Group Directory Manager provides you the facility to join/leave a group temporarily or permanently for a @@ -7,26 +13,26 @@ specified period of time. You can join a semi-private or public group as a permanent member. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group(s) you want to join. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group(s) you want to join. 2. On the page displayed, select the group(s) to join. 3. Point to the **Join** button on the toolbar, make sure that the **Join Perpetually** option is selected, and click **Join**. - You can also join a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page by + You can also join a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page by using the **Join** button on the toolbar. When a user joins a Smart Group or Dynasty, he or she is added to the **Include** list on the -[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As +[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As a result, the user remains a group member even when it does not fall in the scope of the query. NOTE: For a semi-private group, the group owner must approve your _join_ request before you are -added to group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md). +added to group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md). ## Join a group temporarily The logged-in user can join a semi-private or public group as a temporary member. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group(s) you want to join. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group(s) you want to join. 2. On the page displayed, select the group(s) to join. 3. Point to the **Join** button on the toolbar and select the **Join Temporarily** option. 4. In the **Duration** list, select one of the following options: @@ -41,15 +47,15 @@ The logged-in user can join a semi-private or public group as a temporary member 5. Click **Join**. - You can also join a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page by + You can also join a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page by using the **Join** button on the toolbar. When a user joins a Smart Group or Dynasty, he or she is added to the **Include** list on the -[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As +[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As a result, the user remains a group member even when it does not fall in the scope of the query. NOTE: For a semi-private group, the group owner must approve your _join_ request before you are -added to group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md). +added to group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md). ## Leave a group permanently @@ -61,21 +67,21 @@ The logged-in user can permanently leave the membership of a semi-private or pub Or - [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group(s) you want to leave. + [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group(s) you want to leave. 2. On the page displayed, select the required group(s). 3. Point to the **Leave** button on the toolbar, make sure that the **Leave Perpetually** option is selected, and click **Leave**. - You can also leave a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page by + You can also leave a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page by using the **Leave** button on the toolbar. When a user leaves a Smart Group or Dynasty, he or she is added to the **Exclude** list on the -[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As +[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As a result, the user is not added to group membership even when it falls in the scope of the query. NOTE: For a semi-private group, the group owner must approve your _leave_ request before you are -removed from group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md). +removed from group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md). ## Leave a group temporarily @@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ The logged-in user can leave the membership of a semi-private or public group on Or - [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group(s) you want to leave. + [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group(s) you want to leave. 2. On the page displayed, select the required group(s). 3. Point to the **Leave** button on the toolbar and select the **Leave Temporarily** option. @@ -103,15 +109,15 @@ The logged-in user can leave the membership of a semi-private or public group on 5. Click **Leave**. - You can also leave a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page by + You can also leave a group on the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page by using the **Leave** button on the toolbar. When a user leaves a Smart Group or Dynasty, he or she is added to the **Exclude** list on the -[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As +[Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As a result, the user is not added to group membership even when it falls in the scope of the query. NOTE: For a semi-private group, the group owner must approve your _leave_ request before you are -removed from group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md). +removed from group membership. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md). ## Join or leave a group on behalf of a direct report or peer @@ -137,7 +143,7 @@ The logged-in user can join a group on behalf of a direct report or peer. 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups**, **My Memberships**, or **My Expiring Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to join on behalf of + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to join on behalf of a direct report or peer. 2. On the page displayed, select the group to join. @@ -157,7 +163,7 @@ The logged-in user can join a group on behalf of a direct report or peer. period, and click **Join**. When a user is joined on behalf to a Smart Group or Dynasty, he or she is added to the **Include** -list on the [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query +list on the [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As a result, the user remains a group member even when it does not fall in the scope of the query. @@ -168,7 +174,7 @@ The logged-in user can leave a group on behalf of a direct report or peer. 1. On the left navigation bar, click **Groups** and then select the **My Groups**, **My Memberships**, or **My Expiring Groups** tab. - You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to leave on behalf of + You can also [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to leave on behalf of a direct report or peer. 2. On the page displayed, select the group to leave. @@ -188,7 +194,7 @@ The logged-in user can leave a group on behalf of a direct report or peer. period, and click **Leave**. When a user is removed on behalf from a Smart Group or Dynasty, he or she is added to the -**Exclude** list on the [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) +**Exclude** list on the [Query Designer - Include/Exclude tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/querydesigner/includeexclude.md) of the Query Designer. As a result, the user is not added to group membership even when it falls in the scope of the query. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupmembershipfunction.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupmembershipfunction.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupmembershipfunction.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupmembershipfunction.md index 6a742f59ed..b276b5845c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupmembershipfunction.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupmembershipfunction.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Membership functions" +description: "Group Membership functions" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Group Membership functions Groups let you apply a common set of policies to multiple users. Groups also guarantee consistency @@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ will exist but without any link to Group A. Hence, Group A’s membership will b You can add one or more objects to the membership of one or more groups. These objects would be added as permanent members. You will find them listed as members on the Members tab in -[Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md). +[Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md). NOTE: In a Microsoft Entra ID based identity store, only user objects can be added as members of an Office 365 group. @@ -49,21 +55,21 @@ Use any of the following methods to add members to groups. ### Method 1: -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the required objects. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the required objects. 2. Select these objects on the **Search Results** page and click **Add to Group** on the toolbar. -3. The [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) is displayed, where you can search and select the +3. The [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) is displayed, where you can search and select the group(s) to add the objects to. ### Method 2: -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to add members to. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to add members to. 2. Select this group on the **Search Results** page and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 3. On the **Members** tab, click **Add**. 4. Enter a search string to locate the objects to add as members, or click **Advanced** to use the - [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. + [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. 5. Save the changes. NOTE: These methods for adding members are recommended for static (unmanaged) groups only. For Smart @@ -79,11 +85,11 @@ membership type of an object from permanent to temporary and vice versa. You can also add or remove an object from a group's membership for a temporary period. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) a group to change the membership type of its +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) a group to change the membership type of its member(s). 2. Select this group on the **Search Results** page and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed, where the + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed, where the **Members** tab lists the group members. 3. To change the membership type of a member, click anywhere in the respective row to make it @@ -150,10 +156,10 @@ days for temporary membership update. Follow the steps to remove members permanently from a group. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to remove member(s) from. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to remove member(s) from. 2. Select this group on the **Search Results** page and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 3. On the **Members** tab, select the group members you want to remove and click **Remove**. 4. Save the changes. @@ -172,7 +178,7 @@ Follow the steps to add a group to the membership of another group (nesting). 2. Select the My Groups, **My Memberships**, or **My Expiring Groups** tab. 3. Select the group(s) to add to the membership of another group and click **Add to Group** on the toolbar. -4. On the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), search and select the group to add members to it, +4. On the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), search and select the group to add members to it, and click **OK**. ## Import members to a group @@ -188,11 +194,11 @@ Office 365 group. 2. Select the group you want to import members to, and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. -3. On the [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/members.md), click **Import** to launch the +3. On the [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/members.md), click **Import** to launch the **Import Members** wizard. -4. See [Import Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importmembers.md) for further information and +4. See [Import Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importmembers.md) for further information and instructions. 5. Save the changes. @@ -200,10 +206,10 @@ Office 365 group. You can export members of a group to an external file. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) a group to export its members to an external file. +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) a group to export its members to an external file. 2. Select this group on the **Search Results** page and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 3. On the **Members** tab, click **Export** to launch the **Export Members** wizard. 4. On the **Attributes** page: @@ -236,10 +242,10 @@ Microsoft Entra ID tenant to the membership of a group in your domain. Or - [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to invite a guest user to. + [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to invite a guest user to. 2. Select the required group from the list and click **Properties** on the toolbar. The group's - [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 3. On the **Members** tab, click the **Invite User** button. 4. On the **Invite User** dialog box, provide the following information: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupownershipfunction.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupownershipfunction.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupownershipfunction.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupownershipfunction.md index b2f202e4f2..3fcfe72c1c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupownershipfunction.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupownershipfunction.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Ownership Functions" +description: "Group Ownership Functions" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Group Ownership Functions The Directory Managerportal enables you to perform ownership related functions such as change @@ -60,11 +66,11 @@ Follow the steps to change a group's primary owner. 2. Select the required group and click **Properties** on the toolbar. 3. The group's properties page is displayed. -4. On the [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md), the **Owner** box displays the +4. On the [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md), the **Owner** box displays the group's primary owner. To change the primary owner, click **Browse** to launch the - [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), where you can search and select another owner. + [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), where you can search and select another owner. 5. Save the changes. @@ -87,11 +93,11 @@ impact on the number of additional owners the group can have. The Groups page is displayed with the **My Groups** tab in view. 2. Select the required group and click **Properties** on the toolbar. -3. The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. -4. On the [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md), click **Add** in the **Additional +3. The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. +4. On the [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md), click **Add** in the **Additional Owners** area. 5. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as an additional owner, or click **Advanced** - to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. + to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. 6. By default, all group-related notifications (such as group expiry, deletion, and renewal notifications) are sent to the primary owner and all additional owners. To exclude an additional owner from receiving notifications, select the **Do not notify** check box. @@ -114,16 +120,16 @@ Follow the steps to import additional owners for a group. Or - [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) a group to import its additional owners from an + [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) a group to import its additional owners from an external file. 2. Select the required from the list. and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. -3. On the [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/owner.md), click **Import** to launch the +3. On the [Group properties - Owner tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/owner.md), click **Import** to launch the **Import Additional Owners** wizard. -4. See [Import Additional Owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md) for further information +4. See [Import Additional Owners](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/importadditionalowners.md) for further information and instructions. 5. Save the changes. @@ -137,12 +143,12 @@ You can export additional owners of a group to an external file. Or - [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) a group to export its additional owners to an + [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) a group to export its additional owners to an external file. 2. Select the group and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 3. On the **Owner** tab, click **Export** to launch the **Export Additional Owners** wizard. 4. On the **Attributes** page: @@ -169,10 +175,10 @@ You can export additional owners of a group to an external file. Ownership type indicates whether an object is a temporary or permanent additional owner of a group. You can change the ownership type of an additional owner from temporary to permanent and vice versa. -1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) a group to change the ownership type of its additional +1. [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) a group to change the ownership type of its additional owner(s). 2. Select this group on the Search Results page and click **Properties** on the toolbar. -3. On the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page, click the **Owner** tab. +3. On the group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page, click the **Owner** tab. 4. To change the ownership type of an additional owner, click anywhere in the respective row to make it editable, and select an option from the **Ownership** list: @@ -246,10 +252,10 @@ Exchange additional group owners. The Groups page is displayed with the **My Groups** tab in view. 2. Select the required group and click **Properties** on the toolbar. -3. The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. +3. The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 4. On the **Email** tab, click **Add** in the **Managed By** area. 5. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as an Exchange additional owner, or click - **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. + **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. NOTE: Only mail-enabled users can be set as Exchange additional owners. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/scheduleupdate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/scheduleupdate.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/scheduleupdate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/scheduleupdate.md index c603247f0c..93123eed23 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/scheduleupdate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/scheduleupdate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Scheduled Updates Functions" +description: "Scheduled Updates Functions" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Scheduled Updates Functions When a Smart Group or Dynasty is updated using a scheduled job, it involves the following: @@ -7,7 +13,7 @@ When a Smart Group or Dynasty is updated using a scheduled job, it involves the If the administrator has defined a Query Designer policy for your role, group membership is updated as per the defined policy. See the - [ Query Designer Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md)topic for + [ Query Designer Policy](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/querydesigner.md)topic for additional information. NOTE: Whatever the records returned by the query, the membership of an Office 365 group is @@ -46,10 +52,10 @@ In Directory Manager portal, you can perform the following functions for Smart G Or - [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to modify the query for. + [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to modify the query for. 2. Select the required Smart Group or Dynasty and click **Properties** on the toolbar. -3. Use the [Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/smartgroup.md) to view +3. Use the [Group properties - Smart Group/Query Designer tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/smartgroup.md) to view the query defined for the group. Click the **Query Designer** button to launch the **Query Designer** dialog box, where you can @@ -75,12 +81,12 @@ membership update. Or - [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) the group you want to associate a Smart Group Update + [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) the group you want to associate a Smart Group Update job with. 2. Select the required Smart Group or Dynasty and click **Properties** on the toolbar. - The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. + The group's [Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md) page is displayed. 3. On the **Smart Group/Query Designer** tab, select a Smart Group Update job from the **Scheduled Job** list. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/sendassendonbehalf.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/sendassendonbehalf.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/sendassendonbehalf.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/sendassendonbehalf.md index 409b49924e..830b301279 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/sendassendonbehalf.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/sendassendonbehalf.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "The Send As and Send on Behalf features" +description: "The Send As and Send on Behalf features" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # The Send As and Send on Behalf features The administrator can configure the Send As and Send on Behalf features for a Directory Manager @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ when User B sends a message using User A’s address, the ‘From’ address wil `` on behalf of Mailbox ``. The administrator can provide the Send As and Send on Behalf features on any tab in -[Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/overview.md). They are displayed as: +[Group Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/overview.md). They are displayed as: ![sendassendon](/img/product_docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/sendassendon.webp) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/workingwithgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/workingwithgroups.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/workingwithgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/workingwithgroups.md index ec22ba9824..348fa292dc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/workingwithgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/workingwithgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Working with Groups" +description: "Working with Groups" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Working with Groups A Directory Manager portal enables you to manage your directory groups in the identity store, so you @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ General - [View groups managed by an object](generalfunction.md#view-groups-managed-by-an-object) - [Manage group access](generalfunction.md#manage-group-access) - [Set email delivery restrictions](generalfunction.md#set-email-delivery-restrictions) -- [The Send As and Send on Behalf features](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/sendassendonbehalf.md) +- [The Send As and Send on Behalf features](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/sendassendonbehalf.md) Group Membership @@ -60,12 +66,12 @@ Dynasties Group Expiry and Deletion -- [Group Expiry](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupexpiry.md) +- [Group Expiry](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupexpiry.md) - [Expire a group manually ](groupexpiryfunction.md#expire-a-group-manually) - [Change the expiry policy for a group](groupexpiryfunction.md#change-the-expiry-policy-for-a-group) - [Attest an expiring group](groupexpiryfunction.md#attest-an-expiring-group) - [Renew an expired group](groupexpiryfunction.md#renew-an-expired-group) -- [ Group Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/manage/groupdeletion.md) +- [ Group Deletion](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/workingwithgroups/groupdeletion.md) Query Designer Policy for Groups diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be10a7daf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Group APIs", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "groupapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroup.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroup.md index 94ebba110c..3a650df39e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Smart Group" +description: "Create a Smart Group" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Create a Smart Group Using this API, you can create a Smart Group in the identity store specified in the endpoint URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroupentraid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroupentraid.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroupentraid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroupentraid.md index dd48209807..83b4b20e7d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createsmartgroupentraid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroupentraid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create an Entra ID Smart Group" +description: "Create an Entra ID Smart Group" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Create an Entra ID Smart Group Using this API you can create a Smart Group or a dynamic group in a Microsoft Entra ID identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroup.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroup.md index 3663463cdb..4201b4c6d7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Static Group" +description: "Create a Static Group" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Static Group Using this API, you can create a normal directory group, also called an unmanaged or static group, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroupentraid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroupentraid.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroupentraid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroupentraid.md index ac3ee7ec7d..5d71c32dbc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/createstaticgroupentraid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroupentraid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create an Entra ID Static Group" +description: "Create an Entra ID Static Group" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create an Entra ID Static Group Using this API you can create a Static Group in a Microsoft Entra ID identity store. The following diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroup.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroup.md index ff7af65e82..6e2b548168 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete a Group" +description: "Delete a Group" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Delete a Group Use this API to delete a group from an identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroups.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroups.md index 4b4dec4fd8..d1234b3bc4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/deletegroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete Groups" +description: "Delete Groups" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Delete Groups The Delete Groups API deletes multiple groups from an identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroup.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroup.md index 893e540345..389dbd16d5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Expire a Group" +description: "Expire a Group" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Expire a Group This API expires the group whose identity is provided in the endpoint URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroups.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroups.md index 89e0949009..df80865519 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/expiregroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Expire Groups" +description: "Expire Groups" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Expire Groups This API expires multiple groups whose identities are provided in the request body. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroup.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroup.md index 2f84c59f47..f22963c756 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a Group" +description: "Get a Group" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get a Group This Get Group API retrieves details of a specified group. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroups.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroups.md index da5883e0b2..b5ceb391cd 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/getgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Groups" +description: "Get Groups" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Get Groups Using this API, you can fetch multiple groups from an identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/groupapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/groupapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07c037071d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/groupapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: "Group APIs" +description: "Group APIs" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + +# Group APIs + +Directory Manager provides the following APIs for performing group-specific functions: + +- [Create a Static Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroup.md) +- [Create an Entra ID Static Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createstaticgroupentraid.md) +- [Create a Smart Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroup.md) +- [Create an Entra ID Smart Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/createsmartgroupentraid.md) +- [Delete a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroup.md) +- [Delete Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/deletegroups.md) +- [Expire a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroup.md) +- [Expire Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/expiregroups.md) +- [Get a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroup.md) +- [Get Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/getgroups.md) +- [Join a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingroup.md) +- [Join a Group on behalf of another user](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingrouponbehalf.md) +- [Leave a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegroup.md) +- [Leave a Group on behalf of another user](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegrouponbehalf.md) +- [Get Preview of a Smart Group Membership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/previewmembership.md) +- [Renew a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroup.md) +- [Renew Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroups.md) +- [Update a Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroup.md) +- [Update Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroups.md) +- [Update a Smart Group](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroup.md) +- [Update Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroups.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingroup.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingroup.md index 322e6e3911..b1a1373e30 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Join a Group" +description: "Join a Group" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Join a Group Using this API, you can join a group as per the specified membership type. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingrouponbehalf.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingrouponbehalf.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingrouponbehalf.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingrouponbehalf.md index 6b608fa99d..80babd35f3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/joingrouponbehalf.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/joingrouponbehalf.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Join a Group on behalf of another user" +description: "Join a Group on behalf of another user" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Join a Group on behalf of another user Using this API, you can join the group specified in the endpoint URL on behalf of another user. You diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegroup.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegroup.md index 69079abce1..a2e65ba1f3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Leave a Group" +description: "Leave a Group" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Leave a Group Using this API, you can leave a group according to the parameters specified in the body, such as diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegrouponbehalf.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegrouponbehalf.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegrouponbehalf.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegrouponbehalf.md index f2e0e55a3a..81a7bace4c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/leavegrouponbehalf.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/leavegrouponbehalf.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Leave a Group on behalf of another user" +description: "Leave a Group on behalf of another user" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Leave a Group on behalf of another user Using this API, you can leave a group on behalf of another user. You have to specify the identity diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/previewmembership.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/previewmembership.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/previewmembership.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/previewmembership.md index 714857a4e5..9960a85b1f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/previewmembership.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/previewmembership.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Preview of a Smart Group Membership" +description: "Get Preview of a Smart Group Membership" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Get Preview of a Smart Group Membership Using this API, you can preview membership changes that will occur in a Smart Group membership as diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroup.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroup.md index 1836029c76..dfdf0929b3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Renew a Group" +description: "Renew a Group" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Renew a Group It renews a group, identity of which is provided in the endpoint URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroups.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroups.md index 134b992979..09f962e91b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/renewgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/renewgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Renew Groups" +description: "Renew Groups" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Renew Groups This API renews multiple groups, identities of which are provided in the request body. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroup.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroup.md index b36eac720d..b1fa2c815e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update a Group" +description: "Update a Group" +sidebar_position: 180 +--- + # Update a Group Using this API, you can update a group's details. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroups.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroups.md index 9d28545692..3af3cd0450 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updategroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updategroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update Groups" +description: "Update Groups" +sidebar_position: 190 +--- + # Update Groups Using this API, you can update multiple groups. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroup.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroup.md index acf3e369f5..91eb38db86 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update a Smart Group" +description: "Update a Smart Group" +sidebar_position: 200 +--- + # Update a Smart Group This API updates a Smart Group, identity of which is provided in the endpoint URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroups.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroups.md index 4dded185e9..2a3433c5e6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/group/updatesmartgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/groupapis/updatesmartgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update Smart Groups" +description: "Update Smart Groups" +sidebar_position: 210 +--- + # Update Smart Groups This API updates multiple Smart Groups whose identities are provided in the request body. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7afd4779cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "History", + "position": 100, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md index 7ba3a0b8ec..129ac2c4b2 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Groups' History" +description: "My Groups' History" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # My Groups' History To view a detailed list of the actions that you have performed on the groups that you own using the @@ -80,7 +86,7 @@ edit or add comments. ### Add a note The option to add a note is available on the My Account History card on Dashboard, and all History -pages i.e.[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md), [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md) and My Groups' +pages i.e.[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md), [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md) and My Groups' History pages. Step 8 – Click the **Add Note** button next to a history item to add a note to it. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md index ea7e3edf5d..3e3308ea49 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Direct Reports' History" +description: "My Direct Reports' History" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # My Direct Reports' History To view the history of updates and changes made to your direct reports, click **History** on the @@ -81,8 +87,8 @@ edit or add comments. ### Add a note The option to add a note is available on the My Account History card on Dashboard, and all History -pages i.e.[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md), My Direct Reports' History and -[My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. +pages i.e.[My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md), My Direct Reports' History and +[My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. Step 8 – Click the **Add Note** button next to a history item to add a note to it. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md index 64c20a52f3..73d9c2e5e6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My History" +description: "My History" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # My History To view a log of all actions you have performed in the identity store using the following: , click @@ -69,8 +75,8 @@ edit or add comments. ### Add a note The option to add a note is available on the My Account History card on Dashboard, and all History -pages i.e.My History, [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md) and -[My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. +pages i.e.My History, [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md) and +[My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md) pages. Step 7 – Click the **Add Note** button next to a history item to add a note to it. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/overview.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/overview.md index 8c0839dad4..6bb2a6091d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "History" +description: "History" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # History The Directory Manager portal maintains a log of actions when objects are created, modified, and @@ -20,7 +26,7 @@ history-tracking was turned off. A user can add a note to a history action that he/she performed. Other users can just view that note. This note may explain the reason for performing that action. See the -[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/configure/directoryservice/historytracking.md) +[Configure History Tracking](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/configure/historytracking.md) topic. ## History views in the portal @@ -31,13 +37,13 @@ The Directory Manager Portal displays history as below: Displays a list of actions performed by the logged-on user. - The **History** tab in group / user / mailbox / contact properties. Displays the actions performed on the object by different users. -- The [My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/myhistory.md) page. +- The [My History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/myhistory.md) page. Displays the actions performed by the logged-on user and any changes made to this user's profile by another user. -- The [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md) page. +- The [My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md) page. Displays the changes made to the logged-on user's direct reports by this user or by any other user. -- The [My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectorygroup.md) page. +- The [My Groups' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectorygroup.md) page. Displays the changes made by the logged-on user to a group that they own. Use the **History items to display on home page** setting on the User Settings panel to specify the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8627317e7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Synchronize Jobs APIs", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "jobsapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createjob.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createjob.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createjob.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createjob.md index 95236acffa..e6c3010947 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createjob.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createjob.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Create a New Job" +description: "Create a New Job" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a New Job Use this API to create a new Synchronize job which is a set of sequential commands that run in the background to move data from one data source to another data source. -See the [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md) topic for more information about +See the [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md) topic for more information about creating a job. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createnewjobcollection.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createnewjobcollection.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createnewjobcollection.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createnewjobcollection.md index 00c473ade9..daf1f827db 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/createnewjobcollection.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createnewjobcollection.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Create a New Job Collection" +description: "Create a New Job Collection" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create a New Job Collection Using this API you can create a new job collection which is a group of individual jobs that run in a particular order. -See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md)topic for +See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md)topic for additional information on the Job collection. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejob.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejob.md similarity index 67% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejob.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejob.md index 554cfd892e..43baf06fab 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejob.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejob.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Delete Jobs" +description: "Delete Jobs" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Delete Jobs After creating job, you can modify a job or even delete a job if it is no more required. Use this API to delete job(s) specified in the end point URL. -See the [Deleting a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/job.md#deleting-a-job) section of the -[Manage a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/job.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Deleting a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/job.md#deleting-a-job) section of the +[Manage a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/job.md) topic for additional information. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejobcollections.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejobcollections.md similarity index 71% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejobcollections.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejobcollections.md index 77651a85c9..5d27ee7c9d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/deletejobcollections.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejobcollections.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Delete Job Collections" +description: "Delete Job Collections" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Delete Job Collections Use this API to delete job collections specified in the end point URL. See the -[Delete a Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md#delete-a-job-collection) -section of the [Manage a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md) topic +[Delete a Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md#delete-a-job-collection) +section of the [Manage a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md) topic for additional information on job collection. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getcollectionsdetails.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getcollectionsdetails.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getcollectionsdetails.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getcollectionsdetails.md index e9f4e10c1d..ad59cfb4a1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getcollectionsdetails.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getcollectionsdetails.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Get Job Collections Details" +description: "Get Job Collections Details" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Get Job Collections Details Use this API to retrieve information about jobs within a job collection based on the criteria provided in the request syntax. -See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md)topic for +See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md)topic for additional information on Job Collections. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md index b621c771b8..c305dfb143 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Get Job Collection Details By Job Collection ID" +description: "Get Job Collection Details By Job Collection ID" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Get Job Collection Details By Job Collection ID Using this API you can retrieve information about a job collection ID of which is given in the endpoint URL. -See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md)topic for +See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md)topic for additional information. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobcollections.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobcollections.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobcollections.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobcollections.md index ebc3c58c19..445efce06a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobcollections.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobcollections.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Get Job Collections" +description: "Get Job Collections" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Get Job Collections Use this API to retrieve information of job collection(s) based on filters provided in the request syntax. -See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md)topic for +See the [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md)topic for additional information on job collections. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobs.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobs.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobs.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobs.md index 97bdb4478e..b1e11ad59b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobs.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobs.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Jobs" +description: "Get Jobs" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Get Jobs Use this API to get information about jobs based on the filters provided in the request syntax. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsdetails.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsdetails.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsdetails.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsdetails.md index 8eff96802c..7d50f8faea 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsdetails.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsdetails.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a Job Details" +description: "Get a Job Details" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get a Job Details Use this API to get details of a job specified in endpoint URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsname.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsname.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsname.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsname.md index b5042df72e..1e92bc2a3b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/getjobsname.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsname.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Jobs Names" +description: "Get Jobs Names" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Get Jobs Names Using this API you can get a list of job names both predefined and user created. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/jobsapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/jobsapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bfb36c4d0e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/jobsapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: "Synchronize Jobs APIs" +description: "Synchronize Jobs APIs" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + +# Synchronize Jobs APIs + +Directory Manager Synchronize is used for transferring data from one data source to another. The +data sources may include directory servers, databases or files. The following APIs can be used for +performing Synchronize jobs-specific functions: + +- [Create a New Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createjob.md) +- [Create a New Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/createnewjobcollection.md) +- [Delete Jobs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejob.md) +- [Delete Job Collections](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/deletejobcollections.md) +- [Get Job Collections Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getcollectionsdetails.md) +- [Get Job Collection Details By Job Collection ID](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjcdetailsbyjcid.md) +- [Get Jobs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobs.md) +- [Get Job Collections](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobcollections.md) +- [Get a Job Details](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsdetails.md) +- [Get Jobs Names ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/getjobsname.md) +- [Update a Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/updatjobcollection.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/updatjobcollection.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/updatjobcollection.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/updatjobcollection.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/updatjobcollection.md index d66dd17784..d759f2a873 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/syncjobs/updatjobcollection.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/jobsapis/updatjobcollection.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update a Job Collection" +description: "Update a Job Collection" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Update a Job Collection Use this API to update information of a job collection. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/login.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/login.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/login.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/login.md index 490817a74a..781c36850e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/login.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/login.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Access the Portal" +description: "Access the Portal" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Access the Portal Use the Directory Manager portal URL the administrator has provided you to launch the portal. The @@ -5,10 +11,10 @@ Welcome to Directory Manager page is displayed, where you can: - Log in - Reset forgotten or lost passwords - See the [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/passwordreset.md) topic for additional information + See the [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/passwordreset.md) topic for additional information on how to reset password. - Unlock your identity store account - See the [Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) topic for additional information on + See the [Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) topic for additional information on how to unlock account. To manage access in Directory Manager, security roles are defined for an identity store. Each role @@ -72,17 +78,17 @@ proceed to sign in. ### Second Factor Authentication -When [Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/secondfactorauthentication.md) is enabled +When [Second Factor Authentication](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/secondfactorauthentication.md) is enabled for your role in the selected identity store, one of the following applies: - If you have not enrolled your identity store account in Directory Manager, the Enroll Account window is displayed, where you must enroll your identity store account using at least one - authentication type. See the [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md) topic + authentication type. See the [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md) topic for additional information. - If you have already enrolled your identity store account in Directory Manager, the Authenticate window is displayed. It lists the authentication types that you enrolled your account with. You must authenticate your identity store account with one authentication type. See the - [Authenticate your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/authenticate.md) topic for additional + [Authenticate your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/authenticate.md) topic for additional information. ## Sign Out diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9398a847aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Logs APIs", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "logsapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/admincenter.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/admincenter.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/admincenter.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/admincenter.md index f518609823..62ac064958 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/admincenter.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/admincenter.md @@ -1,6 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: "Admin Center Logs" +description: "Admin Center Logs" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Admin Center Logs -Use this API to get Admin Center logs. See the [Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/general/logs.md) topic +Use this API to get Admin Center logs. See the [Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/logs.md) topic for additional information. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/dataservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/dataservice.md similarity index 60% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/dataservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/dataservice.md index 4f25767e69..735e652c15 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/dataservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/dataservice.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Data Service Logs" +description: "Data Service Logs" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Data Service Logs Use this API to get Directory Manager Data service log. See the -[Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/dataservice/overview.md) for additional information on Data +[Data Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/dataservice/overview.md) for additional information on Data service. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/emailservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/emailservice.md similarity index 58% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/emailservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/emailservice.md index a5330f9936..c7db61abf9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/emailservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/emailservice.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Email Service Logs" +description: "Email Service Logs" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Email Service Logs Use this API to get Email service logs. See the -[Email Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/emailservice.md) topic for additional on Email service. +[Email Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/emailservice.md) topic for additional on Email service. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/logsapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/logsapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9695c330ea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/logsapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: "Logs APIs" +description: "Logs APIs" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + +# Logs APIs + +Directory Manager generates logs for its services, clients, and Windows events. Using the following +APIs, you can collect and dump your required logs to a desired location. + +See the [Get Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/logs.md) topic for additional information on logs. + +- [Admin Center Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/admincenter.md) +- [Data Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/dataservice.md) +- [Email Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/emailservice.md) +- [Portal Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/portal.md) +- [Replication Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/replicationservice.md) +- [Scheduler Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/schedulerservice.md) +- [Security Service Logs](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/securityservice.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/portal.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/portal.md similarity index 59% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/portal.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/portal.md index 2c887bca3e..ce9706b4f6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/portal.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/portal.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Portal Logs" +description: "Portal Logs" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Portal Logs Use this API to get Directory Manager portal logs. See the -[History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/overview.md) topic for additional information on Portal history. +[History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/overview.md) topic for additional information on Portal history. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/replicationservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/replicationservice.md similarity index 62% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/replicationservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/replicationservice.md index 87787965d1..369b562016 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/replicationservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/replicationservice.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Replication Service Logs" +description: "Replication Service Logs" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Replication Service Logs Use this API to get Replication Service logs. See the -[Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/replicationservice.md) topic for additional +[Replication Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/replicationservice.md) topic for additional information on Replication service. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/schedulerservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/schedulerservice.md similarity index 60% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/schedulerservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/schedulerservice.md index 93b19e5036..659b223968 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/schedulerservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/schedulerservice.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Scheduler Service Logs" +description: "Scheduler Service Logs" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Scheduler Service Logs Using this API you can get Scheduler Service logs. See the -[Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/schedulerservice.md)topic for additional information +[Scheduler Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/schedulerservice.md)topic for additional information on Scheduler service. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/securityservice.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/securityservice.md similarity index 62% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/securityservice.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/securityservice.md index 75ea949e05..81bed06412 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/logs/securityservice.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/logsapis/securityservice.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Security Service Logs" +description: "Security Service Logs" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Security Service Logs This API fetches Directory Manager Security service logs. See the -[Security Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/service/securityservice/overview.md) topic for additional +[Security Service](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/service/securityservice/overview.md) topic for additional information on Security service. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/passwordmanagement.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/passwordmanagement.md similarity index 68% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/passwordmanagement.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/passwordmanagement.md index 90e2b11527..c6d99d5476 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/passwordmanagement.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/passwordmanagement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password Management" +description: "Password Management" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Password Management Complex passwords keep network infrastructure secure but there is a real cost to that security. @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ reset their password at an exorbitant cost or have a self-service tool. Director both these functions. Using it: - Helpdesk – Can reset passwords and unlock accounts for users after authentication. See the - [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md) topic for detailed + [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/helpdesk/operation/resetpassword.md) topic for detailed information. - Users – Can reset their own passwords and their own accounts after passing multifactor authentication. They can perform these password related functions through various mediums, such @@ -15,21 +21,21 @@ both these functions. Using it: - Directory Manager portal – Using it, they can: - reset their forgotten passwords. See the - [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/passwordreset.md) topic for further information on how + [Reset Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/passwordreset.md) topic for further information on how to reset forgotten passwords. - - change their account passwords. See the [ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/changepassword.md) topic + - change their account passwords. See the [ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/changepassword.md) topic for further information on how to change their account passwords. - reset their own password or password of any other user. See the - [Reset your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/resetpassword.md) topic for additional information. - - unlock their identity store account. See the [Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) + [Reset your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/resetpassword.md) topic for additional information. + - unlock their identity store account. See the [Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) topic for detailed information on how to unlock their identity store accounts. - Client Software and Web Access The client software to install on user workstations is called - [ Credential Provider](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/credentialprovider.md) and available for distribution using various + [ Credential Provider](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/credentialprovider.md) and available for distribution using various IT enabled distribution methods such as group policy and Microsoft System Center - Configuration Manager (SCCM). See the [Install Credential Provider](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/installcp.md) topic for + Configuration Manager (SCCM). See the [Install Credential Provider](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/credentialprovider/installcp.md) topic for additional information. The distributed client enables the **Forgot Password?** and **Unlock Account** links on the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..620c2903c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Requests", + "position": 120, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/allrequest.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/allrequest.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/allrequest.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/allrequest.md index edb6a92146..65372a06b0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/allrequest.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/allrequest.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "All Requests" +description: "All Requests" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # All Requests Use **All Requests** node to view workflow requests generated by enterprise users. The view displays diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/myrequest.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/myrequest.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/myrequest.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/myrequest.md index aa591a4050..3b01d88db5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/myrequest.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/myrequest.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Requests" +description: "My Requests" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # My Requests To view the workflow requests that you initiated, expand the **Requests** node on the left diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md index 59aa24ca55..9671b371da 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Requests" +description: "Requests" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Requests A workflow request is a set of rules that Directory Manager uses as a built-in auditing system to @@ -31,11 +37,11 @@ is executed. The job will run when the request is approved. On Directory Manager portal, use the **Requests** node to view and manage workflow requests for the connected identity store. Expanding this node displays the following tabs: -- [My Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/myrequest.md) lists workflow requests that you have generated. It displays both +- [My Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/myrequest.md) lists workflow requests that you have generated. It displays both pending and processed requests. -- [Request Inbox](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/pending.md) lists the workflow requests for which you are the approver. You can +- [Request Inbox](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/pending.md) lists the workflow requests for which you are the approver. You can view, approve, deny, or reroute these requests. -- [All Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/allrequest.md) lists all pending workflow requests generated by enterprise users. +- [All Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/allrequest.md) lists all pending workflow requests generated by enterprise users. NOTE: If the user is high priority such as _Administrator_, only then they will see the _All Requests_ tab. @@ -73,7 +79,7 @@ workflow approver acceleration settings are not applied: default approver is not specified or disabled, the request is auto approved. See the - [Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) + [Specify a Default Approver](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/advancedsettings.md#specify-a-default-approver) topic. - If the requester is also the approver for that workflow, the request is auto-approved. @@ -94,4 +100,4 @@ another approver if the current approver does not act on it for a certain number The administrator can enable and configure workflow approver acceleration for an identity store in Directory Manager Admin Center. -See [Workflow Approver Acceleration](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/approveracceleration.md) +See [Workflow Approver Acceleration](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/approveracceleration.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/pending.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/pending.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/pending.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/pending.md index 6ab7967b65..6486f096c4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/pending.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/pending.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Request Inbox" +description: "Request Inbox" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Request Inbox Using the Directory Managerportal, designated approvers can view the workflow requests and approve diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6eac5a5c89 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Search APIs", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "searchapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/byattribute.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/byattribute.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/byattribute.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/byattribute.md index becd52b55a..80dbc18a84 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/byattribute.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/byattribute.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Search an Object By a Single Value Attribute" +description: "Search an Object By a Single Value Attribute" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Search an Object By a Single Value Attribute Use this API to search a directory object in an identity store based on the specified attribute. For diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/groupmembers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/groupmembers.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/groupmembers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/groupmembers.md index 1934fa3cc3..535d5285f6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/search/groupmembers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/groupmembers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Search Group Members" +description: "Search Group Members" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Search Group Members Use this API to search members of a specified group using the member attribute. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/searchapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/searchapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef0ce5008f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/searchapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Search APIs" +description: "Search APIs" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + +# Search APIs + +Directory Manager provides the following APIs to search directory objects based on a single or a +multi-valued attribute.: + +- [Search an Object By a Single Value Attribute](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/byattribute.md) +- [Search Group Members](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/searchapis/groupmembers.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d01e3e9ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Second Factor Authentication", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "secondfactorauthentication" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/passwordreset.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/passwordreset.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/passwordreset.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/passwordreset.md index fdda6b654d..44f1bc3ceb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/passwordreset.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/passwordreset.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reset Passwords" +description: "Reset Passwords" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Reset Passwords The Directory Manager portal enables enrolled users in an identity store reset their account diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/secondfactorauthentication.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/secondfactorauthentication.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/secondfactorauthentication.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/secondfactorauthentication.md index 7ddc6ff47a..a01d7508cc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/authentication/secondfactorauthentication.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/secondfactorauthentication/secondfactorauthentication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Second Factor Authentication" +description: "Second Factor Authentication" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Second Factor Authentication The Directory Manager administrator can enable second factor authentication for a user role in an @@ -9,11 +15,11 @@ an identity store, role members must authenticate themselves using an authentica Second factor authentication works as follows: - An unenrolled user must enroll his or her identity store account in Directory Manager. See the - [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/enroll.md) topic. Enrollment is a + [Enroll your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/enroll.md) topic. Enrollment is a one-time process. - An enrolled user has to authenticate on the Directory Manager portal using the authentication type he or she used to enroll his or her identity store account with. See the - [Authenticate your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/authenticate.md) topic. + [Authenticate your Identity Store Account](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/concepts/authenticate.md) topic. Authentication is required every time the user logs into the portal. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..921530382f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Synchronize", + "position": 90, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7bbf90477 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create a Job", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "create" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md index 3d72b52d4c..0e9c0fb387 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Choose your Job Template" +description: "Choose your Job Template" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Choose your Job Template For creating a job, Directory Manager Synchronize enables you to create a new job collection based diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/chooseyourjobtemplate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobtemplate.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/chooseyourjobtemplate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobtemplate.md index fa81416a71..24e461edf1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/chooseyourjobtemplate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobtemplate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Choose Your Job Template" +description: "Choose Your Job Template" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Choose Your Job Template For creating a job, Directory ManagerSynchronize enables you to create a new job based on your diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md index bbbcdf0ebc..e1f80f752b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Job" +description: "Create a Job" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Create a Job Synchronize allows you to move data from one data source to another using a set of sequential @@ -28,7 +34,7 @@ Once you create a job, you can either run it manually or schedule it to run peri You can create templates from existing jobs on-the-fly and reuse their settings in new jobs. To understand how workflows work with Synchronize jobs, see the -[Synchronize Jobs and Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md#synchronize-jobs-and-workflows) +[Synchronize Jobs and Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md#synchronize-jobs-and-workflows) topic. ## Create a new job @@ -37,20 +43,20 @@ Step 1 – On Directory Manager portal, select **Synchronize**on left pane. Step 2 – On the Synchronize portal, click **Create New** and then click **Job**. -Step 3 – On the [Choose Your Job Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/chooseyourjobtemplate.md) page, enter the job details and +Step 3 – On the [Choose Your Job Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobtemplate.md) page, enter the job details and select whether to use a job template or create the job from scratch. Step 4 – Click **Next Step**. -Step 5 – On the [Select Your Source and Destination](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/sourceanddestination.md) page, specify the +Step 5 – On the [Select Your Source and Destination](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/sourceanddestination.md) page, specify the source and destination providers. Step 6 – Click **Next Step**. -Step 7 – On the [Objects, Fields and Mapping ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/objectfieldsandmapping.md) page, map the source and +Step 7 – On the [Objects, Fields and Mapping ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/objectfieldsandmapping.md) page, map the source and destination fields and apply transformations. -Step 8 – On the [Schedule Job and Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/scheduleandnotification.md) page, choose a schedule +Step 8 – On the [Schedule Job and Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/scheduleandnotification.md) page, choose a schedule for a job and set up notification settings. NOTE: After creating the job, you can modify the schedule for the job and you can also create a new @@ -65,7 +71,7 @@ Step 11 – Click **Finish** and create the job. Step 12 – Once you run the job, the job runs if workflow is not configured. If workflow is configured, the request gets generated. -Step 13 – Generated workflow request will be displayed in the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) +Step 13 – Generated workflow request will be displayed in the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) section for the workflow approver(s). If the approver approves the workflow request, the job will execute the results. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md similarity index 77% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md index dfb09a0f5f..14a750aace 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Job Collection" +description: "Create a Job Collection" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Create a Job Collection A job collection is a group of individual jobs that you want to run in a particular order. For @@ -7,7 +13,7 @@ directories, and then combine them in a job collection. Then you can execute the instead of executing each job one by one. To understand how workflows work with Synchronize jobs, see the -[Synchronize Jobs and Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md#synchronize-jobs-and-workflows) +[Synchronize Jobs and Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md#synchronize-jobs-and-workflows) topic. ## Create a job Collection @@ -16,16 +22,16 @@ Step 1 – On Directory Manager portal, select **Synchronize** on left pane. Step 2 – On the Synchronize portal, click **Create New** and then click **Job Collection.** -Step 3 – On the [Choose your Job Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md) page, enter job +Step 3 – On the [Choose your Job Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/chooseyourjobcollectiontemplate.md) page, enter job collection details and select whether to use a job collection template or create the job collection from scratch. Step 4 – Click **Next Step** -Step 5 – On the [Synchronized Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/synchronizedjobcollection.md) page, add jobs to the +Step 5 – On the [Synchronized Job Collection](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/synchronizedjobcollection.md) page, add jobs to the collection. You can either add existing jobs or create new jobs to add them to the job collection. -Step 6 – On the [Scheduling and Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/schedulingandnotification.md) page, choose a schedule +Step 6 – On the [Scheduling and Notifications](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/schedulingandnotification.md) page, choose a schedule for a job collection and set up notification settings. NOTE: After creating the job collection, you can modify the schedule for the job collection and you @@ -44,7 +50,7 @@ for which workflow is not configured. If workflow is configured for any job, the generated against that specific job. Step 11 – Generated workflow request will be displayed in the -“[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md)” section for the workflow approver(s). If the approver +“[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md)” section for the workflow approver(s). If the approver approves the workflow request, the job will execute the results. Step 12 – **Run Job Collection** dialog box displays overall collection statistics for the run, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/mappingfield.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/mappingfield.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/mappingfield.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/mappingfield.md index 656f82461e..c973a3362e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/mappingfield.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/mappingfield.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Map Fields" +description: "Map Fields" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Map Fields When creating a job, you select any of the following destination providers. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9b5fdf5a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Messaging System", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "messagingsystemoverview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/exchange.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/exchange.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/exchange.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/exchange.md index 04e56e2465..77dafb8998 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/exchange.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/exchange.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange Subscription" +description: "Exchange Subscription" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Exchange Subscription While creating or editing mail enabled objects through a Synchronize job, Directory Manager provides diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/googleapp.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/googleapp.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/googleapp.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/googleapp.md index 8a83657cac..84b4299317 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/googleapp.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/googleapp.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Google Workspace Subscription" +description: "Google Workspace Subscription" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Google Workspace Subscription While creating or editing mail enabled objects through a Synchronize job, Directory Manager provides diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/messagingsystemoverview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/messagingsystemoverview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9e324f23f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/messagingsystemoverview.md @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Messaging System" +description: "Messaging System" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + +# Messaging System + +Directory Manager enables users to configure messaging systems to efficiently create or edit mail +enabled objects through a Synchronize job. Users can sync or deprovision subscriptions from the +following messaging systems: + +- [Exchange Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/exchange.md) +- [Google Workspace Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/googleapp.md) +- [Office 365 Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/office365.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/office365.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/office365.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/office365.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/office365.md index 785d27e6df..e6a08801ab 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/office365.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/office365.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Office 365 Subscription" +description: "Office 365 Subscription" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Office 365 Subscription While creating or editing mail enabled objects through a Synchronize job, Directory Manager provides @@ -91,7 +97,7 @@ On the **Object, Fields and Mapping** page: 1. On the **Transform** dialog box, select _Static - assign a static value_ from the **Set the destination field to** box. 2. Click - [Auto-Generate Unique, Complex Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md). + [Auto-Generate Unique, Complex Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md). 3. On the Password Complexity Options dialog box, enter 10 in the **Password Length** box. 4. Clear the **Special symbols** check box. 5. Click **Transform.** diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/objectfieldsandmapping.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/objectfieldsandmapping.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/objectfieldsandmapping.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/objectfieldsandmapping.md index e97150f50c..3bc7c4a25d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/objectfieldsandmapping.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/objectfieldsandmapping.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Objects, Fields and Mapping" +description: "Objects, Fields and Mapping" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Objects, Fields and Mapping On the **Object, Fields and Mappings** page, map the a attributes with source fields. @@ -34,15 +40,15 @@ On the **Object, Fields and Mappings** page, map the a attributes with source fi It displays the following list of new providers that you can use to create a job. - - [Google Workspace Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/googleapp.md) + - [Google Workspace Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/googleapp.md) Add connection details for Google Workspace. - - [Office 365 Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/office365.md) + - [Office 365 Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/office365.md) Add Connection details for Office 365. - - [Exchange Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/exchange.md) + - [Exchange Subscription](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/messagingsystemoverview/exchange.md) Add connection details for Exchange. @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ On the **Object, Fields and Mappings** page, map the a attributes with source fi 3. In the **Script Language** section, specify the scripting language you want to use. Select one of the following language: - - [Visual Basic .NET for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/visualbasicnetbasic.md) + - [Visual Basic .NET for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/visualbasicnetbasic.md) - Python for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID) 4. The Global Script Editor allows the script author to extend the functionality of Synchronize by @@ -112,7 +118,7 @@ On the **Object, Fields and Mappings** page, map the a attributes with source fi 8. Click **Save** to save the changes made to the script. -5. On the [Selected Fields for object types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/selectedfield.md) type section, click **Add/Edit +5. On the [Selected Fields for object types](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/selectedfield.md) type section, click **Add/Edit Fields**. You can specify the action to take if the data or object being exported from the source does not exist at the destination. 6. Use the **Map Field** section to map the source and destination fields and to apply @@ -122,12 +128,12 @@ On the **Object, Fields and Mappings** page, map the a attributes with source fi Do one of the following: - - [Map Fields](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/mappingfield.md) + - [Map Fields](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/mappingfield.md) In the Source column of each destination item, select the source fields that contribute the data for the destination. - - **Apply a [Transform](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/overview.md)** + - **Apply a [Transform](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/overview.md)** In the **Transform** column, click the **More Options** button to open the **Transform** [ _field_] dialog box and apply a transformation to the field value before it is saved diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/scheduleandnotification.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/scheduleandnotification.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/scheduleandnotification.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/scheduleandnotification.md index 1af420eb71..6eb41f8446 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/scheduleandnotification.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/scheduleandnotification.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Schedule Job and Notifications" +description: "Schedule Job and Notifications" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Schedule Job and Notifications On **Schedule Job and Notifications**, you can set the schedule on the basis of which the job can @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ run in future and set the notifications settings for the job. manually or from the Synchronize job scheduler. If you are modifying an existing job, you can also a new schedule for the job. Visit - [Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/synchronize.md) + [Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/synchronize.md) 2. Set up email notification of job run results: @@ -83,6 +89,6 @@ run in future and set the notifications settings for the job. 9. **Review your Changes** before finishing the job. 10. Click **Finish** and create the job. 11. Once you run the job, a workflow request is triggered. -12. Generated workflow request will be displayed in the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) +12. Generated workflow request will be displayed in the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) section for the workflow approver(s). If the approver approves the workflow request, the job will execute the results. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/schedulingandnotification.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/schedulingandnotification.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/schedulingandnotification.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/schedulingandnotification.md index 45a9458a3c..d8a4043eda 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/schedulingandnotification.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/schedulingandnotification.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Scheduling and Notifications" +description: "Scheduling and Notifications" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Scheduling and Notifications On the **Scheduling and Notifications** page, you can set the schedule on the basis of which the job @@ -14,7 +20,7 @@ Step 1 – On the **Scheduling and Notifications** page: Synchronize job scheduler. If you are modifying an existing job collection, you can also a new schedule for the job - collection. Visit [Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/synchronize.md) + collection. Visit [Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/synchronize.md) Step 2 – On the **Notifications** section, set up email notification of job collection run results. This feature requires Microsoft Exchange. Notifications are disabled by default and can be enabled @@ -43,6 +49,6 @@ Step 7 – Click **Finish** to exit the wizard and create the job collection. Step 8 – Once you run the job collection, a workflow request is triggered. -Step 9 – Generated workflow request will be displayed in the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) +Step 9 – Generated workflow request will be displayed in the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) section for the workflow approver(s). If the approver approves the workflow request, the job will execute the results. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/selectedfield.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/selectedfield.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/selectedfield.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/selectedfield.md index 121fa1bce8..7403b3ba78 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/selectedfield.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/selectedfield.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Selected Fields for object types" +description: "Selected Fields for object types" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Selected Fields for object types On the Selected Fields for Object type section, click Add/Edit Fields. You can specify the action to diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/sourceanddestination.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/sourceanddestination.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/sourceanddestination.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/sourceanddestination.md index f109bedb8a..20d85f8696 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/sourceanddestination.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/sourceanddestination.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Your Source and Destination" +description: "Select Your Source and Destination" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Select Your Source and Destination You must create required identity providers and data sources before creating a job. They are created diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/synchronizedjobcollection.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/synchronizedjobcollection.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/synchronizedjobcollection.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/synchronizedjobcollection.md index 343c2c74a7..6ace589c33 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/synchronizedjobcollection.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/synchronizedjobcollection.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Synchronized Job Collection" +description: "Synchronized Job Collection" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Synchronized Job Collection On the Synchronize Job Collection page, you view the list of jobs that you have added to the @@ -9,7 +15,7 @@ Step 1 – On the **Synchronized Jobs Collection** page, add jobs to the collect - To add an existing job to the collection, select **Add Existing Job(s)** dialog box. Select the check box next to the name of each job to be added and click **Add in Collection**. - To add a new job to the collection, select **Add New Job** dialog box. Follow the steps from - [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md). + [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md). Step 2 – Rename the jobs in the job collection by clicking the **three vertical dots** button and click **Rename**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md index b7f58f5ccc..dd2b507573 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dashboard" +description: "Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Dashboard After signing into the Directory Manager portal, from the left pane select **Synchronize** to land @@ -25,18 +31,18 @@ The top right corner of the application displays: | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Background jobs icon | View the status of jobs and job collections that are running in the background. It displays: - Jobs - Completed Jobs: Jobs that have been completed. - In Progress Jobs: Jobs that are still in running. - Job Collections - Completed Jobs: Job collections that have been completed. - In Progress Jobs: Job collections that are still in running. | | Help icon | Launch the synchronize portal help. | -| User profile icon | Displays your profile picture with your name and the identity store that Directory Manager portal is connected to. Click it to launch the menu that displays the option to [Sign Out](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/login.md#sign-out) of the portal. | +| User profile icon | Displays your profile picture with your name and the identity store that Directory Manager portal is connected to. Click it to launch the menu that displays the option to [Sign Out](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/login.md#sign-out) of the portal. | ## Menu Pane Look on the left side of the page for the navigation pane, which lists links to: -- Create New ([Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md) and [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md)) +- Create New ([Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md) and [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md)) - Dashboard -- [Manage a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/job.md) -- [Manage a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md) -- [Job Templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md) -- [Job Collection Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md) +- [Manage a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/job.md) +- [Manage a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md) +- [Job Templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md) +- [Job Collection Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md) ## Dashboard diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a6617f79b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Script", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "dtmscript" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/dtmscript.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/dtmscript.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/dtmscript.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/dtmscript.md index 3b35527ed7..c5e2c1e928 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/dtmscript.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/dtmscript.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Script" +description: "Script" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Script Synchronize scripts are written in Visual Basic .NET. A script is run after having established a @@ -11,12 +17,12 @@ The type of script determines the nature of the script result: ## Examples and Language Overview -- For examples of transform scripts, see the [Sample Transform Scripts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/sampletransformscript.md) +- For examples of transform scripts, see the [Sample Transform Scripts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/sampletransformscript.md) topic -- For examples of container scripts, see the [Sample Container Scripts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/samplecontainerscript.md) +- For examples of container scripts, see the [Sample Container Scripts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/samplecontainerscript.md) topic - For general information, see - [Visual Basic .NET for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/visualbasicnetbasic.md) topic + [Visual Basic .NET for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID)](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/visualbasicnetbasic.md) topic - For general information, see Python for GroupID topic ## DTM keywords diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/samplecontainerscript.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/samplecontainerscript.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/samplecontainerscript.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/samplecontainerscript.md index 907c704523..cd55b8b3f7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/samplecontainerscript.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/samplecontainerscript.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sample Container Scripts" +description: "Sample Container Scripts" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Sample Container Scripts ## Object Routing Case-By-Case diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/sampletransformscript.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/sampletransformscript.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/sampletransformscript.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/sampletransformscript.md index 46649fe0f2..df484eea9a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/sampletransformscript.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/sampletransformscript.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sample Transform Scripts" +description: "Sample Transform Scripts" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Sample Transform Scripts ## Assembling a Full Name: ``, `` diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/visualbasicnetbasic.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/visualbasicnetbasic.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/visualbasicnetbasic.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/visualbasicnetbasic.md index 95f9ec45d5..6bc89dcf98 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/script/visualbasicnetbasic.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dtmscript/visualbasicnetbasic.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Visual Basic .NET for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID)" +description: "Visual Basic .NET for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID)" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Visual Basic .NET for Directory Manager (formerly GroupID) This topic discusses some points of information relevant to DTM scripting in Directory Manager. See diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..748ad3d8da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Manage Jobs", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/job.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/job.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/job.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/job.md index c6ed7b5dad..c7bf600195 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/job.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/job.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage a Job" +description: "Manage a Job" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manage a Job After creating a job, you can open a job to edit and change the settings of the job. You can also @@ -37,7 +43,7 @@ All the jobs that match the specified criterion are displayed. ## Open a Job When you open a job to view or change its settings, the **Edit Job** wizard opens, which is -virtually identical to the [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md) wizard. +virtually identical to the [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md) wizard. Step 1 – On Directory Manager portal, select **Synchronize** on left pane. @@ -116,12 +122,12 @@ Step 2 – On Synchronize portal, click **All Jobs**. Step 3 – Click the **three vertical dots** icon of the job and select **Schedule** from the menu. -It will take you to the **Schedule and Job Notifications** page of [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md). +It will take you to the **Schedule and Job Notifications** page of [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md). Update the schedule and click **Finish** to save the changes. ## Pin a Job -To pin a job to the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md) under the pinned job card: +To pin a job to the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md) under the pinned job card: Step 1 – On Directory Manager portal, select **Synchronize** on left pane. @@ -129,7 +135,7 @@ Step 2 – On Synchronize portal, click **All Jobs**. Step 3 – Click the **three vertical dots** icon of the job and select **Pin Item** from the menu. -Step 4 – The job is displayed on **My Pinned Jobs** card on the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md). +Step 4 – The job is displayed on **My Pinned Jobs** card on the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md). ## Save as Template diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md index 6992171389..cb7300c98b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage a Job Collection" +description: "Manage a Job Collection" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage a Job Collection You can do the following in a job collection: @@ -170,7 +176,7 @@ reports. ## Pin a Job Collection -Follow the steps to pin a job to the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md) under the pinned job card. +Follow the steps to pin a job to the [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md) under the pinned job card. Step 1 – On Directory Manager portal, select **Synchronize** on left pane. @@ -180,7 +186,7 @@ Step 3 – Click the three vertical dots icon of the job collection and select * menu. Step 4 – The job collection is displayed on My Pinned Job Collections section on the -[Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md). +[Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md). ## Save as Template diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md index 5898241699..735c7a4228 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Job Collection Template" +description: "Job Collection Template" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Job Collection Template You can create a job collection template either by converting an existing job collection into a job @@ -92,7 +98,7 @@ OR Double-click the job collection template you want to use for the new job collection. -Step 4 – This will launch [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md) wizard starting from +Step 4 – This will launch [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md) wizard starting from the Job Collection(s) page. Proceed to map the settings stored in the template on to the new job collection. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md index 56019f2cc2..27489a9924 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Job Templates" +description: "Job Templates" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Job Templates Synchronize comes with a set of pre-defined job templates that represent some of the most common @@ -82,7 +88,7 @@ OR Click the job template you want to use for the new job. -This will launch [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md) wizard. Proceed to map the settings stored in the +This will launch [Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md) wizard. Proceed to map the settings stored in the template on to the new job. ## Rename a Job Template diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/overview.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/overview.md index d7f3415539..c607793659 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Jobs" +description: "Manage Jobs" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Manage Jobs Synchronize allows its users to create, manage, and schedule jobs and job collections. Synchronize diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/schedule.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/schedule.md similarity index 63% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/schedule.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/schedule.md index 7cbe6eda35..cd326afe48 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/schedule.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/schedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Schedule a Job / Job Collection" +description: "Schedule a Job / Job Collection" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Schedule a Job / Job Collection The Directory Manager scheduling function enables you to set any Synchronize job or job collection @@ -5,4 +11,4 @@ to run automatically. Create a Synchronize schedule and add Synchronize jobs and targets. When the schedule runs, the target jobs and job collections are executed. To create a Synchronize schedule, see the -[Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/schedule/synchronize.md) topic. +[Synchronize Schedule](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/schedule/synchronize.md) topic. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/overview.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/overview.md index 4f9c59495f..3073382e90 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Synchronize" +description: "Synchronize" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Synchronize Directory Manager Synchronize is a web-based application that can be accessed using the Directory @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ Using Directory Manager, you can create identity stores for several identity pro Active Directory and Microsoft Entra ID) as well as create data sources for providers such as files and databases. Directory Manager Synchronize uses user-defined identity stores (as source and destination) built on databases, files and other applications such as Oracle, SQL and so on. To view -the list of supported Synchronize providers, see the [Synchronize Providers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/provider.md) topic. +the list of supported Synchronize providers, see the [Synchronize Providers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/provider.md) topic. The following must be defined before you can use Synchronize: @@ -57,9 +63,9 @@ The following must be defined before you can use Synchronize: Synchronize dashboard displays performance widgets and cards displaying the data about your jobs and job collections. On the navigation pane on the left side, you will see the following tabs: -- Create New ([Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/job/create.md) and [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/collection/create.md)) -- [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/dashboard.md) -- [Manage a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/job.md) -- [Manage a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md) -- [Job Templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md) -- [Job Collection Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md) +- Create New ([Create a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create.md) and [Create a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/create/create_1.md)) +- [Dashboard](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/dashboard.md) +- [Manage a Job](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/job.md) +- [Manage a Job Collection ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollection.md) +- [Job Templates](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobtemplate.md) +- [Job Collection Template](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/manage/jobcollectiontemplate.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/provider.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/provider.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/provider.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/provider.md index 2a23357c5a..28925ab069 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/provider.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/provider.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Synchronize Providers" +description: "Synchronize Providers" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Synchronize Providers You can create identity stores for several identity providers (such as Active Directory and @@ -45,7 +51,7 @@ source and destination. Use Google Workspace to connect to Google Workspace plans. You can use it as a source and destination provider. -See the [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/identitystore/overview.md) topic for additional +See the [Identity Stores](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/identitystore/overview.md) topic for additional information on identity stores. ## Data Sources @@ -115,5 +121,5 @@ External data sources must be created first in Data Sources tab in Admin Center. files or tab-separated value (TSV) text files. This provider supports automatic schema detection if a header row is included in the file. -See the [ Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/datasource/overview.md) topic for additional information +See the [ Data Sources](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/datasource/overview.md) topic for additional information on Data Sources. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2140c7ae95 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Transform", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md index 4ebb61abb8..1c8fc87aba 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Auto-Generate Unique, Complex Passwords" +description: "Auto-Generate Unique, Complex Passwords" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Auto-Generate Unique, Complex Passwords In Directory Manager portal, you can auto-generate passwords based on password complexity rules diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/overview.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/overview.md index 7d94afb1e8..6252b27c32 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Transform" +description: "Transform" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Transform During the creation of synchronize jobs, you can apply transformation scripts to manipulate source @@ -49,7 +55,7 @@ ignores the value in the source field mapped to it. environment variables, determine that they are supported by the Windows installed on your host machine -- [Auto-Generate Unique, Complex Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md) based on complexity rules +- [Auto-Generate Unique, Complex Passwords](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/transformation/autogenerateuniquepassword.md) based on complexity rules You can assign a single password to all synced objects or generate individual passwords for each object. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e3f2c03a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "User Management", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21f9a9f962 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create User Objects", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d58eab829 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create Active Directory User Objects", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/account.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/account.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/account.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/account.md index 94a0683213..ca6ba91771 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/account.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/account.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Account page" +description: "Account page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Account page (of Create User and Create Mailbox wizards) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/contact/contact.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/contact.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/contact/contact.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/contact.md index 9e86da7b53..5e5a6784d5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/contact/contact.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/contact.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create an AD Contact" +description: "Create an AD Contact" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create an AD Contact The Directory Manager portal enables you to create the contact object in the directory. @@ -35,4 +41,4 @@ Step 5 – On the Summary page, review the settings and then click Finish to com NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the contact creation action for review, your changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/exchange.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/exchange.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/exchange.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/exchange.md index 7b2a178b57..f1333078b6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/exchange.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/exchange.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange page" +description: "Exchange page" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Exchange page (of Create Mailbox wizard) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/mailbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox.md similarity index 51% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/mailbox.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox.md index 7b5b2d7392..c8dd707336 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/mailbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create an AD Mailbox" +description: "Create an AD Mailbox" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Create an AD Mailbox You can create a mailbox using Directory Manager portal when a messaging provider has been @@ -15,17 +21,17 @@ select **Mailbox**. The Create Mailbox wizard opens to the Account page. -Step 2 – On the [Account page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/account.md), specify basic account info, such as the object's +Step 2 – On the [Account page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/account.md), specify basic account info, such as the object's first name, last name, login ID and the UPN suffix. -Step 3 – On the [Password page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/password.md), provide a password for the mailbox account and set +Step 3 – On the [Password page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/password.md), provide a password for the mailbox account and set other password-specific options. -Step 4 – On the [Exchange page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox/exchange.md), set the alias and Office 365 subscriptions. +Step 4 – On the [Exchange page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/exchange.md), set the alias and Office 365 subscriptions. -Step 5 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click **Finish** to +Step 5 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click **Finish** to complete the wizard. NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the mailbox creation action for review, your changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md index 3bae6a9010..d6a50e1a1d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange page" +description: "Exchange page" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Exchange page (of Create User and Create Mailbox wizards) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea0fec00a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Create Active Directory User Objects" +description: "Create Active Directory User Objects" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + +# Create Active Directory User Objects + +In an Active Directory identity stores, you can create the following types of users: + +- User – See the [Create an AD User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/user.md) topic for additional information. +- Mailbox – See the [Create an AD Mailbox](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/mailbox.md) topic for additional information. +- Contact – See the [Create an AD Contact](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/contact.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/password.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/password.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/password.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/password.md index 23f73c38bf..db2913b2c8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/password.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/password.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password page" +description: "Password page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Password page Provide a password for the user account and set other password-specific options. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md similarity index 77% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md index ba54b1a7f4..1c5c06ea6f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Summary Page" +description: "Summary Page" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Summary Page The Summary page summarizes the selections you made on the previous pages. Review the settings diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/user.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/user.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ba33b5a93 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/user.md @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +--- +title: "Create an AD User" +description: "Create an AD User" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + +# Create an AD User + +In Directory Manager portal, you can create mail-enabled and non mail-enabled users. + +NOTE: In a Microsoft Entra ID based identity store, users can only be created as non mail-enabled. +Create a mailbox as an alternative to a mail-enabled user. + +NOTE: Pages and fields on the Create User wizard may vary from those discussed here, since the +administrator can customize the wizard by adding or removing pages and fields. + +## Create a mail-enabled user in Active Directory + +Step 1 – In the Directory Manager portal, click the **Create New** button in the left pane and +select **User**. + +The Create User wizard opens to the Account page. + +Step 2 – On the [Account page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/account.md), specify basic account info, such as the user's first +name, last name, login ID and the UPN suffix. + +Step 3 – On the [Password page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/password.md), provide a password for the user account and set other +password-specific options. + +Step 4 – Use the [Exchange page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md), to create the user as mail-enabled. + +Step 5 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete +the wizard. + +NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the user creation action for review, your +changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. + +## Create a non mail-enabled user in Active Directory + +Step 1 – In the Directory Manager portal, click the **Create New** button in the left pane and +select **User**. + +The Create User wizard opens to the Account page. + +Step 2 – On the [Account page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/account.md), specify basic account info, such as the user's first +name, last name, login ID and the UPN suffix. + +Step 3 – On the [Password page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/password.md), provide a password for the user account and set other +password-specific options. + +Step 4 – On the [Exchange page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/messaging.md), clear the **Mail-Enabled** check box to create the +user as non mail-enabled. This disables the remaining fields on the page. + +A non mail-enabled user does not have an email address. + +Step 5 – On the [Summary Page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/activedirectory/summary.md), review the settings and then click Finish to complete +the wizard. + +NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the user creation action for review, your +changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8dc6b7ad67 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create Microsoft Entra ID User Objects", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/account.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/account.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/account.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/account.md index 44fa6cc173..3ba0412301 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/account.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/account.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Account page" +description: "Account page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Account page (of Microsoft Entra ID User and Mailbox wizards) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md index 7b4b2984f3..1e47da8271 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Roles page" +description: "Directory Roles page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Directory Roles page Use this page to assign a role and role privileges to the user on the Microsoft Entra Admin Center diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/mailbox/exchange.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/exchange.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/mailbox/exchange.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/exchange.md index 1cfb6950d9..ad5a1990b5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/mailbox/exchange.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/exchange.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange page (Create Mailbox wizard)" +description: "Exchange page (Create Mailbox wizard)" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Exchange page (Create Mailbox wizard) Follow the steps to set alias and Office 365 subscriptions for a Microsoft Entra ID mailbox diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/mailbox/mailbox.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/mailbox.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/mailbox/mailbox.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/mailbox.md index 664f65ba55..cb3bf0ba98 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/mailbox/mailbox.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/mailbox.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Microsoft Entra ID Mailbox" +description: "Create a Microsoft Entra ID Mailbox" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create a Microsoft Entra ID Mailbox You can create a mailbox using Directory Manager portal when a messaging provider has been @@ -28,4 +34,4 @@ Step 5 – On the Summary page, review the settings and then click **Finish** to NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the mailbox creation action for review, your changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/overview.md similarity index 56% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/overview.md index f00a6d2e26..54f558773d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/overview.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Create Microsoft Entra ID User Objects" +description: "Create Microsoft Entra ID User Objects" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create Microsoft Entra ID User Objects In a Microsoft Entra ID identity stores, you can create the following types of users: -- User – See the [Create a Microsoft Entra ID User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/user.md) topic for additional information on how +- User – See the [Create a Microsoft Entra ID User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/user.md) topic for additional information on how to create a user in an Microsoft Entra ID identity store. -- Mailbox – See the [Create a Microsoft Entra ID Mailbox](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/mailbox/mailbox.md) topic for additional +- Mailbox – See the [Create a Microsoft Entra ID Mailbox](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/mailbox.md) topic for additional information on how to create a mailbox in an Microsoft Entra ID identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/password.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/password.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/password.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/password.md index a12f3d6cea..20f9fd3ee9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/password.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/password.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password page" +description: "Password page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Password page (of Microsoft Entra ID User and Mailbox wizards) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/user.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/user.md similarity index 74% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/user.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/user.md index a20f62ec2e..c4595e3df5 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/user.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/user.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Microsoft Entra ID User" +description: "Create a Microsoft Entra ID User" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a Microsoft Entra ID User In Directory Manager portal, you can create mail-enabled and non mail-enabled users. @@ -16,17 +22,17 @@ select **User**. The Create User wizard opens to the Account page. Step 2 – On the Account page, specify basic account info, such as the user's first name, last name, -login ID and the UPN suffix. See the [Account page ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/account.md)topic for additional information. +login ID and the UPN suffix. See the [Account page ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/account.md)topic for additional information. Step 3 – On the Password page, provide a password for the user account and set other -password-specific options. See the [Password page ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/password.md)topic for additional information. +password-specific options. See the [Password page ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/password.md)topic for additional information. Step 4 – Use the Directory Roles page to assign a role and role privileges to the user on the -Microsoft Entra Admin Center portal. See the [Directory Roles page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md) for additional +Microsoft Entra Admin Center portal. See the [Directory Roles page](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/azure/directoryrole.md) for additional information. Step 5 – On the Summary page, review the settings and then click **Finish** to complete the wizard. NOTE: If the Directory Manager administrator has specified the user creation action for review, your changes will not take effect until verified by an approver. See the -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/overview.md similarity index 75% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/overview.md index d1cff7e9b3..0762991c0f 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create User Objects" +description: "Create User Objects" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create User Objects Directory Manager portal enables you to create following types of users: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/linkedaccounts.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/linkedaccounts.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/linkedaccounts.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/linkedaccounts.md index c9e5f71b1b..ba28dff4fa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/linkedaccounts.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/linkedaccounts.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Linked Accounts" +description: "Linked Accounts" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Linked Accounts A user can have accounts in multiple identity stores in Directory Manager. They have to enroll each diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..136389c480 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Manage Users", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/changepassword.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/changepassword.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/changepassword.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/changepassword.md index 67a289ef4d..636caf96cc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/changepassword.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/changepassword.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Change your password" +description: "Change your password" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Change your password You can change the password of your identity store account. After changing it, use the new password @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ to sign into Directory Manager and any other application that uses your domain a To do this, provide the existing password and then a new password to replace it. The new password must conform to the password policy the administrator has defined for the identity store. Administrator can either enable -[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md) or Netwrix +[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md) or Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer policies for the identity store. NOTE: MFA enabled Microsoft Entra ID users cannot change their passwords in Directory Manager. If diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/directreport.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/directreport.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/directreport.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/directreport.md index 6ca27ac856..8785c74366 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/directreport.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/directreport.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update your Direct Reports" +description: "Update your Direct Reports" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Update your Direct Reports To view the users and contacts that report directly to you, click **Users** on the left navigation @@ -22,7 +28,7 @@ Reports** check box on the User Settings panel. report's vCard and prompts you to save it on your machine. You can then use it to add the direct report's email address to your email contact list. - Select a direct report and click **Add to Group** on the toolbar to the direct report to the - membership of a group. The [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) is displayed, where you can + membership of a group. The [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) is displayed, where you can search and select the group(s) to add the direct report as a member. - Select a direct report and click **Send email** on the toolbar to send an email to the direct report. This launches the default Windows email application for sending an email to the direct @@ -41,4 +47,4 @@ to add or remove your direct reports. You can also transfer and terminate your direct reports while you validate your Profile. To view any changes made to your direct reports, see the -[My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/history/mydirectreport.md) topic for additional information. +[My Direct Reports' History](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/history/mydirectreport.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/disableduser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/disableduser.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/disableduser.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/disableduser.md index 8ef20b569a..e1f4da74d9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/disableduser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/disableduser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Disabled Users" +description: "Disabled Users" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Disabled Users In Directory Manager portal, you can view a list of disabled users. @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ To view and modify the properties of a disabled or expired user, select it and c on the toolbar. Refer to the information for user properties to manage the properties of a disabled/expired user. -See the [User Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [User Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/overview.md) topic for additional information. ## Reinstate a Disabled User diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md index a6d7966174..b921162ab6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/organizationalheirarchy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Organizational Hierarchy" +description: "Organizational Hierarchy" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Organizational Hierarchy You can view the organizational hierarchy for a user. it shows the direct reports of the reference @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ user can view it for any user in the organization. ## View the direct reports of a user Step 1 – In the Directory Manager portal, go to **My Profile** or search for the user whose -organizational hierarchy you want to view on the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) dialog +organizational hierarchy you want to view on the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) dialog box. Step 2 – On the toolbar tab of the user profile's page, select **Organizational Hierarchy**. The @@ -20,7 +26,7 @@ the nth level. Step 3 – To view the chart for another user, click the ellipsis button next to **Select User**. -On the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), search and select the required user and click +On the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), search and select the required user and click **OK**. This displays the organizational hierarchy chart for the selected user. Step 4 – You can: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..004b4b9e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Users" +description: "Manage Users" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + +# Manage Users + +Using Directory Manager portal, you can perform the following actions: + +- [Update your Direct Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/directreport.md) +- [Validate your profile](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/validateprofile.md) +- [Reset your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/resetpassword.md) +- [ Change your password](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/changepassword.md) +- [Unlock your accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/unlockaccount.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/resetpassword.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/resetpassword.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/resetpassword.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/resetpassword.md index dae98c93c9..e03b50d6c1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/resetpassword.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/resetpassword.md @@ -1,16 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: "Reset your password" +description: "Reset your password" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Reset your password Directory Manager portal enables you to reset password for user accounts. You can reset your identity store password, and even the account passwords of other users in the connected identity store, provided you have the rights. The new password must conform to the password policy the administrator has defined for the identity store. Administrator can either enable -[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/policy/password.md) or Netwrix +[Directory Manage Password Policy ](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/policy/password.md) or Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer policies for the identity store. Follow the steps to reset password. Step 1 – On the My Dashboard page of Directory Manager portal, search for the user whose password -you need to reset. See the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/search.md) topic for additional +you need to reset. See the [Directory Search](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/search.md) topic for additional information. Step 2 – Select the account from the list whose password you want to reset. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/unlockaccount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/unlockaccount.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/unlockaccount.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/unlockaccount.md index a62daffc79..bf630ee7f7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/unlockaccount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/unlockaccount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Unlock your accounts" +description: "Unlock your accounts" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Unlock your accounts You can unlock your identity store account yourself, without having to contact the administrator or diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/validateprofile.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/validateprofile.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/validateprofile.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/validateprofile.md index 0d77c4cb13..ab91e867aa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/validateprofile.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/validateprofile.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Validate your profile" +description: "Validate your profile" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Validate your profile The profile validation process in Directory Manager is designed to ensure the accuracy of users’ @@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ an extension period. If they do not validate their profile information within th either, Directory Manager expires them again and their managers are informed by email. To reactivate these accounts, users’ managers must send a request to the administrator or Helpdesk. The administrator or Helpdesk user can extend the profile validation period on the -[Disabled Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/disableduser.md) page of the portal. +[Disabled Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/disableduser.md) page of the portal. NOTE: For notifications to be sent, an SMTP server must be configured for the identity store. @@ -81,7 +87,7 @@ window. The **Manager** field displays the name of your primary manager (if you have one); else it is blank. To add or change your primary manager, click the ellipsis button next to the field. This launches -the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), where you can search and select your primary manager. +the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), where you can search and select your primary manager. When you change your primary manager (Manager A), then Manager A is notified by email to accept or reject the request. If Manager A accepts, your manager is changed. If Manager A rejects the request, @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ you remain with Manager A and a notification is sent to you and Manager A. NOTE: This is the default flow of the ‘Workflow to Change Manager’ workflow. If the administrator disables the workflow or changes the approver, the flow changes accordingly. See -[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md). +[Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md). ## Transfer your direct report @@ -100,7 +106,7 @@ back to the old manager, i.e., you. NOTE: This is the default flow of the ‘Workflow to Transfer a User’ workflow, with the direct report set as the workflow approver. If the administrator disables the workflow or changes the approver, -the flow changes accordingly. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md). +the flow changes accordingly. See [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md). ## Terminate your direct report diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/viewprofile.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/viewprofile.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/viewprofile.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/viewprofile.md index c345333c11..10f0ab2a00 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/viewprofile.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/viewprofile.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Manage your profile" +description: "Manage your profile" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Manage your profile To view and update your profile information in the directory, click your profile info in the top right corner and select **See full profile**. The profile page has the same tabs as the user properties page. Refer to the information for -[User Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/overview.md) to manage your profile. +[User Properties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/overview.md) to manage your profile. ## User profile validation diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/overview.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/overview.md index 58b3b69bfd..5d54875841 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/overview.md @@ -1,24 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: "User Management" +description: "User Management" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # User Management With Directory Manager, you can: - Automate user provisioning and deprovisioning in bulk. See the - [Synchronize](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/synchronize/overview.md) section. + [Synchronize](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/synchronize/overview.md) section. - Establish ownership by defining a clear managerial hierarchy with dotted line management. See the - [Dotted line management](properties/activedirectory/organization.md#dotted-line-management) - section of the [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) + [Dotted line management](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md#dotted-line-management) + section of the [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) topic. - Delegate user management to end users by enabling them to: - Create and manage users, contacts, and mailboxes in the directory. See the - [ Create User Objects](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/create/overview.md) topic. - - Manage their direct reports. See the [Update your Direct Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/directreport.md) + [ Create User Objects](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/create/overview.md) topic. + - Manage their direct reports. See the [Update your Direct Reports](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/directreport.md) topic. - Update their profiles in the directory. See the - [Validate your profile](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/validateprofile.md) topic. + [Validate your profile](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/validateprofile.md) topic. - Link identical users in different directory services, such as Active Directory and Microsoft Entra - ID. See the [Linked Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/linkedaccounts.md) topic. + ID. See the [Linked Accounts](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/linkedaccounts.md) topic. The table below displays the major functions that users can perform in Directory Manager portal. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8238f01062 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "User Properties", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3241cbd4ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Overview", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3241cbd4ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Overview", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md similarity index 73% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md index 072a238a49..b3dfc20e51 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Contact properties - Advanced tab" +description: "Contact properties - Advanced tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Contact properties - Advanced tab Use this tab to specify advanced settings for a contact. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md index 906952d186..d0c899a4df 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Contact properties - Member Of tab" +description: "Contact properties - Member Of tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Contact properties - Member Of tab Use this tab to view the groups that the contact is a member of. You can also add and remove this @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ Add Click it to add the contact to the memberships of one or more groups. Enter a search string to locate the required group, or click **Advance** to use the -[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. +[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. Remove diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/overview.md similarity index 51% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/overview.md index fd0a67c361..f3401b5418 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Overview" +description: "Overview" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Overview You can view and manipulate the properties of contacts in Active Directory. @@ -7,11 +13,11 @@ You can view and manipulate the properties of contacts in Active Directory. Following is the list of all the properties that Contacts have in Active Directory based identity store. -- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) -- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) -- [Contact properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) -- [Contact properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) +- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) +- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) +- [Contact properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) +- [Contact properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9fbb952ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Overview", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md index 97f1c53cc9..c03be188d4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Mailbox properties - Advanced tab" +description: "Mailbox properties - Advanced tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Mailbox properties - Advanced tab Use this tab to configure advanced settings for a user. @@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ Recipient Specify an alternate recipient to receive the emails sent to this user. -Click the ellipsis button to launch the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), where you can +Click the ellipsis button to launch the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), where you can search and select the required recipient. To remove the alternate recipient, click the **Remove** button. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md index d1dfde92ed..0c9f0f1eb9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab" +description: "Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab Use this tab to configure automatic replies for the emails sent to a mailbox object. You can: diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md index c67e6345c0..4e3eeb92fb 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Mailbox properties - Limits tab" +description: "Mailbox properties - Limits tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Mailbox properties - Limits tab This tab applies to mailboxes only. It allows you to set the storage quota for the object's mailbox, diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53e0fe2f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: "Overview" +description: "Overview" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + +# Overview + +You can view and manipulate the properties of mailboxes in Active Directory. + +## Mailbox properties + +Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in Active Directory +based identity store. + +- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) +- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) +- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) +- [Mailbox properties - Limits tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md) +- [Mailbox properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md) +- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/account.md) +- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) +- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/entitlement.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/overview.md similarity index 50% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/overview.md index a970cc5a28..3b4d065119 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Overview" +description: "Overview" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Overview You can view and manipulate the properties of directory objects (users, mailboxes, and contacts) in @@ -8,30 +14,30 @@ Active Directory, depending on the permissions the GroupID administrator has gra Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in Active Directory based identity store. -- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) -- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) -- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) -- [Mailbox properties - Limits tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Mailbox properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Object properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/advanced.md) -- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/account.md) -- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/entitlement.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) +- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) +- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) +- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) +- [Mailbox properties - Limits tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Mailbox properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Object properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/advanced.md) +- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/account.md) +- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/entitlement.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) ## Contact properties Following is the list of all the properties that Contacts have in Active Directory based identity store. -- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) -- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) -- [Contact properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) -- [Contact properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) +- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) +- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) +- [Contact properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) +- [Contact properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..169ebd21b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Overview", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "useroverview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/account.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/account.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/account.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/account.md index 0095a6d0dc..1444aa8044 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/account.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/account.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User properties - Account tab" +description: "User properties - Account tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # User properties - Account tab This tab enables administrators to manage the account status and expiry policy of a user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/advanced.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/advanced.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/advanced.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/advanced.md index 93a074364a..16fd1d2c42 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/advanced.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/advanced.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Object properties - Advanced tab" +description: "Object properties - Advanced tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Object properties - Advanced tab Use this tab to specify advanced settings for a user/mailbox. @@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ Recipient An email address or mailbox object that should receive the emails sent to the particular mailbox. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as a recipient, or click the ellipsis button to -use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. +use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. Deliver messages to both forwarding address and mailbox diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md index ba974f5915..d0f601e89c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Object properties - Email tab" +description: "Object properties - Email tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Object properties - Email tab Use this tab to view the addresses assigned to this object. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/entitlement.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/entitlement.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/entitlement.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/entitlement.md index 20d5cf39da..d00d12751c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/entitlement.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/entitlement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Object Properties - Entitlements tab" +description: "Object Properties - Entitlements tab" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Object Properties - Entitlements tab Entitlement computes the effective NTFS permissions granted to objects on shared resources residing @@ -40,4 +46,4 @@ section, such as navigate file servers and SharePoint sites, grant permissions t resources, revoke permissions, and more. Entitlement-related permissions for a security role in an identity store are discussed in the -[Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md#entitlement) section. +[Entitlement](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md#entitlement) section. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md index e7bb2d98b2..2c54af021c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Object properties - General tab" +description: "Object properties - General tab" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Object properties - General tab Use this tab to view or update the general information for a user, mailbox, or contact. @@ -74,7 +80,7 @@ The name of the Exchange assistant for the mailbox/contact. Any email sent to th also forwarded to this assistant. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as an Exchange assistant, or click **Browse** to -use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. +use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. This field is not available for a user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md index 0954a700aa..a86aa877b3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User properties - Member Of tab" +description: "User properties - Member Of tab" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # User properties - Member Of tab Use this tab to view the groups that the user is a member of. You can also add and remove this user @@ -8,7 +14,7 @@ The tab displays a list of all groups this user is a member of. | Column Name | Description | | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Display Name | Displays the names of the groups this user is a member of. | -| Membership | Indicates whether the user is a temporary or permanent member of the group. - Perpetual – To make the object a permanent member of the group. - Temporary Member – To make the object a temporary member of the group for the period you specify in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is removed from the group membership. - Addition Pending – Indicates that the object will be a temporary member of the group for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Addition Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type changes to ‘Temporary Member’. Example. You add Smith as a temporary member to Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Addition Pending’ as its membership type from May 15 to 19. However, Smith would not be added to group membership in the provider. On May 20, Smith will become a temporary member of Group A and its membership type will change to ‘Temporary Member’ from May 20 to 30. Smith will also be added to group membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be removed from Group A as a member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Removal Pending - Indicates that the object will be temporarily removed from group membership for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Removal Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type will change to ‘Temporary Removed’. Example. You remove Smith from Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Removal Pending’ as membership type from May 15 to 19. On May 20, Smith’s membership type in Directory Manager will change to ‘Temporary Removed’; lasting till May 30. However, Smith will be removed from Group A’s membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be added back to Group A as a permanent member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Temporary Removed – Indicates that the object is temporarily removed from group membership for the period specified in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is added back to the group membership as a permanent member. When the user is a perpetual member, the **Membership** column is blank. You cannot change the membership type of the user for any group on the **Member Of** tab. Rather, go to the properties of the specific group and change the user's membership type on the [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/members.md). | +| Membership | Indicates whether the user is a temporary or permanent member of the group. - Perpetual – To make the object a permanent member of the group. - Temporary Member – To make the object a temporary member of the group for the period you specify in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is removed from the group membership. - Addition Pending – Indicates that the object will be a temporary member of the group for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Addition Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type changes to ‘Temporary Member’. Example. You add Smith as a temporary member to Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Addition Pending’ as its membership type from May 15 to 19. However, Smith would not be added to group membership in the provider. On May 20, Smith will become a temporary member of Group A and its membership type will change to ‘Temporary Member’ from May 20 to 30. Smith will also be added to group membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be removed from Group A as a member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Removal Pending - Indicates that the object will be temporarily removed from group membership for a period in the future. Use the Beginning and Ending boxes to set a period. Before the beginning date, the object’s membership type is displayed as ‘Removal Pending’. On the beginning date, the membership type will change to ‘Temporary Removed’. Example. You remove Smith from Group A on May 15 for future dates, May 20-30. Smith will be displayed in Group A’s membership with ‘Removal Pending’ as membership type from May 15 to 19. On May 20, Smith’s membership type in Directory Manager will change to ‘Temporary Removed’; lasting till May 30. However, Smith will be removed from Group A’s membership in the provider. After May 30, Smith will be added back to Group A as a permanent member in Directory Manager and in the provider. - Temporary Removed – Indicates that the object is temporarily removed from group membership for the period specified in the Beginning and Ending boxes. At the end of the period, the object is added back to the group membership as a permanent member. When the user is a perpetual member, the **Membership** column is blank. You cannot change the membership type of the user for any group on the **Member Of** tab. Rather, go to the properties of the specific group and change the user's membership type on the [Group properties - Members tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/members.md). | | Beginning | Displays the beginning date of the temporary addition or removal. | | Ending | Displays the ending date of the temporary addition or removal. | @@ -21,7 +27,7 @@ Add Click it to add the user to the memberships of one or more groups. Enter a search string to locate the required group, or click **Advance** to use the -[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a search. +[Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. The selected group(s) get listed in the Member Of grid. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md index 50c6d1300b..f1ac09b5a7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Object properties - Organization tab" +description: "Object properties - Organization tab" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Object properties - Organization tab Use this tab to add or change the primary manager for this user or contact. You can also remove the @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ transfer or terminate a direct report. NOTE: A user can also manage his/her direct reports and change his/her primary manager while validating his/her profile in the portal. See the -[Validate your profile](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/manage/validateprofile.md) topic. +[Validate your profile](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/manage/validateprofile.md) topic. ## Dotted line management @@ -26,14 +32,14 @@ changed. If the primary manager rejects the request, the user remains with the m NOTE: This is the default flow for the ‘Workflow to Change Manager’ workflow, with the primary manager set as the approver. If the administrator disables the workflow or changes the workflow -approver, the flow changes accordingly. See the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic. +approver, the flow changes accordingly. See the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic. Manager Displays the contact/user's primary manager, if specified. The user/contact can change his or her primary manager. -Click the ellipsis button to launch the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md), where you can +Click the ellipsis button to launch the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md), where you can search and select a user to set as the manager. Reports @@ -42,7 +48,7 @@ Displays a list of objects that report directly to this user or contact. These m groups and contacts. - To add a direct report, click **Add**. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as a - direct report, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for + direct report, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. - To transfer a direct report, select it and click **Transfer**. @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ groups and contacts. NOTE: This is the default flow for the ‘Workflow to Transfer a User’ workflow, with the direct report set as the approver. If the administrator disables the workflow or changes the approver, - the flow changes accordingly. See the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/request/overview.md) topic. + the flow changes accordingly. See the [Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/request/overview.md) topic. - To terminate a direct report, select it and click **Terminate**. @@ -65,7 +71,7 @@ groups and contacts. Additional Manager To add a manager, click **Add**. Enter a search string to locate the object to add as an additional -manager, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/search/find.md) for performing a +manager, or click **Advance** to use the [Find Dialog Box](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/generalfeatures/find.md) for performing a search. To remove an additional manager, select it and click **Remove**. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md index bcd0aa2e5d..68965c1f06 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Object properties - Phone / Notes tab" +description: "Object properties - Phone / Notes tab" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Object properties - Phone / Notes tab Use this tab to view or update the contact information of the user or contact. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/useroverview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/useroverview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b691fe5d1e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/useroverview.md @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: "Overview" +description: "Overview" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + +# Overview + +You can view and manipulate the properties of users in Active Directory. + +## User properties + +Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in Active Directory +based identity store. + +- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) +- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) +- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) +- [Object properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/advanced.md) +- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/account.md) +- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/entitlement.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9fbb952ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Overview", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md index c2b9d31603..3898f7d357 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User properties - Contact Info tab" +description: "User properties - Contact Info tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # User properties - Contact Info tab Use this tab to view or update the contact information of the user/mailbox. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md index 886cd10174..b0fb4a0049 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User properties - Directory Role tab" +description: "User properties - Directory Role tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # User properties - Directory Role tab This tab displays the role assigned to the user/mailbox in Microsoft Entra ID. If required, you can diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/identity.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/identity.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/identity.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/identity.md index d6add89988..f1244ae5e4 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/identity.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/identity.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User properties - Identity tab" +description: "User properties - Identity tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # User properties - Identity tab Use this tab to view or update the general information for a user and mailbox in a Microsoft Entra diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md similarity index 58% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md index f7245d5108..5ec448bfe0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "User properties - Job Info tab" +description: "User properties - Job Info tab" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # User properties - Job Info tab The Job Info tab is similar to the -[Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) in user properties, with +[Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) in user properties, with the addition of two fields: Title and Department. Title diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b44c13e5e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: "Overview" +description: "Overview" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + +# Overview + +You can view and manipulate the properties of directory objects (users and mailboxes) in Microsoft +Entra ID, depending on the permissions the Directory Manager administrator has granted you. + +## User and Mailbox properties + +Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in an Microsoft Entra +ID based identity store. + +- [User properties - Identity tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/identity.md) +- [User properties - Directory Role tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md) +- [User properties - Job Info tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md) +- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/overview.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/overview.md similarity index 56% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/overview.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/overview.md index 706070c03e..bac8faafb0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/overview.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Properties" +description: "User Properties" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # User Properties You can view and manipulate the properties of directory objects (users, mailboxes, and contacts) in @@ -23,33 +29,33 @@ you. Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in Active Directory based identity store. -- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) -- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) -- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) -- [Mailbox properties - Limits tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Mailbox properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Object properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/advanced.md) -- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/account.md) -- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/entitlement.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) +- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) +- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) +- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) +- [Mailbox properties - Limits tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/limits.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Mailbox properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/advanced.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Object properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/advanced.md) +- [User properties - Account tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/account.md) +- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Object Properties - Entitlements tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/entitlement.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) ## User and Mailbox properties in Microsoft Entra ID Following is the list of all the properties that Users and Mailbox Users have in an Microsoft Entra ID based identity store. -- [User properties - Identity tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/identity.md) -- [User properties - Directory Role tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md) -- [User properties - Job Info tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md) -- [User properties - Contact Info tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md) -- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) +- [User properties - Identity tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/identity.md) +- [User properties - Directory Role tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/directoryrole.md) +- [User properties - Job Info tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/jobinfo.md) +- [User properties - Contact Info tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/azure/contactinfo.md) +- [User properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Mailbox properties - Auto Reply tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/mailbox/autoreply.md) (for mailbox only) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) ## Contact properties @@ -58,11 +64,11 @@ store. NOTE: Contact object is not supported in Microsoft Entra ID. -- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/general.md) -- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/organization.md) -- [Contact properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md) -- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/phonenote.md) -- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/attributes.md) -- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/email.md) -- [Contact properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md) -- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/group/properties/history.md) +- [Object properties - General tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/general.md) +- [Object properties - Organization tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/organization.md) +- [Contact properties - Member Of tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/memberof.md) +- [Object properties - Phone / Notes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/phonenote.md) +- [Object properties - Attributes tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/attributes.md) +- [Object properties - Email tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/useroverview/email.md) +- [Contact properties - Advanced tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/user/properties/activedirectory/contact/advanced.md) +- [Object properties - History tab](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/group/properties/history.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1563d74201 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "User APIs", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "userapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuser.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuser.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuser.md index f1bc03d6bc..65b1c9d351 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a User" +description: "Create a User" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create a User This API creates a user in the identity store specified in the endpoint URL. Provide mandatory diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuserentraid.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuserentraid.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuserentraid.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuserentraid.md index 3200f25046..5192a718a7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/createuserentraid.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuserentraid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create an Entra ID User" +description: "Create an Entra ID User" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Create an Entra ID User Use this API to create a user in a Microsoft Entra ID based identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteuser.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteuser.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteuser.md index a1d54b6603..ec62d92af7 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete a User" +description: "Delete a User" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Delete a User Using this API, you can delete a single user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteusers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteusers.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteusers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteusers.md index 9a244a0f2c..77726b0a5a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/deleteusers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteusers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete Users" +description: "Delete Users" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Delete Users This API deletes multiple users from the identity store given in the endpoint URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getallgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getallgroups.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getallgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getallgroups.md index 3d31c46e0e..ccfae316b1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getallgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getallgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get All Groups" +description: "Get All Groups" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Get All Groups Use this API to retrieve all groups in the directory for the specified user in the endpoint. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmydynasties.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmydynasties.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmydynasties.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmydynasties.md index 1a4d978b99..b210ae9a90 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmydynasties.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmydynasties.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Dynasties" +description: "Get My Dynasties" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Get My Dynasties Use this API to retrieve the dynasties of the authenticated user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiredgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiredgroups.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiredgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiredgroups.md index 83c6ebd8b1..70e63c4163 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiredgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiredgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Expired Groups" +description: "Get My Expired Groups" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Get My Expired Groups This API retrieves the expired groups of the authenticated user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroups.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroups.md index 981bcffab3..acc5736e1b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Expiring Groups" +description: "Get My Expiring Groups" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Get My Expiring Groups Use this API to retrieve the expiring groups of the authenticated user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md index 66c8ad10a3..e3086d5d9e 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Expiring Groups Count" +description: "Get My Expiring Groups Count" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get My Expiring Groups Count This API retrieves the number of expiring groups of the authenticate user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroups.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroups.md index a2760a78f5..65b9382edc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Groups" +description: "Get My Groups" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Get My Groups The Get My Groups API retrieves groups of the authenticated user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroupscount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroupscount.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroupscount.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroupscount.md index 57fb002efe..4c442925f6 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmygroupscount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroupscount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Groups Count" +description: "Get My Groups Count" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Get My Groups Count This API retrieves the number of groups of the authenticated user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemberships.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemberships.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemberships.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemberships.md index 35ba73d1c1..3df5482be1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemberships.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemberships.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Membership" +description: "Get My Membership" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Get My Membership Use this API to retrieve membership information of the authenticated user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemebershipcount.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemebershipcount.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemebershipcount.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemebershipcount.md index af3d9a500f..2fe700e90a 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmymemebershipcount.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemebershipcount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Membership Count" +description: "Get My Membership Count" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Get My Membership Count Using this API, the authenticated user can get the number of groups the user is a member of. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmysmartgroups.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmysmartgroups.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmysmartgroups.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmysmartgroups.md index 6469f73e39..9698e2caac 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getmysmartgroups.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmysmartgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Smart Groups" +description: "Get My Smart Groups" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Get My Smart Groups Using this API, information about the authentiacated user's Smart Groups can be retrieved. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getuser.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getuser.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getuser.md index 536fd7abe0..607b385598 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a User" +description: "Get a User" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Get a User Use this API to get information of a single user. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getusers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getusers.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getusers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getusers.md index 32534a4933..2954676987 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/getusers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getusers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Users" +description: "Get Users" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Get Users Use this API to retrieve information of multiple users from the specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/updateuser.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/updateuser.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/updateuser.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/updateuser.md index f368ae64d9..109c40b4a0 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/user/updateuser.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/updateuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update a User" +description: "Update a User" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Update a User This API updates a user's information in the specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/userapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/userapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a52f0eb55e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/userapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: "User APIs" +description: "User APIs" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + +# User APIs + +Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform user-specific functions: + +- [Create a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuser.md) +- [Create an Entra ID User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/createuserentraid.md) +- [Delete a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteuser.md) +- [Delete Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/deleteusers.md) +- [Get All Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getallgroups.md) +- [Get My Dynasties](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmydynasties.md) +- [Get My Expired Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiredgroups.md) +- [Get My Expiring Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroups.md) +- [Get My Expiring Groups Count](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmyexpiringgroupscount.md) +- [Get My Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroups.md) +- [Get My Groups Count](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmygroupscount.md) +- [Get My Membership](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemberships.md) +- [Get My Membership Count](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmymemebershipcount.md) +- [Get My Smart Groups](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getmysmartgroups.md) +- [Get a User](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getuser.md) +- [Get Users](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/userapis/getusers.md) diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/welcome.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/welcome.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/welcome.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/welcome.md index 64cb4aa960..fc937d531c 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/portal/welcome.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/welcome.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Welcome to the Portal" +description: "Welcome to the Portal" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Welcome to the Portal A Directory Manager portal represents a virtual link with the directory. Using it, users can do the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/welcome.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/welcome_1.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/welcome.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/welcome_1.md index 839907933c..e32d7ae7f1 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/welcome.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/welcome_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Manager (formerly GroupID) APIs" +description: "Directory Manager (formerly GroupID) APIs" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Directory Manager (formerly GroupID) APIs Directory Manager APIs enable developers to quickly intergrate their applications with Directory diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/_category_.json b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1da302f2f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Workflow APIs", + "position": 80, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "workflowapis" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/allwfroutes.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/allwfroutes.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/allwfroutes.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/allwfroutes.md index cbfb91d1c9..bc39baaa52 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/allwfroutes.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/allwfroutes.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "All Workflow Routes" +description: "All Workflow Routes" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # All Workflow Routes Use this API to get information about all workflow routes, system defined and user defined, in a diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/approvereq.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/approvereq.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/approvereq.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/approvereq.md index a4cd40974f..8864d75889 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/approvereq.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/approvereq.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Approve a Request" +description: "Approve a Request" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Approve a Request Using this API you can approve a specified workflow request. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/configurepowerautomate.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/configurepowerautomate.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/configurepowerautomate.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/configurepowerautomate.md index 73a6e8d4ad..ce73329c28 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/configurepowerautomate.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/configurepowerautomate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Power Automate" +description: "Configure Power Automate" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Configure Power Automate You can link an identity store in Directory Manager to Power Automate to trigger a flow from diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/createroute.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/createroute.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/createroute.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/createroute.md index 9ef918efbe..417af15ba3 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/createroute.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/createroute.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Route" +description: "Create a Route" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Create a Route Use this API to create a new workflow route. To create a workflow, you have to specify the @@ -14,8 +20,8 @@ following: field criterion is met. - Approver – The object to send the workflow request for approval. -See the [Create a New Workflow](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/implement.md#create-a-new-workflow) -section of the [Implement Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/implement.md) topic for additional +See the [Create a New Workflow](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/implement.md#create-a-new-workflow) +section of the [Implement Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/implement.md) topic for additional information. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletereqstatus.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletereqstatus.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletereqstatus.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletereqstatus.md index a7da5a6b02..3881ac62ba 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletereqstatus.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletereqstatus.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete Request Status" +description: "Delete Request Status" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Delete Request Status Use this API to delete a request which has the specified status for more than specified days. For diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deleteroute.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deleteroute.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deleteroute.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deleteroute.md index 16796c13a4..0522497bd9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deleteroute.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deleteroute.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete a Route" +description: "Delete a Route" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Delete a Route You can use this API to delete a user-defined workflow route. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletewfreq.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletewfreq.md similarity index 75% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletewfreq.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletewfreq.md index e3878898c8..b98e8c0e33 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/deletewfreq.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletewfreq.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete a Workflow Request" +description: "Delete a Workflow Request" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Delete a Workflow Request Delete a workflow request from a specified identity store ID of which is specified in the endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/denyreq.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/denyreq.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/denyreq.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/denyreq.md index 273c83b596..c6f657ac2d 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/denyreq.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/denyreq.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Deny a Request" +description: "Deny a Request" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Deny a Request If you want to deny a workflow request in a specified identity store, you can use this API. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getapprovers.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getapprovers.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getapprovers.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getapprovers.md index 1d1734ab2a..86dd006702 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getapprovers.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getapprovers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Approvers" +description: "Get Approvers" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Get Approvers This API provides information about the approver(s) of a workflow request. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getdefroute.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getdefroute.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getdefroute.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getdefroute.md index 688e373d7c..89274d9748 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getdefroute.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getdefroute.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Get Default Routes" +description: "Get Default Routes" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Get Default Routes Use this API to retrieve information about Directory Manager default workflows. These workflows are predefine in Directory Manager that trigger when their associated events occur. -See the [System Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md#system-workflows) section of the -[Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/workflow/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [System Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md#system-workflows) section of the +[Workflows](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/workflow/overview.md) topic for additional information. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getmyreq.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getmyreq.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getmyreq.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getmyreq.md index 5e20fa9acf..fa3b8226fc 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getmyreq.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getmyreq.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get My Requests" +description: "Get My Requests" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Get My Requests Using this API the logged in user can get information about his/her workflow request(s). diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpendingreq.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpendingreq.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpendingreq.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpendingreq.md index 2990a50a6a..d6010e4323 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpendingreq.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpendingreq.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Get Pending Requests" +description: "Get Pending Requests" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Get Pending Requests Use this API to retrieve information about all those requests with pending status provided you have the required permissions to manage all requests. See the -[Miscellaneous](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md#miscellaneous) section of the -[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/admincenter/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. +[Miscellaneous](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md#miscellaneous) section of the +[Security Role – Permissions](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/signin/securityrole/permissions.md) topic. ## Endpoint diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpowerautomatesettings.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpowerautomatesettings.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpowerautomatesettings.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpowerautomatesettings.md index e5e1de732a..62924e529b 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getpowerautomatesettings.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpowerautomatesettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Power Automate Settings" +description: "Get Power Automate Settings" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Get Power Automate Settings If in Directory Manager you have linked an identity store to Power Automate, you can retrieve the diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfreq.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfreq.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfreq.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfreq.md index 3085bacc70..c30feb29aa 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfreq.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfreq.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get Workflow Requests" +description: "Get Workflow Requests" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Get Workflow Requests Using this API you can retrieve information about a workflow request ID(s) of which are specified in diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfroute.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfroute.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfroute.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfroute.md index 649de16dc9..a859e7e4a9 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/getwfroute.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfroute.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get a Workflow Route" +description: "Get a Workflow Route" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get a Workflow Route Use this API to get workflow route id of which is specified in the end point URL. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updatepowerautomatesettings.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updatepowerautomatesettings.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updatepowerautomatesettings.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updatepowerautomatesettings.md index 5faa9f7119..4761d7bdd8 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updatepowerautomatesettings.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updatepowerautomatesettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update Power Automate Settings" +description: "Update Power Automate Settings" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Update Power Automate Settings If you have defined Power-Automate settings for an identity store, you can use this API to update diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updateroute.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updateroute.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updateroute.md rename to docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updateroute.md index a9a8f0bf7e..687127c779 100644 --- a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/api/workflow/updateroute.md +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updateroute.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Update a Route" +description: "Update a Route" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Update a Route You can use this API to update a workflow route in a specified identity store. diff --git a/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/workflowapis.md b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/workflowapis.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbbc259e66 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/workflowapis.md @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: "Workflow APIs" +description: "Workflow APIs" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + +# Workflow APIs + +Directory Manager provides the following APIs to perform functions related to Directory Manager +workflows: + +- [All Workflow Routes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/allwfroutes.md) +- [Approve a Request](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/approvereq.md) +- [Configure Power Automate](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/configurepowerautomate.md) +- [Create a Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/createroute.md) +- [Delete a Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deleteroute.md) +- [Delete a Workflow Request](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletewfreq.md) +- [Delete Request Status](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/deletereqstatus.md) +- [Deny a Request](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/denyreq.md) +- [Get a Workflow Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfroute.md) +- [Get Approvers](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getapprovers.md) +- [Get Default Routes](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getdefroute.md) +- [Get My Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getmyreq.md) +- [Get Pending Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpendingreq.md) +- [Get Power Automate Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getpowerautomatesettings.md) +- [Get Workflow Requests](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/getwfreq.md) +- [Update a Route](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updateroute.md) +- [Update Power Automate Settings](/docs/directorymanager/11.1/welcome/workflowapis/updatepowerautomatesettings.md) diff --git a/scripts/ActivityMonitor.fltoc b/scripts/ActivityMonitor.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 7b99498fe9..0000000000 --- a/scripts/ActivityMonitor.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,715 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/Auditor.fltoc b/scripts/Auditor.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index ce74a29959..0000000000 --- a/scripts/Auditor.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1662 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/ChangeTracker.fltoc b/scripts/ChangeTracker.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 1e45809cfd..0000000000 --- a/scripts/ChangeTracker.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,370 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/GroupID.fltoc b/scripts/GroupID.fltoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..653d778857 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/GroupID.fltoc @@ -0,0 +1,2202 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/InformationCenter.fltoc b/scripts/InformationCenter.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 75d0200901..0000000000 --- a/scripts/InformationCenter.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1229 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/NDC.fltoc b/scripts/NDC.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 0190432e97..0000000000 --- a/scripts/NDC.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,721 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/Recovery.fltoc b/scripts/Recovery.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 4cc2cc62d7..0000000000 --- a/scripts/Recovery.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/accessanalyzer.fltoc b/scripts/accessanalyzer.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index cf94716a5f..0000000000 --- a/scripts/accessanalyzer.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4675 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/fix-accessanalyzer-img-paths.js b/scripts/fix-accessanalyzer-img-paths.js deleted file mode 100644 index 7cd15e68fd..0000000000 --- a/scripts/fix-accessanalyzer-img-paths.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -const fs = require('fs'); -const path = require('path'); - -// Usage: node scripts/fix-accessanalyzer-img-paths.js -if (process.argv.length < 3) { - console.error('Usage: node scripts/fix-accessanalyzer-img-paths.js '); - process.exit(1); -} - -const targetFolder = path.join(__dirname, '..', 'docs', process.argv[2]); - -function processFile(filePath) { - let content = fs.readFileSync(filePath, 'utf8'); - let newContent = content - .replace(/\/img\/product_docs\/accessanalyzer(?!\/12\.0)/g, '/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/12.0') - .replace(/\/img\/versioned_docs\/accessanalyzer_11\.6\/accessanalyzer/g, '/img/product_docs/accessanalyzer/11.6'); - if (newContent !== content) { - fs.writeFileSync(filePath, newContent, 'utf8'); - console.log(`Updated: ${filePath}`); - } -} - -function walkDir(dir) { - fs.readdirSync(dir, { withFileTypes: true }).forEach((entry) => { - const fullPath = path.join(dir, entry.name); - if (entry.isDirectory()) { - walkDir(fullPath); - } else if (entry.isFile() && fullPath.endsWith('.md')) { - processFile(fullPath); - } - }); -} - -if (!fs.existsSync(targetFolder)) { - console.error(`Folder does not exist: ${targetFolder}`); - process.exit(1); -} - -walkDir(targetFolder); -console.log('Done.'); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/fix-images.js b/scripts/fix-images.js deleted file mode 100644 index 36985e4eb4..0000000000 --- a/scripts/fix-images.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,430 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env node - -/** - * fix-images.js - * - * Interactive CLI tool to fix both product folder mismatches and path alignment mismatches in image links. - * - * Usage: - * node scripts/fix-images.js [--case=product|path] - * (default: both cases) - */ - -const fs = require('fs'); -const path = require('path'); -const readline = require('readline'); -const { spawn } = require('child_process'); - -// ANSI color codes -const colors = { - reset: '\x1b[0m', - bold: '\x1b[1m', - cyan: '\x1b[36m', - yellow: '\x1b[33m', - green: '\x1b[32m', - gray: '\x1b[90m', - red: '\x1b[31m', -}; - -function walkDir(dir, ext, fileList = []) { - const files = fs.readdirSync(dir); - for (const file of files) { - const fullPath = path.join(dir, file); - const stat = fs.statSync(fullPath); - if (stat.isDirectory()) { - walkDir(fullPath, ext, fileList); - } else if (file.endsWith(ext)) { - fileList.push(fullPath); - } - } - return fileList; -} - -function findImageLinks(mdContent) { - // Matches ![alt](path) or ![](path) - const regex = /!\[[^\]]*\]\(([^)]+)\)/g; - let match; - const results = []; - while ((match = regex.exec(mdContent)) !== null) { - results.push({ - link: match[0], - path: match[1], - index: match.index, - }); - } - return results; -} - -function getContextLines(mdContent, index, numLines = 2) { - const lines = mdContent.split('\n'); - let charCount = 0; - let lineNum = 0; - for (; lineNum < lines.length; lineNum++) { - charCount += lines[lineNum].length + 1; - if (charCount > index) break; - } - const start = Math.max(0, lineNum - numLines); - const end = Math.min(lines.length, lineNum + numLines + 1); - return lines.slice(start, end).join('\n'); -} - -function promptUser(question) { - const rl = readline.createInterface({ input: process.stdin, output: process.stdout }); - return new Promise(resolve => rl.question(question, ans => { rl.close(); resolve(ans); })); -} - -function openImage(filePath) { - const platform = process.platform; - let cmd, args; - if (platform === 'win32') { - cmd = 'cmd'; - args = ['/c', 'start', '""', filePath]; - } else if (platform === 'darwin') { - cmd = 'open'; - args = [filePath]; - } else { - cmd = 'xdg-open'; - args = [filePath]; - } - spawn(cmd, args, { stdio: 'ignore', detached: true }).unref(); -} - -function getProductFolderFromImgPath(imgPath, productFolder) { - // Count how many segments in productFolder - const numSegments = productFolder.split('/').length; - // Build regex to match that many segments after img/product_docs/ - const regex = new RegExp('(?:^|/)img/product_docs/((?:[^/]+/){' + (numSegments - 1) + '}[^/]+)/'); -function getProductFolderFromImgPath(imgPath, productFolder) { - // Count how many segments in productFolder - const numSegments = productFolder.split('/').length; - // Build regex to match that many segments after img/product_docs/ - const regex = new RegExp('(?:^|/)img/product_docs/((?:[^/]+/){' + (numSegments - 1) + '}[^/]+)/'); - const norm = imgPath.replace(/\\/g, '/'); - const m = norm.match(regex); - const m = norm.match(regex); - return m ? m[1] : null; -} - -function pathHasProductFolder(imgPath, productFolder) { - // Normalize and check if productFolder is in the path after /img/product_docs/ - const norm = imgPath.replace(/\\/g, '/'); - return norm.includes('/img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/') || norm.includes('img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/'); -} - -function getExpectedImagePath(productFolder, mdFile, origImgPath) { - // Support /img/product_docs//, img/product_docs//, or static/img/product_docs// - const normImgPath = origImgPath.replace(/\\/g, '/'); - const prefixes = [ - '/img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/', - 'img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/', - 'static/img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/', - ]; - const prefix = prefixes.find(p => normImgPath.startsWith(p)); - if (!prefix) return null; - // Get the relative path of the md file (excluding filename) - const mdRelPath = path.relative(path.join('docs', productFolder), mdFile).replace(/\\/g, '/'); - const mdRelDir = path.dirname(mdRelPath); - const imgFileName = path.basename(normImgPath); - const expected = prefix + (mdRelDir === '.' ? '' : mdRelDir + '/') + imgFileName; - return expected; -} - -function isProductFolderMismatch(productFolder, imgPath) { - // True if the product folder in the image path does not match the input - const found = getProductFolderFromImgPath(imgPath, productFolder); - const found = getProductFolderFromImgPath(imgPath, productFolder); - return found && found !== productFolder; -} - -function isPathAlignmentMismatch(productFolder, mdFile, imgPath) { - const normImgPath = imgPath.replace(/\\/g, '/'); - const prefixes = [ - '/img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/', - 'img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/', - 'static/img/product_docs/' + productFolder + '/', - ]; - const prefix = prefixes.find(p => normImgPath.startsWith(p)); - if (!prefix) return false; - // Get the subpath after product folder (excluding filename) - const imgSubPath = path.dirname(normImgPath.slice(prefix.length)); - const mdRelPath = path.relative(path.join('docs', productFolder), mdFile).replace(/\\/g, '/'); - const mdRelDir = path.dirname(mdRelPath); - // If subpath does not match mdRelDir, it's a mismatch - return imgSubPath !== mdRelDir; -} - -function getCandidateImagePaths(productFolder, mdFile, origImgPath) { - // Suggest: /// and _1, _2, etc. - const prefixes = [ - '/img/product_docs/', - 'img/product_docs/', - 'static/img/product_docs/', - ]; - const prefix = prefixes.find(p => origImgPath.replace(/\\/g, '/').startsWith(p)); - if (!prefix) return []; - const baseDir = prefix + productFolder; - const mdRelPath = path.relative(path.join('docs', productFolder), mdFile).replace(/\\/g, '/'); - const imgFileName = path.basename(origImgPath); - const prefixName = imgFileName.replace(/(\.[^.]+)$/, ''); - const ext = path.extname(imgFileName); - let currDir = path.dirname(mdRelPath); - while (true) { - const parentDir = baseDir + (currDir === '.' ? '' : '/' + currDir); - const parentDirFs = path.join('static', parentDir.replace(/^\/?img\//, 'img/').replace(/^\/?/, '')); - let found = []; - if (fs.existsSync(parentDirFs)) { - const files = fs.readdirSync(parentDirFs); - // Find all files matching basename and basename_# - files.forEach(f => { - if ( - (f === imgFileName || - (f.startsWith(prefixName + '_') && f.endsWith(ext) && /^_\d+/.test(f.slice(prefixName.length)))) - ) { - found.push((parentDir + '/' + f).replace(/\\/g, '/').replace(/\/\//g, '/')); - } - }); - } - if (found.length > 0) { - // Return all matches at this level only - return [...new Set(found)]; - } - // If not found, check one level deeper: a subfolder named after the markdown file's base name - if (currDir !== '.' && currDir !== '' && currDir !== path.sep) { - const mdBaseName = path.basename(mdRelPath, path.extname(mdRelPath)); - const subDir = parentDir + '/' + mdBaseName; - const subDirFs = path.join('static', subDir.replace(/^\/?img\//, 'img/').replace(/^\/?/, '')); - let foundSub = []; - if (fs.existsSync(subDirFs)) { - const files = fs.readdirSync(subDirFs); - files.forEach(f => { - if ( - (f === imgFileName || - (f.startsWith(prefixName + '_') && f.endsWith(ext) && /^_\d+/.test(f.slice(prefixName.length)))) - ) { - foundSub.push((subDir + '/' + f).replace(/\\/g, '/').replace(/\/\//g, '/')); - } - }); - } - if (foundSub.length > 0) { - return [...new Set(foundSub)]; - } - } - // Extra check for overview.md: look for image named after the last folder - if (path.basename(mdRelPath) === 'overview.md') { - const lastFolder = path.basename(currDir); - if (lastFolder && lastFolder !== '.' && lastFolder !== path.sep) { - const overviewImg = lastFolder + ext; - const overviewImgPath = parentDir + '/' + overviewImg; - const overviewImgFs = path.join('static', overviewImgPath.replace(/^\/?img\//, 'img/').replace(/^\/?/, '')); - if (fs.existsSync(overviewImgFs)) { - return [overviewImgPath.replace(/\\/g, '/').replace(/\/\//g, '/')]; - } - } - } - if (currDir === '' || currDir === '.' || currDir === path.sep) break; - currDir = path.dirname(currDir); - } - return []; -} - -async function main() { - const inputFolder = process.argv[2]; - const caseArg = process.argv.find(arg => arg.startsWith('--case=')); - const whichCase = caseArg ? caseArg.split('=')[1] : 'both'; - if (!inputFolder) { - console.error('Usage: node scripts/fix-images.js [--case=product|path]'); - process.exit(1); - } - const docsRoot = path.join('docs', inputFolder); - if (!fs.existsSync(docsRoot)) { - console.error('Folder not found:', docsRoot); - process.exit(1); - } - const mdFiles = walkDir(docsRoot, '.md'); - // Track skipped image links for this run - const skippedLinks = new Set(); - // Collect skipped info for report - const skippedReport = []; - for (const mdFile of mdFiles) { - const mdContent = fs.readFileSync(mdFile, 'utf8'); - const links = findImageLinks(mdContent); - let newContent = mdContent; - // Collect all changes first, then apply them in reverse order to avoid index shifting - const changes = []; - for (const linkObj of links) { - const { link, path: imgPath, index } = linkObj; - // Create a unique key for this image link in this file - const skipKey = mdFile + '|' + link; - if (skippedLinks.has(skipKey)) { - continue; - } - // Create a unique key for this image link in this file - const skipKey = mdFile + '|' + link; - if (skippedLinks.has(skipKey)) { - continue; - } - let caseType = null; - if ((whichCase === 'both' || whichCase === 'product') && isProductFolderMismatch(inputFolder, imgPath)) { - caseType = 'product'; - } else if ((whichCase === 'both' || whichCase === 'path') && isPathAlignmentMismatch(inputFolder, mdFile, imgPath)) { - caseType = 'path'; - } else { - continue; - } - const context = getContextLines(mdContent, index, 2); - const candidates = getCandidateImagePaths(inputFolder, mdFile, imgPath); - let skipAndReport = false; - if (candidates.length === 0) { - // Automatically skip if this is a path alignment mismatch or product folder mismatch - if (caseType === 'path' || caseType === 'product') { - skipAndReport = true; - } - } - if (skipAndReport) { - // Collect all info for report - let reportEntry = ''; - reportEntry += '\n---\n'; - reportEntry += `File: ${mdFile}\n`; - reportEntry += `Context:\n${context}\n`; - reportEntry += `Original image link: ${link}\n`; - if (caseType === 'product') { - reportEntry += 'Case: Product folder mismatch\n'; - } else if (caseType === 'path') { - reportEntry += 'Case: Path alignment mismatch\n'; - } - reportEntry += 'No suggested images found.\n'; - skippedReport.push(reportEntry); - skippedLinks.add(skipKey); - continue; - } - console.log('\n---'); - console.log(`${colors.bold}${colors.cyan}File: ${mdFile}${colors.reset}`); - console.log(`${colors.gray}Context:`); - console.log(context + colors.reset); - console.log(`${colors.yellow}Original image link: ${link}${colors.reset}`); - if (caseType === 'product') { - console.log(`${colors.red}Case: Product folder mismatch${colors.reset}`); - } else if (caseType === 'path') { - console.log(`${colors.red}Case: Path alignment mismatch${colors.reset}`); - } - if (candidates.length === 1) { - if (candidates.length === 1) { - // Auto-update with the single candidate - const action = candidates[0]; - let imgFsPath = action.replace(/^\//, ''); - if (!imgFsPath.startsWith('static/')) imgFsPath = 'static/' + imgFsPath; - if (fs.existsSync(imgFsPath)) { - // Use root-relative path for markdown - const relImgPath = action.startsWith('/') ? action : '/' + action; - const newLink = link.replace(imgPath, relImgPath); - changes.push({ - originalLink: link, - newLink: newLink, - index: index - }); - console.log(`${colors.green}Automatically updated image link in file with: ${action}${colors.reset}`); - } else { - console.log(colors.red, 'Suggested image does not exist:', imgFsPath, colors.reset); - // Fallback to prompt if file doesn't exist - } - } else { - if (candidates.length === 0) { - console.log(colors.red, 'No suggested images found.', colors.reset); - // Automatically skip if this is a path alignment mismatch - if (caseType === 'path') { - skippedLinks.add(skipKey); - continue; - } - } else { - // Print suggested images if there are multiple candidates - } - } else { - if (candidates.length === 0) { - console.log(colors.red, 'No suggested images found.', colors.reset); - // Automatically skip if this is a path alignment mismatch - if (caseType === 'path') { - skippedLinks.add(skipKey); - continue; - } - } else { - // Print suggested images if there are multiple candidates - console.log('Suggested image(s):'); - candidates.forEach((c, i) => { - console.log(` ${colors.green}[${i + 1}] ${c}${colors.reset}`); - }); - } - let action; - while (candidates.length > 0 || (caseType !== 'path' && candidates.length === 0)) { - while (candidates.length > 0 || (caseType !== 'path' && candidates.length === 0)) { - let prompt = `\n${colors.bold}Choose an option:${colors.reset}\n`; - if (candidates.length) prompt += ' [1-' + candidates.length + '] Select a suggested image\n'; - prompt += ' [c] Enter custom path\n [s] Skip\n> '; - action = await promptUser(prompt); - if (candidates.length && /^[1-9]\d*$/.test(action) && +action >= 1 && +action <= candidates.length) { - action = candidates[+action - 1]; - } else if (action.toLowerCase() === 'c') { - action = await promptUser('Enter custom image path: '); - } else if (action.toLowerCase() === 's') { - // Mark this image link as skipped for this run - skippedLinks.add(skipKey); - // Mark this image link as skipped for this run - skippedLinks.add(skipKey); - break; - } else { - console.log('Invalid input.'); - continue; - } - // Check if file exists (relative to static/ or root) - let imgFsPath = action ? action.replace(/^\//, '') : ''; - if (action && !imgFsPath.startsWith('static/')) imgFsPath = 'static/' + imgFsPath; - if (action && !fs.existsSync(imgFsPath)) { - let imgFsPath = action ? action.replace(/^\//, '') : ''; - if (action && !imgFsPath.startsWith('static/')) imgFsPath = 'static/' + imgFsPath; - if (action && !fs.existsSync(imgFsPath)) { - console.log('File does not exist:', imgFsPath); - continue; - } - if (action) openImage(imgFsPath); - if (action) openImage(imgFsPath); - const confirm = await promptUser('Use this image? [y/N]: '); - if (confirm.toLowerCase() === 'y') { - // Use root-relative path for markdown - const relImgPath = action.startsWith('/') ? action : '/' + action; - const newLink = link.replace(imgPath, relImgPath); - changes.push({ - originalLink: link, - newLink: newLink, - index: index - }); - console.log('Updated image link in file.'); - break; - } else { - console.log('Not updating.'); - } - } - } - } - // Apply all changes in reverse order to avoid index shifting - changes.sort((a, b) => b.index - a.index); - for (const change of changes) { - newContent = newContent.replace(change.originalLink, change.newLink); - } - if (newContent !== mdContent) { - fs.writeFileSync(mdFile, newContent, 'utf8'); - console.log('File updated:', mdFile); - } - } - // At the end of main, after all files processed, write the skipped report if any - if (skippedReport.length > 0) { - const imgRoot = path.join('static', 'img', 'product_docs', inputFolder); - if (!fs.existsSync(imgRoot)) { - fs.mkdirSync(imgRoot, { recursive: true }); - } - const reportPath = path.join(imgRoot, 'skipped-image-links.txt'); - fs.writeFileSync(reportPath, skippedReport.join('\n'), 'utf8'); - console.log(`\nSkipped image links report written to: ${reportPath}`); - } - console.log('Done.'); -} - -main(); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/move-and-update-links.js b/scripts/move-and-update-links.js deleted file mode 100644 index b77e269b30..0000000000 --- a/scripts/move-and-update-links.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env node -const fs = require('fs'); -const path = require('path'); -const fse = require('fs-extra'); - -// Helper to recursively get all .md files in a directory -function getAllMarkdownFiles(dir, fileList = []) { - const files = fs.readdirSync(dir); - files.forEach(file => { - const filePath = path.join(dir, file); - const stat = fs.statSync(filePath); - if (stat.isDirectory()) { - getAllMarkdownFiles(filePath, fileList); - } else if (file.endsWith('.md')) { - fileList.push(filePath); - } - }); - return fileList; -} - -// Helper to update markdown links in a file -function updateMarkdownLinks(filePath, oldPath, newPath) { - let content = fs.readFileSync(filePath, 'utf8'); - let updated = false; - - // Convert paths to forward slashes for consistent matching - const normalizedOldPath = oldPath.replace(/\\/g, '/'); - const normalizedNewPath = newPath.replace(/\\/g, '/'); - - // Only update files that actually contain links to the old path - // Look for markdown links that contain the old path and end with .md - const escapedOldPath = normalizedOldPath.replace(/[.*+?^${}()|[\]\\]/g, '\\$&'); - - // Match complete markdown links: [text](path/to/old/file.md) - // This regex specifically looks for markdown link syntax with the old path - const regex = new RegExp(`(\\[([^\\]]+)\\]\\()([^)]*${escapedOldPath}[^)]*\\.md)`, 'g'); - - const newContent = content.replace(regex, (match, p1, p2, p3) => { - // Double-check that this is actually a link to the old path - if (p3.includes(normalizedOldPath)) { - updated = true; - // Replace the old path with the new path in the link - const newLinkPath = p3.replace(new RegExp(escapedOldPath, 'g'), normalizedNewPath); - return `${p1}${newLinkPath}`; - } - return match; - }); - - if (updated) { - fs.writeFileSync(filePath, newContent, 'utf8'); - console.log(` Updated links in: ${filePath}`); - } - - return updated; -} - -// Main function -function main() { - // Parse command line arguments - const args = process.argv.slice(2); - let sourcePath = null; - let destPath = null; - - for (let i = 0; i < args.length; i++) { - if (args[i] === '--src' && i + 1 < args.length) { - sourcePath = args[i + 1]; - i++; - } else if (args[i] === '--dest' && i + 1 < args.length) { - destPath = args[i + 1]; - i++; - } - } - - if (!sourcePath || !destPath) { - console.error('Usage: node scripts/move-and-update-links.js --src --dest '); - process.exit(1); - } - - // Resolve paths relative to current directory - const resolvedSourcePath = path.resolve(sourcePath); - const resolvedDestPath = path.resolve(destPath); - - console.log(`Source: ${resolvedSourcePath}`); - console.log(`Destination: ${resolvedDestPath}`); - - // Check if source directory exists - if (!fs.existsSync(resolvedSourcePath)) { - console.error(`Error: Source directory does not exist: ${resolvedSourcePath}`); - process.exit(1); - } - - // Check if source is a directory - const sourceStat = fs.statSync(resolvedSourcePath); - if (!sourceStat.isDirectory()) { - console.error(`Error: Source is not a directory: ${resolvedSourcePath}`); - process.exit(1); - } - - // Safety check: prevent moving a directory into itself or its parent - if (resolvedSourcePath === resolvedDestPath || resolvedDestPath.startsWith(resolvedSourcePath + path.sep)) { - console.error('Error: Cannot move a directory into itself or its parent'); - process.exit(1); - } - - try { - // Move contents from source to destination - const sourceItems = fs.readdirSync(resolvedSourcePath); - console.log(`Found ${sourceItems.length} items to move in source directory`); - - sourceItems.forEach(item => { - const sourceItemPath = path.join(resolvedSourcePath, item); - const destItemPath = path.join(resolvedDestPath, item); - - if (fs.existsSync(destItemPath)) { - console.log(`Warning: ${destItemPath} already exists, will overwrite`); - } - - fse.moveSync(sourceItemPath, destItemPath, { overwrite: true }); - console.log(`Moved ${sourceItemPath} to ${destItemPath}`); - }); - - // Remove the now-empty source directory - fs.rmdirSync(resolvedSourcePath); - console.log(`Removed empty source directory: ${resolvedSourcePath}`); - - // Update markdown links - console.log('Updating markdown links...'); - const docsDir = path.resolve('docs'); - const markdownFiles = getAllMarkdownFiles(docsDir); - console.log(`Found ${markdownFiles.length} markdown files to check`); - - let updatedFilesCount = 0; - markdownFiles.forEach(filePath => { - if (updateMarkdownLinks(filePath, sourcePath, destPath)) { - updatedFilesCount++; - } - }); - - console.log(`Updated markdown links in ${updatedFilesCount} files under docs/.`); - - } catch (error) { - console.error('Error:', error.message); - process.exit(1); - } -} - -// Run the script -main(); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/move-images-and-update-links.js b/scripts/move-images-and-update-links.js deleted file mode 100644 index 81aa4e2d4d..0000000000 --- a/scripts/move-images-and-update-links.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env node -"use strict"; -const fs = require("fs"); -const path = require("path"); - -// --- Argument Parsing --- -const args = process.argv.slice(2); -function getArg(flag, def) { - const idx = args.indexOf(flag); - if (idx !== -1 && args[idx + 1]) return args[idx + 1]; - return def; -} -const SRC_BASE = getArg("--src"); -const DEST_BASE = getArg("--dest"); -const DOCS_BASE = "docs"; // Always use 'docs' as the docs root -if (!SRC_BASE || !DEST_BASE) { - console.error("Usage: node move-images-and-update-links.js --src --dest "); - process.exit(1); -} - -const IMAGE_EXTENSIONS = [".png", ".jpg", ".jpeg", ".gif", ".svg", ".webp", ".bmp", ".tiff", ".ico"]; - -// --- 1. Move Images --- -function walkDir(dir, fileList = [], skipDir = null) { - const files = fs.readdirSync(dir); - for (const file of files) { - const fullPath = path.join(dir, file); - const stat = fs.statSync(fullPath); - if (stat.isDirectory()) { - if (skipDir && path.resolve(fullPath) === path.resolve(skipDir)) continue; - walkDir(fullPath, fileList, skipDir); - } else { - fileList.push(fullPath); - } - } - return fileList; -} -function moveImages() { - const allFiles = walkDir(SRC_BASE); - let moved = 0; - for (const srcFile of allFiles) { - const ext = path.extname(srcFile).toLowerCase(); - if (!IMAGE_EXTENSIONS.includes(ext)) continue; - const relPath = path.relative(SRC_BASE, srcFile); - const destFile = path.join(DEST_BASE, relPath); - fs.mkdirSync(path.dirname(destFile), { recursive: true }); - fs.renameSync(srcFile, destFile); - moved++; - console.log(`Moved: ${srcFile} -> ${destFile}`); - } - console.log(`\n${moved} image(s) moved.\n`); -} - -// --- 2. Delete Empty Folders --- -function deleteEmptyDirs(dir, skipDir = null) { - if (skipDir && path.resolve(dir) === path.resolve(skipDir)) return false; - if (!fs.existsSync(dir)) return false; - if (!fs.statSync(dir).isDirectory()) return false; - const files = fs.readdirSync(dir); - let allGone = true; - for (const file of files) { - const fullPath = path.join(dir, file); - if (fs.statSync(fullPath).isDirectory()) { - const childGone = deleteEmptyDirs(fullPath, skipDir); - if (!childGone) allGone = false; - } else { - allGone = false; - } - } - if (allGone) { - fs.rmdirSync(dir); - console.log(`Deleted empty folder: ${dir}`); - return true; - } - return false; -} -function cleanEmptyFolders() { - let deleted = 0; - for (const file of fs.readdirSync(SRC_BASE)) { - const fullPath = path.join(SRC_BASE, file); - if (path.resolve(fullPath) === path.resolve(DEST_BASE)) continue; - if (fs.statSync(fullPath).isDirectory()) { - if (deleteEmptyDirs(fullPath, DEST_BASE)) deleted++; - } - } - console.log(`\n${deleted} empty folder(s) deleted.\n`); -} - -// --- 3. Update Markdown Links --- -function walkMarkdownFiles(dir, fileList = []) { - const files = fs.readdirSync(dir); - for (const file of files) { - const fullPath = path.join(dir, file); - const stat = fs.statSync(fullPath); - if (stat.isDirectory()) { - walkMarkdownFiles(fullPath, fileList); - } else if (file.endsWith(".md")) { - fileList.push(fullPath); - } - } - return fileList; -} -function updateImageLinks() { - // Always use paths relative to 'static' for markdown links - function stripStaticPrefix(p) { - return p.replace(/^static[\/]/, '').replace(/\\/g, '/'); - } - const relSrc = stripStaticPrefix(SRC_BASE); - const relDest = stripStaticPrefix(DEST_BASE); - // Regex: match links like (/relSrc/...) or (relSrc/...) (with or without leading slash) - const regex = new RegExp(`(\\()/?${relSrc.replace(/[.*+?^${}()|[\]\\]/g, '\\$&')}/`, "g"); - const mdFiles = walkMarkdownFiles(DOCS_BASE); - let updatedFiles = 0; - for (const filePath of mdFiles) { - let content = fs.readFileSync(filePath, "utf8"); - let updated = false; - content = content.replace(regex, (match, p1) => { - updated = true; - return `${p1}/${relDest}/`.replace(/\/\//g, '/'); - }); - if (updated) { - fs.writeFileSync(filePath, content, "utf8"); - console.log(`Updated: ${filePath}`); - updatedFiles++; - } - } - console.log(`\n${updatedFiles} markdown file(s) updated.\n`); -} - -// --- Main --- -console.log(`Moving images from ${SRC_BASE} to ${DEST_BASE} ...`); -moveImages(); -console.log(`Cleaning up empty folders in ${SRC_BASE} ...`); -cleanEmptyFolders(); -console.log(`Updating markdown links in ${DOCS_BASE} ...`); -updateImageLinks(); -console.log("\nAll done!"); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/rename-image-and-update-md.js b/scripts/rename-image-and-update-md.js deleted file mode 100644 index 47d261ec25..0000000000 --- a/scripts/rename-image-and-update-md.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -const fs = require('fs'); -const path = require('path'); - -// Get command line arguments -const args = process.argv.slice(2); -const oldImageRelPath = args[0]; // e.g., img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/oldname.webp -const newImageRelPath = args[1]; // e.g., img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/newname.webp - -const STATIC_DIR = path.join(__dirname, '..', 'static'); -const DOCS_DIR = path.join(__dirname, '..', 'docs'); - -function showUsage() { - console.log('Usage: node rename-image-and-update-md.js '); - console.log(''); - console.log('Arguments:'); - console.log(' old_image_path Path to the image to rename/move, relative to static/'); - console.log(' new_image_path New path/name for the image, relative to static/'); - console.log(''); - console.log('Example:'); - console.log(' node rename-image-and-update-md.js img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/oldname.webp img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/newname.webp'); -} - -if (args.includes('--help') || args.includes('-h') || !oldImageRelPath || !newImageRelPath) { - showUsage(); - process.exit(0); -} - -// Normalize paths to use forward slashes for markdown matching -function toForwardSlashes(p) { - return p.replace(/\\/g, '/'); -} - -const oldImageRelPathNorm = toForwardSlashes(oldImageRelPath); -const newImageRelPathNorm = toForwardSlashes(newImageRelPath); - -const oldImageAbsPath = path.join(STATIC_DIR, oldImageRelPath); -const newImageAbsPath = path.join(STATIC_DIR, newImageRelPath); - -// Check if old image exists -if (!fs.existsSync(oldImageAbsPath)) { - console.error(`❌ Error: Old image not found: ${oldImageAbsPath}`); - process.exit(1); -} - -// Ensure new image directory exists -const newImageDir = path.dirname(newImageAbsPath); -if (!fs.existsSync(newImageDir)) { - fs.mkdirSync(newImageDir, { recursive: true }); -} - -// Move/rename the image -try { - fs.renameSync(oldImageAbsPath, newImageAbsPath); - console.log(`✅ Image moved: ${oldImageRelPath} -> ${newImageRelPath}`); -} catch (err) { - console.error(`❌ Error moving image: ${err.message}`); - process.exit(1); -} - -// Function to recursively find all .md files in docs/ -function findMarkdownFiles(dir) { - const files = []; - function scanDirectory(currentDir) { - const items = fs.readdirSync(currentDir); - for (const item of items) { - const fullPath = path.join(currentDir, item); - const stat = fs.statSync(fullPath); - if (stat.isDirectory()) { - scanDirectory(fullPath); - } else if (path.extname(item).toLowerCase() === '.md') { - files.push(fullPath); - } - } - } - scanDirectory(dir); - return files; -} - -// Update references in markdown files -const markdownFiles = findMarkdownFiles(DOCS_DIR); -let filesUpdated = 0; -let refsUpdated = 0; - -for (const filePath of markdownFiles) { - let content = fs.readFileSync(filePath, 'utf8'); - // Replace all references to the old image path (with or without leading slash) - const oldPathPattern = new RegExp(`([!\[][^\]]*\]\()/?${oldImageRelPathNorm.replace(/[.*+?^${}()|[\]\\]/g, '\\$&')}(\))`, 'g'); - const newPath = `/${newImageRelPathNorm}`; - const newContent = content.replace(oldPathPattern, `$1${newPath}$2`); - if (newContent !== content) { - fs.writeFileSync(filePath, newContent, 'utf8'); - filesUpdated++; - // Count number of replacements - refsUpdated += (content.match(oldPathPattern) || []).length; - console.log(`📝 Updated references in: ${path.relative(DOCS_DIR, filePath)}`); - } -} - -console.log('='.repeat(60)); -console.log(`📁 Markdown files updated: ${filesUpdated}`); -console.log(`🔗 Image references updated: ${refsUpdated}`); -console.log('✅ Done!'); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/update-image-links.js b/scripts/update-image-links.js deleted file mode 100644 index 6409f07cd0..0000000000 --- a/scripts/update-image-links.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,574 +0,0 @@ -const fs = require('fs'); -const path = require('path'); -const readline = require('readline'); - -// Get command line arguments -const args = process.argv.slice(2); -const targetFolder = args[0]; // First argument is the folder to check - -// Configuration -const DOCS_DIR = path.join(__dirname, '..', 'docs'); -const STATIC_DIR = path.join(__dirname, '..', 'static'); -const IMAGE_EXTENSIONS = ['.jpg', '.jpeg', '.png', '.gif', '.webp', '.svg', '.bmp', '.tiff']; - -// Validate input -if (!targetFolder) { - console.error('❌ Error: Please provide a folder name as an argument'); - console.log(''); - console.log('Usage: node update-image-links.js '); - console.log(''); - console.log('Examples:'); - console.log(' node update-image-links.js accessanalyzer/12.0'); - console.log(' node update-image-links.js 1secure'); - console.log(' node update-image-links.js activitymonitor/8.0'); - process.exit(1); -} - -// Determine the directory to scan -const SCAN_DIR = path.join(DOCS_DIR, targetFolder); - -// Function to recursively find all .md files -function findMarkdownFiles(dir) { - const files = []; - - function scanDirectory(currentDir) { - const items = fs.readdirSync(currentDir); - - for (const item of items) { - const fullPath = path.join(currentDir, item); - const stat = fs.statSync(fullPath); - - if (stat.isDirectory()) { - scanDirectory(fullPath); - } else if (path.extname(item).toLowerCase() === '.md') { - files.push(fullPath); - } - } - } - - scanDirectory(dir); - return files; -} - -// Function to extract image links from markdown content -function extractImageLinks(content) { - const imageRegex = /!\[([^\]]*)\]\(([^)]+)\)/g; - const links = []; - let match; - - while ((match = imageRegex.exec(content)) !== null) { - const altText = match[1]; - const imagePath = match[2].trim(); - - // Skip if the path contains obvious malformed characters or is too short - if (imagePath.length < 3 || imagePath.includes('<') || imagePath.includes('>')) { - continue; - } - - // Skip external URLs (http/https) - if (imagePath.startsWith('http://') || imagePath.startsWith('https://')) { - continue; - } - - // Skip data URLs - if (imagePath.startsWith('data:')) { - continue; - } - - links.push({ - altText, - imagePath, - lineNumber: content.substring(0, match.index).split('\n').length, - matchIndex: match.index, - fullMatch: match[0] - }); - } - - return links; -} - -// Function to check if image link should be updated -function shouldUpdateImageLink(imagePath, targetFolder) { - // Remove leading slash if present - const cleanPath = imagePath.startsWith('/') ? imagePath.substring(1) : imagePath; - - // Check if it's a product_docs link - if (!cleanPath.startsWith('img/product_docs/')) { - return false; - } - - // Extract the product name from the path - const pathParts = cleanPath.split('/'); - if (pathParts.length < 3) { - return false; - } - - const productName = pathParts[2]; // img/product_docs/[productName]/... - - // Extract the expected product name from target folder - const targetParts = targetFolder.split('/'); - const expectedProductName = targetParts[0]; // accessanalyzer/12.0 -> accessanalyzer - - // Check if the product name doesn't match - return productName !== expectedProductName; -} - -function getAllSubfolderCombinations(folders) { - // Returns all possible order-preserving subfolder combinations (including skipping some) - const results = []; - const n = folders.length; - for (let i = 1; i <= n; i++) { - for (let start = 0; start <= n - i; start++) { - results.push(folders.slice(start, start + i)); - } - } - return results; -} - -function getPossibleImagePaths(imageFilename, product, version, mdSubfolders, imgSubfolders) { - // Try all combinations of mdSubfolders, imgSubfolders, and their concatenations - const combos = []; - // 1. Just mdSubfolders - combos.push(mdSubfolders); - // 2. Just imgSubfolders - combos.push(imgSubfolders); - // 3. mdSubfolders + imgSubfolders - combos.push([...mdSubfolders, ...imgSubfolders]); - // 4. imgSubfolders + mdSubfolders - combos.push([...imgSubfolders, ...mdSubfolders]); - // 5. All sub-combinations of mdSubfolders - combos.push(...getAllSubfolderCombinations(mdSubfolders)); - // 6. All sub-combinations of imgSubfolders - combos.push(...getAllSubfolderCombinations(imgSubfolders)); - // 7. All sub-combinations of md+img - combos.push(...getAllSubfolderCombinations([...mdSubfolders, ...imgSubfolders])); - // 8. All sub-combinations of img+md - combos.push(...getAllSubfolderCombinations([...imgSubfolders, ...mdSubfolders])); - // Remove duplicates - const seen = new Set(); - const uniqueCombos = combos.filter(arr => { - const key = arr.join('/'); - if (seen.has(key)) return false; - seen.add(key); - return true; - }); - // Build possible paths - return uniqueCombos.map(subfolders => { - const parts = ['img', 'product_docs', product]; - if (version) parts.push(version); - parts.push(...subfolders); - parts.push(imageFilename); - return '/' + parts.join('/'); - }); -} - -function getAllInsertPositions(arr, toInsert) { - // Returns all arrays formed by inserting toInsert at every possible position in arr - const results = []; - for (let i = 0; i <= arr.length; i++) { - results.push([...arr.slice(0, i), ...toInsert, ...arr.slice(i)]); - } - return results; -} - -function getAllValidImagePaths(imageFilename, product, version, mdSubfolders, imgSubfolders) { - const candidates = []; - // 1. Just imgSubfolders - candidates.push(imgSubfolders); - // 2. Insert mdSubfolders at every position in imgSubfolders - candidates.push(...getAllInsertPositions(imgSubfolders, mdSubfolders)); - // Remove duplicates - const seen = new Set(); - const uniqueCombos = candidates.filter(arr => { - const key = arr.join('/'); - if (seen.has(key)) return false; - seen.add(key); - return true; - }); - // Build possible paths - return uniqueCombos.map(subfolders => { - const parts = ['img', 'product_docs', product]; - if (version) parts.push(version); - parts.push(...subfolders); - parts.push(imageFilename); - return '/' + parts.join('/'); - }); -} - -function generateCorrectedPath(imagePath, targetFolder, filePath) { - // Remove leading slash if present - const cleanPath = imagePath.startsWith('/') ? imagePath.substring(1) : imagePath; - const pathParts = cleanPath.split('/'); - const targetParts = targetFolder.split('/'); - const correctProductName = targetParts[0]; - const correctVersion = targetParts.length > 1 ? targetParts[1] : null; - // Get the relative path of the markdown file after product/version - const fileRelToProduct = path.relative(path.join(DOCS_DIR, targetFolder), filePath); - const mdSubfolders = fileRelToProduct.split(path.sep).slice(0, -1); // remove filename - const imageFilename = pathParts[pathParts.length - 1]; - // Try all subfolder levels (from most specific to least) - const validPaths = []; - for (let i = mdSubfolders.length; i >= 0; i--) { - const parts = ['img', 'product_docs', correctProductName]; - if (correctVersion) parts.push(correctVersion); - parts.push(...mdSubfolders.slice(0, i)); - parts.push(imageFilename); - const suggestedPath = '/' + parts.join('/'); - if (checkImageExistsInStatic(suggestedPath)) { - validPaths.push(suggestedPath); - } - } - if (validPaths.length > 0) { - return validPaths; - } - // If not found, return null to indicate no valid suggestion - return null; -} - -// Function to check if an image exists at a given path in the static folder -function checkImageExistsInStatic(imagePath) { - // Remove leading slash if present - const cleanPath = imagePath.startsWith('/') ? imagePath.substring(1) : imagePath; - const fullPath = path.join(STATIC_DIR, cleanPath); - return fs.existsSync(fullPath); -} - -// Function to update image links in content -function updateImageLinks(content, targetFolder) { - const imageRegex = /!\[([^\]]*)\]\(([^)]+)\)/g; - let updatedContent = content; - const updates = []; - - // Use replace with a function to handle the replacements properly - updatedContent = updatedContent.replace(imageRegex, (match, altText, imagePath) => { - // Skip if the path contains obvious malformed characters or is too short - if (imagePath.length < 3 || imagePath.includes('<') || imagePath.includes('>')) { - return match; - } - - // Skip external URLs (http/https) - if (imagePath.startsWith('http://') || imagePath.startsWith('https://')) { - return match; - } - - // Skip data URLs - if (imagePath.startsWith('data:')) { - return match; - } - - // Check if this link should be updated - if (shouldUpdateImageLink(imagePath, targetFolder)) { - const correctedPaths = generateCorrectedPath(imagePath, targetFolder, filePath); - // Only update if the image exists at the new location - if (correctedPaths && correctedPaths.length > 0) { - const newMatch = `![${altText}](${correctedPaths[0]})`; - updates.push({ - oldPath: imagePath, - newPath: correctedPaths[0], - updated: true - }); - return newMatch; - } else { - updates.push({ - oldPath: imagePath, - newPath: correctedPaths, - updated: false - }); - return match; // Do not update if image does not exist - } - } - - return match; - }); - - return { updatedContent, updates }; -} - -// Main function -function updateImageLinksInFolder() { - // Validate target folder - if (!fs.existsSync(SCAN_DIR)) { - console.error(`❌ Error: Folder '${targetFolder}' not found in docs directory`); - console.error(` Expected: ${SCAN_DIR}`); - process.exit(1); - } - - console.log(`🔍 Scanning folder '${targetFolder}' for markdown files...`); - - const markdownFiles = findMarkdownFiles(SCAN_DIR); - console.log(`📁 Found ${markdownFiles.length} markdown files\n`); - - let totalFilesUpdated = 0; - let totalLinksUpdated = 0; - - for (const filePath of markdownFiles) { - const content = fs.readFileSync(filePath, 'utf8'); - const { updatedContent, updates } = updateImageLinks(content, targetFolder); - - if (updates.length > 0) { - // Write the updated content back to the file if any links were updated - if (updates.some(u => u.updated)) { - fs.writeFileSync(filePath, updatedContent, 'utf8'); - } - - const relPath = path.relative(DOCS_DIR, filePath); - const updatedCount = updates.filter(u => u.updated).length; - const skippedCount = updates.filter(u => !u.updated).length; - if (updatedCount > 0) { - console.log(`✅ ${relPath} (${updatedCount} links updated):`); - for (const update of updates.filter(u => u.updated)) { - console.log(` Old: ${update.oldPath}`); - console.log(` New: ${update.newPath}`); - console.log(''); - } - } - if (skippedCount > 0) { - console.log(`⚠️ ${relPath} (${skippedCount} links skipped - image not found):`); - for (const update of updates.filter(u => !u.updated)) { - console.log(` Old: ${update.oldPath}`); - console.log(` Intended: ${update.newPath}`); - console.log(''); - } - } - - totalFilesUpdated++; - totalLinksUpdated += updates.length; - } - } - - // Summary - console.log('='.repeat(60)); - console.log('📊 SUMMARY:'); - console.log(`📁 Total markdown files scanned: ${markdownFiles.length}`); - console.log(`✅ Files updated: ${totalFilesUpdated}`); - console.log(`🔗 Total links updated: ${totalLinksUpdated}`); - - if (totalLinksUpdated === 0) { - console.log('✅ All image links are already correct!'); - } else { - console.log('✅ Image links have been updated successfully.'); - } -} - -// Show usage if help is requested -function showUsage() { - console.log('Usage: node update-image-links.js '); - console.log(''); - console.log('Arguments:'); - console.log(' folder Required: Specific subfolder within docs to update'); - console.log(' (e.g., "accessanalyzer/12.0" to update docs/accessanalyzer/12.0/)'); - console.log(''); - console.log('Examples:'); - console.log(' node update-image-links.js accessanalyzer/12.0'); - console.log(' node update-image-links.js 1secure'); - console.log(' node update-image-links.js activitymonitor/8.0'); - console.log(''); - console.log('This script will:'); - console.log(' 1. Scan all markdown files in the specified folder and subfolders'); - console.log(' 2. Find image links that don\'t match the expected product folder structure'); - console.log(' 3. Update them to use the correct product name and version'); - console.log(' 4. Save the changes back to the files'); -} - -// New: Function to scan and report mismatched image links -function reportMismatchedImageLinks(targetFolder) { - const markdownFiles = findMarkdownFiles(path.join(DOCS_DIR, targetFolder)); - const reportLines = []; - const targetParts = targetFolder.split('/'); - const correctProductName = targetParts[0]; - const correctVersion = targetParts.length > 1 ? targetParts[1] : null; - - // Add CSV header - reportLines.push('File,Line,Image Link'); - - for (const filePath of markdownFiles) { - const content = fs.readFileSync(filePath, 'utf8'); - const lines = content.split(/\r?\n/); - lines.forEach((line, idx) => { - // Find all image links in the line - const imageRegex = /!\[[^\]]*\]\(([^)]+)\)/g; - let match; - while ((match = imageRegex.exec(line)) !== null) { - const imagePath = match[1]; - // Only check local (not http/https) links - if (imagePath.startsWith('http://') || imagePath.startsWith('https://')) continue; - // Remove leading slash - const cleanPath = imagePath.startsWith('/') ? imagePath.substring(1) : imagePath; - const pathParts = cleanPath.split('/'); - // Check if path matches expected product/version - if ( - pathParts[0] === 'img' && - pathParts[1] === 'product_docs' && - ( - pathParts[2] !== correctProductName || - (correctVersion && pathParts[3] !== correctVersion) - ) - ) { - // Escape double quotes and commas in fields for CSV - const fileCsv = path.relative(DOCS_DIR, filePath).replace(/"/g, '""'); - const imageCsv = imagePath.replace(/"/g, '""'); - reportLines.push(`"${fileCsv}",${idx + 1},"${imageCsv}"`); - } - } - }); - } - // Write report to CSV file in root of specified folder - const reportPath = path.join(DOCS_DIR, targetFolder, 'image-link-report.csv'); - fs.writeFileSync(reportPath, reportLines.join('\n'), 'utf8'); - console.log(`\n📄 CSV report written to: ${reportPath}`); - console.log(`Total mismatched links found: ${reportLines.length - 1}`); -} - -// Replace main logic with report-only mode -if (require.main === module) { - if (!targetFolder) { - console.error('❌ Error: Please provide a folder name as an argument'); - process.exit(1); - } - reportMismatchedImageLinks(targetFolder); -} - -module.exports = { - updateImageLinksInFolder, - findMarkdownFiles, - extractImageLinks, - shouldUpdateImageLink, - generateCorrectedPath, - updateImageLinks -}; - -async function interactiveFix(targetFolder) { - const mismatches = getMismatchedLinks(targetFolder); - if (mismatches.length === 0) { - console.log('No mismatched image links found.'); - return; - } - const rl = readline.createInterface({ - input: process.stdin, - output: process.stdout - }); - let updated = 0, skipped = 0, custom = 0, quit = false; - for (const mismatch of mismatches) { - if (quit) break; - // Show 2 lines before and after for context - const content = fs.readFileSync(mismatch.filePath, 'utf8'); - const lines = content.split(/\r?\n/); - const start = Math.max(0, mismatch.lineNumber - 3); - const end = Math.min(lines.length, mismatch.lineNumber + 2); - console.log('\nFile:', path.relative(DOCS_DIR, mismatch.filePath)); - console.log('Line:', mismatch.lineNumber); - console.log('Context:'); - for (let i = start; i < end; i++) { - const prefix = (i + 1 === mismatch.lineNumber) ? '> ' : ' '; - console.log(`${prefix}${i + 1}: ${lines[i]}`); - } - console.log('Original image link:', mismatch.imagePath); - let suggestion = mismatch.suggested; - if (!suggestion) { - console.log('No valid suggested image path found.'); - } else { - console.log('Suggested:', suggestion); - } - let resolved = false; - while (!resolved) { - if (!suggestion) { - rl.setPrompt('Enter custom image path, [s]kip, [q]uit: '); - } else { - rl.setPrompt('Action? [a]ccept/[c]ustom/[s]kip/[q]uit: '); - } - await new Promise((resolve) => { - rl.prompt(); - rl.once('line', async (answer) => { - const ans = answer.trim().toLowerCase(); - if (suggestion && (ans === 'a' || ans === 'accept' || ans === '')) { - const suggestionPath = suggestion; - if (suggestionPath && checkImageExistsInStatic(suggestionPath)) { - const content = fs.readFileSync(mismatch.filePath, 'utf8'); - const newContent = content.replace(mismatch.fullMatch, mismatch.fullMatch.replace(mismatch.imagePath, suggestionPath)); - fs.writeFileSync(mismatch.filePath, newContent, 'utf8'); - console.log('✅ Updated to suggested path.'); - updated++; - resolved = true; - } else { - console.log('❌ Suggested image does not exist in static folder. Try again.'); - } - resolve(); - } else if (ans === 'c' || (!suggestion && ans !== 's' && ans !== 'q')) { - rl.question('Enter custom image path: ', (customPath) => { - const finalPath = customPath.trim(); - if (checkImageExistsInStatic(finalPath)) { - const content = fs.readFileSync(mismatch.filePath, 'utf8'); - const newContent = content.replace(mismatch.fullMatch, mismatch.fullMatch.replace(mismatch.imagePath, finalPath)); - fs.writeFileSync(mismatch.filePath, newContent, 'utf8'); - console.log('✅ Updated to custom path.'); - custom++; - resolved = true; - } else { - console.log('❌ Custom image does not exist in static folder. Try again.'); - } - resolve(); - }); - } else if (ans === 's' || ans === 'skip') { - skipped++; - resolved = true; - resolve(); - } else if (ans === 'q' || ans === 'quit') { - quit = true; - resolved = true; - resolve(); - } else { - console.log('Invalid input. Try again.'); - resolve(); - } - }); - }); - } - } - rl.close(); - console.log(`\nSummary: Updated: ${updated}, Custom: ${custom}, Skipped: ${skipped}`); -} - -function getMismatchedLinks(targetFolder) { - const markdownFiles = findMarkdownFiles(path.join(DOCS_DIR, targetFolder)); - const targetParts = targetFolder.split('/'); - const correctProductName = targetParts[0]; - const correctVersion = targetParts.length > 1 ? targetParts[1] : null; - const mismatches = []; - for (const filePath of markdownFiles) { - const content = fs.readFileSync(filePath, 'utf8'); - const lines = content.split(/\r?\n/); - lines.forEach((line, idx) => { - const imageRegex = /!\[[^\]]*\]\(([^)]+)\)/g; - let match; - while ((match = imageRegex.exec(line)) !== null) { - const imagePath = match[1]; - if (imagePath.startsWith('http://') || imagePath.startsWith('https://')) return; - const cleanPath = imagePath.startsWith('/') ? imagePath.substring(1) : imagePath; - const pathParts = cleanPath.split('/'); - if ( - pathParts[0] === 'img' && - pathParts[1] === 'product_docs' && - ( - pathParts[2] !== correctProductName || - (correctVersion && pathParts[3] !== correctVersion) - ) - ) { - mismatches.push({ - filePath, - lineNumber: idx + 1, - line, - imagePath, - matchIndex: match.index, - fullMatch: match[0], - suggested: generateCorrectedPath(imagePath, targetFolder, filePath) - }); - } - } - }); - } - return mismatches; -} - -if (require.main === module) { - interactiveFix(targetFolder); -} \ No newline at end of file From 54f85ffdb00020d9b537c3705c2225456181a68a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 05:26:39 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 03/10] endpointprotector 5.9.4.2 reorg --- .../5.9.4.2/admin/_category_.json | 10 + .../admin/denylistsallowlists/_category_.json | 10 + .../admin/denylistsallowlists/allowlists.md | 6 + .../admin/denylistsallowlists/denylists.md | 6 + .../admin/denylistsallowlists/overview.md | 6 + .../denylistsallowlists/urlcategories.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/admin/{ediscovery => }/module.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/admin/module/_category_.json | 10 + .../cappolicies.md | 8 +- .../contentdetection.md | 8 +- .../customclasses.md | 6 + .../deeppacket.md | 8 +- .../devicesandcomputers.md | 12 +- .../{devicecontrol => module}/globalrights.md | 8 +- .../globalsettings.md | 10 +- .../admin/{devicecontrol => module}/module.md | 6 + .../module.md => module/module_1.md} | 6 + .../usecases.md | 6 + .../usersandgroups.md | 10 +- .../module.md => module_1.md} | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/admin/overview.md | 6 + .../overview.md => overview_1.md} | 6 + .../overview.md => overview_2.md} | 6 + .../{alerts/overview.md => overview_3.md} | 6 + .../overview.md => overview_4.md} | 6 + .../{appliance/overview.md => overview_5.md} | 6 + .../overview.md => overview_6.md} | 12 +- .../agent/overview.md => admin/overview_7.md} | 6 + .../{support/overview.md => overview_8.md} | 6 + .../{ => admin}/serverclientcommunication.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/admin/serverlogin.md | 6 + .../admin/systemconfiguration/_category_.json | 10 + .../systemconfiguration/adminandaccess.md | 6 + .../admin/systemconfiguration/overview.md | 6 + .../singlesignon/_category_.json | 10 + .../singlesignon/singlesignon.md | 6 + .../singlesignon/ssoazuread.md | 6 + .../singlesignon/ssookta.md | 6 + .../systemconfiguration/systemlicensing.md | 6 + .../systemconfiguration/systemsecurity.md | 6 + .../systemconfiguration/systemsettings.md | 6 + .../admin/{dashboard => }/systemdashboard.md | 6 + .../admin/systemmaintenance/_category_.json | 10 + .../5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/backup.md | 6 + .../admin/systemmaintenance/overview.md | 6 + .../systemmaintenance/shadowrepository.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/install/_category_.json | 10 + .../install/activedirectory/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/creatingfilters.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/deployment.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md | 6 + .../activedirectory/overview.md | 6 + .../install/configuration/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/amazon/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/amazon}/amazon.md | 6 + .../configuration/amazon}/awsdeployment.md | 6 + .../configuration/amazon}/awselasticip.md | 6 + .../googlecloudplatform/_category_.json | 10 + .../googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md | 6 + .../googlecloudplatform.md | 6 + .../microsoftazure/_category_.json | 10 + .../microsoftazure}/azuredeployment.md | 6 + .../microsoftazure}/creatingdisk.md | 6 + .../microsoftazure}/microsoftazure.md | 6 + .../microsoftazure}/virtualmachine.md | 6 + .../{ => install}/configuration/overview.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/install/intune/_category_.json | 10 + .../{agent => }/intune/macosdeployment.md | 6 + .../install/{agent => }/intune/overview.md | 6 + .../{agent => }/intune/windowsdeployment.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/install/jamf/_category_.json | 10 + .../install/{agent => }/jamf/configuration.md | 6 + .../{agent => }/jamf/creatingpolicy.md | 6 + .../install/{agent => }/jamf/overview.md | 6 + .../{agent => }/jamf/scriptandpackage.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/install/overview.md | 10 +- .../5.9.4.2/{admin => install}/updates.md | 6 + .../install/virtualappliance/_category_.json | 10 + .../virtualappliance/formats/_category_.json | 10 + .../formats}/citrixxenserver.md | 6 + .../virtualappliance/formats}/formats.md | 6 + .../formats}/hypervtools.md | 6 + .../formats}/oraclevm.md | 6 + .../formats}/vmwaretools.md | 6 + .../{ => virtualappliance}/setupwizard.md | 6 + .../virtualappliance.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/overview/_category_.json | 10 + .../5.9.4.2/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md | 26 +- .../5.9.4.2/{ => overview}/overview.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/requirements/_category_.json | 10 + .../5.9.4.2/requirements/client.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/requirements/components.md | 6 + .../5.9.4.2/requirements/overview.md | 6 + scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc | 254 ++++++++++++++++++ 96 files changed, 922 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{ediscovery => }/module.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{contentawareprotection => module}/cappolicies.md (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{contentawareprotection => module}/contentdetection.md (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{devicecontrol => module}/customclasses.md (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{contentawareprotection => module}/deeppacket.md (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{devicecontrol => module}/devicesandcomputers.md (96%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{devicecontrol => module}/globalrights.md (97%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{devicecontrol => module}/globalsettings.md (99%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{devicecontrol => module}/module.md (92%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{contentawareprotection/module.md => module/module_1.md} (96%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{contentawareprotection => module}/usecases.md (95%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{devicecontrol => module}/usersandgroups.md (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{enforcedencryption/module.md => module_1.md} (99%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{offlinetemporarypassword/overview.md => overview_1.md} (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{reportsanalysis/overview.md => overview_2.md} (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{alerts/overview.md => overview_3.md} (99%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{directoryservices/overview.md => overview_4.md} (99%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{appliance/overview.md => overview_5.md} (99%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{systemparameters/overview.md => overview_6.md} (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{install/agent/overview.md => admin/overview_7.md} (99%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{support/overview.md => overview_8.md} (88%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{ => admin}/serverclientcommunication.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/{dashboard => }/systemdashboard.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration => install}/activedirectory/creatingfilters.md (97%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration => install}/activedirectory/deployment.md (90%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration => install}/activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md (86%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration => install}/activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md (83%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration => install}/activedirectory/overview.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration/amazonwebservices => install/configuration/amazon}/amazon.md (92%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration/amazonwebservices => install/configuration/amazon}/awsdeployment.md (96%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration/amazonwebservices => install/configuration/amazon}/awselasticip.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{ => install}/configuration/googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md (94%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{ => install}/configuration/googlecloudplatform/googlecloudplatform.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration/azure => install/configuration/microsoftazure}/azuredeployment.md (95%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration/azure => install/configuration/microsoftazure}/creatingdisk.md (97%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration/azure => install/configuration/microsoftazure}/microsoftazure.md (83%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{configuration/azure => install/configuration/microsoftazure}/virtualmachine.md (94%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{ => install}/configuration/overview.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{agent => }/intune/macosdeployment.md (97%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{agent => }/intune/overview.md (86%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{agent => }/intune/windowsdeployment.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{agent => }/jamf/configuration.md (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{agent => }/jamf/creatingpolicy.md (95%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{agent => }/jamf/overview.md (92%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{agent => }/jamf/scriptandpackage.md (92%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{admin => install}/updates.md (89%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{ => virtualappliance/formats}/citrixxenserver.md (95%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{requirements => install/virtualappliance/formats}/formats.md (94%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{ => virtualappliance/formats}/hypervtools.md (97%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{ => virtualappliance/formats}/oraclevm.md (94%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{ => virtualappliance/formats}/vmwaretools.md (98%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{ => virtualappliance}/setupwizard.md (96%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/{ => virtualappliance}/virtualappliance.md (89%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/_category_.json rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md (86%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{ => overview}/overview.md (94%) rename docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/_category_.json create mode 100644 scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51435b6e32 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Administration", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6e110b6be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Denylists and Allowlists", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/allowlists.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/allowlists.md index 1499ee272a..f0269cbfbb 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/allowlists.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/allowlists.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Allowlists" +description: "Allowlists" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Allowlists ## MIME Type diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/denylists.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/denylists.md index 63d193c903..455771d9e5 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/denylists.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/denylists.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Denylists" +description: "Denylists" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Denylists ## Custom Content diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/overview.md index 49763690c0..c797b832e1 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Denylists and Allowlists" +description: "Denylists and Allowlists" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Denylists and Allowlists From this section, you can create Denylists and Allowlists that can be used in both the Content diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/urlcategories.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/urlcategories.md index 12fb13539c..0cfd085d4c 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/urlcategories.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/denylistsallowlists/urlcategories.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "URL Categories" +description: "URL Categories" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # URL Categories URL Categories are custom-defined lists of web domains that can be set on Content Aware Policies to diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/ediscovery/module.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/ediscovery/module.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module.md index a6809e2925..3df053111a 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/ediscovery/module.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "eDiscovery" +description: "eDiscovery" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # eDiscovery This module allows you to create policies that inspect data residing on protected Windows, Macs, and diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..221c6a66b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Device Control", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "module" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/cappolicies.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/cappolicies.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/cappolicies.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/cappolicies.md index 3980eff89e..a904dacae6 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/cappolicies.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/cappolicies.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Configuration and Application" +description: "Policy Configuration and Application" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Policy Configuration and Application Content Aware Policies are sets of rules for sensitive content detection that enforce file transfers @@ -75,7 +81,7 @@ enable the setting on the specific device from Device Control, Global settings, - Policy Template – select a custom notification from the drop-down list or create one from System Parameters, Device Types and Notification, - [Custom Content Aware Protection Notifications](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/overview.md#custom-content-aware-protection-notifications) + [Custom Content Aware Protection Notifications](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_6.md#custom-content-aware-protection-notifications) section - Policy Status – enable to set policy status to active - Client Notifications – enable this setting to send notifications to clients diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/contentdetection.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/contentdetection.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/contentdetection.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/contentdetection.md index 481f045121..38dfd69401 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/contentdetection.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/contentdetection.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Content Detection, Remediation and Compliance" +description: "Content Detection, Remediation and Compliance" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Content Detection, Remediation and Compliance Content detection identifies sensitive data across various file types and applications. Remediation @@ -236,7 +242,7 @@ To remediate the threat, the user has to follow these steps: - click **Authorize** **NOTE:** You can manage more settings for the Self Remediate feature from System Preferences and -[User Remediation](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/overview.md#user-remediation) sections. +[User Remediation](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_6.md#user-remediation) sections. User Remediation for Content Aware Protection can remediate file transfers via web domains. diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/customclasses.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/customclasses.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/customclasses.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/customclasses.md index 82f8792112..f32a654591 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/customclasses.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/customclasses.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Custom Classes" +description: "Custom Classes" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Custom Classes This section provides you with the option to create new classes of devices for easier management. It diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/deeppacket.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/deeppacket.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/deeppacket.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/deeppacket.md index 8bca6d4f7a..2c59998775 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/deeppacket.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/deeppacket.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Deep Packet Inspection" +description: "Deep Packet Inspection" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Deep Packet Inspection The Deep Packet Inspection functionality provides a certain degree of granularity, allowing you to @@ -276,7 +282,7 @@ application that is subject to this functionality. **NOTE:** The Deep Packet Inspection functionality needs to be first enabled from **Device Control** > **Settings** (Global, Groups, Computers, etc.). For detailed information on, refer to -the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md) topic. +the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md) topic. ## Certificate status matrix diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/devicesandcomputers.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/devicesandcomputers.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/devicesandcomputers.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/devicesandcomputers.md index ff4e188077..83b313f6d1 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/devicesandcomputers.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/devicesandcomputers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Devices and Computers" +description: "Devices and Computers" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Devices and Computers ## Devices @@ -35,7 +41,7 @@ Endpoint Protector Server to another and aims to correlate the device rights and You can also import the devices directly from Active Directory. **NOTE:** For detailed information on Active Directory, refer to the -[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md) topic. +[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md) topic. ### Priority order @@ -44,7 +50,7 @@ set per Device Types (USB Storage Device, Digital Camera, iPod, Thunderbolt, Chi etc.). **NOTE:** For detailed information, refer to the -[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md) topic. +[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md) topic. If you configure device rights granularly for all entities, the priority order will be the following, starting with the highest: @@ -122,7 +128,7 @@ You can manually create a new computer at any time by providing the computer par information mentioned above or import computers from Active Directory. For more details about Active Directory, go to the -[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md) topic. You can also assign the computers to +[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md) topic. You can also assign the computers to the following for a better organization: - Devices and Computers e.g., several computers within the same office diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/globalrights.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/globalrights.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/globalrights.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/globalrights.md index d3b9e20be4..cd289ac209 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/globalrights.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/globalrights.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Global Rights" +description: "Global Rights" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Global Rights From this section, you can manage the entire system and specify what rights and settings apply @@ -56,7 +62,7 @@ levels, depending on the degree of protection offered by a device (trusted devic Encryption are TD level 1). For detailed information on Trusted Device™ and Enforced Encryption, refer to the -[Trusted Device™](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/enforcedencryption/module.md#trusted-device) topic. +[Trusted Device™](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module_1.md#trusted-device) topic. **NOTE:** With the WiFi – Block if wired network is present option you can disable the WiFi connection, while a wired network connection is present. The WiFi connection will be available when diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/globalsettings.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/globalsettings.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/globalsettings.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/globalsettings.md index b774ab1e0d..0a1db610a3 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/globalsettings.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/globalsettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Global Settings" +description: "Global Settings" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Global Settings From this section, you can apply settings globally to all Endpoint Protector entities. @@ -118,7 +124,7 @@ the Client’s behavior for each specific entity (Global, Groups, and Computers **NOTE:** For this setting to work successfully, enable the Minifilter Driver setting. - User Remediation Pop-up – this setting is available when the - [User Remediation](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/overview.md#user-remediation) feature is active and enables + [User Remediation](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_6.md#user-remediation) feature is active and enables User Remediation pop-up notifications for end-users. - Enforce User Remediation Pop-up - this setting is available only if the User Remediation Pop-up setting is enabled. When this setting is enabled, end-users cannot disable User Remediation Pop-up @@ -698,7 +704,7 @@ Users, or Computers. **CAUTION:** When triggered, fallback policies supersede the standard device rights. Regarding fallback policies, the Outside Network Policies supersede the Outside Hours Policies. -**NOTE:** For [Content Aware Protection](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/module.md), the Outside Network +**NOTE:** For [Content Aware Protection](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module_1.md), the Outside Network and Outside Hours Policy Type also needs to be selected. ![Manage Outside Network and Outside Hours Policies, for both Device Control and Content Aware modules](/img/product_docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/outsidehoursnetwork.webp) diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md index e4f4372c79..5492eef431 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Device Control" +description: "Device Control" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Device Control From this section, you can manage all entities in the system, their subsequent rights, and settings. diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/module.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module_1.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/module.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module_1.md index 69f8be1edf..41dd906921 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/module.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Content Aware Protection" +description: "Content Aware Protection" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Content Aware Protection This module allows the Administrator to set up and enforce strong content filtering policies for diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/usecases.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/usecases.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/usecases.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/usecases.md index 2cc4773ecc..b113630f24 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/usecases.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/usecases.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Content Aware Protection Use Cases" +description: "Content Aware Protection Use Cases" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Content Aware Protection Use Cases Content Aware Protection enables organizations to define policies for monitoring and controlling the diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/usersandgroups.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/usersandgroups.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/usersandgroups.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/usersandgroups.md index 1952aa2433..8bb32c6f11 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/usersandgroups.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/usersandgroups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Users and Groups" +description: "Users and Groups" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Users and Groups ## Users @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ information mentioned above. Users can also be imported into Endpoint Protector Directory. For detailed information on Active Directory, refer to the -[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md) chapter. +[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md) chapter. There are two users created by default during the installation process of Endpoint Protector: @@ -90,7 +96,7 @@ You can manually create a new group at any time by providing the group informati Groups can also be imported into Endpoint Protector from Active Directory. **NOTE:** For detailed information on Active Directory, refer to the -[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md) topic. +[Directory Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md) topic. The Actions column offers multiple options related to the group’s management like Edit, Manage Rights, Manage Settings, History, and Delete. diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/enforcedencryption/module.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module_1.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/enforcedencryption/module.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module_1.md index 2cce0570e3..b6fd57ba8f 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/enforcedencryption/module.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enforced Encryption" +description: "Enforced Encryption" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Enforced Encryption Enforced Encryption, Formerly known as EasyLock, is a cross-platform solution that protects data diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview.md index 7467375bbc..0107701f5b 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administration" +description: "Administration" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Administration This document provides a comprehensive resource for system administrators tasked with managing diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/offlinetemporarypassword/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_1.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/offlinetemporarypassword/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_1.md index 1664de372c..22b9f03883 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/offlinetemporarypassword/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Offline Temporary Password" +description: "Offline Temporary Password" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Offline Temporary Password In this section, you can generate Offline Temporary Passwords (or OTPs) and grant temporary access diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/reportsanalysis/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_2.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/reportsanalysis/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_2.md index a2e213c4b9..94145ee104 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/reportsanalysis/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_2.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reports and Analysis" +description: "Reports and Analysis" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Reports and Analysis This section offers an overview of the System Logs, Device Control Logs and Shadows, Content Aware diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/alerts/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_3.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/alerts/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_3.md index 32677f9ae0..e8c821ea60 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/alerts/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_3.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Alerts" +description: "Alerts" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Alerts From this section, you can define E-mail Alerts for the main events detected by Endpoint Protector: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md index eb71b3ed48..e43e6aee2d 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/directoryservices/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_4.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Directory Services" +description: "Directory Services" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Directory Services From this section, you can import and synchronize the entities (Users, Computers, and Groups) from diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/appliance/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_5.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/appliance/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_5.md index 885588603f..e9d280c900 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/appliance/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_5.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Appliance" +description: "Appliance" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Appliance ## Server Information diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_6.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_6.md index 95e98ade70..c9ca3d203b 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_6.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Parameters" +description: "System Parameters" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # System Parameters ## Device Types and Notifications @@ -423,7 +429,7 @@ can add up to a maximum of 10 justifications. By default, several justificatio but make sure that at least one justification is enabled all the time. To enable and enforce the end-user to view User Remediation pop-up notifications, manage the option -from Device Control, Global Settings, [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md). +from Device Control, Global Settings, [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md). ![Justifications List](/img/product_docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/justflist.webp) @@ -445,12 +451,12 @@ section, click **Create**, fill in the mandatory fields and **Save**. ![Custom Device Control User Remediation Notifications](/img/product_docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/customdcuserremediationnotif.webp) **Step 3 –** Enable the **User Remediation Pop-up** setting from the -[Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md) topic and then select the **customized notification** +[Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md) topic and then select the **customized notification** from the User Remediation Notification Template drop-down list; ![User Remediation Pop-up](/img/product_docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/userremediationpopup.webp) -**Step 4 –** Navigate to [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md), Device Types section and +**Step 4 –** Navigate to [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md), Device Types section and enable **User Remediation** for devices with limited access – devices that have full access permission cannot benefit from the User Remediation feature. diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_7.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_7.md index 5fcae8a9dc..9507df774e 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_7.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent" +description: "Agent" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Agent The Endpoint Protector Agent enforces the Rights and Settings received from the Endpoint Protector diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/support/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_8.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/support/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_8.md index 80b078cdc2..74f1d6925c 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/support/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_8.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Support" +description: "Support" +sidebar_position: 180 +--- + # Support For additional support resources, please visit our [website](https://www.netwrix.com/support.html) diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/serverclientcommunication.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/serverclientcommunication.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/serverclientcommunication.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/serverclientcommunication.md index 5e9c026130..dddeff9658 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/serverclientcommunication.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/serverclientcommunication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Server – Client Communication" +description: "Server – Client Communication" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Server – Client Communication This section details the communication between the Endpoint Protector Server and Client encrypted by diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/serverlogin.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/serverlogin.md index ca3d406d3e..9f6faeddce 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/serverlogin.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/serverlogin.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Logging in to the Server" +description: "Logging in to the Server" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Logging in to the Server After provisioning the Endpoint Protector Server, you can configure the feature modules. To manage diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df4d8e7e05 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "System Configuration", + "position": 140, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/adminandaccess.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/adminandaccess.md index fc3cbf1b14..c5e0e38094 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/adminandaccess.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/adminandaccess.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administration and Access Control" +description: "Administration and Access Control" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Administration and Access Control This section allows you to manage system administrators, their roles, and access permissions. It diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/overview.md index ce55291cfd..2b03c318ce 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Configuration" +description: "System Configuration" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # System Configuration This section includes essential elements such as Endpoint Protector Clients, System Licensing, and diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7caea42773 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Single Sign On", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "singlesignon" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/singlesignon.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/singlesignon.md index 96580931e5..77d79fd0e8 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/singlesignon.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/singlesignon.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Single Sign On" +description: "Single Sign On" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Single Sign On Single Sign On (SSO) allows you to log in the Endpoint Protector Server with Azure AD and OKTA. This diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssoazuread.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssoazuread.md index 4b443b2cd9..9d12001b39 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssoazuread.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssoazuread.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Single Sign On (SSO) Configuration with Azure AD" +description: "Single Sign On (SSO) Configuration with Azure AD" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Single Sign On (SSO) Configuration with Azure AD Single Sign On (SSO) streamlines user authentication by enabling access to multiple applications diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssookta.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssookta.md index e32dafed4c..ed45176633 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssookta.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/singlesignon/ssookta.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Single Sign On (SSO) Configuration with Okta" +description: "Single Sign On (SSO) Configuration with Okta" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Single Sign On (SSO) Configuration with Okta Single Sign On (SSO) is a powerful authentication process that enhances security and improves user diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemlicensing.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemlicensing.md index d159170d11..c87c77eaf3 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemlicensing.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemlicensing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Licensing" +description: "System Licensing" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # System Licensing This section provides a complete overview of your licensing status and allows you to manage licenses diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsecurity.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsecurity.md index 0cef7f91c5..78d0217018 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsecurity.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsecurity.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Security" +description: "System Security" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # System Security This section enables you to configure various security settings, including client uninstall diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsettings.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsettings.md index 8bb3f0923d..5bb4c6ebf7 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsettings.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfiguration/systemsettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Settings" +description: "System Settings" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # System Settings From this section, you can manage general settings that apply to the entire Endpoint Protector diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/dashboard/systemdashboard.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemdashboard.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/dashboard/systemdashboard.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemdashboard.md index 37d9d306ea..f1b36ee859 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/dashboard/systemdashboard.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemdashboard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Server Functionality" +description: "Server Functionality" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Server Functionality Once the Endpoint Protector Hardware or Virtual Appliance setup is complete, access the User diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8097193f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "System Maintenance", + "position": 130, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/backup.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/backup.md index b4cd9431c3..885f89820d 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/backup.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/backup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Backup and Recovery Solutions" +description: "Backup and Recovery Solutions" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Backup and Recovery Solutions Implementing effective backup and recovery solutions is essential for safeguarding your system data diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/overview.md index 071df05f0b..0aa33d76f3 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Maintenance" +description: "System Maintenance" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # System Maintenance System Maintenance is crucial for ensuring the optimal performance and reliability of your server. diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/shadowrepository.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/shadowrepository.md index 349d4025ae..93b2e48cf1 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/shadowrepository.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemmaintenance/shadowrepository.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File Shadow Repository" +description: "File Shadow Repository" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # File Shadow Repository From this section, you can enable the Endpoint Protector Client to send File Shadows directly and at diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e278cbbc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Deployments", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4e6cc55a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Active Directory", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/creatingfilters.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/creatingfilters.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/creatingfilters.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/creatingfilters.md index f496dda2bb..38f13a86fa 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/creatingfilters.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/creatingfilters.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Creating WMI Filters" +description: "Creating WMI Filters" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Creating WMI Filters To create the Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) filters, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/deployment.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/deployment.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/deployment.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/deployment.md index 63ebb432a7..62cd1bea0e 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/deployment.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/deployment.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Creating the Deployment GPO" +description: "Creating the Deployment GPO" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Creating the Deployment GPO To create the deployment Group Policy Objects (GPO), follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md index a6dbbd11ac..81fd402bee 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/linkinggpotoou.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Linking the GPO to OU" +description: "Linking the GPO to OU" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Linking the GPO to OU Once you have created the GPOs, link them to any of your Organization Units (OU). To do so, follow diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md index 6fc8fd2c29..292d063dbd 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/linkingwmitogpo.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Linking the WMI to GPO" +description: "Linking the WMI to GPO" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Linking the WMI to GPO To link the WMI filters to each GPO, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/overview.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/overview.md index 18d9dc31f0..c14e75ce88 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/activedirectory/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/activedirectory/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory" +description: "Active Directory" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Active Directory Netwrix Endpoint Protector Client software is delivered as a Microsoft Installer file ‘msi’, to be diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7d653c9d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Cloud Services", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd3a82a4e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Amazon Web Services", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "amazon" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/amazon.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/amazon.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/amazon.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/amazon.md index f2fd8f1200..7e32a40760 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/amazon.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/amazon.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Amazon Web Services" +description: "Amazon Web Services" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Amazon Web Services In this section of our user guide, you will find comprehensive instructions for leveraging Endpoint diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/awsdeployment.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/awsdeployment.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/awsdeployment.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/awsdeployment.md index 80a38ebdd2..d602d7a876 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/awsdeployment.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/awsdeployment.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Launching the EC2 Image" +description: "Launching the EC2 Image" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Launching the EC2 Image As the Endpoint Protector image has already been shared with you, this process is similar to any diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/awselasticip.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/awselasticip.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/awselasticip.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/awselasticip.md index 4dc6ee255d..18387099b4 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/amazonwebservices/awselasticip.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/amazon/awselasticip.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Requesting an Elastic IP" +description: "Requesting an Elastic IP" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Requesting an Elastic IP This step is required so the Endpoint Protector Clients can communicate with the same IP Address in diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b207d72838 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Google Cloud Platform", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "googlecloudplatform" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md index 569092e5f4..fe9d6cee9a 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/gcpdeployment.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Launching on Google Cloud Platform" +description: "Launching on Google Cloud Platform" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Launching on Google Cloud Platform Once the Endpoint Protector Image becomes accessible in the Google Cloud Platform images list, diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/googlecloudplatform/googlecloudplatform.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/googlecloudplatform.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/googlecloudplatform/googlecloudplatform.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/googlecloudplatform.md index 62391feec9..aa976858aa 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/googlecloudplatform/googlecloudplatform.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/googlecloudplatform/googlecloudplatform.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Google Cloud Platform" +description: "Google Cloud Platform" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Google Cloud Platform In this section, we outline the integration of Endpoint Protector into your Google Cloud Platform diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe0a38561c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Microsoft Azure", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "microsoftazure" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/azuredeployment.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/azuredeployment.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/azuredeployment.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/azuredeployment.md index 1651ef3c40..0d5181fc75 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/azuredeployment.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/azuredeployment.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Launching VM for Azure Deployment" +description: "Launching VM for Azure Deployment" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Launching VM for Azure Deployment To have access to the Virtual Machine, contact your Endpoint Protector Representative and provide diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/creatingdisk.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/creatingdisk.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/creatingdisk.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/creatingdisk.md index 62610052bf..d352134adf 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/creatingdisk.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/creatingdisk.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Creating the Disk" +description: "Creating the Disk" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Creating the Disk Before starting the Endpoint Protector Virtual Machine, you have to prepare a disk and a Virtual diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/microsoftazure.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/microsoftazure.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/microsoftazure.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/microsoftazure.md index 2b5c487f11..67bba6e862 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/microsoftazure.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/microsoftazure.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Azure" +description: "Microsoft Azure" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Microsoft Azure This section explores the integration of Endpoint Protector into your Azure environment. Although diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/virtualmachine.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/virtualmachine.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/virtualmachine.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/virtualmachine.md index 48573be075..a3db866152 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/azure/virtualmachine.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/microsoftazure/virtualmachine.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Creating the Virtual Machine" +description: "Creating the Virtual Machine" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Creating the Virtual Machine To start the Endpoint Protector Virtual Machine in Azure, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/overview.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/overview.md index 2c1dcd7cf8..56f0bbd54a 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Cloud Services" +description: "Cloud Services" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Cloud Services This User Guide offers brief guidance on utilizing the Netwrix Endpoint Protector Server in Amazon diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b02dbbcc66 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Microsoft Intune", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/macosdeployment.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/macosdeployment.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/macosdeployment.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/macosdeployment.md index b9d39c7cd1..0cdea90cce 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/macosdeployment.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/macosdeployment.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "macOS Deployment" +description: "macOS Deployment" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # macOS Deployment To deploy the Endpoint Protector package for macOS using Intune, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/overview.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/overview.md index 8cf7450aaf..ee631c2fcd 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Intune" +description: "Microsoft Intune" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Microsoft Intune This guide describes the steps needed to deploy Netwrix Endpoint Protector to multiple endpoints diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/windowsdeployment.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/windowsdeployment.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/windowsdeployment.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/windowsdeployment.md index 99aab126b5..2ccb7aacd5 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/intune/windowsdeployment.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/intune/windowsdeployment.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Windows Deployment" +description: "Windows Deployment" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Windows Deployment To deploy the Endpoint Protector MSI package for Windows using Intune, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b53320eb05 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Jamf", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/configuration.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/configuration.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/configuration.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/configuration.md index 1757420ad1..7582e930a7 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/configuration.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/configuration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Creating the Configuration Profile" +description: "Creating the Configuration Profile" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Creating the Configuration Profile In order to use Jamf, first, you need to create a new configuration profile. To do so, follow these diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/creatingpolicy.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/creatingpolicy.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/creatingpolicy.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/creatingpolicy.md index 47d4ac5d1f..f0c5a628f4 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/creatingpolicy.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/creatingpolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Creating the Policy" +description: "Creating the Policy" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Creating the Policy Once the script and package are successfully uploaded, you need to create a new Jamf policy. To diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/overview.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/overview.md index c2a8ccf29e..17b786446c 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Jamf" +description: "Jamf" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Jamf Since the release of macOS 11.0 (Big Sur), significant changes have been made regarding system diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/scriptandpackage.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/scriptandpackage.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/scriptandpackage.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/scriptandpackage.md index e2215f9c8f..c12924036d 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/agent/jamf/scriptandpackage.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/jamf/scriptandpackage.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Uploading the Script and Package" +description: "Uploading the Script and Package" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Uploading the Script and Package To deploy the Endpoint Protector Client, upload the `EndpointProtector.pkg` package along with the diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/overview.md index 154d1a1f91..4c01f84036 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Deployments" +description: "Deployments" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Deployments This documentation provides comprehensive guidance on deploying Endpoint Protector across various @@ -26,8 +32,8 @@ The On-Premise option for a Customer-Managed instance allows for a virtualized i a customer’s LAN setting. Virtualization options include, but are not limited to: VMware and Hyper-V. The Hosted-Cloud method of deployment allows for use of a customer’s Amazon Web Services (AWS), Azure, or Google Cloud Platform (GCP) instance. To obtain more specific information for each -of these options, see the [Virtual Appliance Formats](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/formats.md) topic and the -[Cloud Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/configuration/overview.md) topic. +of these options, see the [Virtual Appliance Formats](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/formats.md) topic and the +[Cloud Services](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/configuration/overview.md) topic. Alternatively, if a Provider-Managed setup is required, an instance of Endpoint Protector can be spun up in an isolated cloud environment. To obtain more details on the Provider- Managed option, diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/updates.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/updates.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/updates.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/updates.md index ccfee8f96a..1f0b908882 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/updates.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/updates.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Updates" +description: "Updates" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Updates Endpoint Protector updates are available through the Live Update or Offline Patches features. The diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0080d9a8f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Virtual Appliance", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "virtualappliance" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37e5d040ca --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Virtual Appliance Formats", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "formats" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/citrixxenserver.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/citrixxenserver.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/citrixxenserver.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/citrixxenserver.md index 6462394b9a..139352e0b2 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/citrixxenserver.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/citrixxenserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Citrix XenServer" +description: "Citrix XenServer" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Citrix XenServer Citrix XenServer facilitates the import of virtual appliances using the OVF format, catering to diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/formats.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/formats.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/formats.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/formats.md index 2e09419f50..057e44a6dd 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/formats.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/formats.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Virtual Appliance Formats" +description: "Virtual Appliance Formats" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Virtual Appliance Formats The Endpoint Protector Virtual Appliance is available in different formats and for various diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/hypervtools.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/hypervtools.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/hypervtools.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/hypervtools.md index 57854d0d01..42869f4110 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/hypervtools.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/hypervtools.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Hyper-V" +description: "Hyper-V" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Hyper-V Hyper-V Tools utilize the VHD format for virtualization, ensuring seamless integration with diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/oraclevm.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/oraclevm.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/oraclevm.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/oraclevm.md index 327e56a7e6..7ee113545c 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/oraclevm.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/oraclevm.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Oracle VM VirtualBox" +description: "Oracle VM VirtualBox" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Oracle VM VirtualBox Oracle VM VirtualBox supports the OVF format for deploying virtual appliances, offering a diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/vmwaretools.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/vmwaretools.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/vmwaretools.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/vmwaretools.md index 28ce6f1726..887d137dc3 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/vmwaretools.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/formats/vmwaretools.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "VMware" +description: "VMware" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # VMware VMware Tools support a variety of formats such as OVF, OVA, and VMX for deploying the Endpoint diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/setupwizard.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/setupwizard.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/setupwizard.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/setupwizard.md index e5d98ee2ce..f1f1d75ad7 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/setupwizard.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/setupwizard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Setup Wizard" +description: "Setup Wizard" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Setup Wizard The Endpoint Protector Appliance requires incoming traffic for ports 443 inbound to be whitelisted diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/virtualappliance.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/virtualappliance.md index b0c305ea32..2ead80c035 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/install/virtualappliance/virtualappliance.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Virtual Appliance" +description: "Virtual Appliance" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Virtual Appliance Welcome to the Endpoint Protector Virtual Appliance Guide, your comprehensive resource for diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18c23a2b70 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix Endpoint Protector v5.9.4", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/gettingstarted.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/gettingstarted.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/gettingstarted.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/gettingstarted.md index 24839732b1..b69093f51a 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/gettingstarted.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/gettingstarted.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Getting Started" +description: "Getting Started" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Getting Started Welcome to Netwrix Endpoint Protector, your solution for securing endpoint data. With features like @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ See the [Requirements](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/overview.md) also visible on the backend console. - Log in using your administrator credentials. -See the [Server Functionality](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/dashboard/systemdashboard.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Server Functionality](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemdashboard.md) topic for additional information. ## Managing Administrators @@ -46,7 +52,7 @@ Information. - Create Custom Policies to configure device access rules. - Customize policies based on device types and access requirements. -See the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md) topic for additional information. ## Configuring Content Aware Protection @@ -56,7 +62,7 @@ See the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/mod - Create Custom Policies to define file monitoring and protection rules. - Specify Denylists, Predefined Content, or Custom Content to identify sensitive data. -See the [Content Aware Protection](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/module.md) topic for more +See the [Content Aware Protection](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module_1.md) topic for more information. ## Configuring an eDiscovery Scan @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ information. - Create custom scan policies to identify sensitive data at rest on endpoint systems. - Configure scan options and remediation actions (Encrypt, Decrypt, Delete). -See the [eDiscovery](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/ediscovery/module.md) topic for additional more information. +See the [eDiscovery](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module.md) topic for additional more information. ## Configuring the User Experience @@ -76,7 +82,7 @@ See the [eDiscovery](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/ediscovery/module.md) - Navigate to Device Control > Client Settings. - Configure Client Modes (Normal, Transparent, Stealth, etc.) and Notification Preferences. -See the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/module.md) topic for more information. +See the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md) topic for more information. ### Configuring User Remediation Settings @@ -86,7 +92,7 @@ See the [Device Control](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/devicecontrol/mod - Configure settings such as Time Interval for user actions and User Remediation Pop-up notifications. -See the [System Parameters](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparameters/overview.md) topic for more information. +See the [System Parameters](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_6.md) topic for more information. ### Setting Up Offline Temporary Password @@ -95,7 +101,7 @@ See the [System Parameters](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemparamete - Navigate to Offline Temporary Passwords. - Generate passwords to provide temporary access rights when User Remediation is unavailable. -See the [Offline Temporary Password](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/offlinetemporarypassword/overview.md) topic for more +See the [Offline Temporary Password](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/overview_1.md) topic for more information. ## Deploying Agents @@ -115,7 +121,7 @@ See the [System Configuration](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/systemconfi - Duplicate "Report Only" CAP policies and modify them to enforce restrictions. - Activate blocking policies to prevent unauthorized data movements. -See the [Content Aware Protection](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/contentawareprotection/module.md) topic for more +See the [Content Aware Protection](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module_1.md) topic for more information. ## Performing Remediation within eDiscovery @@ -127,7 +133,7 @@ information. risks. See the -[eDiscovery Scan Result and Actions](admin/ediscovery/module.md#ediscovery-scan-result-and-actions) +[eDiscovery Scan Result and Actions](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module/module.md) topic for more information. ## Deploying Enforced Encryption @@ -151,4 +157,4 @@ topic for more information. - Monitoring Devices: - Manage Enforced Encryption devices in Clients list section. -See the [Enforced Encryption](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/enforcedencryption/module.md) topic for more information. +See the [Enforced Encryption](/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/admin/module_1.md) topic for more information. diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/overview.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/overview.md index 19523bf689..0a7cd59ee8 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Endpoint Protector v5.9.4" +description: "Netwrix Endpoint Protector v5.9.4" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Netwrix Endpoint Protector v5.9.4 Netwrix Endpoint Protector is a comprehensive Data Loss Prevention (DLP) solution designed to diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/whatsnew.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/whatsnew.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/whatsnew.md rename to docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/whatsnew.md index b7aff471b6..5c8808fa7c 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/whatsnew.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/overview/whatsnew.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "What's New" +description: "What's New" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # What's New ## New Netwrix Community! diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/_category_.json b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a00596580 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Requirements", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/client.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/client.md index d623b12e8d..2804f2b659 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/client.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/client.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Client" +description: "Client" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Client The Endpoint Protector Client has one of the smallest footprints of any similar solution on the diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/components.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/components.md index 13b330299c..58f33e050c 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/components.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/components.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Main Components" +description: "Main Components" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Main Components Endpoint Protector is designed around several physical entities: diff --git a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/overview.md b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/overview.md index cf5d005d0b..533b5a5728 100644 --- a/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/overview.md +++ b/docs/endpointprotector/5.9.4.2/requirements/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Requirements" +description: "Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Requirements This document provides an in-depth overview of the Netwrix Endpoint Protector solution, designed for diff --git a/scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc b/scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..063f60c637 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file From f1175fd91066be102035e0ba106c9bdb00eef850 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 06:01:00 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 04/10] passwordpolicyenforcer 11.0 reorg --- .../administration-overview/_category_.json | 10 + .../administration_overview.md | 8 +- .../cmdlets/_category_.json | 10 + .../cmdlets}/cmdconnectppe.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdcopyppepolicy.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdexportppeconfig.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdexportppepolicy.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppeenabled.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppehelp.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppepolicies.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppeserverversion.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdgetppeversion.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdimportppeconfig.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdimportppepolicy.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdlets.md | 52 ++-- .../cmdlets}/cmdremoveppepolicy.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdsetppeenabled.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md | 6 + .../cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md | 6 + .../cmdlets}/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md | 6 + .../command_line_interface.md | 6 + .../compromisedpasswordcheck.md | 10 +- .../configconsole.md | 20 +- .../manage-policies/_category_.json | 10 + .../manage-policies}/manage_policies.md | 22 +- .../manage-policies}/messages.md | 6 + .../manage-policies}/passphrases.md | 6 + .../manage-policies}/policy_properties.md | 10 +- .../manage-policies/rules/_category_.json | 10 + .../manage-policies/rules}/character_rules.md | 8 +- .../manage-policies/rules}/complexity_rule.md | 8 +- .../rules}/compromised_rule.md | 8 +- .../manage-policies/rules}/dictionary_rule.md | 6 + .../manage-policies/rules}/history_rule.md | 6 + .../manage-policies/rules}/length_rule.md | 6 + .../rules}/maximum_age_rule.md | 8 +- .../rules}/minimum_age_rule.md | 8 +- .../manage-policies/rules}/patterns.md | 6 + .../manage-policies/rules}/repetition.md | 6 + .../manage-policies/rules}/rules.md | 30 +- .../manage-policies/rules}/similarity_rule.md | 6 + .../rules}/unique_characters.md | 6 + .../manage-policies}/testpolicy.md | 6 + .../manage-policies}/usersgroups.md | 8 +- .../password-policy-client/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuring_the_password_policy_client.md | 8 +- .../password_policy_client.md | 8 +- .../ppe_tool.md | 6 + .../systemaudit.md | 6 + .../troubleshooting.md | 16 +- .../windowseventviewer.md | 6 + .../administration/configconsoleoverview.md | 4 +- .../11.0/evaluation-overview/_category_.json | 10 + .../conclusion.md | 10 +- .../configuring_policy_rules.md | 6 + .../_category_.json | 10 + .../creating_a_password_policy.md | 8 +- .../policy_templates.md | 6 + .../enforcing_multiple_policies.md | 8 +- .../evaluation_overview.md | 6 + .../improving_the_password_policy.md | 6 + .../installforeval.md | 16 +- .../preparing_the_computer.md | 6 + .../testing_the_password_policy.md | 10 +- .../11.0/installation/_category_.json | 6 + .../disable_windows_rules.md | 8 +- .../domain_and_local_policies.md | 14 +- .../hibpupdater.md | 10 +- .../installationclient.md | 10 +- .../installationconfigconsole.md | 10 +- .../installationgpm.md | 8 +- .../installationmailer.md | 12 +- .../installationserver.md | 16 +- .../installationweb.md | 6 + .../{install => installation}/uninstall.md | 8 +- .../{install => installation}/upgrading.md | 18 +- .../writeback.md | 6 + .../11.0/overview/_category_.json | 10 + .../11.0/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md | 26 +- .../11.0/{ => overview}/overview.md | 6 + .../11.0/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md | 6 + .../administration/general_tab.md | 2 +- .../11.0/requirements.md | 6 + .../11.0/web-overview/_category_.json | 10 + .../{web => web-overview}/configuration.md | 6 + .../editing_html_templates.md | 8 +- .../{web => web-overview}/securing_web.md | 6 + .../11.0/{web => web-overview}/using_web.md | 10 +- .../{web => web-overview}/web_overview.md | 6 + .../11.0/{web => web-overview}/what_new.md | 8 +- scripts/PPE.fltoc | 274 ++++++++++++++++++ scripts/reorganize-from-fltoc.js | 28 +- 99 files changed, 1020 insertions(+), 134 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/administration_overview.md (87%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdconnectppe.md (92%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdcopyppepolicy.md (91%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdexportppeconfig.md (89%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdexportppepolicy.md (92%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md (92%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md (91%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md (86%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppeenabled.md (87%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppehelp.md (93%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md (93%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md (94%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppepolicies.md (87%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md (89%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppeserverversion.md (90%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdgetppeversion.md (87%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdimportppeconfig.md (90%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdimportppepolicy.md (90%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdlets.md (66%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdremoveppepolicy.md (88%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md (88%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdsetppeenabled.md (90%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md (91%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md (84%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/cmdlets}/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md (93%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/command_line_interface.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/compromisedpasswordcheck.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/configconsole.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies}/manage_policies.md (91%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies}/messages.md (97%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies}/passphrases.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies}/policy_properties.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/character_rules.md (94%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/complexity_rule.md (92%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/compromised_rule.md (73%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/dictionary_rule.md (98%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/history_rule.md (99%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/length_rule.md (92%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/maximum_age_rule.md (97%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/minimum_age_rule.md (86%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/patterns.md (96%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/repetition.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/rules.md (88%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/similarity_rule.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies/rules}/unique_characters.md (88%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies}/testpolicy.md (98%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/manage-policies}/usersgroups.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/password-policy-client}/configuring_the_password_policy_client.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview/password-policy-client}/password_policy_client.md (83%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/ppe_tool.md (99%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/systemaudit.md (96%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/troubleshooting.md (84%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => administration-overview}/windowseventviewer.md (86%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/conclusion.md (76%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/configuring_policy_rules.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy}/creating_a_password_policy.md (89%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy}/policy_templates.md (96%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/enforcing_multiple_policies.md (93%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/evaluation_overview.md (89%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/improving_the_password_policy.md (94%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/installforeval.md (69%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/preparing_the_computer.md (96%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{evaluation => evaluation-overview}/testing_the_password_policy.md (95%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => installation}/disable_windows_rules.md (90%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => installation}/domain_and_local_policies.md (89%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => installation}/hibpupdater.md (96%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/installationclient.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/installationconfigconsole.md (79%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/installationgpm.md (92%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/installationmailer.md (82%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/installationserver.md (87%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/installationweb.md (95%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/uninstall.md (81%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{install => installation}/upgrading.md (78%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{administration => installation}/writeback.md (88%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md (69%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{ => overview}/overview.md (70%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/_category_.json rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{web => web-overview}/configuration.md (97%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{web => web-overview}/editing_html_templates.md (98%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{web => web-overview}/securing_web.md (92%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{web => web-overview}/using_web.md (88%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{web => web-overview}/web_overview.md (93%) rename docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/{web => web-overview}/what_new.md (94%) create mode 100644 scripts/PPE.fltoc diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5874d2dc57 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Administration", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "administration_overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/administration_overview.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/administration_overview.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/administration_overview.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/administration_overview.md index 6bd340e52b..d8de90d7b7 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/administration_overview.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/administration_overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administration" +description: "Administration" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Administration Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer helps secure your network by ensuring users set strong passwords. @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ not jeopardize network security. You can also use Password Policy Enforcer to ensure that passwords are compatible with other systems, and to synchronize passwords with other networks and applications. -**NOTE:** The [Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md) contains +**NOTE:** The [Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/evaluation_overview.md) contains step-by-step instructions to help you quickly install, configure, and evaluate Password Policy Enforcer. Consider using the Evaluation Guide if you are using Password Policy Enforcer for the first time, prior to installing and deploying on your domains. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..56191c74b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "PPE cmdlets", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "cmdlets" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdconnectppe.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdconnectppe.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdconnectppe.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdconnectppe.md index 5b75c62c6d..0620813363 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdconnectppe.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdconnectppe.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Connect-PPE" +description: "Connect-PPE" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Connect-PPE The **Connect-PPE** cmdlet establishes a connection to the PPE Server. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdcopyppepolicy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdcopyppepolicy.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdcopyppepolicy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdcopyppepolicy.md index f5270e5888..0bdc87ff51 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdcopyppepolicy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdcopyppepolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Copy-PPEPolicy" +description: "Copy-PPEPolicy" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Copy-PPEPolicy The **CopyPPEPolicy** cmdlet makes a copy of a PPE policy. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppeconfig.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppeconfig.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppeconfig.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppeconfig.md index db151c0cfd..a7929603a1 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppeconfig.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppeconfig.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export-PPEConfig" +description: "Export-PPEConfig" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Export-PPEConfig The **Export-PPEConfig** cmdlet exports the Password Policy Enforcer configuration to a file. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppepolicy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppepolicy.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppepolicy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppepolicy.md index 71081f3b4f..ebe6f23730 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppepolicy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppepolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export-PPEPolicy" +description: "Export-PPEPolicy" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Export-PPEPolicy The **Export-PPEPolicy** exports a Password Policy Enforcer policy to a file. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md index 684e3a45db..0ca624a581 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEBulkPasswordTest" +description: "Get-PPEBulkPasswordTest" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Get-PPEBulkPasswordTest The **Get-PPEBulkPasswordTest** cmdlet runs the Password Policy Enforcer bulk password test of the diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md index ae0cc8c5db..db354c5f2f 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEConfigReport" +description: "Get-PPEConfigReport" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Get-PPEConfigReport The **Get-PPEConfigReport** cmdlet saves a Password Policy Enforcer configuration report. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md index 1bb6122f93..77edf0df0b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEDefaultPolicy" +description: "Get-PPEDefaultPolicy" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Get-PPEDefaultPolicy The **Get-PPEDefaultPolicy** cmdlet reports the name of the Password Policy Enforcer default Policy. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeenabled.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeenabled.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeenabled.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeenabled.md index de440e66ac..83d95d50e2 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeenabled.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeenabled.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEEnabled" +description: "Get-PPEEnabled" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Get-PPEEnabled The **Get-PPEEnabled** cmdlet returns the enabled/disabled status of the PPE Server. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppehelp.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppehelp.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppehelp.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppehelp.md index f02f9486d9..cea8556678 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppehelp.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppehelp.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEHelp" +description: "Get-PPEHelp" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Get-PPEHelp The **Get-PPEHelp** cmdlet lists the available Password Policy Enforcer cmdlets. If a cmdlet is diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md index 8d16e5fd93..96042b8e27 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPELicenseInfo" +description: "Get-PPELicenseInfo" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Get-PPELicenseInfo The **Get-PPELicenseInfo** cmdlet returns the Password Policy Enforcer license information. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md index de6da5cae2..ae819adbd3 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEPasswordTest" +description: "Get-PPEPasswordTest" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Get-PPEPasswordTest The **Get-PPEPasswordTest** cmdlet runs the Password Policy Enforcer password test for a user. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicies.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicies.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicies.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicies.md index df22babf0a..74d2df619e 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicies.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicies.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEPolicies" +description: "Get-PPEPolicies" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Get-PPEPolicies The **Get-PPEPolicies** cmdlet returns the Password Policy Enforcer policies. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md index 9e9ea4e7b0..7a831c4ff2 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEPolicyEnabled" +description: "Get-PPEPolicyEnabled" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Get-PPEPolicyEnabled The **Get-PPEPolicyEnabled** cmdlet returns the enabled/disabled status of a Password Policy diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeserverversion.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeserverversion.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeserverversion.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeserverversion.md index beabd0e1da..117af5b55b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeserverversion.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeserverversion.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEServerVersion" +description: "Get-PPEServerVersion" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Get-PPEServerVersion The **Get-PPEServerVersion** cmdlet returns the Password Policy Enforcer server version. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeversion.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeversion.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeversion.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeversion.md index 4e8852809b..57a5f654bf 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeversion.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeversion.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Get-PPEVersion" +description: "Get-PPEVersion" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # Get-PPEVersion The **Get-PPEVersion** cmdlet returns the version of the Password Policy Enforcer PowerShell module. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppeconfig.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppeconfig.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppeconfig.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppeconfig.md index 06e9ca2d03..f3a5710cbc 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppeconfig.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppeconfig.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import-PPEConfig" +description: "Import-PPEConfig" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # Import-PPEConfig The **Import-PPEConfig** cmdlet imports a Password Policy Enforcer configuration file. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppepolicy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppepolicy.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppepolicy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppepolicy.md index 20ada9276e..10082824c0 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppepolicy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppepolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import-PPEPolicy" +description: "Import-PPEPolicy" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # Import-PPEPolicy The **Import-PPEPolicy** cmdlet imports a Password Policy Enforcer policy from a file. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdlets.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdlets.md similarity index 66% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdlets.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdlets.md index dc672afb09..2c788157a0 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdlets.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdlets.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "PPE cmdlets" +description: "PPE cmdlets" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # PPE cmdlets The PPE Cmdlets are available to manage Password Policy Enforcer from a Windows PowerShell. The @@ -22,26 +28,26 @@ the **Run as Administrator** option. Click a PPE cmdlet name for details. -- [Connect-PPE](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdconnectppe.md) -- [Copy-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdcopyppepolicy.md) -- [Export-PPEConfig](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppeconfig.md) -- [Export-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdexportppepolicy.md) -- [Get-PPEBulkPasswordTest](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md) -- [Get-PPEConfigReport](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md) -- [Get-PPEDefaultPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md) -- [Get-PPEEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeenabled.md) -- [Get-PPEHelp](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppehelp.md) -- [Get-PPELicenseInfo](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md) -- [Get-PPEPasswordTest](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md) -- [Get-PPEPolicies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicies.md) -- [Get-PPEPolicyEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md) -- [Get-PPEServerVersion](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeserverversion.md) -- [Get-PPEVersion](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdgetppeversion.md) -- [Import-PPEConfig](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppeconfig.md) -- [Import-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdimportppepolicy.md) -- [Remove-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdremoveppepolicy.md) -- [Set-PPEDefaultPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md) -- [Set-PPEEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppeenabled.md) -- [Set-PPEPolicyEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md) -- [Start-PPECompromisedPasswordChecker](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md) -- [Start-PPEHibpUpdater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md) +- [Connect-PPE](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdconnectppe.md) +- [Copy-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdcopyppepolicy.md) +- [Export-PPEConfig](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppeconfig.md) +- [Export-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdexportppepolicy.md) +- [Get-PPEBulkPasswordTest](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppebulkpasswordtest.md) +- [Get-PPEConfigReport](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeconfigreport.md) +- [Get-PPEDefaultPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppedefaultpolicy.md) +- [Get-PPEEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeenabled.md) +- [Get-PPEHelp](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppehelp.md) +- [Get-PPELicenseInfo](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppelicenseinfo.md) +- [Get-PPEPasswordTest](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepasswordtest.md) +- [Get-PPEPolicies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicies.md) +- [Get-PPEPolicyEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppepolicyenabled.md) +- [Get-PPEServerVersion](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeserverversion.md) +- [Get-PPEVersion](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdgetppeversion.md) +- [Import-PPEConfig](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppeconfig.md) +- [Import-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdimportppepolicy.md) +- [Remove-PPEPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdremoveppepolicy.md) +- [Set-PPEDefaultPolicy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md) +- [Set-PPEEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppeenabled.md) +- [Set-PPEPolicyEnabled](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md) +- [Start-PPECompromisedPasswordChecker](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md) +- [Start-PPEHibpUpdater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md) diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdremoveppepolicy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdremoveppepolicy.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdremoveppepolicy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdremoveppepolicy.md index f18de5e7dd..9d3ef6c6e3 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdremoveppepolicy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdremoveppepolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove-PPEPolicy" +description: "Remove-PPEPolicy" +sidebar_position: 180 +--- + # Remove-PPEPolicy The **Remove-PPEPolicy** cmdlet removes a Password Policy Enforcer policy. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md index 40627adbd4..5c73cb5142 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppedefaultpolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-PPEDefaultPolicy" +description: "Set-PPEDefaultPolicy" +sidebar_position: 190 +--- + # Set-PPEDefaultPolicy The **Set-PPEDefaultPolicy** cmdlet sets the Password Policy Enforcer policy as the default. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppeenabled.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppeenabled.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppeenabled.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppeenabled.md index 533ae7be11..04a05837c9 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppeenabled.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppeenabled.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-PPEEnabled" +description: "Set-PPEEnabled" +sidebar_position: 200 +--- + # Set-PPEEnabled The **Set-PPEEnabled** cmdlet sets the enabled/disabled status for the PPE Server. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md index b0d1439ad6..2a4d13794a 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdsetppepolicyenabled.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set-PPEPolicyEnabled" +description: "Set-PPEPolicyEnabled" +sidebar_position: 210 +--- + # Set-PPEPolicyEnabled The **Set-PPEPolicyEnabled** cmdlet sets the enabled/disabled status for a Password Policy Enforcer diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md index 59af49f266..0ae6243e31 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppecompromisedpasswordchecker.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Start-PPECompromisedPasswordChecker" +description: "Start-PPECompromisedPasswordChecker" +sidebar_position: 220 +--- + # Start-PPECompromisedPasswordChecker The **Start-PPECompromisedPasswordChecker** cmdlet runs the Password Policy Enforcer Compromised diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md index 9513c4db39..f82495daac 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/cmdlets/cmdstartppehibpupdater.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Start-PPEHibpUpdater" +description: "Start-PPEHibpUpdater" +sidebar_position: 230 +--- + # Start-PPEHibpUpdater The **Start-PPEHibpUpdater** cmdlet starts an update of the Hibp database. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md index e168487ba6..4d4a749d77 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Command Line Interface" +description: "Command Line Interface" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Command Line Interface ## Silent Installation diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromisedpasswordcheck.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/compromisedpasswordcheck.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromisedpasswordcheck.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/compromisedpasswordcheck.md index 2d12958853..8e6c6ce233 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromisedpasswordcheck.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/compromisedpasswordcheck.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Compromised Password Check" +description: "Compromised Password Check" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Compromised Password Check The Compromised Password Checker finds compromised passwords. Users can be notified via email and @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ advised or forced to change their password. The check can be scheduled to check against a compromised hash list at any time. **NOTE:** Create the **Compromised Passwords Base** file prior to enabling the Compromised Password -Check. See the [HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/hibpupdater.md) topic for instructions. +Check. See the [HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/hibpupdater.md) topic for instructions. The Compromised Password Checker is launched from the Configuration Console: @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ Click the **Compromised Password Check** toggle to enable/disable the feature. ![Compromised Password Check](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromisedpasswords.webp) - **Compromised Passwords Base** specify the database to use when checking for compromised - passwords. Netwrix recommends using the [HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/hibpupdater.md) to create this database. + passwords. Netwrix recommends using the [HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/hibpupdater.md) to create this database. Click **Browse** to navigate to the folder. Default is **C:\HIBP\DB** - **Domain Controller (FQDN)** specify the fully qualified domain controller name where you want to run the password check. Click **Browse** and select from the list. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md index 4bd5688bfd..adfd4cf78d 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configuration Console" +description: "Configuration Console" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Configuration Console The PPE Configuration Console manages Password Policy Enforcer across your domain. It can be @@ -23,9 +29,9 @@ Enforcer. In addition, there are tiles to access Password Policy Enforcer major features: -- [Manage Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/manage_policies.md) -- [Compromised Password Check](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromisedpasswordcheck.md) -- [System Audit and Support](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/systemaudit.md) - Version Tracker, Support Tools, Property Editor +- [Manage Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/manage_policies.md) +- [Compromised Password Check](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/compromisedpasswordcheck.md) +- [System Audit and Support](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/systemaudit.md) - Version Tracker, Support Tools, Property Editor See the specific topics for details. @@ -75,7 +81,7 @@ Local - You can copy a local configuration to another computer by exporting the configuration from the registry, and then importing it into the registry of the other computer. You can also use Group Policy to distribute a local configuration to many computers. See the - [Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/domain_and_local_policies.md) topic for additional information. + [Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/domain_and_local_policies.md) topic for additional information. ![Connected To Local Configuration](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/connecttodomain.webp) @@ -119,11 +125,11 @@ Here are the default settings. - Minimum Age rule is never enforced during a reset. - History rule is enforced if this option is selected and the **Enforce this rule when a - password is reset** option is selected on the [History Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md) Properties. + password is reset** option is selected on the [History Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/history_rule.md) Properties. - **Accept encrypted client request only** specifies requests from Password Policy Client, Netwrix Password Reset and Password Policy/Web must be encrypted. Client requests do not contain passwords - or password hashes. See the [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md) topic for + or password hashes. See the [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional information. Default is checked. - **Log event when password not checked by service** adds an entry to the Windows Application Event Log whenever it accepts a password without checking it. Default is checked. This can occur if: @@ -151,7 +157,7 @@ Here are the default settings. - An event is only logged if the Password Policy Enforcer Client version is 9.0 or later. If a password is rejected by the Password Policy Server, then the event is logged. - Client logged events only show the local rules the password violated. For example, the - Compromised rule is only enforced by the Password Policy Server. See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md) + Compromised rule is only enforced by the Password Policy Server. See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md) topic for additional information. - Client rejections can be lost or duplicated if there are communication issues between the Password Policy Client and Password Policy Server. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..414e42eecc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Manage Policies", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "manage_policies" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/manage_policies.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/manage_policies.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/manage_policies.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/manage_policies.md index 3f79b20863..7f74260c03 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/manage_policies.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/manage_policies.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Manage Policies" +description: "Manage Policies" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Manage Policies Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer can enforce up to 256 different password policies. You can assign policies to users directly, or indirectly through Active Directory security groups and containers -(Organizational Units). See the [Assign Policies to Users & Groups](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/usersgroups.md) topic for +(Organizational Units). See the [Assign Policies to Users & Groups](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/usersgroups.md) topic for additional information. Open the Configuration Console: @@ -91,16 +97,16 @@ most popular regulatory frameworks. Once you add a policy, it needs to be set up or reviewed if you used a template. Click on the policy name to edit the policy. For each policy: -- Set up [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md). -- [Assign Policies to Users & Groups](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/usersgroups.md). -- Enable the use of an optional [Passphrase](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/passphrases.md). -- Set up [Policy Properties](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md). -- Set up [Messages](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md) for your users. +- Set up [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md). +- [Assign Policies to Users & Groups](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/usersgroups.md). +- Enable the use of an optional [Passphrase](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/passphrases.md). +- Set up [Policy Properties](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/policy_properties.md). +- Set up [Messages](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/messages.md) for your users. ## Test Policy Launches the Test policy tool in a separate window. You can test **By user** and by **Password bulk -test**. See the [Test Policy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/testpolicy.md) topic for additional information. +test**. See the [Test Policy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md) topic for additional information. ## Set Priorities @@ -112,7 +118,7 @@ priorities** to save the new order. ### Policy Selection Flowchart This flowchart shows how Password Policy Enforcer determines a policy for each user. Use the -[Test Policy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/testpolicy.md) tool to quickly determine which policy Password Policy Enforcer is +[Test Policy](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md) tool to quickly determine which policy Password Policy Enforcer is enforced for a particular user. ![managing_policies](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/managing_policies.webp) diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/messages.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/messages.md index 3c1749c495..505af7f355 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/messages.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/messages.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Messages" +description: "Messages" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Messages Each Password Policy Enforcer password policy has multiple message templates, one for each of the diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/passphrases.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/passphrases.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/passphrases.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/passphrases.md index 471ebb7064..0f998d6f99 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/passphrases.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/passphrases.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Passphrase" +description: "Passphrase" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Passphrase Passphrases have gained popularity in recent years as they can be more difficult to crack and easier diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/policy_properties.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/policy_properties.md index e5354bf346..e92bffd545 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/policy_properties.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/policy_properties.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Properties" +description: "Policy Properties" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Policy Properties Sets the properties for the selected policy. @@ -41,10 +47,10 @@ Select the number of rules for **Passwords must comply with** from the drop-down the required compliance level for this policy. The default value **(all the rules**) requires users to comply with all enabled rules. Choose an alternative option if Password Policy Enforcer should enforce a more lenient password policy. The Minimum Age and Maximum Age rules are excluded from -compliance level calculations. See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md) topic for additional information. +compliance level calculations. See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md) topic for additional information. When setting the compliance level, consider that some rules may be disabled when a user enters a -passphrase. See the [Passphrase](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/passphrases.md) topic for additional information. Password Policy +passphrase. See the [Passphrase](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/passphrases.md) topic for additional information. Password Policy Enforcer accepts passphrases that comply with all enabled rules, irrespective of the compliance level. This ensures that passphrases can be used, even if they do not meet the compliance level when Password Policy Enforcer is configured to disable one or more rules for passphrases. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..278fe80f06 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Rules", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "rules" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/character_rules.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/character_rules.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/character_rules.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/character_rules.md index b8c3516d58..24263dc659 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/character_rules.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/character_rules.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Character (Granular) Rules" +description: "Character (Granular) Rules" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Character (Granular) Rules Password Policy Enforcer has seven Character rules that reject passwords if they contain, or do not @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ All the Character rules work identically, but each has their own default charact set is the collection of characters that each rule searches for when checking a password. You can use the Character rules with their default character sets, or define your own. By default, the Password Policy Enforcer selects the Password Policy Enforcer character on the -[Set Priorities](manage_policies.md#set-priorities) page. +[Set Priorities](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/manage_policies.md#set-priorities) page. **NOTE:** Only Password Policy Enforcer 11 and higher will contain the Windows character set. Password Policy Enforcer 9, Netwrix Password Reset3 and Password Policy Enforcer Web 7 (and older diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/complexity_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/complexity_rule.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/complexity_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/complexity_rule.md index d9f8aaf053..6fb0b7a9c0 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/complexity_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/complexity_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Characters (Complexity) Rule" +description: "Characters (Complexity) Rule" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Characters (Complexity) Rule The Complexity rule rejects passwords that do not contain characters from a variety of character @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ greater than the number of required character sets. Select the **Passwords must always comply with this rule** check box to make the Complexity rule mandatory. Password Policy Enforcer rules are mandatory by default, but can be made optional by changing the Reject passwords that do not comply with value in the Policy Properties page. A -mandatory rule can still be disabled when a passphrase is used. See the [Passphrase](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/passphrases.md) +mandatory rule can still be disabled when a passphrase is used. See the [Passphrase](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/passphrases.md) topic for additional information. **NOTE:** The Complexity rule uses custom character set definitions from the Character rules, even diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromised_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/compromised_rule.md similarity index 73% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromised_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/compromised_rule.md index 2d6015df5a..368df99438 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromised_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/compromised_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Compromised Rule" +description: "Compromised Rule" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Compromised Rule The Compromised rule rejects passwords from prior breaches. These passwords should not be used as @@ -13,5 +19,5 @@ can contain environment variables like **CAUTION:** %SystemRoot%. hash files should only be read from a local disk. Using shared hash files degrades performance, and could jeopardize security. -See the [HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/hibpupdater.md) topic for the information about the Have I Been Pwnd (HIBP) +See the [HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/hibpupdater.md) topic for the information about the Have I Been Pwnd (HIBP) database usage. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/dictionary_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/dictionary_rule.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/dictionary_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/dictionary_rule.md index 470292bdd0..bd214e004b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/dictionary_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/dictionary_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dictionary Rule" +description: "Dictionary Rule" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Dictionary Rule The Dictionary rule rejects passwords that are vulnerable to guessing, hybrid, and precomputed diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/history_rule.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/history_rule.md index 72c1c19c6d..df064ac61b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/history_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "History Rule" +description: "History Rule" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # History Rule The History rule rejects passwords that are identical to recently used passwords. Password reuse diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/length_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/length_rule.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/length_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/length_rule.md index 62217d5970..f7885f216d 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/length_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/length_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Length Rule" +description: "Length Rule" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Length Rule The Length rule rejects passwords that contain too few or too many characters. Longer passwords are diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/maximum_age_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/maximum_age_rule.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/maximum_age_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/maximum_age_rule.md index 8385a6cec7..105428a766 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/maximum_age_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/maximum_age_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Age (Max) Rule" +description: "Age (Max) Rule" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Age (Max) Rule The Maximum Age rule forces users to change their passwords regularly. This decreases the likelihood @@ -101,5 +107,5 @@ The email's subject and body can contain various macros. Use these macros to per ### Set up SMTP -Opens the Notification settings. See the [Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md) topic for +Opens the Notification settings. See the [Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md) topic for additional details. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/minimum_age_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/minimum_age_rule.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/minimum_age_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/minimum_age_rule.md index 17812fb64a..eedbc3b561 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/minimum_age_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/minimum_age_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Age (Min) Rule" +description: "Age (Min) Rule" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Age (Min) Rule The Minimum Age rule stops users from quickly cycling through a series of passwords in order to @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ Select the number of days before a user can change their password. password; they must wait until the required number of days has elapsed. The Password Policy Client consequently handles rejections by this rule differently to other rules. Rather than displaying the usual message components, the Password Policy Client only displays the Minimum Age rule's Reason -insert. See [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional information. +insert. See [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional information. The Rejection Reason template, macros, and inserts from other rules are not displayed when a password change is denied by the Minimum Age rule. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/patterns.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/patterns.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/patterns.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/patterns.md index 45ce9f470d..70d0db72bb 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/patterns.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/patterns.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Patterns Rule" +description: "Patterns Rule" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Patterns Rule The Patterns rule rejects passwords that contain character patterns such as "abcde". Character diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/repetition.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/repetition.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/repetition.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/repetition.md index db1f4d7ad8..127d5de808 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/repetition.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/repetition.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Repetition Rule" +description: "Repetition Rule" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Repetition Rule The Repetition rule rejects passwords that contain excessive character or pattern repetition. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md index a437ec1080..fdd27ab53a 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Rules" +description: "Rules" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Rules Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer uses rules to decide if it should accept or reject a password. Each @@ -25,18 +31,18 @@ logging** on the **Test Policy** window to see which rules you have tested. Rules: -- [Age (Max) Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/maximum_age_rule.md) -- [Age (Min) Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/minimum_age_rule.md) -- [Characters (Complexity) Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/complexity_rule.md) -- [Character (Granular) Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/character_rules.md) -- [Compromised Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromised_rule.md) -- [Dictionary Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/dictionary_rule.md) -- [History Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/history_rule.md) -- [Length Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/length_rule.md) -- [Patterns Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/patterns.md) -- [Repetition Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/repetition.md) -- [Similarity Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/similarity_rule.md) -- [Unique Characters Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/unique_characters.md) +- [Age (Max) Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/maximum_age_rule.md) +- [Age (Min) Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/minimum_age_rule.md) +- [Characters (Complexity) Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/complexity_rule.md) +- [Character (Granular) Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/character_rules.md) +- [Compromised Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/compromised_rule.md) +- [Dictionary Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/dictionary_rule.md) +- [History Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/history_rule.md) +- [Length Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/length_rule.md) +- [Patterns Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/patterns.md) +- [Repetition Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/repetition.md) +- [Similarity Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/similarity_rule.md) +- [Unique Characters Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/unique_characters.md) ## Detecting Character Substitution diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/similarity_rule.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/similarity_rule.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/similarity_rule.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/similarity_rule.md index cc0e718f7a..f81debd7c9 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/similarity_rule.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/similarity_rule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Similarity Rule" +description: "Similarity Rule" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Similarity Rule The Similarity rule rejects passwords that are similar to a user's current password. Password diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/unique_characters.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/unique_characters.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/unique_characters.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/unique_characters.md index 31d1826a9d..92cd4258a1 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/unique_characters.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/unique_characters.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Unique Characters Rule" +description: "Unique Characters Rule" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Unique Characters Rule The Unique Characters rule rejects passwords that do not contain a minimum number of unique diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/testpolicy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/testpolicy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md index 5b648cbf38..7e2edd5db1 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/testpolicy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Test Policy" +description: "Test Policy" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Test Policy You can quickly test your Password Policy Enforcer configuration by simulating a password change. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/usersgroups.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/usersgroups.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/usersgroups.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/usersgroups.md index 7315ffee3f..3ac22d64bb 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/usersgroups.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/usersgroups.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Assign Policies to Users & Groups" +description: "Assign Policies to Users & Groups" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Assign Policies to Users & Groups Password Policy Enforcer uses policy assignments to decide which policy to enforce for each user. Domain policies can be assigned to users, groups, and containers (Organizational Units). Local policies can only be assigned to users. See the -[Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/domain_and_local_policies.md) topic for additional information. +[Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/domain_and_local_policies.md) topic for additional information. **Step 1 –** Open the Configuration Console: diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7194f80dac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Password Policy Client", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "password_policy_client" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configuring_the_password_policy_client.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/configuring_the_password_policy_client.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configuring_the_password_policy_client.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/configuring_the_password_policy_client.md index 4058277ad3..fcbc08cf85 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configuring_the_password_policy_client.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/configuring_the_password_policy_client.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Configuring the Password Policy Client" +description: "Configuring the Password Policy Client" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Configuring the Password Policy Client The Password Policy Client is self-configuring and does not require manual configuration in most -cases. See the [Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md) topic for +cases. See the [Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md) topic for additional details. You may need to manually configure the Password Policy Client if: - You want to install it in a disabled state to be enabled later. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md index eb1215d6dd..627e94c3d0 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Password Policy Client" +description: "Password Policy Client" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Password Policy Client The Password Policy Client helps users to choose a compliant password. Detailed information is provided if their new password is rejected. The Password Policy Client is optional. If it is not installed, the -[Similarity Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/similarity_rule.md) can not be enforced. Users only see the default Windows error +[Similarity Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/similarity_rule.md) can not be enforced. Users only see the default Windows error message if their password is rejected, not the detailed help they receive from the Password Policy Client. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/ppe_tool.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/ppe_tool.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/ppe_tool.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/ppe_tool.md index a34eea0611..6c77403e11 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/ppe_tool.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/ppe_tool.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "PPE Tool" +description: "PPE Tool" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # PPE Tool The PPE Tool is designed to configure local and domain instances of Password Policy Enforcer and diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/systemaudit.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/systemaudit.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/systemaudit.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/systemaudit.md index ba4f015efd..27499d4d95 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/systemaudit.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/systemaudit.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Audit and Support" +description: "System Audit and Support" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # System Audit and Support Password Policy Enforcer can run a discovery and testing of your domain controllers for an overview diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/troubleshooting.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/troubleshooting.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/troubleshooting.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/troubleshooting.md index 7ca41701b1..a039644826 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/troubleshooting.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/troubleshooting.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Troubleshooting" +description: "Troubleshooting" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Troubleshooting This topic contains troubleshooting information for the most common support questions. Contact @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ them. Select the first (blank) item in the drop-down list if you do not want a d Open the Programs and Features list in Control Panel on the computer you are changing the password from, and check if the Password Policy Client is in the list of installed programs. If it is not, -then install the Password Policy Client. See the [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md) +then install the Password Policy Client. See the [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional information. If Password Policy Enforcer is enforcing a domain policy, then search the Windows Application Event @@ -33,7 +39,7 @@ Make sure that the Password Policy Server is enabled. See the [Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsoleoverview.md) topic for additional information. Make sure that the Password Policy Client is enabled. See -[Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional information. +[Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional information. #### Accepting passwords that do not comply with the policy @@ -47,7 +53,7 @@ local policies, search the Application Event Log on the local computer. Use the Test Policies page to test a password that Password Policy Enforcer is accepting. Examine the test results and event log to determine why Password Policy Enforcer accepted the password. If the Test Policies page rejects the password, you must configure the policy. See the -[Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) topic for +[Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) topic for additional information. If the **Enforce policy when password is reset** check box is not selected in the PPS Properties @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ Password screen. Use the Test Policies page to test a password that Password Policy Enforcer is rejecting. Examine the test results and event log to determine why Password Policy Enforcer rejected the password. If the Test Policies page rejects the password, you must configure the policy. See the -[Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) topic for +[Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) topic for additional information. Set **User must change password at next logon** for the user and repeat the password change test. If @@ -72,5 +78,5 @@ at next logon before every password change test to bypass the rule. #### Passwords that are accepted in the Test Policies page are rejected during a password change -See the [Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) +See the [Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/windowseventviewer.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/windowseventviewer.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/windowseventviewer.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/windowseventviewer.md index 7f102cdbbf..f68045d9c9 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/windowseventviewer.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/windowseventviewer.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "View Event Logs in Windows Event Viewer" +description: "View Event Logs in Windows Event Viewer" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # View Event Logs in Windows Event Viewer Follow the steps below to view events logs in Windows Event Viewer. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsoleoverview.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsoleoverview.md index 664defd38b..a4999bdbe1 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsoleoverview.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsoleoverview.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This Password Policy Enforcer configuration console configures and manages Password Policy Enforcer's global properties. It can be installed on any servers and workstations in your domain. -See the [Install the Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationconfigconsole.md) topic for +See the [Install the Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationconfigconsole.md) topic for additional information. For security, you can disable/enable it as needed without uninstalling it. Open the Configuration Console: @@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ If this is the first time you have launched the Configuration Console, you are p ![First start](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/ppe1.webp) -The [Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md) is displayed: +The [Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md) is displayed: ![Configuration Console Dashboard](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/ppedashboard.webp) diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ccf8e8f97 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "evaluation_overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/conclusion.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/conclusion.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/conclusion.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/conclusion.md index e540baedb6..ff16932fb3 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/conclusion.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/conclusion.md @@ -1,12 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: "Conclusion" +description: "Conclusion" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Conclusion Congratulations! You have successfully installed, configured, and tested Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer. This guide is an introduction to Password Policy Enforcer's capabilities. You can enforce almost any password policy imaginable with Password Policy Enforcer, customize the Password Policy Client messages, and even synchronize passwords with other networks and applications. The -[Administration](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/administration_overview.md) topic contains more information to +[Administration](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/administration_overview.md) topic contains more information to help you get the most out of Password Policy Enforcer. -The [Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/web_overview.md) application enables users to securely +The [Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/web_overview.md) application enables users to securely manage their passwords from a web browser, ensuring passwords comply with the password policy, and helping users choose compliant passwords. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/configuring_policy_rules.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/configuring_policy_rules.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/configuring_policy_rules.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/configuring_policy_rules.md index 13ffff333e..f1e3f8aea8 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/configuring_policy_rules.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/configuring_policy_rules.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Policy Rules" +description: "Configure Policy Rules" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Configure Policy Rules The policy you just created does not enforce any password requirements yet. You can now configure diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b944d1d256 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Create a Password Policy", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "creating_a_password_policy" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/creating_a_password_policy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/creating_a_password_policy.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/creating_a_password_policy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/creating_a_password_policy.md index 5b0f029da8..f6bfd404db 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/creating_a_password_policy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/creating_a_password_policy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Create a Password Policy" +description: "Create a Password Policy" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Create a Password Policy There are no password policies defined when Password Policy Enforcer is first installed. You can now @@ -22,7 +28,7 @@ getting started with Password Policy Enforcer. example. **Step 4 –** Select a Policy template or **None** if you are creating your own. For a list of -policies see [Policy Templates ](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/policy_templates.md). +policies see [Policy Templates ](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/policy_templates.md). **Step 5 –** Click **Create policy**. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/policy_templates.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/policy_templates.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/policy_templates.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/policy_templates.md index 0c506f6bf7..b87a6522ab 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/policy_templates.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/creating-a-password-policy/policy_templates.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Templates" +description: "Policy Templates" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Policy Templates Password Policy Enforcer contains Out-of-the-box Policy Templates based on the requirements of the diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/enforcing_multiple_policies.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/enforcing_multiple_policies.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/enforcing_multiple_policies.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/enforcing_multiple_policies.md index fd6ac7542e..0ab5f3f00e 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/enforcing_multiple_policies.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/enforcing_multiple_policies.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enforce Multiple Policies" +description: "Enforce Multiple Policies" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Enforce Multiple Policies Password Policy Enforcer can enforce up to 256 password policies on each domain or computer. You can @@ -64,6 +70,6 @@ Active Directory Users and Computers console, or the Local Users and Groups cons changes and resets for the **PPETestUser** and **PPETestAdmin** accounts. Password Policy Enforcer should enforce the Eval policy for **PPETestUser**, and the Admins policy for **PPETestAdmin**. -**NOTE:** The [Set Priorities](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/manage_policies.md#set-priorities) topic contains +**NOTE:** The [Set Priorities](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/manage_policies.md#set-priorities) topic contains more information about policy assignments, and how Password Policy Enforcer resolves policy assignment conflicts that occur when more than one policy is assigned to a user. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/evaluation_overview.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/evaluation_overview.md index 3c4c1bdd9e..e0e2dc7947 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/evaluation_overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer" +description: "Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer is an advanced password filter for Windows. Use this guide to diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/improving_the_password_policy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/improving_the_password_policy.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/improving_the_password_policy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/improving_the_password_policy.md index 64b05f5b59..301efc9b97 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/improving_the_password_policy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/improving_the_password_policy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Improve the Password Policy" +description: "Improve the Password Policy" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Improve the Password Policy Password Policy Enforcer rules have properties that control how rules are enforced. You can improve diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/installforeval.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/installforeval.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/installforeval.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/installforeval.md index 551b691456..7f8dd96a25 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/installforeval.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/installforeval.md @@ -1,19 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: "Install Password Policy Enforcer for Evaluation" +description: "Install Password Policy Enforcer for Evaluation" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Install Password Policy Enforcer for Evaluation The evaluation installation uses the standard installation packages: - Server Installation: install on each server and domain controller in the domain you are evaluating. You can install manually using the procedure in - [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md) or automatically - with [Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md) procedure. Installing + [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md) or automatically + with [Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md) procedure. Installing Password Policy Enforcer does not extend the Active Directory schema. Be sure and install the **Configuration Console** feature on at least one server. - Client Installation: install on each workstation you are evaluating. The Password Policy Client is an optional Password Policy Enforcer component to help users choose compliant passwords. Follow - the [Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md) procedure, or - [Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md). + the [Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md) procedure, or + [Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md). You may need to create a firewall port exception on the domain controllers if you are evaluating the Password Policy Client on a domain with client computers. See the -[Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional +[Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/preparing_the_computer.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/preparing_the_computer.md index 6a23bef113..e3148f18fd 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/preparing_the_computer.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/preparing_the_computer.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Prepare the Computer" +description: "Prepare the Computer" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Prepare the Computer You only need one computer for the evaluation. A Windows Server 2016, 2019, or 2022 domain diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/testing_the_password_policy.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/testing_the_password_policy.md index 9729df13bb..6d3b0a427b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/testing_the_password_policy.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/testing_the_password_policy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Test the Password Policy" +description: "Test the Password Policy" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Test the Password Policy You can test the policy from the policy settings right where you are in the policy settings. You can @@ -33,7 +39,7 @@ event log can help you to understand why Password Policy Enforcer accepted or re **NOTE:** Policy testing simulates a password change, but it may not always reflect what happens when a user changes their password. See the -[Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) +[Policy Testing vs. Password Changes](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/testpolicy.md#policy-testing-vs-password-changes) topic for additional information. ## Windows Change Password Screen @@ -65,7 +71,7 @@ The Password Policy Client does not modify any Windows system files, and you do it to enforce a Password Policy Enforcer password policy. Web browser based versions of the Password Policy Enforcer Client are also available. See the [Administration](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/administration_overview.md) and -[](http://www.anixis.com/products/ppeweb/)[Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/web_overview.md) +[](http://www.anixis.com/products/ppeweb/)[Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/web_overview.md) topics for more information. Password Reset and Password Policy Enforcer/Web are licensed separately. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f6ac7ae2c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +{ + "label": "Installation", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/disable_windows_rules.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/disable_windows_rules.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/disable_windows_rules.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/disable_windows_rules.md index cad6c57c6b..7529ae4cfd 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/disable_windows_rules.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/disable_windows_rules.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Disable Windows Rules" +description: "Disable Windows Rules" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Disable Windows Rules The Windows password policy rules can place restrictions on password history, age, length, and @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ complexity. If you enable the Password Policy Enforcer rules and the Windows rul comply with both sets of rules. Password Policy Enforcer has its own history, minimum and maximum age, length, and complexity rules. -See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md) topic for additional information. You can use the Password Policy Enforcer +See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md) topic for additional information. You can use the Password Policy Enforcer and Windows rules together. A password is only accepted if it complies with the Windows and Password Policy Enforcer password policies. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/domain_and_local_policies.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/domain_and_local_policies.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/domain_and_local_policies.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/domain_and_local_policies.md index d0c6e14995..10acbb488a 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/domain_and_local_policies.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/domain_and_local_policies.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Domain and Local Policies" +description: "Domain and Local Policies" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Domain and Local Policies Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer enforces password policies for both domain and local user accounts. @@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ policies for the domain accounts. To enforce password policies for domain user accounts, you should install Password Policy Enforcer onto all the domain controllers in the domain. If you have read-only domain controllers and aren't -using the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md), [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md), or other software +using the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md), [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md), or other software (such as [Netwrix Password Reset](https://www.netwrix.com/active_directory_password_reset_tool.html)) that uses the Password Policy Enforcer Client protocol, then you do not need to install Password Policy @@ -43,14 +49,14 @@ is also some information, such as the user's OU, which does not exist in the SAM limitations, the following rules and features cannot be used with local password policies: - The Minimum Age and Maximum Age rules (you can use the Windows version of these rules with - Password Policy Enforcer). See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md) topic for additional information. + Password Policy Enforcer). See the [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md) topic for additional information. - Policy assignments by groups and containers. See the - [Assign Policies to Users & Groups](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/usersgroups.md) topic for additional information. + [Assign Policies to Users & Groups](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/usersgroups.md) topic for additional information. Password Policy Enforcer's configuration is stored in Active Directory for domain password policies, and in the Windows registry for local password policies. The Connect To page in the Password Policy Enforcer management console allows you to choose a configuration source. See the -[Connected To](configconsole.md#connected-to) topic for additional information. Changes you make to +[Connected To](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md#connected-to) topic for additional information. Changes you make to Password Policy Enforcer's domain configuration are replicated to all domain controllers in the domain. Changes to a local configuration are applied only to the local computer. If you want to use the same local configuration for many computers, export the HKLM\SOFTWARE\ANIXIS\Password Policy diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/hibpupdater.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/hibpupdater.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/hibpupdater.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/hibpupdater.md index 95f120cb34..a5b33b2bf4 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/hibpupdater.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/hibpupdater.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "HIBP Updater" +description: "HIBP Updater" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # HIBP Updater Password Policy Enforcer can be configured to use the Have I Been Pwnd (HIBP) database. A copy of this database is hosted on the Netwrix website. The HIBP database contains a list of the hashes of known compromised passwords. During password change operations, the application can be configured to reject passwords with a hash that matches a hash in the HIBP database. See the Password Policy -Enforcer [Compromised Password Check](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromisedpasswordcheck.md) topic for HIBP database +Enforcer [Compromised Password Check](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/compromisedpasswordcheck.md) topic for HIBP database information and configuration options. The HIBP database must be initially deployed to a server or workstation with an internet connection @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ Compromised rule to read the files from: \\127.0.0.1\sysvol\your.domain\filename.db -See the [Compromised Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/compromised_rule.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Compromised Rule](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/compromised_rule.md) topic for additional information. The path above only works if the computer has a Sysvol share. This will not be the case if you are using a workstation for policy testing, or if you are using Password Policy Enforcer to enforce diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md index f9bbe420fa..3043c9f127 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Install Password Policy Enforcer Client" +description: "Install Password Policy Enforcer Client" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Install Password Policy Enforcer Client This procedure is used to install the client on your current workstation. See the -[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md) top for details on installing the client +[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md) top for details on installing the client across your network. You can also install/uninstall the products using command line -[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). +[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). **Step 1 –** Navigate to the folder where you extracted the installers downloaded from Netwrix. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationconfigconsole.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationconfigconsole.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationconfigconsole.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationconfigconsole.md index 88c6eaeb29..9ad2c9024b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationconfigconsole.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationconfigconsole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install the Configuration Console" +description: "Install the Configuration Console" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Install the Configuration Console The Configuration Console is used to configure and manage Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer on your @@ -13,9 +19,9 @@ The Configuration Console is a feature package included in the server installati - Configuration Console – manages policy configuration. Install where ever needed. - Mailer Service – sends email reminders. Install on any server. -Follow the procedure in [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md), +Follow the procedure in [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md), selecting the **Configuration Console** feature. You can select the other features if appropriate for the server. You can also install/uninstall the products using command line -[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). +[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md index 3e0ab29f89..65daf77758 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install with Group Policy Management" +description: "Install with Group Policy Management" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Install with Group Policy Management An automated installation uses Group Policy to distribute Password Policy Enforcer. This type of @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ installation is recommended when you need to install Password Policy Enforcer on This section shows you how to install Password Policy Enforcer on domain controllers to enforce domain policies, but you can also use Group Policy to target member servers and workstations if you need to enforce local policies. See the -[Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/domain_and_local_policies.md) topic for additional +[Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/domain_and_local_policies.md) topic for additional information. ## Create a Distribution Point diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationmailer.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationmailer.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationmailer.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationmailer.md index 1be899475d..2a94a6a400 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationmailer.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationmailer.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Install Mailer Service" +description: "Install Mailer Service" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Install Mailer Service Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer sends email reminders to domain users before their passwords expire. This is especially useful for users who logon infrequently, and for remote users who access the network without logging on to the domain. You must install the Password Policy Enforcer Mailer and configure the email delivery and email message options to send email reminders to users. See the -[Notifications](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md#notifications) topic for additional information. +[Notifications](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md#notifications) topic for additional information. Add your email address to a service account, and the Password Policy Enforcer Mailer reminds you to change the service account password before it expires. @@ -19,9 +25,9 @@ The mailer is a feature package included in the server installation **.msi** fil - Configuration Console – manages policy configuration. Install where ever needed. - Mailer Service – sends email reminders. Install on any server. -Follow the procedure in [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md), +Follow the procedure in [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md), selecting the **Mailer Service** feature. You can select the other features if appropriate for the server. You can also install/uninstall the products using command line -[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). +[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md index ea09a85c5f..b31652cea0 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server" +description: "Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server Password Policy Enforcer server should be installed on every domain controller to enforce the @@ -7,10 +13,10 @@ password policy for local user accounts. If your domain contains some read-only domain controllers, then installation of Password Policy Enforcer on these servers is only necessary if you are using the following features: -- [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/rules.md) -- [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md) +- [Rules](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/manage-policies/rules/rules.md) +- [Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md) - [Netwrix Password Reset](https://helpcenter.netwrix.com/category/passwordreset) -- [Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/web_overview.md) +- [Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/web_overview.md) The Server installation package includes multiple features selected during installation: @@ -23,9 +29,9 @@ The Server installation package includes multiple features selected during insta **Step 2 –** Extract the installers from the compressed file. If you are going to use Group Policy Manager to install Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer, copy the **msi** files to a distribution -folder. See the [Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md) topic for additional +folder. See the [Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md) topic for additional details. You can also install/uninstall the products using command line -[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). +[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). **NOTE:** Continue with these steps to install one or more features on your current server or domain controller. You must repeat these steps for each server where the features are installed. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationweb.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationweb.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationweb.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationweb.md index d342736737..a445f5263d 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationweb.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationweb.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install Password Policy Enforcer Web" +description: "Install Password Policy Enforcer Web" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Install Password Policy Enforcer Web Password Policy Enforcer Web V7.11 is a web server enabling users to change their Windows domain diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/uninstall.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/uninstall.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/uninstall.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/uninstall.md index 2280514006..61f97026a5 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/uninstall.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/uninstall.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Uninstall Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer" +description: "Uninstall Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Uninstall Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer Follow the steps to uninstall Password Policy Enforcer. @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ You can uninstall Password Policy Enforcer on every domain server and computer, Management to remove the PPE Server and PPE Client on all machines. You can also install/uninstall the products using command line -[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). +[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). **Step 1 –** Open **Start** > **Control Panel** > **Programs and Features** on each system where a PPE component is installed. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/upgrading.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/upgrading.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/upgrading.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/upgrading.md index c77dcdf0a8..58b36ffd8d 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/upgrading.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/upgrading.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrading Password Policy Enforcer" +description: "Upgrading Password Policy Enforcer" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Upgrading Password Policy Enforcer Upgrades are supported for versions 9.0 and above. Contact Customer Support at @@ -5,29 +11,29 @@ Upgrades are supported for versions 9.0 and above. Contact Customer Support at upgrading older versions You can also install/uninstall the products using command line -[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). +[Silent Installation](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/command_line_interface.md#silent-installation). Upgrading the Password Policy Server The Password Policy Enforcer installer detects existing installations and upgrades them to 11. See -the [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md) topic for additional +the [Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md) topic for additional information. If you are performing an automated installation with Group Policy, then add the new **.msi** installer files to the same Group Policy Object used to install the older version. See the -[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md) topic for additional information. +[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md) topic for additional information. **NOTE:** Upgrade all your servers and domain controllers. Configuration changes performed with the new version do not affect servers running an older version. If you have multiple versions, you must make configuration changes in both configuration consoles until all domain controllers are upgraded to 11. Failure to do so may lead to inconsistent enforcement of the password policy. -Open the [License](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsole.md#license) settings on the Configuration Console +Open the [License](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/configconsole.md#license) settings on the Configuration Console after an upgrade to check your license details. Password Policy Enforcer reverts to a 30-day evaluation license if it cannot import the license key. Upgrading the Password Policy Client The Password Policy Client installer detects existing installations and upgrades them to 11. See the -[Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md)[Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md) +[Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md)[Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md) topic for additional information. If you are distributing the Password Policy Client with Group Policy, then add the new client **.msi** file to the same Group Policy Object used to install the older version. Upgrade and reboot the Password Policy Servers before upgrading the clients. @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ recommended. Upgrading the Mailer The Password Policy Enforcer installer detects existing installations of the Password Policy -Enforcer Mailer and upgrades them to 11. See the [Install Mailer Service](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationmailer.md) +Enforcer Mailer and upgrades them to 11. See the [Install Mailer Service](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationmailer.md) topic for additional information. Upgrade Notes diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/writeback.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/writeback.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/writeback.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/writeback.md index 46fe97eb8c..78e5beb5e8 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/writeback.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/writeback.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enforce Password Reset with Azure Password Writeback" +description: "Enforce Password Reset with Azure Password Writeback" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Enforce Password Reset with Azure Password Writeback You can use Password Policy Enforcer to enforce password policies for passwords reset from Microsoft diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ca703538c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer v11.0", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/gettingstarted.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/gettingstarted.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/gettingstarted.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/gettingstarted.md index a0e064f85f..7c93b00be7 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/gettingstarted.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/gettingstarted.md @@ -1,38 +1,44 @@ +--- +title: "Getting Started" +description: "Getting Started" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Getting Started Review the [Requirements](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/requirements.md) and the -[Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/domain_and_local_policies.md) topics. +[Domain and Local Policies](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/domain_and_local_policies.md) topics. ## Install Products Password Policy Enforcer (PPE Server) is installed on every domain controller to enforce the password policy for domain user accounts, or on individual servers and workstations to enforce the password policy for local user accounts. See the -[Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md) or -[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md) topics for additional +[Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md) or +[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md) topics for additional information. The Configuration Console can be installed on what ever servers are convenient for you to access. It is a selectable feature in the server installation **msi** package. See the -[Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md) topic for additional +[Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md) topic for additional information. The Mailer Service is installed on a single server in each domain. See the -[Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationserver.md) topic for additional +[Install Password Policy Enforcer on a Server](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationserver.md) topic for additional information. Password Policy Enforcer client is optional, but recommended. Users receive immediate feedback when setting up their passwords. This saves your users time and frustration when picking compliant -passwords. See the [Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationclient.md) or -[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationgpm.md) topics for additional +passwords. See the [Install Password Policy Enforcer Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationclient.md) or +[Install with Group Policy Management](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationgpm.md) topics for additional information. Password Policy Enforcer Web is a separate product enabling users to change their Windows domain -password from a web browser. See the [Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/web_overview.md) topic for +password from a web browser. See the [Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/web_overview.md) topic for additional information. Create the **Compromised Passwords Base** prior to enabling the Compromised Password Check. See the -[HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/hibpupdater.md) topic for additional information. +[HIBP Updater](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/hibpupdater.md) topic for additional information. ## Exclude PPE Files from AntiVirus Checks @@ -46,5 +52,5 @@ Clients ## Next Steps -You can work through the [Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation/evaluation_overview.md) or +You can work through the [Evaluate Password Policy Enforcer](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/evaluation-overview/evaluation_overview.md) or open the [Configuration Console](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/configconsoleoverview.md). diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/overview.md similarity index 70% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/overview.md index c48c68e8cf..f047df027f 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer v11.0" +description: "Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer v11.0" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer v11.0 Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer helps secure your network by ensuring users set strong passwords. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/whatsnew.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/whatsnew.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/whatsnew.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/whatsnew.md index 6d53eaa486..bcedc89e2c 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/whatsnew.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/overview/whatsnew.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "What's New" +description: "What's New" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # What's New ## New Netwrix Community! diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/general_tab.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/general_tab.md index 1451c2fbff..6ec8125e3b 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/general_tab.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/passwordreset/administration/general_tab.md @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ policy, or no policy enforced if the queried server is not a domain controller i domain. Queries to the Password Policy Server are sent to UDP port 1333 by default. You may need to create firewall rules to open this port. See the -[Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration/password_policy_client.md) +[Password Policy Client](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/administration-overview/password-policy-client/password_policy_client.md) topic for more information. **NOTE:** Due to a protocol upgrade, it is now recommended to enable protocol encryption for diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/requirements.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/requirements.md index 8cc1d6172d..a3a78e5205 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/requirements.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/requirements.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Requirements" +description: "Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Requirements Netwrix Password Policy Enforcer 11 can be installed for both domain and local user accounts. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/_category_.json b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..641fa612e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Password Policy Enforcer Web", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "web_overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/configuration.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/configuration.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/configuration.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/configuration.md index 59bca86edc..af58045e9e 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/configuration.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/configuration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configuration" +description: "Configuration" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Configuration Click **Start** >**[All] Programs** > **PPE Web Configuration Console** to open the Password Policy diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/editing_html_templates.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/editing_html_templates.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/editing_html_templates.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/editing_html_templates.md index e26173a52b..7764fd6d67 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/editing_html_templates.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/editing_html_templates.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Edit HTML Templates" +description: "Edit HTML Templates" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Edit HTML Templates Password Policy Enforcer Web's user interface is built with customizable templates. You can easily @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ a language code. The files for the US English language are: | Filename | Content | | --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| en_default.htm | Static HTML for the Welcome page. See the [Launch Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/using_web.md) topic for additional information. | +| en_default.htm | Static HTML for the Welcome page. See the [Launch Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md) topic for additional information. | | en_ppeweb.htm | Template for the Password Change page. See the [Change Password](using_web.md#change-password) topic for additional information. | | en_finished.htm | Template for the Finished page. | | en_error.htm | Template for the Password Critical Error page. See the [Error Messages](using_web.md#error-messages) topic for additional information. | diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/securing_web.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/securing_web.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/securing_web.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/securing_web.md index 9774d87f71..10f323e446 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/securing_web.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/securing_web.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Secure Password Policy Enforcer Web" +description: "Secure Password Policy Enforcer Web" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Secure Password Policy Enforcer Web Password Policy Enforcer Web is designed to operate securely, but you must ensure that the web diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/using_web.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/using_web.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md index cad4b651bb..9e237f5b37 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/using_web.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Launch Password Policy Enforcer Web" +description: "Launch Password Policy Enforcer Web" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Launch Password Policy Enforcer Web The default URL for Password Policy Enforcer Web is: `http://[server]/ppeweb/` @@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ You can also include the username and/or domain in the URL: **_RECOMMENDED:_** Install the SSL Certificate the web server and use the HTTPS protocol if Password Policy Enforcer Web will be used on an unencrypted network. See the -[Install an SSL Certificate](securing_web.md#install-an-sslcertificate) topic for additional +[Install an SSL Certificate](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/securing_web.md#install-an-ssl-certificate) topic for additional information. **NOTE:** A license reminder message is shown occasionally when Password Policy Enforcer Web is used @@ -59,5 +65,5 @@ error message, but most critical errors are beyond the user's control. ![using_ppe_web_2](/img/product_docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/using_ppe_web_2.webp) Validation and critical error messages are stored in the HTML templates. You can modify the default -messages by editing the templates. See the [Edit HTML Templates](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/editing_html_templates.md) topic +messages by editing the templates. See the [Edit HTML Templates](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/editing_html_templates.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/web_overview.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/web_overview.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/web_overview.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/web_overview.md index f55caf7e92..09e6746511 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/web_overview.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/web_overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password Policy Enforcer Web" +description: "Password Policy Enforcer Web" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Password Policy Enforcer Web Password Policy Enforcer Web enables users to change their Windows domain password from a web diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/what_new.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/what_new.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/what_new.md rename to docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/what_new.md index b530548378..443e63fbbc 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web/what_new.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/what_new.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "What's New" +description: "What's New" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # What's New User Interface @@ -20,7 +26,7 @@ Other - The Configuration Console prompts for elevation to ensure that user has sufficient permissions to write configuration settings. - Imports PPE Web V6.x configuration settings. See the - [Install Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/install/installationweb.md) topic for additional + [Install Password Policy Enforcer Web](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/installation/installationweb.md) topic for additional information. **NOTE:** PPE Web V7.11 integrates with Password Policy Enforcer V7.0 or later. Disable Password diff --git a/scripts/PPE.fltoc b/scripts/PPE.fltoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e17bc6b33 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/PPE.fltoc @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/reorganize-from-fltoc.js b/scripts/reorganize-from-fltoc.js index 95f64bb3d3..04bc581b4f 100644 --- a/scripts/reorganize-from-fltoc.js +++ b/scripts/reorganize-from-fltoc.js @@ -30,6 +30,10 @@ function prettifyLabel(name) { .replace(/\b\w/g, c => c.toUpperCase()); } +function sanitizeFileName(name) { + return name.replace(/\s+/g, '_'); +} + function getAllMdFiles(dir, rel = '') { let files = []; for (const entry of fs.readdirSync(dir)) { @@ -46,11 +50,11 @@ function getAllMdFiles(dir, rel = '') { function mapFltocLinkToMd(link) { if (link.startsWith('/Content/Config/')) { - return link.replace('/Content/', '').replace(/\.htm$/, '.md').toLowerCase(); + return link.replace('/Content/', '').replace(/\.htm$/, '.md').replace(/ /g, '_').toLowerCase(); } else if (link.startsWith('/Content/Access/General/')) { - return link.replace('/Content/Access/General/', 'general/').replace(/\.htm$/, '.md').toLowerCase(); + return link.replace('/Content/Access/General/', 'general/').replace(/\.htm$/, '.md').replace(/ /g, '_').toLowerCase(); } else if (link.startsWith(`/Content/${PRODUCT_KEY}/`)) { - return link.replace(`/Content/${PRODUCT_KEY}/`, '').replace(/\.htm$/, '.md').toLowerCase(); + return link.replace(`/Content/${PRODUCT_KEY}/`, '').replace(/\.htm$/, '.md').replace(/ /g, '_').toLowerCase(); } return null; } @@ -261,13 +265,14 @@ function walkTreeAndReorganize(tree, parentFolders, docsPath, sidebarPositionSta if (!item) continue; if (item.type === 'doc') { const fileName = path.basename(item.mdPath); + const sanitizedFileName = sanitizeFileName(fileName); const currentPath = path.join(docsPath, item.mdPath); - let desiredPath = path.join(docsPath, ...parentFolders, fileName); + let desiredPath = path.join(docsPath, ...parentFolders, sanitizedFileName); if (fs.existsSync(currentPath)) { if (fs.existsSync(desiredPath)) { // Only append suffix if the destination is a different file desiredPath = getNonClashingPath(desiredPath, currentPath); - if (desiredPath !== path.join(docsPath, ...parentFolders, fileName)) { + if (desiredPath !== path.join(docsPath, ...parentFolders, sanitizedFileName)) { console.warn(`[clash] Name clash detected. Moving to: ${desiredPath}`); } } @@ -281,7 +286,7 @@ function walkTreeAndReorganize(tree, parentFolders, docsPath, sidebarPositionSta console.warn(`[missing] File not found: ${currentPath}`); } } else if (fs.existsSync(desiredPath)) { - updateFrontmatter(desiredPath, path.basename(fileName, '.md'), position); + updateFrontmatter(desiredPath, path.basename(sanitizedFileName, '.md'), position); } else { console.warn(`[missing] File not found: ${currentPath}`); } @@ -303,21 +308,22 @@ function walkTreeAndReorganize(tree, parentFolders, docsPath, sidebarPositionSta } if (item.fileToMove) { const fileName = path.basename(item.fileToMove); + const sanitizedFileName = sanitizeFileName(fileName); const currentPath = path.join(docsPath, item.fileToMove); - let desiredPath = path.join(folderPath, fileName); + let desiredPath = path.join(folderPath, sanitizedFileName); if (fs.existsSync(currentPath)) { if (fs.existsSync(desiredPath)) { desiredPath = getNonClashingPath(desiredPath, currentPath); - if (desiredPath !== path.join(folderPath, fileName)) { - console.warn(`[clash] Name clash detected. Moving to: ${desiredPath}`); - } + if (desiredPath !== path.join(folderPath, sanitizedFileName)) { + console.warn(`[clash] Name clash detected. Moving to: ${desiredPath}`); + } } const movedPath = moveIfNeeded(currentPath, desiredPath); if (movedPath) { fileMoves.push({ old: currentPath, new: movedPath }); updateFrontmatter(movedPath, path.basename(fileName, '.md'), position); } else if (fs.existsSync(desiredPath)) { - updateFrontmatter(desiredPath, path.basename(fileName, '.md'), position); + updateFrontmatter(desiredPath, path.basename(sanitizedFileName, '.md'), position); } else { console.warn(`[missing] File not found: ${currentPath}`); } From 04b8b2a6be4044caa85062bdc14fd1efacf702e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 06:18:03 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 05/10] threatmanager 3.0 reorg --- .../3.0/administration/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/_category_.json | 10 + .../integrations/_category_.json | 10 + .../integrations/activedirectorysync.md | 6 + .../configuration/integrations/apptoken.md | 6 + .../integrations/credentialprofile.md | 6 + .../configuration/integrations/email.md | 6 + .../configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md | 6 + .../integrations/foldersettings.md | 6 + .../integrations/netwrixintegrations.md | 6 + .../configuration/integrations/overview.md | 8 +- .../integrations/page/_category_.json | 10 + .../integrations/page/openid/_category_.json | 10 + .../openid}/entraidopenid.md | 6 + .../openid}/openid.md | 6 + .../{authenticationprovider => page}/page.md | 12 +- .../radius.md | 6 + .../{authenticationprovider => page}/saml.md | 6 + .../configuration/integrations/siem.md | 6 + .../integrations/tagmanagement.md | 6 + .../administration/configuration/overview.md | 8 +- .../configuration/policies/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/policies/honeytoken.md | 6 + .../configuration/policies/overview.md | 8 +- .../policies/policiesconfiguration.md | 6 + .../systemhealth/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/systemhealth/actionqueue.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemhealth/agents.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemhealth/backlog.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemhealth/overview.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemhealth/services.md | 6 + .../systemsettings/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/systemsettings/about.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemsettings/overview.md | 6 + .../systemsettings/systemjobs.md | 6 + .../systemsettings/useraccess.md | 8 +- .../threatdetection/_category_.json | 10 + .../threatconfiguration.md | 14 +- .../{ => threatdetection}/threatdetection.md | 20 +- .../configuration/threatresponse.md | 6 + docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/home.md | 6 + .../investigations/_category_.json | 10 + .../investigations/auditcompliance.md | 6 + .../investigations/favorites.md | 6 + .../investigations/myinvestigations.md | 6 + .../investigations/newinvestigation.md | 6 + .../investigations/options/_category_.json | 10 + .../investigations/options/edit.md | 6 + .../investigations/options/export.md | 6 + .../investigations/options/filters.md | 6 + .../investigations/options/overview.md | 8 +- .../investigations/options/subscription.md | 6 + .../administration/investigations/overview.md | 6 + .../predefinedinvestigations.md | 6 + .../administration/investigations/reports.md | 12 +- .../investigations/subscriptionsexports.md | 6 + .../3.0/administration/overview.md | 10 +- .../administration/playbooks/_category_.json | 10 + .../playbooks/action/_category_.json | 10 + .../playbooks/action/activedirectory.md | 6 + .../playbooks/action/entraid.md | 6 + .../playbooks/action/localhost.md | 6 + .../playbooks/action/overview.md | 6 + .../administration/playbooks/action/tag.md | 6 + .../playbooks/action/thirdparty.md | 6 + .../playbooks/action/windowsfileserver.md | 6 + .../playbooks/action/windowsserver.md | 6 + .../3.0/administration/playbooks/editstep.md | 6 + .../3.0/administration/playbooks/export.md | 6 + .../3.0/administration/playbooks/import.md | 6 + .../administration/playbooks/importsteps.md | 6 + .../3.0/administration/playbooks/overview.md | 10 +- .../3.0/administration/playbooks/save.md | 6 + .../3.0/administration/playbooks/trigger.md | 6 + .../administration/threats/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectoryobjects/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectoryobjects.md | 14 +- .../activedirectoryobjects}/group.md | 6 + .../activedirectoryobjects}/host.md | 8 +- .../activedirectoryobjects}/user.md | 8 +- .../threats/entraidobjects/_category_.json | 10 + .../entraidobjects}/entraidapplication.md | 8 +- .../entraidobjects}/entraidgroup.md | 6 + .../entraidobjects}/entraidobjects.md | 16 +- .../entraidobjects}/entraidrole.md | 6 + .../entraidobjects}/entraiduser.md | 8 +- .../threats/threatdetails/_category_.json | 10 + .../threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md | 6 + .../{ => threats}/threatdetails/overview.md | 12 +- .../administration/{ => threats}/threats.md | 24 +- .../troubleshooting/_category_.json | 10 + .../3.0/administration/troubleshooting/log.md | 6 + .../troubleshooting/overview.md | 6 + .../troubleshooting/updatepasswords.md | 6 + .../threatmanager/3.0/install/_category_.json | 10 + .../3.0/install/actionservice.md | 6 + docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/application.md | 8 +- docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/database.md | 6 + .../3.0/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json | 10 + .../install/{ => firstlaunch}/firstlaunch.md | 10 +- .../3.0/install/{ => firstlaunch}/login.md | 6 + .../3.0/install/integration/_category_.json | 10 + .../install/integration/activitymonitor.md | 6 + .../3.0/install/integration/overview.md | 8 +- .../threatprevention/_category_.json | 10 + .../threatprevention.md | 6 + docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/overview.md | 10 +- docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/secure.md | 6 + .../3.0/install/upgrade/_category_.json | 10 + .../3.0/install/{ => upgrade}/upgrade.md | 12 +- .../3.0/install/{ => upgrade}/upgrade2.8.md | 6 + .../3.0/install/{ => upgrade}/upgrade3.0.md | 6 + .../3.0/overview/_category_.json | 10 + .../3.0/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md | 44 ++- .../3.0/{ => overview}/overview.md | 14 +- .../3.0/overview/threats/_category_.json | 10 + .../{ => overview}/threats/activedirectory.md | 6 + .../3.0/{ => overview}/threats/custom.md | 10 +- .../3.0/{ => overview}/threats/entraid.md | 6 + .../3.0/{ => overview}/threats/filesystem.md | 6 + .../3.0/{ => overview}/threats/general.md | 6 + .../3.0/{ => overview}/threats/overview.md | 16 +- .../3.0/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md | 6 + .../3.0/requirements/_category_.json | 10 + .../3.0/requirements/actionservice.md | 6 + docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/client.md | 6 + .../3.0/requirements/database.md | 6 + .../3.0/requirements/overview.md | 6 + .../requirements/permissions/_category_.json | 10 + .../3.0/requirements/permissions/adsync.md | 6 + .../requirements/permissions/entraidsync.md | 6 + .../3.0/requirements/permissions/overview.md | 6 + docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/ports.md | 6 + docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/server.md | 6 + scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc | 364 ++++++++++++++++++ 137 files changed, 1378 insertions(+), 90 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page/openid}/entraidopenid.md (98%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page/openid}/openid.md (97%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page}/page.md (85%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page}/radius.md (98%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page}/saml.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/{ => threatdetection}/threatconfiguration.md (96%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/{ => threatdetection}/threatdetection.md (79%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/activedirectoryobjects}/activedirectoryobjects.md (91%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/activedirectoryobjects}/group.md (96%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/activedirectoryobjects}/host.md (93%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/activedirectoryobjects}/user.md (95%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/entraidobjects}/entraidapplication.md (95%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/entraidobjects}/entraidgroup.md (98%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/entraidobjects}/entraidobjects.md (88%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/entraidobjects}/entraidrole.md (93%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{threatdetails => threats/entraidobjects}/entraiduser.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{ => threats}/threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md (91%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{ => threats}/threatdetails/overview.md (95%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/{ => threats}/threats.md (89%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/{ => firstlaunch}/firstlaunch.md (91%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/{ => firstlaunch}/login.md (82%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/{ => threatprevention}/threatprevention.md (87%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/{ => upgrade}/upgrade.md (92%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/{ => upgrade}/upgrade2.8.md (97%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/{ => upgrade}/upgrade3.0.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md (55%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/overview.md (83%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/_category_.json rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/threats/activedirectory.md (99%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/threats/custom.md (94%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/threats/entraid.md (98%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/threats/filesystem.md (98%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/threats/general.md (98%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/threats/overview.md (55%) rename docs/threatmanager/3.0/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/_category_.json create mode 100644 scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51435b6e32 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Administration", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bed0e5a225 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configuration Menu", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fd5950dee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Integrations Interface", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md index 1a9a785a36..3800409707 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Sync Page" +description: "Active Directory Sync Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory Sync Page The Active Directory Sync page within the Integrations interface lists the domains that are synced diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken.md index 772973c45a..5b3d245486 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "App Tokens Page" +description: "App Tokens Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # App Tokens Page The App Tokens page provides the ability to generate and manage the app tokens needed to send data diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md index 1d75d11663..75318527a9 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Credential Profile Page" +description: "Credential Profile Page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Credential Profile Page The Credential Profile page within the Integrations interface lists all of the credentials used by diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/email.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/email.md index 2163c9e174..f9a14a1685 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/email.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/email.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Email Page" +description: "Email Page" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Email Page The Email page within the Integrations interface allows users to configure the application to send diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md index 5d5a356a56..a472447603 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Entra ID Sync Page" +description: "Entra ID Sync Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Entra ID Sync Page The Entra ID Sync page within the Integrations interface lists all the Entra ID tenants for which diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md index 901259e724..39e130493f 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Folder Settings Page" +description: "Folder Settings Page" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Folder Settings Page The Folder Settings page within the Integrations interface allows users to designate the diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md index 0fae733965..941b6131ba 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Integrations Page" +description: "Netwrix Integrations Page" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Netwrix Integrations Page The Netwrix Integrations page within the Integrations interface lists the products for which the diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/overview.md index 902f8f872d..5bed24ffcc 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Integrations Interface" +description: "Integrations Interface" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Integrations Interface The Integrations interface allows you to configure integrations with a variety of Netwrix products @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ It contains the following integration pages: - [Active Directory Sync Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md) - [Entra ID Sync Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md) - [App Tokens Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken.md) -- [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md) +- [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/page.md) - [Credential Profile Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md) - [Email Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/email.md) - [Folder Settings Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md) diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c48478f5c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Authentication Provider Page", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "page" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..143aa23275 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "OpenID Authentication Provider", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "openid" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/entraidopenid.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/entraidopenid.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/entraidopenid.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/entraidopenid.md index 0bd5b1cada..bc842464c6 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/entraidopenid.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/entraidopenid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Microsoft Entra ID Configuration" +description: "Microsoft Entra ID Configuration" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Microsoft Entra ID Configuration For enhanced security, you can integrate Microsoft Entra ID OpenID Connect with Threat Manager using diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/openid.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/openid.md index 5d804ff2bd..50858a32bd 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/openid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "OpenID Authentication Provider" +description: "OpenID Authentication Provider" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # OpenID Authentication Provider OpenID is an open standard for authentication that allows users to log into multiple websites using diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/page.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/page.md index 758d02287f..6ec1714ed8 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/page.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Provider Page" +description: "Authentication Provider Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Authentication Provider Page The Authentication Provider page provides configuration settings for third-party authentication @@ -44,6 +50,6 @@ node in the navigation pane or from the table to configure, view, or modify its The following authentication provider types are supported; you can configure an authentication provider for any of these: -- RADIUS – See the [RADIUS Authentication Provider](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md) topic for additional information. -- OpenID – See the [OpenID Authentication Provider](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md) topic for additional information. -- SAML – See the [SAML Authentication Provider](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md) topic for additional information. +- RADIUS – See the [RADIUS Authentication Provider](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md) topic for additional information. +- OpenID – See the [OpenID Authentication Provider](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/openid/openid.md) topic for additional information. +- SAML – See the [SAML Authentication Provider](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md index cf02b18c70..7da6a34888 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "RADIUS Authentication Provider" +description: "RADIUS Authentication Provider" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # RADIUS Authentication Provider The Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) is a networking protocol that provides diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md index ebe5f93e6d..b0dba79ccf 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SAML Authentication Provider" +description: "SAML Authentication Provider" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # SAML Authentication Provider The Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) is an XML framework for exchanging authentication and diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/siem.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/siem.md index b9de116967..929e8f0cca 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/siem.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/siem.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SIEM Page" +description: "SIEM Page" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # SIEM Page The SIEM page provides configuration settings for forwarding threat information to a SIEM service diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md index 4f8577cf04..1adb19183d 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Tag Management Page" +description: "Tag Management Page" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Tag Management Page The Tag Management page displays all tags that are currently managed by the application, including diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/overview.md index 07fcfb4bb0..b40a75a422 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configuration Menu" +description: "Configuration Menu" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configuration Menu Use the gear icon in the upper right corner of the console to open the Configuration menu. @@ -7,7 +13,7 @@ Use the gear icon in the upper right corner of the console to open the Configura It contains links to the component configuration and settings interfaces: - Threat Detection – Provides an interface to configure threat monitoring. See the - [Threat Detection Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection.md) topic for additional information. + [Threat Detection Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatdetection.md) topic for additional information. - Threat Response – Provides the ability to designate playbooks, which contain actions that can be executed in response to detected threats. See the [Threat Response Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatresponse.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90cbccbd17 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Policies Page", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/honeytoken.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/honeytoken.md index 89bddacb0a..7c9c1c8b57 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/honeytoken.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/honeytoken.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Honeytoken Threats" +description: "Configure Honeytoken Threats" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Honeytoken Threats The first step for configuring Honeytoken threats is to select a good Honeytoken username format. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/overview.md index a1e951dcb7..76d022672e 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policies Page" +description: "Policies Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Policies Page The Policies Page provides an overview of the policies added to the Policies box and their @@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ The Deployment History table displays the following information: - Created – When the policy was applied to a host - Host – The host on which the policy was applied. If the host exists in the Threat Manager - database, click on the host link to go to the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md) + database, click on the host link to go to the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md) - User Name – The user account associated with the policy. (In the case of a Honeytoken policy, the user account created by the Honeytoken policy.) - Policy – The policy name. Click on the policy link to go to the Configuration tab for that policy. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/policiesconfiguration.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/policiesconfiguration.md index 6155048c87..643f0e1db2 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/policiesconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/policiesconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Configuration" +description: "Policy Configuration" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Policy Configuration The Policy Details page displays information about the Honeytoken configuration. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7216322de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "System Health Interface", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/actionqueue.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/actionqueue.md index 7412b20d81..e3b9ee7b39 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/actionqueue.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/actionqueue.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Action Queue" +description: "Action Queue" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Action Queue The Action Queue Overview shows any pending or in-progress actions taken by the Threat Manager diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/agents.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/agents.md index 621001d1fe..367474dd37 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/agents.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/agents.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agents" +description: "Agents" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Agents The Agents Overview reports which Threat Prevention agents have successfully sent events to Threat diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/backlog.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/backlog.md index bdb84c5de6..718cb309b1 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/backlog.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/backlog.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Backlog" +description: "Backlog" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Backlog The Backlog overview displays a summary of all threats and system jobs with the events in queue to diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/overview.md index 46c507e45b..3b90a1d05c 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Health Interface" +description: "System Health Interface" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # System Health Interface The System Health interface displays database statistics and the total number of events for all diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/services.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/services.md index 530013d59c..43aca57373 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/services.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemhealth/services.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Services Page" +description: "Services Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Services Page The Services page displays the services associated with the application server. See the diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b3fcbbbd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "System Settings Interface", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/about.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/about.md index 60434e072e..5394b6dd54 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/about.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/about.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "About Threat Manager Page" +description: "About Threat Manager Page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # About Threat Manager Page The About Threat Manager page in the System Settings interface provides information about the diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md index 0c737e9a01..b265b5fa0c 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Auditing Page" +description: "Auditing Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Auditing Page The Auditing page within the System Settings interface contains the Audit History table with diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md index ecbdeab4e4..5784b09f3c 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Licensing Page" +description: "Licensing Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Licensing Page License information is displayed on the Licensing page of the System Settings interface. Threat diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/overview.md index 141129c2b1..e8c27b822f 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Settings Interface" +description: "System Settings Interface" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # System Settings Interface The System Settings interface provides access to system logs, user access controls, licensing, and diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md index 061de0168a..79360b48bf 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Jobs Page" +description: "System Jobs Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # System Jobs Page The System Jobs page within the System Settings interface contains information and configuration diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md index e9e74bf67b..3cb0151b4a 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Access Page" +description: "User Access Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # User Access Page The User Access page within the System Settings interface displays users and groups with their @@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ The following authentication types can be assigned to users and groups: third-party authentication provider. This must be configure in the Authentication Provider page of the Integrations interface in order to be available for user assignment. -See the [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md) topic for +See the [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/page.md) topic for additional information. ### Add Console Access diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..730274e926 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Threat Detection Page", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "threatdetection" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatconfiguration.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatconfiguration.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatconfiguration.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatconfiguration.md index 12af83b038..7a8aaabcef 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Fine Tune a Threat" +description: "Fine Tune a Threat" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Fine Tune a Threat Selecting a threat in the Threats list displays details for that threat. The Threat Description box @@ -25,14 +31,14 @@ General: visualizations throughout the console. This setting does not influence the behavior of the threat response. - High – Indicates a serious threat that should be investigated immediately. The high threat - level setting can be used as a filter on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md). + level setting can be used as a filter on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md). - Medium – Indicates a potentially serious threat of activities leading to a serious threat that should be investigated. The medium threat level setting can be used as a filter on the - [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md). + [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md). - Low – Indicates activity that is a potential risk or a bad practice. The low threat level - setting can be used as a filter on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md). + setting can be used as a filter on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md). - Audit – Indicates activity that is not necessarily a threat, but should be monitored. The - audit setting can be used as a filter on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md). Some threats will + audit setting can be used as a filter on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md). Some threats will auto-escalate from audit to a higher level, for example, threats with a high threat event count or if the perpetrators of the threat are sensitive users. Audit events are also shown on the [Home Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/home.md). diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatdetection.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatdetection.md index e7feb09af2..44607cd017 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatdetection.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Threat Detection Page" +description: "Threat Detection Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Threat Detection Page The Threat Detection page provides an interface to view and configure threats detected by Threat @@ -19,10 +25,10 @@ disabled. The Threats list divides the threats into sections: -- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/activedirectory.md) -- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/entraid.md) -- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/filesystem.md) -- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/general.md) +- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/activedirectory.md) +- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/entraid.md) +- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/filesystem.md) +- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/general.md) - Threat Detection Page Select a threat from the list to display the threat's configuration options to the right of the @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ information: - Enabled – A green check mark indicates that the threat type is enabled for threat detection. A gray x indicates that the threat type is not enabled for threat detection. - Level – The relative severity level, or risk level, of the threat. See the - [Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional information. + [Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional information. - Email – A green check mark indicates that email notifications will be sent when the threat is detected. A gray x indicates that emailed notifications are disabled. - SIEM – A green check mark indicates that threat information will be sent to a SIEM service when @@ -48,8 +54,8 @@ information: - Playbook – A green check mark indicates that a Playbook is assigned to the threat. This means that a Playbook will be automatically executed every time a threat of this type is detected. - Rollup – A green check mark indicates that rollups are enabled. A gray x indicates that rollups - are not enabled. See the [Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional + are not enabled. See the [Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional information. - Exclusions – A green check mark indicates that one or more exclusions are present for this threat type. A gray x indicates that no exclusions are present for this threat. See the - [Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional information. + [Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatresponse.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatresponse.md index 18420fdd28..5fff874b21 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatresponse.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatresponse.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Threat Response Page" +description: "Threat Response Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Threat Response Page The Threat Response page provides the ability to create playbooks and add steps which contain diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/home.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/home.md index e17be5d890..535fc99028 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/home.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/home.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Home Page" +description: "Home Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Home Page The Home page provides an "at a glance" overview of the possible threats detected in an diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d26d105fe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Investigations Interface", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/auditcompliance.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/auditcompliance.md index b5d706b826..d3d81c432e 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/auditcompliance.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/auditcompliance.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Audit and Compliance Page" +description: "Audit and Compliance Page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Audit and Compliance Page The Audit and Compliance page in the Investigations interface list of saved out-of-the-box diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/favorites.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/favorites.md index 52d166cb13..3e5a014b58 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/favorites.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/favorites.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Favorites Page" +description: "Favorites Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Favorites Page The Favorites page in the Investigations interface lists all saved investigations the logged in user diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/myinvestigations.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/myinvestigations.md index 3b778273b0..b6f7fdd5fb 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/myinvestigations.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/myinvestigations.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Investigations Page" +description: "My Investigations Page" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # My Investigations Page The My Investigations page in the Investigations interface provides a list of saved investigations diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/newinvestigation.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/newinvestigation.md index f7105070a2..3137e8f938 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/newinvestigation.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/newinvestigation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New Investigation Page" +description: "New Investigation Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # New Investigation Page The New Investigation page within the Investigations interface enables you to run queries on diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac363bcbf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Investigation Options", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/edit.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/edit.md index b32cc9b415..415ba8a9ad 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/edit.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/edit.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Edit or Duplicate an Investigation" +description: "Edit or Duplicate an Investigation" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Edit or Duplicate an Investigation An investigation can be edited and even duplicated. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/export.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/export.md index 7ececa9979..2f0530f7aa 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/export.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/export.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export Report" +description: "Export Report" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Export Report An export puts the report results for an investigation into a desired format. The Export option diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/filters.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/filters.md index 25f960f87f..dda9e0a164 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/filters.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/filters.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Filters Section" +description: "Filters Section" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Filters Section The Filters section provides options to build a filter statement by selecting the Attribute, diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/overview.md index 3bb57e5a75..0f6ce61ba2 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigation Options" +description: "Investigation Options" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Investigation Options Every investigation has the following options at the top of the page: @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ Every investigation has the following options at the top of the page: [Edit or Duplicate an Investigation](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/edit.md) topic for additional information. - Create threat – In addition to preconfigured threats, a user can create a custom threat when certain events are considered to be dangerous in the environment, for example, when one of the - privileged users makes file changes. See the [Custom Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/custom.md)topic for + privileged users makes file changes. See the [Custom Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/custom.md)topic for additional information. - Subscriptions – Click the Subscriptions link to open the Subscription to window. You can specify recipients to receive this report as an email attachment in a specified format. See the diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/subscription.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/subscription.md index 2b5d0ccb79..ee49cccdd6 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/subscription.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/options/subscription.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Add Subscription" +description: "Add Subscription" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Add Subscription A subscription sends the report results for an investigation to recipients via email as an diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/overview.md index ce1a7194e9..66de55e092 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigations Interface" +description: "Investigations Interface" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Investigations Interface The Investigation interface allows administrators to investigate all data available to the diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md index 745dee5c0d..7966101d4d 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Predefined Investigations Page" +description: "Predefined Investigations Page" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Predefined Investigations Page The Predefined Investigations page in the Investigations interface provides a list of saved diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/reports.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/reports.md index dd29007d2c..844f0bcd6e 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/reports.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/reports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigation Reports" +description: "Investigation Reports" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Investigation Reports Every report generated by an investigation query displays the following information: @@ -63,8 +69,8 @@ The table displays the following data: Click the arrow () in the table for a specific event to view additional details. -See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md) topic and the -[User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/user.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md) topic and the +[User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/user.md) topic for additional information. ## Events Over Time Section @@ -112,5 +118,5 @@ It contains the following columns: - Users – The number of users who generated events - Actions – The number of events generated by all users on the target -Click the link to view target details.See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md) topic +Click the link to view target details.See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md index 99b0bae0d8..b553438ad0 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Subscriptions and Exports Page" +description: "Subscriptions and Exports Page" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Subscriptions and Exports Page A subscription sends the report results for an investigation to recipients via email as an diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/overview.md index e292a8b9cb..8c10edf522 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administration" +description: "Administration" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Administration The navigation header contains the following links on the top left side of the page: @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ The navigation header contains the following links on the top left side of the p ![headerbarleft](/img/product_docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/headerbarleft.webp) - Threat Manager – Opens the Home page for the Threat Manager Console -- Threats – Opens the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md) +- Threats – Opens the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md) - Investigate – Opens the [Investigations Interface](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/investigations/overview.md) **NOTE:** For mobile users, only the icons are displayed for the Threats and Investigate links. @@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ and users with risky activity. ## Threats Page -The Threat Manager [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md) is where end users and analysts investigate possible +The Threat Manager [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md) is where end users and analysts investigate possible threats in their environment. This page displays a historical timeline of the detected threats and advanced filtering that allows users to find threats with ease. An end user can drill down into threats and view additional details. Threats have a response workflow that enables teams to assign a diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac50ae720f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Playbooks", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b2ed5ff18 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Action Configuration for Playbook Steps", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/activedirectory.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/activedirectory.md index 2fc432f268..d72d4ddadf 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/activedirectory.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Target Actions" +description: "Active Directory Target Actions" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory Target Actions The following actions target Active Directory. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/entraid.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/entraid.md index 9af0f2684b..2f3f1f2058 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/entraid.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/entraid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Entra ID Target Actions" +description: "Entra ID Target Actions" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Entra ID Target Actions The following actions target an Entra ID application. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/localhost.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/localhost.md index 2d0f0387ba..b6b7af224f 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/localhost.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/localhost.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Local Host Target Actions" +description: "Local Host Target Actions" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Local Host Target Actions The following actions target the Threat Manager server. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/overview.md index 8cdf3f2c6d..010e9a60c5 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Action Configuration for Playbook Steps" +description: "Action Configuration for Playbook Steps" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Action Configuration for Playbook Steps When adding preconfigured actions as steps in a playbook, the configuration information required diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/tag.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/tag.md index 7eb16c8770..df877ed11c 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/tag.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/tag.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Tag Threat Actions" +description: "Tag Threat Actions" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Tag Threat Actions The following action targets Threat Manager. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/thirdparty.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/thirdparty.md index f66e1c69d9..3b73999c9e 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/thirdparty.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/thirdparty.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Third-Party Applications Target Actions" +description: "Third-Party Applications Target Actions" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Third-Party Applications Target Actions The following actions target third-party applications. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsfileserver.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsfileserver.md index da14e4a78c..345e386c45 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsfileserver.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsfileserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Windows File System Target Actions" +description: "Windows File System Target Actions" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Windows File System Target Actions The following actions target Windows File System. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsserver.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsserver.md index 71ac5f74d4..561a908b58 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsserver.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/action/windowsserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Windows Server Target Actions" +description: "Windows Server Target Actions" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Windows Server Target Actions The following actions target Windows servers. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/editstep.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/editstep.md index ef478652fa..9980259fe9 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/editstep.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/editstep.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Edit or Delete a Playbook Step" +description: "Edit or Delete a Playbook Step" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Edit or Delete a Playbook Step Follow the steps to edit a playbook step. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/export.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/export.md index 4b3bed5719..c98aeee5dc 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/export.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/export.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export a Playbook" +description: "Export a Playbook" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Export a Playbook Playbooks can be exported from the Threat Manager Console. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/import.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/import.md index 6c0b6a733d..726e756d2d 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/import.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/import.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import a Playbook" +description: "Import a Playbook" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Import a Playbook Playbooks created in a different location than the Threat Manager installation can be imported to diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/importsteps.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/importsteps.md index 2f1c3f35fa..2b82fd7813 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/importsteps.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/importsteps.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import Action Steps for Playbooks" +description: "Import Action Steps for Playbooks" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Import Action Steps for Playbooks The Threat Response box contains an Import button which provides the ability to import custom diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/overview.md index 30925f3479..3bdaaf7aad 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/overview.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Playbooks" +description: "Playbooks" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Playbooks The first step in designating steps to run in response to a threat is to add a playbook. A playbook is used to tie a threat or "trigger type" to the desired step(s) to take in response to that threat. A threat response can be assigned to a playbook on the -[Threat Detection Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection.md). Once a playbook has been created, +[Threat Detection Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatdetection.md). Once a playbook has been created, steps that specify the desired action for the threat response are then added. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Execute playbooks in a test environment and review the results prior to executing @@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ executions and also provides the ability to search the table. The table provides the following information: - Threat – The threat type that triggered the playbook - - Click the threat link to open the [Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/overview.md) and view + - Click the threat link to open the [Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/overview.md) and view information about the threat. - Threat Detected – The time that the threat was detected - Time Started – The time that the playbook was executed diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/save.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/save.md index c089e6ca72..315615799e 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/save.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/save.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Save a Playbook Step to My Steps" +description: "Save a Playbook Step to My Steps" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Save a Playbook Step to My Steps Sometimes it may be convenient to save a step so that it can be added to multiple playbooks without diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/trigger.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/trigger.md index bd082a3570..1072b390b8 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/trigger.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/playbooks/trigger.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Trigger a Playbook Manually" +description: "Trigger a Playbook Manually" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Trigger a Playbook Manually If a playbook is configured to be allowed for a threat, a Threat Response button will be shown on diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e03fe015d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Threats Page", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "threats" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2bb33e25c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Active Directory Object Details Pages", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "activedirectoryobjects" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/activedirectoryobjects.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/activedirectoryobjects.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/activedirectoryobjects.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/activedirectoryobjects.md index 040c52562f..f1a7dda9a8 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/activedirectoryobjects.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/activedirectoryobjects.md @@ -1,16 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Object Details Pages" +description: "Active Directory Object Details Pages" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Active Directory Object Details Pages Active Directory Object details pages provide details on Active Directory objects including users, groups,  and hosts (computers). These pages can be used to discover more information about the various resources related to threats and events in Threat Manager. Pages include: -- [User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/user.md) -- [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/group.md) -- [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md) +- [User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/user.md) +- [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/group.md) +- [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md) ![threatlist](/img/product_docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatlist.webp) -The [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md) contains a threats list with hyperlinks which can be clicked to +The [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md) contains a threats list with hyperlinks which can be clicked to access these pages. Common Details Page Elements diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/group.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/group.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/group.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/group.md index 64bd37f897..46511f2171 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/group.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/group.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Details Page" +description: "Group Details Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Group Details Page The Group Details page provides information about the selected Active Directory group, threats diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md index edccf05c77..c594b2d02b 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Host Details Page" +description: "Host Details Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Host Details Page The Host Details page displays all threats on the selected host. @@ -57,6 +63,6 @@ The Group Membership tab displays the groups the host is a member of. It has the Each table has the following columns: - Name – The name of the group. Click the link to view group details. See the - [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/group.md) topic for additional information. + [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/group.md) topic for additional information. - Domain – Name of the domain. This may be either the domain DNS name or domain controller hostname. - Tags – The tag present on the perpetrator, file, or host associated with the event diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/user.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/user.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/user.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/user.md index bb2b82a329..5f05977220 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/user.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/user.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Details Page" +description: "User Details Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # User Details Page The Active Directory User Details page provides information about the user including threats @@ -88,6 +94,6 @@ The Group Membership tab displays the groups the user is a member of. It has the Each table has the following columns: - Name – The name of the group. Click the link to view group details. See the - [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/group.md) topic for additional information. + [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/group.md) topic for additional information. - Domain – Name of the domain. This may be either the domain DNS name or domain controller hostname. - Tags – The tag present on the perpetrator, file, or host associated with the event diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c781697bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Entra ID Object Details Pages", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "entraidobjects" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidapplication.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidapplication.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidapplication.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidapplication.md index e02b975667..793df2dabd 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidapplication.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidapplication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Application Details Page" +description: "Application Details Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Application Details Page The Application Details page provides information about an application registered in Microsoft Entra @@ -49,7 +55,7 @@ The Group Membership tab displays two tables: Each table has the following columns: - Name – The name of the group. Click the link to view group details. See the - [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidgroup.md) topic for additional information. + [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidgroup.md) topic for additional information. - Group Type – The type of group within Microsoft Entra ID - Membership Type - How the group membership was assigned diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidgroup.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidgroup.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidgroup.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidgroup.md index 9fcb011912..417b026451 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidgroup.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidgroup.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Details Page" +description: "Group Details Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Group Details Page The Microsoft Entra ID Group Details page provides information about the group including threats diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidobjects.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidobjects.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidobjects.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidobjects.md index 28952ccd8a..74eb88191a 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidobjects.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidobjects.md @@ -1,20 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: "Entra ID Object Details Pages" +description: "Entra ID Object Details Pages" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Entra ID Object Details Pages The Microsoft Entra ID Object details pages provide details on Microsoft Entra ID objects including users, groups, applications, devices and roles. These pages can be used to discover more information about the various resources related to threats and events in Threat Manager. Pages include: -- [User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraiduser.md) +- [User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraiduser.md) -- [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidgroup.md) +- [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidgroup.md) -- [Role Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidrole.md) +- [Role Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidrole.md) -- [Application Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidapplication.md) +- [Application Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidapplication.md) ![threatlist](/img/product_docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatlist.webp) -The [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md) contains a threats list with hyperlinks which can be clicked to +The [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md) contains a threats list with hyperlinks which can be clicked to access these pages. Common Details Page Elements diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidrole.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidrole.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidrole.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidrole.md index 741d8d8383..6fd8a70b79 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidrole.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidrole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Role Details Page" +description: "Role Details Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Role Details Page The Role Details page provides information about a role including its description and role diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraiduser.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraiduser.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraiduser.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraiduser.md index 622b2158be..e87ac8979c 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraiduser.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraiduser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Details Page" +description: "User Details Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # User Details Page The Microsoft Entra ID User Details page provides information about the user including threats @@ -91,7 +97,7 @@ The Group Membership tab displays the groups the user is a member of. It has the Each table has the following columns: - Name – The name of the group. Click the link to view group details. See the - [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/entraidgroup.md) topic for additional information. + [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/entraidobjects/entraidgroup.md) topic for additional information. - Group Type – The type of group within Microsoft Entra ID - Membership Type - How the group membership was assigned diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d979e6425f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Threat Details Page", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md index f110599007..3df8955e27 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/abnormalbehavior.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Abnormal Behavior Threat Details" +description: "Abnormal Behavior Threat Details" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Abnormal Behavior Threat Details The Threat Details page for abnormal behavior has a different layout and provides different diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/overview.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/overview.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/overview.md index f271d8eab3..8b5dc79d11 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/overview.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Threat Details Page" +description: "Threat Details Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Threat Details Page The Threat Details page provides details on the selected threat. View the details for a threat by -selecting the threat from the list on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md) and clicking View Details. +selecting the threat from the list on the [Threats Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md) and clicking View Details. ![threatdetails](/img/product_docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/threatdetails.webp) @@ -68,8 +74,8 @@ The Workflow window contains the following configuration settings: from the selected user - Submit – Click to update the workflow -In the Threat Activity Diagram, click the user to view the [User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/user.md) page. Click -the host to view the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md) page. +In the Threat Activity Diagram, click the user to view the [User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/user.md) page. Click +the host to view the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md) page. hhhhh diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md index b9b9c8d466..1cb2e6fc56 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threats.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Threats Page" +description: "Threats Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Threats Page The Threats page is where end-users and analysts investigate possible threats in their environment. @@ -32,10 +38,10 @@ The Threats list is displayed below the Historical Events section. The list displays threats that have a threat level of Low, Medium, High, or Audit for the selected timeframe. Each threat in the list contains a link which opens the -[User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/user.md) or the [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/group.md) and a -host link which opens the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/host.md). In addition, threats have an +[User Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/user.md) or the [Group Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/group.md) and a +host link which opens the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/activedirectoryobjects/host.md). In addition, threats have an Edit button which opens the Edit Threats window. The View Details button opens the -[Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/overview.md). +[Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/overview.md). ## Filter Threats @@ -50,15 +56,15 @@ The Type section displays the threat types which can be selected for filtering. to filter by is dynamic, depending upon the type of threats detected. See the following topics for additional information: -- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/activedirectory.md) -- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/entraid.md) -- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/filesystem.md) -- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/general.md) +- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/activedirectory.md) +- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/entraid.md) +- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/filesystem.md) +- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/general.md) ### Level The Level section displays the threat types which can be selected for filtering. Levels are assigned -or configured on the [Threat Detection Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection.md). +or configured on the [Threat Detection Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatdetection.md). ### Tags @@ -155,4 +161,4 @@ Follow the steps to edit a threat. **Step 3 –** Click Submit to save the changes. -Threats can also be edited from the [Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/overview.md). +Threats can also be edited from the [Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/overview.md). diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f3d281f3b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Troubleshooting", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/log.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/log.md index 2a792f6c45..8d5609ffba 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/log.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/log.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Log Files" +description: "Log Files" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Log Files Each component of Threat Manager has a log file that will report errors, warnings, and debug diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/overview.md index 4a996235c9..985e87b9f4 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Troubleshooting" +description: "Troubleshooting" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Troubleshooting In case you are experiencing issues with the Netwrix Threat Manager, see the following topics for diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/updatepasswords.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/updatepasswords.md index 2b82815926..c4b20f00f5 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/updatepasswords.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/troubleshooting/updatepasswords.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Updating Passwords" +description: "Updating Passwords" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Updating Passwords This section describes how to update passwords in the Threat Manager console. Passwords in Threat diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f87e537fff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Installation", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/actionservice.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/actionservice.md index 2af92e0ec9..518591bc10 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/actionservice.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/actionservice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Optionally Install the Action Service on Additional Servers" +description: "Optionally Install the Action Service on Additional Servers" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Optionally Install the Action Service on Additional Servers The Action Service is installed with Threat Manager and is configured in the Threat Manager Console. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/application.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/application.md index 51355421bf..a3fd27a04e 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/application.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/application.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install the Threat Manager Application" +description: "Install the Threat Manager Application" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Install the Threat Manager Application The application can be installed on the same server as the PostgreSQL databases or a different @@ -78,4 +84,4 @@ following topics for additional information: - [Optionally Install the Action Service on Additional Servers](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/actionservice.md) - [Secure the Threat Manager Console](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/secure.md) - During the first launch, you will set up the built-in Administrator account. See the - [First Launch](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch.md) topic for additional information. + [First Launch](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/database.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/database.md index 9c6f85590c..a431ba28b6 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/database.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/database.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install the PostgreSQL Database Application" +description: "Install the PostgreSQL Database Application" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Install the PostgreSQL Database Application The PostgreSQL database application can be installed on the same server as the application or a diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cbc985ee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "First Launch", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "firstlaunch" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md index 4a8075076c..14e11a5895 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "First Launch" +description: "First Launch" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # First Launch The installer places the following icon on the desktop, which opens the Threat Manager console: @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ password will be required to sign in. The built-in ADMIN account password is now set. If the Enable MFA option is set to OFF, no additional configuration is required and the Threat -Manager Console opens. See the [Getting Started with Threat Manager](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/gettingstarted.md) topic for +Manager Console opens. See the [Getting Started with Threat Manager](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md) topic for next steps. If the Enable MFA option is set to ON, registration of an MFA authenticator is required. Proceed to @@ -58,4 +64,4 @@ of codes to access for account recovery, if needed. **Step 4 –** Click **Continue**. Once MFA is configured for this account, the Threat Manager Console opens. See the -[Getting Started with Threat Manager](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/gettingstarted.md) topic for next steps. +[Getting Started with Threat Manager](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md) topic for next steps. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/login.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/login.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/login.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/login.md index 34e47cbf24..e5d2093009 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/login.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/login.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Login After First Launch" +description: "User Login After First Launch" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # User Login After First Launch Once Threat Manager is installed, users granted access can log into the console using either of the diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..635bc3037d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Integration with Other Netwrix Products", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md index 539325a00c..e3c3aa33c5 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration" +description: "Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration The Activity Monitor can be configured to send file system data and/or Active Directory and/or diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/overview.md index 5d1e317ca8..ea9a647436 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Integration with Other Netwrix Products" +description: "Integration with Other Netwrix Products" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Integration with Other Netwrix Products The following Netwrix products can be configured to send data to Threat Manager: @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ The following Netwrix products can be configured to send data to Threat Manager: send file system data and/or Active Directory data to Threat Manager. - The Active Directory data stream requires a unique App Token to be generated within Threat Manager. -- [Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention.md) – Threat Prevention can be configured +- [Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/threatprevention.md) – Threat Prevention can be configured to send file system data and/or Active Directory data to Threat Manager. - Requires a unique App Token to be generated within Threat Manager. - [Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor) Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/accessanalyzer.md) – Access diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71ef9aa2e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "threatprevention" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/threatprevention.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/threatprevention.md index 2c938fb02a..090e2a1da0 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/threatprevention.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration" +description: "Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration Threat Prevention v6.0+ can be configured to send Active Directory data to Threat Manager. This is diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/overview.md index b0742f1546..195fbeed60 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Installation" +description: "Installation" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Installation Prior to installing Threat Manager, please ensure that all of the prerequisites have been met in @@ -95,7 +101,7 @@ launcher opens. You can now install the following components on the same server: - Configure a remote Action Service to register with Threat Manager. - Configure a service account to run actions. -**Step 3 –** Log into the console for the first time. See the [First Launch](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch.md) topic +**Step 3 –** Log into the console for the first time. See the [First Launch](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md) topic for additional information. **Step 4 –** Configure integration with one or more Netwrix products to feed the desired type of @@ -104,7 +110,7 @@ data into Threat Manager: - [Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md) – Configure Netwrix Activity Monitor to send file system data and/or Active Directory data and/or Microsoft Entra ID data to Threat Manager -- [Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention.md) – Configure Netwrix +- [Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/threatprevention.md) – Configure Netwrix Threat Prevention to send Active Directory data to Threat Manager - [Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor) Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/accessanalyzer.md) – Configure Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor) to send Sensitive Data to Threat diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/secure.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/secure.md index ff45fe1689..fd78157e53 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/secure.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/secure.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Secure the Threat Manager Console" +description: "Secure the Threat Manager Console" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Secure the Threat Manager Console To support HTTPS, do the following: diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..481c03deff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Upgrade Procedure", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "upgrade" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade.md index 17e496403c..f236b81f78 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade Procedure" +description: "Upgrade Procedure" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Upgrade Procedure This topic describes the steps needed for upgrading Threat Manager to the latest version. -See the [What's New](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/whatsnew.md) topic for details on new and improved features included with +See the [What's New](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/whatsnew.md) topic for details on new and improved features included with each release. ## Considerations @@ -50,5 +56,5 @@ server where Netwrix Threat Manageris installed. You can: -- [Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.8 to 3.0](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade3.0.md) -- [Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.6/2.7 To 2.8](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade2.8.md) +- [Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.8 to 3.0](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade3.0.md) +- [Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.6/2.7 To 2.8](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade2.8.md) diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade2.8.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade2.8.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade2.8.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade2.8.md index 031c57e18b..c1bdbfa9df 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade2.8.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade2.8.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.6/2.7 To 2.8" +description: "Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.6/2.7 To 2.8" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.6/2.7 To 2.8 Follow the steps to upgrade Threat Manager 2.6/2.7 to 2.8 or to apply a hotfix to Threat Manager. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade3.0.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade3.0.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade3.0.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade3.0.md index 688aa5d6d3..4f03e9484d 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade3.0.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/upgrade/upgrade3.0.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.8 to 3.0" +description: "Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.8 to 3.0" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Upgrade Threat Manager from 2.8 to 3.0 The upgrade process from Threat Manager 2.8 to 3.0 involves the following steps: diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15809d6632 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix Threat Manager v3.0", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/gettingstarted.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md similarity index 55% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/gettingstarted.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md index 6a8974f319..8028700735 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/gettingstarted.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Getting Started with Threat Manager" +description: "Getting Started with Threat Manager" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Getting Started with Threat Manager Once Threat Manager is installed, complete the following configuration to enable users to begin @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ ID activity to be monitored by either the Activity Monitor or Threat Prevention. deployed to the server being monitored, and the products must be configured to stream data to Threat Manager. -See the [Integration with Other Netwrix Products](install/integration/overview) topic for additional +See the [Integration with Other Netwrix Products](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/overview.md) topic for additional information. ### File System Activity @@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ File system activity is monitored by the Activity Monitor or the Threat Preventi policy. Deploy an activity agent to every Windows file server to be monitored and/or to Windows proxy servers for every NAS device to be monitored. The monitored host must be configured to send events to Threat Manager. See the -[Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration](install/integration/activitymonitor) topic for additional +[Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md) topic for additional information. ### Active Directory Activity @@ -35,11 +41,11 @@ Directory events: - Activity Monitor – Monitored domain must be configured to stream data through the domain properties > Threat Manager tab - - See the [Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration](install/integration/activitymonitor) topic for + - See the [Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md) topic for additional information. - Threat Prevention – Threat Prevention Admin Console must be configured to stream data through the Threat Manager Event Sink feature - - See the [Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration](install/integration/threatprevention) topic + - See the [Netwrix Threat Prevention Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/threatprevention/threatprevention.md) topic for additional information. ### Microsoft Entra ID Activity @@ -47,7 +53,7 @@ Directory events: Microsoft Entra ID activity can be monitored by Activity Monitor. Deploy an Activity Monitor agent to a Windows server and configure it to monitor an Microsoft Entra ID tenant to send events to Threat Manager. The monitored tenant must be configured to send events to Threat Manager. See the -[Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration](install/integration/activitymonitor) topic for additional +[Netwrix Activity Monitor Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/activitymonitor.md) topic for additional information. ### Sensitive Data Discovery @@ -56,25 +62,25 @@ Sensitive data is collected by Access Analyzer. It requires a license for the Ac System Solution with the Sensitive Data Discovery Add-on. Access Analyzer has a custom job which can be added to the FileSystem > 0.Collection Job Group to stream data after the collection tasks complete. See the -[Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor) Integration](install/integration/accessanalyzer) topic +[Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor) Integration](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/install/integration/accessanalyzer.md) topic for additional information. ## Enable Features in the Threat Manager Console The Threat Manager Console has features that require initial configuration to turn them on. These -pages are located under the [Configuration Menu](administration/configuration/overview): +pages are located under the [Configuration Menu](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/overview.md): -- The [Integrations Interface](administration/configuration/integrations/overview) provides the +- The [Integrations Interface](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/overview.md) provides the ability to add and configure external integrations for Threat Manager including: - - [Active Directory Sync Page](administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync) - - [Entra ID Sync Page](administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync) - - [App Tokens Page](administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken) - - [Authentication Provider Page](administration/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page) - - [Credential Profile Page](administration/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile) - - [Email Page](administration/configuration/integrations/email) - - [Folder Settings Page](administration/configuration/integrations/foldersettings) - - [SIEM Page](administration/configuration/integrations/siem) - - [Netwrix Integrations Page](administration/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations) - - [Tag Management Page](administration/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement) -- The [Policies Page](administration/configuration/policies/overview) provides the ability to add + - [Active Directory Sync Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync) + - [Entra ID Sync Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md) + - [App Tokens Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken.md) + - [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/page.md) + - [Credential Profile Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md) + - [Email Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/email.md) + - [Folder Settings Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md) + - [SIEM Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/siem.md) + - [Netwrix Integrations Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md) + - [Tag Management Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md) +- The [Policies Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/policies/overview.md) provides the ability to add and configure policies used for threat detection including Honeytoken threats diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/overview.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/overview.md index a90a5b0300..9bf02cb363 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Threat Manager v3.0" +description: "Netwrix Threat Manager v3.0" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Netwrix Threat Manager v3.0 Threat Manager detects and responds to abnormal behavior and advanced attacks against Active @@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ documentation for additional information: Threat Manager monitors the following threats. See each section for information on monitored threat types. -- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/activedirectory.md) -- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/entraid.md) -- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/filesystem.md) -- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/general.md) +- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/activedirectory.md) +- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/entraid.md) +- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/filesystem.md) +- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/general.md) diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f333d944a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Type of Threats", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/activedirectory.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/activedirectory.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/activedirectory.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/activedirectory.md index b22532fdb1..61f2c19a62 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/activedirectory.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Threats" +description: "Active Directory Threats" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory Threats The following threats are monitored for Active Directory: diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/custom.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/custom.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/custom.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/custom.md index dd392469f4..e6b4baa89a 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/custom.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/custom.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Custom Threats" +description: "Custom Threats" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Custom Threats In additional to pre-configured threats, Threat Manager provides the ability to create custom @@ -35,7 +41,7 @@ The Custom Threat page opens. ![Create Threat Dialog Box](/img/product_docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/createthreatdialogbox.webp) **Step 6 –** Severity – The relative severity level, or risk level, of the threat. See the -[Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional +[Fine Tune a Threat](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/threatdetection/threatconfiguration.md) topic for additional information. **Step 7 –** Description – Description of the threat. @@ -45,7 +51,7 @@ associate the user that committed the threat. **Step 8 –** Definition – The threat definition is a detailed explanation of the threat providing insight into why the incident is a potential risk. It appears at the top of the Threat Details page. -See the [Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threatdetails/overview.md) topic for additional +See the [Threat Details Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/threats/threatdetails/overview.md) topic for additional information. **Step 9 –** The Custom Threat page has two tabs for threat configuration: diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/entraid.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/entraid.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/entraid.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/entraid.md index 8e1cc83abc..07bb32192e 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/entraid.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/entraid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Entra ID Threats" +description: "Entra ID Threats" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Entra ID Threats The following threats are monitored for Microsoft Entra ID. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/filesystem.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/filesystem.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/filesystem.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/filesystem.md index 2a8e4bb9cb..3f7481ca36 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/filesystem.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/filesystem.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File System Threats" +description: "File System Threats" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # File System Threats The following threats are monitored for File System: diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/general.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/general.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/general.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/general.md index 2e677d1160..a556fa85b7 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/general.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General Threats" +description: "General Threats" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # General Threats The following threats are monitored for File System and Active Directory. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/overview.md similarity index 55% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/overview.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/overview.md index af83d58663..8e0c5b4ec8 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Type of Threats" +description: "Type of Threats" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Type of Threats Netwrix Threat Manager by default provides some pre-configured threats and users can create custom @@ -9,11 +15,11 @@ disabled threats. The Threats list divides the threats into the following sections: -- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/activedirectory.md) -- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/entraid.md) -- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/filesystem.md) -- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/general.md) -- [Custom Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/threats/custom.md) +- [Active Directory Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/activedirectory.md) +- [Entra ID Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/entraid.md) +- [File System Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/filesystem.md) +- [General Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/general.md) +- [Custom Threats](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/threats/custom.md) Select a threat from the list to display the threat's configuration options to the right of the Threats box. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/whatsnew.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/whatsnew.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatmanager/3.0/whatsnew.md rename to docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/whatsnew.md index 54c99f6823..ba48754828 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/whatsnew.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/whatsnew.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "What's New" +description: "What's New" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # What's New ## New Netwrix Community! diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a00596580 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Requirements", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/actionservice.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/actionservice.md index 39898d1c2d..afe0942a63 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/actionservice.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/actionservice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Action Service Requirements" +description: "Action Service Requirements" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Action Service Requirements The Action Service can be installed on additional servers. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/client.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/client.md index 9dc3242e77..971300fdd6 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/client.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/client.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Client Requirements" +description: "Client Requirements" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Client Requirements Threat Manager is a web service which can be accessed locally or remotely if the server’s firewall diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/database.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/database.md index 2e3b2692bc..95c443c7b2 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/database.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/database.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Database Server Requirements" +description: "Database Server Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Database Server Requirements **NOTE:** Use this information when the database server is separate from the application server. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/overview.md index 1b9108a7e8..926aedd1a8 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Requirements" +description: "Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Requirements This topic describes the recommended configuration of the servers needed to install the application diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/_category_.json b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9bfdd83ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Overview", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/adsync.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/adsync.md index 1c53a0c886..bf44704c5c 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/adsync.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/adsync.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Permissions for Active Directory Sync" +description: "Permissions for Active Directory Sync" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Permissions for Active Directory Sync The following permissions are required for the credential used by Threat Manager for Active diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/entraidsync.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/entraidsync.md index b35edaeeb5..cc92868b9b 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/entraidsync.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/entraidsync.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Application Permissions for Entra ID Sync" +description: "Application Permissions for Entra ID Sync" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Application Permissions for Entra ID Sync The following permissions are required for the credential used by Threat Manager for Microsoft Entra diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/overview.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/overview.md index 0222c13e71..a6f01f3f4b 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/permissions/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Overview" +description: "Overview" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Overview To sync Active Directory domain(s) and Microsoft Entra ID tenant(s) in Threat Manager you must use diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/ports.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/ports.md index 46d9f096e7..548486d88a 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/ports.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/ports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Ports Requirements" +description: "Ports Requirements" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Ports Requirements Netwrix Threat Manager architecture and components interactions are shown in the figure below. diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/server.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/server.md index 6c53c893a4..a582646aba 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/server.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/requirements/server.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Application Server Requirements" +description: "Application Server Requirements" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Application Server Requirements **CAUTION:** Netwrix Threat Manager cannot be installed on the same server as Netwrix Threat Manager diff --git a/scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc b/scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11b1a68972 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file From 26f48fbd4116b0bc9d6f154e5983380a4987d7b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 06:34:52 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 06/10] threatprevention 7.5 reorg --- .../7.5/admin/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/admin/agents/_category_.json | 10 + .../agents/agent-management/_category_.json | 6 + .../clearqueue.md | 6 + .../harden.md | 6 + .../removeserver.md | 6 + .../soften.md | 6 + .../{management => agent-management}/start.md | 6 + .../startpendingmodules.md | 6 + .../{management => agent-management}/stop.md | 6 + .../upgradeadmonitor.md | 6 + .../agents/agents-windows/_category_.json | 6 + .../agentinstallerupdate.md | 6 + .../configureautodeploy.md | 6 + .../enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md | 8 +- .../loglevelconfiguration.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/agents/deploy/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/admin/agents/deploy/installing.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md | 10 +- .../admin/agents/deploy/prerequisitescheck.md | 6 + .../admin/agents/deploy/selectcomputers.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/agents/deploy/setoptions.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/agents/overview.md | 42 +- .../7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md | 14 +- .../7.5/admin/alerts/_category_.json | 10 + .../alerts/{window => }/alertscleanup.md | 8 +- .../admin/alerts/{window => }/alertsexport.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/alerts/overview.md | 16 +- .../alerts/{window => }/policycomparison.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/analytics/_category_.json | 10 + .../admin/analytics/baduseridsourcehost.md | 16 +- .../7.5/admin/analytics/baduseriduser.md | 16 +- .../7.5/admin/analytics/breachedpassword.md | 16 +- .../7.5/admin/analytics/bruteforceattacks.md | 16 +- .../7.5/admin/analytics/concurrentlogins.md | 16 +- .../admin/analytics/filesystemattacksuser.md | 24 +- .../7.5/admin/analytics/forgedpac.md | 18 +- .../7.5/admin/analytics/goldenticket.md | 16 +- .../analytics/horizontalmovementattacks.md | 16 +- .../admin/analytics/impersonationlogins.md | 16 +- .../admin/analytics/kerberosweakencryption.md | 16 +- .../7.5/admin/analytics/overview.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/analytics/useraccounthacking.md | 16 +- .../7.5/admin/configuration/_category_.json | 6 + .../collectionmanager/_category_.json | 10 + .../collectionmanager/dynamic.md | 6 + .../collectionmanager/listcollections.md | 8 +- .../collectionmanager/overview.md | 10 +- .../databasemaintenance/_category_.json | 10 + .../databasemaintenance/archive.md | 6 + .../databasemaintenance/enable.md | 6 + .../databasemaintenance/overview.md | 10 +- .../databasemaintenance/schedule.md | 6 + .../databasemaintenance/storedprocedures.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/configuration/epesettings.md | 6 + .../eventfilteringconfiguration.md | 10 +- .../eventsdatabaseconfiguration.md | 6 + .../configuration/filemonitorsettings.md | 8 +- .../admin/configuration/siemoutputviewer.md | 10 +- .../systemalerting/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/systemalerting/email.md | 10 +- .../configuration/systemalerting/eventlog.md | 6 + .../configuration/systemalerting/overview.md | 16 +- .../configuration/systemalerting/siem.md | 14 +- .../threatmanagerconfiguration.md | 6 + .../configuration}/threatprevention.md | 6 + .../configuration/userroles/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/add.md | 8 +- .../admin/configuration/userroles/delete.md | 6 + .../admin/configuration/userroles/modify.md | 6 + .../admin/configuration/userroles/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/investigate/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/admin/investigate/datagrid.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/investigate/filters.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/investigate/saved.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/investigate/summaryfolders.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/navigation/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/admin/navigation/datagrid.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/navigation/licensemanager.md | 48 +- .../7.5/admin/navigation/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/navigation/rightclickmenus.md | 6 + docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview.md | 10 +- .../admin/{tags/overview.md => overview_1.md} | 6 + .../7.5/admin/policies/_category_.json | 10 + .../policies/configuration/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/actions/_category_.json | 10 + .../{ => configuration}/actions/file.md | 6 + .../{ => configuration}/actions/netscript.md | 6 + .../{ => configuration}/actions/overview.md | 14 +- .../{ => configuration}/actions/powershell.md | 8 +- .../{ => configuration}/configuration.md | 14 +- .../configuration/eventtype/_category_.json | 10 + .../eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md | 24 +- .../eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md | 24 +- .../activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md | 20 +- .../eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md | 14 +- .../eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md | 12 +- .../eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md | 16 +- .../eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md | 18 +- .../eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md | 10 +- .../eventtype/exchangechanges.md | 12 +- .../eventtype/exchangelockdown.md | 12 +- .../filesystemchanges/_category_.json | 10 + .../filesystemchanges}/filesystemchanges.md | 10 +- .../eventtype/filesystemchanges}/nasdevice.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md | 12 +- .../eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md | 10 +- .../eventtype/gposettingchanges.md | 10 +- .../eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md | 14 +- .../eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md | 16 +- .../eventtype/ldaplockdown.md | 24 +- .../eventtype/ldapmonitoring/_category_.json | 10 + .../ldapmonitoring}/ldapmonitoring.md | 22 +- .../eventtype/ldapmonitoring}/ldapping.md | 10 +- .../eventtype/ldapmonitoring}/ldapsearch.md | 10 +- .../ldapmonitoring}/threatmanagerldap.md | 6 + .../eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md | 10 +- .../eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md | 12 +- .../{ => configuration}/eventtype/overview.md | 48 +- .../passwordenforcement/_category_.json | 10 + .../monitorweakpasswords.md | 14 +- .../passwordenforcement.md | 22 +- .../preventweakpasswords.md | 14 +- .../eventtype/window/_category_.json | 10 + .../eventtype/window/addipaddress.md | 6 + .../eventtype/window/attributelist.md | 6 + .../eventtype/window/classlist.md | 6 + .../eventtype/window}/context.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window}/exchangeobjects.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window}/grouppolicyobjects.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window}/groups.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window}/objects.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window/overview.md | 6 + .../eventtype/window}/perpetrators.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md | 6 + .../window/selectfilesystemobjects.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window/testpasswords.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window}/trustees.md | 8 +- .../eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md | 6 + .../policies/{ => configuration}/general.md | 6 + .../recentevents/_category_.json | 10 + .../recentevents/eventtracker.md | 6 + .../recentevents/eventviewer.md | 6 + .../recentevents/executepsscript.md | 8 +- .../recentevents/overview.md | 14 +- .../7.5/admin/policies/dataprotection.md | 14 +- .../eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md | 8 +- .../admin/policies/exportpoliciestemplates.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/policies/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/templates/_category_.json | 10 + .../templates/configuration/_category_.json | 10 + .../templates/{ => configuration}/actions.md | 14 +- .../{ => configuration}/configuration.md | 12 +- .../{ => configuration}/eventtype.md | 48 +- .../templates/{ => configuration}/general.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/templates/createpolicy.md | 14 +- .../admin/templates/folder/_category_.json | 10 + .../templates/folder/actions/_category_.json | 10 + .../{scripts => actions}/accountenablement.md | 6 + .../templates/folder/{ => actions}/actions.md | 16 +- .../{scripts => actions}/lockunlockaccount.md | 6 + .../{scripts => actions}/passwordchanges.md | 6 + .../passwordneverexpires.md | 6 + .../{scripts => actions}/passwordrejection.md | 8 +- .../folder/{microsoft => }/activedirectory.md | 10 +- .../admin/templates/folder/bestpractices.md | 6 + .../folder/{microsoft => }/exchange.md | 6 + .../folder/{microsoft => }/filesystem.md | 6 + .../{microsoft => }/grouppolicyobjects.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/templates/folder/hipaa.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md | 6 + .../admin/templates/folder/reconnaissance.md | 6 + .../templates/folder/schemaconfiguration.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/templates/folder/siem.md | 6 + .../7.5/admin/templates/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/tools/_category_.json | 6 + .../admin/tools/exportpoliciestemplates.md | 8 +- .../7.5/admin/tools/import.md | 6 + docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/_category_.json | 10 + docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/collections.md | 10 +- docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/epe.md | 8 +- docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/loadmodule.md | 6 + docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/overview.md | 6 + docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/policy.md | 6 + .../threatprevention/7.5/api/threatmanager.md | 6 + .../7.5/eperestsite/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/eperestsite/accountmanagement.md | 6 + .../7.5/eperestsite/checkpassword.md | 6 + .../threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/login.md | 6 + .../7.5/eperestsite/overview.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/install/adminconsole.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/agent/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/install/agent/manual/_category_.json | 10 + .../install/agent/{ => manual}/customcert.md | 8 +- .../7.5/install/agent/{ => manual}/manual.md | 14 +- .../7.5/install/agent/overview.md | 14 +- .../7.5/install/agent/silent.md | 10 +- .../7.5/install/application.md | 8 +- .../install/certificatemanagementwizard.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/dbconnectionmanager.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/eperestsite.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/epeuserfeedback.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json | 10 + .../install/{ => firstlaunch}/firstlaunch.md | 10 +- .../{ => firstlaunch}/licenseimport.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/migrateemserver.md | 8 +- docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/overview.md | 6 + .../install/reportingmodule/_category_.json | 10 + .../install/reportingmodule/application.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/reportingmodule/database.md | 6 + .../install/reportingmodule/firstlaunch.md | 10 +- .../7.5/install/reportingmodule/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/install/reportingmodule/secure.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/upgrade/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/install/upgrade/agent.md | 8 +- .../7.5/install/upgrade/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/install/upgrade/policytemplates.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/upgrade/reportingmodule.md | 6 + .../7.5/install/upgrade/uninstallagent.md | 6 + .../7.5/overview/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md | 16 +- .../7.5/{ => overview}/overview.md | 6 + .../7.5/overview/solutions/_category_.json | 10 + .../solutions/activedirectory.md | 34 +- .../7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/epe.md | 10 +- .../7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/exchange.md | 10 +- .../{ => overview}/solutions/filesystem.md | 10 +- .../7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/ldap.md | 12 +- .../7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/overview.md | 16 +- .../7.5/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md | 6 + .../7.5/reportingmodule/_category_.json | 10 + .../configuration/_category_.json | 10 + .../integrations/_category_.json | 10 + .../integrations/activedirectorysync.md | 6 + .../integrations/credentialprofile.md | 6 + .../configuration/integrations/email.md | 6 + .../integrations/foldersettings.md | 6 + .../integrations/netwrixintegrations.md | 6 + .../configuration/integrations/overview.md | 8 +- .../integrations/page/_category_.json | 10 + .../openid.md | 10 +- .../{authenticationprovider => page}/page.md | 12 +- .../radius.md | 10 +- .../{authenticationprovider => page}/saml.md | 10 +- .../integrations/tagmanagement.md | 6 + .../configuration/interface/_category_.json | 10 + .../{systemsettings => interface}/about.md | 6 + .../{systemsettings => interface}/auditing.md | 6 + .../interface.md | 16 +- .../licensing.md | 6 + .../systemjobs.md | 6 + .../useraccess.md | 8 +- .../reportingmodule/configuration/overview.md | 8 +- .../configuration/systemhealth.md | 6 + .../investigations/_category_.json | 10 + .../investigations/auditcompliance.md | 8 +- .../investigations/favorites.md | 6 + .../investigations/myinvestigations.md | 8 +- .../investigations/newinvestigation.md | 8 +- .../investigations/options/_category_.json | 10 + .../investigations/options/edit.md | 6 + .../investigations/options/export.md | 6 + .../investigations/options/filters.md | 8 +- .../investigations/options/overview.md | 8 +- .../investigations/options/subscription.md | 6 + .../investigations/overview.md | 8 +- .../predefinedinvestigations.md | 8 +- .../investigations/reports/_category_.json | 10 + .../investigations/{ => reports}/group.md | 6 + .../investigations/{ => reports}/host.md | 10 +- .../investigations/{ => reports}/reports.md | 12 +- .../investigations/{ => reports}/user.md | 10 +- .../investigations/subscriptionsexports.md | 6 + .../7.5/reportingmodule/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/reportingmodule/threats.md | 6 + .../7.5/requirements/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/requirements/adminconsole.md | 6 + .../7.5/requirements/agent/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/requirements/{ => agent}/agent.md | 6 + .../7.5/requirements/{ => agent}/agentnas.md | 6 + .../7.5/requirements/application.md | 6 + .../7.5/requirements/eperestsite.md | 6 + .../7.5/requirements/overview.md | 10 +- .../7.5/requirements/ports.md | 8 +- .../7.5/requirements/reportingserver.md | 6 + .../requirements/sqlserver/_category_.json | 10 + .../{ => sqlserver}/dbmaintenance.md | 6 + .../requirements/{ => sqlserver}/sqlserver.md | 8 +- .../7.5/siemdashboard/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/_category_.json | 10 + .../activedirectory/navigate/_category_.json | 10 + .../navigate}/activedirectorychanges.md | 6 + .../navigate}/administratorauditing.md | 6 + .../navigate}/authenticationattacks.md | 6 + .../navigate}/gpomonitoring.md | 6 + .../navigate}/ldap.md | 6 + .../navigate}/navigate.md | 6 + .../navigate}/policyreporting.md | 6 + .../navigate}/userbehavioranalytics.md | 6 + .../{splunk => }/activedirectory/overview.md | 6 + .../7.5/siemdashboard/overview.md | 6 + .../7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/_category_.json | 10 + .../qradar/navigate/_category_.json | 10 + .../qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/about.md | 6 + .../{dashboard => navigate}/adchanges.md | 14 +- .../administratorauditing.md | 14 +- .../authenticationattacks.md | 14 +- .../{dashboard => navigate}/gpomonitoring.md | 14 +- .../hostinvestigation.md | 12 +- .../qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/ldap.md | 12 +- .../qradar/{ => navigate}/navigate.md | 6 + .../{dashboard => navigate}/overview.md | 18 +- .../policyreporting.md | 22 +- .../qradar/{ => navigate}/settings.md | 6 + .../userinvestigation.md | 12 +- .../7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/offenses.md | 8 +- .../7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/qidmap.md | 6 + .../threathunting/_category_.json | 10 + .../threathunting/navigate/_category_.json | 10 + .../navigate}/navigate.md | 6 + .../navigate}/perpetratorhunting.md | 6 + .../navigate}/privilegecreepescalation.md | 6 + .../navigate}/sensitivedatahunting.md | 6 + .../{splunk => }/threathunting/overview.md | 6 + .../7.5/troubleshooting/_category_.json | 10 + .../7.5/troubleshooting/agentcommunication.md | 6 + .../7.5/troubleshooting/agentservice.md | 6 + .../enterprisemanagercommunication.md | 10 +- .../7.5/troubleshooting/exchangelockdown.md | 10 +- .../7.5/troubleshooting/lsass.md | 6 + .../7.5/troubleshooting/msilogs.md | 6 + .../7.5/troubleshooting/overview.md | 8 +- .../7.5/troubleshooting/sqlserver.md | 6 + scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc | 986 ++++++++++++++++++ sidebars/threatprevention-7.5-sidebar.js | 444 +------- 339 files changed, 3708 insertions(+), 934 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/clearqueue.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/harden.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/removeserver.md (86%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/soften.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/start.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/startpendingmodules.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/stop.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{management => agent-management}/upgradeadmonitor.md (95%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{window => agents-windows}/agentinstallerupdate.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{window => agents-windows}/configureautodeploy.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{window => agents-windows}/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/{window => agents-windows}/loglevelconfiguration.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/{window => }/alertscleanup.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/{window => }/alertsexport.md (90%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/{window => }/policycomparison.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{config/activedirectory => admin/configuration}/threatprevention.md (90%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/{tags/overview.md => overview_1.md} (91%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/actions/file.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/actions/netscript.md (99%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/actions/overview.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/actions/powershell.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/configuration.md (66%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md (90%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md (92%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/exchangechanges.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype => configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges}/filesystemchanges.md (97%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/usecase => configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges}/nasdevice.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md (89%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md (88%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype => configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring}/ldapmonitoring.md (92%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/usecase => configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring}/ldapping.md (87%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/usecase => configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring}/ldapsearch.md (80%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/usecase => configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring}/threatmanagerldap.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/overview.md (72%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/usecase => configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement}/monitorweakpasswords.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype => configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement}/passwordenforcement.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/usecase => configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement}/preventweakpasswords.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md (81%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/attributelist.md (89%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/classlist.md (87%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory => configuration/eventtype/window}/context.md (79%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory => configuration/eventtype/window}/exchangeobjects.md (78%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory => configuration/eventtype/window}/grouppolicyobjects.md (77%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory => configuration/eventtype/window}/groups.md (80%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory => configuration/eventtype/window}/objects.md (79%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/overview.md (97%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory => configuration/eventtype/window}/perpetrators.md (82%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md (85%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md (88%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md (88%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md (85%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory => configuration/eventtype/window}/trustees.md (83%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md (90%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/general.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/recentevents/eventtracker.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/recentevents/eventviewer.md (85%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/recentevents/executepsscript.md (84%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/{ => configuration}/recentevents/overview.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/{ => configuration}/actions.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/{ => configuration}/configuration.md (53%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/{ => configuration}/eventtype.md (72%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/{ => configuration}/general.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{scripts => actions}/accountenablement.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{ => actions}/actions.md (86%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{scripts => actions}/lockunlockaccount.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{scripts => actions}/passwordchanges.md (97%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{scripts => actions}/passwordneverexpires.md (97%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{scripts => actions}/passwordrejection.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{microsoft => }/activedirectory.md (98%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{microsoft => }/exchange.md (97%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{microsoft => }/filesystem.md (97%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/{microsoft => }/grouppolicyobjects.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/{ => manual}/customcert.md (92%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/{ => manual}/manual.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/{ => firstlaunch}/firstlaunch.md (90%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/{ => firstlaunch}/licenseimport.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/gettingstarted.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/overview.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/activedirectory.md (75%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/epe.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/exchange.md (87%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/filesystem.md (88%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/ldap.md (80%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/solutions/overview.md (72%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/{ => overview}/whatsnew.md (77%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page}/openid.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page}/page.md (85%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page}/radius.md (95%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/{authenticationprovider => page}/saml.md (94%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/{systemsettings => interface}/about.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/{systemsettings => interface}/auditing.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/{systemsettings => interface}/interface.md (72%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/{systemsettings => interface}/licensing.md (90%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/{systemsettings => interface}/systemjobs.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/{systemsettings => interface}/useraccess.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/{ => reports}/group.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/{ => reports}/host.md (84%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/{ => reports}/reports.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/{ => reports}/user.md (87%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/{ => agent}/agent.md (96%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/{ => agent}/agentnas.md (93%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/{ => sqlserver}/dbmaintenance.md (97%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/{ => sqlserver}/sqlserver.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory/dashboard => activedirectory/navigate}/activedirectorychanges.md (89%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory/dashboard => activedirectory/navigate}/administratorauditing.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory/dashboard => activedirectory/navigate}/authenticationattacks.md (83%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory/dashboard => activedirectory/navigate}/gpomonitoring.md (89%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory/dashboard => activedirectory/navigate}/ldap.md (89%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory => activedirectory/navigate}/navigate.md (83%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory/dashboard => activedirectory/navigate}/policyreporting.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/activedirectory/dashboard => activedirectory/navigate}/userbehavioranalytics.md (90%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk => }/activedirectory/overview.md (96%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/about.md (76%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/adchanges.md (81%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/administratorauditing.md (83%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/authenticationattacks.md (70%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/gpomonitoring.md (79%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/hostinvestigation.md (87%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/ldap.md (81%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{ => navigate}/navigate.md (94%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/overview.md (82%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/policyreporting.md (80%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{ => navigate}/settings.md (93%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/{dashboard => navigate}/userinvestigation.md (86%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/_category_.json rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/threathunting => threathunting/navigate}/navigate.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/threathunting/dashboard => threathunting/navigate}/perpetratorhunting.md (91%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/threathunting/dashboard => threathunting/navigate}/privilegecreepescalation.md (89%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk/threathunting/dashboard => threathunting/navigate}/sensitivedatahunting.md (85%) rename docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/{splunk => }/threathunting/overview.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/_category_.json create mode 100644 scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51435b6e32 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Administration", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bbf550f6ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Agents Interface", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d48b1d56c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +{ + "label": "Agent Management", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/clearqueue.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/clearqueue.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/clearqueue.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/clearqueue.md index 4d9ade5e39..8877671dcd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/clearqueue.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/clearqueue.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Clear SQLite Agent Queue" +description: "Clear SQLite Agent Queue" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Clear SQLite Agent Queue When the Agent is unable to communicate with the Enterprise Manager, Agent events queue up in the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/harden.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/harden.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/harden.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/harden.md index b26d85cac3..6da8fe2106 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/harden.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/harden.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Harden Agent" +description: "Harden Agent" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Harden Agent You van harden an Agent to protect it from being altered, stopped, or started from within the local diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/removeserver.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/removeserver.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/removeserver.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/removeserver.md index c304437b3e..2f631734ab 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/removeserver.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/removeserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remove Server from List" +description: "Remove Server from List" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Remove Server from List The Agents Interface displays a list of servers where the Agent has been deployed. You may want to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/soften.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/soften.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/soften.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/soften.md index 43d494ea4b..59bc6622cd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/soften.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/soften.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Soften Agent" +description: "Soften Agent" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Soften Agent You can soften a previously hardened Agent. Softening unlocks the Agent so it can be controlled from diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/start.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/start.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/start.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/start.md index 2d989dd2f5..06f191a2b8 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/start.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/start.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Start Agent" +description: "Start Agent" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Start Agent If the Agent has stopped on a server, it no longer monitors and captures events. You must restart it diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md index 2afb0d465d..70a8b6b92b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Start Pending Modules" +description: "Start Pending Modules" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Start Pending Modules If the Agent was deployed using the Safe Mode option, then it could enter a _Start Pending Modules_ diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/stop.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/stop.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/stop.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/stop.md index a82ea97f58..716f113815 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/stop.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/stop.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Stop Agent" +description: "Stop Agent" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Stop Agent You may want to stop the Agent on a server for any reason, such as troubleshooting. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md index fae7d023e6..ed41c4a90a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade ADMonitor" +description: "Upgrade ADMonitor" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Upgrade ADMonitor You can update the instrumentation DLL, SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll (commonly known as ADMonitor diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f59c74977 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +{ + "label": "Agents Windows", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/agentinstallerupdate.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/agentinstallerupdate.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/agentinstallerupdate.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/agentinstallerupdate.md index 53837b7bd3..fe7efc267e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/agentinstallerupdate.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/agentinstallerupdate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent Installer Update Window" +description: "Agent Installer Update Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Agent Installer Update Window Netwrix periodically releases updated Agent installation packages. Typically these updates are diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/configureautodeploy.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/configureautodeploy.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/configureautodeploy.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/configureautodeploy.md index fcfae09119..0be0b2ec40 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/configureautodeploy.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/configureautodeploy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configure Auto Deploy Window" +description: "Configure Auto Deploy Window" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Configure Auto Deploy Window You can automatically deploy Agents to discovered domain controllers in a domain, provided that the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md index 530f12e1d9..49662967d8 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enrollment Secret Configuration Window" +description: "Enrollment Secret Configuration Window" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Enrollment Secret Configuration Window The Enrollment Secret is a limited-life (1 hour) password generated by the Enterprise Manager. The @@ -9,7 +15,7 @@ enrollment secret is applied depends on the method used to install the Agent. and use a new enrollment secret as part of automated Agent installation. - If installing the Agent manually, the enrollment secret must be entered in the Certificates window of the Agent Setup wizard during installation. See the - [Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md) topic for additional information. + [Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md) topic for additional information. Follow the steps to generate the enrollment secret. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/loglevelconfiguration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/loglevelconfiguration.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/loglevelconfiguration.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/loglevelconfiguration.md index 17724ccfd8..c91449cf40 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/loglevelconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/loglevelconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Log Level Configuration Window" +description: "Log Level Configuration Window" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Log Level Configuration Window The Log Level Configuration window displays the current log levels for the Agents, Enterprise diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b79969e0b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Deploy Agents", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/installing.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/installing.md index 9a1e8fd96e..0a705d8321 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/installing.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/installing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Installing Window" +description: "Installing Window" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Installing Window The Deploy Agents wizard's Installing window is the last in a sequence of four windows to deploy the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md index d78c9ff010..46ca0bd40e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Deploy Agents" +description: "Deploy Agents" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Deploy Agents The Threat Prevention Agent can be deployed through any of the following methods: @@ -9,7 +15,7 @@ The Threat Prevention Agent can be deployed through any of the following methods - Manually through the Windows Agent Setup Wizard – Run the Agent executable to launch this wizard -See the [Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md) topic for additional +See the [Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md) topic for additional information. ## Deploy Agents Wizard @@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ The Deploy Agents wizard enables you to deploy Agents from the Administration Co targeted for Agent deployment must meet the minimum .NET Framework version required by the Agent or the deployment fails. Remember to check server requirements before deploying the Agent, including compatibility with other security products. See the -[Agent Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent.md) topic for additional information. +[Agent Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agent.md) topic for additional information. **NOTE:** The wizard does not block access to the Administration Console and can be minimized while actions are in progress. If this wizard is hidden by clicking outside of the dialog box, a flashing diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/prerequisitescheck.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/prerequisitescheck.md index 716ba0914a..925f7583d7 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/prerequisitescheck.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/prerequisitescheck.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Prerequisites Check Window" +description: "Prerequisites Check Window" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Prerequisites Check Window The Deploy Agents wizard's Prerequisites Check window is the third in a sequence of four windows to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/selectcomputers.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/selectcomputers.md index 765bd6a6b9..7fa28fae85 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/selectcomputers.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/selectcomputers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Computers Window" +description: "Select Computers Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Select Computers Window The Deploy Agents wizard's Select Computer window is the first in a sequence of four windows to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/setoptions.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/setoptions.md index 86ea45ece4..82e6847abc 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/setoptions.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/setoptions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Set Options Window" +description: "Set Options Window" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Set Options Window The Deploy Agents wizard's Set Options window is the second in a sequence of four windows to deploy diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md index 20af2de284..1fa3ca93d4 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agents Interface" +description: "Agents Interface" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Agents Interface The Agents interface allows you to quickly view, deploy, and manage Agents from a centralized @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ The Threat Prevention Agent can be deployed through any of the following methods - Manually through the Windows Agent Setup Wizard – Run the Agent executable to launch this wizard See the [Deploy Agents](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md) and -[Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md) topics for additional information. +[Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md) topics for additional information. Click **Agents** in the left pane to open the Agents interface. @@ -55,7 +61,7 @@ information for an Agent: names. **NOTE:** You can use the FSMO roles information in combination with a policy created for the - [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) to view events + [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) to view events about which machine acquired a FSMO role and which machine relinquished it. - Operating System – Operating system for the machine where the Agent is deployed with version @@ -122,11 +128,11 @@ interface | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | ![Agents Interface - Export Agent List icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/exporticon.webp) | Export Agent List… | Save the information to an XML file for export | | ![Agents Interface - Refresh Agent List icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/refreshicon.webp) | Refresh Agent List… | Refresh the Agent information | -| ![Agents Interface - Update Logging Levels icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/updateloggingicon.webp) | Update Logging Levels… | Configure the log levels for the Agent(s). It opens the [Log Level Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/loglevelconfiguration.md). | -| ![Agents Interface - Get Agent Log icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/getagentlogicon.webp) | Get Agent Log… | Access Agent log files. See the [Access Agent Log Files](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/loglevelconfiguration.md#access-agent-log-files) topic for additional information. | -| ![Agents Interface - Update Agent Installer icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/updateinstallericon.webp) | Update Agent Installer | Check with Netwrix for a newer version of the Agent Installer according to the version in use. It opens the [Agent Installer Update Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/agentinstallerupdate.md). | -| ![Agents Interface - Configure Auto Deploy icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/autodeployicon.webp) | Configure Auto Deploy | If enabled, the Agent is automatically deployed to all domain controllers without an Agent. This feature requires at least one Agent to be present in the domain in order to detect additional domain controllers. It opens the [Configure Auto Deploy Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/configureautodeploy.md). | -| ![Agents Interface - Agent Enrollment Secret icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/enrollmentsecreticon.webp) | Agent Enrollment Secret | Generate the enrollment secret used to deploy the Agent. Opens the [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). | +| ![Agents Interface - Update Logging Levels icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/updateloggingicon.webp) | Update Logging Levels… | Configure the log levels for the Agent(s). It opens the [Log Level Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/loglevelconfiguration.md). | +| ![Agents Interface - Get Agent Log icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/getagentlogicon.webp) | Get Agent Log… | Access Agent log files. See the [Access Agent Log Files](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/loglevelconfiguration.md#access-agent-log-files) topic for additional information. | +| ![Agents Interface - Update Agent Installer icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/updateinstallericon.webp) | Update Agent Installer | Check with Netwrix for a newer version of the Agent Installer according to the version in use. It opens the [Agent Installer Update Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/agentinstallerupdate.md). | +| ![Agents Interface - Configure Auto Deploy icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/autodeployicon.webp) | Configure Auto Deploy | If enabled, the Agent is automatically deployed to all domain controllers without an Agent. This feature requires at least one Agent to be present in the domain in order to detect additional domain controllers. It opens the [Configure Auto Deploy Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/configureautodeploy.md). | +| ![Agents Interface - Agent Enrollment Secret icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/enrollmentsecreticon.webp) | Agent Enrollment Secret | Generate the enrollment secret used to deploy the Agent. Opens the [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). | | ![Agents Interface - Deploy Agent icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deployagent.webp) | Deploy Agent | Deploy the Agent to selected servers. It opens the Deploy Agents wizard. See the [Deploy Agents](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md) topic for additional information. | ## Right-Click Menu @@ -143,15 +149,15 @@ The right-click menu contains the following selections: | Install Agent | Deploys the Agent to the desired machines. Opens the Deploy Agent wizard. See the [Deploy Agents](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md) topic for additional information. | | Uninstall Agent | Uninstalls a previously deployed Agent from its server. See the [Uninstall Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/uninstallagent.md) topic for additional information. | | Upgrade Agent | Upgrades the Agent to a newer version. See the [Upgrade Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/agent.md) topic for additional information. | -| Upgrade ADMonitor | Updates the SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll (LSASS module) only rather than the entire Agent. See the [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. | +| Upgrade ADMonitor | Updates the SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll (LSASS module) only rather than the entire Agent. See the [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. | | Update Agent Settings | Allows for modification of the Agent settings, such as the modules, Enterprise Manager address, or enabling/disabling the DNS Host Name Resolution option. It opens the Deploy Agent wizard. See the [Update Agent Settings](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md#update-agent-settings) topic for additional information. | -| Start Agent | Starts the Agent service on the selected machine(s). See the [Start Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/start.md) topic for additional information. | -| Stop Agent | Stops the Agent service on the selected machine(s). See the [Stop Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/stop.md) sections for additional information. | -| Start Pending Modules | Starts Agent service modules that did not start with the Agent due to a change in LSASS (only available on Agents configured to use Safe Mode). See the [Agent Safe Mode](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md) topic and the [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. | -| Harden Agent | Protects an Agent from being altered, stopped, or started from within the local Service Control Manager. See the [Harden Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/harden.md) topic for additional information. | -| Soften Agent | Unlocks the Agent so it can be controlled from within the local Service Control Manager. See the [Soften Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/soften.md) topic for additional information. | -| Remove Server from List | Removes a server from the Agent data grid. If the server has a deployed Agent, it will be added back to the list the next time the Agent sends information to the Enterprise Manager. See the [Remove Server from List](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/removeserver.md) topic for additional information. | -| Clear SQLite Agent Queue | When the Agent is unable to communicate with the Enterprise Manager, Agent events queue up in the Agents local SQLite database until the Enterprise Manager is available to accept events. The Clear SQLite Agent Queue option dumps the queue and all pending events are lost. See the [Clear SQLite Agent Queue](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/clearqueue.md) topic for additional information. | +| Start Agent | Starts the Agent service on the selected machine(s). See the [Start Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/start.md) topic for additional information. | +| Stop Agent | Stops the Agent service on the selected machine(s). See the [Stop Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/stop.md) sections for additional information. | +| Start Pending Modules | Starts Agent service modules that did not start with the Agent due to a change in LSASS (only available on Agents configured to use Safe Mode). See the [Agent Safe Mode](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md) topic and the [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. | +| Harden Agent | Protects an Agent from being altered, stopped, or started from within the local Service Control Manager. See the [Harden Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/harden.md) topic for additional information. | +| Soften Agent | Unlocks the Agent so it can be controlled from within the local Service Control Manager. See the [Soften Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/soften.md) topic for additional information. | +| Remove Server from List | Removes a server from the Agent data grid. If the server has a deployed Agent, it will be added back to the list the next time the Agent sends information to the Enterprise Manager. See the [Remove Server from List](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/removeserver.md) topic for additional information. | +| Clear SQLite Agent Queue | When the Agent is unable to communicate with the Enterprise Manager, Agent events queue up in the Agents local SQLite database until the Enterprise Manager is available to accept events. The Clear SQLite Agent Queue option dumps the queue and all pending events are lost. See the [Clear SQLite Agent Queue](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/clearqueue.md) topic for additional information. | For certain actions, you can select multiple Agents listed in the data grid, to perform that action on all the selected Agents. The appropriate right-click menu options will not be grayed out if @@ -182,7 +188,7 @@ Below are some considerations: in this event and the Agent is stopped. As a result, all monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. To resolve the issue, either upgrade to the latest version of the Agent or simply upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll - commonly known as ADMonitor DLL (recommended). See the - [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. + [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for the _LSASS process terminated_ alert. See the @@ -197,9 +203,9 @@ Below are some considerations: monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. The 'Agent Started in AD Monitor pending mode' alert (Operations alert) is triggered in this event. To resolve the issue temporarily, the Threat Prevention administrator should start the pending modules. See the - [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. It is + [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. It is also recommended to upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll (commonly known as ADMonitor DLL) to - resolve the issue permanently. See the [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md) + resolve the issue permanently. See the [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for this alert. See the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md index 3748704657..f79393e681 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent Safe Mode" +description: "Agent Safe Mode" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Agent Safe Mode To collect real-time activity data, the Agent hooks into (intercepts) specific Microsoft APIs in the @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ LSASS process. Below are some considerations: in this event and the Agent is stopped. As a result, all monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. To resolve the issue, either upgrade to the latest version of the Agent or simply upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll - commonly known as ADMonitor DLL (recommended). See the - [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. + [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for the _LSASS process terminated_ alert. See the @@ -25,9 +31,9 @@ LSASS process. Below are some considerations: monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. The 'Agent Started in AD Monitor pending mode' alert (Operations alert) is triggered in this event. To resolve the issue temporarily, the Threat Prevention administrator should start the pending modules. See the - [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. It is + [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. It is also recommended to upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll (commonly known as ADMonitor DLL) to - resolve the issue permanently. See the [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md) + resolve the issue permanently. See the [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for this alert. See the Enable Agent Started @@ -42,7 +48,7 @@ instrumentation. Active Directory monitoring/blocking will not resume until the pending modules are started. To determine if the LSASS changes will conflict with the Agent instrumentation, start the pending -modules on one domain controller (see the [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md) +modules on one domain controller (see the [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md) topic). If there are no issues after five minutes, it is unlikely that the changes are conflicting with the Agent instrumentation. If there are any concerns about the changes, reach out to [](mailto:support@stealthbits.com)[Netwrix Support](https://www.netwrix.com/support.html) for more diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e52c1d2584 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Alerts Interface", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertscleanup.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertscleanup.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertscleanup.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertscleanup.md index 06289e2cc4..5827621f30 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertscleanup.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertscleanup.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Alerts Cleanup Window" +description: "Alerts Cleanup Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Alerts Cleanup Window You can clear alert data displayed on the [Alerts Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/overview.md) as well as schedule cleanups for this data. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Export alert data before using the Clear option. See the -[Alerts Export Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertsexport.md) topic for additional information. +[Alerts Export Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertsexport.md) topic for additional information. Follow the steps to clear the alerts data. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertsexport.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertsexport.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertsexport.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertsexport.md index 1e249b7de0..2985992875 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertsexport.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertsexport.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Alerts Export Window" +description: "Alerts Export Window" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Alerts Export Window You can export alert data displayed on the Alerts interface to a CSV file. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/overview.md index 33fbaf2337..2d9e5d9f5a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Alerts Interface" +description: "Alerts Interface" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Alerts Interface The Alerts interface allows you to quickly view recent Security events, Operations events, and @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ Configuration events for Threat Prevention - all of which are known as alerts. T system-generated and do not require any prior configuration. You can choose to view alerts related to analytics configuration and monitoring status on the Alerts -interface. See the [Alerts Cleanup Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertscleanup.md) topic for options to display +interface. See the [Alerts Cleanup Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertscleanup.md) topic for options to display this data. Click **Alerts** in the left pane to launch the Alerts interface. @@ -65,7 +71,7 @@ The data grid displays the following information for each event: - Message – Description and details about the event. The **Policy updated on server Changeset #[number]** link is displayed for events that represent a change to a policy, be it a policy under the Policies node or one defined for analytics. Click it to open the - [Policy Comparison Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/policycomparison.md) where you can view any changes made to the + [Policy Comparison Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/policycomparison.md) where you can view any changes made to the policy. Alerts generated for an archive database maintenance job have "Archive DB:" as the message prefix to differentiate them from those generated for the database maintenance job. @@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ Below are some considerations: in this event and the Agent is stopped. As a result, all monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. To resolve the issue, either upgrade to the latest version of the Agent or simply upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll - commonly known as ADMonitor DLL (recommended). See the - [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. + [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for the _LSASS process terminated_ alert. See the @@ -102,10 +108,10 @@ Below are some considerations: monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. The 'Agent Started in AD Monitor pending mode' alert (Operations alert) is triggered in this event. To resolve the issue temporarily, the Threat Prevention administrator should start the pending modules. See the - [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional + [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. It is also recommended to upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll (commonly known as ADMonitor DLL) to resolve the issue permanently. See the - [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. + [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for this alert. See the [Enable Agent Started in AD Monitor Pending Mode Email Alert](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md#enable-agent-started-in-ad-monitor-pending-mode-email-alert) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/policycomparison.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/policycomparison.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/policycomparison.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/policycomparison.md index 78e7c7d2f6..69ff34e3cb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/policycomparison.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/policycomparison.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Comparison Window" +description: "Policy Comparison Window" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Policy Comparison Window When you edit a policy, the change creates an alert in the Alerts interface. You can track the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c8210da2c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Analytics Interface", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseridsourcehost.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseridsourcehost.md index 0b537875d3..9276bcab15 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseridsourcehost.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseridsourcehost.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Bad User ID (by Source Host) Analytic Type" +description: "Bad User ID (by Source Host) Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Bad User ID (by Source Host) Analytic Type The **Bad User ID (by source host)** analytic type identifies pre-authentication failures due to @@ -60,12 +66,12 @@ Policy Tab The Policy tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. Additionally, there is no AD Perpetrator filter. - _Optional:_ Scope the protocol to be monitored on the Authentication Protocol filter. If @@ -86,7 +92,7 @@ The Policy tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -102,7 +108,7 @@ These incidences are grouped per unique source machine. ![Bad User ID by Source Host window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseridsourcehost.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseriduser.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseriduser.md index 05ff907631..c08c88b5b2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseriduser.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseriduser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Bad User ID (by User) Analytic Type" +description: "Bad User ID (by User) Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Bad User ID (by User) Analytic Type The **Bad User ID (by user)** analytic type identifies pre-authentication failures due to using @@ -59,12 +65,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. Additionally, there is no AD Perpetrator filter. - *Optional:* Scope the protocol to be monitored on the Authentication Protocol filter. If @@ -85,7 +91,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -101,7 +107,7 @@ incidences are grouped per unique bad user name. ![Bad User ID (by User) Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/baduseriduser.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/breachedpassword.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/breachedpassword.md index efd7f86da0..3ef965f6f7 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/breachedpassword.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/breachedpassword.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Breached Password Analytic Type" +description: "Breached Password Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Breached Password Analytic Type The **Breached Password** analytic type identifies multiple failed authentications followed by a @@ -55,12 +61,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - Scope the protocol to be monitored on the Authentication Protocol filter. If enabling the @@ -83,7 +89,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ The data grid on the **Breached Password** node lists one row per incident ident ![Breached Password Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/breachedpassword.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/bruteforceattacks.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/bruteforceattacks.md index dc17dc1ebf..32dad69186 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/bruteforceattacks.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/bruteforceattacks.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Brute Force Attacks Analytic Type" +description: "Brute Force Attacks Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Brute Force Attacks Analytic Type The **Brute Force Attacks** analytic type identifies failed attempts from a single host to access a @@ -63,12 +69,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - Scope the servers to be included in or excluded from monitoring on the IP Addresses (from) @@ -91,7 +97,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: Perpetrator filter. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -106,7 +112,7 @@ The data grid on the **Brute Force Attacks** node lists one row per incident ide ![Brute Force Attacks Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/bruteforce.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/concurrentlogins.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/concurrentlogins.md index 07263787b9..4c28f21834 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/concurrentlogins.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/concurrentlogins.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Concurrent Logins Analytic Type" +description: "Concurrent Logins Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Concurrent Logins Analytic Type The **Concurrent Logins** analytic type identifies same account logins from multiple locations @@ -58,12 +64,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - _Optional:_ Scope the protocol to be monitored on the Authentication Protocol filter. If @@ -86,7 +92,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -101,7 +107,7 @@ The data grid on the **Concurrent Logins** node lists one row per incident ident ![Concurrent Logins Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/concurrentlogins.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/filesystemattacksuser.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/filesystemattacksuser.md index be697c7f64..37bc344fd1 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/filesystemattacksuser.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/filesystemattacksuser.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File System Attacks (by User) Analytic Type" +description: "File System Attacks (by User) Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # File System Attacks (by User) Analytic Type The **File System Attacks (by user)** analytic type identifies activity where a significant number @@ -72,11 +78,11 @@ Policy Tab for Monitoring Only The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of the following sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. For monitoring only, it + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. For monitoring only, it contains the File System Changes event type. The only exception is that the Success filter cannot be modified. @@ -99,7 +105,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of the following sub-tabs: Perpetrator filter. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -117,13 +123,13 @@ Changes Event Type. The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of the following sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. It contains both the - [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) and the - [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md). The only exception + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. It contains both the + [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) and the + [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md). The only exception is that for the Lockdown Event Type, the File System filter is hard coded to mirror the configuration of the File System Changes Event Type settings. @@ -138,7 +144,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of the following sub-tabs: they trigger another incident - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -153,7 +159,7 @@ The data grid on the **File System Attacks (by user)** node lists one row per in ![File System Attacks (by User) Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/fsattacks.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/forgedpac.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/forgedpac.md index a03219f684..dee39c4b24 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/forgedpac.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/forgedpac.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Forged PAC Analytic Type" +description: "Forged PAC Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Forged PAC Analytic Type The **Forged Privilege Account Certificate** (PAC) analytic type identifies Kerberos tickets with a @@ -49,7 +55,7 @@ You can select specific RIDs that Threat Prevention compares against the PAC and for a mismatch to trigger the incident. - Click the **Add** (**+**) button to open the - [Select AD Groups Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/groups.md), where you + [Select AD Groups Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/groups.md), where you can select the desired Active Directory group(s). On selection, the RID of that group is monitored for modifications. - The **Remove** (**x**) button removes the selected item(s) from the incident criteria. @@ -60,12 +66,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - Scope the servers to be included in or excluded from monitoring on the IP Addresses (from) @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: Perpetrator filter. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -104,7 +110,7 @@ The data grid on the **Forged PAC** node lists one row per incident identified. ![Forged PAC Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/forgedpac.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/goldenticket.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/goldenticket.md index 973553885a..dedea35520 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/goldenticket.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/goldenticket.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Golden Ticket Analytic Type" +description: "Golden Ticket Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Golden Ticket Analytic Type The **Golden Tickets** analytic type identifies Kerberos tickets that exceed the specified maximum @@ -54,12 +60,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Do not configure any filters for this analytic type. @@ -84,7 +90,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -99,7 +105,7 @@ The data grid on the **Golden Tickets** node lists one row per incident identifi ![Golden Ticket Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/goldenticket.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/horizontalmovementattacks.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/horizontalmovementattacks.md index 4c80c2ca3a..43352fa3c2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/horizontalmovementattacks.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/horizontalmovementattacks.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Horizontal Movement Attacks Analytic Type" +description: "Horizontal Movement Attacks Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Horizontal Movement Attacks Analytic Type The **Horizontal Movement Attacks** analytic type identifies security principals that are accessing @@ -61,12 +67,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - Scope the accounts to include in or exclude from being monitored on the AD Perpetrator filter. @@ -88,7 +94,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -103,7 +109,7 @@ The data grid on the **Horizontal Movement Attacks** node lists one row per inci ![Horizontal Movement Attacks Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/horizontalmovement.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/impersonationlogins.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/impersonationlogins.md index 9aa412b220..36ec4c480d 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/impersonationlogins.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/impersonationlogins.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Impersonation Logins Analytic Type" +description: "Impersonation Logins Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Impersonation Logins Analytic Type The **Impersonation Logins** analytic type identifies multiple authenticated accounts from a single @@ -58,12 +64,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - _Optional:_ Scope the protocol to be monitored on the Authentication Protocol filter. If @@ -86,7 +92,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -101,7 +107,7 @@ The data grid on the **Impersonation Logins** node lists one row per incident id ![Impersonation Logins Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/impersonationlogins.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/kerberosweakencryption.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/kerberosweakencryption.md index 17999db12f..2a9ffb06c4 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/kerberosweakencryption.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/kerberosweakencryption.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Kerberos Weak Encryption Analytic Type" +description: "Kerberos Weak Encryption Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Kerberos Weak Encryption Analytic Type The **Kerberos Weak Encryption** analytic type identifies Kerberos tickets with RC4_HMAC_MD5 @@ -41,12 +47,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - Scope the servers to be included in or excluded from monitoring on the IP Addresses (from) @@ -70,7 +76,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: Perpetrator filter. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -85,7 +91,7 @@ The data grid on the **Kerberos Weak Encryption** node lists one row per inciden ![kerberosweakencryption](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/kerberosweakencryption.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/overview.md index 69f9db9922..b374e63b95 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Analytics Interface" +description: "Analytics Interface" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Analytics Interface Analytics provide organizations with the ability to capture and analyze authentication traffic diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/useraccounthacking.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/useraccounthacking.md index 8a569d5e0b..a8027cc3cb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/useraccounthacking.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/useraccounthacking.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Account Hacking Analytic Type" +description: "User Account Hacking Analytic Type" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # User Account Hacking Analytic Type The **User Account Hacking** analytic type identifies multiple bad passwords provided for a given @@ -71,12 +77,12 @@ Policy Tab The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: -- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) is +- General tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) is configured. The only exception is that the Name and Description are hard coded, and cannot be modified. The Tags field is disabled for analytics. - Event Type tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the - [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard + [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) is configured. The only exception is that the + [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) is hard coded, and the Success filter cannot be modified. - Scope the accounts to include in or exclude from being monitored on the AD Perpetrator filter. @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ The **Policy** tab for configuring analytics consists of three sub-tabs: filter values. - Actions tab – Configured the same way a regular policy’s - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) is configured. The only exceptions are that the “Send to Event DB” and “Email Notifications” options are disabled. The event data collected by analytic policies are stored in memory until an incident is triggered. For the “Send Raw Data to SIEM” option, use _caution_, as this will send all event data not the triggered incident, which @@ -113,7 +119,7 @@ The data grid on the **User Account Hacking** node lists one row per incident id ![User Account Hacking Analytic Type window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/useraccounthacking.webp) The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker status: All, New, or Reviewed. See the -[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +[Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. The top data grid includes the following information for each incident: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..edfc42f1fc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +{ + "label": "Configuration", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6eb3d18d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Collection Manager Window", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/dynamic.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/dynamic.md index 37063449e9..37720d3d25 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/dynamic.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/dynamic.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Dynamic Collections" +description: "Dynamic Collections" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Dynamic Collections Certain options in the upper-left corner of the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md index f54610e54c..101f671918 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "List of Collections Window" +description: "List of Collections Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # List of Collections Window Use the List of Collections window to add new items to a collection as well as edit and remove @@ -43,7 +49,7 @@ populated when collections are created or changed. The Select… window opens. Select a server/Agent from the drop-down menu and click **Connect**. Expand the domain tree in the navigation pane. Select an item in the Results pane on the right and -click **OK**. See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for +click **OK**. See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. ![Select window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/selectadobjects.webp) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/overview.md index 85a6e2088e..96d0becf7e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Collection Manager Window" +description: "Collection Manager Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Collection Manager Window The Collection Manager window enables you to manage all Microsoft Collections. Click @@ -8,8 +14,8 @@ Threat Prevention administrators. Collections are reusable lists of policy filter settings that help streamline the task of associating filters with event types on the Event Type tab during -[Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md) or -[Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md). They are configured globally and can be +[Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md) or +[Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md). They are configured globally and can be used in multiple policies in place of or in conjunction with individual filters. These collections are empty until you populate them with your environment information. When a collection is modified, the modifications affect all policies referencing the collection. At least one Agent must be diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..edc3426e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Database Maintenance Window", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/archive.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/archive.md index 83cd1ce93c..e28439551c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/archive.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/archive.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Archive Data" +description: "Archive Data" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Archive Data To use the Move operation on the [Database Maintenance Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/overview.md), you must specify a diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/enable.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/enable.md index fe88814a48..6101284d8f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/enable.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/enable.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enable Database Maintenance" +description: "Enable Database Maintenance" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Enable Database Maintenance Database maintenance can be enabled for all or specific event types, analytics, and/or policies. It diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/overview.md index d5fdce0b39..98aa6a3e5f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Database Maintenance Window" +description: "Database Maintenance Window" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Database Maintenance Window The database maintenance function grooms the NVMonitorData database to optimize performance. It @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ archiving. For this database, you can also define settings to delete data aged b threshold. _Remember,_ See the Database Maintenance Permission details in the -[Database Maintenance Feature Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/dbmaintenance.md) topic. +[Database Maintenance Feature Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/dbmaintenance.md) topic. See the [Stored Procedures](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/storedprocedures.md) topic for additional information on stored procedures Threat Prevention uses on its SQL Server databases. @@ -70,7 +76,7 @@ the [Archive Data](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemainte **Step 5 –** Click **Save** to save the changes. **_RECOMMENDED:_** The SQL Server databases should be configured to use 'Simple Recovery Mode' in -the [SQL Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver.md). This configuration has a direct +the [SQL Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/sqlserver.md). This configuration has a direct impact on the size of the transaction log during database maintenance delete tasks. If Simple Recovery Mode is not configured on the databases, the transaction log may get quite large during delete tasks. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/schedule.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/schedule.md index 3bf158f0c5..26593aebbd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/schedule.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/schedule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Schedule Database Maintenance" +description: "Schedule Database Maintenance" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Schedule Database Maintenance You must schedule the database maintenance job, which runs the specified operation on each of the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/storedprocedures.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/storedprocedures.md index b19dbb9c1a..c5f79cc591 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/storedprocedures.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/storedprocedures.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Stored Procedures" +description: "Stored Procedures" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Stored Procedures The table contains a list of the stored procedures Threat Prevention uses on its SQL Server diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/epesettings.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/epesettings.md index 77e7ffe455..88d3ee77ad 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/epesettings.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/epesettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "EPE Settings Window" +description: "EPE Settings Window" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # EPE Settings Window Threat Prevention can be configured with Enterprise Password Enforcer (EPE) to use the Have I Been diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventfilteringconfiguration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventfilteringconfiguration.md index 878ddc9ef5..c2830fa61a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventfilteringconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventfilteringconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Event Filtering Configuration Window" +description: "Event Filtering Configuration Window" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Event Filtering Configuration Window The Event Filtering Configuration window enables you to exclude specific Active Directory and @@ -83,7 +89,7 @@ Collection window. The Exclude Logins from Machine Accounts collection is only accessible through the Event Filtering Configuration window. Either use the **Add** (+) button to open the -[Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md) +[Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md) to browse for machine accounts or type the account name in the textbox. Only perpetrators with accounts ending in “$” are considered for this filter. Wild cards (\*) can be @@ -143,7 +149,7 @@ Collection window. The Exclude Authentication Events from Selected Accounts collection is only accessible through the Event Filtering Configuration window. Use the **Add** (+) button to open the -[Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md) +[Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md) to browse for the desired accounts. Account names [domain name\account] can also be typed in the textbox. Wild cards (\*) can be used as part of either the domain name or account. An asterisk (\*) appearing anywhere other than as the first character or the last character are treated as a literal diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventsdatabaseconfiguration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventsdatabaseconfiguration.md index dd04849165..30992dec5c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventsdatabaseconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/eventsdatabaseconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Events Database Configuration Window" +description: "Events Database Configuration Window" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Events Database Configuration Window The Events Database Configuration window manages the NVMonitorData database, also known as the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/filemonitorsettings.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/filemonitorsettings.md index 02981f6fe5..a0db34fbbc 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/filemonitorsettings.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/filemonitorsettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File Monitor Settings Window" +description: "File Monitor Settings Window" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # File Monitor Settings Window The File Monitor Settings window provides global settings for managing log retention, the ability to @@ -60,7 +66,7 @@ Collection window opens. ![File Monitor Settings > Edit Collection window (for accounts)](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/editcollectionaccounts.webp) **Step 3 –** Use the **Add** (+) button to open the -[Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md) +[Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md) to browse for and select AD accounts. **Step 4 –** Click **OK** to save your changes. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/siemoutputviewer.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/siemoutputviewer.md index c94b0ad4b1..4fe9593956 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/siemoutputviewer.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/siemoutputviewer.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SIEM Output Viewer" +description: "SIEM Output Viewer" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # SIEM Output Viewer The SIEM Output Viewer window displays the event data (messages) that Threat Prevention writes to @@ -5,10 +11,10 @@ syslog (SIEM) in real time. - Event data generated for a policy is sent to SIEM if the 'Send to SIEM' option is selected for that policy on the Actions tab. See the - [Send to SIEM](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md#send-to-siem) topic for additional information. + [Send to SIEM](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md#send-to-siem) topic for additional information. - Event data generated for an analytic is sent to SIEM if the 'Send Raw Data to SIEM' option is selected for that analytic on the Actions tab. See the - [Send to SIEM](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md#send-to-siem) topic for additional information. + [Send to SIEM](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md#send-to-siem) topic for additional information. - Event data generated for an event/incident/policy is sent to SIEM if a SIEM profile has been assigned to it on the [SIEM Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/siem.md) of the System Alerting Window. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e8e958d45 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "System Alerting Window", + "position": 100, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/email.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/email.md index a51d75903d..6f1a9d4482 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/email.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/email.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Email Tab" +description: "Email Tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Email Tab Alert notification via email sends messages through an SMTP gateway. Alerts are designed to send @@ -188,5 +194,5 @@ can be removed, but partial tokens do not retrieve data from the database. Now that at least one Message Profile has been created, it can be assigned to an event either through the System Altering window’s Email tab or assigned to a policy on the -[Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) of the policy configuration or the -[Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/actions.md) of the template configuration. +[Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) of the policy configuration or the +[Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/actions.md) of the template configuration. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/eventlog.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/eventlog.md index 78e6cf2672..39b4d6b5a6 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/eventlog.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/eventlog.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Event Log Tab" +description: "Event Log Tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Event Log Tab Alert notification via Event Log sends event notifications to the Windows Event Log. Follow the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/overview.md index 9d0560ae81..16b31170ad 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Alerting Window" +description: "System Alerting Window" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # System Alerting Window The System Alerting window is only available to administrators, enabling them to configure and @@ -27,8 +33,8 @@ grouped into five types: Email and SIEM alert notifications for policy events can be enabled through: - The System Alerting window -- The [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) of a policy -- The [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/actions.md) of a policy template +- The [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) of a policy +- The [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/actions.md) of a policy template In any case, configuration must first be set through the System Alerting window. The [Alerts Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/overview.md) allows you to quickly view recent alerts in a @@ -60,7 +66,7 @@ Below are some considerations: triggered in this event and the Agent is stopped. As a result, all monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. To resolve the issue, either upgrade to the latest version of the Agent or simply upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll - commonly known as ADMonitor DLL (recommended). See the - [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. + [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for the _LSASS process terminated_ alert. See the @@ -75,10 +81,10 @@ Below are some considerations: monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. The 'Agent Started in AD Monitor pending mode' alert (Operations alert) is triggered in this event. To resolve the issue temporarily, the Threat Prevention administrator should start the pending modules. See the - [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional + [Start Pending Modules](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/startpendingmodules.md) topic for additional information. It is also recommended to upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll (commonly known as ADMonitor DLL) to resolve the issue permanently. See the - [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. + [Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md) topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for this alert. See the [Enable Agent Started in AD Monitor Pending Mode Email Alert](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/safemode.md#enable-agent-started-in-ad-monitor-pending-mode-email-alert) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/siem.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/siem.md index 9373fd2153..23588eaaee 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/siem.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/systemalerting/siem.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SIEM Tab" +description: "SIEM Tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # SIEM Tab Alert notification via SIEM sends event notifications to a SIEM product using UDP or TCP protocol. @@ -124,8 +130,8 @@ mapping file formats are specifically designed for Analytics incidents. **Step 11 –** Click **OK** to save the settings. Once a SIEM server is configured, assign it to events using the System Alerting window’s SIEM Tab or -the [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) of a policy or the -[Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/actions.md) of a policy template. +the [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) of a policy or the +[Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/actions.md) of a policy template. IBM QRadar Integration @@ -139,8 +145,8 @@ for additional information. Splunk Integration Netwrix has created custom apps for integration between Threat Prevention and Splunk. See the -[Active Directory App for Splunk](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/overview.md) topic -and the [Threat Hunting App for Splunk](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/overview.md) +[Active Directory App for Splunk](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/overview.md) topic +and the [Threat Hunting App for Splunk](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/overview.md) topic for additional information. There is also a custom app for File Activity, that can receive data from either Threat Prevention or Netwrix Activity Monitor. See the [Netwrix Activity Monitor Documentation](https://helpcenter.netwrix.com/category/activitymonitor) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatmanagerconfiguration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatmanagerconfiguration.md index 2ea57423a1..a410f4cffb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatmanagerconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatmanagerconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Threat Manager Configuration Window" +description: "Netwrix Threat Manager Configuration Window" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Netwrix Threat Manager Configuration Window The Netwrix Threat Manager Configuration window is a global setting to enable integration between diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/config/activedirectory/threatprevention.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatprevention.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/config/activedirectory/threatprevention.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatprevention.md index e261bd909b..7cc9e5b687 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/config/activedirectory/threatprevention.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatprevention.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Send Active Directory Event Data from Netwrix Threat Prevention to Netwrix Access Analyzer" +description: "Send Active Directory Event Data from Netwrix Threat Prevention to Netwrix Access Analyzer" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Send Active Directory Event Data from Netwrix Threat Prevention to Netwrix Access Analyzer When Netwrix Threat Prevention is configured to monitor a domain, the event data collected by the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7be09bb41 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Users and Roles Window", + "position": 110, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/add.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/add.md index 0d848c6fbf..07dc7d70db 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/add.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/add.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Add Users" +description: "Add Users" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Add Users Follow the steps to add a user and assign access rights. @@ -22,7 +28,7 @@ Administrator automatically checks the Console Operator role. _Remember,_ the Report User role was a legacy role for the IIS-based SI Reporting Console and does not apply to the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module console. See the -[User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md) topic for +[User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md) topic for information on granting report access. **Step 5 –** _(Optional)_ Create as many users as required before clicking OK. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/delete.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/delete.md index 50e0ccca57..b5e6625c4c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/delete.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/delete.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Delete User" +description: "Delete User" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Delete User The Administration Console prevents you from deleting the last user with Administrator rights. There diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/modify.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/modify.md index 5924cf04f4..21908e781c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/modify.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/modify.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Modify User Access" +description: "Modify User Access" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Modify User Access Follow the steps to modify a user’s assigned rights. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/overview.md index ac59027c74..7944f73c98 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/userroles/overview.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Users and Roles Window" +description: "Users and Roles Window" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Users and Roles Window On the Users and Roles window, you can grant role based access to users on the Administration Console. See the -[User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md) topic for +[User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md) topic for information on granting access to the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module console. Click **Configuration** > **Users** on the menu to open the Users and Roles window. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e26c62f1a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Investigate Interface", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/datagrid.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/datagrid.md index 5e279f80d3..e31b822a5f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/datagrid.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/datagrid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigate Data Grid" +description: "Investigate Data Grid" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Investigate Data Grid Events are displayed in the data grid on the Investigate interface. @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ from view. Each column in the data grid has a prefix identifying the type of information displayed. Double-click a populated grid column to access the -[Event Viewer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventviewer.md) with detailed information on the +[Event Viewer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventviewer.md) with detailed information on the event. The columns display the following information for each event: - Event: Policy Name – Policy which monitored or blocked the event diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/filters.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/filters.md index 205bb16a26..fd9e1fd122 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/filters.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/filters.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigate Filters" +description: "Investigate Filters" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Investigate Filters On the [Investigate Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md), there are six filter categories that can be applied to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md index 34daaf3d40..c4b23781b9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigate Interface" +description: "Investigate Interface" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Investigate Interface The Investigate interface allows you to quickly view recent events in a centralized location. You diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/saved.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/saved.md index ce1bc28883..01699d699a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/saved.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/saved.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Saved Investigations" +description: "Saved Investigations" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Saved Investigations You can apply filters on the [Investigate Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md) to filter event data as desired. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/summaryfolders.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/summaryfolders.md index ce8d55495c..7324a99f25 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/summaryfolders.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/summaryfolders.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Summary Folders" +description: "Summary Folders" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Summary Folders The EPE Summary and LDAP Summary folders under Investigate in the navigation pane are pre-defined diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ee7155632 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Navigation", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/datagrid.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/datagrid.md index 8ecb6f93a6..778b12e2f0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/datagrid.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/datagrid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Data Grid Functionality" +description: "Data Grid Functionality" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Data Grid Functionality Result data is displayed using data grids on several interfaces in the Administration Console. These @@ -125,7 +131,7 @@ The data grids provide an option to export data. - Data grids on the Agents interface and on the Analytics windows export all available data from the grid to a CSV file. Clicking the **Export** button from these interfaces opens a Save As window. - Clicking the Export button from the Alerts interface opens the Alerts Export window. See the - [Alerts Export Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/window/alertsexport.md) topic for additional information. + [Alerts Export Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/alerts/alertsexport.md) topic for additional information. - Clicking the Export button from the Investigate interface or the Recent Events tab of a policy opens the Export window. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/licensemanager.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/licensemanager.md index 6ee915cc66..fac0cf616a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/licensemanager.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/licensemanager.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "License Manager Window" +description: "License Manager Window" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # License Manager Window The License Manager window displays the Threat Prevention modules that you are licensed for. If @@ -58,19 +64,19 @@ The Active Directory solution comes with the following licensed modules: See the following topics for additional information: -- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) -- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) -- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) -- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) -- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) -- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) -- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) -- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) -- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) -- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) -- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) +- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) +- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) +- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) +- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) +- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) +- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) +- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) +- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) +- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) +- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) +- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) #### Enterprise Password Enforcer Solution @@ -80,7 +86,7 @@ The Enterprise Password Enforcer solution comes with the following licensed modu | --------------------------- | -------------------- | | Password Enforcement Module | Password Enforcement | -See the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md) topics for +See the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md) topics for additional information. #### Exchange Solution @@ -94,8 +100,8 @@ The Exchange solution comes with the following licensed modules: See the following topics for additional information: -- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) -- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) +- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) +- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) #### File System Solution @@ -113,9 +119,9 @@ event types assigned. See the following topics for additional information: -- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md) – For Windows file +- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md) – For Windows file servers and/or NAS devices -- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) – For Windows file +- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) – For Windows file servers - [File System Enterprise Auditor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md) – For Windows file servers @@ -130,6 +136,6 @@ The LDAP solution comes with the following licensed modules: See the following topics for additional information: -- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md) -- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) -- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) +- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md) +- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) +- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/overview.md index 9592fe29f7..e61479d292 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Navigation" +description: "Navigation" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Navigation The Threat Prevention Administration Console is used to: @@ -71,7 +77,7 @@ interface. The following interface options are available: - [Analytics Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/analytics/overview.md) - [Policies Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/overview.md) - [Templates Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/overview.md) -- [Tags Node](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tags/overview.md) +- [Tags Node](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview_1.md) Several right-click menus and additional features are available within these interfaces. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/rightclickmenus.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/rightclickmenus.md index 428804ed6d..03fc5688bf 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/rightclickmenus.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/navigation/rightclickmenus.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Right-Click Menus" +description: "Right-Click Menus" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Right-Click Menus In the Navigation pane, the Policies node, Templates node, folders, policies, and templates have diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview.md index dbd450aa37..5504055c8b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administration" +description: "Administration" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Administration Threat Prevention monitors events in real‐time, gathers and processes event data, then outputs that @@ -83,7 +89,7 @@ Administrators group. A Threat Prevention Policy has many attributes which define the activities and objects it monitors, where on a network that policy applies, and when it is active. See the -[Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md) topic for additional information. +[Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md) topic for additional information. General @@ -125,7 +131,7 @@ customized for a particular installation, e.g. the name of a text file, the conn for a local SMTP server, etc. See the [Pre-Created Templates](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md) and -[Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md) topics for additional information. +[Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md) topics for additional information. ## Database Components diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tags/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview_1.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tags/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview_1.md index cc4528de00..d4da5316bc 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tags/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview_1.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Tags Node" +description: "Tags Node" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Tags Node Tags can be added to templates as an organizational tool. Tags are displaed as folders under the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c7c330d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Policies Interface", + "position": 80, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8caa85a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Policy Configuration", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "configuration" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a89e91623 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Actions Tab", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/file.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/file.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/file.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/file.md index 675cca9527..c1073cd742 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/file.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/file.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File Actions" +description: "File Actions" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # File Actions A File action can output the event data collected by a policy to a log file. Follow the steps to add diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/netscript.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/netscript.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/netscript.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/netscript.md index ab12ebdf3a..e9eb382aad 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/netscript.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/netscript.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: ".NET Script Actions" +description: ".NET Script Actions" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # .NET Script Actions A Visual Basic or C# script can be written and assigned to a policy by users or a Netwrix Engineer diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md index 777cb34ab4..e09223bf9d 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Actions Tab" +description: "Actions Tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Actions Tab The Actions tab is for configuring various responses, or event consumers, to the event data a policy @@ -130,15 +136,15 @@ In the Actions Configurations area at the top of the tab, assigned File, .NET Sc See the following topics for additional information: -- [File Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/file.md) -- [.NET Script Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/netscript.md) +- [File Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/file.md) +- [.NET Script Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/netscript.md) - Optionally, custom scripts can be provided through a Netwrix Statement of Work. -- [PowerShell 4.0 Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/powershell.md) +- [PowerShell 4.0 Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/powershell.md) - Optionally, custom scripts can be provided through a Netwrix Statement of Work. **NOTE:** There are custom scripts created by Netwrix Engineers that execute the notification -emails. See the [Custom Scripts](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions.md#custom-scripts) topic for +emails. See the [Custom Scripts](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/actions.md#custom-scripts) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/powershell.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/powershell.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/powershell.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/powershell.md index 792229933b..1d1d95dcd3 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/powershell.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/powershell.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "PowerShell 4.0 Actions" +description: "PowerShell 4.0 Actions" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # PowerShell 4.0 Actions A PowerShell 4.0 script can be written and assigned to a policy by Threat Prevention users or a @@ -25,7 +31,7 @@ Follow the steps to add a PowerShell 4.0 action to a policy/template. ![Script Editor for PowerShell Scripts](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/scripteditorforps.webp) **Step 4 –** Create or copy/paste the custom script in the Threat Prevention Script Editor. See the -[Threat Prevention Script Editor Tools](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/netscript.md#threat-prevention-script-editor-tools) topic +[Threat Prevention Script Editor Tools](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/netscript.md#threat-prevention-script-editor-tools) topic for additional information, i.e. Run for testing and Encrypt functionality. See the Default PowerShell 4.0 Script topic for the default custom script. Save and close. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md similarity index 66% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md index 9762df6a12..a885c172e9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md @@ -1,17 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Configuration" +description: "Policy Configuration" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Policy Configuration A Threat Prevention policy has many elements that define the objects and events it monitors or blocks, where it looks in networks, and when it is active. These policy attributes are organized into the following major components: -- [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) -- [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md) -- [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) (Event Consumers) +- [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) +- [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md) +- [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) (Event Consumers) Each major component has its own tabbed view. A policy requires at least the General tab and Event Type tab to be configured before it properly functions. The Actions tab is optional. -The [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md) provides information on the events that have been +The [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md) provides information on the events that have been recently monitored or blocked by the respective policy. These events are also available on the [Investigate Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md). diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f30592459 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Event Type Tab", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md index d32a885389..3d218100d8 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Changes Event Type" +description: "Active Directory Changes Event Type" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory Changes Event Type The Active Directory Changes event type can be configured to generate an event when an Active @@ -48,7 +54,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -70,7 +76,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Contexts, Include Collections, Exclude Contexts, Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Context Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md). + [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -92,7 +98,7 @@ Active Directory or to exclude specific classes from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Class List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/classlist.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Class List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/classlist.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -108,7 +114,7 @@ Directory attributes or to exclude specific attributes from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include Attributes, Include Collections, Exclude Attributes, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Attributes Add (+) button opens the [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). +- The Attributes Add (+) button opens the [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -151,7 +157,7 @@ policy, select that event type and then select a previously used attribute to in Attributes filter. When the userAccountControl attribute is included or excluded in the filter, selecting the Any Value -dropdown opens the [User Account Control Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md) with additional UAC +dropdown opens the [User Account Control Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md) with additional UAC flags to add to the filter. ## AD Objects Filter @@ -164,7 +170,7 @@ Directory or to exclude specific objects from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. - The Add (+) buttons open the - [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md). + [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -186,7 +192,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -213,7 +219,7 @@ originators of an event or to exclude specific IP addresses. Use the buttons in the Include IP Addresses, Include Collections, Exclude IP Addresses, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). +- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -233,7 +239,7 @@ hosts as originators of an event or to exclude specific hosts from being monitor Use the buttons in the Include Hosts, Include Collections, Exclude Hosts, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md index 1206d5f39f..470c95da7b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Lockdown Event Type" +description: "Active Directory Lockdown Event Type" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Active Directory Lockdown Event Type Based on policy rules, the Active Directory Lockdown event type can prevent a change in Active @@ -53,12 +59,12 @@ Use the buttons in the Objects and Containers, Collections of Objects and Contai areas to edit the lists. - Objects and Containers area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md). + [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md). - Collection of Objects and Containers area – The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. - GUIDs area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md). + [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. **NOTE:** To enable a Dynamic Policy, use the Collection button to select the desired Dynamic @@ -92,9 +98,9 @@ Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. Use the buttons in the Classes and Attributes areas to edit the lists. -- Classes area – The Add (+) buttons open the [Class List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/classlist.md). +- Classes area – The Add (+) buttons open the [Class List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/classlist.md). - Attributes area – The Attributes Add (+) button opens the - [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). + [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -114,14 +120,14 @@ from being locked down. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** +**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -140,15 +146,15 @@ hosts as originators of an event. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -- For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that +- For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. -- For the [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md), this filter blocks or +- For the [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md), this filter blocks or only allows authentication from the identified host(s). Use the buttons in the Include Hosts area to edit the list. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## User Account Control Filter diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md index 66aaf3510e..a929cda3d3 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type" +description: "Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type The Active Directory Read Monitoring event type reports on a user's accessing or reading specific @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ Active Directory or to exclude specific classes from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Class List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/classlist.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Class List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/classlist.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -69,7 +75,7 @@ Directory or to exclude specific objects from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. - The Add (+) buttons open the - [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md). + [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -91,7 +97,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Contexts, Include Collections, Exclude Contexts, Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Context Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md). + [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -116,7 +122,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -142,7 +148,7 @@ Directory attributes or to exclude specific attributes from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Attributes Add (+) button opens the [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). +- The Attributes Add (+) button opens the [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -158,7 +164,7 @@ hosts as originators of an event or to exclude specific hosts from being monitor Use the buttons in the Include Hosts, Include Collections, Exclude Hosts, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md index 2d46e2818e..6479659ab8 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "AD Replication Lockdown Event Type" +description: "AD Replication Lockdown Event Type" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # AD Replication Lockdown Event Type The primary use case of the AD Replication Lockdown event type is to prevent non-domain controllers @@ -58,14 +64,14 @@ from being locked down. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** +**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -105,7 +111,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. Use the buttons in the Include Hosts and Include Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md index c882dd6271..6127502cc0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "AD Replication Monitoring Event Type" +description: "AD Replication Monitoring Event Type" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # AD Replication Monitoring Event Type The AD Replication Monitoring event type monitors domain controller syncing/replication. The primary @@ -60,7 +66,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -107,7 +113,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -127,7 +133,7 @@ hosts as originators of an event or to exclude specific hosts from being monitor Use the buttons in the Include Hosts, Include Collections, Exclude Hosts, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md index 45f4291712..b82c2c6764 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Lockdown Event Type" +description: "Authentication Lockdown Event Type" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Authentication Lockdown Event Type Based on policy rules, the Authentication Lockdown event type can block specific Kerberos, TGT, TGS @@ -76,14 +82,14 @@ from being locked down. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** +**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -102,7 +108,7 @@ hosts as originators of an event. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -- For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that +- For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. - For the Authentication Lockdown Event Type, this filter blocks or only allows authentication from @@ -110,7 +116,7 @@ Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. Use the buttons in the Include Hosts area to edit the list. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## Hosts (to) Filter @@ -122,7 +128,7 @@ hosts as target hosts of an event. Use the buttons in the Include Hosts area to edit the list. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## Rule Preview Filter diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md index f199cb91de..d43f68037b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Monitoring Event Type" +description: "Authentication Monitoring Event Type" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Authentication Monitoring Event Type The Authentication Monitoring event type captures events according to policy filters for Kerberos, @@ -76,7 +82,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -112,7 +118,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ originators of an event or to exclude specific IP addresses. Use the buttons in the Include IP Addresses, Include Collections, Exclude IP Addresses, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). +- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -159,7 +165,7 @@ hosts of an event or to exclude specific IP addresses. Use the buttons in the Include IP Addresses, Include Collections, Exclude IP Addresses, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). +- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -179,7 +185,7 @@ hosts as originators of an event or to exclude specific hosts from being monitor Use the buttons in the Include Hosts, Include Collections, Exclude Hosts, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -199,7 +205,7 @@ target hosts of an event or to exclude specific hosts from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include Hosts, Include Collections, Exclude Hosts, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md index d56f5317e1..2c6b248988 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Effective Group Membership Event Type" +description: "Effective Group Membership Event Type" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Effective Group Membership Event Type The Effective Group Membership event type generates an event when security principals are added to @@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ membership of the specified group as well as all its nested groups. Use the buttons to include Active Directory groups in the list. -- The Add (+) button opens the [Select AD Groups Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/groups.md). +- The Add (+) button opens the [Select AD Groups Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/groups.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## AD Perpetrator Filter @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangechanges.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangechanges.md index 5ba9cb8f09..8c28d01dec 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangechanges.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange Changes Event Type" +description: "Exchange Changes Event Type" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Exchange Changes Event Type The Exchange Changes event type produces events for specified activities on the Exchange Server. @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ specific objects or containers from being monitored. Select the **Include** or **Exclude** button and then edit the list. - The **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/exchangeobjects.md). + [Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/exchangeobjects.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -74,7 +80,7 @@ either **Include** or **Exclude**. Use the buttons in the Trustees and Collections of Trustees areas to edit the lists. - The Trustees **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Trustees Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/trustees.md). + [Select Active Directory Trustees Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/trustees.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -156,7 +162,7 @@ Both the checkboxes and the option buttons have their own set of Include or Excl Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md index ad89c20504..6f6c61b05c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange Lockdown Event Type" +description: "Exchange Lockdown Event Type" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Exchange Lockdown Event Type The Exchange Lockdown event type prevents specified types of changes in Exchange and generates an @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ specific objects or containers from being locked down. Select the **Include** or **Exclude** button and then edit the list. - The **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/exchangeobjects.md). + [Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/exchangeobjects.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -81,7 +87,7 @@ Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. Use the buttons in the Trustees and Collections of Trustees areas to edit the lists. - The Trustees **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Trustees Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/trustees.md). + [Select Active Directory Trustees Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/trustees.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -165,7 +171,7 @@ Both the checkboxes and the option buttons have their own set of Block or Allow Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c61e0c0fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "File System Changes Event Type", + "position": 110, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "filesystemchanges" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md index 4c56a5aca7..ff857c5bc6 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File System Changes Event Type" +description: "File System Changes Event Type" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # File System Changes Event Type The File System Changes event type generates events for selected actions on selected files, such as @@ -148,7 +154,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Paths, Include Collections, Exclude Paths, and Ex areas to edit the lists. - The Path **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). + [Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -199,7 +205,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/nasdevice.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/nasdevice.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/nasdevice.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/nasdevice.md index a3c5f9a42b..ab0433a25d 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/nasdevice.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/nasdevice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Monitor NAS Devices" +description: "Monitor NAS Devices" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Monitor NAS Devices Monitoring a NAS device first requires the Netwrix Activity Monitor to have an Activity agent @@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ Follow the steps to monitor NAS devices. **Step 3 –** In the Event Filters section, go to the Paths filter tab and click the **Add** button in the Include Paths area to open the -[Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). +[Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). _Remember,_ any files or folders to be excluded need to be a subset of a folder identified in the Include Paths area. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md index 2f0a0563e2..51c420fddb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File System Lockdown Event Type" +description: "File System Lockdown Event Type" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # File System Lockdown Event Type Based on policy rules, the File System Lockdown event type can prevent file activity on selected @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ The Paths section defines the top level folder or individual files for lockdown. the Paths and Path Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Path **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). + [Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -147,14 +153,14 @@ from being locked down. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** +**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md index ca2d1136d5..e4b159ba4f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type" +description: "FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type The FSMO Role Monitoring event type generates events based on policy rules when domain controllers @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md index f07a4dc742..f283abbde0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "GPO Setting Changes Event Type" +description: "GPO Setting Changes Event Type" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # GPO Setting Changes Event Type The GPO Setting Changes event type generates events based on rules for specified (or all) GPOs, to @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ In the Group Policy Objects section, scope to specific GPOs: - List – Scopes to the specified GPOs - The **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/grouppolicyobjects.md). + [Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/grouppolicyobjects.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## AD Perpetrator Filter @@ -49,7 +55,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md index e84de17c89..c45ec99b9a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type" +description: "GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type The GPO Setting Lockdown event type can prevent all changes against specified GPOs. Note that this @@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ In the Group Policy Objects section, scope to specific GPOs: - List – Scopes to the specified GPOs - The **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/grouppolicyobjects.md). + [Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/grouppolicyobjects.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## Domains/Servers Filter @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -72,14 +78,14 @@ from being locked down. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** +**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md index 8f60960c46..3002fac809 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type" +description: "LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type" +sidebar_position: 180 +--- + # LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type The LDAP Bind Monitoring event type monitors all connections established with LDAP, including the -users who connected with LDAP. While the [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md) creates +users who connected with LDAP. While the [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md) creates events when actual LDAP queries are executed, LDAP Bind Monitoring creates events when a connection is established with LDAP. @@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -116,7 +122,7 @@ originators of an event or to exclude specific IP addresses. Use the buttons in the Include IP Addresses, Include Collections, Exclude IP Addresses, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). +- The IP Addresses Add (+) button opens the [Add IP Address Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -136,7 +142,7 @@ hosts as originators of an event or to exclude specific hosts from being monitor Use the buttons in the Include Hosts, Include Collections, Exclude Hosts, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md index c46320df18..58eca1a6cc 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP Lockdown Event Type" +description: "LDAP Lockdown Event Type" +sidebar_position: 170 +--- + # LDAP Lockdown Event Type The LDAP Lockdown event type can prevent execution of LDAP queries that meet policy filters/rules. @@ -42,13 +48,13 @@ available for the event type: conform to your security configurations - This option displays additional filters for Secure configurations and Search scopes. See the - [LDAP Search Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapsearch.md) topic for additional information. + [LDAP Search Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapsearch.md) topic for additional information. - LDAP Ping – LDAP Ping is a Microsoft Active Directory specific Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) or Connection-less Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (CLDAP) search that returns information about whether services are live on a domain controller - - See the [LDAP Ping Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapping.md) topic for additional information. + - See the [LDAP Ping Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapping.md) topic for additional information. When LDAP Ping is selected, the Secure Configurations and Search scopes sections are not displayed. @@ -62,7 +68,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -82,14 +88,14 @@ from being locked down. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** +**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -121,7 +127,7 @@ Enter a query in the LDAP Queries box. You can type a string in the textbox. Alt buttons in the respective sections. - The Add (+) buttons open the - [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md). + [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## Hosts (from) Filter @@ -133,15 +139,15 @@ hosts as originators of an event. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -- For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that +- For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. -- For the [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md), this filter blocks or +- For the [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md), this filter blocks or only allows authentication from the identified host(s). Use the buttons in the Include Hosts area to edit the list. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## Rule Preview Filter diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f970f948de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "LDAP Monitoring Event Type", + "position": 160, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "ldapmonitoring" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md index 3b33f0ec62..3181a80d99 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP Monitoring Event Type" +description: "LDAP Monitoring Event Type" +sidebar_position: 160 +--- + # LDAP Monitoring Event Type The LDAP Monitoring event type generates an event for LDAP queries that match policy filter rules. @@ -44,13 +50,13 @@ available for the event type: conform to your security configurations - This option displays additional filters for Secure configurations and Search scopes. See the - [LDAP Search Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapsearch.md) topic for additional information. + [LDAP Search Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapsearch.md) topic for additional information. - LDAP Ping – LDAP Ping is a Microsoft Active Directory specific Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) or Connection-less Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (CLDAP) search that returns information about whether services are live on a domain controller - - See the [LDAP Ping Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapping.md) topic for additional information. + - See the [LDAP Ping Operations Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapping.md) topic for additional information. When LDAP Ping is selected, the Secure Configurations and Search scopes sections are not displayed. @@ -91,7 +97,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -127,7 +133,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -155,7 +161,7 @@ Enter a query in the Include LDAP Queries and/or Exclude LDAP Queries boxes. You in the textbox. Alternatively, use the buttons in the respective sections. - The Add (+) buttons open the - [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md). + [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## LDAP Result Filter @@ -173,7 +179,7 @@ Specify the desired object in the Include Objects box. You can type a string in Alternatively, use the buttons in the respective sections. - The Add (+) buttons open the - [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md). + [Select Active Directory Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## LDAP Attributes Filter @@ -185,7 +191,7 @@ LDAP attributes or exclude specific attributes from being monitored. Use the buttons in the Include Attributes and Exclude Attributes boxes to edit the lists. -- The Attributes Add (+) button opens the [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). +- The Attributes Add (+) button opens the [Attribute List Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/attributelist.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -201,7 +207,7 @@ hosts as originators of an event or to exclude specific hosts from being monitor Use the buttons in the Include Hosts, Include Collections, Exclude Hosts, and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapping.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapping.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapping.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapping.md index 75b526f537..df000d56a6 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapping.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapping.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP Ping Operations Use Case" +description: "LDAP Ping Operations Use Case" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # LDAP Ping Operations Use Case LDAP Ping is a Microsoft Active Directory specific Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) or @@ -10,8 +16,8 @@ Threat Prevention can be configured to monitor and block LDAP Nom Nom, which is an anonymous bruteforce attack to find user names in Active Directory from domain controllers by using LDAP Ping requests. -When you create a policy with the [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md) or the -[LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md), the LDAP filter allows you to enable the LDAP Ping +When you create a policy with the [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md) or the +[LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md), the LDAP filter allows you to enable the LDAP Ping option. ![LDAP filter for the LDAP Monitoring and LDAP Lockdown event types](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapping.webp) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapsearch.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapsearch.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapsearch.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapsearch.md index bb1d89ae99..411701b68d 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/ldapsearch.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapsearch.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP Search Operations Use Case" +description: "LDAP Search Operations Use Case" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # LDAP Search Operations Use Case Use the LDAP Search operation to search for and identify activity that does not conform to your security configurations. -When you create a policy with the [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md) or the -[LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md), the LDAP filter allows you to enable the LDAP Search +When you create a policy with the [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md) or the +[LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md), the LDAP filter allows you to enable the LDAP Search option. The Secure configurations and Search scope options filter the search based on a match to the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/threatmanagerldap.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/threatmanagerldap.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/threatmanagerldap.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/threatmanagerldap.md index cb953463f2..df5f4cbef5 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/threatmanagerldap.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/threatmanagerldap.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Threat Manager Honeytoken Threats Use Case" +description: "Netwrix Threat Manager Honeytoken Threats Use Case" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Netwrix Threat Manager Honeytoken Threats Use Case Follow these steps to configure LDAP monitoring. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md index 8fc020cd17..0b0986bf11 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type" +description: "LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type" +sidebar_position: 190 +--- + # LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type Based on policy rules, the LSASS Guardian – Monitor event type generates an event when a process not @@ -31,7 +37,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Perpetrators, Include Collections, Exclude Perpet Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md index fb6f3c08fb..7cced0c83e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type" +description: "LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type" +sidebar_position: 200 +--- + # LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type Based on policy rules, the LSASS Guardian – Protect event type can prevent processes not ‘white @@ -33,14 +39,14 @@ from being locked down. Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. -**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** +**NOTE:** For the [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md), selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -59,7 +65,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md index ce5a9ac52f..c4b62e85ec 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Event Type Tab" +description: "Event Type Tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Event Type Tab The Event Type tab enables you to define the objects and events that Threat Prevention @@ -31,28 +37,28 @@ Save all changes made to a policy or a template before leaving the configuration See the following topics for additional details: -- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) -- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) -- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) -- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) -- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) -- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) -- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) -- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) -- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) -- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) -- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md) -- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) +- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) +- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) +- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) +- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) +- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) +- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) +- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) +- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) +- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) +- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) +- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md) +- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) - [File System Enterprise Auditor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md) -- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) -- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) -- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) -- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md) -- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md) -- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) -- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) +- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) +- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) +- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) +- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md) +- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md) +- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) +- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) ## Event Filters Overview diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b94b8a5f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Password Enforcement Event Type", + "position": 210, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "passwordenforcement" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/monitorweakpasswords.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/monitorweakpasswords.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/monitorweakpasswords.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/monitorweakpasswords.md index 6eeb89e370..ca83c2a7bd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/monitorweakpasswords.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/monitorweakpasswords.md @@ -1,11 +1,17 @@ +--- +title: "Monitor Weak Passwords Use Case" +description: "Monitor Weak Passwords Use Case" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Monitor Weak Passwords Use Case Any Threat Prevention license can use the Password Enforcement Event type to monitor for the creation of weak passwords in your environment. -**NOTE:** See the [Prevent Weak Passwords Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/preventweakpasswords.md) topic for instructions +**NOTE:** See the [Prevent Weak Passwords Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/preventweakpasswords.md) topic for instructions on creating a policy to block weak passwords, which requires the Threat Prevention -for[ Enterprise Password Enforcer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/epe.md) solution. +for[ Enterprise Password Enforcer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/epe.md) solution. Follow the steps to configure a policy to monitor the creation of weak passwords. @@ -35,7 +41,7 @@ environment. description, e.g. This policy monitors the creation of weak passwords according to the global EPE settings. - On the Event Type tab, click the **Add** (+) button and select Password Enforcement on the - [Event Selection Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md#event-selection-window). + [Event Selection Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md#event-selection-window). ![Policy - Event Type tab with the Password Enforcement event selected](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/passwordrulesmonitor.webp) @@ -74,7 +80,7 @@ methods for viewing monitored weak password events: ![Recent Events Tab for weak password monitoring](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/recenteventsmonitor.webp) On the Recent Events tab of the policy, set the Show options as desired and click the Refresh button -to view monitored events. See the [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md) topic for +to view monitored events. See the [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md) topic for additional information. ## View Events in Investigate Interface diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md index 9bfeccfbef..be9dd2f792 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password Enforcement Event Type" +description: "Password Enforcement Event Type" +sidebar_position: 210 +--- + # Password Enforcement Event Type The Password Enforcement event type prevents changing a password if the supplied password string @@ -80,7 +86,7 @@ to exclude specific domains and/or servers. Use the buttons in the Include and Exclude areas to edit the lists. -- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). +- The Add (+) buttons open the [Select Domains and Servers Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -109,15 +115,15 @@ Use the buttons in the Accounts, Account Collections, Containers, and Groups are lists. The following windows are displayed when you click the Add (+) button: - Accounts – The Accounts Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Account Collections – The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. - Containers – The Containers Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md). All user + [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md). All user objects in the selected organizational unit(s) are subject to the applied rule. - Groups – The Groups Add (+) button opens the - [Select AD Groups Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/groups.md). + [Select AD Groups Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/groups.md). The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. @@ -159,7 +165,7 @@ policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Use the buttons in the Perpetrators and Collections of Perpetrators areas to edit the lists. - Perpetrators area – The Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - Collections of Perpetrators area - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -181,12 +187,12 @@ Select the **Block** or **Allow** option button and then edit the list. - For the Password Enforcement Event Type, selecting **Allow** means that this policy will not validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. Selecting **Block** means that this policy will validate the new passwords for the accounts listed here. -- For the [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md), this filter blocks or +- For the [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md), this filter blocks or only allows authentication from the identified host(s). Use the buttons in the Include Hosts area to edit the list. -- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). +- The Hosts Add (+) button opens the [Select Computer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md). - The Remove (x) button deletes the selected item(s) from that box. ## Password Rules Filter @@ -238,7 +244,7 @@ any of the checked criteria of the Password Rules filter. - Blocking – Blocks the failed password from being used **_RECOMMENDED:_** Use the Test Password Rules button to open the -[Test Passwords Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md), where you can test your set of rules. +[Test Passwords Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md), where you can test your set of rules. Passwords Section diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/preventweakpasswords.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/preventweakpasswords.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/preventweakpasswords.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/preventweakpasswords.md index 42a8628cc5..d9b2f1293e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/preventweakpasswords.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/preventweakpasswords.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "Prevent Weak Passwords Use Case" +description: "Prevent Weak Passwords Use Case" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Prevent Weak Passwords Use Case Any Threat Prevention license can use the Password Enforcement Event type to prevent the creation of weak passwords in your environment. **NOTE:** The Threat Prevention Enterprise Password Enforcement solution includes an EPE User -Feedback module. See the [ Enterprise Password Enforcer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/epe.md) topic for +Feedback module. See the [ Enterprise Password Enforcer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/epe.md) topic for additional information. Follow the steps to configure a policy to block the creation of weak passwords. @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ Follow the steps to configure a policy to block the creation of weak passwords. ![EPE Settings window](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/epesettings.webp) **NOTE:** It is a best practice to create and enable a monitoring policy prior to creating and -enabling a blocking policy. See the [Monitor Weak Passwords Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/monitorweakpasswords.md) topic +enabling a blocking policy. See the [Monitor Weak Passwords Use Case](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/monitorweakpasswords.md) topic for additional information. **Step 1 –** (Must be completed by an administrator) Configure the global EPE settings for your @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ environment. description, e.g. This policy blocks the creation of weak passwords according to the global EPE settings. - On the Event Type tab, click the **Add** (+) button and select Password Enforcement on the - [Event Selection Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md#event-selection-window). + [Event Selection Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md#event-selection-window). ![Policy - Event Type tab with the Password Enforcement event selected](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/passwordrulesblock.webp) @@ -76,7 +82,7 @@ methods for viewing prevented weak password events: ## View Events in Recent Events Tab On the Recent Events tab of the blocking policy, set the Show options as desired and click the -Refresh button to view blocked events. See the [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md) +Refresh button to view blocked events. See the [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md) topic for additional information. ![Recent Events Tab for weak password prevent](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/usecase/recenteventsprevent.webp) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..144dadfbf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Selection Windows", + "position": 220, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md index 99cb731e74..5b6e121ba4 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/addipaddress.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Add IP Address Window" +description: "Add IP Address Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Add IP Address Window The Add IP Address window provides a textbox to enter the IP address to be included or excluded. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/attributelist.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/attributelist.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/attributelist.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/attributelist.md index 74d69bd6c1..c926cd223b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/attributelist.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/attributelist.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Attribute List Window" +description: "Attribute List Window" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Attribute List Window The Attribute List window provides a list of available Active Directory attributes to either include diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/classlist.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/classlist.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/classlist.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/classlist.md index 21461d38e1..2549579fdb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/classlist.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/classlist.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Class List Window" +description: "Class List Window" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Class List Window The Class List window provides a list of available classes to either include or exclude. Selected diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md index 81508732ae..cf82a4cac3 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Active Directory Contexts Window" +description: "Select Active Directory Contexts Window" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Select Active Directory Contexts Window The Select Active Directory Contexts window provides a list of available contexts to either include @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ to open this window. right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the AD Account filter, the AD Context filter, or the AD Objects and Containers filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/exchangeobjects.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/exchangeobjects.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/exchangeobjects.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/exchangeobjects.md index c5c3ea5fab..8d364e2300 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/exchangeobjects.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/exchangeobjects.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory Window" +description: "Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory Window" +sidebar_position: 120 +--- + # Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory Window The Select Exchange Objects from Active Directory window provides a list of Active Directory users @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ filter from where you clicked the **Add** (+) button to open this window. right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the Exchange Mailbox Objects and Containers filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/grouppolicyobjects.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/grouppolicyobjects.md similarity index 77% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/grouppolicyobjects.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/grouppolicyobjects.md index 50aeea7b4b..0313b7746f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/grouppolicyobjects.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/grouppolicyobjects.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects Window" +description: "Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects Window" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects Window The Select Active Directory Group Policy Objects window provides a list of available GPOs. Selected @@ -10,7 +16,7 @@ objects are added to the filter from where you clicked the **Add** (+) button to right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the AD Group Policy Object filter or the AD Group Policy Object Changes filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/groups.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/groups.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/groups.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/groups.md index 0a06ab7b58..672670b4a0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/groups.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/groups.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select AD Groups Window" +description: "Select AD Groups Window" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Select AD Groups Window The Select AD Groups window provides a list of available Active Directory groups. Selected objects @@ -12,6 +18,6 @@ are added to the filter from where you clicked the **Add** (+) button to open th right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the AD Account filter or the AD Groups filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md index a11fdc92a8..4aab4fd68c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/objects.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/objects.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Active Directory Objects Window" +description: "Select Active Directory Objects Window" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Select Active Directory Objects Window The Select Active Directory Objects window provides a list of available AD objects. Selected objects @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ are added to the filter from where you clicked the **Add** (+) button to open th right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the AD Objects filter, the LDAP Query filter, or the LDAP Result filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md index f2a372d4f3..9cee8d9ace 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Selection Windows" +description: "Selection Windows" +sidebar_position: 220 +--- + # Selection Windows Many event type filters have selections windows for populating filter values. It may be necessary to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md index ea0862525d..07f51c5fc6 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window" +description: "Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window The Select Active Directory Perpetrators window provides a list of available AD users and groups. @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ window. right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the AD Account filter, the AD Perpetrator filter, the Exchange Perpetrators filter, or the Perpetrators to Exclude filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md index 46e978ee90..41a4c42ac9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectcomputers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Computer Window" +description: "Select Computer Window" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Select Computer Window The Select Computer window provides a list of available computers. Selected objects are added to the @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ filter from where you clicked the **Add** (+) button to open this window. right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the Hosts (from) filter or the Hosts (to) filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md index 070316cda5..0174acd4d0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectdomainsservers.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Domains and Servers Window" +description: "Select Domains and Servers Window" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Select Domains and Servers Window The Select Domains And Servers window provides a list of available domains and servers to either diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md index b80fed9357..7eaa2bdeac 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select File System Objects Window" +description: "Select File System Objects Window" +sidebar_position: 130 +--- + # Select File System Objects Window The Select File System Objects window provides a list of available file system paths. Paths to @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ window. right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the File System filter, File System Paths filter, or the File System Enterprise Auditor filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md index 27efab4f6b..fb8eb19f4b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/testpasswords.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Test Passwords Window" +description: "Test Passwords Window" +sidebar_position: 140 +--- + # Test Passwords Window The Test Password window enables users to test the password complexity requirements set in the -[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) against a pending password. +[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) against a pending password. This window does not change a user’s password but allows pending user passwords to be tested in the domain. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/trustees.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/trustees.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/trustees.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/trustees.md index ce78ac5133..0de6ddd14b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/trustees.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/trustees.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Select Active Directory Trustees Window" +description: "Select Active Directory Trustees Window" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Select Active Directory Trustees Window The Select Active Directory Trustees window provides a list of available Exchange trustees to either @@ -16,7 +22,7 @@ distribution lists. right. - Then click **OK** to close the window. -See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. The selection is displayed in the appropriate box of the Exchange Trustees filter. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md index 7c22bf6321..c6cd7ab491 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/useraccountcontrol.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Account Control Window" +description: "User Account Control Window" +sidebar_position: 150 +--- + # User Account Control Window The User Account Control (UAC) window enables you to select specific UAC settings to be monitored by diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md index 15c12e2964..4bc8e84c55 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General Tab" +description: "General Tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # General Tab The General tab is for editing the basic attributes of the policy. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..723c64625e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Recent Events Tab", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md index 836e4e0591..bc7957a3f2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Event Tracker Window" +description: "Event Tracker Window" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Event Tracker Window The Event Tracker window, accessible through the right-click menu on a data row, allows you to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventviewer.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventviewer.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventviewer.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventviewer.md index b234420ba8..1293bed05a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventviewer.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventviewer.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Event Viewer Window" +description: "Event Viewer Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Event Viewer Window The Event Viewer window, accessible through the right-click menu on a data row or by double-clicking diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/executepsscript.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/executepsscript.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/executepsscript.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/executepsscript.md index 22a366b6d3..189b69b3e5 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/executepsscript.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/executepsscript.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Execute PS Script" +description: "Execute PS Script" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Execute PS Script The Execute PS script right-click option in the Recent Events tab of a policy opens a Windows @@ -19,5 +25,5 @@ _$helper.[class]_ with the data parameter. This is Threat Prevention specific. F $sw.WriteLine(("EventName: " + $helper.EventName)) ``` -See the [Default PowerShell 4.0 Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/powershell.md#default-powershell-40-script) topic +See the [Default PowerShell 4.0 Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/powershell.md#default-powershell-40-script) topic for the full example script. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md index dfd5317714..c90910b3cf 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Recent Events Tab" +description: "Recent Events Tab" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Recent Events Tab The Recent Events tab provides information on the events that have been recently monitored or @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ The data grid can be filtered according to the Event Tracker Status: - New - Reviewed -See the [Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) topic for additional information. ## Recent Events Data Grid @@ -125,7 +131,7 @@ Right-click on a row in the data grid to open the right-click menu. ![Recent Events tab - Right-Click menu](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/rightclickmenu.webp) - Copy – Copies the selected data cell to clipboard -- Event Viewer – Opens the [Event Viewer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventviewer.md) for the selected event/data row -- Event Tracker – Opens the [Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker.md) for the selected event/data row -- [Execute PS Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/executepsscript.md) – Opens a Windows Explorer window to the scripts folder. +- Event Viewer – Opens the [Event Viewer Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventviewer.md) for the selected event/data row +- Event Tracker – Opens the [Event Tracker Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/eventtracker.md) for the selected event/data row +- [Execute PS Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/executepsscript.md) – Opens a Windows Explorer window to the scripts folder. Enables users to run a PowerShell script for the selected event/data row. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/dataprotection.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/dataprotection.md index 35d3034c7e..c6a7057bf0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/dataprotection.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/dataprotection.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Data Protection" +description: "Data Protection" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Data Protection Under the Policies node, you can protect collected event data at the folder level. @@ -9,7 +15,7 @@ it: the selected folder. - View Data checkbox – Affects the ability to see events data for these policies in the policy’s - [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md) and the + [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md) and the [Investigate Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md). Only users granted the View Data permission on the folder where the object has been @@ -20,13 +26,13 @@ it: the Protect Policiessection for instructions on protecting policies or objects. - Protected Objects – Monitors the selected - [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/context.md) + [Select Active Directory Contexts Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/context.md) within the policy folder Protected objects are hidden from the following types of data no matter what policy monitored/blocked it: - - [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md) data + - [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md) data - [Investigate Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md) data **NOTE:** These protections only apply to viewing event data within the Administration Console, and @@ -88,7 +94,7 @@ is displayed. **Step 8 –** On the Select Active Directory Contexts window, select an Agent from the drop-down menu and click **Connect**. Expand the domain tree in the Navigation pane. Select an item in the Results -pane on the right and click **OK**. See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic +pane on the right and click **OK**. See the [Selection Windows](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/overview.md) topic for additional information. **Step 9 –** The window closes and the object is displayed in the Protected Objects list. Only those diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md index 4fd4969272..3c3b29cc6a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ that can be read by the File System collection. See the File System Solution top information on this collection component. Event data collected by the policies with either the -[File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md) or the -[File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) are also available for consumption by +[File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md) or the +[File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) are also available for consumption by Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor) if the File System Enterprise Auditor event type is used by the same policy. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Use the buttons in the Include Paths, Include Collections, Exclude Paths, and Ex areas to edit the lists. - The Path **Add** (+) button opens the - [Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). + [Select File System Objects Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/selectfilesystemobjects.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ from being monitored. Use the buttons above the Exclude Perpetrators and Exclude Collections areas to edit the lists. - The Perpetrators Add (+) button opens the - [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/window/selectactivedirectory/perpetrators.md). + [Select Active Directory Perpetrators Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/window/perpetrators.md). - The Collection button opens the [List of Collections Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections.md) to the appropriate Collection category. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/exportpoliciestemplates.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/exportpoliciestemplates.md index 79f30f2bee..a9a11a2971 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/exportpoliciestemplates.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/exportpoliciestemplates.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export Policies and Templates Window" +description: "Export Policies and Templates Window" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Export Policies and Templates Window The Export Policies and Templates window, opened from the Policies interface and the Templates diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/overview.md index 2283be575b..95c9655975 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policies Interface" +description: "Policies Interface" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Policies Interface The Policies interface lists all policies that you have defined in Threat Prevention. @@ -38,7 +44,7 @@ organizing policies. A user with administrator rights can apply protection on a ![Enabled and Disabled Policies in the Navogation pane](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/enableddisabledpolicies.webp) -See the [Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md) topic for additional information on creating +See the [Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md) topic for additional information on creating policies. ## Right-Click Menu diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8741403345 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Templates Interface", + "position": 90, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ccf7e97af --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Template Configuration", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "configuration" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/actions.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/actions.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/actions.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/actions.md index 04baacd852..dd3e4ba107 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/actions.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/actions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Actions Tab" +description: "Actions Tab" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Actions Tab The Actions tab is for configuring various responses, or event consumers, to the event data a policy @@ -130,14 +136,14 @@ In the Actions Configurations area at the top of the tab, assigned File, .NET Sc See the following topics for additional information: -- [File Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/file.md) -- [.NET Script Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/netscript.md) +- [File Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/file.md) +- [.NET Script Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/netscript.md) - Optionally, custom scripts can be provided through a Netwrix Statement of Work. -- [PowerShell 4.0 Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/powershell.md) +- [PowerShell 4.0 Actions](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/powershell.md) - Optionally, custom scripts can be provided through a Netwrix Statement of Work. **NOTE:** There are custom scripts created by Netwrix Engineers that execute the notification -emails. See the [Custom Scripts](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions.md#custom-scripts) topic for additional information. +emails. See the [Custom Scripts](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/actions.md#custom-scripts) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md similarity index 53% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md index b20cb90af7..fc367f1b7c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md @@ -1,12 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: "Template Configuration" +description: "Template Configuration" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Template Configuration A Threat Prevention template has many elements that define the objects and events it monitors or blocks, where it looks in networks, and when it is active. These policy attributes are organized into the following major components: -- [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/general.md) -- [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/eventtype.md) -- [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/actions.md) (Event Consumers) +- [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/general.md) +- [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/eventtype.md) +- [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/actions.md) (Event Consumers) Each major component has its own tabbed view. A policy requires at least the General tab and Event Type tab to be configured before it properly functions. The Actions tab is optional. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/eventtype.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/eventtype.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/eventtype.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/eventtype.md index a3a838bade..e9a4f65877 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/eventtype.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/eventtype.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Event Type Tab" +description: "Event Type Tab" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Event Type Tab The Event Type tab enables you to define the objects and events that Threat Prevention @@ -31,28 +37,28 @@ Save all changes made to a policy or a template before leaving the configuration See the following topics for additional details: -- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) -- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) -- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) -- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) -- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) -- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) -- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) -- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) -- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) -- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) -- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md) -- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) +- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) +- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) +- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) +- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) +- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) +- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) +- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) +- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) +- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) +- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) +- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md) +- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) - [File System Enterprise Auditor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md) -- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) -- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) -- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) -- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md) -- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md) -- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) -- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) +- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) +- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) +- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) +- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md) +- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md) +- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) +- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) ## Event Filters Overview diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/general.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/general.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/general.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/general.md index 9fff44cf12..1367f3bceb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/general.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/general.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "General Tab" +description: "General Tab" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # General Tab The General tab is for editing the basic attributes of the template. @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ create a duplicate template, but rather display the template in different folder node. Multiple tags can be identified for a template with a comma-separated list. New tags can be created, which create a new folder under the TAGS node. Use the right-click Refresh option on the TAGS node in the Navigation pane to display new tags and/or display template-tag modifications. See -the [Tags Node](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tags/overview.md) topic for additional information. +the [Tags Node](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/overview_1.md) topic for additional information. ## History diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/createpolicy.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/createpolicy.md index 23737cbfe9..533b973364 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/createpolicy.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/createpolicy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Use a Template to Create a Policy" +description: "Use a Template to Create a Policy" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Use a Template to Create a Policy You can use a policy template to create a policy. All settings in the template are copied to the @@ -21,22 +27,22 @@ Follow the steps to customize a policy that was created from a template. **Step 1 –** Click Policies in the Navigation pane and open the policy you created from a template. -**Step 2 –** If desired, on the [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) select the Active At Specified +**Step 2 –** If desired, on the [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) select the Active At Specified Times option and then set the schedule. **CAUTION:** Use cation with _all Lockdown/Blocking Templates_! Blank filters result in _everything_ being locked down or blocked. -**Step 3 –** On the [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/overview.md), configure the Event Filters +**Step 3 –** On the [Event Type Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/overview.md), configure the Event Filters that are specific to each environment. _Remember,_ Each filter tab acts like an "AND" statement for the filter. Any filter tab left blank is treated like an "ALL" for that filter set. -**Step 4 –** If desired, on the [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) assign any actions to +**Step 4 –** If desired, on the [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) assign any actions to be a part of this policy. -**Step 5 –** Return to the [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/general.md) and check the **Enabled** box to +**Step 5 –** Return to the [General Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/general.md) and check the **Enabled** box to activate the policy. Click **Save**. When the last step is completed, this policy is sent, real-time, to the individual Agents and diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31e4141364 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Pre-Created Templates", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45c61dbc92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Action Folder Templates", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "actions" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/accountenablement.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/accountenablement.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/accountenablement.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/accountenablement.md index d0503ac833..db4c4a64fe 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/accountenablement.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/accountenablement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Account Enablement Custom Script" +description: "Account Enablement Custom Script" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Account Enablement Custom Script The following C# script sends an email notification to the specified administrator when an Active diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/actions.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/actions.md index 5c51aff7e7..080b8a3edd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/actions.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Action Folder Templates" +description: "Action Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Action Folder Templates The Actions folder contains the following templates: @@ -20,10 +26,10 @@ See Appendix E for the full scripts used in these templates. These are custom scripts created by Netwrix Engineers that execute the following notification emails: -- [Account Enablement Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/accountenablement.md) -- [Password Never Expires Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordneverexpires.md) -- [Lock and/or Unlock Account Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/lockunlockaccount.md) -- [Password Changes Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordchanges.md) -- [Password Rejection Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordrejection.md) +- [Account Enablement Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/accountenablement.md) +- [Password Never Expires Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordneverexpires.md) +- [Lock and/or Unlock Account Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/lockunlockaccount.md) +- [Password Changes Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordchanges.md) +- [Password Rejection Custom Script](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordrejection.md) All of the actions above are used in templates found within the Actions Policy Templates folder. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/lockunlockaccount.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/lockunlockaccount.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/lockunlockaccount.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/lockunlockaccount.md index 407496a19f..7f61ab29fd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/lockunlockaccount.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/lockunlockaccount.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Lock and/or Unlock Account Custom Script" +description: "Lock and/or Unlock Account Custom Script" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Lock and/or Unlock Account Custom Script The following C# script sends an email notification to the specified user when an Active Directory diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordchanges.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordchanges.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordchanges.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordchanges.md index 6b7e4e20c8..92be803455 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordchanges.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordchanges.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password Changes Custom Script" +description: "Password Changes Custom Script" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Password Changes Custom Script The following C# script sends an email notification to the specified user when their Active diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordneverexpires.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordneverexpires.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordneverexpires.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordneverexpires.md index 706fad120e..dc054d0187 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordneverexpires.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordneverexpires.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Password Never Expires Custom Script" +description: "Password Never Expires Custom Script" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Password Never Expires Custom Script The following C# script sends an email notification to the specified administrator when an Active diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordrejection.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordrejection.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordrejection.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordrejection.md index dae98f6a73..156eca4ba5 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/scripts/passwordrejection.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/actions/passwordrejection.md @@ -1,8 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: "Password Rejection Custom Script" +description: "Password Rejection Custom Script" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Password Rejection Custom Script The following C# script sends an email notification to the specified perpetrator when their Active Directory password is rejected by the active -[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) +[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) criteria. The following environmental variables must be added to the script prior to execution: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/activedirectory.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/activedirectory.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/activedirectory.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/activedirectory.md index 93a1ba995d..7c7edc782a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/activedirectory.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Folder Templates" +description: "Active Directory Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Active Directory Folder Templates The **Templates** > **Microsoft** > **Active Directory** folder in the Navigation pane contains the @@ -67,8 +73,8 @@ Replication Folder | Template | Description | TAGS | | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---- | -| AD Replication Lockdown | USE CAUTION WITH ALL LOCKDOWN TEMPLATES Prevents Active Directory data synchronization requests from non-domain controllers using RPC call IDL_DRSGetNCChanges. Add legitimate domain controllers to be inored in one of the following ways to prevent them from being blocked: - Allow Perpetrators List – Add the Users OU > Domain Controllers group and any other groups with domain controllers for a dynamic list of domain controllers - Exclude Domains/Servers – Add specific domain controllers for a static list of domain controllers See the [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) topic for additional information. | None | -| AD Replication Monitoring | Utilizes the built-in “Domain Controllers” – Hosts Collection. Add domain controllers to not be monitored. Alternatively, add legitimate domain controllers to be ignored in one of the following ways: - Exclude Perpetrators List – Add the Users OU > Domain Controllers group and any other groups with domain controllers for a dynamic list of domain controllers - Exclude Domains/Servers – Add specific domain controllers for a static list of domain controllers See the [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) topic for additional information. | None | +| AD Replication Lockdown | USE CAUTION WITH ALL LOCKDOWN TEMPLATES Prevents Active Directory data synchronization requests from non-domain controllers using RPC call IDL_DRSGetNCChanges. Add legitimate domain controllers to be inored in one of the following ways to prevent them from being blocked: - Allow Perpetrators List – Add the Users OU > Domain Controllers group and any other groups with domain controllers for a dynamic list of domain controllers - Exclude Domains/Servers – Add specific domain controllers for a static list of domain controllers See the [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) topic for additional information. | None | +| AD Replication Monitoring | Utilizes the built-in “Domain Controllers” – Hosts Collection. Add domain controllers to not be monitored. Alternatively, add legitimate domain controllers to be ignored in one of the following ways: - Exclude Perpetrators List – Add the Users OU > Domain Controllers group and any other groups with domain controllers for a dynamic list of domain controllers - Exclude Domains/Servers – Add specific domain controllers for a static list of domain controllers See the [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) topic for additional information. | None | Server-Workstation Folder diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/bestpractices.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/bestpractices.md index ae0cbcbc4f..4a18cf5013 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/bestpractices.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/bestpractices.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Best Practices Folder Templates" +description: "Best Practices Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Best Practices Folder Templates The Best Practices folder contains the following templates: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/exchange.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/exchange.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/exchange.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/exchange.md index 7837f1df10..2891ab20f4 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/exchange.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/exchange.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange Folder Templates" +description: "Exchange Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Exchange Folder Templates The **Templates** > **Microsoft** > **Exchange** folder in the Navigation pane contains the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/filesystem.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/filesystem.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/filesystem.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/filesystem.md index 62c3b93377..817f6c5289 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/filesystem.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/filesystem.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File System Folder Templates" +description: "File System Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # File System Folder Templates The **Templates** > **Microsoft** > **File System** folder in the Navigation pane contains the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/grouppolicyobjects.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/grouppolicyobjects.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/grouppolicyobjects.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/grouppolicyobjects.md index c8937d286e..bded80e6db 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/microsoft/grouppolicyobjects.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/grouppolicyobjects.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Policy Objects Folder Templates" +description: "Group Policy Objects Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Group Policy Objects Folder Templates The **Templates** > **Microsoft** > **Group Policy Objects** folder in the Navigation pane contains diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/hipaa.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/hipaa.md index f465ac59c1..2a07d26fee 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/hipaa.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/hipaa.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "HIPAA Folder Templates" +description: "HIPAA Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # HIPAA Folder Templates The HIPAA folder contains the following templates: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md index 467234c91b..464266a9d3 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Pre-Created Templates" +description: "Pre-Created Templates" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Pre-Created Templates Threat Prevention comes with several policy templates that cover a wide range of event monitoring diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/reconnaissance.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/reconnaissance.md index eb4070d84b..1ce57a02fe 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/reconnaissance.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/reconnaissance.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reconnaissance Folder Templates" +description: "Reconnaissance Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Reconnaissance Folder Templates The Reconnaissance folder contains the following templates: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/schemaconfiguration.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/schemaconfiguration.md index cf7e8a7604..a7fca62bef 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/schemaconfiguration.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/schemaconfiguration.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Schema and Configuration Folder Templates" +description: "Schema and Configuration Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Schema and Configuration Folder Templates The Schema and Configuration folder contains the following templates: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/siem.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/siem.md index b63729bc4f..b2d3e44cf7 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/siem.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/siem.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SIEM Folder Templates" +description: "SIEM Folder Templates" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # SIEM Folder Templates The SIEM folder contains the following templates: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/overview.md index ebf22733d2..554206428a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Templates Interface" +description: "Templates Interface" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Templates Interface The Templates interface provides a list of all the pre-created policy templates in Threat @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ for organizing templates. The pre-created templates are organized into multiple [Pre-Created Templates](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md) topic for additional information. - Click a template to open it and view its configurations. See the - [Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md) topic for additional information. + [Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md) topic for additional information. - You can move a templates from one folder to another by dragging-and-dropping. This is a Move action. - You can also drag a template into a folder under the Policies node. This would be a Copy action, diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aba68b9ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +{ + "label": "Tools", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/exportpoliciestemplates.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/exportpoliciestemplates.md index 04be76eea2..61bceb37cb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/exportpoliciestemplates.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/exportpoliciestemplates.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export Policies and Templates Window" +description: "Export Policies and Templates Window" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Export Policies and Templates Window You may need to export collections, policies, and templates from the Administration Console and them @@ -29,7 +35,7 @@ Follow the steps to export policies and templates: - Export All Event Consumers and Alerts – Exports all event consumers (actions) and alerts - Export Only Event Consumers and Alerts Used in Policies and Templates – Exports only event consumers (actions) and alerts configured on the - [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/actions/overview.md) of enabled policies + [Actions Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/actions/overview.md) of enabled policies - Options: - Notes – Enter any information to be saved with the XML file - Encrypt Sensitive Fields – When this checkbox is checked, it enables the Password and Verify diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/import.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/import.md index 59e414425b..2a359f70b9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/import.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/tools/import.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import Window" +description: "Import Window" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Import Window You may need to export collections, policies, and templates from the Administration Console and them diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c85eac67a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "PowerShell API Integration", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/collections.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/collections.md index 61c5c9c761..909109011a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/collections.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/collections.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Collection APIs" +description: "Collection APIs" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Collection APIs Collections are reusable lists of policy filter settings that help streamline the task of associating filters with event types on the Event Type tab during -[Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md) or -[Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md). +[Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md) or +[Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md). You can use APIs to perform the following functions: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/epe.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/epe.md index 2b23660b0e..0cc9f9132a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/epe.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/epe.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Enterprise Password Enforcer (EPE) APIs" +description: "Enterprise Password Enforcer (EPE) APIs" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Enterprise Password Enforcer (EPE) APIs You can use APIs to perform functions related to Threat Prevention's Enterprise Password Enforcer (EPE) solution. These functions pertain to the [EPE Settings Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/epesettings.md) and the -[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) of +[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) of the Password Enforcement event type. - Password Validation Test Against EPE Rules diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/loadmodule.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/loadmodule.md index 8d4a2756e6..0224a2819a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/loadmodule.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/loadmodule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Load the PowerShell Module" +description: "Load the PowerShell Module" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Load the PowerShell Module The following steps are provided to load the Threat Prevention PowerShell module. These steps are diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/overview.md index ac3658d766..afbec5c442 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "PowerShell API Integration" +description: "PowerShell API Integration" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # PowerShell API Integration Using PowerShell, you can obtain information on or manipulate specific policy, collection, and diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/policy.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/policy.md index 72c0efbfed..2cb8a3c99e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/policy.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/policy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policy APIs" +description: "Policy APIs" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Policy APIs Policies are used in Threat Prevention to define the objects and events to be monitored or blocked diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/threatmanager.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/threatmanager.md index 2c7d06ba46..2a6997bd5c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/threatmanager.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/api/threatmanager.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Threat Manager APIs" +description: "Netwrix Threat Manager APIs" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Netwrix Threat Manager APIs The following APIs are related to where Threat Prevention sends the event data to, and how to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de29135bf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "EPE Rest Site", + "position": 80, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/accountmanagement.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/accountmanagement.md index 6b70093fd2..6112ce2b9c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/accountmanagement.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/accountmanagement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Site Account Management APIs" +description: "Site Account Management APIs" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Site Account Management APIs You can use APIs to perform the following functions for user accounts that can access the EPE Rest diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/checkpassword.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/checkpassword.md index d229a86caf..2f1a396388 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/checkpassword.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/checkpassword.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Check Password APIs" +description: "Check Password APIs" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Check Password APIs You can use APIs to check a candidate password against the EPE rules defined on the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/login.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/login.md index 5a0b5a9e89..9f1b364fda 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/login.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/login.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Login to EPE REST Service APIs" +description: "Login to EPE REST Service APIs" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Login to EPE REST Service APIs You can use APIs to login to the EPE REST Service: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/overview.md index 95480bd55b..52661f8ee3 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/eperestsite/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "EPE Rest Site" +description: "EPE Rest Site" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # EPE Rest Site The EPE Rest Site is an optional web server that third parties can use to integrate with the Threat diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f87e537fff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Installation", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/adminconsole.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/adminconsole.md index 8736344c91..dddc011821 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/adminconsole.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/adminconsole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administration Console Remote Install" +description: "Administration Console Remote Install" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Administration Console Remote Install Threat Prevention supports the deployment of remote Administration Console, enabling you to install diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc2ae208a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Agent Information", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ead0f6f6e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Manual Agent Deployment", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "manual" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/customcert.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/customcert.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/customcert.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/customcert.md index 96f712f13a..11060c6004 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/customcert.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/customcert.md @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: "Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent" +description: "Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent If "custom-managed" is selected for the CA certificate configuration during -[Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md), use the `SIAgentCert.exe` command line utility to facilitate +[Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md), use the `SIAgentCert.exe` command line utility to facilitate the creation of certificates for each Agent. **NOTE:** As a requirement for using custom managed certificates, you must provide the Enterprise diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md index ca7e2db423..30e499b69b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Manual Agent Deployment" +description: "Manual Agent Deployment" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Manual Agent Deployment The Threat PreventionAgent must be installed to the appropriate systems for monitoring. See the @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ hour) password generated by the Enterprise Manager. The Agent Installer uses it Agent is connected to a legitimate Enterprise Manager. Prior to launching the Threat Prevention Windows Agent Setup wizard, note the values for the enrollment secret and the EM certificate. See the -[Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md) +[Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md) topic for additional information. **Step 1 –** From the Threat Prevention server, copy the Agent executable ( @@ -134,7 +140,7 @@ When the settings are configured, click **Next**. **Step 8 –** On the Certificates page, confirm the EM certificate hash by verifying that it contains the same value displayed in the -[Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md) +[Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md) in the Administration Console. **NOTE:** This page is not displayed when "Custom-managed" is selected on the CA Certificate @@ -144,7 +150,7 @@ The Certsinfo folder is located at: …\Netwrix\Netwrix Threat Prevention\SIWind - Approve certificates – Select this checkbox to approve the thumbprint, which will then enable the Enrollment Secret box. Enter the enrollment secret obtained from the - [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). + [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). **NOTE:** If the enrollment secret has expired, you can generate a new one. @@ -185,4 +191,4 @@ Successful page is displayed. If the certificates are managed by Threat Prevention, Agent deployment is completed. If the custom-managed certificate option was selected, see the -[Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/customcert.md) topic for additional information. +[Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/customcert.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/overview.md index 009664db35..c873ba8047 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent Information" +description: "Agent Information" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Agent Information The Threat Prevention Agent performs real-time monitoring of the events occurring across supported @@ -49,9 +55,9 @@ registry on the target Agent machine(s) to understand where the Agent configurat located (install path). Next, WMI is used to stop the Agent service, modify the configuration files, and restart the Agent. -Remember to check [Agent Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent.md) before deploying an +Remember to check [Agent Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agent.md) before deploying an Agent, including the -[Agent Compatibility with Non-Netwrix Security Products](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent.md#agent-compatibility-with-non-netwrix-security-products) +[Agent Compatibility with Non-Netwrix Security Products](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agent.md#agent-compatibility-with-non-netwrix-security-products) list. ## Domain Controllers @@ -77,7 +83,7 @@ control the configuration for that monitored host. However, Activity Monitor can provide multiple outputs for a host, e.g. for Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor), Netwrix Threat Manager, or SIEM products. Add a new output for the same host to the Monitored Host tab in the Activity Monitor console to be used by the other product. See the -[Send Active Directory Event Data from Netwrix Threat Prevention to Netwrix Access Analyzer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/config/activedirectory/threatprevention.md) +[Send Active Directory Event Data from Netwrix Threat Prevention to Netwrix Access Analyzer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatprevention.md) topic for additional information. ## Exchange Servers @@ -118,5 +124,5 @@ control the configuration for that monitored host. However, Activity Monitor can provide multiple outputs for a host, e.g. for Netwrix Access Analyzer (formerly Enterprise Auditor), Netwrix Threat Manager, or SIEM products. Add a new output for the same host to the Monitored Host tab in the Activity Monitor console to be used by the other product. See the -[Send Active Directory Event Data from Netwrix Threat Prevention to Netwrix Access Analyzer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/config/activedirectory/threatprevention.md) +[Send Active Directory Event Data from Netwrix Threat Prevention to Netwrix Access Analyzer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/threatprevention.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/silent.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/silent.md index 9e93c9f310..2d1c6b83ad 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/silent.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/silent.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent Silent Install Option" +description: "Agent Silent Install Option" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Agent Silent Install Option You can use command line options to install the Agent silently. These options can be leveraged to @@ -27,8 +33,8 @@ command line. | Property Name | Description | Default Value | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | CUSTOM_CA | If this property is set to True, then the custom-managed certificate mode is enabled. This mode uses certificates that are signed by the customer's external certificate authority. In this mode, the installer will not generate certificates and will not start the Agent Service at the end of the installation. | FALSE | -| EMCERTIFICATE | Enterprise Manager Certificate Thumbprint | This value can be found in the [Agents Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md) by clicking the Agent Enrollment Secret icon to open the [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). This value is not used for high security mode. | -| ENROLLMENTSECRET **Required for enrolling new Agent** | Agent Enrollment Secret | This value can be found in the [Agents Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md) by clicking the Agent Enrollment Secret icon to open the [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). This is a required field if using auto security mode. It is not used for high security mode. | +| EMCERTIFICATE | Enterprise Manager Certificate Thumbprint | This value can be found in the [Agents Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md) by clicking the Agent Enrollment Secret icon to open the [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). This value is not used for high security mode. | +| ENROLLMENTSECRET **Required for enrolling new Agent** | Agent Enrollment Secret | This value can be found in the [Agents Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md) by clicking the Agent Enrollment Secret icon to open the [Enrollment Secret Configuration Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/enrollmentsecretconfiguration.md). This is a required field if using auto security mode. It is not used for high security mode. | | SAFEMODE | Start Agent Service in safe mode | FALSE | | STARTAGENTSERVICE | Start Agent Service on successful installation | FALSE | | ADDFWRULES | Create firewall rules for the Agent Service | TRUE | diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/application.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/application.md index e5628c0b7c..884ee16b4b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/application.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/application.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Application Server Install" +description: "Application Server Install" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Application Server Install Follow the steps to install Threat Prevention. @@ -168,4 +174,4 @@ installation is complete, click **Finish**. ![Threat Prevention Admin Console desktop icon](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/desktopicon.webp) The selected components have been installed, and the Threat Prevention Console icon is now on the -desktop. See the [First Launch](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch.md) topic for the next steps. +desktop. See the [First Launch](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md) topic for the next steps. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/certificatemanagementwizard.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/certificatemanagementwizard.md index b5f03cdf95..9c6ff02142 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/certificatemanagementwizard.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/certificatemanagementwizard.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Certificate Management Wizard" +description: "Certificate Management Wizard" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Certificate Management Wizard The Certificate Management Wizard is a standalone component used to configure Threat Prevention diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/dbconnectionmanager.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/dbconnectionmanager.md index 0e21920ff2..ae533ca96d 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/dbconnectionmanager.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/dbconnectionmanager.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "DB Connection Manager Wizard" +description: "DB Connection Manager Wizard" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # DB Connection Manager Wizard The Database Connection Manager (SIDBConfigMgr.exe) allows you to update the connection options for diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/eperestsite.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/eperestsite.md index 07363e1f3a..b955e4a9e3 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/eperestsite.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/eperestsite.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "EPE Rest Site Install" +description: "EPE Rest Site Install" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # EPE Rest Site Install The EPE Rest Site is an optional web server that third parties can use to integrate with the Threat diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/epeuserfeedback.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/epeuserfeedback.md index 0903dd58a9..5b70b6390e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/epeuserfeedback.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/epeuserfeedback.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "EPE User Feedback Module" +description: "EPE User Feedback Module" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # EPE User Feedback Module You can choose to install the optional Enterprise Password Enforcer (EPE) User Feedback module for diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e543b7a540 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "First Launch", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "firstlaunch" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md index 59fddc0079..c0e06cdb29 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/firstlaunch.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "First Launch" +description: "First Launch" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # First Launch Once Threat Prevention is installed, the Administration Console administrator is the only user who @@ -12,7 +18,7 @@ displayed to the first Administration Console administrator, showing a license k new license. This warning always displays when the organization’s license is within 14 days of expiring. Click -**OK**. See the [Import the License](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseimport.md) topic for licensing the product. +**OK**. See the [Import the License](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/licenseimport.md) topic for licensing the product. ![Import Templates dialog box](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/importtemplates.webp) @@ -47,4 +53,4 @@ manage the Agent. - Click **No** if you do not want to install the Agents now. To install Agents later, see the [Agents Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md) topic. -See the [Getting Started ](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md)topic for the next steps. +See the [Getting Started ](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md)topic for the next steps. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseimport.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/licenseimport.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseimport.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/licenseimport.md index b503b658cf..d13cab84a0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/licenseimport.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/firstlaunch/licenseimport.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Import the License" +description: "Import the License" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Import the License Threat Prevention comes with a temporary 6-day license. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/migrateemserver.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/migrateemserver.md index 3fa4eb7a0a..514c3fe1b0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/migrateemserver.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/migrateemserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Migrate the Enterprise Manager Server" +description: "Migrate the Enterprise Manager Server" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Migrate the Enterprise Manager Server Follow the steps to move the Threat Prevention7.5 Enterprise Manager to a different server when @@ -77,5 +83,5 @@ Netwrix Threat Prevention server. recommended that you uninstall, then re-enroll and re-install all Agents with new certificates. This is because customer supplied certificates usually have the FQDN info of the Enterprise Manager and the new Enterprise Manager machine would typically have a different DNS name. See the -[Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/customcert.md) topic for additional +[Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/customcert.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/overview.md index 21f5dbcfca..8d60f4ef26 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Installation" +description: "Installation" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Installation Threat Prevention consists of a number of components that work together to monitor activity in diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..394d55029f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Reporting Module Installation", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/application.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/application.md index 28a86cebcf..03b980ed3f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/application.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/application.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module" +description: "Install the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Install the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module The application can be installed on the same server as the PostgreSQL databases or a different diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/database.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/database.md index ada450f28c..d882a1ff56 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/database.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/database.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Install the PostgreSQL Database Application" +description: "Install the PostgreSQL Database Application" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Install the PostgreSQL Database Application The PostgreSQL database application can be installed on the same server as the application or a diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/firstlaunch.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/firstlaunch.md index a0264621e1..e8823b3ae0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/firstlaunch.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/firstlaunch.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "First Launch" +description: "First Launch" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # First Launch On installing the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module, the following icon appears on the @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ The built-in ADMIN account password is now set. If the Enable MFA option is set to OFF, no additional configuration is required and the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module Console opens. See the -[Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) +[Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) topic for initial configuration information. If the Enable MFA option is set to ON, registration of an MFA authenticator is required. Proceed to @@ -61,5 +67,5 @@ of codes to access for account recovery, if needed. Once MFA is configured for this account, the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module console opens. See the -[Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) +[Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) topic for the next steps. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/overview.md index 91c2033124..9751a33084 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reporting Module Installation" +description: "Reporting Module Installation" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Reporting Module Installation Prior to installing Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module 3.0, make sure that all the @@ -86,5 +92,5 @@ launcher opens. You can now install the following components on the same server: for additional information. After completing the first launch, it is time to complete the initial configuration. See the -[Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) +[Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/secure.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/secure.md index e8d764b35e..6124541b65 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/secure.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/secure.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Secure the Reporting Module Console" +description: "Secure the Reporting Module Console" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Secure the Reporting Module Console To support HTTPS, do the following: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0928068ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Upgrade Procedure", + "position": 110, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/agent.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/agent.md index ecd4dd6d25..d0fb2b3a96 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/agent.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/agent.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade Agent" +description: "Upgrade Agent" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Upgrade Agent The Threat Prevention Agent is updated from the Agents interface. @@ -20,7 +26,7 @@ Follow the steps to upgrade a deployed Agent. **Step 2 –** On the [Agents Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/overview.md), select the desired server/Agent in the grid and on the top toolbar, select **Update Agent Installer**. The -[Agent Installer Update Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/window/agentinstallerupdate.md) opens. +[Agent Installer Update Window](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agents-windows/agentinstallerupdate.md) opens. **Step 3 –** On the Agent Installer Update window, click **Check for Newer Version of the Netwrix Threat Prevention Agent**. The green bar indicates the progress of checking the Agent for a newer diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/overview.md index 6f7fe36c09..0bd72ebdfe 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade Procedure" +description: "Upgrade Procedure" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Upgrade Procedure This topic provides the basic steps needed to upgrade the following on the same machine: @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ upgrade. For NAS file system monitoring, Threat Prevention works in conjunction with the Activity Monitor. Hence, the agent versions for the two products must be compatible. See the -[NAS Device Support](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agentnas.md) topic for information on version compatibility. +[NAS Device Support](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agentnas.md) topic for information on version compatibility. ## Infrastructure Upgrade Procedure for 7.5.x to 7.5.y diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/policytemplates.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/policytemplates.md index e5d96ff185..cd86083946 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/policytemplates.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/policytemplates.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade Policy Templates" +description: "Upgrade Policy Templates" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Upgrade Policy Templates When new or updated policy templates are available with a Threat Prevention upgrade, they are not diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/reportingmodule.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/reportingmodule.md index 2773f52f72..56a46163f1 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/reportingmodule.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/reportingmodule.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Upgrade the Reporting Module" +description: "Upgrade the Reporting Module" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Upgrade the Reporting Module This topic provides the steps needed to upgrade the Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module from diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/uninstallagent.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/uninstallagent.md index dc83d66944..18d133bbd7 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/uninstallagent.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/upgrade/uninstallagent.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Uninstall Agent" +description: "Uninstall Agent" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Uninstall Agent When a newer version of the Agent is available, the Agents need to be uninstalled before the latest diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af367198e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix Threat Prevention v7.5 Documentation", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md index 6cebc79ec2..6be6c9a07c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Getting Started" +description: "Getting Started" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Getting Started After launching the Threat Prevention Administration Console, the administrator must configure some @@ -36,8 +42,8 @@ enable policies to begin monitoring your organization’s environment. Do either - Use a policy template to create a policy. See the [Pre-Created Templates](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/folder/overview.md) topic for additional information. - Create a new policy and template configuration. See the - [Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration.md) and - [Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration.md) topics for additional information. + [Policy Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/configuration.md) and + [Template Configuration](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/templates/configuration/configuration.md) topics for additional information. On enabling and saving a policy configuration, the Agent is automatically sent the necessary information to begin monitoring. @@ -51,7 +57,7 @@ to ensure the filters are returning the expected events. Once assured, create th block those events. **_RECOMMENDED:_** After configuring a new policy, navigate to either the -[Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md) in the policy's configuration or to the +[Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md) in the policy's configuration or to the [Investigate Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md) to confirm that the intended events being monitored are intended. Refresh the data to view the recent events. @@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ You can view event data using any of the following: - Administration Console – Navigate to either the Recent Events tab in the policy's configuration or to the Investigate interface to view data for the events being monitored. See the - [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/recentevents/overview.md) and + [Recent Events Tab](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/recentevents/overview.md) and [Investigate Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/investigate/overview.md) topics for details. Event data configured to be sent to syslog (SIEM) can also be viewed on the [SIEM Output Viewer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/configuration/siemoutputviewer.md) window. @@ -120,5 +126,5 @@ Configure the following: topic for additional information. - Configure Console Access through Role Assignment – Grant access to Administrators, Report Reviewers, Responders, Reviewers, Response Managers, and Report Administrators. See the - [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md) topic for + [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/overview.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/overview.md index 1e39c0f186..418415d025 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Threat Prevention v7.5 Documentation" +description: "Netwrix Threat Prevention v7.5 Documentation" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Netwrix Threat Prevention v7.5 Documentation Netwrix Threat Prevention strengthens an organization’s defense against internal and external diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..61e3258ec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Solutions", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/activedirectory.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/activedirectory.md similarity index 75% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/activedirectory.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/activedirectory.md index b57f89eba9..1ad533cfcf 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/activedirectory.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory" +description: "Active Directory" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory Threat Prevention for Active Directory is a real-time change and access monitoring solution designed @@ -46,17 +52,17 @@ Some important events Threat Prevention captures are: The following event types are available for Active Directory: -- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) -- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) -- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) -- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) -- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) -- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) -- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) -- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) -- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) -- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) -- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) -- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) -- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md) +- [Active Directory Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorychanges.md) +- [Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) +- [Active Directory Read Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring.md) +- [AD Replication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown.md) +- [AD Replication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring.md) +- [Authentication Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationlockdown.md) +- [Authentication Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring.md) +- [Effective Group Membership Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership.md) +- [FSMO Role Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring.md) +- [GPO Setting Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettingchanges.md) +- [GPO Setting Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/gposettinglockdown.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Monitor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor.md) +- [LSASS Guardian – Protect Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect.md) +- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/epe.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/epe.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/epe.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/epe.md index 5a4b09b292..d0ab053d0c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/epe.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/epe.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Enterprise Password Enforcer" +description: "Enterprise Password Enforcer" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Enterprise Password Enforcer @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ An optional module, EPE User Feedback, is packaged with the zip file for Threat installation. It provides feedback to end users on the Windows login screen for why their pending password change was rejected. It lists the failed complexity requirements set up in the Password Rules policy (see the -[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) of +[Password Rules Filter](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md#password-rules-filter) of the Password Enforcement event type). The user can use this information to create a new password that passes the complexity requirements of the organization. @@ -27,7 +33,7 @@ passwords. The following event type is available for Enterprise Password Enforcer: -- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement.md) +- [Password Enforcement Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/passwordenforcement/passwordenforcement.md) ## Enforce Password Reset with Microsoft Entra ID Password Writeback diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/exchange.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/exchange.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/exchange.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/exchange.md index 8c7277952b..5cb08ea44f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/exchange.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/exchange.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange" +description: "Exchange" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Exchange Threat Prevention for Exchange provides increased security, regulatory compliance fulfillment, and @@ -33,5 +39,5 @@ Some important events Threat Prevention captures are: The following event types are available for Exchange: -- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) -- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) +- [Exchange Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangechanges.md) +- [Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/filesystem.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/filesystem.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/filesystem.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/filesystem.md index bced13351e..4e48e74970 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/filesystem.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/filesystem.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "File System" +description: "File System" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # File System Threat Prevention for File System provides organizations with real-time visibility into and control @@ -32,6 +38,6 @@ Some important events Threat Prevention captures within a NAS file system are: The following event types are available for File System: -- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges.md) -- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) +- [File System Changes Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemchanges/filesystemchanges.md) +- [File System Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/filesystemlockdown.md) - [File System Enterprise Auditor Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/ldap.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/ldap.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/ldap.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/ldap.md index c0ff248675..233e3594f7 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/ldap.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/ldap.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP" +description: "LDAP" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # LDAP Threat Prevention for LDAP provides real-time monitoring of Active Directory LDAP queries without @@ -14,6 +20,6 @@ security used for the session. The following event types are available for LDAP: -- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) -- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring.md) -- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) +- [LDAP Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldaplockdown.md) +- [LDAP Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapmonitoring/ldapmonitoring.md) +- [LDAP Bind Monitoring Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/overview.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/overview.md index 686469a1b8..495f20175e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/overview.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Solutions" +description: "Solutions" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Solutions Threat Prevention offers the following pre-defined solutions for protecting your IT environment. The solutions and associated licensed modules are: -[Active Directory](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/activedirectory.md) +[Active Directory](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/activedirectory.md) - Active Directory Changes @@ -23,16 +29,16 @@ solutions and associated licensed modules are: - GPO Lockdown - GPO Setting Changes -[ Enterprise Password Enforcer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/epe.md) +[ Enterprise Password Enforcer](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/epe.md) - Password Enforcement -[Exchange](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/exchange.md) +[Exchange](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/exchange.md) - Exchange Events - Exchange Lockdown -[File System](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/filesystem.md) +[File System](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/filesystem.md) - File System @@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ solutions and associated licensed modules are: - Includes Monitoring for supported NAS devices - Includes Monitoring file system for integration with Access Analyzer -[LDAP](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/solutions/ldap.md) +[LDAP](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/solutions/ldap.md) - LDAP Monitoring diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/whatsnew.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/whatsnew.md similarity index 77% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/whatsnew.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/whatsnew.md index b7c47d5bce..26c40dcc75 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/whatsnew.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/whatsnew.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "What's New" +description: "What's New" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # What's New ## New Netwrix Community! diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f47d94842 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Reporting Module", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5038644bb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configuration Menu", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b114afdf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Integrations Interface", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md index 6858f601d9..fad7cc9eea 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Sync Page" +description: "Active Directory Sync Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory Sync Page The Active Directory Sync page within the Integrations interface lists the domains that are synced diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md index 03c7ae18a4..47c728de7c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Credential Profile Page" +description: "Credential Profile Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Credential Profile Page The Credential Profile page within the Integrations interface lists all of the credentials used by diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/email.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/email.md index c9cd7b7861..a88cea7a79 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/email.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/email.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Email Page" +description: "Email Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Email Page The Email page within the Integrations interface allows users to configure the application to send diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md index a5c7686dee..d1ca1203ad 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Folder Settings Page" +description: "Folder Settings Page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Folder Settings Page The Folder Settings page within the Integrations interface allows users to designate the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md index 88fbb5822e..3606dcc29e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/netwrixintegrations.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Integrations Page" +description: "Netwrix Integrations Page" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Netwrix Integrations Page The Netwrix Integrations page within the Integrations interface lists the products for which the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/overview.md index cab0628e7e..9168889db2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Integrations Interface" +description: "Integrations Interface" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Integrations Interface The Integrations interface allows you to configure integrations with a variety of Netwrix products @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ select **Integrations** to open the Integrations interface. It contains the following integration pages: - [Active Directory Sync Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md) -- [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md) +- [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md) - [Credential Profile Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/credentialprofile.md) - [Email Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/email.md) - [Folder Settings Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/foldersettings.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..caf608101a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Authentication Provider Page", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "page" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/openid.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/openid.md index 642026b80b..8458f7dbf9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/openid.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "OpenID Authentication Provider" +description: "OpenID Authentication Provider" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # OpenID Authentication Provider OpenID is an open standard for authentication that allows users to log into multiple websites using @@ -6,7 +12,7 @@ traditional authentication methods, OpenID delegates authentication to a third-p allowing users to authenticate with their chosen identity provider. Once you have added an authentication provider, as discussed in the -[Add an Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md#add-an-authentication-provider)topic, the next step is to +[Add an Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md#add-an-authentication-provider)topic, the next step is to configure the provider for use with a supported authentication provider type, i.e., OpenID, RADIUS, or SAML. @@ -73,4 +79,4 @@ The table displays the following information: login. This option is only available if an MFA authentication type is applied to the user or group. -See the [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md) topic for additional information. +See the [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md index 45ca49049c..9239c39771 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Provider Page" +description: "Authentication Provider Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Authentication Provider Page The Authentication Provider page provides configuration settings for third-party authentication @@ -44,6 +50,6 @@ node in the navigation pane or from the table to configure, view, or modify its The following authentication provider types are supported; you can configure an authentication provider for any of these: -- RADIUS – See the [RADIUS Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md) topic for additional information. -- OpenID – See the [OpenID Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/openid.md) topic for additional information. -- SAML – See the [SAML Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md) topic for additional information. +- RADIUS – See the [RADIUS Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md) topic for additional information. +- OpenID – See the [OpenID Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/openid.md) topic for additional information. +- SAML – See the [SAML Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md index fae9a4a889..5d432fedf2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/radius.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/radius.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "RADIUS Authentication Provider" +description: "RADIUS Authentication Provider" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # RADIUS Authentication Provider The Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) is a networking protocol that provides @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ centralized authentication, authorization, and accounting management for users c network service. Once you have added an authentication provider, as discussed in the -[Add an Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md#add-an-authentication-provider)topic, the next step is to +[Add an Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md#add-an-authentication-provider)topic, the next step is to configure the provider for use with a supported authentication provider type, i.e., OpenID, RADIUS, or SAML. @@ -122,4 +128,4 @@ The table displays the following information: login. This option is only available if an MFA authentication type is applied to the user or group. -See the [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md) topic for additional information. +See the [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md index 0351dcfc6d..ca72a1f569 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/saml.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/saml.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SAML Authentication Provider" +description: "SAML Authentication Provider" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # SAML Authentication Provider The Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) is an XML framework for exchanging authentication and @@ -7,7 +13,7 @@ websites. It is much easier to manage one login per user than separate logins fo Relationship Management (CRM) software, Active Directory, and more. Once you have added an authentication provider, as discussed in the -[Add an Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md#add-an-authentication-provider)topic, the next step is to +[Add an Authentication Provider](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md#add-an-authentication-provider)topic, the next step is to configure the provider for use with a supported authentication provider type, i.e., OpenID, RADIUS, or SAML. @@ -82,4 +88,4 @@ The table displays the following information: login. This option is only available if an MFA authentication type is applied to the user or group. -See the [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md) topic for additional information. +See the [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md index ddc29888a6..4f2b14a2fa 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/tagmanagement.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Tag Management Page" +description: "Tag Management Page" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Tag Management Page The Tag Management page displays all tags that are currently managed by the application, including diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c02be60a02 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "System Settings Interface", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "interface" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/about.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/about.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/about.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/about.md index 68fe4ba6aa..cab6d98784 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/about.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/about.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "About Threat Manager Page" +description: "About Threat Manager Page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # About Threat Manager Page The About Threat Manager page in the System Settings interface provides information about the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/auditing.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/auditing.md index 7d8e50cdfa..fa378d731c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/auditing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Auditing Page" +description: "Auditing Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Auditing Page The Auditing page within the System Settings interface contains the Audit History table with diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/interface.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/interface.md similarity index 72% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/interface.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/interface.md index c05a70ecd9..c15769bc81 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/interface.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/interface.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Settings Interface" +description: "System Settings Interface" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # System Settings Interface The System Settings interface provides access to system logs, user access controls, licensing, and @@ -10,8 +16,8 @@ select **System Settings** to open the System Settings interface. It contains the following pages: -- [Auditing Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/auditing.md) -- [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md) -- [Licensing Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md) -- [System Jobs Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md) -- [About Threat Manager Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/about.md) +- [Auditing Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/auditing.md) +- [User Access Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md) +- [Licensing Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/licensing.md) +- [System Jobs Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/systemjobs.md) +- [About Threat Manager Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/about.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/licensing.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/licensing.md index 16d1d5a40d..d4a4c243e2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/licensing.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/licensing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Licensing Page" +description: "Licensing Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Licensing Page License information is displayed on the Licensing page of the System Settings interface. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/systemjobs.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/systemjobs.md index dbd8540e7b..bfb59ee99f 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/systemjobs.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/systemjobs.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Jobs Page" +description: "System Jobs Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # System Jobs Page The System Jobs page within the System Settings interface contains information and configuration diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md index c7638e6e6d..33def078be 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/useraccess.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/useraccess.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Access Page" +description: "User Access Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # User Access Page The User Access page within the System Settings interface displays users and groups with their @@ -123,7 +129,7 @@ The following authentication types can be assigned to users and groups: third-party authentication provider. This must be configure in the Authentication Provider page of the Integrations interface in order to be available for user assignment. -See the [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/authenticationprovider/page.md) topic for +See the [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/integrations/page/page.md) topic for additional information. ### Add Console Access diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/overview.md index bf0a3f8c98..f44093e220 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Configuration Menu" +description: "Configuration Menu" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Configuration Menu Use the gear icon in the upper right corner of the console to open the Configuration menu. @@ -13,4 +19,4 @@ It contains the following options: application server. See the [System Health Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemhealth.md) topic for additional information. - System Settings – Provides access to system logs, user access controls, licensing, and more. See - the [System Settings Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemsettings/interface.md) topic for additional information. + the [System Settings Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/interface/interface.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemhealth.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemhealth.md index 222f63afbe..2a98cace69 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemhealth.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/systemhealth.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "System Health Interface" +description: "System Health Interface" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # System Health Interface The System Health interface has one page, Services, that displays the services associated with the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5761d17365 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Investigations Interface", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/auditcompliance.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/auditcompliance.md index 5d3dff3cf2..6b671a3ab9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/auditcompliance.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/auditcompliance.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Audit and Compliance Page" +description: "Audit and Compliance Page" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Audit and Compliance Page The Audit and Compliance page in the Investigations interface list of saved out-of-the-box @@ -21,7 +27,7 @@ subscription, or export the report. See the [Investigation Options](/docs/threat additional information on saved investigation options. Every report generated by an investigation query displays the same type of information. See the -[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic for additional information. +[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic for additional information. By default, this folder contains the following saved investigations: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/favorites.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/favorites.md index 6077ce89cb..9aa5639d76 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/favorites.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/favorites.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Favorites Page" +description: "Favorites Page" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Favorites Page The Favorites page in the Investigations interface lists all saved investigations the logged in user diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/myinvestigations.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/myinvestigations.md index d3014acb6c..c3c01469d5 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/myinvestigations.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/myinvestigations.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "My Investigations Page" +description: "My Investigations Page" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # My Investigations Page The My Investigations page in the Investigations interface provides a list of saved investigations @@ -22,4 +28,4 @@ subscription, or export the report. See the [Investigation Options](/docs/threat additional information on saved investigation options. Every report generated by an investigation query displays the same type of information. See the -[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic for additional information. +[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/newinvestigation.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/newinvestigation.md index debd2dd0ab..abc7641e21 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/newinvestigation.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/newinvestigation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "New Investigation Page" +description: "New Investigation Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # New Investigation Page The New Investigation page within the Investigations interface enables you to run queries on @@ -13,7 +19,7 @@ To generate a new investigation report, configure the filters as desired and set the [Filters Section](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/filters.md) topic for additional information. Then click **Run Query**. The report data is displayed in the sections below the Filters section. -See the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic for additional information. **NOTE:** If you run a query without applying filters, the report sections display all activity by all users for the designated timeframe, which is set by default to _Last Hour_. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac363bcbf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Investigation Options", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/edit.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/edit.md index b32cc9b415..415ba8a9ad 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/edit.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/edit.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Edit or Duplicate an Investigation" +description: "Edit or Duplicate an Investigation" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Edit or Duplicate an Investigation An investigation can be edited and even duplicated. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/export.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/export.md index 157949e821..b16394895b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/export.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/export.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Export Report" +description: "Export Report" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Export Report The Export option provides choices for how you can export the report results for an investigation. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/filters.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/filters.md index 26b9a27d95..93b5f90b3e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/filters.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/filters.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Filters Section" +description: "Filters Section" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Filters Section The Filters section provides options to build a filter statement by selecting the Attribute, @@ -216,4 +222,4 @@ Once the filter is set, you can generate the report ad hoc by clicking **Run Que to test if your filter statement is working as desired. Save the investigation for reuse. You can also add subscriptions or export the report data using the options above the Filters section. -See the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic for additional information. +See the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/overview.md index a1df678f38..c2666d66d7 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigation Options" +description: "Investigation Options" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Investigation Options You can view a saved investigation. @@ -33,7 +39,7 @@ Every investigation has the following options at the top of the page: - Run Query – The Run Query button pulls available activity data that match the set filters and timeframe. The data is displayed on the Event Details, Events Over Time, and Top Resources tabs. - See the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic for additional information. + See the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic for additional information. - Filters – The Filters section provides options to build a filter statement by selecting the Attribute, Operator, and Filter value. A time period for the report data is also configured here. If multiple data sources have been configured, there is also a Source drop-down menu. See the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/subscription.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/subscription.md index 1d6413c907..92fcc2e960 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/subscription.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/subscription.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Add Subscription" +description: "Add Subscription" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Add Subscription A subscription sends the report results for an investigation to recipients via email as an diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/overview.md index eaeca28ea1..86065d2dc4 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigations Interface" +description: "Investigations Interface" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Investigations Interface The Investigation interface allows administrators to investigate all data available to the @@ -43,7 +49,7 @@ Every investigation has the same options at the top of the page. See the [Investigation Options](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/options/overview.md) topic for additional information. Every report generated by an investigation query displays the same type of information. See the -[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic for additional information. +[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic for additional information. ## Search for Saved Investigations diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md index 02a7c4fc12..a3d83f5ed4 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/predefinedinvestigations.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Predefined Investigations Page" +description: "Predefined Investigations Page" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Predefined Investigations Page The Predefined Investigations page in the Investigations interface provides a list of saved @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ subscription, or export the report. See the [Investigation Options](/docs/threat additional information on saved investigation options. Every report generated by an investigation query displays the same type of information. See the -[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic for additional information. +[Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic for additional information. By default, these investigations are grouped in subfolders. Each subfolder page has the same table as the Predefined Investigations page, scoped to the investigations within that folder. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc81e32d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Investigation Reports", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "reports" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/group.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/group.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/group.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/group.md index a905548f82..6bf5663a90 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/group.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/group.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Group Details Page" +description: "Group Details Page" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Group Details Page The Group Details page displays the membership details for a group. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/host.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/host.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/host.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/host.md index 2af6fc4fb9..e8516282f9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/host.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/host.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Host Details Page" +description: "Host Details Page" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Host Details Page The Host Details page displays the groups that a host is a member of. In an investigation report, host names appear as links under the Target column in the Event Details -and Top Resources sections (see the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic). Click a link to land +and Top Resources sections (see the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic). Click a link to land on the Host Details page. ![Host Details page](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/hostdetails.webp) @@ -32,6 +38,6 @@ The Group Membership tab displays the groups the host is a member of. It has the Each sub-tab displays a table with the following columns: - Group – The name of the group. Click the link to view group details. See the - [Group Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/group.md) topic for additional information. + [Group Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/group.md) topic for additional information. - Domain – Name of the domain. This may be either the domain DNS name or domain controller hostname. - Tags – The tag present on the perpetrator, file, or host associated with the event diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md index c09cd15885..ce3bc48f50 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Investigation Reports" +description: "Investigation Reports" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Investigation Reports A report generated by an investigation query displays the following information: @@ -58,7 +64,7 @@ The table displays the following data: Click the arrow () in the table for a specific event to view additional details. -See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/host.md) and [User Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/user.md) topics for additional +See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/host.md) and [User Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/user.md) topics for additional information. ## Events Over Time Tab @@ -94,7 +100,7 @@ It contains the following columns: - Servers – The number of servers where the user generated events - Actions – The number of events generated by the user -Click the link to view perpetrator details. See the [User Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/user.md) topic for +Click the link to view perpetrator details. See the [User Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/user.md) topic for additional information. Top Targets Table @@ -108,5 +114,5 @@ It contains the following columns: - Users – The number of users who generated events - Actions – The number of events generated by all users on the target -Click the link to view target details. See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/host.md) topic for additional +Click the link to view target details. See the [Host Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/host.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/user.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/user.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/user.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/user.md index 65ca86a356..9cade26dd8 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/user.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/user.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "User Details Page" +description: "User Details Page" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # User Details Page The User Details page displays group membership details for a user. In an investigation report, user names appear as links under the Perpetrator column in the Event -Details and Top Resources sections (see the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports.md) topic). Click a link +Details and Top Resources sections (see the [Investigation Reports](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/reports.md) topic). Click a link to land on the User Details page. ![userdetails](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/userdetails.webp) @@ -30,6 +36,6 @@ The Group Membership tab displays the groups the user is a member of. It has the Each sub-tab displays a table with the following columns: - Name – The name of the group. Click the link to view group details. See the - [Group Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/group.md) topic for additional information. + [Group Details Page](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/reports/group.md) topic for additional information. - Domain – Name of the domain. This may be either the domain DNS name or domain controller hostname. - Tags – The tag present on the perpetrator, file, or host associated with the event diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md index a08276cd55..f89fbc5604 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/subscriptionsexports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Subscriptions and Exports Page" +description: "Subscriptions and Exports Page" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Subscriptions and Exports Page A subscription sends the report results for an investigation to recipients via email as an diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/overview.md index eaba7a763a..d11f579044 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reporting Module" +description: "Reporting Module" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Reporting Module Threat Prevention leverages the user-friendly, HTML-5 based Netwrix Threat Manager Reporting Module @@ -11,7 +17,7 @@ Threat Manager Reporting Module, configure the integration, and grant access to following topics: - [Reporting Module Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/reportingserver.md) -- [Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) +- [Set Up the Threat Manager Reporting Module](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/overview/gettingstarted.md#set-up-the-threat-manager-reporting-module) - [Reporting Module Installation](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/reportingmodule/overview.md) - [Configuration Menu ](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/configuration/overview.md) - [Investigations Interface](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/investigations/overview.md) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/threats.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/threats.md index 60335506d6..0c4b781b79 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/threats.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/reportingmodule/threats.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Threats" +description: "Threats" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Threats Threat data is available in the full version of Netwrix Threat Manager. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a00596580 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Requirements", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/adminconsole.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/adminconsole.md index 4cf67b455a..e67352af6e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/adminconsole.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/adminconsole.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Remote Administration Console Machine Requirements" +description: "Remote Administration Console Machine Requirements" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Remote Administration Console Machine Requirements This topic lists the requirements for the machine where you want to install a remote instance of the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7862b00a7e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Agent Server Requirements", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "agent" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agent.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agent.md index 78b4843249..9f23f16418 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agent.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent Server Requirements" +description: "Agent Server Requirements" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Agent Server Requirements The Agent server can be physical or virtual. The supported operating systems are: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agentnas.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agentnas.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agentnas.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agentnas.md index c1b586b91a..053b1956cd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agentnas.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agentnas.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "NAS Device Support" +description: "NAS Device Support" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # NAS Device Support For Network-Attached Storage (NAS) device support, the Threat Prevention Agent is not deployed on diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/application.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/application.md index d334f5378d..5bd1025401 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/application.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/application.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Application Server Requirements" +description: "Application Server Requirements" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Application Server Requirements This topic lists the requirements for the Threat Prevention server, where Enterprise Manager has to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/eperestsite.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/eperestsite.md index 672e7fce8f..fc3881f743 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/eperestsite.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/eperestsite.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "EPE Rest Site Requirements" +description: "EPE Rest Site Requirements" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # EPE Rest Site Requirements Requirements for the EPE Rest Site are the same as documented for the Netwrix Threat Manager diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/overview.md index 6bfaee65ce..79ae11b4d2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Requirements" +description: "Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Requirements This topic describes the recommended configuration of the servers needed to install the Threat @@ -28,8 +34,8 @@ Core Component See the following topics for additional information: - [Application Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/application.md) -- [SQL Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver.md) -- [Agent Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent.md) +- [SQL Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/sqlserver.md) +- [Agent Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/agent/agent.md) - [Reporting Module Server Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/reportingserver.md) Optional Components diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/ports.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/ports.md index a400e40331..02d065eef2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/ports.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/ports.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Firewall Ports" +description: "Firewall Ports" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Firewall Ports The following default ports are required for Threat Prevention functionality unless modified as per @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ network requirements. If choosing the Create Windows Firewall Rules option eithe [Application Server Install](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/application.md), in step 6 of the [Administration Console Remote Install](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/adminconsole.md), on the Set Options page of the [Deploy Agents Wizard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/deploy/overview.md#deploy-agents-wizard), or in step 7 of a -[Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md), then Threat Prevention will create the +[Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md), then Threat Prevention will create the necessary Windows firewall rules. If using a third party firewall, it will be necessary to manually set these. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/reportingserver.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/reportingserver.md index e5543acf2c..10e5591ac6 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/reportingserver.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/reportingserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Reporting Module Server Requirements" +description: "Reporting Module Server Requirements" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Reporting Module Server Requirements **CAUTION:** Netwrix Threat Manager cannot be installed on the same server as Netwrix Threat Manager diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da55bd15e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SQL Server Requirements", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "sqlserver" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/dbmaintenance.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/dbmaintenance.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/dbmaintenance.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/dbmaintenance.md index f8674feb09..594dbe4efc 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/dbmaintenance.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/dbmaintenance.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Database Maintenance Feature Requirements" +description: "Database Maintenance Feature Requirements" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Database Maintenance Feature Requirements All operations to configure database maintenance on the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/sqlserver.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/sqlserver.md index c971e72c63..9f258567a9 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/sqlserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SQL Server Requirements" +description: "SQL Server Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # SQL Server Requirements Threat Prevention supports the following SQL Server versions: @@ -78,5 +84,5 @@ The following permissions are required on the databases: - Provisioned to use Default Schema of ‘dbo’ Additional permissions are required for the optional Database Maintenance feature in Threat -Prevention. See the [Database Maintenance Feature Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/dbmaintenance.md) topic for +Prevention. See the [Database Maintenance Feature Requirements](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/requirements/sqlserver/dbmaintenance.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c8572ec538 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SIEM Dashboards", + "position": 90, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9403d826f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Active Directory App for Splunk", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3637077311 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Navigate the Active Directory App for Splunk", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "navigate" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/activedirectorychanges.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/activedirectorychanges.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/activedirectorychanges.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/activedirectorychanges.md index 4d4a5dec78..3113fcc961 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/activedirectorychanges.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/activedirectorychanges.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory Changes Dashboard" +description: "Active Directory Changes Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory Changes Dashboard The Active Directory Changes dashboard contains the following cards: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/administratorauditing.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/administratorauditing.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/administratorauditing.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/administratorauditing.md index 332c2dfa09..565cf87b7a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/administratorauditing.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/administratorauditing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administrator Auditing Dashboard" +description: "Administrator Auditing Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Administrator Auditing Dashboard The Administrator Auditing dashboard is specifically fed by a Threat Prevention policy named Domain diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/authenticationattacks.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/authenticationattacks.md index ca6be9068b..589273cbac 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/authenticationattacks.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Attacks Dashboard" +description: "Authentication Attacks Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Authentication Attacks Dashboard The Authentication Attacks dashboard contains the following cards: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/gpomonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/gpomonitoring.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/gpomonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/gpomonitoring.md index 9be89943c7..2781239095 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/gpomonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/gpomonitoring.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "GPO Monitoring Dashboard" +description: "GPO Monitoring Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # GPO Monitoring Dashboard The GPO Monitoring dashboard contains the following cards: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/ldap.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/ldap.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/ldap.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/ldap.md index 6eb6694e5c..87deff3676 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/ldap.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/ldap.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP Dashboard" +description: "LDAP Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # LDAP Dashboard The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) dashboard contains the following cards: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/navigate.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/navigate.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/navigate.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/navigate.md index 048365f600..398e60fdbb 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/navigate.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/navigate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Navigate the Active Directory App for Splunk" +description: "Navigate the Active Directory App for Splunk" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Navigate the Active Directory App for Splunk The Netwrix Active Directory App for Splunk contains several predefined dashboards: diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/policyreporting.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/policyreporting.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/policyreporting.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/policyreporting.md index 59edca24ec..4df72b1556 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/policyreporting.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/policyreporting.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Reporting Dashboard" +description: "Policy Reporting Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Policy Reporting Dashboard The Policy Reporting dashboard is for viewing Threat Prevention events from any enabled policy that diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/userbehavioranalytics.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/userbehavioranalytics.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/userbehavioranalytics.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/userbehavioranalytics.md index 3ac04b86ee..13d880c127 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/dashboard/userbehavioranalytics.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/navigate/userbehavioranalytics.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Behavior Analytics Dashboard" +description: "User Behavior Analytics Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # User Behavior Analytics Dashboard The User Behavior Analytics dashboard uses the functionality of the Machine Learning Toolkit app to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/overview.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/overview.md index 34c739222f..cccc1f342c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/activedirectory/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/activedirectory/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory App for Splunk" +description: "Active Directory App for Splunk" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Active Directory App for Splunk The Netwrix Active Directory security monitoring solution enables organizations to efficiently diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/overview.md index 41f76eb1d8..c13946b896 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "SIEM Dashboards" +description: "SIEM Dashboards" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # SIEM Dashboards Threat Prevention (formerly StealthINTERCEPT) can seamlessly integrate with all SIEM dashboards that diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78a7665bdd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Active Directory App for QRadar", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89a93725c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Navigate the Active Directory App for QRadar", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "navigate" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/about.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/about.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/about.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/about.md index b971e4cbd9..c4a4aeaa1c 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/about.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/about.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "About Dashboard" +description: "About Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # About Dashboard The About dashboard provides information about the application. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/adchanges.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/adchanges.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/adchanges.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/adchanges.md index 99695fcb41..1b69f3e93e 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/adchanges.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/adchanges.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "AD Changes Dashboard" +description: "AD Changes Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # AD Changes Dashboard The AD Changes dashboard contains the following cards: @@ -5,20 +11,20 @@ The AD Changes dashboard contains the following cards: ![AD Changes Dashboard](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/adchanges.webp) - Changes by Type – Breakdown of changes that have been recorded in the specified timeframe by event - type. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional + type. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Successful/Blocked Events – Breakdown of changes that have been recorded in the specified timeframe by successful/failed/blocked status. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Changes by Domain – Breakdown of changes that have been recorded in the specified timeframe by - domain. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional + domain. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Top Client IPs – Displays up to the top five (5) client IP addresses related to events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe - Top Perpetrators – Displays up to the top five (5) perpetrator usernames related to events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe - Change Details – Tabular format of all Active Directory change events that have been recorded in - the specified timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic + the specified timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. The time interval is identified in the upper-right corner with the _Start_ and _End_ boxes. This is diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/administratorauditing.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/administratorauditing.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/administratorauditing.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/administratorauditing.md index 2f444d969d..225ca6cace 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/administratorauditing.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/administratorauditing.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administrator Auditing Dashboard" +description: "Administrator Auditing Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Administrator Auditing Dashboard The Administrator Auditing dashboard is specifically fed by a Threat Prevention policy named Domain @@ -13,17 +19,17 @@ The Administrator Auditing dashboard contains the following cards: been recorded in the specified timeframe - Events – Breakdown of changes that have been recorded in the specified timeframe by successful/failed/blocked status. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Most Active Administrators – Displays up to the top five (5) usernames related to change events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe - All Administrator Activity – Tabular format of all events that have been recorded in the specified - timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional + timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. - Administrator Offenses – Tabular format of all offenses related to Administrators. See the - [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. - Administrator Group Changes – Tabular format of all group changes to the Domain, Schema, and Enterprise Admin groups that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. The time interval is identified in the upper-right corner with the _Start_ and _End_ boxes. This is set by default to the past three (3) hours. To search within a different interval, either manually diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/authenticationattacks.md similarity index 70% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/authenticationattacks.md index 2464cdd304..a537734930 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/authenticationattacks.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Authentication Attacks Dashboard" +description: "Authentication Attacks Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Authentication Attacks Dashboard The Authentication Attacks dashboard contains information on triggered authentication attack @@ -6,13 +12,13 @@ incidents within the past week. It contains the following cards: ![Authentication Attacks Dashboard](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/authenticationattacks.webp) - All Attacks (past week) – Timeline of all authentication attacks that started within the last - week. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional + week. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Breakdown by Attack Type – Breakdown of authentication attacks that started within the last week. - See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional + See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Attack Details – Tabular format of all authentication attack offenses recorded in QRadar. See the - [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. - Event Search for Attack: [Searched Attack] – Tabular format of all events related to the attack. Information is only visible after clicking Search on an offense. See the - [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/gpomonitoring.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/gpomonitoring.md similarity index 79% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/gpomonitoring.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/gpomonitoring.md index 2872203ab1..90aec9baf7 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/gpomonitoring.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/gpomonitoring.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "GPO Monitoring Dashboard" +description: "GPO Monitoring Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # GPO Monitoring Dashboard The GPO Monitoring dashboard contains the following cards: @@ -6,15 +12,15 @@ The GPO Monitoring dashboard contains the following cards: - Top GPOs – Displays up to the top five (5) Group Policy Objects related to events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Successful/Blocked Events – Breakdown of Group Policy Object changes that have been recorded in the specified timeframe by successful/failed/blocked status. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Changes by Domain – Breakdown of Group Policy Object changes that have been recorded in the - specified timeframe by domain. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) + specified timeframe by domain. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Change Details – Tabular format of all Group Policy Object change events that have been recorded - in the specified timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) + in the specified timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. The time interval is identified in the upper-right corner with the _Start_ and _End_ boxes. This is diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/hostinvestigation.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/hostinvestigation.md similarity index 87% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/hostinvestigation.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/hostinvestigation.md index f7331bd226..3e56451892 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/hostinvestigation.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/hostinvestigation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Host Investigation Dashboard" +description: "Host Investigation Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Host Investigation Dashboard The Host Investigation dashboard only appears when a search is conducted. This can be done by @@ -17,12 +23,12 @@ The Host Investigation dashboard contains the following cards: - Top Users (Authenticating to Host) – Displays up to the top five (5) users associated with the host (as destination) over the specified time interval - Activity – Timeline of all events associated with the host over the specified time interval. See - the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Latest Events – Tabular format of all events associated with the host that occurred over the - specified time interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic + specified time interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. - Offenses Related to Host – QRadar offenses associated with the host that occurred over the - specified time interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic + specified time interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. The time interval is identified in the upper-right corner with the _Start_ and _End_ boxes. This is diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/ldap.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/ldap.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/ldap.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/ldap.md index fd15f54ed5..41f82cba92 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/ldap.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/ldap.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LDAP Dashboard" +description: "LDAP Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # LDAP Dashboard The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) dashboard contains the following cards: @@ -5,13 +11,13 @@ The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) dashboard contains the followin ![LDAP Dashboard](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/ldap.webp) - Top Users – Displays up to the top five (5) users related to LDAP events that have been recorded - in the specified timeframe. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) + in the specified timeframe. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Top Source Hosts – Displays up to the top five (5) client IP addresses related to LDAP events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - LDAP Query Details – Tabular format of all non-trivial LDAP events that have been recorded in the - specified timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for + specified timeframe. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. The time interval is identified in the upper-right corner with the _Start_ and _End_ boxes. This is diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md index 1e7d080d04..4acf9356c2 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Navigate the Active Directory App for QRadar" +description: "Navigate the Active Directory App for QRadar" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Navigate the Active Directory App for QRadar The Netwrix Active Directory App for QRadar (Active Directory tab) contains several predefined diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/overview.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/overview.md index 6f5af67211..69d3ab2844 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Overview Dashboard" +description: "Overview Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Overview Dashboard The Active Directory Overview dashboard contains information on monitored Active Directory events @@ -7,16 +13,16 @@ within the past three (3) hours. It has the following cards: - Authentication Attacks – Number of authentication attacks that started in the specified timeframe, i.e., last three (3) hours. The value for this card is a hyperlink to the - [Authentication Attacks Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md). + [Authentication Attacks Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/authenticationattacks.md). - AD Changes – Number of Active Directory changes recorded in the specified timeframe, i.e., last three (3) hours. The value for this card is a hyperlink to the - [AD Changes Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/adchanges.md). + [AD Changes Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/adchanges.md). - GPO Changes – Number of group policy object changes recorded in the specified timeframe, i.e., last three (3) hours. The value for this card is a hyperlink to the - [GPO Monitoring Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/gpomonitoring.md). + [GPO Monitoring Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/gpomonitoring.md). - Administrator Events – Number of events related to Administrators that have been recorded in the specified timeframe, i.e., last three (3) hours. The value for this card is a hyperlink to the - [Administrator Auditing Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/administratorauditing.md). + [Administrator Auditing Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/administratorauditing.md). - Active Users – Number of distinct users who have been involved with events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe, i.e., past three (3) hours - Monitored Domains – Number of distinct domains involved with events that have been recorded in the @@ -24,8 +30,8 @@ within the past three (3) hours. It has the following cards: - Threat Prevention Events – Timeline of all events sent by Threat Prevention to QRadar within the last three (3) hours - Attacks by Type – Breakdown of authentication attacks that started within the last three (3) hours - by type of attack. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for + by type of attack. See the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Active Directory Changes – Breakdown of Active Directory change events recorded in the specified timeframe, i.e., last three (3) hours. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/policyreporting.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/policyreporting.md similarity index 80% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/policyreporting.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/policyreporting.md index d357eaf7f7..66647af9a8 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/policyreporting.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/policyreporting.md @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: "Policy Reporting Dashboard" +description: "Policy Reporting Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Policy Reporting Dashboard The Policy Reporting dashboard is for viewing Threat Prevention events from any enabled policy that is sending events to QRadar. This dashboard requires the SEC token to be saved in the Settings interface in order for QRadar to actively see Threat Prevention policies and associated recent -events. See the [Settings](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/settings.md) topic for additional information. +events. See the [Settings](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/settings.md) topic for additional information. The Policies tab on the left side of the dashboard toggles the Policies panel open and close. All the enabled Threat Prevention policies sending event data to QRadar will be listed in alphanumeric @@ -16,25 +22,25 @@ The Policy Reporting dashboard contains the following cards: - Activity (Successful/Blocked) – Timeline of successful/failed/blocked events related to the selected policy that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Successful/Blocked Events – Breakdown of events related to the selected policy that have been recorded in the specified timeframe by successful/failed/blocked status. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Top Perpetrators – Displays up to the top five (5) usernames related to the selected policy that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Events by Domain – Breakdown of events related to the selected policy that have been recorded in the specified timeframe by domain. See the - [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Events by Perpetrator – Tabular format of all usernames related to the selected policy for events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. - Events by Domain – Tabular format of all domains related to the selected policy for events that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. - Latest Events – Tabular format of all events related to the selected policy that have been recorded in the specified timeframe. See the - [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. + [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. The time interval is identified in the upper-right corner with the _Start_ and _End_ boxes. This is set by default to the past three (3) hours. To search within a different interval, either manually diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/settings.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/settings.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/settings.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/settings.md index b9116c9d8c..b7fca08199 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/settings.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/settings.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Settings" +description: "Settings" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # Settings You must save the QRadar SEC token to the Settings interface of the Active Directory App for QRadar. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/userinvestigation.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/userinvestigation.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/userinvestigation.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/userinvestigation.md index c58c7f4c58..37064a8bcd 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/userinvestigation.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/userinvestigation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "User Investigation Dashboard" +description: "User Investigation Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # User Investigation Dashboard The User Investigation dashboard only appears when a search is conducted. This can be done by @@ -15,12 +21,12 @@ The User Investigation dashboard contains the following cards: - Destination Hosts – Number of destination IP addresses associated with the user over the specified time interval - Activity – Timeline of all events associated with the user over the specified time interval. See - the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. + the [Graph Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#graph-card-features) topic for additional information. - Latest Events – Tabular format of all events associated with the user over the specified time - interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional + interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. - Offenses Related to User – QRadar offenses associated with the user during the specified time - interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional + interval. See the [Table Card Features](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/navigate.md#table-card-features) topic for additional information. The time interval is identified in the upper-right corner with the _Start_ and _End_ boxes. This is diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/offenses.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/offenses.md index 8dba831ba1..7a40f761c0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/offenses.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/offenses.md @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: "INTERCEPT Offenses in QRadar" +description: "INTERCEPT Offenses in QRadar" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # INTERCEPT Offenses in QRadar The Netwrix Active Directory App for QRadar feeds several QRadar Offenses. ![INTERCEPT Offenses in QRadar](/img/product_docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/offenses.webp) -While the [Authentication Attacks Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/dashboard/authenticationattacks.md) reports on +While the [Authentication Attacks Dashboard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/authenticationattacks.md) reports on incidents monitored by Threat Prevention Authentication Analytics, these incidents also generate offenses. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/overview.md index 4a89f81b26..2fb5136a1a 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Active Directory App for QRadar" +description: "Active Directory App for QRadar" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Active Directory App for QRadar The Netwrix Active Directory security monitoring solution enables organizations to efficiently @@ -38,7 +44,7 @@ Then click Install. QRadar. The Active Directory tab will appear in QRadar. It is necessary for the QRadar SEC token to be saved -to the Settings interface of the Active Directory App. See the [Settings](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/settings.md) topic for +to the Settings interface of the Active Directory App. See the [Settings](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/navigate/settings.md) topic for additional information. ## Initial Configuration for the Active Directory App for QRadar diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/qidmap.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/qidmap.md index 30f8aaa830..78dcdd6844 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/qidmap.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/qradar/qidmap.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "QIDmap Information for QRadar SIEM Integration" +description: "QIDmap Information for QRadar SIEM Integration" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # QIDmap Information for QRadar SIEM Integration Vendors have the ability to create what is called a QIDmap. The purpose of the mapping file is to diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7320c419be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Threat Hunting App for Splunk", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dbc655cb10 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Navigate the Threat Hunting App for Splunk", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "navigate" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/navigate.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/navigate.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/navigate.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/navigate.md index 6a17587497..3d529d266b 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/navigate.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/navigate.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Navigate the Threat Hunting App for Splunk" +description: "Navigate the Threat Hunting App for Splunk" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Navigate the Threat Hunting App for Splunk The Netwrix Threat Hunting App for Splunk contains only one dashboard called Threat Hunting. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/perpetratorhunting.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/perpetratorhunting.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/perpetratorhunting.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/perpetratorhunting.md index 73c5822a9b..947d1b634d 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/perpetratorhunting.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/perpetratorhunting.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Perpetrator Hunting" +description: "Perpetrator Hunting" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Perpetrator Hunting The Perpetrator Hunting option uses the Perpetrator Name field to determine which user is targeted diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/privilegecreepescalation.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/privilegecreepescalation.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/privilegecreepescalation.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/privilegecreepescalation.md index d4538b22ae..eb5d617654 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/privilegecreepescalation.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/privilegecreepescalation.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Privilege Creep/Escalation" +description: "Privilege Creep/Escalation" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Privilege Creep/Escalation The Privilege Creep/Escalation option uses the Account Name field to determine which user is diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/sensitivedatahunting.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/sensitivedatahunting.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/sensitivedatahunting.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/sensitivedatahunting.md index 175fc3fb56..02b010bd44 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/dashboard/sensitivedatahunting.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/navigate/sensitivedatahunting.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Sensitive Data Hunting" +description: "Sensitive Data Hunting" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Sensitive Data Hunting The Sensitive Data Hunting option uses the File Name field to determine which file is targeted when diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/overview.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/overview.md rename to docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/overview.md index 3542f5fe83..1735db6881 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/splunk/threathunting/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/siemdashboard/threathunting/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Threat Hunting App for Splunk" +description: "Threat Hunting App for Splunk" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Threat Hunting App for Splunk The Netwrix Threat Hunting solution enables organizations to target and hunt active cyber threats. diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/_category_.json b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5cdc13cec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Best Practices and Troubleshooting", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentcommunication.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentcommunication.md index c95b2f419c..ede1452484 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentcommunication.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentcommunication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent Not Communicating with the Enterprise Manager" +description: "Agent Not Communicating with the Enterprise Manager" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Agent Not Communicating with the Enterprise Manager If the Agent is not communicating with the Enterprise Manager, the following questions should be diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentservice.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentservice.md index f3e9123989..38ebf5862d 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentservice.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/agentservice.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Agent Service Fails to Start Due to Service Timeout" +description: "Agent Service Fails to Start Due to Service Timeout" +sidebar_position: 70 +--- + # Agent Service Fails to Start Due to Service Timeout If an Agent service fails to start due to a service timeout, setting the NT Service timeout higher diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/enterprisemanagercommunication.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/enterprisemanagercommunication.md index eadf502c87..0fe92c19e4 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/enterprisemanagercommunication.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/enterprisemanagercommunication.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Administration Console and Agent Not Communicating with the Enterprise Manager" +description: "Administration Console and Agent Not Communicating with the Enterprise Manager" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Administration Console and Agent Not Communicating with the Enterprise Manager As a requirement for configuring custom managed certificates, the Threat Prevention Administration @@ -10,13 +16,13 @@ Agent, the console and Agent will fail to connect to Enterprise Manager. **NOTE:** To configure custom managed certificates for the Enterprise Manager and the Agent, see the [Certificate Management Wizard](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/certificatemanagementwizard.md) and -[Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/customcert.md) topics +[Create Custom Managed Certificates for Each Agent](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/customcert.md) topics respectively. You must provide the Enterprise Manager server DNS name when you install the following: - Threat Prevention server (see the [Application Server Install](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/application.md) topic) -- Threat Prevention Agent (see the [Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual.md) topic) +- Threat Prevention Agent (see the [Manual Agent Deployment](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/agent/manual/manual.md) topic) - Remote instance of the Administration Console (see the [Administration Console Remote Install](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/install/adminconsole.md) topic) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/exchangelockdown.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/exchangelockdown.md index 01246426ae..e395eb27a0 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/exchangelockdown.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/exchangelockdown.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Exchange Lockdown Considerations" +description: "Exchange Lockdown Considerations" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Exchange Lockdown Considerations When an Exchange Lockdown policy is first enabled, operations that are expected to be locked down by @@ -21,9 +27,9 @@ In Microsoft Outlook 2010, delegation through Outlook performs three operations: and responses to the delegate The first option does not use an Exchange API. Therefore, this action cannot be blocked by an -[Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) policy. However, it +[Exchange Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/exchangelockdown.md) policy. However, it is possible to achieve the desired blocking effect by creating a corresponding -[Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) +[Active Directory Lockdown Event Type](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/policies/configuration/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown.md) policy to block any **Send on Behalf of** permission changes. Netwrix recommends using the following event filters on the respective Active Directory Lockdown diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/lsass.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/lsass.md index 3ae9be61e5..67a59c0aab 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/lsass.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/lsass.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "LSASS Process Terminated" +description: "LSASS Process Terminated" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # LSASS Process Terminated To collect real-time activity data, the Agent hooks into (intercepts) specific Microsoft APIs in the diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/msilogs.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/msilogs.md index d37e3fbdfb..1b40154762 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/msilogs.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/msilogs.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "MSI Installer Logs" +description: "MSI Installer Logs" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # MSI Installer Logs The Threat Prevention installer runs under control of Windows Installer. All available command line diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/overview.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/overview.md index 4dfe0e39e8..e074dbf3ce 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/overview.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Best Practices and Troubleshooting" +description: "Best Practices and Troubleshooting" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Best Practices and Troubleshooting This topic provides general best practices and basic troubleshooting that you should take into @@ -69,7 +75,7 @@ Threat Prevention sends the _LSASS process terminated_ alert when the LSASS proc after a reboot. The Agent stops and all monitoring/blocking by that Agent stops. To resolve the issue, either upgrade to the latest version of the Agent or simply upgrade SI.ActiveDirectoryMonitor.dll - commonly known as ADMonitor DLL (recommended). See the -[Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. +[Upgrade ADMonitor](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/admin/agents/agent-management/upgradeadmonitor.md)topic for additional information. **_RECOMMENDED:_** Activate an email notification for the _LSASS process terminated_ alert. See the [Enable the 'LSASS Process Terminated' Email Alert](/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/lsass.md#enable-the-lsass-process-terminated-email-alert) diff --git a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/sqlserver.md b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/sqlserver.md index 931f88efce..74ec0bf3aa 100644 --- a/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/sqlserver.md +++ b/docs/threatprevention/7.5/troubleshooting/sqlserver.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Restrict SQL Server Maximum Server Memory" +description: "Restrict SQL Server Maximum Server Memory" +sidebar_position: 60 +--- + # Restrict SQL Server Maximum Server Memory For SQL Server 2012+, it is necessary to restrict the maximum server memory value to 60-70% of the diff --git a/scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc b/scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5eeda68c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc @@ -0,0 +1,986 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sidebars/threatprevention-7.5-sidebar.js b/sidebars/threatprevention-7.5-sidebar.js index 5c52101445..18c7bbc691 100644 --- a/sidebars/threatprevention-7.5-sidebar.js +++ b/sidebars/threatprevention-7.5-sidebar.js @@ -4,448 +4,8 @@ const sidebars = { threatprevention75Sidebar: [ { - type: 'doc', - id: 'index', - label: 'Threat Prevention 7.5', - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Getting Started', - collapsed: false, - items: [ - 'gettingstarted', - 'overview', - 'whatsnew', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'System Requirements', - items: [ - 'requirements/overview', - 'requirements/adminconsole', - 'requirements/agent', - 'requirements/agentnas', - 'requirements/application', - 'requirements/reportingserver', - 'requirements/sqlserver', - 'requirements/eperestsite', - 'requirements/dbmaintenance', - 'requirements/ports', - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Installation & Setup', - collapsed: true, - items: [ - 'install/overview', - 'install/firstlaunch', - 'install/adminconsole', - 'install/application', - 'install/licenseimport', - 'install/certificatemanagementwizard', - 'install/dbconnectionmanager', - 'install/eperestsite', - 'install/epeuserfeedback', - 'install/migrateemserver', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Agent Installation', - items: [ - 'install/agent/overview', - 'install/agent/manual', - 'install/agent/silent', - 'install/agent/customcert', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Reporting Module', - items: [ - 'install/reportingmodule/overview', - 'install/reportingmodule/database', - 'install/reportingmodule/application', - 'install/reportingmodule/firstlaunch', - 'install/reportingmodule/secure', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Upgrades', - items: [ - 'install/upgrade/overview', - 'install/upgrade/agent', - 'install/upgrade/reportingmodule', - 'install/upgrade/policytemplates', - 'install/upgrade/uninstallagent', - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Administration', - collapsed: true, - items: [ - 'admin/overview', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Agent Management', - items: [ - 'admin/agents/overview', - 'admin/agents/safemode', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Agent Deployment', - items: [ - 'admin/agents/deploy/overview', - 'admin/agents/deploy/prerequisitescheck', - 'admin/agents/deploy/selectcomputers', - 'admin/agents/deploy/setoptions', - 'admin/agents/deploy/installing', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Agent Operations', - items: [ - 'admin/agents/management/start', - 'admin/agents/management/stop', - 'admin/agents/management/harden', - 'admin/agents/management/soften', - 'admin/agents/management/startpendingmodules', - 'admin/agents/management/removeserver', - 'admin/agents/management/clearqueue', - 'admin/agents/management/upgradeadmonitor', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Agent Configuration', - items: [ - 'admin/agents/window/agentinstallerupdate', - 'admin/agents/window/configureautodeploy', - 'admin/agents/window/enrollmentsecretconfiguration', - 'admin/agents/window/loglevelconfiguration', - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Policies & Templates', - items: [ - 'admin/policies/overview', - 'admin/policies/configuration', - 'admin/policies/general', - 'admin/policies/dataprotection', - 'admin/policies/exportpoliciestemplates', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Event Type Policies', - items: [ - 'admin/policies/eventtype/overview', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorychanges', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectorylockdown', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/activedirectoryreadmonitoring', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationlockdown', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/authenticationmonitoring', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/exchangechanges', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/exchangelockdown', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemaccessanalyzer', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemchanges', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/filesystemlockdown', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/ldaplockdown', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/ldapmonitoring', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/ldapbindmonitoring', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianmonitor', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/lsassguardianprotect', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/passwordenforcement', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/gposettingchanges', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/gposettinglockdown', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationlockdown', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/adreplicationmonitoring', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/effectivegroupmembership', - 'admin/policies/eventtype/fsmorolemonitoring', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Policy Actions', - items: [ - 'admin/policies/actions/overview', - 'admin/policies/actions/file', - 'admin/policies/actions/powershell', - 'admin/policies/actions/netscript', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Recent Events', - items: [ - 'admin/policies/recentevents/overview', - 'admin/policies/recentevents/eventtracker', - 'admin/policies/recentevents/eventviewer', - 'admin/policies/recentevents/executepsscript', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Policy Templates', - items: [ - 'admin/templates/overview', - 'admin/templates/createpolicy', - 'admin/templates/configuration', - 'admin/templates/general', - 'admin/templates/eventtype', - 'admin/templates/actions', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Template Collections', - items: [ - 'admin/templates/folder/overview', - 'admin/templates/folder/security-templates', - 'admin/templates/folder/microsoft-templates', - 'admin/templates/folder/infrastructure-templates', - 'admin/templates/folder/bestpractices', - 'admin/templates/folder/actions', - 'admin/templates/folder/hipaa', - 'admin/templates/folder/reconnaissance', - 'admin/templates/folder/schemaconfiguration', - 'admin/templates/folder/siem', - ], - }, - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'System Configuration', - items: [ - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Database Management', - items: [ - 'admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/overview', - 'admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/enable', - 'admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/schedule', - 'admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/archive', - 'admin/configuration/databasemaintenance/storedprocedures', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'System Alerting', - items: [ - 'admin/configuration/systemalerting/overview', - 'admin/configuration/systemalerting/email', - 'admin/configuration/systemalerting/eventlog', - 'admin/configuration/systemalerting/siem', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Collection Manager', - items: [ - 'admin/configuration/collectionmanager/overview', - 'admin/configuration/collectionmanager/listcollections', - 'admin/configuration/collectionmanager/dynamic', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'User Management', - items: [ - 'admin/configuration/userroles/overview', - 'admin/configuration/userroles/add', - 'admin/configuration/userroles/modify', - 'admin/configuration/userroles/delete', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'System Settings', - items: [ - 'admin/configuration/epesettings', - 'admin/configuration/eventfilteringconfiguration', - 'admin/configuration/eventsdatabaseconfiguration', - 'admin/configuration/filemonitorsettings', - 'admin/configuration/threatmanagerconfiguration', - 'admin/configuration/siemoutputviewer', - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Investigation Tools', - items: [ - 'admin/investigate/overview', - 'admin/investigate/datagrid', - 'admin/investigate/filters', - 'admin/investigate/saved', - 'admin/investigate/summaryfolders', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Analytics & Threats', - items: [ - 'admin/analytics/overview', - 'admin/analytics/baduseridsourcehost', - 'admin/analytics/baduseriduser', - 'admin/analytics/breachedpassword', - 'admin/analytics/bruteforceattacks', - 'admin/analytics/concurrentlogins', - 'admin/analytics/filesystemattacksuser', - 'admin/analytics/forgedpac', - 'admin/analytics/goldenticket', - 'admin/analytics/horizontalmovementattacks', - 'admin/analytics/impersonationlogins', - 'admin/analytics/kerberosweakencryption', - 'admin/analytics/useraccounthacking', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Alerts & Notifications', - items: [ - 'admin/alerts/overview', - 'admin/alerts/window/alertscleanup', - 'admin/alerts/window/alertsexport', - 'admin/alerts/window/policycomparison', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Navigation & Tools', - items: [ - 'admin/navigation/overview', - 'admin/navigation/datagrid', - 'admin/navigation/licensemanager', - 'admin/navigation/rightclickmenus', - 'admin/tools/exportpoliciestemplates', - 'admin/tools/import', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Tags & Organization', - items: ['admin/tags/overview'], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Reporting & Analytics', - collapsed: true, - items: [ - 'reportingmodule/overview', - 'reportingmodule/threats', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Investigations', - items: [ - 'reportingmodule/investigations/overview', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/newinvestigation', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/myinvestigations', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/predefinedinvestigations', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/favorites', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/reports', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/subscriptionsexports', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/auditcompliance', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/user', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/host', - 'reportingmodule/investigations/group', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'System Configuration', - items: [ - 'reportingmodule/configuration/overview', - 'reportingmodule/configuration/systemhealth', - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Security Solutions', - collapsed: true, - items: [ - 'solutions/overview', - 'solutions/activedirectory', - 'solutions/filesystem', - 'solutions/exchange', - 'solutions/ldap', - 'solutions/epe', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'SIEM Integration', - collapsed: true, - items: [ - 'siemdashboard/overview', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'QRadar Integration', - items: [ - 'siemdashboard/qradar/overview', - 'siemdashboard/qradar/navigate', - 'siemdashboard/qradar/offenses', - 'siemdashboard/qradar/qidmap', - 'siemdashboard/qradar/settings', - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'API & Integrations', - collapsed: true, - items: [ - 'api/overview', - 'api/collections', - 'api/epe', - 'api/loadmodule', - 'api/policy', - 'api/threatmanager', - { - type: 'category', - label: 'EPE REST Site', - items: [ - 'eperestsite/overview', - 'eperestsite/login', - 'eperestsite/accountmanagement', - 'eperestsite/checkpassword', - ], - }, - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Troubleshooting', - collapsed: true, - items: [ - 'troubleshooting/overview', - 'troubleshooting/agentservice', - 'troubleshooting/agentcommunication', - 'troubleshooting/enterprisemanagercommunication', - 'troubleshooting/lsass', - 'troubleshooting/exchangelockdown', - 'troubleshooting/sqlserver', - 'troubleshooting/msilogs', - ], - }, - { - type: 'category', - label: 'Configuration Files', - collapsed: true, - items: ['config/activedirectory/threatprevention'], + type: 'autogenerated', + dirName: '.', }, ], }; From 42c04e06740044d189ed50613c8eab66e1faaff2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 07:38:02 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 07/10] 1secure reorg --- .../admin/alerts/{index.md => alerts.md} | 4 +- .../admin/alerts/{profiles.md => overview.md} | 4 +- .../alertstimeline.md} | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md | 2 +- .../admin/dashboard/{index.md => overview.md} | 8 +- .../activedirectoryauditing.md | 2 +- .../computer/{index.md => overview.md} | 2 +- .../overview.md} | 6 +- .../admin/datacollection/{ => gmsa}/gmsa.md | 2 +- .../logonactivity/{index.md => overview.md} | 0 docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md | 24 ++ docs/1secure/admin/index.md | 16 - docs/1secure/admin/{ => login}/login.md | 4 +- docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md | 133 ++++++ docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md | 19 + .../admin/organizations/addingusers.md | 2 +- .../admin/organizations/addorganizations.md | 6 +- .../organizations/{index.md => overview.md} | 4 +- .../sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md | 2 +- .../sourcesandconnectors/computer.md | 2 +- .../{index.md => overview.md} | 2 +- .../organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md | 2 +- docs/1secure/admin/overview.md | 11 + .../riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md | 6 +- .../{index.md => riskprofiles.md} | 0 .../admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md | 2 +- .../admin/searchandreports/customreports.md | 2 +- .../{index.md => overview.md} | 0 .../admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md | 2 +- docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md | 14 + docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md | 83 ++++ .../{activedirectory => ad}/admanual.md | 8 +- .../{activedirectory => ad}/adsi.md | 0 .../{activedirectory => ad}/advancedpolicy.md | 0 .../{activedirectory => ad}/auto.md | 4 +- .../{activedirectory => ad}/cfgmanual.md | 14 +- .../domainauditpolicies.md | 2 +- .../grouppolicymanagementconsole.md | 0 .../{activedirectory => ad}/objectlevel.md | 2 +- .../protocolsandports.md | 0 .../secondarylogonservice.md | 0 .../computer/{index.md => overview.md} | 6 +- .../configureitinfrastructure.md | 2 +- .../configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md | 4 +- .../logonactivity/{index.md => overview.md} | 0 .../configuration/{index.md => overview.md} | 0 .../sqlserver/{index.md => overview.md} | 0 docs/1secure/index.md | 2 +- docs/1secure/install/installagent.md | 9 +- docs/1secure/install/overview.md | 7 + .../integrations/{index.md => overview.md} | 0 .../requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md | 43 ++ docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md | 17 + .../prerequisitesfordatasources.md} | 62 +-- docs/1secure/security.md | 95 ----- docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md | 13 + docs/1secure/security/compliance.md | 9 + docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md | 20 + docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md | 23 ++ docs/1secure/security/overview.md | 26 ++ scripts/1Secure.fltoc | 378 ++++++++++++++++++ 61 files changed, 880 insertions(+), 234 deletions(-) rename docs/1secure/admin/alerts/{index.md => alerts.md} (97%) rename docs/1secure/admin/alerts/{profiles.md => overview.md} (96%) rename docs/1secure/admin/{alerts/timeline.md => dashboard/alertstimeline.md} (99%) rename docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/{index.md => overview.md} (94%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/{index.md => overview.md} (98%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{datacollectingaccount.md => datacollectingaccount/overview.md} (92%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{ => gmsa}/gmsa.md (99%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/{index.md => overview.md} (100%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md delete mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/index.md rename docs/1secure/admin/{ => login}/login.md (98%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md rename docs/1secure/admin/organizations/{index.md => overview.md} (93%) rename docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/{index.md => overview.md} (90%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/overview.md rename docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/{index.md => riskprofiles.md} (100%) rename docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/{index.md => overview.md} (100%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/admanual.md (89%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/adsi.md (100%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/advancedpolicy.md (100%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/auto.md (93%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/cfgmanual.md (82%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/domainauditpolicies.md (96%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md (100%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/objectlevel.md (97%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/protocolsandports.md (100%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{activedirectory => ad}/secondarylogonservice.md (100%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/computer/{index.md => overview.md} (96%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/{index.md => overview.md} (100%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{index.md => overview.md} (100%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/{index.md => overview.md} (100%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/install/overview.md rename docs/1secure/integrations/{index.md => overview.md} (100%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md rename docs/1secure/{requirements.md => requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md} (51%) delete mode 100644 docs/1secure/security.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/security/compliance.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md create mode 100644 docs/1secure/security/overview.md create mode 100644 scripts/1Secure.fltoc diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/1secure/admin/alerts/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md index bbbc247313..24db449c62 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ impact your organization's security, enabling you to respond swiftly to potentia You can access the generated alerts in the following ways: - View the alerts generated for an organization on the Netwrix 1Secure dashboard. See the - [1Secure Dashboard](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/index.md) topic for additional information. + [1Secure Dashboard](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md) topic for additional information. - Receive alerts as email notifications sent to the specified email address(es). See the - [Manage Delivery Settings for an Alert Profile](profiles.md#manage-delivery-settings-for-an-alert-profile) topic + [Manage Delivery Settings for an Alert Profile](overview.md#manage-delivery-settings-for-an-alert-profile) topic for setting up email notifications. Follow the steps to view the alerts within an alert profile. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/profiles.md b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/1secure/admin/alerts/profiles.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md index d66ca68180..e31d4d0a48 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/profiles.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The alert profile is added to the list. You can: editing an organization. See the [Add Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md) topic for additional information. - Click the profile to review the list of alerts, enable the desired alerts, make necessary edits - for alerts, and set delivery settings for the alert profile. See [Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/index.md) topic for + for alerts, and set delivery settings for the alert profile. See [Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md) topic for additional information. ## Modify the Name of an Alert Profile @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ organization admins by email. **Step 7 –** Click Save. You may also link to a third-party ticketing system. See the -[Third-party systems](/docs/1secure/integrations/index.md) topic for additional information. +[Third-party systems](/docs/1secure/integrations/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/timeline.md b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/1secure/admin/alerts/timeline.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md index 2de67445e6..54330a9a59 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/timeline.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the data in descending order. Edit Alerts Settings Click the **Edit Alerts Settings** link to navigate to the Alerts page, where you can create a new -alert and modify existing ones. See the [Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/index.md) topic for additional +alert and modify existing ones. See the [Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md) topic for additional information. ## Filter Data diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md index eb66694d2c..5174f1cf01 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ This card displays a list of custom reports created for the organization. See th This card displays a line chart illustrating the number of alerts triggered during the past three months. Hover over a point on the chart to view the exact number of alerts triggered on any specific date. Click a point on the chart to navigate to the Alerts Timeline page. See the -[Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/timeline.md) topic for additional information. +[Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md) topic for additional information. ## Changes By Date diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md index bdc51fa674..82a83838c0 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ organizations, enabling managing organizations, such as Managed Service Provider identify and prioritize what requires immediate attention. It displays the alerts triggered by specific events, offering drill-down capabilities that enable you to access detailed information on specific alerts and issues, ensuring timely and effective responses. See the -[Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts) topic for additional information on alerts. +[Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md) topic for additional information on alerts. Click **Home** at the top of the page to access the dashboard. This page is also the default landing page of the application when you sign in. @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ Top 5 Triggered Alerts by Type This card displays a bar chart that highlights the five most frequently triggered alert types. Hover over a bar to view the exact number of alerts for that type. Click a bar to navigate to the Alerts -Timeline page. See the [Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/timeline.md) topic for additional information. +Timeline page. See the [Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md) topic for additional information. Top 5 Organizations with Most Alerts This card displays a bar chart that highlights the five organizations with the highest number of triggered alerts. Hover over a bar to view the exact number of alerts triggered for that organization. Click a bar to navigate to the Alerts Timeline page. See the -[Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/timeline.md) topic for additional information. +[Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md) topic for additional information. Top 5 Organizations at Risk @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This section lists all managed organizations with the following information: for additional information. - Alerts – Displays the total number of alerts triggered for the organization. Click the value to - navigate to the Alerts Timeline page. See the [Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/timeline.md) topic for + navigate to the Alerts Timeline page. See the [Alerts Timeline](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md) topic for additional information. - Risk Level – Displays the risk level for the organization such as, high, medium, or low. Click the value to navigate to the Risk Assessment dashboard. See the diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md index 9491a3dee5..4df2d6298e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md @@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ your on-premise Exchange server will not be possible. Thus, changes made to your domain via that Exchange server will be reported with _domain\\Exchange_server_name$_ instead of the initiator (user) name in the "_Who_" field of reports, search results and activity summaries. -For more information on gMSA, refer to [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md) +For more information on gMSA, refer to [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md) and to [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/security/group-managed-service-accounts/group-managed-service-accounts-overview). diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md index 4c6bd24073..126c74742d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ server must be a member of the local Administrators group. You can also use group Managed Service Accounts (gMSA) as a data collecting account. For more information on gMSA, see the following: -- [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md) +- [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md) - Microsoft article: [Group Managed Service Accounts Overview](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/security/group-managed-service-accounts/group-managed-service-accounts-overview) diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md index 531c9c5951..a2f7e6cb1d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md @@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ service account for that purpose. Depending on the data source and connector, th the corresponding requirements (see the table below). You can use group Managed Service Account (gMSA) as data collecting account. See the -[Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md) topic for additional information. +[Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md) topic for additional information. Currently, the following data sources are supported: | Data source | Provided connectors | Required rights and permissions: | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity Active Directory Logons | [Active Directory Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md) [Logon Activity Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/index.md) | +| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity Active Directory Logons | [Active Directory Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md) [Logon Activity Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md) | | Azure AD | Azure AD Activity Azure AD Logons | [Microsoft Entra ID Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/entraid.md) | -| Computer | File Server Activity | [Computer Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/index.md) | +| Computer | File Server Activity | [Computer Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md) | | SharePoint Online | SharePoint Online Activity | [SharePoint Online Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/sharepointonline.md) | | Exchange Online | Exchange Online Activity | [Exchange Online Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/exchangeonline.md) | diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md similarity index 99% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md index 4cd7d3dd4a..52a1eac55f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md @@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ To create a new gMSA in the root domain using PowerShell: ended with $, here __NCASrv$\_\_ To learn about the data collecting account, which collects data from the monitored items, go -to [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount.md) article. +to [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md) article. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md b/docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ac9c7a890 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# How It Works + +Netwrix 1Secure is a Microsoft Azure hosted, multi-tenant SaaS application that provides a single +location to manage both on-premises and cloud environments. Solution architecture and components +interactions are shown in the figure below. + +![overview_table](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/overview_table.webp) + +Netwrix 1Secure On-Prem Agent is a lightweight Windows service which you deploy in your network. The +agent collects aggregated data from your on-premises Netwrix 1SecureAPI and/or uploads the data to +your Netwrix 1Secure tenant via REST API calls over HTTPS every 15 minutes. + +Netwrix 1SecureAPI or Azure Function App receives the data from Netwrix 1Secure On-Prem Agent. +Token-based authentication is used for verification between the Netwrix 1Secure API and the agent. +The service behind the Netwrix stores the data in the Azure SQL Database. The data is segregated by +tenant (organization). + +All the activity records are stored in the Cosmos Database. The configuration settings, source +management, alerts are stored in the Main Database. + +Netwrix 1Secure Website is the presentation layer of the product that retrieves data from the Azure +SQL database and presents it to users. Users can access this web portal with their corporate +credentials using Azure AD Authentication (OAuth 2.0). Data is retrieved via API calls made on the +user's behalf. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/index.md deleted file mode 100644 index d0f5e3907b..0000000000 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/index.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: admin -title: "Admin" -pagination_label: "Admin" -sidebar_label: "Admin" -sidebar_position: 100 -description: "Administrative documentation and configuration guides for 1Secure management and operations." ---- - -# Admin - -```mdx-code-block -import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList'; - - -``` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/login.md b/docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md similarity index 98% rename from docs/1secure/admin/login.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md index d355e052ba..27976b25db 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/login.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ authentication method. After that, one of the following happens: article for additional information. After successful authorization, You are redirected to the dashboard. See the -[1Secure Dashboard](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/index.md) topic for additional information. +[1Secure Dashboard](/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md) topic for additional information. Once the initial login is completed, an MSP can configure Single Sign On (SSO) using supported authentication services, including Entra ID, 1Secure Authentication, or OpenID Connect. See the @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ following authentication services: **NOTE:** When you first log in to 1Secure, SSO is not enabled, and 1Secure Authentication is applied by default. This method requires Multi-factor authentication (MFA) to verify your identity -for secure access. See the [Log In](/docs/1secure/admin/index.md) topic for additional information on +for secure access. See the [Log In](/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md) topic for additional information on Multi-factor authentication. #### Configure SSO with Microsoft Entra ID Authentication diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md b/docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c763980b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# Single Sign On + +Single Sign On (SSO) is a powerful authentication process that enhances security and improves user +experience by allowing users to access multiple applications with a single set of login credentials. +Single Sign On (SSO) allows you to log in to 1Secure using Microsoft Entra ID or Open ID Connect +credentials. It enhances the user experience by enabling access with existing organizational +credentials. + +## Log In Through Single Sign On + +Users can log in to the 1Secure tenant using Single Sign On (SSO) if their accounts are added to the +authentication provider configured for the tenant. For example, if Microsoft Entra ID is configured +as the authentication provider and its users are added to 1Secure, they can log in to the 1Secure +tenant with their Microsoft Entra ID credentials. + +When the Netwrix team adds a new user account for your organization, you will receive an email +invitation. This email will be sent from "noreply-account@netwrix.com" and will have the subject +"Welcome to Netwrix 1Secure". + +![1Secure Invitation Email](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/1secureinvitation-sso.webp) + +**Step 1 –** Click **Access 1Secure** button in the invitation email. You are navigated to the +1Secure login page. + +![Log In page](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/companylogin.webp) + +**Step 2 –** On the login page, click the **Log In** button. + +**Step 3 –** In the Email address field, specify a valid email address registered with 1Secure, then +click **Continue**. Based on your authentication status, one of the following will occur: + +- If you are logged out of your authentication provider, you will be redirected to the + authentication provider's login page. For example, if you are using Microsoft Entra ID, you will + be redirected to the Microsoft Entra ID login page. Authenticate using your credentials. After + successful authentication, you will be logged in to 1Secure. +- If you are already logged in to your authentication provider, then you will be directly logged in + to 1Secure application. + +## SSO Configuration with Authentication Services + +To enable Single Sign-On (SSO) for tenant users, an MSP must configure SSO using one of the +following authentication services: + +- [Configure SSO with Microsoft Entra ID Authentication](#configure-sso-with-microsoft-entra-id-authentication) +- [Configure SSO with OpenID Connect Authentication](#configure-sso-with-openid-connect-authentication) + +**NOTE:** When you first log in to 1Secure, SSO is not enabled, and 1Secure Authentication is +applied by default. This method requires Multi-factor authentication (MFA) to verify your identity +for secure access. See the [Log In](/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md) topic for additional information on +Multi-factor authentication. + +### Configure SSO with Microsoft Entra ID Authentication + +Follow the steps to configure SSO with Microsoft Entra ID authentication. + +**Step 1 –** Click **Configuration** in the top bar. The Managed organizations page is displayed, +that lists the managed organizations defined in 1Secure. + +**Step 2 –** In the left pane, click **My organization**. The My organization page is displayed + +![My Organization page](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/myorg_authentication.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Under Authentication section, click **Edit Settings**. The Authentication settings pane +is displayed. + +**Step 4 –** In Method drop-down menu, select **Entra ID**. + +![Authentication Settings pane](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/entraidauth.webp) + +**Step 5 –** In Client ID field, specify the client ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. +See the +[Register an App in Microsoft Entra ID For Authentication](#register-an-app-in-microsoft-entra-id-for-authentication) topic +for additional information. + +**Step 6 –** Click **Save**. The Single Sing-On (SSO) is configured with Microsoft Entra ID +authentication. + +### Configure SSO with OpenID Connect Authentication + +Follow the steps to configure SSO with OpenID Connect authentication. + +**Step 1 –** Click **Configuration** in the top bar. The Managed organizations page is displayed, +that lists the managed organizations defined in 1Secure. + +**Step 2 –** In the left pane, click **My organization**. The My organization page is displayed + +![My Organization page](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/myorg_authentication.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Under Authentication section, click **Edit Settings**. The Authentication settings pane +is displayed. + +**Step 4 –** In Method drop-down menu, select **OpenID Connect**. + +![Authentication Settings pane](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/login/openidconnectauth.webp) + +**Step 5 –** In Client ID field, specify the client ID of the OpenID application that 1Secure uses +to communicate with the OpenID provider. + +**Step 6 –** In Discovery url field, specify the Discovery URL of the OpenID application. + +**Step 7 –** Click **Save**. The Single Sign On (SSO) is configured with OpenID Connect +authentication. + +#### Register an App in Microsoft Entra ID For Authentication + +To configure Single Sign On (SSO) with Microsoft Entra ID authentication, register an application in +the Microsoft Microsoft Entra ID by following the steps mentioned below. + +**Step 1 –** Sign in to the [Microsoft Entra admin center](https://entra.microsoft.com/). + +**Step 2 –** On the left navigation menu, navigate to **Identity** > **Applications** > **App +registrations** page. + +**Step 3 –** On the App registrations page, click **New registration** in the top toolbar. The +Register an application page is displayed. + +**Step 4 –** Specify the following information on the Register an application page: + +- Name – Enter a user-facing display name for the application, for example, Netwrix 1Secure Entra ID +- Supported account types – Select **Accounts in this organizational directory only** +- Platform – Select the **Web** platform in the drop-down menu +- Redirect URL (optional) – Enter **https://auth.netwrix.com/login/callback** + +**Step 5 –** Click **Register**. + +The Overview page for the newly registered application opens. The following settings of the +registered application are required while configuring Single Sign on (SSO) with Entra ID in 1Secure. +It is recommended to copy these settings and keep them safe. + +- Application (client) ID – A client ID for the registered application +- Directory (tenant) ID – A tenant ID for the registered application +- Client Secret – A client secret value generated when a new client secret key is created for the + registered application. See the [Generate Client Secret Value](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md#generate-client-secret-value) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md b/docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a95dd7c28 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Notifications + +Netwrix 1Secure provides real-time notifications to the users, which report on various issues for +the user. This includes an agent update, issues with organizations, status of the organizations, +expired credentials, and others. + +| Icon | Description | +| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | +| ![selfupdate_icon](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/selfupdate_icon.webp) | Bell icon. Click the Bell icon to look for the updates. | + +Follow the steps to review notifications. + +**Step 1 –** Click the **Bell** icon in the upper right corner of your screen. + +**Step 2 –** You can select and fix any of the issues on the displayed panel. + +![notifications](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/notifications.webp) + +**Step 3 –** Select **Fix**. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md index 3a494b9e1b..fadd51bb46 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ include: - Viewer You can add users both in Managing Organization and in Managed Organization. See the -[Manage Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/index.md) topic for additional information. +[Manage Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md) topic for additional information. Image keys: diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md index 453eacd7b6..fc40508786 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ organization: - Exchange Online - SharePoint Online -**NOTE:** See the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) topic for detailed +**NOTE:** See the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) topic for detailed information. ![addorganizationssites](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizationssites.webp) @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ displayed only when adding these sources. ![addorganizationssourcedetails](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizationssourcedetails.webp) **Step 6 –** On the Configure source details (Step 3 of 4) window, specify your source settings. See -the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) topic for additional information. +the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) topic for additional information. ![addorganizationssourcesandconnectors](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizationssourcesandconnectors.webp) **Step 7 –** On the Choose new connector (Step 4 of 4) window, add the connectors for your sources -on. See the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) topic for additional +on. See the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) topic for additional information. **Step 8 –** Click **Finish** or **Save & Add another source** to add a source for your diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/1secure/admin/organizations/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md index c9880336d5..99711b936d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ data source, and other configurations for the Managed Service Provider. After authorizing in a system, Managed Service Providers (MSP) need to configure their organization. The Organization is the name of the company you use to log in. See the -[First Login to 1Secure](/docs/1secure/admin/login.md) topic for additional information. +[First Login to 1Secure](/docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md) topic for additional information. In system, there are parent tenants and child tenants. _Parent tenant_ or Managing Organization is the MSP you are authorizing with. The MSP or parent tenant may have lots of clients or _child @@ -38,5 +38,5 @@ See the following topics for additional information: - [Add Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md) - [Add Users](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md) -- [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) +- [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) - [ Manage Credentials ](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managingcredentials.md) diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md index 871538add1..1135cc3a30 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Directory. Specufy the following: - Adjust audit settings automatically – Select this checkbox to adjust the audit settings automatically. With this approach, 1Secure will check your current audit settings at each data collection session and adjust them if necessary. See the - [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/auto.md) topic for + [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md) topic for additional information. **Step 11 –** Click **Finish**. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md index 292e236a2b..b52387eefb 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ the following: - Adjust audit settings automatically – Select this checkbox to adjust the audit settings automatically. With this approach, 1Secure will check your current audit settings at each data collection session and adjust them if necessary. See the - [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/auto.md) topic for + [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md) topic for additional information. - Monitor User Hidden Shares – Select this checkbox to monitor the user hidden shares on the computer. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md index 4898245551..c00d813682 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md @@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ Using connectors, Netwrix 1Secure can: - Connect to your sources for analyzing and processing the data **NOTE:** Before adding a data source, make sure its prerequisites are met. See the -[Requirements](/docs/1secure/requirements.md#prerequisites-for-data-sources) topic for +[Requirements](/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md index fe5cdbdef9..e6221c7fa0 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The Managed organizations page has the following tabs: ![tabsview](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/organizations/tabsview.webp) - Sources – Add, edit, or delete sources for your organization, review its statuses, and so on. See - the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) topic for additional information. + the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) topic for additional information. - Sites – View the sites and status of your Netwrix Cloud Agent. See the [Add Sites to an Organization](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addsites.md) and [Update Netwrix Cloud Agent](/docs/1secure/index.md#updating-netwrix-cloud-agent) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8529a91cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# Introducing Netwrix 1Secure + +Netwrix 1Secure is a Microsoft Azure-hosted, multi-tenant SaaS application that provides a single +location to manage both on-premises and cloud environments. The system collects data from the user environments and notifies you on any actions made to the organization. These could include deletion or adding accounts, working with group memberships, changes to the organization, etc. + +With Netwrix 1Secure, Managed Service Providers can run various reports for your system, investigating incidents, suspicious activities, collected across the entire IT infrastructure. + +Major benefits: +- Detect system alerts — on premises and in the cloud +- Increase productivity of IT Managed Service Provider team +- Providing overall reports based on the search parameters diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md index dea7b2f1b5..bdb405b787 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ On the Risk Assessment dashboard, you can check: _Remember,_ each organization has a risk profile associated with it and the risk analysis of an organization is based on the metrics included in the risk profile. See the -[Manage Risk Profiles](/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/index.md) topic for additional information. +[Manage Risk Profiles](/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md) topic for additional information. ## View the Risk Assessment Dashboard @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ The left pane displays the following details for an enumerated risk: - Remediate – On clicking this button, the Remediate `` pane is displayed, which provides AI-generated step-by-step guidance to help you remediate the risk. - Edit risk settings – Click this link to navigate to the Risk Profiles page where you can manage - the risk profiles. See the [Manage Risk Profiles](/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/index.md) topic for additional + the risk profiles. See the [Manage Risk Profiles](/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md) topic for additional information. Boolean Risk Details @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ The left pane displays the following details for a Boolean risk: - Remediate – On clicking this button, the Remediate `` pane is displayed, which provides AI-generated step-by-step guidance to help you remediate the risk. - Edit risk settings – Click this link to navigate to the Risk Profiles page where you can manage - the risk profiles. See the [Manage Risk Profiles](/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/index.md) topic for additional + the risk profiles. See the [Manage Risk Profiles](/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md) topic for additional information. ## Export a Risk Assessment Report for an Organization diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md index 5efeef9169..7513f0fd32 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ reports with the predefined filters. To create a unique set of filters, you can: **NOTE:** All reports on the **Reports** > **Activity** tab are associated with the respective alerts. Click the **Alerts Timeline Dashboard** in the upper left corner of the page to view the -alerts for your organization. See the [Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/index.md) topic for additional +alerts for your organization. See the [Alerts](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md) topic for additional information. | Icon | Description | diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md index 1732034ef5..332ea2f786 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ for additional information on shared reports. Your custom report is created under the respective category. **NOTE:** You may link this report to an alert. See the -[Add a Custom Alert](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/index.md#add-a-custom-alert) topic for additional information. +[Add a Custom Alert](/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md#add-a-custom-alert) topic for additional information. ## Modify a Custom Report diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/index.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/overview.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/index.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/overview.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md index 9391977e10..0195678bac 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ This table provides a list of filters and descriptions. | Member through | Specify whether a group is a member of a group explicitly or inherited from another group. For example, Group A > Admin Group (Group A is explicitly a member of Admin Group) Group B > Group C > Admin Group (Group C is explicitly a member of Admin Group while Group B is an inherited member of Admin Group) If you do not specify the value, it will include both. If your Value is Inherited, it will only show Group B, and if you Value is Explicit, it will show Group A and Group C | | Status | Filters the report based on any of the following user account statuses: - Enabled - Disabled | | Source Type | Filters the report based on any of the following source types: - AD Group - Entra ID Group - Windows Local Group - SharePoint Online Group | -| Source | Filters the report based on the name of a data source. The data source name corresponds to the value specified in the Source Group field when adding a data source. See the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) topic for additional information. | +| Source | Filters the report based on the name of a data source. The data source name corresponds to the value specified in the Source Group field when adding a data source. See the [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) topic for additional information. | | Name | Filters the report based on the name of a user or computer account. | | Location | Filters the report based on the location of an account in the directory. For example, Guest is an account name and its location is SSA-D4.local/Users/Guest. | | Role | Filters the report based on a role, such as Global Administrator. | diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md b/docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..deb0b2806c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# Statuses + +Statuses in Netwrix 1Secure allow you check up the state of the system, specifically - sources, +agent, and connectors. As you add your sources, connectors, install the agent, Netwrix 1Secure +provides several statuses for these: + +![statuses_chart](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/statuses_chart.webp) + +**NOTE:** The New status changes to Healthy status when the agent finishes collection from the +environment. The time frame for a change may be within a minute up to several hours depending on the +environment size. + +You can also review the agent status while adding the organization. See the +[Manage Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md) topic for more information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md b/docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9383f8c5c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# Updating Netwrix Cloud Agent + +With Netwrix 1Secure, you can both update the version of the agent by installing new agent or using +Self-update function. The Self-update saves your time from installing the new version repeatedly, +while providing real-time notifications, managing agent schedule, and bulk update option. + +During the update process, your activity monitoring will not be disrupted. + +| Icon | Description | +| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| ![selfupdate_icon](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/selfupdate_icon.webp) | Bell Icon. Click the Bell Icon to look up for the available updates of the Netwrix Cloud Agent. | + +## Update Agents in Bulk + +Follow the steps to update agents in bulk. + +**Step 1 –** To update selected agents, on the Managed Organizations page, select **Bulk Update +Agent**. + +![updateagents](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/updateagents.webp) + +**Step 2 –** On the Update Agents page, check the boxes next to agents you wish to update and click +**Confirm**. + +The agents are now updated. + +## Edit Agent Update Schedule + +Follow the steps to update agent schedule. + +**Step 1 –** To edit the agent update schedule, on the Managed Organizations page, select **Agent +Update Settings**. The Edit Agent Update Schedule page displays. + +![editagentupdatesschedule2](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/editagentupdatesschedule2.webp) + +**Step 2 –** In the Update Schedule section, select Enabled. + +**Step 3 –** In the Update Window section, configure the options to specify when you want the update +to occur. + +**Step 4 –** Select Confirm. + +The agent update schedule is now configured. + +## Enable Self-Update Function + +Follow the steps to enable the self-update function . + +**Step 1 –** To look up the available updates, click the **Bell** icon. The panel with available +updates displays. + +![selfupdate_panel](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/selfupdate_panel.webp) + +**Step 2 –** Click **Fix** for the agents to be updated. Now you can see the list of organizations +and which agents may be updated to the new version. + +**Step 3 –** Click **Update available** to update the agent to the current version. The Edit Agent +Update Schedule page displays, offering you the proposed version. + +![editagentupdatesschedule](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/editagentupdatesschedule.webp) + +**Step 4 –** Select **Confirm**. The agent shall update and upload a new .msi file of your agent. + +**Step 5 –** Alternately, update the version for an organization from the Managed organizations +page. Select the **organization** and then the **Sites** tab. + +![updateagents2](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/updateagents2.webp) + +**Step 6 –** Click Update. + +**Step 7 –** Toggle on Override Tenancy Defaults if you want to change the update defaults for that +organization. + +**Step 8 –** Click Edit. + +**Step 9 –** On the Edit Agent Update Schedule window, select Enabled and apply the required +parameters to specify when you want the update occur. + +![editagentupdatesschedule2](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/editagentupdatesschedule2.webp) + +**Step 10 –** Click **Confirm**. + +The self-update function is now configured. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/admanual.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md similarity index 89% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/admanual.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md index 76156cab3a..f9a67d0144 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/admanual.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ You can configure your Active Directory domain for monitoring in one of the fol Also, perform the following procedures: -- [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/domainauditpolicies.md) or - [Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/advancedpolicy.md). Either local or advanced audit policies +- [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md) or + [Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md). Either local or advanced audit policies must be configured to track changes to accounts and groups, and to identify workstations where changes were made. -- [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/objectlevel.md) +- [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md) - Adjust Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings -- [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/secondarylogonservice.md) +- [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md) diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/adsi.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/adsi.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/advancedpolicy.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/advancedpolicy.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/auto.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/auto.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md index a50549f840..8a001f75e0 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/auto.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md @@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ To adjust audit settings automatically, do any of the following: See also: -- [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/admanual.md) -- [Active Directory: manual configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/cfgmanual.md) +- [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md) +- [Active Directory: manual configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md) diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/cfgmanual.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/cfgmanual.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md index e4e04ae146..f2a2fd1cd8 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/cfgmanual.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md @@ -21,16 +21,16 @@ To configure your domain for monitoring manually, you will need: If these tools are not installed, refer to the related topics: -- [Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/adsi.md) -- [Group Policy Management Console](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md) +- [Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md) +- [Group Policy Management Console](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md) Take the following configuration steps: **Step 1 –** Configure effective domain controllers policy (by default, Default Domain Controllers -Policy). See [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/domainauditpolicies.md) or -[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/advancedpolicy.md) for details. +Policy). See [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md) or +[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md) for details. -**Step 2 –** [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/objectlevel.md) +**Step 2 –** [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md) **Step 3 –** Adjust Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Also, remember to do the following for AD auditing: [Active Directory Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md) **Step 2 –** Configure required protocols and ports, as described in -[Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/protocolsandports.md) +[Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/protocolsandports.md) topic. -**Step 3 –** [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/secondarylogonservice.md) on the computer where +**Step 3 –** [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md) on the computer where Netwrix Cloud Agent resides. diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/domainauditpolicies.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/domainauditpolicies.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md index 5456e94e7d..43f1f25443 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/domainauditpolicies.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ description: "Learn how to configure basic domain audit policies to track user a Basic audit policies allow tracking changes to user accounts and groups and identifying originating workstations. You can configure advanced audit policies for the same purpose too. See the -[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/advancedpolicy.md) topic for additional information. +[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md) topic for additional information. **Step 1 –** Open the **Group Policy Management** console on any domain controller in the target domain: navigate to Start > Windows Administrative Tools (Windows Server 2016 and higher) or diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/objectlevel.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/objectlevel.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md index 6c72140341..2f822e7232 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/objectlevel.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ To perform this procedure, you will need the [ADSI Edit](http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc773354(v=ws.10).aspx) utility. In Windows Server 2008 and above, this component is installed together with the AD DS role, or it can be downloaded and installed along with Remote Server Administration Tools. See the -[Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/adsi.md) topic for additional information on how to install the ADSI Edit +[Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md) topic for additional information on how to install the ADSI Edit utility. **Step 1 –** On any domain controller in the target domain, navigate to Start>Windows Administrative diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/protocolsandports.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/protocolsandports.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/protocolsandports.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/protocolsandports.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/secondarylogonservice.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/secondarylogonservice.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/index.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/overview.md similarity index 96% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/computer/index.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/computer/overview.md index a98918a7df..bfdb8d96f3 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/overview.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ data collection from the computer while working with Netwrix 1Secure. ## Check requirements Make sure the Windows File Servers you want to monitor meet the requirements listed in the -[Requirements](/docs/1secure/requirements.md#prerequisites-for-data-sources) section. +[Requirements](/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md) section. ## Decide on audit data to collect @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ You can apply the required audit settings to your Windows file servers in one of - Automatically - The current audit settings will be applied automatically. They will be periodically checked and adjusted if necessary. - See [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount.md) for + See [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md) for additional information. - Manually - Perform the following action to manually apply audit settings to Windows File Servers: @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ You can apply the required audit settings to your Windows file servers in one of ## Configure Data Collecting Account Follow the instructions in the -[Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount.md) section. +[Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md) section. ## Configure required protocols and ports diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md index 9ef6a4fd11..051626f320 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ You can configure your IT Infrastructure for monitoring in one of the following | Data source | Provided connectors | Required configuration | | ----------------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------ | --- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | -------- | --- | --------------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | ------------------------------ | ------------------------ | --- | --------------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | ----------------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | -------- | ------------------------ | --- | -------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | ---------------- | ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ------------------- | --- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ---------------- | ----------- | --- | ----------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------ | --- | --- | ----- | ----------- | --- | ------ | ----------- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ------------------------- | ----------- | --- | ------ | --- | --- | --------------------- | ----------- | --- | -------------------------------------------- | --- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ---------------- | ----------- | --- | ----------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------------------- | ----------- | --- | ------------ | --- | --- | ----- | ----------- | --- | ------ | ----------- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ------------------------- | ----------- | --- | ------ | --- | --- | --------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ----------------- | ----------- | --- | ------------------------- | --------- | --- | ---------------- | --------- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ------------------------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity | In the audited environment: See [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/activedirectory/admanual.md) for related settings and procedures. On the computer where Netwrix Cloud Agent is installed: - If you have enabled automatic log backup for the Security log of your domain controller, you can instruct Netwrix 1Secure to clear the old backups automatically. For that, use the **CleanAutoBackupLogs** registry key It is recommended that you adjust retention period for the backup files accordingly (default is **50** hours). - To provide for event data collection, the Secondary Logon service must be up and running . Open **Administrative Tools**→**Services**, right-click the **Secondary Logon** service and on the **General** tab make sure that **Startup type** for this service is other than _Disabled_. | +| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity | In the audited environment: See [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md) for related settings and procedures. On the computer where Netwrix Cloud Agent is installed: - If you have enabled automatic log backup for the Security log of your domain controller, you can instruct Netwrix 1Secure to clear the old backups automatically. For that, use the **CleanAutoBackupLogs** registry key It is recommended that you adjust retention period for the backup files accordingly (default is **50** hours). - To provide for event data collection, the Secondary Logon service must be up and running . Open **Administrative Tools**→**Services**, right-click the **Secondary Logon** service and on the **General** tab make sure that **Startup type** for this service is other than _Disabled_. | | Active Directory | Active Directory Logons | In the audited environment: - The following policies must be set to _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ for the effective domain controllers policy: - Audit Logon Events - Audit Account Logon Events - The Audit system events policy must be set to _"Success"_ for the effective domain controllers policy. - The Advanced audit policy settings can be configured instead of basic. - The Maximum Security event log size must be set to 4GB. The retention method of the Security event log must be set to _“Overwrite events as needed”_ or _"Archive the log when full"_. - The following Windows Firewall inbound rules must be enabled: - Remote Event Log Management (NP-In) - Remote Event Log Management (RPC) - Remote Event Log Management (RPC-EPMAP) | | Azure AD | Azure AD Activity Azure AD Logons | No special settings are required. Remember to do the following: Configure Azure AD app as described in [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) section. | | Computer | File Server Activity | **In the audited environment** - For a security principal (e.g., Everyone), the following options must be configured in the Advanced Security → Auditing settings for the audited shared folders: | | | | --- | --- | | List Folder / Read Data (Files only) | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | List Folder / Read Data (This folder, subfolders and files) | _"Fail"_ | | Create Files / Write Data\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Create Folders / Append Data\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Write Extended Attributes\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Delete Subfolders and Files\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Delete\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Change Permissions\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Take Ownership\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | Select _"Fail_" only if you want to track failure events, it is not required for success events monitoring. If you want to get only state-in-time snapshots of your system configuration, limit your settings to the permissions marked with \* and set it to _"Success"_ (Apply onto: This folder, subfolders and files). - The following Advanced audit policy settings must be configured: - The Audit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows 7 or later) security option must be enabled. - Depending on your OS version, configure the categories as follows: | | | | --- | --- | | Windows Server 2008 | | | Object Access | | | Audit File Share | _"Success"_ | | Audit File System | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Audit Handle Manipulation | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Logon/Logoff | | | Logon | _"Success"_ | | Logoff | _"Success"_ | | Policy Change | | | Audit Audit Policy Change | _"Success"_ | | System | | | Security State Change | _"Success"_ | | Windows Server 2008 R2 / Windows 7 and above | | | Object Access | | | Audit File Share | _"Success"_ | | Audit File System | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Audit Handle Manipulation | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Audit Detailed file share | _"Failure"_ | | Logon/Logoff | | | Logon | _"Success"_ | | Logoff | _"Success"_ | | Policy Change | | | Audit Audit Policy Change | _"Success"_ | | System | | | Security State Change | _"Success"_ | If you want to get only state-in-time snapshots of your system configuration, limit your audit settings to the following policies: | | | | --- | --- | | Object Access | | | Audit File System | _"Success"_ | | Audit Handle Manipulation | "Success" | | Audit File Share | "Success" | | Policy Change | | | Audit Audit Policy Change | "Success" | - The following legacy policies can be configured instead of advanced: - Audit object access policy must set to _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_. - Audit logon events policy must be set to _"Success"_. - Audit system events policy must be set to _"Success"_. - Audit policy change must be set to _"Success"_. - The Security event log maximum size must be set to 4GB. The retention method of the Security event log must be set to _“Overwrite events as needed”_. - The Remote Registry service must be started. - The following inbound Firewall rules must be enabled: - Remote Event Log Management (NP-In)\* - Remote Event Log Management (RPC)\* - Remote Event Log Management (RPC-EPMAP)\* - Windows Management Instrumentation (ASync-In) - Windows Management Instrumentation (DCOM-In) - Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI-In) - Network Discovery (NB-Name-In) - File and Printer Sharing (NB-Name-In) - File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request - ICMPv4-In) - File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request - ICMPv6-In) The rules marked with \* are required only if you do not want to use network traffic compression for auditing. If you plan to audit Windows Server 2019 or Windows 10 Update 1803 without network compression service, make sure the following inbound connection rules are enabled: - Remote Scheduled Tasks Management (RPC) - Remote Scheduled Tasks Management (RPC-EMAP) | diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md index 042892ab42..cbf131ea1f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Register an application page is displayed. The Overview page for the newly registered application opens. The following settings of the registered application are required while adding a data source in Netwrix 1Secure. See the -[Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) topic for +[Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) topic for additional information on adding a data source. It is recommended to copy these settings and keep them safe. @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ displayed. displayed in the Value column. The client secret value is required while adding a data source in Netwrix 1Secure. See the -[Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/index.md) topic for +[Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) topic for additional information on adding a data source. **CAUTION:** If you leave this page before copying the key, it cannot be retrieved, and you will diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/index.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/overview.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/index.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/overview.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/index.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/overview.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/index.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/overview.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/index.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/overview.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/index.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/overview.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/index.md b/docs/1secure/index.md index 16dc678373..6e15d48983 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/index.md @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ environment. The time frame for a change may be within a minute up to several ho environment size. You can also review the agent status while adding the organization. See the -[Manage Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations) topic for more information. +[Manage Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md) topic for more information. ### Updating Netwrix Cloud Agent diff --git a/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md b/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md index 2182b423aa..f337e23715 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md +++ b/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md @@ -7,16 +7,11 @@ sidebar_position: 4 description: "This topic describes how to install the Netwrix Cloud Agent for collecting data from your on-premise sources." --- -# Installation - -Netwrix 1Secure is a cloud product. However, if you want to use an on-premise version, you need to -install an agent for collecting the data from your sources. - -## Install Agent +# Install Agent This topic describes an installation of the agent for collecting the data from your sources. Prior to installing the agent, ensure that all installation requirements have been met. See the -[Netwrix Cloud Agent Software Requirements](/docs/1secure/requirements.md) topic for +[Netwrix Cloud Agent Software Requirements](/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md) topic for additional information. ## Configure Netwrix Cloud Agent diff --git a/docs/1secure/install/overview.md b/docs/1secure/install/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ada52e66de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/install/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# Installation + +Netwrix 1Secure is a cloud product. However, if you want to use an on-premise version, you need to +install an agent for collecting the data from your sources. + +See the following topic for additional information: +- [Install Agent](/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/integrations/index.md b/docs/1secure/integrations/overview.md similarity index 100% rename from docs/1secure/integrations/index.md rename to docs/1secure/integrations/overview.md diff --git a/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md b/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ac93e5b64 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# Netwrix Cloud Agent Software Requirements + +**CAUTION:** You would generally need only one Netwrix Cloud Agent per audited on-premises AD +domain. In case you have both Netwrix Auditor and Netwrix 1Secure auditing the same domain, make +sure that only one or none of the products has network traffic compression service enabled for any +of the audited sources. + +For its correct installation Netwrix Cloud Agent needs the following software requirements: + +- Windows Server OS (strongly recommended): + + - Windows Server 2022 + - Windows Server 2019 + - Windows Server 2016 + - Windows Server 2012 R2 + +- Windows Desktop OS (64-bit): + + - Windows 10 + - Windows 11 + +- .NET Framework 4.8 and above (in the monitored environment as well) +- Windows Installer 3.1 and above +- Windows PowerShell 3.0 and above + +The machine where you plan to deploy the agent must meet the requirements listed below. + +| Hardware component | Evaluation, PoC or starter environment | Regular environment (up to 1m Activity Records/day) | Large environment (1-10m Activity Records/day) | XLarge environment (10m Activity Records/day or more) | +| ------------------ | -------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | +| Processor | 2 cores | 4 cores | 8 cores | 16 cores | +| RAM | 8 GB | 8 GB | 16 GB | 64 GB | +| Disk space | 200 GB—System drive | 200 GB—System drive | 2 TB—System drive | 1 TB + 1 TB per year —System drive | +| Others | — | — | Network capacity 1 Gbit | Network capacity 1 Gbit | + +## Requirements for outbound communications with a Netwrix Cloud Agent + +To review the security incorporated by the agent in your system, examine the target URL in the +Configuration.xml file, which is located on the agent host at: + +`C:\ProgramData\Netwrix Cloud Agent\AgentCore\ConfigServer\Configuration.xml` + +You must also open the outbound TCP port 443 on the server where the Netwrix Cloud Agent resides. +See the [Install Agent](/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md) topic \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md b/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94bec16915 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +--- +id: requirements +title: "Requirements" +pagination_label: "Requirements" +sidebar_label: "Requirements" +sidebar_position: 2 +description: "This topic provides the requirements for installing Netwrix Cloud Agent and the prerequisites for configuring data sources to collect data from various environments." +--- + +# Requirements + +This topic provides the requirements for installing Netwrix Cloud Agent and the prerequisites for +configuring data sources to collect data from various environments. + +See the following topics for additional information: +- [Agent Software Requirements](/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md) +- [Prerequisites for Data Sources](/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md) diff --git a/docs/1secure/requirements.md b/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md similarity index 51% rename from docs/1secure/requirements.md rename to docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md index 7f958c7644..691f39e971 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/requirements.md +++ b/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md @@ -1,18 +1,4 @@ ---- -id: requirements -title: "Requirements" -pagination_label: "Requirements" -sidebar_label: "Requirements" -sidebar_position: 2 -description: "This topic provides the requirements for installing Netwrix Cloud Agent and the prerequisites for configuring data sources to collect data from various environments." ---- - -# Requirements - -This topic provides the requirements for installing Netwrix Cloud Agent and the prerequisites for -configuring data sources to collect data from various environments. - -## Prerequisites for Data Sources +# Prerequisites for Data Sources This section lists platforms and systems that can be monitored with Netwrix 1Secure. @@ -22,48 +8,4 @@ This section lists platforms and systems that can be monitored with Netwrix 1Sec | Microsoft Entra ID | Microsoft Entra ID version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting Azure AD and Office 365 data. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. | | Computer (Windows File Server) | - Windows Server OS: - Windows Server 2022 - Windows Server 2019 - Windows Server 2016 - Windows Server 2012 R2 - Windows Desktop OS (32 and 64-bit): - Windows 10 - Windows 8.1 - Windows 7 Consider the following: - To collect data from 32-bit operating systems, network traffic compression must be disabled. - To collect data from Windows Failover Cluster, network traffic compression must be enabled. - Scale-Out File Server (SOFS) cluster is not supported. | | SharePoint Online | Azure Active Directory version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting SharePoint Online and One Drive for Business. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. | -| Exchange Online | Azure Active Directory version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting Exchange Online. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. | - -## Netwrix Cloud Agent Software Requirements - -**CAUTION:** You would generally need only one Netwrix Cloud Agent per audited on-premises AD -domain. In case you have both Netwrix Auditor and Netwrix 1Secure auditing the same domain, make -sure that only one or none of the products has network traffic compression service enabled for any -of the audited sources. - -For its correct installation Netwrix Cloud Agent needs the following software requirements: - -- Windows Server OS (strongly recommended): - - - Windows Server 2022 - - Windows Server 2019 - - Windows Server 2016 - - Windows Server 2012 R2 - -- Windows Desktop OS (64-bit): - - - Windows 10 - - Windows 11 - -- .NET Framework 4.8 and above (in the monitored environment as well) -- Windows Installer 3.1 and above -- Windows PowerShell 3.0 and above - -The machine where you plan to deploy the agent must meet the requirements listed below. - -| Hardware component | Evaluation, PoC or starter environment | Regular environment (up to 1m Activity Records/day) | Large environment (1-10m Activity Records/day) | XLarge environment (10m Activity Records/day or more) | -| ------------------ | -------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | -| Processor | 2 cores | 4 cores | 8 cores | 16 cores | -| RAM | 8 GB | 8 GB | 16 GB | 64 GB | -| Disk space | 200 GB—System drive | 200 GB—System drive | 2 TB—System drive | 1 TB + 1 TB per year —System drive | -| Others | — | — | Network capacity 1 Gbit | Network capacity 1 Gbit | - -## Requirements for outbound communications with a Netwrix Cloud Agent - -To review the security incorporated by the agent in your system, examine the target URL in the -Configuration.xml file, which is located on the agent host at: - -`C:\ProgramData\Netwrix Cloud Agent\AgentCore\ConfigServer\Configuration.xml` - -You must also open the outbound TCP port 443 on the server where the Netwrix Cloud Agent resides. -See the [Install Agent](/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md) topic \ No newline at end of file +| Exchange Online | Azure Active Directory version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting Exchange Online. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security.md b/docs/1secure/security.md deleted file mode 100644 index 344a44362f..0000000000 --- a/docs/1secure/security.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: security -title: "Security" -pagination_label: "Security" -sidebar_label: "Security" -sidebar_position: 3 -description: "Netwrix 1Secure implements multiple layers of security to protect your data and ensure compliance with industry standards." ---- - -# Security - -Netwrix 1Secure implements multiple layers of security to protect your data and ensure compliance with industry standards. - -## Physical Security - -Netwrix 1Secure runs on Microsoft Entra infrastructure. Click -[here](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/) to learn more about Entra cloud -security, or click [here](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/compliance/) to -view all Entra compliance certifications. - -## Network Security - -The Azure SQL database used to store the data is isolated from direct access. We use firewall rules -that prevent database access to the API backend services running in Microsoft Entra ID. - -All API access happens on behalf of specific user accounts in Microsoft Entra ID. - -## Access Control - -Netwrix 1Secure is a multi-tenant cloud application. All data is segregated by tenants and access -control is enforced. - -Only the users who you explicitly add to your organization in Netwrix 1Secure get to see your -dashboards in the product. User access is set up using a customer Azure AD account. You can further -protect access using Azure AD support for Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA). Thus, when users get -deprovisioned from their corporate directories they also automatically lose access to Netwrix -1Secure. - -Netwrix employees who have administrative access to the Azure deployment to maintain the application -only do so under their own Netwrix corporate accounts and all their activity is audited. - -## Data Security - -### Data at rest - -Data is persistently stored within the Azure SQL Database in the region you select when creating -your account. All data stored in the database is encrypted with an AES 256-bit encryption algorithm. - -### Data in transit - -Data will be transferred between the system components in a few different ways: - -- Agent -> API -- API -> SQL Database -- SQL Database -> Application -- Application -> Browser (User) - -Data is always encrypted in transit, and connections are made over HTTPS to prevent eavesdropping. - -### Data Retention Period - -Data retention is the practice of storing and managing your data and records for a designated period -of time. A data retention period refers to the amount of time that a company or an organization -holds onto your information. Netwrix 1Secure provides data retention for 1 rolling year by default. - -## Compliance - -Netwrix 1Secure uses Azure datacenters in your region of choice. Microsoft provides the highest -levels of security for these datacenters including compliance to the following standards: General -Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), ISO 27001, HIPAA, FedRAMP, SOC 1 and SOC 2, as well as -country-specific standards, including Australia IRAP, UK G-Cloud, and Singapore MTCS. - -For more information, visit -[https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/compliance/](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/compliance/) - -## Customer Data Privacy - -All customers access Netwrix 1Secure via the same address: - -- [https://1secure.netwrix.com/](https://1secure.netwrix.com/) - -However, based on your selection at account signup / creation, your data is stored in one of the -following Microsoft Azure regions: - -- If you select the Americas, your data is stored in the Microsoft Azure region known as "West - Central US". -- If you select Europe/Africa, your data is stored in the Microsoft Azure region known as "West - Europe". - -The region is selected by the user who is signing up for the product. We create a tenant for your -organization in that region and guarantee that all your data always stays within that region. - -If your company is split across multiple regions, you can select the region where the headquarters -are located or, alternatively, have a separate tenant for each region. Please note that in this case -Netwrix 1Secure will not provide a company-wide risk score. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md b/docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03263629d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# Access Control + +Netwrix 1Secure is a multi-tenant cloud application. All data is segregated by tenants and access +control is enforced. + +Only the users who you explicitly add to your organization in Netwrix 1Secure get to see your +dashboards in the product. User access is set up using a customer Azure AD account. You can further +protect access using Azure AD support for Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA). Thus, when users get +deprovisioned from their corporate directories they also automatically lose access to Netwrix +1Secure. + +Netwrix employees who have administrative access to the Azure deployment to maintain the application +only do so under their own Netwrix corporate accounts and all their activity is audited. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/compliance.md b/docs/1secure/security/compliance.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..936f598064 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/security/compliance.md @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# Compliance + +Netwrix 1Secure uses Azure datacenters in your region of choice. Microsoft provides the highest +levels of security for these datacenters including compliance to the following standards: General +Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), ISO 27001, HIPAA, FedRAMP, SOC 1 and SOC 2, as well as +country-specific standards, including Australia IRAP, UK G-Cloud, and Singapore MTCS. + +For more information, visit +[https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/compliance/](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/compliance/) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md b/docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e1255bb90 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# Customer Data Privacy + +All customers access Netwrix 1Secure via the same address: + +- [https://1secure.netwrix.com/](https://1secure.netwrix.com/) + +However, based on your selection at account signup / creation, your data is stored in one of the +following Microsoft Azure regions: + +- If you select the Americas, your data is stored in the Microsoft Azure region known as "West + Central US". +- If you select Europe/Africa, your data is stored in the Microsoft Azure region known as "West + Europe". + +The region is selected by the user who is signing up for the product. We create a tenant for your +organization in that region and guarantee that all your data always stays within that region. + +If your company is split across multiple regions, you can select the region where the headquarters +are located or, alternatively, have a separate tenant for each region. Please note that in this case +Netwrix 1Secure will not provide a company-wide risk score. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md b/docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6dc697798c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Data Security + +## Data at rest + +Data is persistently stored within the Azure SQL Database in the region you select when creating +your account. All data stored in the database is encrypted with an AES 256-bit encryption algorithm. + +## Data in transit + +Data will be transferred between the system components in a few different ways: + +- Agent -> API +- API -> SQL Database +- SQL Database -> Application +- Application -> Browser (User) + +Data is always encrypted in transit, and connections are made over HTTPS to prevent eavesdropping. + +## Data Retention Period + +Data retention is the practice of storing and managing your data and records for a designated period +of time. A data retention period refers to the amount of time that a company or an organization +holds onto your information. Netwrix 1Secure provides data retention for 1 rolling year by default. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/overview.md b/docs/1secure/security/overview.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77846e56fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/security/overview.md @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +id: security +title: "Security" +pagination_label: "Security" +sidebar_label: "Security" +sidebar_position: 3 +description: "Netwrix 1Secure implements multiple layers of security to protect your data and ensure compliance with industry standards." +--- + +# Security + +Netwrix 1Secure implements multiple layers of security to protect your data and ensure compliance with industry standards. + +## Physical Security + +Netwrix 1Secure runs on Microsoft Entra infrastructure. Click +[here](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/) to learn more about Entra cloud +security, or click [here](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/overview/trusted-cloud/compliance/) to +view all Entra compliance certifications. + +## Network Security + +The Azure SQL database used to store the data is isolated from direct access. We use firewall rules +that prevent database access to the API backend services running in Microsoft Entra ID. + +All API access happens on behalf of specific user accounts in Microsoft Entra ID. diff --git a/scripts/1Secure.fltoc b/scripts/1Secure.fltoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb016ef398 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/1Secure.fltoc @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file From f392f9147a126d5f3b6facc4697decb1b6fc3edb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 07:59:25 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 08/10] 1secure reorg complete --- docs/1secure/admin/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ docs/1secure/admin/alerts/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md | 9 +++---- docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md | 5 +--- .../admin/datacollection/_category_.json | 6 +++++ .../activedirectoryauditing/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../activedirectoryauditing.md | 17 ++++++------- .../auditlogging.md | 7 ++---- .../auditlogsrole.md | 7 ++---- .../logonasbatch.md | 7 ++---- .../manageauditingsecuritylog.md | 7 ++---- .../permissionsadcontainer.md | 7 ++---- .../permissionsregistrykeys.md | 7 ++---- .../datacollection/computer/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../computer/backupfilesdirectories.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md | 11 +++----- docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/entraid.md | 9 +++---- .../admin/datacollection/exchangeonline.md | 9 +++---- .../admin/datacollection/{gmsa => }/gmsa.md | 9 +++---- .../logonactivity/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../logonactivity/nondomainadmin.md | 13 ++++------ .../datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../{datacollectingaccount => }/overview.md | 11 +++----- .../admin/datacollection/sharepointonline.md | 13 ++++------ docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/admin/login/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md | 8 +++++- docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md | 6 +++++ .../admin/organizations/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../organizations/addingusers/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../{ => addingusers}/addingusers.md | 7 ++---- .../{ => addingusers}/roledefinitions.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/organizations/addorganizations.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addsites.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/organizations/billableaccounts.md | 7 ++---- .../organizations/managemyorganization.md | 7 ++---- .../organizations/managingcredentials.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/organizations/organizationgroups.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../sourcesandconnectors/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md | 9 +++---- .../sourcesandconnectors/computer.md | 9 +++---- .../sourcesandconnectors/entraid.md | 15 +++++------ .../sourcesandconnectors/exchangeonline.md | 15 +++++------ .../sourcesandconnectors/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../sourcesandconnectors/sharepointonline.md | 15 +++++------ .../sourcesandconnectors/sqlserver.md | 7 ++---- .../organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md | 9 +++---- docs/1secure/admin/overview.md | 6 +++++ .../admin/riskprofiles/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../admin/riskprofiles/metrics_list.md | 7 ++---- .../riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md | 7 ++---- .../1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskmetrics.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../admin/searchandreports/activity.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/auditlogs.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/billableusers.md | 9 +++---- .../admin/searchandreports/compliance.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/customreports.md | 9 +++---- .../admin/searchandreports/exportreport.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/filteroperators.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md | 7 ++---- .../admin/searchandreports/subscriptions.md | 9 +++---- docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/system.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/configuration/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../configuration/admanual/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../{ad => admanual}/admanual.md | 15 +++++------ .../configuration/{ad => admanual}/adsi.md | 7 ++---- .../{ad => admanual}/advancedpolicy.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/{ad => admanual}/auto.md | 11 +++----- .../{ad => admanual}/cfgmanual.md | 25 ++++++++----------- .../{ad => admanual}/domainauditpolicies.md | 9 +++---- .../grouppolicymanagementconsole.md | 7 ++---- .../{ad => admanual}/objectlevel.md | 9 +++---- .../{ad => admanual}/protocolsandports.md | 7 ++---- .../{ad => admanual}/secondarylogonservice.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/computer/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../configuration/computer/advancedpolicy.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/computer/eventlog.md | 7 ++---- .../computer/fileserversandantivirus.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/computer/firewallrules.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/computer/localpolicy.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/computer/objectlevel.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/computer/overview.md | 11 +++----- .../computer/protocolsandports.md | 7 ++---- .../computer/remoteregistryservice.md | 7 ++---- .../configureitinfrastructure.md | 13 ++++------ .../configuration/exchangeonlinenonowner.md | 7 ++---- .../logonactivity/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../logonactivity/advancedaudit.md | 7 ++---- .../logonactivity/basicauditpolicies.md | 7 ++---- .../logonactivity/firewallrules.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/logonactivity/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../logonactivity/securitylogsize.md | 7 ++---- .../networktrafficcompression.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/configuration/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../registerconfig/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../permissions.md | 7 ++---- .../registerconfig.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/sqlserver/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../sqlserver/configuringtracelogging.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/sqlserver/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../configuration/sqlserver/permissions.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/ports.md | 7 ++---- docs/1secure/index.md | 9 ------- docs/1secure/install/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ docs/1secure/install/installagent.md | 9 +++---- docs/1secure/install/overview.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/integration/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ .../connectwise.md | 7 ++---- .../{integrations => integration}/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../servicenow.md | 7 ++---- .../sharepointonline.md | 17 ++++++------- .../_category_.json | 6 +++++ .../requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/requirements/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md | 7 ++---- .../prerequisitesfordatasources.md | 12 ++++++--- docs/1secure/security/_category_.json | 10 ++++++++ docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/security/compliance.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md | 6 +++++ docs/1secure/security/overview.md | 7 ++---- 134 files changed, 570 insertions(+), 557 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/alerts/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/_category_.json rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{activedirectory => activedirectoryauditing}/activedirectoryauditing.md (78%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{activedirectory => activedirectoryauditing}/auditlogging.md (93%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{activedirectory => activedirectoryauditing}/auditlogsrole.md (76%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{activedirectory => activedirectoryauditing}/logonasbatch.md (91%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{activedirectory => activedirectoryauditing}/manageauditingsecuritylog.md (82%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{activedirectory => activedirectoryauditing}/permissionsadcontainer.md (82%) rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{activedirectory => activedirectoryauditing}/permissionsregistrykeys.md (90%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/_category_.json rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{gmsa => }/gmsa.md (92%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/_category_.json rename docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/{datacollectingaccount => }/overview.md (81%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/login/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/organizations/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/_category_.json rename docs/1secure/admin/organizations/{ => addingusers}/addingusers.md (97%) rename docs/1secure/admin/organizations/{ => addingusers}/roledefinitions.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/configuration/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/_category_.json rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/admanual.md (74%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/adsi.md (85%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/advancedpolicy.md (93%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/auto.md (69%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/cfgmanual.md (67%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/domainauditpolicies.md (85%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md (83%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/objectlevel.md (93%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/protocolsandports.md (88%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{ad => admanual}/secondarylogonservice.md (67%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/configuration/computer/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/_category_.json rename docs/1secure/configuration/{entraid => registerconfig}/permissions.md (92%) rename docs/1secure/configuration/{entraid => registerconfig}/registerconfig.md (97%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/install/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/integration/_category_.json rename docs/1secure/{integrations => integration}/connectwise.md (95%) rename docs/1secure/{integrations => integration}/overview.md (74%) rename docs/1secure/{integrations => integration}/servicenow.md (94%) rename docs/1secure/{integrations => integration}/sharepointonline.md (84%) create mode 100644 docs/1secure/netwrix1securedocumentation/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/requirements/_category_.json create mode 100644 docs/1secure/security/_category_.json diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e5a41ed48 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Introducing Netwrix 1Secure", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c894ddbada --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Alert Profiles", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md index 24db449c62..c9b804484f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/alerts.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: alerts title: "Alerts" -pagination_label: "Alerts" -sidebar_label: "Alerts" -sidebar_position: 79 -description: "Learn how to configure and manage alerts that notify you of critical security events and actions in your organization." +description: "Alerts" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Alerts diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md index e31d4d0a48..f833cb53c0 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/alerts/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: alert-profiles title: "Alert Profiles" -pagination_label: "Alert Profiles" -sidebar_label: "Alert Profiles" -sidebar_position: 80 -description: "Learn how to create and manage alert profiles with grouped configurations and delivery notification settings." +description: "Alert Profiles" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Alert Profiles @@ -103,4 +100,4 @@ organization admins by email. **Step 7 –** Click Save. You may also link to a third-party ticketing system. See the -[Third-party systems](/docs/1secure/integrations/overview.md) topic for additional information. +[Third-party systems](/docs/1secure/integration/overview.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29fe53fab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "1Secure Dashboard", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md index 54330a9a59..f741e2fe0d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/alertstimeline.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: alerts-timeline title: "Alerts Timeline" -pagination_label: "Alerts Timeline" -sidebar_label: "Alerts Timeline" -sidebar_position: 81 -description: "Learn how to view and analyze triggered alerts using statistics, charts, and comprehensive alert lists." +description: "Alerts Timeline" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Alerts Timeline diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md index 5174f1cf01..d762124500 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/organizationstatistics.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: organization-statistics title: "Organization Statistics" -pagination_label: "Organization Statistics" -sidebar_label: "Organization Statistics" -sidebar_position: 21 -description: "View detailed statistics and security insights for client organizations including health status and risk assessments." +description: "Organization Statistics" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Organization Statistics diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md index 82a83838c0..21abe3c125 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/dashboard/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: 1secure-dashboard title: "1Secure Dashboard" -pagination_label: "1Secure Dashboard" -sidebar_label: "1Secure Dashboard" +description: "1Secure Dashboard" sidebar_position: 20 -description: "Overview of the 1Secure dashboard providing single-pane-of-glass view for MSPs to manage client organizations and alerts." --- # 1Secure Dashboard diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a027931e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +{ + "label": "Datacollection", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8d226df12 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Active Directory Auditing", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "activedirectoryauditing" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/activedirectoryauditing.md similarity index 78% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/activedirectoryauditing.md index 4df2d6298e..82f3f2f1e6 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/activedirectoryauditing.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: active-directory-auditing title: "Active Directory Auditing" -pagination_label: "Active Directory Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Active Directory Auditing" -sidebar_position: 64 -description: "Learn how to configure accounts with specific permissions for Active Directory data collection." +description: "Active Directory Auditing" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # Active Directory Auditing @@ -25,10 +22,10 @@ following aspects: | | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | In the target domain | Account Permission Required | -| Do you plan to use [Network Traffic Compression](/docs/1secure/configuration/networktrafficcompression.md) for data processing? | If **YES**, account must belong to Domain Admin group. If **NO**, add an account to 'Manage auditing and security log' policy. See [Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/manageauditingsecuritylog.md) for more information. | -| Do you plan to use AD Deleted Objects container for data processing? | If **YES**, account requires Read permission on the read container. See [Granting Permissions for 'Deleted Objects' Container](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsadcontainer.md) topic for more information. | -| Is auto-backup _enabled_ for the domain controller event logs? | If **YES**, account needs the following: - Access to specific registry key on the domain controllers. See[Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsregistrykeys.md) for additional information. - Membership in either Administrators, Print Operators, or Server Operators group. - Read/Write and Full Control permissions on the logs back up folder. | -| Is there an on-premises Exchange server in your Active Directory domain? | If **YES**, account needs the following: - Membership in the **Organization Management** or **Records Management** group or having Audit Logs management role. See [Assigning Management Roles](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogsrole.md) topic for additional information. - Adjustment of the Exchange Administrator Audit Logging settings. See [Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogging.md) topic for additional information. | +| Do you plan to use [Network Traffic Compression](/docs/1secure/configuration/networktrafficcompression.md) for data processing? | If **YES**, account must belong to Domain Admin group. If **NO**, add an account to 'Manage auditing and security log' policy. See [Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/manageauditingsecuritylog.md) for more information. | +| Do you plan to use AD Deleted Objects container for data processing? | If **YES**, account requires Read permission on the read container. See [Granting Permissions for 'Deleted Objects' Container](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsadcontainer.md) topic for more information. | +| Is auto-backup _enabled_ for the domain controller event logs? | If **YES**, account needs the following: - Access to specific registry key on the domain controllers. See[Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsregistrykeys.md) for additional information. - Membership in either Administrators, Print Operators, or Server Operators group. - Read/Write and Full Control permissions on the logs back up folder. | +| Is there an on-premises Exchange server in your Active Directory domain? | If **YES**, account needs the following: - Membership in the **Organization Management** or **Records Management** group or having Audit Logs management role. See [Assigning Management Roles](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogsrole.md) topic for additional information. - Adjustment of the Exchange Administrator Audit Logging settings. See [Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogging.md) topic for additional information. | ## Use GMSA @@ -40,6 +37,6 @@ your on-premise Exchange server will not be possible. Thus, changes made to your domain via that Exchange server will be reported with _domain\\Exchange_server_name$_ instead of the initiator (user) name in the "_Who_" field of reports, search results and activity summaries. -For more information on gMSA, refer to [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md) +For more information on gMSA, refer to [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md) and to [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/security/group-managed-service-accounts/group-managed-service-accounts-overview). diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogging.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogging.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogging.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogging.md index 7990e00404..f640198111 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogging.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogging.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-exchange-administrator-audit-logging-settings title: "Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings" -pagination_label: "Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings" -sidebar_label: "Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings" -sidebar_position: 65 -description: "Learn how to configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging settings for monitoring changes to Exchange servers." +description: "Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogsrole.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogsrole.md similarity index 76% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogsrole.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogsrole.md index 9f965a071e..7682c3696a 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogsrole.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogsrole.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: assigning-management-roles title: "Assigning Management Roles" -pagination_label: "Assigning Management Roles" -sidebar_label: "Assigning Management Roles" -sidebar_position: 66 -description: "Learn how to assign required management roles to accounts for Exchange data collection." +description: "Assigning Management Roles" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Assigning Management Roles diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/logonasbatch.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/logonasbatch.md similarity index 91% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/logonasbatch.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/logonasbatch.md index c0249a06bc..75bd223642 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/logonasbatch.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/logonasbatch.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: define-log-on-as-a-batch-job-policy title: "Define Log On As a Batch Job Policy" -pagination_label: "Define Log On As a Batch Job Policy" -sidebar_label: "Define Log On As a Batch Job Policy" -sidebar_position: 67 -description: "Learn how to configure Log On As a Batch Job policy for Data Processing Account access." +description: "Define Log On As a Batch Job Policy" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # Define Log On As a Batch Job Policy diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/manageauditingsecuritylog.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/manageauditingsecuritylog.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/manageauditingsecuritylog.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/manageauditingsecuritylog.md index 108f8b81bd..db2121666d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/manageauditingsecuritylog.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/manageauditingsecuritylog.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-the-manage-auditing-and-security-log-policy title: "Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy" -pagination_label: "Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy" -sidebar_label: "Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy" -sidebar_position: 68 -description: "Learn how to configure Manage Auditing and Security Log policy for non-Domain Admin data collection accounts." +description: "Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsadcontainer.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsadcontainer.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsadcontainer.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsadcontainer.md index b954c97488..ab2739ad71 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsadcontainer.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsadcontainer.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: granting-permissions-for-deleted-objects-container title: "Granting Permissions for 'Deleted Objects' Container" -pagination_label: "Granting Permissions for 'Deleted Objects' Container" -sidebar_label: "Granting Permissions for 'Deleted Objects' Container" -sidebar_position: 69 -description: "Learn how to grant permissions for the Deleted Objects container for non-Domain Admin data collection accounts." +description: "Granting Permissions for 'Deleted Objects' Container" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Granting Permissions for 'Deleted Objects' Container diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsregistrykeys.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsregistrykeys.md similarity index 90% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsregistrykeys.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsregistrykeys.md index aa0b494539..d1eeb59c89 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsregistrykeys.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsregistrykeys.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: assigning-permission-to-read-the-registry-key title: "Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key" -pagination_label: "Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key" -sidebar_label: "Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key" -sidebar_position: 70 -description: "Learn how to assign registry key read permissions for data collection accounts on domain controllers." +description: "Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5bc401b801 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Computer Auditing", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/backupfilesdirectories.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/backupfilesdirectories.md index 54d87baedc..9e2769a7e4 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/backupfilesdirectories.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/backupfilesdirectories.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-the-back-up-files-and-directories-policy title: "Configure the Back up Files and Directories Policy" -pagination_label: "Configure the Back up Files and Directories Policy" -sidebar_label: "Configure the Back up Files and Directories Policy" -sidebar_position: 72 -description: "Learn how to configure the Back up Files and Directories policy using Local Security Policy or Group Policy Management Console." +description: "Configure the Back up Files and Directories Policy" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Configure the Back up Files and Directories Policy diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md index 126c74742d..05ed8c4b60 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: computer-auditing title: "Computer Auditing" -pagination_label: "Computer Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Computer Auditing" -sidebar_position: 71 -description: "Learn how to configure data collection accounts for Computer source auditing with required policies and permissions." +description: "Computer Auditing" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Computer Auditing @@ -16,7 +13,7 @@ Data Collection Accounts should meet the following policies and permissions: - The \_**\_Manage auditing and security log\_\_**and Backup files and directories policies must be defined for this account. See the - [Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/manageauditingsecuritylog.md) + [Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/manageauditingsecuritylog.md) and [Configure the Back up Files and Directories Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/backupfilesdirectories.md) topics for additional information. - The **Read** share permission on the audited shared folders. @@ -28,7 +25,7 @@ server must be a member of the local Administrators group. You can also use group Managed Service Accounts (gMSA) as a data collecting account. For more information on gMSA, see the following: -- [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md) +- [Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md) - Microsoft article: [Group Managed Service Accounts Overview](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/security/group-managed-service-accounts/group-managed-service-accounts-overview) diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/entraid.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/entraid.md index 8ffca6475d..8f3700ea1f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/entraid.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/entraid.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: microsoft-entra-id-auditing title: "Microsoft Entra ID Auditing" -pagination_label: "Microsoft Entra ID Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Microsoft Entra ID Auditing" -sidebar_position: 60 -description: "Learn how to configure Microsoft Entra ID auditing for Office 365 organizations with modern authentication." +description: "Microsoft Entra ID Auditing" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Microsoft Entra ID Auditing @@ -24,5 +21,5 @@ settings to Netwrix 1Secure when configuring a monitored item. Support for modern authentication will allow you to audit the organizations where MFA is enabled for all users, including service accounts. See the -[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) +[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/exchangeonline.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/exchangeonline.md index f3cc48101b..f19591ec76 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/exchangeonline.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/exchangeonline.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: exchange-online-auditing title: "Exchange Online Auditing" -pagination_label: "Exchange Online Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Exchange Online Auditing" -sidebar_position: 61 -description: "Learn how to configure Exchange Online auditing with dedicated Microsoft Entra ID applications." +description: "Exchange Online Auditing" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Exchange Online Auditing @@ -16,5 +13,5 @@ tenant) settings. Netwrix 1Secure will access the cloud-based Office 365 infrastructure using a dedicated Microsoft Entra ID application, formerly Azure AD. This app should be created manually by user with administrative role and assigned required permissions. See the -[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) +[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md index 52a1eac55f..80618295a4 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: using-group-managed-service-account-gmsa title: "Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)" -pagination_label: "Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)" -sidebar_label: "Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)" -sidebar_position: 62 -description: "Learn how to use Group Managed Service Accounts for simplified data collection and storage administration." +description: "Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)" +sidebar_position: 80 --- # Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA) @@ -97,4 +94,4 @@ To create a new gMSA in the root domain using PowerShell: ended with $, here __NCASrv$\_\_ To learn about the data collecting account, which collects data from the monitored items, go -to [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md) article. +to [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/overview.md) article. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49baa75520 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Logon Activity Auditing", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/nondomainadmin.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/nondomainadmin.md index 2690ac4a17..2451c638f3 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/nondomainadmin.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/nondomainadmin.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-non-administrative-account-to-collect-logon-activity title: "Configure Non-Administrative Account to Collect Logon Activity" -pagination_label: "Configure Non-Administrative Account to Collect Logon Activity" -sidebar_label: "Configure Non-Administrative Account to Collect Logon Activity" -sidebar_position: 74 -description: "Learn how to configure non-administrative accounts with minimum rights for logon activity collection." +description: "Configure Non-Administrative Account to Collect Logon Activity" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Configure Non-Administrative Account to Collect Logon Activity @@ -24,9 +21,9 @@ Do the following: - Back up files and directories. [Configure the Back up Files and Directories Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/backupfilesdirectories.md) -- Log on as a batch job. [Define Log On As a Batch Job Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/logonasbatch.md) +- Log on as a batch job. [Define Log On As a Batch Job Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/logonasbatch.md) - Manage auditing and security log. - [Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/manageauditingsecuritylog.md) + [Configure the Manage Auditing and Security Log Policy](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/manageauditingsecuritylog.md) **Step 2 –** Grant the _Read_ permission on the following registry keys to this user: @@ -34,5 +31,5 @@ Do the following: - `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE`\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\SecurePipeServers\winreg - `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE`\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\Security -[Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/permissionsregistrykeys.md) how +[Assigning Permission To Read the Registry Key](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/permissionsregistrykeys.md) how to do it using Registry Editor. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md index 24c5fb042b..e02a594c22 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: logon-activity-auditing title: "Logon Activity Auditing" -pagination_label: "Logon Activity Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Logon Activity Auditing" -sidebar_position: 73 -description: "Learn how to configure domain accounts for logon activity data collection with network traffic compression requirements." +description: "Logon Activity Auditing" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Logon Activity Auditing diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/overview.md similarity index 81% rename from docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/overview.md index a2f7e6cb1d..7c9daccd6f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: data-collecting-account title: "Data Collecting Account" -pagination_label: "Data Collecting Account" -sidebar_label: "Data Collecting Account" -sidebar_position: 59 -description: "Learn about service accounts used by 1Secure to collect audit data from monitored systems and their requirements." +description: "Data Collecting Account" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Data Collecting Account @@ -15,13 +12,13 @@ service account for that purpose. Depending on the data source and connector, th the corresponding requirements (see the table below). You can use group Managed Service Account (gMSA) as data collecting account. See the -[Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa/gmsa.md) topic for additional information. +[Using Group Managed Service Account (gMSA)](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/gmsa.md) topic for additional information. Currently, the following data sources are supported: | Data source | Provided connectors | Required rights and permissions: | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity Active Directory Logons | [Active Directory Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md) [Logon Activity Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md) | +| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity Active Directory Logons | [Active Directory Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/activedirectoryauditing.md) [Logon Activity Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/logonactivity/overview.md) | | Azure AD | Azure AD Activity Azure AD Logons | [Microsoft Entra ID Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/entraid.md) | | Computer | File Server Activity | [Computer Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/computer/overview.md) | | SharePoint Online | SharePoint Online Activity | [SharePoint Online Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/sharepointonline.md) | diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/sharepointonline.md b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/sharepointonline.md index 2acd515b8b..c51dc39c47 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/sharepointonline.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/sharepointonline.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: sharepoint-online-auditing title: "SharePoint Online Auditing" -pagination_label: "SharePoint Online Auditing" -sidebar_label: "SharePoint Online Auditing" -sidebar_position: 63 -description: "Learn how to configure SharePoint Online auditing for Office 365 organizations with modern authentication." +description: "SharePoint Online Auditing" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # SharePoint Online Auditing @@ -13,7 +10,7 @@ Netwrix 1Secure allows you to audit Office 365 organizations that have establish authentication as their identity management approach, including support for [multi-factor authentication (MFA)](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/concept-mfa-howitworks). See the Microsoft -[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) +[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) article for additional information. In this scenario, Netwrix 1Secure will access the cloud-based infrastructure via Microsoft Graph and @@ -25,7 +22,7 @@ app and provide its settings to Netwrix 1Securewhen adding a SharePoint Online d Support for modern authentication will allow you to audit the organizations where MFA is enabled for all users, including service accounts. See the -[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) +[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. ## Configure SharePoint Online Auditing @@ -37,7 +34,7 @@ administrative role will be required: Microsoft Entra ID application should be created manually by user with administrative role and assigned required permissions. This app will allow you to collect activity. See the -[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) +[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. ## diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md b/docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md index 4ac9c7a890..f31fbba46c 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/howitworks.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "How It Works" +description: "How It Works" +sidebar_position: 110 +--- + # How It Works Netwrix 1Secure is a Microsoft Azure hosted, multi-tenant SaaS application that provides a single diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/login/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/login/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..869d9559d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/login/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "First Login to 1Secure", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "login" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md b/docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md index 27976b25db..c22da1f5c3 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/login/login.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: first-login-to-1secure title: "First Login to 1Secure" -pagination_label: "First Login to 1Secure" -sidebar_label: "First Login to 1Secure" +description: "First Login to 1Secure" sidebar_position: 10 -description: "Learn how to complete your first login to 1Secure and activate your MSP account." --- # First Login to 1Secure @@ -246,4 +243,4 @@ It is recommended to copy these settings and keep them safe. - Application (client) ID – A client ID for the registered application - Directory (tenant) ID – A tenant ID for the registered application - Client Secret – A client secret value generated when a new client secret key is created for the - registered application. See the [Generate Client Secret Value](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md#generate-client-secret-value) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file + registered application. See the [Generate Client Secret Value](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md#generate-client-secret-value) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md b/docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md index c763980b4b..22db997e01 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/login/sso.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Single Sign On" +description: "Single Sign On" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Single Sign On Single Sign On (SSO) is a powerful authentication process that enhances security and improves user @@ -130,4 +136,4 @@ It is recommended to copy these settings and keep them safe. - Application (client) ID – A client ID for the registered application - Directory (tenant) ID – A tenant ID for the registered application - Client Secret – A client secret value generated when a new client secret key is created for the - registered application. See the [Generate Client Secret Value](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md#generate-client-secret-value) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file + registered application. See the [Generate Client Secret Value](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md#generate-client-secret-value) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md b/docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md index 2a95dd7c28..fc7fe7f058 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/notifications.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Notifications" +description: "Notifications" +sidebar_position: 90 +--- + # Notifications Netwrix 1Secure provides real-time notifications to the users, which report on various issues for diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4043c32b88 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Manage Organizations", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b41e0c15f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Add Users", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "addingusers" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/addingusers.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/addingusers.md index fadd51bb46..f7e1f4dfa7 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/addingusers.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-users title: "Add Users" -pagination_label: "Add Users" -sidebar_label: "Add Users" -sidebar_position: 31 -description: "Learn how to add users to your organization and assign administrator, editor, or viewer roles." +description: "Add Users" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Add Users diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/roledefinitions.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/roledefinitions.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/1secure/admin/organizations/roledefinitions.md rename to docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/roledefinitions.md index cc04e5abdf..12d3a2fb85 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/roledefinitions.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/roledefinitions.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: permissions-by-role title: "Permissions by Role" -pagination_label: "Permissions by Role" -sidebar_label: "Permissions by Role" -sidebar_position: 38 -description: "Reference guide for user permissions and role-based access control across different 1Secure screens and actions." +description: "Permissions by Role" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Permissions by Role diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md index fc40508786..6b97247b80 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-organizations title: "Add Organizations" -pagination_label: "Add Organizations" -sidebar_label: "Add Organizations" -sidebar_position: 32 -description: "Follow step-by-step instructions to add new organizations to your 1Secure system." +description: "Add Organizations" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Add Organizations diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addsites.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addsites.md index d8559be3ed..1faac89394 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addsites.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addsites.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-sites-to-an-organization title: "Add Sites to an Organization" -pagination_label: "Add Sites to an Organization" -sidebar_label: "Add Sites to an Organization" -sidebar_position: 33 -description: "Learn how to add sites to organizations for managing multiple office locations and tracking agent status." +description: "Add Sites to an Organization" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Add Sites to an Organization diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/billableaccounts.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/billableaccounts.md index a66888c91d..f35878c254 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/billableaccounts.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/billableaccounts.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: billable-accounts title: "Billable Accounts" -pagination_label: "Billable Accounts" -sidebar_label: "Billable Accounts" -sidebar_position: 34 -description: "View and review billable Active Directory and Microsoft Entra ID accounts for your organization." +description: "Billable Accounts" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Billable Accounts diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managemyorganization.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managemyorganization.md index fbb6f865dd..6da563f309 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managemyorganization.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managemyorganization.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: manage-my-organization title: "Manage My Organization" -pagination_label: "Manage My Organization" -sidebar_label: "Manage My Organization" -sidebar_position: 35 -description: "Learn how to review and edit your organization profile settings and manage deletion requests." +description: "Manage My Organization" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Manage My Organization diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managingcredentials.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managingcredentials.md index fb491f971e..00ac7db26d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managingcredentials.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managingcredentials.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: manage-credentials title: "Manage Credentials" -pagination_label: "Manage Credentials" -sidebar_label: "Manage Credentials" -sidebar_position: 36 -description: "Learn how to set up, review, edit, and delete credentials for data source connections." +description: "Manage Credentials" +sidebar_position: 90 --- # Manage Credentials diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/organizationgroups.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/organizationgroups.md index 30ad202d75..db024cbad3 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/organizationgroups.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/organizationgroups.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: organization-groups title: "Organization Groups" -pagination_label: "Organization Groups" -sidebar_label: "Organization Groups" -sidebar_position: 37 -description: "Learn how to create and manage organization groups for designated user access control." +description: "Organization Groups" +sidebar_position: 80 --- # Organization Groups diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md index 99711b936d..bef0ab4e5d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: manage-organizations title: "Manage Organizations" -pagination_label: "Manage Organizations" -sidebar_label: "Manage Organizations" +description: "Manage Organizations" sidebar_position: 30 -description: "Learn how to manage organizations and configure settings for Managed Service Providers in 1Secure." --- # Manage Organizations @@ -37,6 +34,6 @@ Below you can see home pages of: See the following topics for additional information: - [Add Organizations](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addorganizations.md) -- [Add Users](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md) +- [Add Users](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/addingusers.md) - [Sources and Connectors](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md) - [ Manage Credentials ](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managingcredentials.md) diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09ca4e9aa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Sources and Connectors", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md index 1135cc3a30..6a817a1188 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/activedirectory.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-a-source-and-connectors-for-active-directory title: "Add a Source and Connectors for Active Directory" -pagination_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Active Directory" -sidebar_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Active Directory" -sidebar_position: 41 -description: "Step-by-step guide to add Active Directory data sources and connectors to your organization." +description: "Add a Source and Connectors for Active Directory" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Add a Source and Connectors for Active Directory @@ -102,7 +99,7 @@ Directory. Specufy the following: - Adjust audit settings automatically – Select this checkbox to adjust the audit settings automatically. With this approach, 1Secure will check your current audit settings at each data collection session and adjust them if necessary. See the - [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md) topic for + [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/auto.md) topic for additional information. **Step 11 –** Click **Finish**. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md index b52387eefb..f7600e820e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/computer.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-a-source-and-connectors-for-computer title: "Add a Source and Connectors for Computer" -pagination_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Computer" -sidebar_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Computer" -sidebar_position: 42 -description: "Step-by-step guide to add Computer data sources and connectors to your organization." +description: "Add a Source and Connectors for Computer" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Add a Source and Connectors for Computer @@ -106,7 +103,7 @@ the following: - Adjust audit settings automatically – Select this checkbox to adjust the audit settings automatically. With this approach, 1Secure will check your current audit settings at each data collection session and adjust them if necessary. See the - [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md) topic for + [Active Directory: automatic configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/auto.md) topic for additional information. - Monitor User Hidden Shares – Select this checkbox to monitor the user hidden shares on the computer. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/entraid.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/entraid.md index 63033433d9..190642b89e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/entraid.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/entraid.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-a-source-and-connectors-for-microsoft-entra-id title: "Add a Source and Connectors for Microsoft Entra ID" -pagination_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Microsoft Entra ID" -sidebar_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Microsoft Entra ID" -sidebar_position: 43 -description: "Step-by-step guide to add Microsoft Entra ID data sources and connectors to your organization." +description: "Add a Source and Connectors for Microsoft Entra ID" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Add a Source and Connectors for Microsoft Entra ID @@ -32,7 +29,7 @@ pane is displayed. sources, such as computers, allows them to share a common configuration and makes it easier to manage related sources together. - Tenant ID – The tenant ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Crawl Source – Toggle this option to ON to enable data collection for the source - Service Account Entra ID Groups – Specify Microsoft Entra ID groups to exclude their service @@ -45,15 +42,15 @@ pane is displayed. new Credentials** from the drop-down menu or click the **Add** icon, then specify the following: - Client ID – The client ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Client Secret – The client secret of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Download Certificate – For certain connectors, such as SharePoint Online State, authentication requires a certificate instead of a client secret. Download this certificate and then upload it to the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [Upload a Certificate](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md#upload-a-certificate) topic + [Upload a Certificate](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md#upload-a-certificate) topic for additional information. - Display Name – Specify a name you want to show for your credentials. It will be displayed on the Credentials tab of the Managed Organizations page. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/exchangeonline.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/exchangeonline.md index cdc33f1e88..2f5fcd0736 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/exchangeonline.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/exchangeonline.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-a-source-and-connectors-for-exchange-online title: "Add a Source and Connectors for Exchange Online" -pagination_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Exchange Online" -sidebar_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for Exchange Online" -sidebar_position: 44 -description: "Step-by-step guide to add Exchange Online data sources and connectors to your organization." +description: "Add a Source and Connectors for Exchange Online" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Add a Source and Connectors for Exchange Online @@ -32,7 +29,7 @@ pane is displayed. sources, such as computers, allows them to share a common configuration and makes it easier to manage related sources together. - Tenant ID – The tenant ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Crawl Source – Toggle this option to ON to enable data collection for the source - Credentials – Displays the crdentials that have already been added, while also providing the @@ -41,15 +38,15 @@ pane is displayed. new Credentials** from the drop-down menu or click the **Add** icon, then specify the following: - Client ID – The client ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Client Secret – The client secret of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Download Certificate – For certain connectors, such as SharePoint Online State, authentication requires a certificate instead of a client secret. Download this certificate and then upload it to the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [Upload a Certificate](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md#upload-a-certificate) topic + [Upload a Certificate](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md#upload-a-certificate) topic for additional information. - Display Name – Specify a name you want to show for your credentials. It will be displayed on the Credentials tab of the Managed Organizations page. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md index c00d813682..b6dc7db05d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: sources-and-connectors title: "Sources and Connectors" -pagination_label: "Sources and Connectors" -sidebar_label: "Sources and Connectors" -sidebar_position: 40 -description: "Overview of available data sources and connectors for collecting data from various environments." +description: "Sources and Connectors" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Sources and Connectors diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sharepointonline.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sharepointonline.md index 28d6a2b1f9..622f7a1b61 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sharepointonline.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sharepointonline.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-a-source-and-connectors-for-sharepoint-online title: "Add a Source and Connectors for SharePoint Online" -pagination_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for SharePoint Online" -sidebar_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for SharePoint Online" -sidebar_position: 45 -description: "Step-by-step guide to add SharePoint Online data sources and connectors to your organization." +description: "Add a Source and Connectors for SharePoint Online" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # Add a Source and Connectors for SharePoint Online @@ -32,7 +29,7 @@ pane is displayed. sources, such as computers, allows them to share a common configuration and makes it easier to manage related sources together. - Tenant ID – The tenant ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Crawl Source – Toggle this option to ON to enable data collection for the source - Credentials – Displays the crdentials that have already been added, while also providing the @@ -41,15 +38,15 @@ pane is displayed. new Credentials** from the drop-down menu or click the **Add** icon, then specify the following: - Client ID – The client ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Client Secret – The client secret of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Download Certificate – For certain connectors, such as SharePoint Online State, authentication requires a certificate instead of a client secret. Download this certificate and then upload it to the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [Upload a Certificate](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md#upload-a-certificate) topic + [Upload a Certificate](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md#upload-a-certificate) topic for additional information. - Display Name – Specify a name you want to show for your credentials. It will be displayed on the Credentials tab of the Managed Organizations page. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sqlserver.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sqlserver.md index 2fa736df12..9361ce031a 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sqlserver.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/sourcesandconnectors/sqlserver.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: add-a-source-and-connectors-for-sql-server title: "Add a Source and Connectors for SQL Server" -pagination_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for SQL Server" -sidebar_label: "Add a Source and Connectors for SQL Server" -sidebar_position: 46 -description: "Step-by-step guide to add SQL Server data sources and connectors to your organization." +description: "Add a Source and Connectors for SQL Server" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Add a Source and Connectors for SQL Server diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md index e6221c7fa0..87f99dae1f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/viewtabsanddashboard.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: view-tabs-and-dashboards-for-the-organization title: "View Tabs and Dashboards for the Organization" -pagination_label: "View Tabs and Dashboards for the Organization" -sidebar_label: "View Tabs and Dashboards for the Organization" -sidebar_position: 39 -description: "Learn how to navigate and view available tabs and dashboards for managed organizations." +description: "View Tabs and Dashboards for the Organization" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # View Tabs and Dashboards for the Organization @@ -26,7 +23,7 @@ The Managed organizations page has the following tabs: - Credentials – Review and edit the credentials of your organization. See the[ Manage Credentials ](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/managingcredentials.md)topic for additional information. - Users – Review or add Business Viewers or Co-managing Administrators to the audited organization. - See the [Add Users](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md) topic for additional information. + See the [Add Users](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/addingusers.md) topic for additional information. - Subscriptions– Review or edit the subscriptions of your organization. See the [Subscriptions](/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/subscriptions.md) topic for additional information. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md index b8529a91cb..91447bc14f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Introducing Netwrix 1Secure" +description: "Introducing Netwrix 1Secure" +sidebar_position: 50 +--- + # Introducing Netwrix 1Secure Netwrix 1Secure is a Microsoft Azure-hosted, multi-tenant SaaS application that provides a single diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8629118a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Manage Risk Profiles", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "riskprofiles" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/metrics_list.md b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/metrics_list.md index b4ba20a304..af5f1bea62 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/metrics_list.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/metrics_list.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: risk-metrics-list title: "Risk Metrics List" -pagination_label: "Risk Metrics List" -sidebar_label: "Risk Metrics List" -sidebar_position: 76 -description: "Comprehensive list of all risk metrics included in risk profiles with descriptions and security implications." +description: "Risk Metrics List" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Risk Metrics List diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md index bdb405b787..0546a2e1a7 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskassessmentdashboard.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: risk-assessment-dashboard title: "Risk Assessment Dashboard" -pagination_label: "Risk Assessment Dashboard" -sidebar_label: "Risk Assessment Dashboard" -sidebar_position: 77 -description: "Learn how to use the Risk Assessment dashboard to monitor security posture and track vulnerabilities for organizations." +description: "Risk Assessment Dashboard" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Risk Assessment Dashboard diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskmetrics.md b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskmetrics.md index 043f8cf3ca..1248e40c3c 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskmetrics.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskmetrics.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: manage-risk-metrics title: "Manage Risk Metrics" -pagination_label: "Manage Risk Metrics" -sidebar_label: "Manage Risk Metrics" -sidebar_position: 78 -description: "Learn how to view, modify, and manage risk thresholds for security metrics within risk profiles." +description: "Manage Risk Metrics" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Manage Risk Metrics diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md index f15aaf8e3e..afd0f7e61e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/riskprofiles/riskprofiles.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: manage-risk-profiles title: "Manage Risk Profiles" -pagination_label: "Manage Risk Profiles" -sidebar_label: "Manage Risk Profiles" -sidebar_position: 75 -description: "Learn how to create and manage risk profiles with configurable risk thresholds for security vulnerability analysis." +description: "Manage Risk Profiles" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Manage Risk Profiles diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27e1cbec96 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Search and Reports", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/activity.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/activity.md index ba0b4a1ad4..2d8f96471b 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/activity.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/activity.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: activity-reports title: "Activity Reports" -pagination_label: "Activity Reports" -sidebar_label: "Activity Reports" -sidebar_position: 48 -description: "Learn how to monitor and analyze user activities with detailed activity reports and custom filters." +description: "Activity Reports" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Activity Reports diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md index 7513f0fd32..de6ae919f2 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/applyfilters.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: apply-filters title: "Apply Filters" -pagination_label: "Apply Filters" -sidebar_label: "Apply Filters" -sidebar_position: 49 -description: "Learn how to use filters to narrow search results and create custom filter combinations for precise reporting." +description: "Apply Filters" +sidebar_position: 90 --- # Apply Filters diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/auditlogs.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/auditlogs.md index 501a271ba6..cfcf3961bd 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/auditlogs.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/auditlogs.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: generate-a-self-audit-report title: "Generate a Self-Audit Report" -pagination_label: "Generate a Self-Audit Report" -sidebar_label: "Generate a Self-Audit Report" -sidebar_position: 50 -description: "Learn how to generate self-audit reports to track changes to 1Secure configuration and monitoring scope." +description: "Generate a Self-Audit Report" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Generate a Self-Audit Report diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/billableusers.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/billableusers.md index 70fe803418..3176110443 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/billableusers.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/billableusers.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: billable-users-report title: "Billable Users Report" -pagination_label: "Billable Users Report" -sidebar_label: "Billable Users Report" -sidebar_position: 51 -description: "Learn how to generate reports on billable Active Directory and Microsoft Entra ID accounts for your organization." +description: "Billable Users Report" +sidebar_position: 110 --- # Billable Users Report @@ -15,7 +12,7 @@ Directory/Microsoft Entra ID (formerly Azure AD) accounts for your organization | Icon | Description | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| ![businessuserslock](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/businessuserslock.webp) | Lock Icon. It shows that the business users cannot view the report. See the [Add Users](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md) topic for additional information on the business users. | +| ![businessuserslock](/img/product_docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/businessuserslock.webp) | Lock Icon. It shows that the business users cannot view the report. See the [Add Users](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/addingusers.md) topic for additional information on the business users. | ## Review a Report diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/compliance.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/compliance.md index 9c0646da85..36fec93016 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/compliance.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/compliance.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: compliance-reports title: "Compliance Reports" -pagination_label: "Compliance Reports" -sidebar_label: "Compliance Reports" -sidebar_position: 52 -description: "Learn how to generate compliance reports for Microsoft Entra ID, Active Directory, and SharePoint Online configurations." +description: "Compliance Reports" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Compliance Reports diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md index 332ea2f786..67efeeff9c 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/customreports.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: custom-reports title: "Custom Reports" -pagination_label: "Custom Reports" -sidebar_label: "Custom Reports" -sidebar_position: 53 -description: "Learn how to create and save custom reports with specific filter sets for recurring analysis." +description: "Custom Reports" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # Custom Reports @@ -48,7 +45,7 @@ generated. **Step 8 –** Optionally, select the **Share with business users** check box to share the report with business users. See the -[Add the Business Viewer Role](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers.md#add-the-business-viewer-role) topic +[Add the Business Viewer Role](/docs/1secure/admin/organizations/addingusers/addingusers.md#add-the-business-viewer-role) topic for additional information on shared reports. **NOTE:** This check box is not available for End Customer Organizations. diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/exportreport.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/exportreport.md index 78fb45a965..b8c1609c8b 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/exportreport.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/exportreport.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: export-a-report-or-investigation-results title: "Export a Report or Investigation Results" -pagination_label: "Export a Report or Investigation Results" -sidebar_label: "Export a Report or Investigation Results" -sidebar_position: 54 -description: "Learn how to export investigation results and reports as Excel files for easier review and analysis." +description: "Export a Report or Investigation Results" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Export a Report or Investigation Results diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/filteroperators.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/filteroperators.md index 533942864d..a8d1c58a72 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/filteroperators.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/filteroperators.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: filter-operators title: "Filter Operators" -pagination_label: "Filter Operators" -sidebar_label: "Filter Operators" -sidebar_position: 55 -description: "Learn about filter operators and search conditions for precise data retrieval and comparison." +description: "Filter Operators" +sidebar_position: 100 --- # Filter Operators diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/overview.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/overview.md index 40ae3149c3..116aa1fa93 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: search-and-reports title: "Search and Reports" -pagination_label: "Search and Reports" -sidebar_label: "Search and Reports" -sidebar_position: 47 -description: "Learn how to use the search interface and create flexible reports for investigating incidents and activities." +description: "Search and Reports" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Search and Reports diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md index 0195678bac..23cf61754a 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/stateintime.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: state-in-time-risks-reports title: "State In Time Risks Reports" -pagination_label: "State In Time Risks Reports" -sidebar_label: "State In Time Risks Reports" -sidebar_position: 56 -description: "Learn how to generate state-in-time reports based on risk profiles to analyze environment configurations at specific points in time." +description: "State In Time Risks Reports" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # State In Time Risks Reports diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/subscriptions.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/subscriptions.md index 047ad92470..cb0a3ed55e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/subscriptions.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/subscriptions.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: subscriptions title: "Subscriptions" -pagination_label: "Subscriptions" -sidebar_label: "Subscriptions" -sidebar_position: 57 -description: "Learn how to schedule and automatically deliver reports to email addresses or SharePoint Online folders." +description: "Subscriptions" +sidebar_position: 80 --- # Subscriptions @@ -97,7 +94,7 @@ specify the settings for SharePoint Online delivery. **NOTE:** If you encounter the message, Integration required, you must first configure your integration for SharePoint Online. See the -[SharePoint Online](/docs/1secure/integrations/sharepointonline.md) topic for additional information. +[SharePoint Online](/docs/1secure/integration/sharepointonline.md) topic for additional information. Expand the SharePoint Online Settings section and specify the following settings for saving the report: diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/system.md b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/system.md index 9b9d35399d..c865e451fa 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/system.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/searchandreports/system.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: system-reports title: "System Reports" -pagination_label: "System Reports" -sidebar_label: "System Reports" -sidebar_position: 58 -description: "Learn how to review automatically generated system reports including Billable Users insights." +description: "System Reports" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # System Reports diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md b/docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md index deb0b2806c..99a354145d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/statuses.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Statuses" +description: "Statuses" +sidebar_position: 80 +--- + # Statuses Statuses in Netwrix 1Secure allow you check up the state of the system, specifically - sources, diff --git a/docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md b/docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md index b9383f8c5c..c0a5e1dc65 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md +++ b/docs/1secure/admin/updatenetwrixcloudagent.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Updating Netwrix Cloud Agent" +description: "Updating Netwrix Cloud Agent" +sidebar_position: 100 +--- + # Updating Netwrix Cloud Agent With Netwrix 1Secure, you can both update the version of the agent by installing new agent or using diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/configuration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..374d319b9e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15c6e7eb23 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "admanual" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/admanual.md similarity index 74% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/admanual.md index f9a67d0144..d8f269d837 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/admanual.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-domain-for-monitoring-active-directory title: "Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory" -pagination_label: "Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory" -sidebar_label: "Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory" -sidebar_position: 101 -description: "Learn how to configure your Active Directory domain for monitoring using automatic or manual methods." +description: "Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory @@ -26,10 +23,10 @@ You can configure your Active Directory domain for monitoring in one of the fol Also, perform the following procedures: -- [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md) or - [Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md). Either local or advanced audit policies +- [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/domainauditpolicies.md) or + [Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/advancedpolicy.md). Either local or advanced audit policies must be configured to track changes to accounts and groups, and to identify workstations where changes were made. -- [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md) +- [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/objectlevel.md) - Adjust Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings -- [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md) +- [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/secondarylogonservice.md) diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/adsi.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/adsi.md index 50d0919517..c3aca4769f 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/adsi.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: install-adsi-edit title: "Install ADSI Edit" -pagination_label: "Install ADSI Edit" -sidebar_label: "Install ADSI Edit" -sidebar_position: 102 -description: "Learn how to install ADSI Edit utility for viewing and managing Active Directory objects and attributes." +description: "Install ADSI Edit" +sidebar_position: 100 --- # Install ADSI Edit diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/advancedpolicy.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/advancedpolicy.md index 5926ebeaa0..0ae1b9884b 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/advancedpolicy.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-advanced-audit-policies title: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -pagination_label: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -sidebar_label: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -sidebar_position: 103 -description: "Learn how to configure advanced audit policies for more granular Active Directory change tracking." +description: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Configure Advanced Audit Policies diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/auto.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/auto.md index 8a001f75e0..1ea962ebfe 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/auto.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/auto.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: active-directory-automatic-configuration title: "Active Directory: automatic configuration" -pagination_label: "Active Directory: automatic configuration" -sidebar_label: "Active Directory: automatic configuration" -sidebar_position: 104 -description: "Learn how to automatically apply Active Directory audit settings required by Netwrix 1Secure." +description: "Active Directory: automatic configuration" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Active Directory: automatic configuration @@ -22,5 +19,5 @@ To adjust audit settings automatically, do any of the following: See also: -- [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md) -- [Active Directory: manual configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md) +- [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/admanual.md) +- [Active Directory: manual configuration](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/cfgmanual.md) diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/cfgmanual.md similarity index 67% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/cfgmanual.md index f2a2fd1cd8..4c60b3f8e5 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/cfgmanual.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/cfgmanual.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: active-directory-manual-configuration title: "Active Directory: manual configuration" -pagination_label: "Active Directory: manual configuration" -sidebar_label: "Active Directory: manual configuration" -sidebar_position: 105 -description: "Learn how to manually configure your domain for Active Directory monitoring using Group Policy Management Console or ADSI Edit." +description: "Active Directory: manual configuration" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Active Directory: manual configuration @@ -21,32 +18,32 @@ To configure your domain for monitoring manually, you will need: If these tools are not installed, refer to the related topics: -- [Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md) -- [Group Policy Management Console](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md) +- [Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/adsi.md) +- [Group Policy Management Console](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md) Take the following configuration steps: **Step 1 –** Configure effective domain controllers policy (by default, Default Domain Controllers -Policy). See [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md) or -[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md) for details. +Policy). See [Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/domainauditpolicies.md) or +[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/advancedpolicy.md) for details. -**Step 2 –** [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md) +**Step 2 –** [Configure Object-Level Auditing](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/objectlevel.md) **Step 3 –** Adjust Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings **Step 4 –** If you have an on-premises Exchange server in your Active Directory domain, consider that some changes to AD can be made via that Exchange server. To be able to audit and report who made those changes, you should -[Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/auditlogging.md) +[Configure Exchange Administrator Audit Logging Settings](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/auditlogging.md) Also, remember to do the following for AD auditing: **Step 1 –** Configure Data Collecting Account, as described in -[Active Directory Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectory/activedirectoryauditing.md) +[Active Directory Auditing](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/activedirectoryauditing/activedirectoryauditing.md) **Step 2 –** Configure required protocols and ports, as described in -[Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/protocolsandports.md) +[Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/protocolsandports.md) topic. -**Step 3 –** [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md) on the computer where +**Step 3 –** [Enable Secondary Logon Service](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/secondarylogonservice.md) on the computer where Netwrix Cloud Agent resides. diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/domainauditpolicies.md similarity index 85% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/domainauditpolicies.md index 43f1f25443..a74f4c7b41 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/domainauditpolicies.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/domainauditpolicies.md @@ -1,17 +1,14 @@ --- -id: configure-basic-domain-audit-policies title: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" -pagination_label: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" -sidebar_label: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" -sidebar_position: 106 -description: "Learn how to configure basic domain audit policies to track user account and group changes." +description: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies Basic audit policies allow tracking changes to user accounts and groups and identifying originating workstations. You can configure advanced audit policies for the same purpose too. See the -[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/advancedpolicy.md) topic for additional information. +[Configure Advanced Audit Policies](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/advancedpolicy.md) topic for additional information. **Step 1 –** Open the **Group Policy Management** console on any domain controller in the target domain: navigate to Start > Windows Administrative Tools (Windows Server 2016 and higher) or diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md index abdfef5bd8..9249a24819 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/grouppolicymanagementconsole.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: group-policy-management-console title: "Group Policy Management Console" -pagination_label: "Group Policy Management Console" -sidebar_label: "Group Policy Management Console" -sidebar_position: 107 -description: "Learn how to install Group Policy Management Console for managing Group Policy across your organization." +description: "Group Policy Management Console" +sidebar_position: 80 --- # Group Policy Management Console diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/objectlevel.md similarity index 93% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/objectlevel.md index 2f822e7232..c9d4c5bebd 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/objectlevel.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/objectlevel.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-object-level-auditing title: "Configure Object-Level Auditing" -pagination_label: "Configure Object-Level Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Configure Object-Level Auditing" -sidebar_position: 108 -description: "Learn how to configure object-level auditing for Domain and Configuration partitions to collect user activity information." +description: "Configure Object-Level Auditing" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Configure Object-Level Auditing @@ -70,7 +67,7 @@ To perform this procedure, you will need the [ADSI Edit](http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc773354(v=ws.10).aspx) utility. In Windows Server 2008 and above, this component is installed together with the AD DS role, or it can be downloaded and installed along with Remote Server Administration Tools. See the -[Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/adsi.md) topic for additional information on how to install the ADSI Edit +[Install ADSI Edit](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/adsi.md) topic for additional information on how to install the ADSI Edit utility. **Step 1 –** On any domain controller in the target domain, navigate to Start>Windows Administrative diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/protocolsandports.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/protocolsandports.md similarity index 88% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/protocolsandports.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/protocolsandports.md index dbc7643b3f..012d74ac50 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/protocolsandports.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/protocolsandports.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: protocols-and-ports-required-for-monitoring-active-directory-exchange-and-group-policy title: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy" -pagination_label: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy" -sidebar_label: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy" -sidebar_position: 109 -description: "Review the complete list of protocols and ports required for monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy." +description: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy" +sidebar_position: 90 --- # Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring Active Directory, Exchange, and Group Policy diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/secondarylogonservice.md similarity index 67% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/secondarylogonservice.md index d8b52ec08e..ef07bf06a4 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/secondarylogonservice.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/secondarylogonservice.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: enable-secondary-logon-service title: "Enable Secondary Logon Service" -pagination_label: "Enable Secondary Logon Service" -sidebar_label: "Enable Secondary Logon Service" -sidebar_position: 110 -description: "Learn how to enable the Secondary Logon service on the computer where Netwrix Cloud Agent resides." +description: "Enable Secondary Logon Service" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Enable Secondary Logon Service diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26c7e33919 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Prepare for Windows File Server Monitoring", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/advancedpolicy.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/advancedpolicy.md index 4b8bf1b29b..094d1b4461 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/advancedpolicy.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/advancedpolicy.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-advanced-audit-policies title: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -pagination_label: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -sidebar_label: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -sidebar_position: 131 -description: "Learn how to configure advanced audit policies to limit event tracking and prevent overfilling of AuditArchive and Security event log." +description: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Configure Advanced Audit Policies diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/eventlog.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/eventlog.md index b7976d4dac..98150ef380 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/eventlog.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/eventlog.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-event-log-size-and-retention-settings title: "Configure Event Log Size and Retention Settings" -pagination_label: "Configure Event Log Size and Retention Settings" -sidebar_label: "Configure Event Log Size and Retention Settings" -sidebar_position: 132 -description: "Learn how to adjust event log settings for proper security log file management and retention." +description: "Configure Event Log Size and Retention Settings" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # Configure Event Log Size and Retention Settings diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/fileserversandantivirus.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/fileserversandantivirus.md index 0e0964364e..c5b26eb572 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/fileserversandantivirus.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/fileserversandantivirus.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: file-servers-and-antivirus title: "File Servers and Antivirus" -pagination_label: "File Servers and Antivirus" -sidebar_label: "File Servers and Antivirus" -sidebar_position: 133 -description: "Learn which Netwrix executables to add to your antivirus exclusion list for optimal performance." +description: "File Servers and Antivirus" +sidebar_position: 80 --- # File Servers and Antivirus diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/firewallrules.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/firewallrules.md index e8476bd9f7..9f91284d44 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/firewallrules.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/firewallrules.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-windows-firewall-inbound-connection-rules title: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" -pagination_label: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" -sidebar_label: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" -sidebar_position: 134 -description: "Learn how to configure Windows Firewall inbound connection rules on each target computer for proper data collection." +description: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/localpolicy.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/localpolicy.md index f9b2740d9e..5cd80fc25d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/localpolicy.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/localpolicy.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-local-audit-policies title: "Configure Local Audit Policies" -pagination_label: "Configure Local Audit Policies" -sidebar_label: "Configure Local Audit Policies" -sidebar_position: 135 -description: "Learn how to configure local audit policies using the Local Security Policy snap-in." +description: "Configure Local Audit Policies" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Configure Local Audit Policies diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/objectlevel.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/objectlevel.md index 8ecb17232e..3e1ec5ab25 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/objectlevel.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/objectlevel.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-object-level-access-auditing title: "Configure Object-Level Access Auditing" -pagination_label: "Configure Object-Level Access Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Configure Object-Level Access Auditing" -sidebar_position: 136 -description: "Learn how to configure object-level access auditing for comprehensive file server monitoring." +description: "Configure Object-Level Access Auditing" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Configure Object-Level Access Auditing diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/overview.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/overview.md index bfdb8d96f3..974a7adfcd 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: prepare-for-windows-file-server-monitoring title: "Prepare for Windows File Server Monitoring" -pagination_label: "Prepare for Windows File Server Monitoring" -sidebar_label: "Prepare for Windows File Server Monitoring" -sidebar_position: 130 -description: "Learn the requirements, limitations, protocols, and considerations necessary for Windows File Server data collection." +description: "Prepare for Windows File Server Monitoring" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Prepare for Windows File Server Monitoring @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ You can apply the required audit settings to your Windows file servers in one of - Automatically - The current audit settings will be applied automatically. They will be periodically checked and adjusted if necessary. - See [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md) for + See [Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/overview.md) for additional information. - Manually - Perform the following action to manually apply audit settings to Windows File Servers: @@ -97,7 +94,7 @@ You can apply the required audit settings to your Windows file servers in one of ## Configure Data Collecting Account Follow the instructions in the -[Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/datacollectingaccount/overview.md) section. +[Data Collecting Account](/docs/1secure/admin/datacollection/overview.md) section. ## Configure required protocols and ports diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/protocolsandports.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/protocolsandports.md index 7a995a22c9..d5dbf66642 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/protocolsandports.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/protocolsandports.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: protocols-and-ports-required-for-monitoring-file-servers title: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring File Servers" -pagination_label: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring File Servers" -sidebar_label: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring File Servers" -sidebar_position: 137 -description: "Review the complete list of protocols and ports required for Netwrix 1Secure file server monitoring." +description: "Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring File Servers" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Protocols and Ports Required for Monitoring File Servers diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/remoteregistryservice.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/remoteregistryservice.md index 7767ad2b9d..834bfbc3a4 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/remoteregistryservice.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/computer/remoteregistryservice.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: enable-remote-registry-service title: "Enable Remote Registry Service" -pagination_label: "Enable Remote Registry Service" -sidebar_label: "Enable Remote Registry Service" -sidebar_position: 138 -description: "Learn how to enable the Remote Registry service for proper system monitoring and data collection." +description: "Enable Remote Registry Service" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Enable Remote Registry Service diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md index 051626f320..cfd13ee8f5 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/configureitinfrastructure.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-it-infrastructure-for-auditing-and-monitoring title: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" -pagination_label: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" -sidebar_label: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" -sidebar_position: 150 -description: "This page provides manual configuration options for native audit settings required to collect comprehensive audit data from various data sources." +description: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring @@ -18,8 +15,8 @@ You can configure your IT Infrastructure for monitoring in one of the following | Data source | Provided connectors | Required configuration | | ----------------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------ | --- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | -------- | --- | --------------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | ------------------------------ | ------------------------ | --- | --------------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | ----------------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | -------- | ------------------------ | --- | -------------------- | ------------------------ | --- | ---------------- | ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ------------------- | --- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ---------------- | ----------- | --- | ----------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------ | --- | --- | ----- | ----------- | --- | ------ | ----------- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ------------------------- | ----------- | --- | ------ | --- | --- | --------------------- | ----------- | --- | -------------------------------------------- | --- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ---------------- | ----------- | --- | ----------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------------------- | --------------------------- | --- | ------------------------- | ----------- | --- | ------------ | --- | --- | ----- | ----------- | --- | ------ | ----------- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ------------------------- | ----------- | --- | ------ | --- | --- | --------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ----------------- | ----------- | --- | ------------------------- | --------- | --- | ---------------- | --------- | --- | ------------- | --- | --- | ------------------------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity | In the audited environment: See [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/ad/admanual.md) for related settings and procedures. On the computer where Netwrix Cloud Agent is installed: - If you have enabled automatic log backup for the Security log of your domain controller, you can instruct Netwrix 1Secure to clear the old backups automatically. For that, use the **CleanAutoBackupLogs** registry key It is recommended that you adjust retention period for the backup files accordingly (default is **50** hours). - To provide for event data collection, the Secondary Logon service must be up and running . Open **Administrative Tools**→**Services**, right-click the **Secondary Logon** service and on the **General** tab make sure that **Startup type** for this service is other than _Disabled_. | +| Active Directory | Active Directory Activity | In the audited environment: See [Configure Domain for Monitoring Active Directory](/docs/1secure/configuration/admanual/admanual.md) for related settings and procedures. On the computer where Netwrix Cloud Agent is installed: - If you have enabled automatic log backup for the Security log of your domain controller, you can instruct Netwrix 1Secure to clear the old backups automatically. For that, use the **CleanAutoBackupLogs** registry key It is recommended that you adjust retention period for the backup files accordingly (default is **50** hours). - To provide for event data collection, the Secondary Logon service must be up and running . Open **Administrative Tools**→**Services**, right-click the **Secondary Logon** service and on the **General** tab make sure that **Startup type** for this service is other than _Disabled_. | | Active Directory | Active Directory Logons | In the audited environment: - The following policies must be set to _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ for the effective domain controllers policy: - Audit Logon Events - Audit Account Logon Events - The Audit system events policy must be set to _"Success"_ for the effective domain controllers policy. - The Advanced audit policy settings can be configured instead of basic. - The Maximum Security event log size must be set to 4GB. The retention method of the Security event log must be set to _“Overwrite events as needed”_ or _"Archive the log when full"_. - The following Windows Firewall inbound rules must be enabled: - Remote Event Log Management (NP-In) - Remote Event Log Management (RPC) - Remote Event Log Management (RPC-EPMAP) | -| Azure AD | Azure AD Activity Azure AD Logons | No special settings are required. Remember to do the following: Configure Azure AD app as described in [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) section. | +| Azure AD | Azure AD Activity Azure AD Logons | No special settings are required. Remember to do the following: Configure Azure AD app as described in [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) section. | | Computer | File Server Activity | **In the audited environment** - For a security principal (e.g., Everyone), the following options must be configured in the Advanced Security → Auditing settings for the audited shared folders: | | | | --- | --- | | List Folder / Read Data (Files only) | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | List Folder / Read Data (This folder, subfolders and files) | _"Fail"_ | | Create Files / Write Data\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Create Folders / Append Data\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Write Extended Attributes\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Delete Subfolders and Files\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Delete\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Change Permissions\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | | Take Ownership\* | _"Success"_ and _"Fail"_ | Select _"Fail_" only if you want to track failure events, it is not required for success events monitoring. If you want to get only state-in-time snapshots of your system configuration, limit your settings to the permissions marked with \* and set it to _"Success"_ (Apply onto: This folder, subfolders and files). - The following Advanced audit policy settings must be configured: - The Audit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows 7 or later) security option must be enabled. - Depending on your OS version, configure the categories as follows: | | | | --- | --- | | Windows Server 2008 | | | Object Access | | | Audit File Share | _"Success"_ | | Audit File System | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Audit Handle Manipulation | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Logon/Logoff | | | Logon | _"Success"_ | | Logoff | _"Success"_ | | Policy Change | | | Audit Audit Policy Change | _"Success"_ | | System | | | Security State Change | _"Success"_ | | Windows Server 2008 R2 / Windows 7 and above | | | Object Access | | | Audit File Share | _"Success"_ | | Audit File System | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Audit Handle Manipulation | _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_ | | Audit Detailed file share | _"Failure"_ | | Logon/Logoff | | | Logon | _"Success"_ | | Logoff | _"Success"_ | | Policy Change | | | Audit Audit Policy Change | _"Success"_ | | System | | | Security State Change | _"Success"_ | If you want to get only state-in-time snapshots of your system configuration, limit your audit settings to the following policies: | | | | --- | --- | | Object Access | | | Audit File System | _"Success"_ | | Audit Handle Manipulation | "Success" | | Audit File Share | "Success" | | Policy Change | | | Audit Audit Policy Change | "Success" | - The following legacy policies can be configured instead of advanced: - Audit object access policy must set to _"Success"_ and _"Failure"_. - Audit logon events policy must be set to _"Success"_. - Audit system events policy must be set to _"Success"_. - Audit policy change must be set to _"Success"_. - The Security event log maximum size must be set to 4GB. The retention method of the Security event log must be set to _“Overwrite events as needed”_. - The Remote Registry service must be started. - The following inbound Firewall rules must be enabled: - Remote Event Log Management (NP-In)\* - Remote Event Log Management (RPC)\* - Remote Event Log Management (RPC-EPMAP)\* - Windows Management Instrumentation (ASync-In) - Windows Management Instrumentation (DCOM-In) - Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI-In) - Network Discovery (NB-Name-In) - File and Printer Sharing (NB-Name-In) - File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request - ICMPv4-In) - File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request - ICMPv6-In) The rules marked with \* are required only if you do not want to use network traffic compression for auditing. If you plan to audit Windows Server 2019 or Windows 10 Update 1803 without network compression service, make sure the following inbound connection rules are enabled: - Remote Scheduled Tasks Management (RPC) - Remote Scheduled Tasks Management (RPC-EMAP) | -| SharePoint Online | SharePoint Online Activity | No special settings are required. Remember to do the following: Configure Azure AD app as described in [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md). | +| SharePoint Online | SharePoint Online Activity | No special settings are required. Remember to do the following: Configure Azure AD app as described in [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md). | diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/exchangeonlinenonowner.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/exchangeonlinenonowner.md index d9de29a494..def516ad4a 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/exchangeonlinenonowner.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/exchangeonlinenonowner.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: settings-for-non-owner-mailbox-access-audit-using-application title: "Settings for Non-Owner Mailbox Access Audit: Using Application" -pagination_label: "Settings for Non-Owner Mailbox Access Audit: Using Application" -sidebar_label: "Settings for Non-Owner Mailbox Access Audit: Using Application" -sidebar_position: 113 -description: "This page explains how to configure Microsoft Entra ID app permissions for non-owner mailbox access auditing in Exchange Online." +description: "Settings for Non-Owner Mailbox Access Audit: Using Application" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Settings for Non-Owner Mailbox Access Audit: Using Application diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8142c0df7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Configure Infrastructure for Monitoring Logon Activity", + "position": 30, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/advancedaudit.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/advancedaudit.md index 7c944ba055..fdf54b58fa 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/advancedaudit.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/advancedaudit.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-advanced-audit-policies title: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -pagination_label: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -sidebar_label: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" -sidebar_position: 121 -description: "Learn how to configure advanced audit policies for more granular Logon Activity change tracking." +description: "Configure Advanced Audit Policies" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Configure Advanced Audit Policies diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/basicauditpolicies.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/basicauditpolicies.md index 2a904e02e3..e4cb1f1a35 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/basicauditpolicies.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/basicauditpolicies.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-basic-domain-audit-policies title: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" -pagination_label: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" -sidebar_label: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" -sidebar_position: 122 -description: "Learn how to configure basic domain audit policies for tracking user account changes and identifying originating workstations." +description: "Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Configure Basic Domain Audit Policies diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/firewallrules.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/firewallrules.md index bfb60fc9a4..48091d48ba 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/firewallrules.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/firewallrules.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-windows-firewall-inbound-connection-rules title: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" -pagination_label: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" -sidebar_label: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" -sidebar_position: 123 -description: "Learn how to configure Windows Firewall inbound connection rules for successful Logon Activity data collection." +description: "Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Configure Windows Firewall Inbound Connection Rules diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/overview.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/overview.md index 4778f22eae..07e654d60e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-infrastructure-for-monitoring-logon-activity title: "Configure Infrastructure for Monitoring Logon Activity" -pagination_label: "Configure Infrastructure for Monitoring Logon Activity" -sidebar_label: "Configure Infrastructure for Monitoring Logon Activity" -sidebar_position: 120 -description: "Learn how to configure your IT infrastructure for monitoring Logon Activity using automatic or manual methods." +description: "Configure Infrastructure for Monitoring Logon Activity" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Configure Infrastructure for Monitoring Logon Activity diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/securitylogsize.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/securitylogsize.md index 92da230b41..6c36a819c2 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/securitylogsize.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/logonactivity/securitylogsize.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-security-event-log-size-and-retention-settings title: "Configure Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings" -pagination_label: "Configure Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings" -sidebar_label: "Configure Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings" -sidebar_position: 124 -description: "Learn how to configure Security Event Log size and retention settings for proper audit data collection." +description: "Configure Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings" +sidebar_position: 40 --- # Configure Security Event Log Size and Retention Settings diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/networktrafficcompression.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/networktrafficcompression.md index 4b2a0ca563..8da415093e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/networktrafficcompression.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/networktrafficcompression.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: network-traffic-compression title: "Network Traffic Compression" -pagination_label: "Network Traffic Compression" -sidebar_label: "Network Traffic Compression" -sidebar_position: 152 -description: "This page explains how to use network traffic compression to reduce bandwidth usage in distributed deployments and multi-site networks." +description: "Network Traffic Compression" +sidebar_position: 80 --- # Network Traffic Compression diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/overview.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/overview.md index add8ed4a5a..09a70e899d 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-it-infrastructure-for-auditing-and-monitoring title: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" -pagination_label: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" -sidebar_label: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" -sidebar_position: 100 -description: "This page explains how to configure native audit settings in your IT infrastructure to ensure comprehensive and reliable audit data collection with Netwrix 1Secure." +description: "Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Configure IT Infrastructure for Auditing and Monitoring diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51c8c62d81 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "registerconfig" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/permissions.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/permissions.md similarity index 92% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/permissions.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/permissions.md index 83f15abfae..28f74e87e9 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/permissions.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/permissions.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: microsoft-365-permissions title: "Microsoft 365 Permissions" -pagination_label: "Microsoft 365 Permissions" -sidebar_label: "Microsoft 365 Permissions" -sidebar_position: 111 -description: "Learn about the permissions required for applications registered in Microsoft Entra ID to audit Microsoft 365 data sources." +description: "Microsoft 365 Permissions" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Microsoft 365 Permissions diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md similarity index 97% rename from docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md rename to docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md index cbf131ea1f..2dacd9c975 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: app-registration-and-configuration-in-microsoft-entra-id title: "App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID" -pagination_label: "App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID" -sidebar_label: "App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID" -sidebar_position: 112 -description: "Learn how to configure an app in Microsoft Entra ID to audit Microsoft 365 data sources using modern authentication." +description: "App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54bdd48c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "SQL Server", + "position": 50, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/configuringtracelogging.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/configuringtracelogging.md index 7f8e873ab5..e966ca01fe 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/configuringtracelogging.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/configuringtracelogging.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: configure-trace-logging title: "Configure Trace Logging" -pagination_label: "Configure Trace Logging" -sidebar_label: "Configure Trace Logging" -sidebar_position: 141 -description: "Learn how to configure and change the default location for SQL Server trace logs." +description: "Configure Trace Logging" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # Configure Trace Logging diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/overview.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/overview.md index 1b9a62eba9..8adce74ad9 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: sql-server title: "SQL Server" -pagination_label: "SQL Server" -sidebar_label: "SQL Server" -sidebar_position: 140 -description: "Learn how to configure SQL Server for monitoring with Netwrix 1Secure using native logs and audit settings." +description: "SQL Server" +sidebar_position: 50 --- # SQL Server diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/permissions.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/permissions.md index b53914f3d9..64e431d9b7 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/permissions.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/permissions.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: permissions-for-sql-server-auditing title: "Permissions for SQL Server Auditing" -pagination_label: "Permissions for SQL Server Auditing" -sidebar_label: "Permissions for SQL Server Auditing" -sidebar_position: 142 -description: "Learn about the account permissions required for SQL Server auditing and data collection." +description: "Permissions for SQL Server Auditing" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Permissions for SQL Server Auditing diff --git a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/ports.md b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/ports.md index 4425b0626f..6abb58b4b0 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/ports.md +++ b/docs/1secure/configuration/sqlserver/ports.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: sql-server-ports title: "SQL Server Ports" -pagination_label: "SQL Server Ports" -sidebar_label: "SQL Server Ports" -sidebar_position: 143 -description: "Review the complete list of protocols and ports required for Netwrix 1Secure SQL Server monitoring." +description: "SQL Server Ports" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # SQL Server Ports diff --git a/docs/1secure/index.md b/docs/1secure/index.md index 6e15d48983..410616f01e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/index.md +++ b/docs/1secure/index.md @@ -1,12 +1,3 @@ ---- -id: 1secure -title: "1Secure" -pagination_label: "1Secure" -sidebar_label: "1Secure" -sidebar_position: 1 -description: "Netwrix 1Secure is a Microsoft Azure-hosted, multi-tenant SaaS application that provides a single location to manage both on-premises and cloud environments." ---- - # 1Secure Netwrix 1Secure is a Microsoft Azure-hosted, multi-tenant SaaS application that provides a single diff --git a/docs/1secure/install/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/install/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3351d0ba09 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/install/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Installation", + "position": 40, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md b/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md index f337e23715..769093f15b 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md +++ b/docs/1secure/install/installagent.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: installation -title: "Installation" -pagination_label: "Installation" -sidebar_label: "Installation" -sidebar_position: 4 -description: "This topic describes how to install the Netwrix Cloud Agent for collecting data from your on-premise sources." +title: "Install Agent" +description: "Install Agent" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # Install Agent diff --git a/docs/1secure/install/overview.md b/docs/1secure/install/overview.md index ada52e66de..efa7c0fc5c 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/install/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/install/overview.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Installation" +description: "Installation" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Installation Netwrix 1Secure is a cloud product. However, if you want to use an on-premise version, you need to diff --git a/docs/1secure/integration/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/integration/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4bc4f87b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/integration/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Integration", + "position": 60, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link":{ + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/integrations/connectwise.md b/docs/1secure/integration/connectwise.md similarity index 95% rename from docs/1secure/integrations/connectwise.md rename to docs/1secure/integration/connectwise.md index 262d4a5b2c..cc392c30ad 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/integrations/connectwise.md +++ b/docs/1secure/integration/connectwise.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: connectwise title: "ConnectWise" -pagination_label: "ConnectWise" -sidebar_label: "ConnectWise" -sidebar_position: 201 -description: "This page explains how to configure ConnectWise integration to deliver Netwrix 1Secure alerts as tickets for help desk services." +description: "ConnectWise" +sidebar_position: 10 --- # ConnectWise diff --git a/docs/1secure/integrations/overview.md b/docs/1secure/integration/overview.md similarity index 74% rename from docs/1secure/integrations/overview.md rename to docs/1secure/integration/overview.md index 9c1da52fce..eb42786e6e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/integrations/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/integration/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: third-party-systems title: "Third-party Systems" -pagination_label: "Third-party Systems" -sidebar_label: "Third-party Systems" -sidebar_position: 200 -description: "This page explains the third-party integrations available with Netwrix 1Secure, including ConnectWise, ServiceNow, and SharePoint Online." +description: "Third-party Systems" +sidebar_position: 60 --- # Third-party Systems diff --git a/docs/1secure/integrations/servicenow.md b/docs/1secure/integration/servicenow.md similarity index 94% rename from docs/1secure/integrations/servicenow.md rename to docs/1secure/integration/servicenow.md index 2425cbc20a..0289e3481e 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/integrations/servicenow.md +++ b/docs/1secure/integration/servicenow.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: servicenow title: "ServiceNow" -pagination_label: "ServiceNow" -sidebar_label: "ServiceNow" -sidebar_position: 202 -description: "This page explains how to configure ServiceNow integration to deliver Netwrix 1Secure alerts as tickets or work notes for help desk services." +description: "ServiceNow" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # ServiceNow diff --git a/docs/1secure/integrations/sharepointonline.md b/docs/1secure/integration/sharepointonline.md similarity index 84% rename from docs/1secure/integrations/sharepointonline.md rename to docs/1secure/integration/sharepointonline.md index c43fcc6bed..07d4eb5f93 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/integrations/sharepointonline.md +++ b/docs/1secure/integration/sharepointonline.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: sharepoint-online title: "SharePoint Online" -pagination_label: "SharePoint Online" -sidebar_label: "SharePoint Online" -sidebar_position: 203 -description: "This page explains how to configure SharePoint Online integration for delivering Activity and Risk Assessment Dashboard report subscriptions." +description: "SharePoint Online" +sidebar_position: 30 --- # SharePoint Online @@ -35,23 +32,23 @@ integration. **Step 3 –** In the Configure connection window, specify the required fields: - Client ID – The client ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Tenant ID – The tenant ID of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. - Client Secret – The client secret of the app registered in Microsoft Entra ID. See the - [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic + [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. See the -[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) +[App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. **Step 4 –** Click **Finish**. **NOTE:** You must firstly add a Sites.ReadWrite.All permission in your Microsoft Entra admin -center. See the [ Microsoft 365 Permissions](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/permissions.md) topic for +center. See the [ Microsoft 365 Permissions](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/permissions.md) topic for additional information. The SharePoint Online integration is added now. The status displays "Ok" in green. diff --git a/docs/1secure/netwrix1securedocumentation/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/netwrix1securedocumentation/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45284a7601 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/netwrix1securedocumentation/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +{ + "label": "Netwrix 1Secure Documentation", + "position": 10, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md b/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md index 4ac93e5b64..6f21885de7 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md +++ b/docs/1secure/requirements/CloudAgentRequirements.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Netwrix Cloud Agent Software Requirements" +description: "Netwrix Cloud Agent Software Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Netwrix Cloud Agent Software Requirements **CAUTION:** You would generally need only one Netwrix Cloud Agent per audited on-premises AD diff --git a/docs/1secure/requirements/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/requirements/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a00596580 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/requirements/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Requirements", + "position": 20, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md b/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md index 94bec16915..89b20e8f11 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/requirements/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: requirements title: "Requirements" -pagination_label: "Requirements" -sidebar_label: "Requirements" -sidebar_position: 2 -description: "This topic provides the requirements for installing Netwrix Cloud Agent and the prerequisites for configuring data sources to collect data from various environments." +description: "Requirements" +sidebar_position: 20 --- # Requirements diff --git a/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md b/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md index 691f39e971..aeb4f46318 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md +++ b/docs/1secure/requirements/prerequisitesfordatasources.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Prerequisites for Data Sources" +description: "Prerequisites for Data Sources" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Prerequisites for Data Sources This section lists platforms and systems that can be monitored with Netwrix 1Secure. @@ -5,7 +11,7 @@ This section lists platforms and systems that can be monitored with Netwrix 1Sec | Data source | Supported Versions | | ------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Active Directory (including Logon Activity) | Domain Controller OS versions: - Windows Server 2022 - Windows Server 2019 - Windows Server 2016 - Windows Server 2012 R2 | -| Microsoft Entra ID | Microsoft Entra ID version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting Azure AD and Office 365 data. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. | +| Microsoft Entra ID | Microsoft Entra ID version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting Azure AD and Office 365 data. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. | | Computer (Windows File Server) | - Windows Server OS: - Windows Server 2022 - Windows Server 2019 - Windows Server 2016 - Windows Server 2012 R2 - Windows Desktop OS (32 and 64-bit): - Windows 10 - Windows 8.1 - Windows 7 Consider the following: - To collect data from 32-bit operating systems, network traffic compression must be disabled. - To collect data from Windows Failover Cluster, network traffic compression must be enabled. - Scale-Out File Server (SOFS) cluster is not supported. | -| SharePoint Online | Azure Active Directory version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting SharePoint Online and One Drive for Business. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. | -| Exchange Online | Azure Active Directory version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting Exchange Online. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/entraid/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file +| SharePoint Online | Azure Active Directory version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting SharePoint Online and One Drive for Business. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. | +| Exchange Online | Azure Active Directory version provided within Microsoft Office 365 You may need to take some preparatory steps, depending on the authentication method you want to use for collecting Exchange Online. See the [App Registration and Configuration in Microsoft Entra ID](/docs/1secure/configuration/registerconfig/registerconfig.md) topic for additional information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/_category_.json b/docs/1secure/security/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c06f14eea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/1secure/security/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "label": "Security", + "position": 70, + "collapsed": true, + "collapsible": true, + "link": { + "type": "doc", + "id": "overview" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md b/docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md index 03263629d4..e45b746027 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md +++ b/docs/1secure/security/accesscontrol.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Access Control" +description: "Access Control" +sidebar_position: 30 +--- + # Access Control Netwrix 1Secure is a multi-tenant cloud application. All data is segregated by tenants and access diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/compliance.md b/docs/1secure/security/compliance.md index 936f598064..ca7a5d1172 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/security/compliance.md +++ b/docs/1secure/security/compliance.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Compliance" +description: "Compliance" +sidebar_position: 10 +--- + # Compliance Netwrix 1Secure uses Azure datacenters in your region of choice. Microsoft provides the highest diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md b/docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md index 8e1255bb90..21368c9277 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md +++ b/docs/1secure/security/customerdataprivacy.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Customer Data Privacy" +description: "Customer Data Privacy" +sidebar_position: 20 +--- + # Customer Data Privacy All customers access Netwrix 1Secure via the same address: diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md b/docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md index 6dc697798c..61eb091c64 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md +++ b/docs/1secure/security/datasecurity.md @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +--- +title: "Data Security" +description: "Data Security" +sidebar_position: 40 +--- + # Data Security ## Data at rest diff --git a/docs/1secure/security/overview.md b/docs/1secure/security/overview.md index 77846e56fb..708699990b 100644 --- a/docs/1secure/security/overview.md +++ b/docs/1secure/security/overview.md @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ --- -id: security title: "Security" -pagination_label: "Security" -sidebar_label: "Security" -sidebar_position: 3 -description: "Netwrix 1Secure implements multiple layers of security to protect your data and ensure compliance with industry standards." +description: "Security" +sidebar_position: 70 --- # Security From dfc2f235c6e0b99391d437d37c70ca30baf62098 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 08:06:23 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 09/10] cleanup toc files --- scripts/1Secure.fltoc | 378 ------ scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc | 254 ---- scripts/GroupID.fltoc | 2202 ------------------------------- scripts/PPE.fltoc | 274 ---- scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc | 364 ----- scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc | 986 -------------- 6 files changed, 4458 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 scripts/1Secure.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/GroupID.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/PPE.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc delete mode 100644 scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc diff --git a/scripts/1Secure.fltoc b/scripts/1Secure.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index eb016ef398..0000000000 --- a/scripts/1Secure.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc b/scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 063f60c637..0000000000 --- a/scripts/EndpointProtector.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/GroupID.fltoc b/scripts/GroupID.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 653d778857..0000000000 --- a/scripts/GroupID.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2202 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/PPE.fltoc b/scripts/PPE.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 0e17bc6b33..0000000000 --- a/scripts/PPE.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc b/scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index 11b1a68972..0000000000 --- a/scripts/ThreatManager.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,364 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc b/scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc deleted file mode 100644 index a5eeda68c9..0000000000 --- a/scripts/ThreatPrevention.fltoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,986 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file From 7d1b80f3305889e46f167610405a2318f4ea1fc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stuart Jaeckel Date: Fri, 4 Jul 2025 09:03:53 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 10/10] minor fixes --- docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md | 2 +- docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md | 2 +- 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md index 9e237f5b37..177381bbb0 100644 --- a/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md +++ b/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/using_web.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ You can also include the username and/or domain in the URL: **_RECOMMENDED:_** Install the SSL Certificate the web server and use the HTTPS protocol if Password Policy Enforcer Web will be used on an unencrypted network. See the -[Install an SSL Certificate](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/securing_web.md#install-an-ssl-certificate) topic for additional +[Install an SSL Certificate](/docs/passwordpolicyenforcer/11.0/web-overview/securing_web.md#install-an-sslcertificate) topic for additional information. **NOTE:** A license reminder message is shown occasionally when Password Policy Enforcer Web is used diff --git a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md index 8028700735..af1195b099 100644 --- a/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md +++ b/docs/threatmanager/3.0/overview/gettingstarted.md @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ pages are located under the [Configuration Menu](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/adminis - The [Integrations Interface](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/overview.md) provides the ability to add and configure external integrations for Threat Manager including: - - [Active Directory Sync Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync) + - [Active Directory Sync Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/activedirectorysync.md) - [Entra ID Sync Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/entraidsync.md) - [App Tokens Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/apptoken.md) - [Authentication Provider Page](/docs/threatmanager/3.0/administration/configuration/integrations/page/page.md)